Skip to main content

Full text of "Index-catalogue of the library of the Surgeon General's office, United States Army. authors and subjects"

See other formats


3tt;ara, New lack 



Sis^t. of Docuraents 




3 1924 101 383 622 




Cornell University 
Library 



The original of this book is in 
the Cornell University Library. 

There are no known copyright restrictions in 
the United States on the use of the text. 



http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924101383622 



Wae Department, Army Medical Library, 

Seventh and B Streets Southwest, 

Washington, May ^3, 1928, 
Maj. Gen. M. W. Ireland, 

Surgeon General, U. S. Army. 

General: I have the honor to present hereXvith the seventh volume of the 
Third Series of the Index Catalogue of the Library, representing 20,570 author 
titles, 6,362 book titles, and 66,255 titles of articles in periodicals. The Library 
now contains 319,477 bound volumes, 43,166 unbound volumes, and 479,752 pam- 
phlets; in aU, a total of 842,395 volumes and pamphlets, 7,618 portraits of phy- 
sicians, 797 medical engravings and prints, 444 medical caricatures, and 512 
incunabula. Exclusive of the transactions of societies, the Library receives 1,710 
periodicals of medicine and its closely allied subjects, of which 1,500 are on deposit 
in the main library and the remainder are filed in the Statistical Section. 

Beginning with Volume VI the material catalogued under subject titles covers 
only the period prior to January 1, 1926. Author titles covering books and 
pamphlets are indexed up to date. This arrangement wiU be continued until the 
completion of the Third Series. Subject titles omitted from this publication can be 
found in the Index Medicus for 1926 and in the Quarterly Cumulative Index 
Medicus for subsequent years. 

The following table shows the number of published titles : 



Author 
titles 



Subject titles 



Book 
titles 



Journal 
articles 



Portraits 



Total in First Series... 
Total in Second Series. 
Third Series, Vol. I_... 
Third Series, Vol. II... 
Third Series, Vol. in_ 
Third Series, Vol. IV.. 
Third Series, Vol. V... 
Third Series, Vol. VI.. 
Third Series, Vol. VII. 

Total to date 



176, 364 
169, 812 
3,137 
2,983 
10, S72 
8,778 
6,312 
14, 343 
20,570 



168, 537 
136,405 
4,637 
2,700 
8,458 
4,267 
6,618 
6,111 
6,362 



611, 112 
645, 857 
29,602 
29,604 
76,129 
48,120 
69,231 
61,528 
66,255 



412, 871 



342, 895 



1,627,038 



4,335 
914 
141 
241 
1,021 
51 
76 
148 



7,618 



Very respectfully. 



P. M. ASHBXTRN, 

Colonel, Medical Corps, U. S. A., 
Librarian, Army Medical Library. 



Arch, espafiol. do ped., Madrid. 
Arch. f. exper. Zellforsch., Jena. 



Arch. f. Gesch. d. Math. d. 
Naturw. u. d. Tech., Leipz. 



Arch, do Inst, de med. legal de 
liisboa. 



Arch. Inst. Pasteur d'Algerie, 
Alger. 

Arch. Inst. Pasteur hellen., 
Athgnes. 

Arch. Inst. Pasteur de Tunis. 



Arch, internat. de laryngol. 
[etc.], Par. 



Arch. d. J. Klaus-Stift. f. Verer- 
bungsforsch., Ziirich. 

Arch, de morphol. gen. et ex- 
per., Par. 

Arch. Psychoanal., Stamford, 
Conn. 

Arch, roumaines de path, ezper. 
[etc.], Par. 

Arch. Soc. d. sc. med. et biol. 
de Montpellier. 



Atti d. Soc. fra i cultori d. sc. 
med. e nat. in Cagliari. 



[2] 

Archives espanoles de pediatria. [Monthly.] Madrid, v. 

11-12, 1927-28. 8°. 
Archiv fur experimentelle Zellforschung, besonders Gewebe- 

ziichtung(Explantation). Rhoda Erdmann, Hrsgr. Jena. 

V. 1-5, 1925-1927. 8°. 
Archiv fur Geschichte der Mathematik, der Naturwissen- 

schaften und der Technik. J. Schuster, Hrsgr. Leipzig. 

V. 10, 1927-28. 8°. [Continuation of: Archiv fur die 

Geschichte der Naturwissenschaften und der Technik.] 

Archives do Institute de medioina legal de Lisboa. Azevedo 
Neves, director. [Irregular.] Lisboa. v. 6, ser. B, pt. 1, 
1922. 8°. 

Archives de I'Institut Pasteur d'Algerie. Edmond Sergent, 
directeur. [Quarterly.] Alger, v. 1-5, 1923-1927. 8°. 

Archives de I'Institute Pasteur hell6nique. Georges Blanc, 
directeur. [Yearly.] Athfenes. v. 1, 1923-1926. 8°. 

Archives de I'Institut Pasteur de Tunis. Charles NicoUe, 
directeur. [Quarterly.] Tunis, v. 15-16, 1926-27. 8° 

Archives Internationales de laryngelogie, otologic, rhinologie, 
et broncho-esophagoscopie. Paris, v. 1-7, 1922-1928. 
8°. 

Archiv der Julius Klaus-Stiftung fur Vererbungsforschung, 
Sozialanthropologie und Rassenhygiene. Ziirich. v. 1-2, 
1925-26. 8° 

Archives de morphologie g6n6rale et exp^rimentale. Paris. 
Nos. 1-26, 1921-1926. 8°. 

Archives of Psychoanalysis; a quarterly devoted to the theory 
and treatment of the neuroses and psychoses. Stamford, 
Conn. V. 1, 1926-27. 8°. 

Archives roumaines de pathologic exp^rimentale et de micro- 
biologie. J. CantacuzSne, directeur. [Quarterly.] Paris. 
V. r, 1928. 8°. 

Archives de la Soci6t6 des sciences mfidicales et biologiques 
de Montpellier et du Languedoc mediterran^en. Mont- 
pellier. V. 9, 1928. 8°. [Continuation of: Bulletin de la 
Soci6t6 des sciences m^dicales et biologiques de Mont- 
pellier.] 

Atti della Society fra i cultori delle scienze mediche a naturali 
in Cagliari. PUnio Atzeni Tedesco, redattore. [Bi- 
monthly.] Cagliari. v. 2, n. s., 1927. 8°. 



B 



Bielorussk. Med. Misl., Minsk. 



Birmingh. Med. Rev. 



Bol. de la Liga contra el cancer, 
Habana. 

Bol. y trab. Soc. de cirug. de 
de Buenos Aires. 

Boll. Soc. ital. di bid., sper., 
Napoli. 



Boll. d. spec, med.-chir., Mila- 
no. 

Brit. Homoeop. J., Lond. 



Bielorusskaia Meditzinskaia Misl. [White Russian Medical 
Thought.] E. J. ZeUkson & M. B. Krol, editors. 
[Monthly.] Minsk, v. 1-3, 1924-1927. 8°. 

Birmingham (The) Medical Review; [incorporating the Mid- 
land Medical Journal]. Birmingham, v. 1-2, 1926-27. 

8°. 

Boletfn de la Liga contra el cdncer. Emilio Martinez, direc- 
tor. [Monthly.] Habana. v. 2-S, 1927-28. 8°. 

Boletines y trabajos de la Sociedad de cirugta de Buenos 
Aires, v. 7-12, 1923-1928. 8°. 

Bollettino deUa Societfi, italiana di biologia sperimentale. 
Fil. Bottazzi, redattore. [Monthly.] Napoli. v. 2-3, 
1927-28. 8°. [Continued from: Bollettino deUa Societi 
di biologia sperimentale.] 

Bollettino delle speciality, medico-chirurgiche. A. Cecchini 
[et al.], redazione. [Quarterly.] Milano. v. 1, 1927. 8° 

British (The) Homoeopathic Journal; a quarterly record of 
scientific therapeutics, general medicine and surgery. 
London, v. 14-18, 1924-1928. 8°. 



[3] 



Brit. J. Actinother., Lond. 
BviU. Acad. vet. de France, Par. 



Bull. Antivenin Inst. Am., 
Glenolden, Pa. 

Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 
Bait. 



Bull. Soc. d'etude d. formes 
humaines, Par. 

Bull. Soc. med. de Saint Luc 
[etc.], Bourges. 

Bull. State Bd. Health Rhode 
Island, Providence. 



British (The) Journal of Actinotherapy. London, v. 2, 
1928. 4°. 

Bulletin de rAcad^mie v6t6rinaire de France. E. C&ari & 
A. Chretien, r^dacteurs. [Monthly.] Paris, v. 1, 1928. 
8°. [Continuation of: Bulletin de la Soci^t6 centrale de 
m^decine v6t6rinaire.] 

Bulletin of the Antivenin Institute of America. [Quarterly.] 
Glenolden, Pa. v. 1-2, 1927-28. 8°. 

Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital; (the publication oj 
the Medical School and Hospital). Baltimore, v. 41-42, 
1927-28. 8°. [Continuation of: Johns Hopkins Hosp. 
Bull., Bait.] 

Bulletin de la Soci6t6 d'dtude des formes humaines. [Quar- 
terly.] Paris. V. 1-4. 1923-1926. 8°. 

Bulletin de la Soci6t6 m^dicale de Saint Luc, Saint C6me> 
Saint Damien. Jean Ferrand, secretaire. [Monthly.] 
Bourges. v. 32-34, 1926-1928. 8°- 

Bulletin of the State Board of Health of Rhode Island. 
Providence, v. 1-8, 1914r-1921. 8°. 



c 



Calif. Bd. Health, Month. Bull., 
Sacramento. 

Ceylon J. Sc, Colombo. 

Chem. d. Zelle u. Gewebe, 
Leipz. 

Chinese J. Physiol., Peking. 

Compend Med. & Surg., San 
Fran. 

Cong, brasil. de hyg., Bio 
de Jan. 



Cultura med. mod., Palermo. 



California State Board of Health, Monthly Bulletin. Sacra- 
mento. V. 1-17, 1905-1921. 8°- 

Ceylon Journal of Science. Colombo, v. 1-2, 1924-1927. 

8°. 

Chemie der Zelle und gewebe. H. Haehn, Hrsgr. Leipzig. 
V. 13, 1926. 8°. 

Chinese Journal of Physiology. [Quarterly.] Peking, v. 
1-2, 1927-28. 8°. 

Compend (The) of Medicine and Surgery. San Francisco. 
V. 5-6, 1927-28. 4°. 

Congresso brasileiro de hygiene. J. F. de Sampaio Vianna, 
redactor. [Irregular.] Rio de Janeiro, v. 1 ^ 3, 1923. 
1926-27. 8°- 

Cultura medica moderna. Palermo, v. 1-7, 1922-1928. 
8°. 



D 



Dermosifilografo, Torino. 



Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. Zahn- 
chir., Miinchen & Wiesb. 



Diagnosi, Pisa. 



Dermosifilografo (II). Gazzetta di dermosifilografia per 11 
medico practice. J. Cappelli [et al.], direttori. [Monthly.] 
Torino. V. 1-3, 1926-1928. 8°. 

Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift ftir Zahnchirurgie. Miinchen 
& Wiesbaden, v. 4-5, 1921-1923. 8°. 

Diagnosi (La.), scritti di patologia e clinica medica. Raf- 
faello Silvestrini, redattore. [Monthly.] Pisa. v. 6-8, 
1926-1928. 8°. 



E 



Ehe, Berl. 
Erdball, Berl. 
Ergebn. d. Biol., Berl. 



Ehe (Die), Monatsschrift ftir Ehe-Wissenschaft, Recht, u. 
Kultur. Beriin. v. 1-3, 1926-1928. 4°. 

Erdball (Der). G. Buschan, Hrsgr. Beriin. v. 1-2, 1926- 
1928. 8°- 

Ergebnisse der Biologie. K. von Frisch [et al.] Hrsgr. 
[Yeariy.] Beriin. v. 1-3, 1926-1928. 8°. 



Ergebn. d. med. Strahlenfor- 
sch., Leipz. 

Bthnol. Anz, Stuttg. 
Etschland. Aerztebl., Bolzano. 



[4] 



Ergebnisse der medizinischen Strahlenforschung. H. Hol- 
felder [et al] Hrsgr. Leipzig, v. 1-3, 1925-1928. 8°. 

Ethnologischer Anzeiger. M. Heydrich [et al.], Hrsgr. 
Stuttgart. V. 1, 1926-27. 8°. 

Etschlander Aerzteblatt. E. J. Mader, Hrsgr. [Semi- 
monthly.] Bolzano, v. 5-7, 1926-1928. 8°. 



F 



Fed. dent, internat., C.-r., Par. 

Filipino Xurse, Manila. 

Folia anat. Univ. conimb., Co- 
imbra. 

Folia Japon. Pharmacol., Kioto. 
Fortschr. d. Zahnheilk., Leipz. 
Fukuoka-Ikwadaigaku-Zasshi. 



F6d6ration dentaire Internationale, Compte rendu. Q6o. 
Villain, secretaire. [Annual.] Paris. 1923-24. 8°. 

Filipino (The) Nurse; published quarterly by the Filipino 
Nurses' Association. Manila, v. 1-2, 1927-28. 8°. 

Folia anatomica Universitatis conimbrigensis. (Propri6t6 
de rinstitut d'histologie et d'embryologie et du Labora- 
toire d'anatomie.) Geraldino Brites & Maximino Cor- 
reia, redactores. Coimbra. v. 1-2, 1926-27. 8°. 

Folia Japonica Pharmacologica. Kioto, v. 1-3, 1925-26. 
roy. 8'*. 

Fortschritte (Die) der Zahnheilkunde. J. Misch, Hrsgr. 
Leipzig. V. 1-3, 1926-27. 8°. 

Fukuoka-Ikwadaigaku-Zasshi, Fukuoka acta medica. Fu- 
kuoka. V. 12-13, 1919-20; v. 16-17, 1923-24; v. 20-21, 
1927-28. 8°- 



G 



Q-az. med. de France, Par. 



Gazettes med.. Par. 

Qenet. Psychol. Monogr., Wpr- 
cester, Mass. 



Gazette m6dicale de France. Bosc [et al.], r^dacteure. 
[Monthly.] Paris, v. 1-2, 1927-28. roy. 8°. [Continua- 
tion of: Gazettes m^dicales.] 

Gazettes (Les) m^dicales. Bosc & Roux-Dflimal, r^dac- 
teurs. [Monthly.] Paris. 1927. roy. 8°. 



Genetic Psychology Monographs. 
1-3, 1926-1928. 8°. 



Worcester, Mass. v. 



H 



Harefuah, Jerusalem. 
Hebrew Physician, N. Y. 



Harefuah; a medical journal. Jerusalem, v. 2, 1928. 8° 
Hebrew (The) Physician. New York. v. 1, 1927. 8°. 



Index analyt. cancerol., Par. 



Informaci6n med., Valladolid. 



Internat. Council Nurses, Ge- 
neva. 

Internat. Orthodont. Cong., St. 
Iiouis. 

Ipek. Annuaire d'art prehist.. 
Par. 



Index analyticus cancerologlse public par la Ligue frangaise 
contre le cancer. A. Borrel [ei>al.], directeurs. [Monthly.] 
Paris. V. 1, 1927. 8°. 

Informaci<5n medica. Revista mensual de medicina y ciru- 
gia. Jos6 Maria de Barcena Verdd, director. VaUadoUd 
(Espana). v. 4, 1927. 8°. 

International (The) Council of Nurses. Geneva, v. 1-3, 
1926-1928. 8°. 

International (The) Orthodontic Congress; held at New 
York City, August 16-20, 1926. St. Louis, v. 1, 1927. 
8°. 

Ipek. Annuaire d'art pr^hlstorique et ethnographique. 
Herbert Kuhn, director. [Annual.] Paris, v. 1, 1925. 

4°. 



[5] 



J. Am. Dent. Ass., Huntington, 
Ind. 



J. Am. Dietet. Ass., Bait. 

J. Cliemotlier., Bait. 

J. Chosen Med. Ass., Japan. 

J. Council Scient. & Indust. 
Research, Melbourne. 

J. Jap. Soc. Vet. Sc, Tokyo. 

J. Med. Ass. S. Africa, Cape 
Town. 



J. ITevropath. i Psych., Moscow 
& Xieningrad. 



Jap. J. Obst. & Gynec, Kyoto. 



Journal of the American Dental Association, Huntington, 
Ind. V. 9-15, 1922-1928. 8°. [Continuation of: Journal 
of the National Dental Association.] 

Journal (The) of the American Dietetic Association; ofHcial 
organ of the American Dietetic Association. Baltimore. 
V. 1-3, 1925-1928. 8° 

Journal of Chemotherapy. Baltimore, v. 4-5, 1927-28. 8°. 

Journal (The) of the Chosen Medical Association; published 
by the Chosen Medical Society. Chosen, Japan. 1927. 8° 

Journal of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. 
Melbourne, v. 1, 1927-28. 8°. 

Journal of the Japanese Society of Veterinary Science. 
[Quarterly.] Tokyo, v. 5-6, 1926-27. 8°- 

Journal (The ) of the Medical Association of South Africa. 
Cape Town. v. 1-2, 1927-28. 4°. [Consolidation of: 
Med. J. S. Africa, Johan., & South Africa M. Rec, Cape 
Town.] 

Jurnal Nevropathologii i Psychiatrii, memorial to S. S. Kor- 
sakov. [Journal of Neuropathology and Psychiatry, in 
memory of S. S. Korsakov.] G. L Rossolimo and P. B. 
Ganuschkin, editors. [Bi-monthly.] Moscow & Lenin- 
grad. V. 18-20, 1925-1927. 8°. 

Japanese Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology. Kyoto, v. 
11, 1928. 8°. 



K 



Kenya & E. African Med. J., 
ITairobi. 



Kenya (The) and East African Medical Journal. [Monthly.] 
Nairobi, v. 4, 1927-28. 8° [Continuation of: Kenya 
Med. J.] 



Lek. Wojsk. Miesi^cznik., War- 
szawa. 



Lettura oft., Fistoia. 



Lekarz Wojskowy Miesi^cznik. Organ oficer6w korpusu 
sanitarnego slu^by czynnej i rezerwy. [Military surgeons' 
monthly. Organ of sanitary officers on active duty and 
in reserves.] S. Konopka [et al.], editors. [Monthly.] 
Warszawa. v. 7-10, 1926-27. 8°. 

Lettura oftalmologica. Rivista mensile di oculistica prac- 
tica. Gino Montanelli, redattore. Pistoia. v. 1-5, 
1924-1928. 8°. 



M 



Med. Bull. Univ. Cincin. 



Med. -Biol. J., Mosk. & Eeninigr. 



Medecin stomatol. Bull, off., 
Par. 



Monatsschr. f. Hamkrankh. 
sez. Hyg., Stuttg. 



Medical (The) Bulletin of the University of Cincinnati. 
Cincinnati, v. 1-5, 1920-1926. 8°. 

Medioo-Biolo^tcheaky Journal. [Medico-Biological Jour- 
nal.] A. Bogomolez [et al.], editors. [Bi-monthly.] 
Moskva & Leningrad, v. 1-3, 1925-1927. 8°. 

Medecin (Le) stomatologiste. Bulletin officiel du Syndicat 
g^n^ral des m^decins stomatologistes. [Continued from: 
Bulletin officiel du Syndicat gfe^ral des m^decins stomato- 
logistes francais.] Dr. Boissier, s^cr^taire g€n6ral. 
[Monthly.] Paris. No. 55-68, 1927-28. 8°. 

Monatsschrift fur Harnkrankheiten und sexueUe Hygiene. 
K. Ries, Hrsgr. [Monthly.] Stuttgart, v. 1, 1927-28. 

8°-. 



Monog. z. Frauenk. u. Konsti- 
tutionsforsch., Leipz. 

Month. Bull. Dep. Health, New 
Haven, Conn. 



[6] 



Monographien zur Frauenkunde und Konstitutionsforschung. 
Leipzig. No. 7-12, 1925-1928. 8°. [Continuation of: 
Monog. z. Frauenk. u. Eugenet. [etc.], Leipz.] 

Monthly Bulletin Department of Health New Haven, Conn. 
New Haven, Conn. v. 40-51, 1913-1924. 8°. [Con- 
tinued as: Health, New Haven, Conn.] 



N 



N. England J. Med., Best. 
Narkose u. Anaesth., Berl. 
Nation's Health, Chicago. 

Nervenarzt, Berl. 

Newcastle Med. J., Newcastle- 
upon-Tyne. 



Newcastle-upon-Tyne & North. 
Count. Med. J. 



Nov. Ehir., Mosk. 



Nursing J. India, Madras. 



New England (The) Journal of Medicine. Boston, v. 198, 
1928. 4° [Continuation of: Boston M. & S. J.] 

Narkose und Anaesthesie. H. Eppinger [et al.] Hrsgr. 
[Monthly.] Berlin, v. 1, 1928. 8°. 

Nation's (The) Health; a monthly magazine devoted to com- 
munity, industrial and institutional health problems. 
Chicago. V. 3-9, 1921-1927. 4°. 

Nervenarzt. K. Beringer [et al.], Hrsgr. Berlin, v. 1, 1928. 
roy. 8°. 

Newcastle (The) Medical Journal; the organ of the New- 
castle-upon-Tyne and Northern Counties Medical Society. 
[Quarterly.] Newcastle-upon-Tyne. v. 7-8, 1926-1928. 
8°. [Continuation of the following.] 

Newcastle-upon-Tyne (The) and Northern Counties Medical 
Journal. [Quarterly.] Newcastle-upon-Tyne. v. 1-6, 
1920-1926. 8°. 

Novaia Khirurgia, jurnSl obtschey khirurgii. [New Sur- 
gery, journal of general surgery.] N. N. Burdenko [et al.], 
editors. [Monthly.] Moskva, v. 1-3, 1925-26. 8°. 

Nursing (The) Journal of India. Kilpauk, Madras, v. 18, 
1927. 8°. 



Papers Mich. Acad. Sc. Arts & 
Lett., N. Y. 

Personn. J., Bait. 

Proc. Staff Meet. Mayo Clin., 
Rochester, Minn. 

Psychiat. Quart., Albany. 
Psychol. Forsch., Berl. 



Papers of the Michigan Academy of Science, Arts, and 
Letters. New York. v. 1-8, 1921-1927. 8°. 

Personnel (The) Journal. [Bi-monthly.] Baltimore, v. 6, 
1927-28. 8°. [Continuation of: J. Personn. Research.] 

Proceedings of the Staff Meetings of the Mayo Clinic. 
Rochester, Minn. v. 2-3, 1927-28. 4°. 

Psychiatric (The) Quarterly. Albany. v. 1-2, 1927-28. 
8°. [Continuation of: State Hospital Quarterly.] 

Psychologische Forschung. Zeitschrift filr Psychologie und 
ihre Grenzwissenschaften. K. Koflka [at al.], Hrsgr. 
Berlin, v. 1-10, 1922-1928. roy. 8°. 



B 



Badiochir., Napoli. 



Badiol. Bev. & Chicago Med. 
Bee, Chicago. 

Bassegna ital. di oto-rino-larin- 

gol., Napoli. 
Bep. Pub. Health & Med. Subj., 

Lond. 



Radiochirurgia (La) . La chiru'rgia dell' ernia e dell' addome. 
Rivista critica internazionale. S. Lembo, direttore. [Bi- 
monthly.] Napoh. V. 19, 1927. 8°. 

Radiological (The) Review and the Chicago Medical Re- 
corder. [Monthly.] Chicago, v. 49-50, 1927-28. 8°. 
[Continuation of both journals.] 

Rassegna italiana di oto-rino-laringologia. D. Tanturri, re- 
dattore. [Bi-monthly.] NapoK. v. 1-2, 1927-28. 8°. 



Reports on Public Health and Medical Subjects. 
No. 24-50, 1924-1928. 8°. 



London. 



Rev. argent, de neurol., psi- 
quiat. y med. leg., Buenos 
Aires. 

Bev. d'oto-neuro-opht., Par. 



Bev. frang. de psychanal., Par. 

Bev. internat. du trachome, 
Par. 

Bev. med.-chir., Par. 



Bev. mezicana de biol., Mexico. 
Bev. du trachome, Par. 
Bev. tunisienne d. sc. med. 
Binasc. med., Napoli. 



Biv. di pat. e clin. d. tuberc, 
Bologna. 



m 

Revista argentina de neurologia, 
legal. Publicaci6n bimestral. 
Arturo Ameghino, directores. 
1927-28. 8°. 



psiquiatria y medioina 

Helvio Ferndndez & 

Buenos Aires, v. 1-2, 



G. 



Canuyt, directeur. 
8°. [Continuation 



Revue d'oto-neuro-ophtalmologie. 
[Monthly.] Paris, v. 5-6, 1927-28. 
of: Revue d'oto-neuro-oculistique.] 

Revue frangaise de psychanalyse. A. Hesnard [et al.], 
directeurs. [Quarterly.] Paris, v. 1, 1927. 8°. 

Revue internationale du trachome. Charles Nicolle [et al.], 
administrators. [Quarterly.] Paris, v. 4-5, 1927-28. 
8.° [Continuation of Rev. du trachome.. Par.] 

Revue m6dico-ohirurgicale des maladies du foie, du pancreas 
et de la rate. Pierre Abrami [et al.], directeurs. [Quar- 
terly.] Paris, v.' 1-3, 1926-1928. 8°. 

Revista mexicana de biologfa, Mexico, v. 4^8, 1923-1928. 
8°. 

Revue du trachome. Charles Nicolle [et al.], administrateurs. 
[Quarterly.] Paris, v. 1-3, 1924-1926. 8° 

Revue tunisienne des sciences m^dicales. E. Cassuto, r6dac- 
teur. [Monthly.] Tunis, v. 20-21, 1926-27. 8°. 

Rinascenza medica. Rassegna quindioinale di medicina 
biologica. Carlo Martelli, redattore. [Bi-weekly.] Na- 
poli. V. 1-5, 1924^1928. 4°, 

Rivista di patologia e clinica della tubercolosi. G. Costan- 
tini, redattore. [Monthly.] Bologna, v. 1-2, 1927-28. 
8°. 



Sang, Par. 

Schrift. d. Konigsb. gelehrt. 
Qesellsch., Berl. 

Strahlentherapie, Berl. & Wien. 



Sang (Le), biologie et pathologic. Paul Chevallier, rfidac- 
■teur. [Bi-monthly.] Paris, v. 1-2, 1927-28. 8°. 

Schriften der Konigsberger gelehrten Gesellschaft. Berlin. 
V. 1-3, 1924-1926. 8°. 

Strahlentherapie. v. 1-28, 1912-1928. Beriin & Wien. 8°. 



T 



Tr. N. England Surg. Soc, Bost. 



Tr. Boy. Soc. Canada, Ottawa. 



Transactions of the New England Surgical Society. Ninth 
meeting, Boston, Mass., October 1 and 2, 1926. Boston. 
V. 9, 1926. 8°. 

Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada. Ottawa. 
3. s., V. 17, 1923; 21, 1927. 8°. 



Vener. Dis. Inform., Wash. 

Vererb. u. Geschlechtsleb., 
Dresd. 

Verhandl. d. Oesellsch. f. phys. 
Anthrop., Stuttg. 

Vida nueva, Habana. 



Venereal 

V. 4r-9, 



Disease Information. 
1923-1928* 8°. 



[Monthly.] Washington. 



Vererbung und Geschlechtsleben. A. Forel [et al.], Hrsgr. 
Dresden. Hefte 1-3, 1926-27. 8°. 

Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft fur physische Anthropologic. 
[Sonderheft zur iii. Jahrgang der Anthropologischen An- 
zeigers.] Stuttgart, v. 1-2, 1926-27. 8°. 

Vida nueva. Rivista mensual de medicina, cirugia y 
ciencias auxiliares. Octavio Montoro & Israel Castellanos, 
directores. Habana. v. 19-21, 1927-28. 8°. 



Vopr. Tuberk., Mosk. 



[8] 



Voprost tuberkuloza. Zhurnal posvyashtshonnty patologii, 
klinike i sotsialnol gigiene tuberkuloza. [Questions in 
tuberculosis. Journal devoted to pathology, clinical and 
social hygiene of tuberculosis.] E. G. Munblit, editor. 
[Bi-monthly.] Moskva, v. 1, 1923; v. 4, 1926. 8°- 



W 



West. Hosp. & Nurses Bev., 
Iios Angeles. 

Westminst. Hosp. B«p., Lend. 



Western Hospital and Nurses Review. 
1928. 4°. 



Los Angeles, v. 



Westminster Hospital Reports. London, v. 1-9, 1884- 
1894: V. 16, 1909; v. 18, 1913; v. 19, 1924. 8° 



Tear Book N. York & N. Eng. 
Ass. Railway Surg., Rutland, 



Year Book of the New York and New England Association 
of Railway Surgeons. Rutland, Vt. v. 33, 1923; v. 35-37, 
1925-1927. 8°. 



Zentralbl. d. ges. Arzneimit- 
telk., Heidelb. 

Zoologica, N. Y. 

Ztschr. f. Kreislaufforsch., 
Dresd. & Leipz. 

Ztschr. f. Menschenk., Celle. 

Ztschr. f. wissensch. Baderk., 
Berl. 

Zymol. e chim. d. coUoidi, Bo- 
logna. 



Zentralblatt der gesamten Arzneimittelkunde. Anselmino 
[et al.], Hrsgr. [Monthly.] Heidelberg, v. 1-2, 1912- 
1914. 8°- 

Zoologica. Scientific contributions of the New York Zoologi- 
cal Society. New York. v. 2-9, 1920-1928. 8°. 

Zeitschrift ftir Kreislaufforschung. E. Stadler [et al.], Hrsgr. 
[Semi-monthly.] Dresden & Leipzig, v. 19-20, 1927-28. 
8°. [Continuation of : Zentralbl. f. Herz- u. Gefasskrankh.] 

Zeitschrift ftir Menschenkunde. H. von Hattingberg, Hrsgr. 
Celle. V. 1-3, 1925-1928. 8°. 

Zeitschrift fur wissenschafthche Baderkunde. M. Hirsch, 
Hrsgr, Berlin, v. 1-2, 1926-1928. ,8°. 

Zymologica e chimica dei coUoidi. Giuseppe Mezzadroli, 
direttore. [Bi-monthly.] Bologna, v. 1-2, 1926-27. 8°- 



CATALOGUE 



JACKSON 



J. (F.). Lessons on prevention of the spread of 
fevers. 44 pp. 8°. St. Leonard's-on-Sea, J. 
Dorman, 1876. [P., v. 2291.] 

Jaarboek van de koninklijke Akademie van 
wetensohappen, gevestigd, 1857-1919. [Irreg- 
ular.] [1858]-1910; 1912-15; 1919-20. roy. 
8°. Amsterdam. 

Jaarboek voor de Nederlandsche ongevaUen- 
verzekering onder redactie van H. J. Komeijn 
en H. Blaupot ten Gate. 2. Jaargang, 1904. 
8°. Sneek, J. F. van Druten, 1905. 

Jabiol (Maurice) [1895- ]. *Contribution fi, 
r^tude des associations des infections ty- 
pfaiques et de I'amibiase chronique. 35 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1920. No. 377. 

Jablonowsky (Paul) [1888- ]. *Zur Ka- 
suistik der Schussverletzungen des Schadels 
vom Jahre 1908-13. 62 pp. 8°. Mtinohen, 
C. A. Siegfried & Co., 1914. 

Jablonski (Pierre-Georges-Jean-Gabriel-Charles) 
[1881- ]. *Contribution k l'6tude de la 
psychast^nie. 44 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, Y. 
Cadoret, 1918. No. 25. 

Jablonski (Walter MichaeUs) [1892- ]. 
*Ueber einen Fall von Tabes infantilis mit 
Opticusatrophie. 33 pp. 8°. BerUn, E. 
Ebering, 1919. 

Jablotschkoff (Georg) [1869- ]. *Statisti- 
sche Beitrage zur Aetiologie des Diabetes mel- 
litus u. insipidus. 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. L. 
Fernbach, 1901. 

Jaborandi. 

See, also, Pilocarpine. 

DuvAii (A.-A.-P.). *Recherches sur les 
jaborandis et leur succ6dan6s. [Paris.] 8°. 
Lons-le-Saunier, 1905. 

Leming (W. L.). Pilocarpus mlorophyDua (jaborandi). 
Am. M. J., St. Louis, 1910, xxxviii, 174-176.— de Lemos 
(F.). Pilocarpus pinnatifolius. Bol. da Acad, nao.de med., 
Rio de Jan., 1923, xcv, 137-145.— Marshall (C. E.). On the 
physiologioal action of the alkaloids ol jaborandi leaves. J. 
Physiol., Lond., 1904, md, 120-166.— Prewitt (B. K.). 
Jaborandi and its congeners in the treatment of disease. 
Pan-Am. S. & M. J., N. Orl., 1914, xix, 42-44.— Bedfleld 
(H. H.). Jaborandi and pilocarpine. Med. Standard, Chi- 
cago, 1912, xxxv, 16^-164.— Tunmann (0.) & Jenzer (R.). 
Zur Anatomie der Bliiten von Pilocarpus pennatifolius Lem. 
und Erythroxylon Ooca Lam. Arch. d. Pnann., Berl., 1910, 
ccsdviii, 614-519, 1 pi. 

JabouUle (Paul) [1884r- ]. *La th^rapeu- 
tique des maladies mentales et nerveuses dans 
les asiles publiques d'ali6n6s. 124 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1910. No. 272. 

Jaboulay (Mathieu) [1860-1913]. Legons de 
cUnique chirurgicale (Hdtel-Dieu 1902-1903) 
publi^es par M. P. Cavaillon. vii, 448 f)p., 
17 pi. 8 . Lyon, A. Storck & Cie„ 1904. 

For biography see Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 
1914,103-116 (E. Martin). Also Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 1428. 
Also Lyon cnirurg., 1926, xxii, 425-^36 (Audry, B6rard & 
Gayet). Also Lyon m6d., 1913, oxxi, 781-785 (G. Gayet). 
Also ProgrSs mM.., Par., 1925, xl, 365-369 (£. Fallasse). 

19860°— Vol. VII, 3d series— 27 



Jaboulay (Mathieu) — continued. 

& Patel (Maurice). Hernies. 427 pp. 

8°. Paris, J.-B. BaiUi^re & flls, 1908. 
Forms tasc. xxv of Nouv. traits de ohir. 

Jabrow (Jser-Schewel) [1886- ]. *Ueber 
retropharyngeale Tuberkulose. [Konigsberg.] 

29 pp. 8°. Tilsit, Pawlowski, 1914. 
Jaccard (C.). *Dextrocardie et dextroversion. 

30 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920. No. 211. 
Jaccottet (Maurice). *Un cas d'exstrophie 

v6sico-intestinale avec Eventration chez un 
foetus humain du septiSme mois. 31 pp., 1 pi. 
8°. Lausanne, L6man, 1919. 

Jaccoud (Frangois-Sigismond) [1830- 
1913]. 

LetuUe (M.). NScrologie. Presse mSd., Par., 1913, xzi, 
suppl. 609.— Menetrier (P.). Nficrologie. Paris m6d., 
1912-13, X, suppl., 1021-1023.— Notice biographique. Bull. 
et m£m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Far., 1914, 3. s., xxxyii, 1023- 
1034.— [Obituary.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 1032.— 
Slredey (A.). Nficrologie. Bull. m6d., Par., 1914, zxviii, 
26-28. 

Jaches (Leopold) [1873- ]. 

See Wessler (Harry) & Jaches (Leopold), Clinical 
Roentgenology [etc.]. roy. 8°. Troy [1923]. 

Jack (James Charles). The economic life of a 
Bengal district; a study. 158 pp. 8°- Ox- 
ford, The Clarendon Press, 1916. 

Jack (Louis) [1832-1914]. 

Obituary. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1915, Ivii, 232, port. 

Jaek (William Robert). 

See Wheeler (Alexander) & lack CWilliam Robert). 
Handbook of medicine [etc.]. 12°. Edinburgh, 1916. 

Jackescbky (Elisabeth) [1891- ]. *Zwei 
Falle von essentieller Hsematurie. 28 pp. 8°. 
Berlin, H. Blanke, 1917. 

Jacki (EUzabeth) [1891- ]. *Ueber rheu- 
matische Knotchen in der Galea aponeurotica 
und ihre histologische Uebereinstimmung mit 
den Asohoflfschen Myokardknotchen. [Heidel- 
berg.] 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. 
Bergmann, 1918. 

Jackiscb (Franz) [1889- ]. *Ueber Febris 
quintana. 77 pp., 10 ch. 8°. Breslau, 1917. 

Jackson (Abraham Peeves) [1827-92]. Sterility. 

/«Syst. Gyneo. (Mann). 8°. Phila., 1887, i, 4 1-476. 
For biography see Album Am. Gyneo. Soc, Phila., 1918, 
254, port. 

Jackson (Arthur) [1855-1921]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1921, 1, 177. Also Lan- 
cet, Lond., 1921, i, 302. 

Jackson (Arthur Frame) [1885-1911]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 790. Also Lan- 
cet, Lond., 1911, i, 707. 

Jackson (Benjamin Daydon) [1846- ]. A 
glossary of botanic terms, with their deriva- 
tion and accent. 3. ed. xi, 427 pp. 8°. 
London, Duckworth & Co.; Philadelphia, J. B. 
Lippincott Co., 1916. 



JACKSON 



JACKSON 



Jackson (Charles Edward) [1869-1902]. 

Jarrls (N. S.). [Obituary.] J. Ass. MU. Suig. U. S., 
Carlisle, Pa., 1903, jdii, 88. 

Jackson (Charles Ross) (1867-1915]. 

Obituary. Yale Univ. Obit. Reo. YaleGrad-.N. Haven, 
1914-15, 910. 

Jackson (Chevalier) [1865- ]. Tracheo- 
bronchoscopy, esophagoscopy, and gastrosco- 
py. 191pp., 5 pi. roy. 8°. St. Louis, Laryn- 
goscope Co., 1907. 

Peroral endoscopy and laryngeal surgery. 

710, XXV pp., 6 pi. 4°. St. Louis, Laryngo- 
scope Co., 1915. 

Bronchoscopy and esophagoscopy; a 

manual of peroral endoscopy and laryngeal 
surgery. 346 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & 
London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1922. 

Jackson (Clarence Martin) [1875- ]. An 
investigation of the vascular system of Bdel- 
lostoma dombeyi. 34 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Cincin- 
nati, Univ. Press, 1901. 
Univ. Cincin. Stud., ser. 2, v. 1, No. 6. 

The effects of inanition and malnutrition 

upon growth and structure, xii, 616 pp. 8°. 
Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1925]. 

See, also: 
MoBBis (Sir Henry) [1844- ]. Human 
anatomy [etc.].. 8°- Philadelphia [1914]. 
Jackson (Daniel Dana) [1870- ]. The nor- 
mal distribution of chlorine in the natural wa- 
ters of New York and New England. 31 pp., 
5 pi. 8°. Washington.Gov.Print. Off., 1905. 
U. S. Dep. Int. Oeol. Survey, Water-supply & irrigation 
paper No. 144. 

Pollution of New York Harbor as a 

menace to health by the dissemination of in- 
testinal diseases through the agency of the 
common house fly. 22 pp., 2 maps, 3 ch., 2 pi. 
roy. 8°. New York, 1907. 

Jackson (David Prentice) [1851- ]. The 
story of man and woman; a study of the 
sexual relationship in this life and the life to 
come; its physiology, psychology, morals, and 
theology. 6 p. 1., 11-252 pp. 8°. Phila- 
delphia, Dorrance [1923]. 

Jackson (Dennis Emerson) [1878- ]. Ex- 
perimental pharmacology. 536 pp. 8° St. 
Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1917. 

Jackson (Edward) [1856- ]. Essentials of 
refraction and of diseases of the eye, with a 
consideration of ocular injuries and the ocular 
symptoms of general diseases. 4. ed. 261pp. 
12°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saun- 
ders Co., 1906. 

A manual of the diagnosis and treatment 

of the diseases of the eye. 2. ed. 615 pp. 
12°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders 
Co., 1907. 

Also editor of Ophthalmic Literature, quarterly pub- 
lication, including the Ophthalmic Year Book, etc. 1904- 
1924. 8°. Chicago. 

Jackson (George Thomas) [1852-1916]. The 
ready reference handbook of diseases of the 
skin. 6. ed. 737 pp., 4 pi. 8°. New York & 
Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1908. 

The same. 7. ed. iv, [17]-770 pp. 8°. 

New York & Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 
1914. 

For biography see Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz, & Hamb., 
1917, Ixiv, 399 (R. rriihwald). Also J. Am. M. Ass., 
Chicago, 1916, Ixvi, 206. Also Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, 
Ixxxix, 72. 

& McMurtry (Charles Wood). A treatise 



on diseases of the hair, vi, [17]-366 pp., 10 col. 
pi. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea & 
Febiger, 1912. 



Jackson (Henry) . The value of the pulse in diag- 
nosis and prognosis. 12 pp. 8°. [Boston], 1899. 

Malignant endocarditis. 18 pp. 8°. 

Boston, 1900. 

Report of the committee appointed by 



the Suffolk District Medical Society to inves- 
tigate the progress of the crusade against 
tuberculosis in the city of Boston. 23 pp. 
8°. Boston, 1905. 
Jackson (Holmes C.) Directions for laboratory 
work of physiological chemistry. 2 p. 1., 62 
pp. 8°. New York, J. Wiley & Sons, 1902. 

The same. 2. ed. vi, 148 pp. 8°. New 

York, J. Wiley & Sons, 1903. 

Jackson (Howard Bigelow) [1874-1918]. 

Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, cLmx, 606. 

Jackson (Jabez North) (1868- ]. 

[Biography.] Clin. Med., Chicago, 1926, xxxiii, 373, 
port. Also Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1904, xidii, 373. 

Jackson (James) [1777-1867]. 

Putnam (J. J.). A memoir of J. Jackson. 
With sketches of his father J. Jackson and his 
brothers, R., H., C. & P. T. Jackson, and 
some account of their ancestry. 8°. Boston 
& New York, 1905. 

Jackson (James) [1810-1833]. 

Warthin (A. S.). An American medical student; James 
Jackson, jr. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1903, 
XXV, 433-446. Also reprint. 

Jackson (James Marsh) [1866-1918]. 

Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1919, clxxx, 87. Also: J. 
Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixzxii, 1283. 

, Porter (Charles Allen) [et al.]. Mesen- 
teric embolism and thrombosis. A study of 
214 cases. 116 pp. 8°. Chicago, Press Am. 
Med. Ass., 1904. 

Jackson (John). Ambidexterity or two-hand- 
edness and two-brainedness. An argument 
for natural development and rational educa- 
tion. With an introduction by R. S. S. Baden- 
PoweU. xii, 258 pp., 16 pi. 8°. London, K. 
Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1905. 

Lepers; 31 years' worls; among them. 

Being the history of the mission to lepers in 
India and the East, 1874-1905. xviii, 390 pp. 
8°. London, Marshall Brothers [1907]. 

Jackson (John Barnard Swett) [1806- 
1879]. 

Obituary. In Harrington (T. P.). Harvard M. School, 
N. Y., 1905, ii, 768-761. AUo Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & 
Sc, Bost., 1878-79, n. s., vi, 344. 

Jackson (John Davis) [1834-1875]. 

McMurtry (L. S.). [Biography.] Kentucky M. J., 
Bowling Green, 1917, xv. No. 11, 24. 

Jackson (John Hughlings) [1835-1911]. Neuro- 
logical fragments, with biological memoir, by 
James Taylor, and including the "Recollec- 
tions" of the late Sir Jonathan Hutchinson and 
the late Charles Mercier. ix, 227 pp., port. 8°. 
London, Edinburgh [etc.], H. Milford [1925]. 
For biography see Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxix, 73-76 
(J. J. Putman). AUo Brain, Lend., 1903, xivi, 305-366 
(Sir W. Broadbeut). Also ibid., 1915, xxxviii, 1-190 (H. 
Head). Also ibid., 1916, xxxviii, 391-417 (J. Taylor). 
Also Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1551-1554 (Sir J. Hutchin- 
son). Also Deutsche med Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl.,1911, 
xxxvii, 2244 (G. Holmes). Also Epilepsia, Leipz., 1911-12, 
iii, 1 (L. J. J. Muskens). Also Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 
1103-1107, port. AUo Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, 
Iviii, 2797 (P. Daser). AUo Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, 
s. B, Ixxxiv, pp. xviii-xxv (D. F.). AUo ibid., 1915, ix, 
Neurol, sect., 1-28 (J. Taylor). 

Jackson (John Reader) [1837-1920]. 

Obituary. Nature, Lond., 1920-21, cvi, 611. 
Jackson (John Wilfrid). The use of cowry- 
sheUs for the purpose of currency, amulets, 
and charms. 72 pp. 8°. Manchester, 1916. 



JACKSON 



JACOB 



Jackson (John Wilfrid) — continued. 

Shells as evidence of the migrations of 

early culture, xxviii, 216 pp. 8°. Man- 
chester, University Press; London, New York 
[etc.] Longmans, Green & Co., 1917. 

Jackson (Josephine Agnes) & Salisbury 
(Helen M.). Outwitting our nerves; a 
primer of psychotherapy. 7 p. 1., 403 pp. 
8°. New York, Century Co., 1921. 

Jackson (Lowis D'A.). Modern metrology; a 
manual of the metrical units and systems of 
the present century, with an appendix con- 
taining a proposed EngHsh system; xx, 449 
p., 1 pi. [front.]. 8°. liondon, Crosby 
Lockwood & Co., 1882. 

Jackson (Margaret Talbot). The museum, a 
manual of the housing and care of art col- 
lections, xi, 280 pp. 8°. New York [etc.], 
Longmans, Green & Co., 1917. 

Jackson (Kobert) [1750-1827]. 

Crummer (LeR.). Robert Jackson, Inspector-Oeneral 



of Army Hospitals. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1922, 1, 107-122, 

gort. — Hbwea (H. A. L.). Kobert Jackson, Inspector ol 
ospitals. J. Boy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 19U, xvi. 



121-139, port. 

Jackson (Sir Robert William) [1828- 
1921]. 

Obltuarr. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1921, i, 760. Also 
Lancet, Lond., 1921, i, 1153. 

Jackson (Sumner W.) [1885- ]. *Traite- 
ment des fistules ano-rectales extra-sphinctiS- 
riennes par I'excision du trajet et I'abaisse- 
ment de la muqueuse rectale. 60 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1926. No. 77. 

Jackson (Thomas) [1846-1920]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1920, i, 690. AUo 
Lancet, Loud., 1920, i, 984. 

Jackson (Thomas Vincent) [1836-1901]- 

Pavy (F. W.). [Biography.] Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 
1902, Ixxrv, pp. cviii-cx. 

Jackson (Thomas Wright) [1870-1925]. Trop- 
ical medicine with special reference to the 
West Indies, Central America, Hawaii and 
the PhiUppines, including a general considera- 
tion of tropical hygiene, viii, 636 pp. 8°. 
PhUadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1907. 

Plague; its cause and the manner of its 

extension, its menace, its control and sup- 
pression, its diagnosis and treatment. 3 p. 1., 
5-192 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia], J. B. Lippin- 
cott Co. [1916]. 

For biography see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago- 1925, Ixxxiv, 
1681. 

Jackson (Victor Hugo). Orthodontia and 
orthopeedia of the face. 617 pp. 44 1., 90 pi. 
8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott 
Co., 1904. 

Jackson (William Richard) [1864-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, !x.xix, 318. 

Jacob (Archibald Hamilton) [1837- 
1901]. 

[Obituary.] J. Irish M. Ass., Dubl., 1901, i, 10.— Shastid 
(T. H.). [Biography.] In Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. 
(Wood), Chicago, 1916, ix, 6689. 

Jacob (Arthur) [1790-1874]. 

Shastid (T. H.). [Biography.) In Am. Encycl. & 
Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1916, ix, 6689-6699. 

Jacob (Charlotte [Elise Hedwig]) [1884^ ]. 

♦Ueber respiratorische Arhjrthinie und ihre 

Bedeutung fur die Diagnose der Vagotonic. 

37 pp. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., O. Kiimmel, 

1917. 
Jacob (Edmond) [1888- ]. *La bactdrio- 

th^rapie antigonococcique par la voie gastro- 

intestinale. 84 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1916. 

No. 71. 



Jacob (Edward Long) [1834-1906]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906,1,1568. .<lZ«o Lancet , 
Lond., 1906, i, 1726. 

Jacob (Erwin) [1901- ]. *Contribution k 
r^tude des p^riostoses traumatiques : (suites 
d'h^matomes profonds) . 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1925. No. 280. 

Jacob (Etienne). *La reeducation respira- 
toire, traitement post-op^ratoire des rhino- 
addnoidiens. 84pp. 8°. Paris, 1906. No. 295. 

Jacob (Eueen) [1847-1903]. 

Demuth. TBiography. I Mflnchen. med. Wchnschr., 
1903, 1, 2264.— [Biograpby.j Vnreinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, 
Frankentbal, 1903, xix, 282-284. 

Jacob (Georg) [1874r- ]. *Ueber den Kno- 
chenabscess. 34 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Edel- 
mann, 1900. 

Jacob (Georg) [1878- j. *Beitrag zur 
Statistik des Trachoms. Zusammengestellt 
auf Grund der Journale 1902-1904 der Augen- 
klinik der Kgl. Charitb zu Berlin. [Leipzig.] 
46 pp. 8". Berlin, E. Jackel, 1905. 

Jacob (Gustave). *(iontribution k 1' etude du 
traitement du prolapsus genital des femmes 
&g6es par la colpectomie totale, conservatrice 
de I'uterus. 125 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921. No. 
238 

Jacob (Johannes) [1889- ]. *Ein Beitrag 
Zur Frage nach psychlschen Rassenunter- 
schieden. 21 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. T. Engel- 
hardt, 1918. 

Jacob (Joseph Carl) [1879- ]. *Gefahren 
der intrauterinen, instrumentellen Behand- 
lung. [Miinchen.] 45 pp., 1. 8°- Amor- 
bach, G. Volkhardt, 1905. 

Jacob (Jules). *Etude Critique des rapports 
de la tuberculose et du psoriasis. 79 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1921. No. 486. 

Jacob (L.). *Ueber das spezifische Gewioht 
des Harns bei Krankheiten, seine Abhangigkeit 
vom Gesamttrockenrtickstand und von ein- 
zelnen Bestandteilen des Harns. [HabiUtar- 
tionsschrift.] [WUrzburg.] 46pp. 8°. Leip- 
zig, F. C. A. Vogel, 1913. 

Jacob (Leopold) [1867- ]. ■ *Das Melano- 
sarkom der Nase. 16 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, 
B. Georgi, 1900. 

Jacob (Ludwig) [1881- ]. *Futterungsver- 
suche mit einer aus den einfachen Nahrung- 
stoffen zusammengesetzten Nahrung an Tau- 
ben und Ratten. [Munchen.] 34 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Hamburg, H. E. P. Koch, 1906. 

Jacob (Marcel) [1888- ]. *L'orchi-epidi- 
didymite paludeene. 144 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1912, No. 120. 

Jacob (Octave) [1§67- ]. 

See Testut (L6o) & Jacob (Octave). Traitfi d'anatomie 

topographiqae[etc.]. 8°. Paris,1914. Pr&isd'ana- 

tomie topographique, [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1925. ^ 

Jacob (Paul) [1871- ]. Kartographisch- 
statische Aufnahmen ttber die Verbreitung der 
hygienischen Missstande und der Tuberculose 
auf dem Lande. 2 p. 1., 17 pi., 12 pp. obi. 
fol. Berlin, C. Heymann, 1911. 

Die Tuberculose und die hygienischen 

Missstande auf dem Lande. Ihre' Entste- 
hung, Verbreitung, Verhiitung und Bekam- 
pfung. xii, 248 pp., 1 map. 8°- BerUn, C. 
Heymann, 1911. 

See, also, Biciiei (AdolO & Jacob (Paul). Uber neue 
BeziehungenzwischenHirnrinde[etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1900. — 
Handbucb der physikalischen Therapie [etc.]. 8°. Leip- 
zig, 1901. f i i p 

Jacob (Pierre) [1883- ]. *Contribution k 
retude du diab^te pancr^atique; les formes 
prolongees du diabfete experimental. 216 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1912. No. 149. 



JACOB 

Jacob (Richard Emil Wilhelm) [1880- ]. 
*Ueber Ovarialveranderungen bei Blasenmole. 
35 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer 
& Co., 1906. 

Jacob (Theodor Oskar Max) [1864^ ]. 
*Ueber den Nachweis des Cyankaliums bei 
Vergiftungen. 22 pp., 1 1. 8?. Giessen, 
von Munchow, 1908. 

Jacob (WiUi) [1882- ]. *Die spezifischen 
Warmen von ausserst verdtinnten Losungen. 
30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1912. 

Jacobseus (H. C). Fall of lepra ansBsthetica 
med kort ofversikt ofver differentialdiagno- 
sen mellan lepra ansesthetica och syringo- 
myeli. [A case of lepra anassthetica together 
with a short sketch of the differential diagno- 
sis between lepra ansesthetica and syringo- 
myeUa.] 25 pp. 8°. Stockholm, 1908. 
In B[ygiea Festband, Stockholm, 1908, i. 

Jacobseus (Holger) [1650-1701]. 

Jensen (Ellen V.). "Min lille Gaard Veddelev ved 
Eoskilde"; et Digt a£ Holger Jacobseus. Ugeskr. t. Laeger, 
K:0benk., 1915, Ixxvii, 1726-1731. 

Jap.obseus (Holger). Fedme og fedtsyge; 
behandling med bade- og kurrejser. [Obesity, 
treatment with baths and mineral waters.] 
56 pp. 8°. K0benhavn, F. Bragges, 1902. 

• Hjerte- og leversygdomme; behandling 

ined bade- og kurrejser. [Heart and liver dis- 
eases. . . .] 58 pp. 8° K0benhavn, F. 
Bagge, 1902. 

& Kiaer (Aage). Handbog for syge ple- 



jersker. [Manual for nurses.] 2 p. 1., 297 
pp. 8°. K0benhavn, Gyldendal, 1904. 

Jacob^e (Pierre) [1882- ]. *Des fibromes 
sessiles et p6dicul6s du vagin. 86 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1908. No. 34. 

Jacobl (Abraham) [1830-1919]. The intestinal 
diseases of infancy- and childhood. Physiol- 
ogy, hygiene, pathology and therapeutics. 
;?,, ejd., in two parts, ix, 266 pp. Paged 
.continuously. 12°. Detroit, G. S. Davis, 
1890. 

— rrr-t Therapeutics of infancy and childhood. 
. 3/ed. xvii, 660 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. B. 
iiippincott Co., 1903. 

Collectanea Jaoobi. Edited by William 



J. Robinson. 8 v. 8°. New York, Critic & 
Guide Co., 1909. 

See, also, Esctaerlch (Theodor) & lacobi (Abraham), 
ber gegehwSrtige Stand der Kinderhellkunde [etc.]. 8°. 
Berlin, 1905.— Modern clinical medicine. Diseases of chil- 
dren [etc.]. 8°. New York & London, 1910. 

For biography see Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1913, Irrii, 960 
(F. Foerster). Also ibid., 1919, Ixxx, 563-565. Also Am. 
Med., Burlington, Vt., 1919, n. s., xiv, 516, port. (S. A. 
Knopf). AUa Ann. Med. Hist., N. Y., 1919, ii, 194-205, 
port. (F. H. Garrison). Also Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1919, 
xxxvi, 321-324 (F. M. Crandall). Aleo Brit. M. J., Lond., 
^ 1919, ii, 124. Also J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, Ixxiii, 
• 211. Also Lancet-Clinic. Cincin., 1910, oiii, 512; 627 (A. O. 
Zwick). Also Med. Life, N. Y., 1926, saodii, 466^72, port. 
(A. Levinson). Also Med. Rec, N. Y., 1919, xcvi, 115. 
Also N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, ex, 114^117 (S. A. Knopf). 
Also Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1919, n. s., 1, loa- 
104 (F. h; Garrison). Also Sclent. Month., N. Y., 1919, 
ix, 187, port. 

See, also: 
Huber (F.). Abraham Jacobi; a pioneer and benefactor of 
child welfare. Child, Lond., 1913, iv, 183-188.— Knopf 
(S A.). Abraham Jacobi, physician, philanthropist, patriot; 
a tribute. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, xix, port. Also re- 
print.— McAney (G.). Presentation of the New York 
; Academy of Medicine of a bas-relief of Dr. Jacobi. Med. 
Eec N. Y., 1920, xcviii, 166.— President-elect Jacobi. 
J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 122.— Vincent (Q. E.). 
The life and influence of Dr. Abraham Jacobi on his times. 
Med. Bee, N. Y., 1920, xcviii, 167. 

Jacob! (Adolf Ernst Hellmut) [1890- ]. 
*Die Operation der Brustwandtumoren. 65 
pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1919. 



JACOBI 

Jacob! (Bertold). *Die chronisehe proliferie- 
rende Entziindung des Nabelbeutels des 
Schweines. [Bern.] 44 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Tos- 
stedt, G. Baum, 1908. 

Jacob! (Carl) [1866- ]. Zur Frage der 
meohanischen Wirkungen der Luftdrucker- 
niedrigung auf den Organism.us. 10 pp. 8°. 
Leipzig, 1907. 

Die Pharmakologie eine biologische Wis- 

senschaft. 32 pp. 8°- Leipzig-, F. C. W. 
Vogel, 1908. 

Jacob! (Eduard) [1862-1915]. Atlas der Haut- 
krankheiten mit Einschluss der wichtigsten 
venerischen Erkrankungen. Ftir praktische 
Aerzte und Studierende. 2. ed. xi, 132 pp., 
88 pi. roy. 8°. Berhn & Wien, Urban & 
Schwarzenberg, 1904. 

■ The same. 3. ed. xv, 174 pp., 132 pi. 

roy. 8°. Berhn & Wien, Urban & Schwar- 
zenberg, 1907. 

— — The same. 4. ed. xvii, 180 pp., 1 1., 
134 pi. roy. 8°. BerUn & Wien, Urban & 
Schwarzenberg, 1909. 

The same. Atlas des maladies de la 

peau et des principales maladies v6n6riennes 
k I'usage des miSdecins praticiens et des 
6tudiants. Traduit par Dubois-Havenith. 
Pr6c6d6 d'une preface et accompagn6 des 
notes par E. Gaucher, iv, 184 pp., 86 pi. 
roy. 8°. Paris, O. Doin, 1904. 

Portfolio of dermichromes. English 

adaption of text by J. J. Pringle. 3 pts. 
180 pp., 86 pi. roy. 8°. London, Rebman, 
1903. 

The same. Supplement, iv, 72 pp., 

39 pi. roy. 8°. London & New York, 
Rebman Co., 1906. 

Die Bedeutung der Geschlechtskrank- 

heiten und ihre Bekampfung. Vortrag. 32 
pp. 16°. Freiburg i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 
1905. 

Supplement zum Atlas der Hautkrank- 



heiten mit Einschluss der wichtigsten vene- 
rischen Erkrankungen. vi, 49 pp., 40 pi. 
roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwar- 
zenberg, 1906. 

See, also, Ikonographia dermatologica [etc.]. roy. 8°. 
Berlin & Wien, 1906-7.— Zieler (Karl Wilhehn Felix) & 
Jacob! (Edward). Lehrbuch und Atlas per Haut- und 
Geschlechtskrankheiten. 4°. Berlin, Wien, 1924. 

For biography see Dermat. Wehnschr., Leipzig, & 
Hamb., 1915, Ix, 168 (K. Taege). Also Deutsche med. 
Wehnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1915, xli, 291 (Buschke). 

Jacob! (Elisabeth) [1883- ]. ♦Menstrua- 
tion und Tod. 39 pp. 8°- Jena, G. Neuen- 
hahn, 1916. 

Jacobi (FeUx) [1883- ]. *Geburtsverlauf 
und Therapie beim engen Becken. [Strass- 
burg.] 90 pp. 8°- Leipzig, G. Thieme, 
1908. 

Jacob! (Fran]5) [1873-1925]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1925, Ixxxiv, 1439. 

Jacob! (Friedrich Karl) [1889- ]. *Zur 
operativen Behandlung des 'Plattfusses mit 
der Methode von Wilms. 31 pp. 8°. Hei- 
delberg, T. Berkenbusch, 1918. 

Jacob! (Fritz). Die Lungenschwindsucht. 
105 pp., 1 1. 12°. Leipzig, T. F. W. Schu- 
mann, 1902. 

Jacob! (Fritz) [1876- ]. *Ueber intermit- 
tierende cystenartige Dilatation des vesica- 
len Ureterenendes. 23 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. 
Georgi, 1907. 

Jacobi (Jan Willem) [1865-1916]. 

Melcliior (F. A.). In memoriam. Psychiat. en neurol. 
Bl., Amst., 1916, XX, 371-373. 



JACOBI 



JACOBS 



Jacobl (Johann Siegfried). *Ueber Exoph- 
thalmus intermittens. 109 pp. 8°. Konigs- 
berg i. Pr., Karg & Manneck, 1906. 

von Jacobl (Marcel) [1897- ' ]. *Natri- 
umcitrat als Hamostypticum. [Zurich.] 37 
pp. 8°. Langensalza, H. Beyer & Sohn, 
1923. 

Jacob! (Mary Putnam) [1842-1906]. 
Mart Putnam Jacobi, a pathfinder in 
medicine, with selections from her writings 
and a complete bibliography, xxxii, 621 pp., 
port. 8°. New York & London, G. P. Put- 
nam's Sons, 1925. 

Daniel (Anne S.). Mary PutnEun Jaoobi; a medical 

Sioneer. Med. Woman's J., Oinoin., 1920, xxvii, 169-161.— 
bituary Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i^ms. Also J. Am. 
M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1968.— Walter (Josephine). 
Mary Putnam Jacobi. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixi, 



]. *Ueber Penis- 
Leipzig, A. Edel- 



Jacobi (Otto) [1888- ]. *Ueber die Ent- 
stehung des Hautpigments besonders die 
Rolle der MastzeUen bei der Pigmentbildung. 
1 p. 1., 45 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 
O. Ktimmel, 1912. 

Jacobi (Paul) [1870- 
knochen. 25 pp. 8° 
mann, 1899. 

Jacobi (Paul) [1888- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
von Ulcus cornese hervorgerufen durch den 
Bacillus pyocyaneus. 1 p. 1., 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Heidelberg, G. Geier, 1912. 

Jacobi (Richard) [1888- ]. *Die Bedeu- 
tung des Phenolsulfophthalein in der Nieren- 
diagnostik. 20 pp. 8°. Miinchen, R. Mul- 
ler & Steinicke, 1914. 

Jacobi (Rudolf) [1887- ]. *Zur KUnik der 
Myositis ossificans progressiva. 1 p. 1., 29 
pp., 1 1. 8°. BerUn, E. Ebering, 1913. 

Jacobi (Siegfried) [1876- ]. *Ueber Gravi- 
ditat im rudimentaren Horn des Uterus 
bicornis. 48 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig., 
B. Georgi, 1901. 

Jacobi (Walter) [1890- ]. *Beitrag zur 
Nierenfunktion wahrend der Schwanger- 
schaft und im Wochenbett. 41 pp., 1 1. 8°- 
Breslau, Breslauer Genossenschafts - Buch- 

Jacobi (Walter ' Alfred Ewald) [1889- ]. 
*Das Zwangsmassige im dichterischen Schaf- 
f en Goethes. (Psychiatrisch-kritische Studie.) 
[Jena.] 44 pp. 8°. Langensalza, Wendt & 
KlauweU 1915. 

Die Ekstase der alttestamentlichen Pro- 

pheten. 62 pp. 8°. Munchen & Wies- 
baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1920. 
Forms Heft 108 of: Qrenzfr. d. Nerv.- u. Seelenleb. 

■ Die Stigmatisierten. Beitrage zur Psy- 

chologie der Mystik. 57 pp. 8°. Miin- 
chen, J. F. Bergmann, 1923. 
Forms Heft 114 of: Grenzfr. d. Nerv.- u. Seelenleb. 
Jacobi (Wilhelm Friederich) [1890- ]. 
*Ueber die Wirkung des Granugenols bei 
Schussverletzungen des Pferdes. [Leipzig.] 
36 pp. 8°. Lubeck, C. Coleman, 1919. 
Jacobius (Helene) [1876- ]. *Die Erzie- 
hung des Edelfrauleins im alten Frankreich 
naoh Dichtungen des xii., xiii. und xiv. Jahr- 
hunderts. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 35 pp., 1 1., 
8°. HaUe a S., E. Karras, 1908. 
Jacobius (Salo) [1880- ]. *Untersuchun- 
gen iiber das Hirnwindiingsrelief an der 
Aussenseite des menschlichen Schadels. 56 
pp., 4 tab. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. 
Jacojbj (C). Okkultismus und medizinische 
Wissenschaft. Vortrag. 52 pp. 4°. Stutt- 
gart F. Enke, 1912. 



JacobJ (Joh. Carl) [1867- ]. Pharma- 
kologische Einleitung f tir das deutsche Bader- 
buch. 89 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kast- 
ner, 1906. 

Jacobj (Walther) [1890- ].' *Beobachtun- 
gen am peripheren Gefassapparat unter 
lokaler Beeinflussung desselben durch phar- 
makologische Agentien. [Tubingen.] 30 pp. 
8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1920. 

Jacobs (Adrien). Les troubles mentaux dans 
I'insufHsance hdpatique. 62 pp. 8°. Tou- 
louse [n. d.]. 

Jacobs (Carl) [1884- ]. *Essays iiber Pul- 
sionsdivertikel des Oesophagus im Anschluss 
an ein durch Exstirpation in 11 Tagen p. p. i. 
geheiltes pharyngoosophageales Pulsions- 
divertikel. 45 p. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 
1910. 

Jacobs (Charles) [1863-1924]. Le radium. 
Essais et r^sultats th^rapeutiques en gyne- 
cologic. 68 pp. 2 1. 8°. BruxeUes, H. 
Lambertin, 1911. 

For biography see Gynfic. et obstfit., Par., 1924, ix, 
624-626 (J.-L. Henrotay). 

& Geets (V.). Le radium. 193 pp. 

8°. Bruselles, C. Rubens [1911]. 

Jacobs (Franz Alfred Paul) [1876- ]. 
*Zur Statistik der puerperalen Mastitis. 
38 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. 

Jacobs (Friedrich) [1889- ]. *Ueber einige 
adenomyomatose Tumoren an den weib- 
lichen inneren Genitalorganen. [Strassburg.] 
24 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1913. 

Jacobs (Fritz). *Ueber indirekte Frakturen 
der Metatarsalia (bei schweizerischen Miliz- 
Inf anteristen) . 73 pp. 8°. Ziirich, O. Ftissli, 
1903. 

Jacobs (Harrold THW) [1866-1921]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, lixvii, 877. 

Jacobs (Johanna) [1892- ]. *Zur Darier- 
schen Dermatose. 20 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. 
Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 1918. 

Jacobs (Josef) [1888- ]. *Zur Diagnose 
der Schwangerschaft in den fruheren Mona- 
ten. 23 pp. 8°. Munchen, R. MuUer & 
Steinicke, 1914. 

Jacobs (Joseph) [1854r-1916]. Jewish contri- 
butions to civilization; an estimate. 2 p. 1., 
3-334 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, The Jewish 
Publication Society of America, 1920. 

Jacobs (Leon) [1878-1924]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxii, 1799. 

Jacobs (Maria) [1894- ]. *Beobachtungen 
iiber die Haufigkeit von Konstitutions- 
Anomalien bei gynakologisch Kranken. 18 
pp. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt Wwe., 1920. . 

Jacobs (Michel). The study of color, with 
lessons and exercises, arranged for instruc- 
tion of teachers, artists, students and parents, 
ix, 115 pp., 16 pL, 86 ch. 8°. New York, 
D. Van Nostrand Co., 1925. 

Jacobs (Peter). *Das dritte Augenlid des 
Hundes mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der 
Conjunctivitis follicularis. [Bern.] 29 pp. 
8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1908. 

Jacobs (Philip Peter) [1879- ]. The tuber- 
culosis worker; a handbook on methods and 
programs of tuberculosis work. 314 pp. 
8°. Baltimore, Wilhams & Wilkins Co., 1923. 

Jacobs (Toni) [1888- ]. *Untersuchungen 
iiber 16 Falle vaginaler Totalexstirpation des 
graviden Uterus ohne Adnexe wegen Lungen- 
tuberkulose. 14 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schu- 
macher, 1917. 

Also in Arch. f. Gynak., Berl., 1917, ovi, 308-319. 



JACOBS 



JACOBSON 



Jacobs (Walter) [1888- ]. *Hypophysare 
Fettsucht und Eunuchoidismus. 32 pp. 
8°. Bonn, H. Trapp, 1914. 

Jacobsbei-g (Alfred) [1890- ]. *Ueber 
Knochenmetastasen bei primarem Vaginal- 
carcinom. 36 pp. 8°. Mtinchen, M. Leut- 
ner, 1916. 

Jacobsen (Adolf) & Schmeick (Victor). Ver- 
falschung des Fleisches und der Fleischpro- 
ducte und die zu deren Nachweisen dienenden 
neuern Untersuchungsmethoden. 54 pp. 8°. 
Kristiania, A. Cammermeyer, 1906. 

Jacobsen (Emil) [1836-1911]. 

Thorns (H.). Nekrolog. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. 
Gesellscli., Berl., 1911, xxi, 163-168, port. 

Jacobsen (Peter Carl) [1873- ]. *Beitrag 
zur Kenntnis der Triaminotriphenylmethan- 
derivate. [Erlangen.] 30 pp. 8°. Rudol- 
stadt, Manicke & Jahn, 1909. 

Jacobshagen (Eduard) [1886- ]. *Unter- 
suchungen iiber das Darmsystem der Fische 
und Dipnoer; Beitrage zur Charakteristik des 
Vorder-, Mittel- und Enddarms der Fische 
und Dipnoer. 40 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 
1911. 

Jacob sohn (Amalie). *Nachweis von GaUen- 
sauren im normalen und pathologischen 
Ham. 16 pp. 8°. Zurich, E. & A. Kreut- 
ler, 1924. 

Jacobsohn (Arthur) [1886- ]. *Uebersub- 
cutane Zerreissungen der langen Fingerstreck- 
sehne. 54 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Eberling, 
1919. 

Jacobsohn (Mme. D.). *Maladies ankylo- 
santes. Etude de quelques formes cliniques. 
54 pp., 21. 8°. Paris, 1906. No. 108. 

Jacobsohn (David). *Du traitement de I'im- 
p6tigo par le nitrate d'argent. 61 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Paris, 1903. No. 346. 

Jacobsohn (Eugen) [1879- ]. *Zur Statis- 
tik des primaeren Glaukoms. 28 pp., 2 1. 
8°. Wurzburg, A. Borst, 1903. 

Jacobsohn (Georg) [1867- ]. *Striae dis- 
tensae cutis. [Leipzig.] 30 pp., 11. 8°. 
Berlin, Marschner & Stephan, 1895. 

Jacobsohn (Isidor) [1885- ]. *Kasuisti- 
scher Beitrag zu den Gefassgerauschen in 
der Lunge. 1 p. 1., 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 
H. Blanke, 1912. 

Jacobsohn (Leo) [1881- ]. *Fermente, 
Antifermente und ihre Beziehungen zu den 
Toxinen. 60 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., K. 
Kuss, 1905. 

Klinik der Nervenkrankheiten; ein Lehr- 

buch fur Aerzte und Studierende. Mit 
einem Vorwort von Prof. G. Klemperer. xii, 
488 pp., 4. pi. 4°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 
1913. 

Ueber die Fernald'sche Methode zur 

Prtifung des sittlichen Fiihlens und iiber ihre 

weitere Ausgestaltung. 84 pp. 8°. Leipz., 

J. A. Barth, 1920. ^ , 

Forms Beiheft 24, of Beihefte i.. Ztschr. f. ang. Psych, [etc.]. 

' Die Kreuzung der Nervenbahnen und 

die bilaterale Symmetrie des tierisqhen 
Korpers. 125 pp. 8°. Berl.; S. Karger, 

1924. 

Forms Heft 26 of Abhandl. a, d. Neurol, [etc. I. 

Set also, Handbuch der Dathologisohen Anatomie 
[etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1903. 

Jacobsohn (Martin). *Die Bedeutung der 
Gefassveranderungen des Uterus und der 
Ovarian fiir die Entstehung uteriner Blu- 
tungen. 29 pp. 8°- Freiburg i. B., 1911 (?). 



Jacobsohn (Max) [1871- ]. 

See Blaschko (Alfred) & Jacobsohn (M.). Thera- 
peutisches Taschenbuch [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1912. 

Jacobsohn (Moritz) [1880- ]. *Ueber die 
Behandlung einiger Falle von Asthma bron- 
chiale mit Vasotonin. 45 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
H. Blanke, 1911. 

Jacobsohn (Soholem). *Ueber Little'sche 
Krankheit an Hand einer Erkrankungsgruppe 
bei drei Geschwistern. 28 pp. 8°. Basel, 
J. Kohlhepp, 1907. 

Jacobsohn (Thekla) [1893- ]. *Die Falle 
von Tranensackphlegmone der Heidelberger 
Universitats-Augenklinik von Oktober 1910 
bis Juni 1917. 33 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, 
Rossler & Herbert, 1918. 

Jacobson (Adalbert) [1885- ]. *Ueber 
multiple Neurofibromatose mit sarkoma- 
toser Entartung. [Breslau.] 51 pp., 2 pi. 
8°. Posen, 1912. 

Jacobson (Clarence Augustus) [1884- 
1923]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., CMaogo, 1923, Ixxx, 940. 

Jacobson (Ernst) [1887- ]. *Ein Fall von 
sogenanntem Krukenberg'schen Tumor der 
Ovarien. 41 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, R. 
MiiUer & Steinicke, 1913. 

Jacobsen (G.). Leitfaden fiir die Revisionen 
der Arzneimittel- Gift- und Farbenhand- 
lungen. 3. ed. iv, 211 pp. 12°. Berlin, 
H. Kornfeld, 1906. 

Jacobson (Jacob) [1886- ]. *L'6ther 
6thylcinnamique dans le traitement de la 
tubereulose pulmonaire. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1919. No. 194. 

Jacobson (Julius) [1828-1889]. Beziehungen 
der Veranderungen und Krankheiten des 
Sehorgans zu Allgemeinleiden und Organer- 
krankungen. viii, 1 1., 133 pp. 8°. Leip- 
zig, W. Engelmann, 1885. 

For biography see Am. Enoyd. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), 
Chicago, 1916, ix, 8699 (T. H. Shastid). 

Jacobson (Julius H.) [1879-1918]. 

Moots (C. W.). Obituary. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & 
Gynec, York, 1920, xxxii, 441-443.— Zinke (E. Q.). Tribute 
to Dr. Julius H. Jacobson of the American Association of 
obstetricians and gynecologists. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & 
Gynec, York, 1920, xxxii, 444. 

Jacobson (Louis) [1852-1905]. 

Bruck (A.). Nekrolog. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
Leipz. & Berl., 1905, xxxi. 233. 

Jacobson (Mme. Marie) n6e Mitler [1873- 
]. *Traitement prophylaetique et cura- 

tif de la syphilis du nouveau-n6. 97 pp. 8°. 

Paris, 1914. No. 337. 
Jacobson (Max) [1878- ]. *Symptoma- 

tologie der Uterusmyome. 130 pp. 8°. 

Konigsberg i. Pr., R. Leupold, 1903. 

Jacobson (Nathan) [1857-1913]. 

[Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1390. 
Also N. York M. J. (etc.), 1913, xcviii, 628. 

Jacobson (S.). *De la ddlivrance artificielle 
a, la clinique Beaudelocque depuis 1897. 39 
pp., 1 tab. 8°. Paris, 1906. No. 407. 

JacoDson (Walter Hamilton Acland) [1847- 
1924]. On rest and pain: A course of lec- 
tures. 2. ed. 299 pp. 8°. New York, W. 
Wood & Co., 1879. 

The operations of surgery. 6. ed. 2 v. 

X, 1-1030; vi, 1-934 pp. 8°. London, J. & 
A. Churchill, 1915. 

For biography see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1924, ii, 691. Also 
Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1924, xxxviii, 479-483. Also 
ihid., 1925, Ixxv, 125-140, port. (R. P. Eowlands). Also 
Lancet, Lond., 1924, ii, 729. 



JACOBSON 



JACOLLIOT 



Jacobson (Walter Hamilton Acland) — contd. 

& Rowlands (R. P.). The operations of 

surgery; intended especially for the use of 
those recently appointed on a hospital staff, 
and for those preparing for the higher exami- 
nations. 5. ed. 2 V. xii, 926: vii, 113 pp. 
8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1907. 

The same, xii, 926; vii, 1139 pp. roy. 

8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 
1908. 

Jacobson's orgaxi. 

KoLLiKER (A.). Ueber die Jacobson'schen 
Organe des Menschen. 4°. [Leipzig, 1877.] 
. Anton (W.). Beitiag zur Morpbologie des Jacobson- 
scben Organs under Nasenhohle der Cryptobrancbiaten. 

Morphol. Jabrb., Leipz., 1908, xxxviii, 448-468, 2 i)l. 

Die Nasenboble der Ferennibrancbiaten; (ein Beitrag zur 
Pbylogenese des Jacobsonseben Organs). Ibid., 1911-12, 
div, 179-199, 2 pi. — Broman (I.). Om Jacobsonska orga- 
nets konstruktion och funktion. Lunds. Univ. Arsskr-, 

n. F., avd. 2, 1918, siv, No. 4jl-42. Das Organon 

Tomero-nasale Jaoobsoni— ein Wassergerucbsorgan. Anat. 
Hefte, Wiesb., 1920, Iviii, 137-191, 3 pi— Bruner (H. L.). 
Jacobson's organ and tbe respiratory mecbanism of Am- 
pbibians. Morpbol. Jabrb., Leipz., 1914, xlviii, 157-165.— 
Ctarlstl^Linde (A. A.). On tbe cartilago palatina and 
tbe organ of Jacobson In some manuals. JMa., 343-364. — 
Frets (G. P.). On tbe Jaoobson's organ of primates. K. 
Akad. V. Wetenscby, Amst.,. 1912-13, xv, 134-137.— Gawrl- 
lenko (A.). Die Entwickelung des Oerucbsorgans bei 
Salmo salar; (zur Stammesentwickelung des Jacobson- 
seben Organs). Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvi, 421-427. — 
Giacomini (E.). L'organo di Jacobson od organo Tomero- 
nasale, il nervo Tomero-nasale, il nervo terminale e la 
glandola nasale laterale in embrioni e feti di Muletia 
(Tatusia, dasypus) novemcincta. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. 

d. 1st. di Bologna, 1912-13, 6. s., x, 325-375, 4 pi. 

SuUo sviluppo delr organo di Jacobson (organo vomero- 
nasale) e della glandola nasale laterale in embrioni e feti 
di Muletia (Tatusia, dasypbus) novemcincta. Bendic. 
r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1912-13, xvii, 119- 
127.— Mlnett (F. C). The organ of Jacobson in tbe 
borse, ox, camel and pig. J. Anat.^ Lond., 1925-26, Is., 
110-118.— Porfldla (G.). Nuove ncerche istologicbe e 
sperimentali suU' organo di Jacobson dei mammiferi. 
Boll. d. mal. d. oreccbio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1904, 
xxil, 1-10, 2 pi.— Zuckerkandl (E.). Das Jacobsonscbe 
Organ. Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., 1908, 

Wiesb., 1910, xviii, 801-843. Ueber ale Weohsel- 

beziebung in der Ausbildung des Jacobsonseben Organs 
und des Kiecblappens nebst Bemerkungen fiber das Jacob- 
sonscbe Organ der Ampbibien. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 
1910, xii, 1-73, 3 pi. 

Jacobsson (Ernst). Larobok for massorer 
och sjukgymnaster. viii, 150p. 8°. Stock- 
holm, Chelius & Co., 1906. 

Jacobsttaal <E.). 

See Bruck (Carl) & Jacobsttaal (E.}. Handbuch der 
Serodiagnose [etc.]. 2. ed. roy 8°. Berim, 1924. 

Jacobsthal (H.). Ueber die Naht der Blut- 
gefasse. 

In Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1905, a. F., No. 396 
(Chir. No. 109, 189-208). 

Jacobstbal (Wolfgang Jakob Erwin) [187&- 
1. *TyphusbaziUen beim Rinde. 26 pp. 
8°. Strassburg i. E., C. Muh & Co., 1902. 

Jacobus de Dondis. Liber Aggregationis sive 
Aggregator Paduanus de medicinis simplici- 
bus. 286 11., 2 columnp. fol. [Strassburg,. 
Adolf Rusch I the R-printer, circa 1470.] 

Jacoby (Alfred) [1885- ]. *Ueber quali- 
tativen und quantitativen Protozoennach- 
weis im Berhner Leitungswasser. 29 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1909. 

Jacoby (Ernst) [1873- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur 
Kenntnis des Lidcoloboms. 18 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 
Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1905. 

Jacoby (Fritz) [1888- ]. *Ueber die Eol- 
gen elektrischer Entladungen auf den Men- 
schen speziell iiber Telefon-Unfalle. [Bonn.] 
1 p. 1., 46 pp. 8°- Strassburg i. E., Miih 
& Cie., 1912. 

Jacoby (Fritz) [1892- ]. *Die Bedeutung 
der Aziditat der Ruhrsttihle ftir die bakterio- 



Jacoby (Fritz) — continued. 

logische Ruhrdiagiose. [Freiburg.] 21 pp. 
8°. Berlin & Leipzig, W. de Gruyter & Co., 
1920. 

Jacoby (Georg August) [1880- ]. *Die 
Molekularwarme der lonen von KCl und 
"hre Hydratisierung in sehr verdunnten was- 
serigen Losungen. 31 pp. 8°. Greifswald, 
J. Abel, 1913. 

Jacoby (George W.) [1856- ]. Child train- 
ing as an exact science; a treatise based upon 
the principles of modem psychology, normal 
and abnormal, xv, 384 pD. 8°. New York 
& London, Funk & WagnaUs (I!o., 1914. 

The unsound mind and the laws; a pres- 
entation of forensic psychiatry, xiv, 424 pp. 
8°. New York & London, Funk & WagnaUs 
Co., 1918. 

Electricity in medicine; a practical expo- 



sition of the methods and use of electricity in 
the treatment of disease, comprising electro- 
physics, apparatus, electropathology, electro- 
diagnosis and electroprognosis, general elec- 
trotherapeutics and special electrotherapeu- 
tics, xxii, 612 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. 
Blackiston's son & Co. [1919]. 

Jacoby (Julius) [1891- ]. *Aneurisma dis- 
secans und Aortenrupturen. 43 pp. 8°. 
Konigsberg i. Pr., Hartung, 1919. 

Jacoby (Martin Joh.) [1872- ]. Immuni- 
tat und Disposition und ihre experimentellen 
Grundlagen. 158 pp. 8°. Weisbaden, J. 
F. Bergmann, 1906. 

Einfiihrung in die experimentelle Thera- 

pie. vi, 1 1., 180 pp. 8°. BerUn, J. 
Springer, 1910. 

Jacoby (Max) [1888- ]. *Ueber Dekom- 
pressionstrepanationen und Duraplastik. 48 
pp. 8°. BerUn, H. Blanke, 1912. 

Jacoby (Paul). Etudes sur la selection chez 
I'homme. Avant propos par Gabriel Tarde. 
2. ed. xvii, 620 pp., 3 pL, 3 ch. 8°. Paris, 



]. *Zur Lehre der 
1 p. 1., 21 pp. 8°. 



F. Alcan, 1904. 
Jacoby (Paul) [1889- 

Compressionsmyelitis. 

Kiel, H. Fienke, 1913. 
Jacoby (Samuel) [ -1915]. Lehrbuch der 

Kystoskopie und stereokystophotographischer 

Atlas, viii, 248 pp., 48 pi. fol. Leipzig, W. 

Klinkhardt, 1911.* 
For biography see Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1915, 

xix, 85 (Lasch). 

Jacoby (Willy). *Unterschiede am Schadel 
des Schimpansen, Gorilla und Orang-Utan. 
[Bern.] pp. 251-284, 5 pi. 8°- Stuttgart, 
E. Nagele, 1903. 

Also HI Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Antbrop., Stuttg., 1903, 
vi, Heft 2. 

Jacod (Maurice) [1880- ]. *Des laryngites 
aigues S, fausses membranes non diphtSriques. 
40 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907. No. 37. 

Jacoel [dit Alberto]. *Traitement des fractures 
par les agrafes osseuses. 110 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1903. No. 539. 

Jacoll (Josef). Ueber vergleichende physika- 
■lische und Rontgenuntersuchungen bei 
Lungentuberkulose, wie auch iiber die Cal- 
mette'sche Ophthalmoreaktion im Anschlusse 
am Rontgenuntersuchungen. pp. 33-64. 8°. 
Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 

1910. 
Forms 2. Heft, v. 6, of Beihfte z. Med. Klin. 

JacoUiot (Louis) [1837-1890]. Occult science 
in India and among the ancients. 274 pp. 
8°. London, Wm. Rider & Son, 1919. 



JACOPIN 



8 



JACQUET 



Jacopin (Louis-Dominique) [1882- ]. *De 
la grossesse g^mellaire k la maternity de 
Nancy; considerations cUniques & statis- 
tique. (D'aprfes les observations de 1896 k 
1907.) [Naiicy.] 68 pp. 8°- FougeroUes, 
1907. No. 26. 

Jacopmann-Jacopson (Wulf).. *Recherches 
surrald6hydeni-m6thoxy-p-amino-benzoique. 
65 pp. 8°. Gen6ve, 1.912. 

Jacot (Jules-Amedfe) [1869- ]. *Dutraite- 
ment des tales de la corn^e par les injections 
sous-conjonctivales de benzoate de lithine. 
70 pp., 8 pi., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, 1904. No. 37. 

JacouboTitsch (Nina)., *De la formule leu- 
cocytaire dans la pneumonie. 32 pp. 8°. 
Genfeve, Reggiani et Renaud, 1910. 

Jacoulet (Frangois). *Les 6pitli61iomas kysti- 
ques de la glande mammaire. 135 pp. 8°. 
1911. No. 141. 

Guide du mSdecin praticien;' aide- 
memoire de mddecine, de chirurgie et d'obst^- 
trique. Preface par A. Mouchet. 2. ed. 
ix, 844 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. BaiUifere & 
fils, 1922. 

Jacoulet (Henri-Auguste) [1866- ]. *Con- 
tribution k la determination et k 1' etude du 
chapitre: Pathogenie, etiologie des exostoses 
osteogenique ou perichondromes de crois- 
sance osteoplasiques. 226 pp., 4 tab. 8°- 
Nancy, 1911. No. 959. 

Jacq (L.) [1885- ]. *Etude d'un cas de 
symphyse mediastino-pericardique traite 
chirurgicalement. 69 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
No. 293. 

Jacquard (Henri) [1881- ]. *Contribu- 
tion k r etude du traitement du cancer primi- 
tif de I'urStre chez la femme (du cancer total 
et de son traitement). 45 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
1911. No. 92. 

Jacquard (Jean) [1889- ]. *Contribution 
k r etude des pneumonies prolongees chez 
I'enfant. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. No. 353. 

Jacquart (Camille). Etude de la demographie 

statique et dynamique des agglomerations 

■ urbaines et speoialement des viUes beiges. 1 

p. 1., 118 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, P. Weissen- 

bruch, 1903. 

La mortalite infantile dans les Plandres. 

Etude de demographie gelge. 156 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Bruxelles, A. Dewit, 1907. 

Jacquelin (Andre) [1892- ]. *Contribu- 
tion k retude clinique et pathogenique des 
manifestations broncho-pulmonaires des re- 
naux et des cardio-renaux. 143 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1922. No. 291. 

Jacquelio (Charles). *La therapeutique par 
les serums normaux et par le sang humain 
dans les hemorragies graves du nouveau-ne, 
action et precedes. 36 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919. 
No. 223. 

Jacquelin (Marthe). *Sur le fonctionnement 
pendant una annee d'un dispensaire d'hy- 
giene sociale. 40 pp. 8°- Paris, 1921. No. 

Jacqiiemart (Alfred-Pierre) . *De la myotonie 
acquise. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908. No. 134. 

Jacquemart (Jean) [1882- ]. *De la para- 
lysie associee du facial et de I'acoustique 
d'origine syphilitique. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
1906. No. 52. , ^^ , 

Jacquemart (Rene) [1882- ]. *Recher- 
Ohes experimentales sur les modifications 
determinees par rinjection de certains com- 
poses phosphores organiques sur les pheno- 



Jacquemart (Rene) — continued. 

mines consecutifs k la narcose. 2 p. 1., 54 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1913. No. 316. 

Jacquemet (M.) [1872- ]. Myopathia 
primitive progressive d'evolution anomale. 
20 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Grenoble, AUier frferes, 
1903. 
For biography see Montpel. mid., X908, xxvi, 66-68. 

Jacquemin (Alfred-Jean-Marie-Louis- Joseph) 
[1884- ]. *Le diagnostic en medicine, sa 
genese intellectuelle, ses fondements, sa cri- 
tique. 106 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914. No. 164. 

Jacquemin (Edouard) . *Avortement et secret 
medical. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, Jouve & Cie., 

1911. No. 428. 

Jacquemin (Euglne-Th^odore) [1828- 
1909]. 

Klobb (T.). [Obituary.] Bull. d. so. Pharmacol., Par., 
1910, xTii, 39-41, 1 pi. 

Jacquemin (Francis). Etude clinique de 
I'appendicite herniaire, inguinale et crurale. 
98 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Jacques, 1906. 

Jacquemin (Theodore Joseph) [1861- 
1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixxix, 1636. 
Jacquemin-Guillaume (Gabriel). *La ten- 
sion veineuse, sa mesure chez I'ltre humain. 
33 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1910. No. 70. 
Jacquemont (Maurice-Desire-Joseph) [1881- 
]. *Etude sur la spirochetose broncho- 
pulnionaire; bronchita sanglante de Castel- 
la,ni; spirochaeta bronchialis. 40 pp. 8°. 
Lille, 1919. No. 20. 

Jacques de Beaulieu [1651-1714]. 

Kelly (H. A.). Frere Jacques, .ffllsoulapian, N. Y., 
1908-9, i, 145-161, 1 pi., port. Also Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 

1912, No. 62, 271-281.— Xe Boy (B.) & GUlard (H.). Le 
plus habile des lithotomistes de I'Europe au xvii= siecle: 
Jacques Beaulieu, dit Frere Jacques. Paris m6d., 1913-14, 
3dv {suppl.)j 981-989. 

Jacques (Anatole) [1882- ]. *Les ade- 
nopathies pulmonaires. Etude anatomo- 
clinique et radioscopique. 176 pp. 8°- Lyon, 
1905. No. 78. 

Jacques (Louis- Joseph- Alexandre-Ferdinand) . 
*Des accidents psychiques Ues aux maladies 
de I'oreille et de ses annexes. 164 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Bordeaux, 1905. No. 67. 

Jacques (Mabel). District nursing, with an 
introduction by John H. Pryor. xiv, 1 p. 1., 
162 pp. 8°. New York, Macmillan Co., 1911. 

Jacques (Maurice). *Valeur semeiologique 
des nevralgies reflexes dans les affections 
utero-annexielles. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920. 
No. 348. 

Jacques (P.) & Gaudier (H.). Diagnostic et 
traitement des tumeurs malignes primitives 
du sinus maxillaire. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, J. 

■ B. Bailliere & fils, 1907. 

Jacques (Raymond) [1883- ]. *De la 
tuberculosa du sternum. 130 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1910. No. 470. 

Jacques (Samuel) [1887- ]. *Contribution 
k retude de la paralysie generale (etat 
mental et evolution). 49 pp. 8°. Mont- 
peUier, 1913. No. 32. 

Jacquet (Adolphe). *Etude sur les tuber- 
culeux pulmonaires apparemment gueris. 140 
pp. 8°. Paris, 1906. No. 473. 

Jacquet (Albert) [1896- ]. *La menin- 
gococcemie: contribution k 1' etude de la 
forme pseudo-palustre. 91 pp. 8°- Paris, 
1923. No. 2. 



JACQUET 

Jacquet (E.). *Contribution &, I'^tude de la 
presbyophr^nie. 84 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1911. 
No. 952. 

Jacquet (Gabriel). *Rendement fonctionnel 
du muscle et engorgement lymphatique. 56 
pp. 8°. Paris, 1922. No. 325. 

Jacquet (Gaston) [1898- ]. *La m^thode 
spiroscopique dans le traitement des pleu- 
risies purulentes et des flstules pleurales. 44 
pp. 8°. Paris, 1925. No. 201. 

Jacquet (L6onard-Marle-Lucien) [1860-1914]. 
See Brooo (Anne- Jean-Louis) & Jacquet (L.). Precis 
asmentaire ae dermatologie. 12°. Paris [1897]. 

For biography see Ann. de dermat. et syph., par. 1914-15, 
5. s., V. 669-677 (L. Brocq). Also Bull, et m6m. Soo. mfid. 
d. hop. de Par., 1915, 3. s., zxxix, 1-3 (Comby). Also ibid., 
1920, 3. s., xliv, 20-28 (A. Siredey). Also Dermat. Wchn- 
schr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1915, lx,745 (B. Bloch). 

Jacquet (Louis) [1875- ]. *Le tic de 
Salaam. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903. No. 193. 

Jacquet (Paul) [1886- ]. *La grippe & 
Bourges, contribution k I'fitude ^pidfimio- 
logique, clinique, anatomique et bact^ri- 
ologique de la grippe epid6mique de 1918 
dans le centre de la France. 160 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1919. No. 109. 

Jacquier (Arthur). *Lenteur et arythmie 
transitoires du pouls chez I'enfant. 75 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1902. No. 283. 

Jacquier (L6on-Alphonse-Marie) [1883- ]. 
♦Tabes et paralysie faciale. 5 p. 1., 118 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1913. No. 335. 

Jacquier (Louis-Gaston) [1879- ]. ♦Con- 
tribution k r^tude du pouls lent permanent. 
53 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905. No. 433. 

Jacquier-Bret (Auguste) [1881- ]. *Le 
cancer sous-cardiaque de I'estomac. 62 pp. 
8°. Lyon, 1909. No. 96. 

Jacquin (Joseph) [1875- ]. *Diagnostio 
de la pleur^sie tuberculeuse chez les typhiques. 
64 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1903. No. 15. 

Jacquin (Pierre) [1886- ]. *Ueber den 
Wert der Fromme'schen Lezithinmethode fiir 
die Diagnose u. Prognose des Puerperal- 
fiebers. 22 pp. 8°. Strassburg, 1910. 

Jacquinet (Andr6) [1897- ]. ♦Contribu- 
tion k r^tude des hepatites parenchyma- 
teuses syphilitiques tertiaires. 66 pp. 3 pi. 
8°. Paris, 1924. No. 366. 

Jacquinot (Louis). *Histoire dela d^couverte 
de la circulation k Lyon. 154 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Lyon, 1904. No. 122. 

Jacquot (Abel). *Les injections sous-cutan^es 
d'eau de mer dans le traitement des maladies 
mentales. 98 pp., 1 1. 8°- Paris, 1905. No. 
532 

Jacquot (Charles-Emile) [1884r- ]. ♦Diag- 
nostic bact^riologique de la dipht^rie; 6tude 
critique par la recherche de la virulence. 61 
pp. 8°. Nancy, 1914. No. 9. 

Jacquot (Jules). ♦Traitement op6ratoire du 
lupus. Excision et autoplastie par les grands 
d^ooUements. 60 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
No. 351. 

Jacquot (Ren6). ♦Contribution k I'^tude 
clinique de la coagulation du sang. 174 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1904. No. 565. 

Jacubson (Hirsch) [1885- ]. ♦Beitrag zu 
den primaren Geschwillsten des Herzens. 
20 pp. 8°. Konigsbergi. Pr., F. Hesse, 1911. 

Jadassohn (Josef) [1863- ]. Ueber Pyo- 
dermien, die Infektionen der Haut mit den 
banalen Eitererregern. 60 pp. 8°. Halle a. 
S., C. Marhold, 1912. _^ ^, ^ 

Forms Heft 2, v. 1, of Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. 
Oeb. d. Dermat. [elo.]. , , , . .^ , ^ , 

See, also, Handbuoh der Gesohlecbtskrankheiten [etc.]. 
4°. Wien.. 1910. 



9 JXGER 

Jadassolin (Josef) — continued. 

& Sclimid (F.). Prostitution und vene- 

rische Krankheiten. Die Prostitution und 
■ die venerischen Krankheiten in der Schweiz. 
Die Internationale Konferenz zur Verhu- 
tung der Syphilis und der venerischen 
Krankheiten in Briissel. 48 pp. 8°. Bern, 
C. Sturzenegger, 1900. 

Jadassohn's disease. 

See Nose (Rosacea of) in children [in 2. s.]. 
Jade (Jean). Les accident du travail pendant 

la guerre, x, 175 pp. 8°. Paris, M. Giard 

& E. BriSre, 1917. 
Jaecliel (Bernhard) [1879- ]. ♦Ueber die 

Constitution des Apomorphins. Synthese von 

4-Oxyphenanthren. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 

A. W. Schade, 1901. 
Jsederliolm (Gustav A.). 

See Pearson (Karl) & Jaeaerholm (G. A.). Mendelism 

and the problem of mental defect [etc.]. 8°. London, 

1914. 

Jaeger (Alfred) [1872- ]. ♦Die Arthritis 
bei Tabes und Syringomyelie unter Beriick- 
sichtigung ihrer radiographischen Diagnose, 
ihrer Therapie und Unfallbegutachtung. 1 
p. 1., 59 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., H. M. 
Poppen, 1912. 

Jager (Alfred) [1881- ]. ♦Punfzig Falle 
von vaginaler Totalextirpation des Uterus 
wegen maligner Tumoren. Aus der Kgl. 
Uni vers.-Frauen-Klinik zu Wiirzburg. 49 pp., 
1 1. 8°. Wurzburg, C. J. Becker, 1905. 

Jaeger (Alfred) [1883- ]. ♦Ein Beitrag zur 
Kenntnis der Leukanamie. 32 pp. 8°- 
Wtirzburg, F. Staudenraus, 1911. 

Jaeger (Carl). *Zur Kenntnis des Oxyhy- 
drochinons. [Miinchen.] 63 pp. 9°. Strass- 
burg i. E., C. & J. Goeller, 1902. 

Jaeger (Christian) [1882- ]. *Ein Beitrag 
zur Lehre der Chorea chronica progressiva 
(Huntington' sche Chorea) . 30 pp. 8°- Kiel, 
H. Fiencke, 1908. 

Jaeger (Edmond). ♦Etude pharmacodyna- 
mique de I'adr^nalone. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1921. No. 602. 

Jaeger (Eduard) Ritter von Jaxtthal [1818-84]. 
Atlas d'ophthahnoscopie, remani6 et aug- 
ments par Maximilian Salzmann. Traduction 
frangaise du docteur Edgard Berard. xii, 94 
pp., 31 col. pi. 4°. Paris, Asselin & Houzeau 
[etc.], 1890. 

Jaeger (Emil) [1871- ]. ♦Ueber Pseudo- 
myxoma peritonei. 19 pp., 1 1. 8°. Halle a. 
S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1914. 

Jaeger (Erich Alfred Helmuth) [1892- ]. 
♦Verletzungen der Leber und ihre Behand- 
lung; mit besonderer Berticksichtigung der 
Kriegsverletzungen. 26 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
E. Lehmann, 1920. 

Jaeger (Ernst). ♦Zur Encephalopathia satur- 
nina. 30 pp. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzcker, 
1903. 

JUger (Ernst) [1879- ]. *Ueber das tele- 
angiektatische Granulom. 21 pp. 8°. Wiirz- 
burg, H. Sttirtz, 1910. 

Jager (Ernst Wilhelm) [1888- ]. ♦Zur 
Diagnose der Bronchialdriisenschwellung. 
[Miinchen.] 20 pp. 8°- Stuttgart, Greiner & 
Pfeififer, 1915. 

Jaeger (Franz Karl) [1884r- ]. ♦Elephan- 
tiasis vulvae. 27 pp., 7 pi. 8°- Miinchen, 
H. Beck, 1909. 

3'iger (Fritz). Das menschliche Gebiss; seine 
Erkrankung und Pfiege. 94 pp., 1 pi. 16°. 
Leipzig, B. G. Teubner, 1908. 



JXGER 



10 



JAFFA 



Jager (Fritz Friedrich August Wilhelm) 
[1870- ]. *Zahnarztliches aus den Werken 
Alberts des Grossen und seiner Schiller 
Thomas von Chantimpr^ und Vinzenz von 
Beauvais. [Leipzig.] 64 pp. 8°. Manheim, 
1921. 

JSger (Gustav) [1833-1917]. Lehrbuch der 
aUgemeinen Zoologie. _ Ein Leitfaden fiir 
Vortrage und zum Selbststudium. it. Abth. 
X, 384 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Giinther, 1878. 

Tot und Lebendig. Kxitisches aus Gesund- 

heitspflege, Heilkunst und Lebenlehre. Fest- 
schrift zum 25jahrigen Jubilaum vom Monats- 
blatt, Zeitchrift fiir Gesundheitspflege und 
Lebenslehre. xii, 136 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, H. 
Kohlhammer, 1906. 
For biography see Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clzxvi, 792. 

Jaeger (Hans). * Multiple kartilaginare Exos- 
tosen in kongenitaler Ausbildung am Thorax. 
[Ziirich.] 37 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. P. 
Bergmann, 1917. 

Jaeger (Heinrich). Die Bakteriologie des 
taglichen Lebens. In 18 gemeinverstand- 
lichen Vortragen. xvi, 619 pp., 4 pi. 12° 
Hamburg & Leipzig, L. Voss, 1909. 

& Jaeger (Anna). Hygiene der Kleidung. 

220 pp., 15 pi. 12°. Stuttgart, E. H. Moritz, 
1906. 

Jaeger (Hermann Oskar) [1882- ]. *Ueber 
den Einfluss der Dyspnoe auf den Blutdruck. 
44 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. 

Jager (Karl Franz) [1877- ]. *Ueber einen 
Fall von Sarkom der Harnblase. 40 pp., 2 
ch. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1904. 

*Beitrage zur friihzeitlichen Chirurgie. 

141 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Call- 
wey, 1907. 

Jaeger (Kurt Wilhelm Karl) [1881- ]. 
*Ein Fall von Totalextirpation der Blase mit 
Einpflanzung der Ureteren in die Flexura 
sigmoidea. 35 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, Breit- 
kopf & Hartel, 1906. 

Jaeger (Max Friedrich Georg Christian Otto) 
[1886- ]. *Zur Vaccinebehandlung der 
Furunkulose mit Opsonogen. 24 pp. 8°- 
Tiibingen, 1919. 

Jaeger (Max Theodor Gustav) [1877- ]. 
*Ueber die Behandlung von Aortenaneu- 
rysmen mittels Gelatine-Injektionen. 30 pp., 

1 1. 8°. BerUn, G. Schade, 1902. 

Jaeger (Otto) [1882- ]. *Beitrage zur 
Anreicherung der Parasiteneier im Kot der 
Haustiere. [Miinchen.] 48 pp. 8° Rastatt, 
K. & H. Grieser, 1921. 

Jaeger (Richard Otto Thomas) [1882- ]. 
*Planimetrische Messungen der Rinden und 
Marksubstanz des Grosshirns. 29 pp. 8°- 
Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1910. 

Jaeger (Walter). *Ueber die Parastruma. 22 
pp. 8°. Ziirich, Gebr. Leeman & Co., 1913. 

Jaeggy (Ernst). *Kystombildung im Bereiche 
eines Renculus. [Bern]. 12 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
Berlin, G. Reimer, 1906. 

JUhkel (Paul) [1887- ]. *Ueber Anatomie 
und Mikrochemie der Bananenfrucht und 
ihre Reif ungserscheinungen. 41pp. 8°. Kiel, 
R. Hieronymus, 1909. 

Jahnigen (Georg) [1881- ]. *Ueber Verlet- 
zungen des Magens durch Geschosse. 28 pp., 

2 1 8°. Berlin, O. Francke, 1905. 
Jaekel (Felix) [1883- ]. *Erfahrungen mit 

der von Pirquetschen kutanen Tuberkuhn- 
reaktion. 27 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adler's Erben, 
1910. 



Jaekel (0.). Ueber die Beurteilung der 
paarigen Extremitaten. pp. 707-724. 8°. 
Berlin, G. Reimer, 1909. 

Cutting from Sitzungsbetiohte d. kongl. preuss. Akad. d. 
Wissensch., Berl., 1909, xsvi. 

Janicke (Albert). *Vergleichend« Grossen- 
und Gewichtsbestimmungen verschiedener 
Organlymphknoten vom Rind, Kalb, Schaf 
und .Schwein. 35 pp., 4 tab. 8°. Zurich, 
1911. 

Jaenicke (Bernhard) [1888- ]. _*Ueber 
Veranderungun des Blutes nach intrave- 
nosen und intramuskularen Salvarsan-Injek- 
tionen. 46 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, F. Stauden- 
raus, 1914. 

Jaenicke (Hans) . * Vergleichende anatomische 
und histologische Untersuchungen iiber den 
Gaumen der Haussaugetiere. [Ziirich.] 77 
pp. 8 pi. 8°. Dresden, O. Franke, 1908. 

Janicke (Hermann Heinrich) [1867- ]. 
*Einwirkung von Amidosulfonsaure auf 
aromatische Basen. [Erlangen.] 15 pp. 8°. 
BerUn, 1896. 

Jaenicke (Walter Emil Heinrich) [1887- ]. 
*Die Augenveranderungen beim Turmschadel. 
29 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adler's Erben, 1911. 

Jaenisch (Hans) [1884^ ]. *Die kUnische 
Verwertbarkeit der Glycyltryptophanprobe 
bei Carcinoma ventricuU. 19 pp. 8°. Leip- 
zig, E. Lehmann, 1911. 

Jaenscli (Albert) [1888- ]. *Behandlung 
der Verbrennungen. 25 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
E. Ebering, 1919. 

Jaenscli (E. R.). Zur Analyse der Gesichts- 
wahrnehmungen. Experimentell-psycholo- 
gische Untersuchungen nebst Anwendung 
auf die Pathologie des Sehens. xiv, 388 pp. 
8°. Leipzig, 1909. 

Forms Brganzungsbd. 4 of Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, 
d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1909. 

Ueber die Wahrnehmung des Raumes. 



Eine experimentell-psychologische Untersu- 
chung nebst Anwendung auf Aesthetik und 
Erkenntnislehre. 488 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. 
A. Barth, 1911. 

Forms Ergnzngsbd. 6 of Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. PhysioL 
d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1911, 1. Abt. 

Jaerschky (Paul) [1864- ]. *Training vom 

arztlichen Standpunkte. 60 pp., 11. 8°. 

Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. 
Koerperpflege durch Gymnastik, Licht 

und Luft. 138 pp., 15 pi. 12°. Stuttgart, 

E. H. Moritz, 1905. 

The same. 2. ed. 174 pp., 1 pi., 3 tab. 



16°. Stuttgart, F. Moritz, 1906. 

The same. Hoe wij door licht, lucht 



en gymnastiek gezond kunnen blijven. 87 
pp. 8°- Baarn [n. d.]. 

Jaesche (Georg Emanuel) [1815-76]. 

Sbastid (T. H.). [Biography.] In Am. Eucyol. & Diet. 
Opth. (Wood), Ohieago, 1916, ix, 6703. 

Jaesche (Gottlieb Emanuel) [1821- 
1907]. 

Sbastid (T. H.) . [Biography.] In Am. Encycl. & Diet. 
Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1916, ix, 6703. 

Jaetli (Heinrich) [1874- ]. *Ein Fall von 

Ruptur eines Aneurysma der Arteria basilaris. 

[Munchen.] 23 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, A. 

Hoffmann, 1903. 
Jaffa (Adele S.). A standard dietary for an 

orphanage. 2. ed. Written for the State 

board of charities and corrections. 37 pp. 

incl. tabl. 8°. [Sacramento], California. 

State Print. Office, 1915. 



JAFFA 



11 



JAHN 



S^fl 



Jaffa (Meyer Edward) [1857- ]. Nutrition 
investigations at the California Agricultural 
Experiment Station, 1896-8. 39 pp. 8°. 
Washington, Gov. Print. OB., 1900. 

Forms Bull. No. 84, V. S. Dep. Agric. OS. exper. stations, 

Nutrition investigations among fruita- 
rians and Chinese at the CaUfornia Agricul- 
tural Experiment Station, 1899-1901. 43 
Dp., 1 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. 
IS., 1901. 

Forms Bull. No. 107, U.S. Dep. Agric. OS. exper. stations, 
Wash. 

• Nuts and their uses as a food. 28 pp. 

8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1908. 
Forms No. 332 of U. S Dept. Agric Farmers' bull. 

JaffS (Berko). *Blutgerinnungsbestimmungen 
bei Karzinom und Sarkom [Bern.] 14 pp. 
8°. Leipzig, J. Klinkhardt, 1913. 

Jaff6 (Erwin) [1892- ]. *Ein fall zur 
Kasuistik der Gehirncysticerkose. 29 pp. 
8°. Berlin, H. Blanke, 1919. 

Jaffe (Grace) [1889- ]. *Funkti3nspriifun- 
gen bei Kriegsnephritiden. [Berhn.] 39 pp. 
8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1918. 

Jaffe (Hermann) [1886- ]. *Zur Khnik 
urethral mtindender uberzahliger Ureteren. 
[Berlin.] 23 pp. 8°. Brauuschis^eig, F. Vie- 
weg & Sohn, 1914. 

Jaffe (Joseph Otto) [1877- ]. *Blasen- 
mole und Eierstock, eiii Bsitrag zur Patho- 
logic des Corpus luteum. 60 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903. 

Jaffe (Karl) [1854- ]. SteUung und Auf- 
gaben des Arztes auf dem Gebiete der 
Krankenversicherung. x. 238 pp. 8°. Jena, 
G. Fischer, 1903. 

Forms Bd. 2 of Handb. d. Sozisl.-Hyg. 

Ueben den gegenwartigen Stand der 

Frage der sexuellen Jugendbelehrung. 20 
pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1908. 

Jaffe (Karl Heinrich) [1892- ]. *Fall von 
Missbildung des Herzens und der G«fasse. 
[Leipzig.] 27 pp. 8°. Miinchen & Wies- 
baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1921. 

Jaffe (L.) [1892- ]. *Ueber den ktinstUchen 
Pneumothorax bei Lungentuberkulose, erlau- 
tert an 18 FaUen. 56 pp., 2 1. 8°- Bonn, 
E. Eisele, 1918. 

Jaffe (Ludwig) [1883- ]. *Die Lokalisation 
des linken Vorhofs des Herzens im Rontgen- 
bUd. 19 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 
1919. 

Jaffe (Max) [1878- ]. *Beitrage zu den 
Puerperalpsychosen. 34 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. 
Schade, 1905. 

Jaflfg (isiaximilian) [1841-1911]. 

Cohnheim (O.) Nekrolog. Ztsclir. f. physiol. Cliemie, 
Strassb., 1912, Ixxvii, p. 1.— Uchtheim. Max JaB6 zum 
70. Geburtstage. Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Leipi. & 
Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1369.— Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 
1912, clxvi, 191. 

Jaffe (Rudolf) [1885- ). *Eine dem MoUus- 
cum contagiosumahnliche Geschwulst bei 
der Nebelkrahe. [Freiburg i. Br.] 29 pp. 
8°. Berlin, O. Francke, 1910. 

Jaffre (Charles- Marcel) [1887- ]. *L'alo- 
p6cie post-grippale. [Bordeaux.] 32 pp. 
8°. Ligug6 (Vienne), 1909. No. 81. 

Jaffrey (Francis) [1861-1919]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1919, i, 696. jltoo lancet, 
Lond., 1919, i, 953. 

ron Jagemann (Ernst) [1863- ]. *Ueber 
die Beziehungen zwischen Rachitis und 
Epilepsie. Mit statistischen Belegen. 51pp. 
8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1907. 



Jagemann (Johannes) [1870- ]. *Ueber 
Statistik und Klinik der vom 1. Oktober 1901 
bis 1. October 1905 in der Ixrenanstalt zu 
Kiel aufgenommenen Alkoholgeisteskranken. 
21 pp. 1 1. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1905. 

Jager (Hermann). *Ueber die Erfolge der 
Sklerotomie mit Iriseinlagerung bei Glaukom 
(nach Schloesser). 91 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 
Dr. C. Wolf & Sohn, 1913. 

Jaggard (William Wright) [1857- ]. Preg- 
nancy: its physiology, pathology, signs, and 
differential diagnosis. 

In Syst. Obst. (Hirst). 8°. Pliila., 1888, 1, 323-478. 
For biography see Album Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 19? 8, 
258, port. 

Ton Jagie (Nikolaus) [1875- ]. Atlas und 
Grundriss der kUnischen Mikroskopie mit 
Beriicksichtigung der Technik. xv, 141 pp. 
37 pi. 8°. Wien, M. Perles, 1908. 

The same. 2. , ed. ' xv, 128 pp., 40 pi. 

8°. Wien & Leipzig, M. Perles, 1913. 

See, also, Hias (Herbert), Jagic CN.) & IiUger (A.) A 
dinical guide to bedside examination. 12°. New Ycrlc 
[1923].— fiandbuch der allgemeinen Pathologie [eto.l. j°. 
Leipzig & Wien, 1912-13.— von Noorden (Carl Harko) & 
Ton Ja^c (N.). Die Bleichsuoht [etc], roy. 8°. Wieu' 
& Leipzig, 1912. , 

Jagielskl (Joseph) [1906- ]. *Zwei I alia 
von intraocularem Cystioercus. Beitrag zur 
pathologischen Anatomic dieser Erkrankung. 
1 p. 1., 60 pp., 1 1. 8°. Halle a. S., Hohmann, 
1912. 

Jaglom (Chava). *Uterus bioornis unicoUis 
mit rudimentarem Nebenhorn. 14 pp. 8°. 
Bern, H. Spahr, 1912. 

JagodziAskl (Eduard) [1877- ]. *Ueber 
das enge Becken ina Grossherzogtum Meck- 
lenburg-Schwerin. ' [Rostock.] 34 pp. 8°. 
Berlin, R. Trenkel, 1910. 

Jagot (L6on) [1853-1913]. 

[Obituaries.] Arch. m6d. d' Angers, 1913, xvii, 291-312, 
port. 

Jagot-Lacou8si6re (Gaston). ^Contribution 
k r^tude chimique des laits homogSn^is^s et 
st&ihs6s purs dans leur rapport avec le scor- 
but infantile. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
No. 122. 

von Jagow (Gebhard). *Die naturphiloso- 
phischen, ausfiihrlich kommentierten Apho- 
rismen des Magister Urso von Calabrieri aus 
der medizinischen Schule von Salerno. (Aus- 
zug.) 16 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E., Lehmann, 
1924. 

Jaguaribe (Domingos). Psyohologie de I'al- 
cooUque. 33 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot frferes, 
1919. 

Jagues (Leopold). *La docimasie h^patique 
sur les cadavres saign6 k blanc. 67 pp. 8°. 
Lyon, 1905. No. 87. 

Jahn (Albert) [1891- ]. *Ueber Diffusion 
von Radiumemanation in wasserhaltiger Gela- 
tine. 33 pp., 2 1., 1 pi. 8°. Halle a. S., H. 
John, 1914. 

Jahn (August). *Darminvagination und ihre 
chirurgische Behandlung. 34 pp. 8°. Er- 
langen, Junge & Sohn, 1904. 

Jahn (Conrad) [1886- ]. *Myopie und 
Schulzeit. 1 p. 1., 32 pp., 9 ch. 8°. Leip- 
zig, G. Apitz, 1912. 

Jahn (Ernst) [1884r- ]. *Ueber die Aus- 
scheidung von Bakterien durch den Ham und 
die bakterizide Wirkung desselben. [Gies- 
sen.] 26 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1910. 

Jahn (Ernst Johannes) [1882- ]. *Die 
Conjunctivo-Keratitis infectiosa des Rindes. 
[Giessen.] 27 pp. 1 I. 8°. Stuttgart, 1918. 



JAHN 



12 



JAHRESBERICHT 



Jahn (Franz) [1884r- ]. *Ueber Peniskar- 

zinom. 78 pp. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, R. Noske, 

1910. 
Jahn (Friedrich Karl) [1888- ]. Ueber 

Jodosobenzoesaure. 28 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. 

C. W. Vogel, 1914. 
Jahn (Friedrich Wilhelm). *De dysenteria. 

24 pp. 8°- Lipsise, Staritz, 1841. 
Jahn (Fritz Hermann) [1869- ]. *Die 

Radikaloperation bei chronischen Mittel- 

ohreiterungen und ihre Nachbehandlung. 

36 pp^ 11. 8°. Leipzig, G. Fock, 1896. 
Jahn (Greorg). *Ein Fall von Melano-Sarkom 

der Vulva. Beitrag zur Histologie der Mela- 

nosarkome. 24 pp.,,. 1 1. 8°- Miinohen, 

C. Wolf & Sohn, 1902. 
Jahn (Gunther) [1887- ]. *Ueber tuber- 

kulose Perikarditis im Kindesalter. 1 p. 1., 

42 pp., 3 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1912. 

Jahn (Hans) [1853-1906]. 

Landolt (H.) [Biography.] Ztsohr. t. Elektrochem., 
Halle a. S., 1907, xiii, 89, port. 

Jahn (Hans) [1890- ]. *Beitrag zur Frage 
der Salvarsan-Exantheme. 37 pp. 8°. Jena, 
G. Neuenhahn, 1918. 

Jahn (Job. Friedrich Ludwig) [1778- 
1852]. 

Leonard (F. E.). An outline of the development ofphysi- 
oal training in Germany in modern times: the development 
ot popular gymnastics (vereinsturnen) in Germany: the 
life and work of Johann Friedrich Ludwig Christoph Jahn. 
Am. Phys. Eduoat., Bost., 1900, v, 18-39: 1905, x, 1. 

Jahn (Joh. Friedrich) [1845- ]. *Ueber 
Ichthiosis congenita. 16 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
C. G. Naumann, 1869. 

Jahn (Karl Adolf Rudolf) [1875- ]. _ *Ueber 
Premdkorper in den tiefsten Partieen des 
Oesophagus. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. 
Georgi, 1901. 

Jahn (Otto) [1890- ]. *Ein Fall von 
multipler tuberkuloser Dtinndarmstenose. 
30 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1916. 

Jahn (Reinhard Johannes Valentin) 
[1892- ]. *Unter welchen Bedingungen 
ist Entstehung oder Ruptur eines Aortena- 
neurysma als Unfallfolge zu betrachten? 27 
pp. 8°. Breslau, 1922. 

Jahn (Rudolf). Leitsatze der Sauglingser- 
nahrung mit Kuhmilch und deren Ersatz- 
mittel. Behandlung der Verdauungsstorun- 
gen im Sauglingsalter. Die Priihdiagnose 
akuter Exantheme. 31 pp. 12°. Wien & 
Leipzig, J. SafAf, 1910. 

Jahn (WUhelm Karl Alfred) [1896- ]. *Das 
Fehlen der Patellar- und Achillessehnenre- 
flexe bei Hysterie und als Anlageanomalie. 
(Auszug.) 5 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 1921. 

Jahr (Alfred) [1875- ]. *Dreissig Falle von 
Carcinoma linguae. 43 pp. 8°- Jena, From- 

mann, 1903. „ „ „ t, ., 

Jahr (Karl) [1882- ]. *Ein Fall von Papil- 

lomata hnguae auf dem Boden emer Leu- 

koplakie. [Jena.] 15 pp. 8°. AUenstem, 

R. Bludau, 1910. 
Jahr (Rudolph) [1877- ]. *Ueber kunst- 

Uche Reifung immaturer Katarakte durch 

Massage. 28 pp. 8°- Jena, H. Pohle, 1902 
Die Krankheiten der Harnorgane; mit 

besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Diagnose 

undTherapie. xi, 366 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, 

J. F. Bergmann, 1911. 
Jahrbuch der Ausziige aus den Dissertationen 

der medizinischen Fakultat zu Tiibingen. 

Heft 1-3, 1922-24. 8°. Tiibingen. 



Jahrbuch des bosn. herceg. Landesspitales in 

Sarajevo. 1 v, 1898. 8°. Wien. 
Jahrbuch der Charakterologie. [Yearly.] v. 

1-3, 1924^26. 8°. Berlin. 
Jahrbuch fiir Kinderheilkunde und physische 

Erziehung. n. F., v. 1-114, 1867-1926. 8°- 

Wien & Leipzig. 
Jahrbuch der Medizinal-Verwaltung in Elsass- 

Lothringen. Hersg. von Carl PawoUeck und 

Alfons Holtzmann. v. 1-24, 1889-1912. 8°- 

Strassburg. 
Jahrbuch der medizinischen Fakultat der 

Philipps-Universitat zu Marburg, 1923-1924. 

vii, 188 pp. 8°. Marburg, R. Friedrich, 1924. 
Jahrbuch ffir Militarazte; herausgegeben vom 

Unterstutzungsverein ftir Witwen und Wai- 

sen. V. 48-49, 1913-14. 12°. Wien. 
Jahrbuch der Naturwissenschaften, 1886-7 to 

1913-14. V. 2-29, 1887-1914. 8°. Frei- 
burg i. B. 
Jahrbuch fiir orthopadische Chirurgie. v. 1-4, 

1909-12. 8°. BerUn. 
Jahrbuch der philosophischen Fakultat der 

Albertus-Universitat zu Konigsberg i. Pr. 

1922. 2 p. 1., 143 pp., 2 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. 

Pr., O. Kummel, 1922. 
Jahrbuch der practischen Medicin. Begriindet 

von Dr. Paul Borner. v. 1-35, 1879-1913. 

8°. BerUn. 
Jahrbuch der Psychoanalyse. Hersg. von 

Prof. Dr. S. Freud, v. 6, 1914. 8°. Leipzig 

& Wien. 

Continuation of Jahrbuch f. psyohoanal, u, psycho 
patbol. Eorschi, Leipz & Wien. 

Jahrbuch fiir psychoanalytisehe und psycho- 
pathologische Forschungen. v. 1-5, 1909-13. 
8°. Leipzig & Wien. 

Jahrbuch der Schlesischen Bader, Heil-, Pflege- 
und Kuranstalten; mit Anschluss von Oester- 
reich-Schlesien und Bohmen. Unter Mitwir- 
kung erster medizin. Autoritaten nach den 
neuesten wissenschaftlichen Forschungen 
bearbeitet. 3 v. 8°. Berlin, A. Pulvermacher 
& Co. [1911]-13. 

Jahrbuch der schweizerischen Gesellsohaft ftir 
Schulgesundheitspflege. v. 1-2, 1900-1901. 
8°. Zurich. 

Jahrbuch fur sexuelle Zwischenstufen mit be- 
sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Homosexua- 
litat. V. 1-23, 1899-1923. 8°. Leipzig. 

In 1909-12 title was Tierteljahresberichte des wis- 
sensch.-humanit. Komites. 

Jahrbuch ftir wissenschaftliche und practische 
Tierzucht einschliesslich der Ziichtungsbio- 
logie. V. 1-8, 1905-13. 8°. Hannover. 

Jahrbuch der wissenschaftUchen Gesellschaft 
fiirFlugtechnik. v. 1-3, 1912-14. 4° Berlin. 

Jahrbiicher der Hamburgischen Staatskran- 
kenanstalten. v. 1-17, 1890-1914. 8°. Leip- 
zig & Hamburg. 

The same. Erganzungsband. Die allge- 

meinen Krankenhauser und Irrenanstalten 
der freien und Hansestadt Hamburg. 2 p. 1., 
188 pp., 2 plans. 8°- Hamburg, L. Voss, 
1901. 

Jahrbiicher der in- und aus-landischen gesamm- 
ten Medicin. See Schmidt's Jahrbuch, Leip- 
zig. 

Jahresbericht des arztlichen Vereins zu Frank- 
furt a. M. 5 V. 1905-13. 8°. Miinchen. 

Jahresbericht und Arbeiten der ii. chirur- 
gischen KUnik zu Wien. 1. April 1904r- 
Dezember 1905. Hrsg. von Julius Hochenegg. 
vi, 572 pp. 8° BerUn & Wien, Urban & 
Schwarzenberg, 1906. 



JAHRESBERICHT 



13 



JAILLARD 



Jahresberlcht uber die chirurgische Abteilung 

des Spitals in Basel, 1^70-99. 8°. Basel, 

1871-1900. 
Jahresberlcht der ii. chirurgischeii Klinik zu 

Wien. 1 V. 1906. 8°. Berlin & Wien. 
Jahresberlcht uber die Fortschritte der ani- 

malischen Physiologie. v. 22, 1922. 8°. 

Miinchen & Wiesbaden. 
Jahresberlcht uber die Fortschritte der Diag- 

nostik in den Jahren 1893-1903. Hrsg. von E. 

Schill. V. 1-10. 1895-1904. 8°. Leipzig. 
Jahresberlcht tiber die Fortschritte auf dem 

Gebiete der Chirurgie. v. 1-24, 1895-1922. 

8°. Wiesbaden. 
Jahresberlcht tiber die Fortschritte und Leis- 

tungen auf dem Gebiete der Hygiene, v . 1-3 1 , 

1883-1915. 8°. Braunschweig. 
Suppl. to Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. 6ff. Gsndlitspflg. 

Jahresberlcht tiber die Fortschritte der Physio- 
logie. In Verbindung mit Fachgenossen 
Hrsg. von L. Hermann, v. 1-18, 1892-1909. 
8°. Bonn. 

Jahresberlcht iiber die Fortschritte der Thier- 
chemie. v. 14r-39, 1884^1909. 8". Wies- 
baden. 

Sach- und Autoren-Register iiber die 

ersten zehn Jahrgange. Bearbeitet von Ru- 
dolf Andreasch. 154 pp. 8°- Wiesbaden, 
J. F. Bergmann, 1881. 

Autoren- und Sach-Register zu den 

Banden 11-20. Bearbeitet von Rudolf An- 
dreasch. 197 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg- 
mann, 1892. 

Jahresberlcht iiber die gesamte Chirurgie und 

ihre Grenzgebiete, 1920-24. v. 26-30, 

1922-26. roy. 8°. Munchen & BerUn. 
Jahresberlcht iiber die gesamte Ophthal- 

mologie, 1920-24. v. 47-51, 1922-26. 8°. 

Berlin. 
Jahresberlcht iiber die gesamte Physiologie 

und experimenteUe Pharmakologie mit voU- 

standiger Bibliographic. P. Rona [et al.], 

Hrsgr. v. 1-4, 1920-25. 8°. Miinchen & 

Berlin. 
Jahresberlcht uber die gesamte Tuberkulose- 

forschung und ihre Grenzgebiete. [Yearly.] 

v. 1-4, 1923-26. 9°. BerUn. 
Jahresberlcht tiber die gesamte Urologie und 

ihre Grenzgebiete. A. von Lichtenberg, Hrsg. 

[Yeariy.] v. 1-3, 1922-25. 8°. Beriin. 
Jahresberlcht der GeseUschaft ftir Natur- und 

Heilkunde in Dresden. 1848-1914. 8°. 

Miinchen. 
Jahresberlcht der Heidelberger chirurgischen 

KhnikftirdieJahre, 1908-13. 8°. Tubingen, 

1909-14. 
In Beitr. z. klin. CMr., Tiibing. 

Jahresberlcht der Klinik ftir Laryngoskopie 
an der Wiener Universitat. 8°. Wien, 1870. 

Jahresberlcht des konigl. Landes-Medizinal- 
Kollegiums tiber das Medizinalwesen im 
Konigreich Sachsen. 1867-1907. 8°. Leip- 
zig, 1869-1909. 

Jahresberlcht iiber die konigUche psychi- 
atrische KUnik in Mtlnchen ftir 1904-1907. 
8°. Munchen, J. F. Lehmann, 1907-9. 

Jahresberlcht des koniglichen poliklinischen 
Institutes der Universitat zu Berlin, 1823-34. 
12°. Berlin, 1826-35. 

Jahresberlcht iiber die Leistungen und Fort- 
schritte in der Anatomie und Physiologie, 
1873-4; 1877-8 to 1911. 8°. BerUn, 1874- 
1912. 

Jahresberlcht tiber die Leistungen und Fort- 
schritte auf dem Gebiete des MiUtar-Sani- 



Jahresberlcht — continued. 

tatswesens, 1873-1913. 39 Jahrg., 1874- 
1915. 8°. Berlin. 
Forms Ergnzngsbd. of Deutsche mil.-Srztl. Ztschr. 

Jahresberlcht tiber die Leistungen und Fort- 
schritte im Gebiete der Ophthalmologie. 
V. 1-43, 1870-1914. 8°. Tiibingen. 

Jahresberlcht tiber die Leistungen und Fort- 
schritte der gesammten Medizin. v. 1-49, 
1866-1914. roy. 8°. Berlin. 

Jahresberlcht tiber die Leistungen auf dem 
Gebiete der Veterinar-Medicin. i v. 1-31, 
1880-1911. roy. 8°. BerUn. ■ -' 

Jahresberlcht uber die Verbreitung von 
Tierseuchen im Deutschen Reiche. v. 1-14, 
1886-98; v. 18, 1903. 8°. BerUn. 

Jahresberlcht des Vereins ftir Naturkunde zu 
Mannheim, v. 52-60, 1885-93; v. 71-72, 
1904-5. 8°. Mannheim. 

Jahresberlcht tiber die Verwaltung des Me- 
dicinalwesens, die Krankenanstalten und die 
offentUchen Gesundheitsverhaltnisse der 
freien Stadt Frankfurt betreffend. v. 1-47, 
1857-1903. roy. 8°- Frankfurt a. M. 

Jahresberichte iiber die Fortschritte der 
Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte. n. 
F., v. 1-17, 1892-1913. roy. 8°. Jena. ■ '> 

Continuation of Jahresberichte ilber die Fortschritte der 
Anatomie und Physiologie. 

Jahresberichte tiber die Fortschritte der 
Anatomie und Physiologie. v. 1-20, 1872-91. 
8°. Leipzig. 

Continued as Jahresberichte iiber die Fortschritte der 
Anatomie und Entwicklungsgesctiichte. 

Jahresberichte der KgJ. Bayer, bakteriolo- 
gischen Untersuchungsanstalten in Miinchen, 
Erlangen und Wurzburg ftir das 1. Geschafts- 
jahr 1911. 38 pp. 8°. Munchen, R. Olden- 
bourg, 1912. 
Bound with Arch, f . H3rg., Munchen & Berl., 1912, Ixxvi. 

Jahresberichte der schlesischen GeseUschaft 
ftir vaterlandische Kultur. 8°. Breslau, 
1858-1913. 

Jahreshefie des Vereins fiir vaterlandische 
Naturkunde in Wtirttemberg. v. 9-67, 
1853-1911. 8°. [Wurttemburg.] 

Jahreskurse fiir arztUche FortbUdung. v. 
1-17, 1910-26. 8°. Munchen. 

Jahres-Terzelchnlsse der an den deutschen 
Universitaten erschienenen Schriften. 43 v.; 
1885-1926. 8°. BerUn, A. Ascher & Co., 
1887-1927. 

Jahrmaerker (Erich) [1882- ]. *Ueber die 
Entwicklung des Speiserohrenepithels beim 
Menschen. 43 pp., 2 1. 8°. Marburg, 
J. Hamel, 1906. ; 

Jahrmarker (Max). *Zur Frage der De- 
mentia praecox. Ein Studie. [HabiUta- 
tionsschrift, Marburg.] 119 pp. 8°. HaUe 
a. S., C. Marhold, 1902. 

The same. 119 pp. 8°. HaUe a. S., 

C. Marhold. 1903. 

Jahrmann (Friedrich) [1890- ]. *Ueber 
HeilungvonEpidermiswunden. [Kiel.] Ip.l., 
32 pp., 2 pL, 1 1. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1913. 

Jahrmann (Johannes). *Myom und Frucht- 
barkeit. (Auszug.) [Gottingen.] 6 pp. 8°. 
Nordhausen, T. MuUer, 1921. 

Jahrsdorfer (Richard) [1884- ]. ♦Pan- 
topon, ein neues Opiumpraparat und seine 
Anwendung in der Psychiatrie. 29 pp. 8°. 
Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1912. 

JalUard (Gustave) [1875- ]. *Les douleurs 
chroniques pr6cordiales dans les maladies 
orificieUes du cceur. 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. 
No. 150. 



JAILLET 



14 



JALLET 



Jaillet (Paul) [1886- ]. *Pathog6nie du 
faux r4tr6cissement mitral dans I'lnsuflBssaiice 
aortique et la symphyse du pdricarde. 2 p. 1., 
66 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913. No. 187. 

JaUIot (Pierre-Louis) [1899- ]. *Traite- 
ment de la pelade par les rayons ultra- 
violets. 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1926. 2 pi. 
No. 100. 

Jais (Georges) [1881- ]. *Contribution k 
r^tude de I'hydramnios aigue dans la gros- 
sesse g^mellaije; diagnostic et traitement. 
149 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911. No. 87. 

Jaiser (Adolf). Farbenphotographie in der 
Medicin; praktischer Ratgeber fiir farben- 
photographische Aufnahmen am lebenden 
und leblosen Objekt zum Gebrauch fiir 
Aerzte, Naturforscher und Photographen. viii, 
122 pp., 6 col. pi. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 
1914. 

Jaissoa (Camille) [1884- }. *Les perfora- 
tions du cancer de I'estomac. 138 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1911. No. 46. 

-laja (Elorenzo). Nozioni di anatomia e fisio- 
logia della pelle ad uso degli studenti; pre- 
fazione del Prof. T. De Amicis. 93 pp., 1 pi. 
8°. Bari, Avellino & Co., 1907. 

-Jakob (Alfons) [1884- ]. *Die Patho- 
genese der Pseudobulbarparalyse. [Strass- 
burg.] 132 pp., 4 ch., 1 pi. 8°. Berl'n, L. 
Schumacher, 1909. 

Die extrapyramidalen Erkrankungen. 

Mit besonderer Berticksichtigung der patho- 
logischen Anatomic und Histologie ijnd der 
Pathophysiologie der Bewegungsstorungen. 
419 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1923. 

Forms Heft 37 of Monog. a. d. Oeb. d. Neurol, u. 
Psychiat. 

Jakob (Heinrich). *Experimentelle Unter- 
suchungen iiber die diuretische Wirkung des 
Theobrominum natrioaceticum (Agurin) und 
dessen praktische Verwertung in der Tier- 
medizin. [Bern.] 44 pp. 8°. Munchen, C. 
Wolf & Sohn, 1902. 

Tierarztliche Augenheilkuride. xi, 600 

pp., 8 pi. 8°. Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1920. ' 

Jakobs (Franz) [1879- ]. *Statistik des 
Alters der Gebarenden an der Universitats- 
Frauenklinik zu Bonn, 1893-1903. 64 pp. 
8°. Bonn, E. Eisele. 1904. 

Jakowlew (M. J.). AerztKches System; nebst 
kritischer Analyse des Werkes "Mein System" 
von -I. P. MuUer; und mit Beilage der 
Uebungstafel des Systems arztlicher Zimmer- 
gymnastik. 69 pp. 8°. Beriin, Priber & 
Xammer, 1910. 

Von Jaksch (Rudolf) Ritter von Wartenhorst 
ri855- ]. Klinische Diagnostik innerer 
Krankheiten mittels bakteriologischer, chemi- 
Bcher und mikroskopischer Untersuchungs- 
methoden. 6. ed. xxxi, 640 pp. 8°. Ber- 
lin-"Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1907. 

The same. The bacteriological, chemi- 
cal and microscopical evidences of disease. 
S. English ed. based upon 5. German ed., but 
containing additional matter and illustrations. 
Ed. by Archibald. E. Garrod. xxvi, 602 pp., 

1 pi 8°. London, C. GriiBn & Co., 1905. 

For biography see Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Leipz. & 
Berl., 1925, li, 1166 {H. Pribram). AUo Vfien. Arch. t. mn. 
Med' 1925, X, 467-470 (H. Pribram). AUo Wien. med. 
•Wohnsohr., 1925, Ixxv, 1629-1635 (J. Lowy). 

. & Rotky (H.). Die Pneumonia im 

Rontgenbilde. 20 pp., 9 pi. fol. Hamburg, 

L. Grafe & SiUem, 1908. . run h 

Forms Ergnzngsbd. No. 19 of Fortschr. a. d. Oeb. d. 
Bontgenstrahlen Hamb. 



Jaksch (Rudolf Ernst) [1892- ]. *Ueber 
angeborene Muskeldefekte insbesondere kon- 
genitale Brustmuskeldefekte. (Auszug.) 6 
pp. 8°- Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1922. 

von Jaksch's anaemia. 

See Pseudoleukaeniia in infants and 
children. 

Jakschits-Musulin (Katharina). *Ein Bei- 
trag zur Casuistik des Narbenkrebses. 27 pp., 
13 1. 8°. Zurich, Gebr. Leemann & Co., 

1908- , .TT 

von Jakubowski (Anton) [1877- ]. *Ue- 

ber Hirncysticerken. 60 pp., 2 pi. 8 . 

Greifswald, F. W. Kunike, 1906. 
Jakubowski (Maciej Leon) [1837- ]. 

[Biogii.phy.] Now. lek., Poznafi, 1908, xx, 123-126 
[port, in text]. 

Jalaber (Donatien) [1875-1914]. 

Monnier (U.)- N6crologie. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 
1914, 3. s., xxxii, 270-275. 

Jalabert (A.) & Chavernar (P.). Catalogue 
g6n6ral des theses frangaises d'ophtahnologie, 
pubUfi sous la direction de H. True. 2. ed, 
327 pp. 8°. Montpellier, Delord-Boehm & 
Martel, 1904. 

Jalabert (Louis). [1883- ]. *Delarachis- 
tovainisation. vi, 7-44 pp., 1 1. 8°. Mont- 
pellier, 1908. No. 76. 

Jalaguier (Adolphe) [1853-1924]. 

Faure (J.-L.). N6orologie. Presse mM., Par., 1924, 
xxxii (annexe), 1178.— IiamyCL.). N6crologie. Paris m§d, 
1924, liv, p. xiv.— Michon (E.). N6crologie. J. de m6d. 
et chir. prat. , Par. , 1924, xcv, 576.— Souligoux. Ntoologie. 
Bull, et m6m. Soc. nat. de chir.. Par., 1924, 1, 844.— Veau 
(V.). Ntaologie. J. de chir.. Par., 1924, xxiv, 641-647. 

Jalap and jalapin. 

BoUander (N.). Contribution & I'fetude des propriMfe 
pharmaco-dynamiques de la jalapine et dela gomme-cutte. 
Oompt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1925, xciii, 1171-1174.— 
Noriega (J. M.) . Estudio comparativo entre la verdadera 
y la falsa jalapa. An. d. Inst. m6d. nac, M§xico, 1903-4, 
vi, 111-120.— North (H.). Theassayofjalap.Am. J.Pharm., 
Phila., 1911, Ixxxiii, 515-517.— ScoTffle (W. L.). Brazilian 
jalap. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Easton, 1918, vii, 785-787. 

Jalenques (Hubert) [1899- ]. *Associa- 
tions de constitutions en psychopathologie; 
essai clinique et nosologique. 40 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1924. No. 36. 

Jalenques (Joseph) [-1895- ]. *Gangr6ne 
humide diab^tique et s6roth6rapie anti- 
gangr^neuse. 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 1922. No. 
124. 

Jalibert (Jules) [1887- ]. *Contribution 
&, r^tude des fractures spontan^es dans la 
tuberculose osseuse. 66 pp. 8°. Montpel- 
lier, 1913. No. 107. 

Jalifler (Alexandre) [1884^ ]. *La vfeicule 
flottante. 102 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1913. No. 
97. 

JalkowskI (EUsabeth) [1888- ]. *Das Blut- 
bild bei Vaccination. 23 pp. 8°. Freiburg 
i. Br., C. A. Wagner, 1914. 

Jailer (CacUie). *Physikalische Serumunter- 
suchungen unmittelbar vor und unmittelbar 
nach therapeutischen Rontgenbestrahlungen 
von Patienten. 12 pp. 8°. Zurich, E. & 
A. Kreutler, 1923. 

Jalles (Emile) [1880- ]. *Contribution &, 
r^tude de la percussion du crSne. Valeur 
s6m6iologique du bruit de pot fel6 crdnien. 
52 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, No. 136. 

Jallet (Edgard) [1887- ]. *Contribution 
k I'^tude des troubles psychiques au cours 
des piriodes secondaire et secondo-tertiaire 
de la syphihs. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911. 
No. 91. 



JALOWIECKI 



15 



JAMES 



Jalowiecki (Olgierd). *Ueber Washsthums- 
veranderungen an den Wirbeln nach Spon- 
dylitis tuberculosa. rZUrich.] 13 pp. 8°. 
Stuttgart, 1902. 

Jamaica. 

Fawcett (W.) & Rendlb (A. B.). Flora 
of Jamaica, 2 v. 8°. London, 1910-1914. 

Bontor (S. A.). Jamaica as a health resort. West 
Lond. M. J., Loud., 1906, xi, 1-4. [Discussion), 30-35.— 
S. (E. H.). Jamaica as a winter resort; where to stay 
and how to get there. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, il903, 
xiii, 82-85.— Siler (J. F.). Medical notes on Jamaica, 
British West Indies; pt. 1, Oeneral information concerning 
Jamaica; its prevailing diseases; pt. 2, Pellagra in Jamaica. 
Am. J.Trop. Dis. [etc!], N. Orl,, 1916-16, iii, 433-458. 

Jainain (Jean) [1875- ]. *Fibromes ut^rins 
et puerp^ralit^. 184 pp. 8° Paris, 1907. 
No. 371. 

The same. 184 pp. 8°- Paris, G. 

Steinheil, 1907. 

Jamain (Raphael-Alban-Ren6-Fran5ois) [1893- 
]. *Les complications suppuratives de 
r^rysipMe de la face. 86 pp. 8°- Bor- 
deaux, 1919. No. 90. 

Jamamoto (J.) [1881- ]. *Ueber das 
Fibromyom der Vagina. 31 pp. 1 pi. 8°. 
MUnchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1910. 

Jamashita (Risaku) [1880- ]. *Ueber die 
Entstehung der Milzcysten. 39 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Freiburg i. B., K. Henn, 1908. 

Jamault (L6on-Hippolyte-Marie) [1883- ]. 
*Le traitement des tumeurs blanches des 
jeunes sujets par les injections modificatrices 
articulaires et intra-6piphysaires. 49 pp. 
8°. Bordeaux, 1910. No. 32. 

Jambon (Albert) [1879- ]. *Le treponema 
pallidum de Schaudinn dans les tissus des 
h6r6do-syphilitiques. 88 pp. 8°. Lyons, 
1906. No. 148. 

See, also, Nicolas (Joseph) & Jambon (A.). Hygiene 
de la peau [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1911. 

Jambon (Henri-Eug6ne-Am6dfe) [1881- ]. 

*Des sinusites syphihtiques. 50 pp. 8°. 

Bordeaux, 1905. No. 27. 
Jambon (Jean). *Essai sur I'assistance ma- 

terneUe en Br^tagne. 52 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 

1903. No. 164. 

Jambul. 

See Syzygium. jambolanum. 
James (Alexander). Pleurisy including em- 
pyema and bronchiectatic conditions, xi, 243 
pp. 8°. Edinburgh, Oliver & Boyd, 1911. 

James (Bushrod Washington) [1837- 
1903]. 

Obituary. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 87. Also Med. 
Counselor, Detroit, 1903, xxii, 13. 

James (C. C). Notes on disposal of sewage 

at the Matunga Leper Asylum, Bombay. 

With a chapter on analyses by C. H. 

Cayley. ii, 57 pp., 18 plans. 8°. Bombay, 

1901. 
Drainage problems of the east. Being a 

revised and enlarged edition of "Oriental 

drainage." 2 v. xxxi, 378 pp., 77 pi. 8°. 

Bombay, 1906. 

James (Clarence 0.) [1851-1916]. 

[Obituary.] J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1916, 
vl,142. 

James (Edwin Matthews) [1829-1900]. 

Willett (A.). [Bio^aphy.] Med.-chir. Tr., Lond., 
1903, Ixxxvi, pp. ciii-ovi. 

James (Edwin Oliver). Primitive ritual and 
belief: an anthropological essay, xv, 243 pp. 
8°. London, Methuen & Co. [1917]. 



James (Edwin Oliver) — continued. 

An introduction to anthropology; a gen- 
eral survey of the early history of the human 
race, vii, 259 pp. 8°. London, Macmillan 
& Co., 1919. 

James (Fannie B.). Truth and health; science 
of the perfect mind and the law of its expres- 
sion. 6. ed. 383 pp. 8°. Denver, Colo., 
Colorado College of Divine Science [1917]. 

James (Gaston-Jean-L6on) [1880- ]. *A 
propos de quelques cas de t^tanie. 68 pp. 
8°. Bordeaux 1906. No. 104. 

James (George Wharton) [1858- ]. What 
the white race may learn from the Indian. 
2 p. 1., 9-269 pp., front. 8°. Chicago, 
Forbes & Co., 1908. 

The same. 2 p. 1., 9-280 pp. 8°. Pasa- 
dena, Calif., The Radiant Life Press, 1917. 

James (Jean-Baptiste) [1878- ]. *Nouveau 
proc^dS d'ur^throtomie externe par la voie 
lat^rale. 60 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904. No. 
175. 

James (Julien) [1879- ]. *Du traitement 
de r Eventration lat^rale post opEratoire. 
55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. No. 379. 

James (Moses Prosser) [1836-1918]. Sore 
throat, its nature, varieties and treatment; 
including the connection between affections 
of the throat and other diseases. 3. ed. xii, 
288 pp., 2 pi. 8°. London, J. & A. Chureh- 
m, 1878. 

The same. 4. ed. 318 pp. 8°. Phila- 
delphia, Lindsay & Blakiston, 1880. 

For biography see Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 656. 

James (Sidney Price) [1870- ]. Malaria 
in India. 106 pp. 4°. Calcutta, 1920. 
Forms No. 2, n. s. ol Scient. Mem. Med. Off. India. 

First report of the anti-malarial oper- 
ations at Miau Mir, 1901-1903. 53 pp. 1 pi. 
4°. Calcutta, 1903. 

Forms No. 6, n. s., ol Scient. Mem. Med. OfE. India. 

On kala azar, malaria and malarial ca- 
chexia. 47pp.,Hdiag. 4°. Calcutta, 1905. 

Forms No. 19, n. s., of Scient. Mem. Off. India. 

Smallpox and vaccination in British 

India, xi, 105 pp. 8°. Calcutta, Thacker, 
Spink & Co., 1909. 

Malaria at home and abroad, xi, 234 

pp. 8°. London, J. Bale, Sons & Daniels- 
son, 1920. 

Report on the first results of laboratory 

work on malaria in England, . . . assisted by 
P. G. Shute. 30 pp. sm. 4°. Geneva, 1926. 

League of Nations. Malaria Commiss. 

& Llston (W. Glen). A monograph of 

the anopheles mosquitoes of India. 132 pp., 
30pl., Imap. roy. 8°- Calcutta, Thacker, 
Spink & Co., 1904. 

The same. 2. ed. 5 p. 1., 128 pp., 15 pi. 

4°. Calcutta, Thacker, Spink & Co., 1911. 

James (William) [1842-1910]. Louis Agassiz. 
12 pp. 8°. Cambridge, 1897. 

The energies of men. 38 pp. 8°. New 



York, Moffat, Yard & Co., 1908. 

For biography See Arch, de psyohol., QenSve, 1910-11, 
X, 96-106 (E. ClaparSde). Also J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
1910, Iv, 877. Also J. Am. Soc. Psych. Research, N. Y., 
1910, Iv, 626-628 (J. H. Hyslop). Also Psychol. Eev., 
Bait., 1911, xviii, 78-82 (J. E. AngeU). Also Kiv. di psicolj 
pppllc, Bologna, 1910, vi, 361-363, port. (F.). 

See, also: 

James (W.) . The letters of William James. 
8°. Boston, 1920. 

Baldwin (B. T.). William James' contributions to 
education. J. Educ. Psychol., Bait., 1911, ii, 369-382.— 
M.' (J. J.). Professor James the Oifiord lecturer. Stu- 
dent, Edinb., 1901, 1-4, port. 



JAMES 



16 



JAMYOT DE LA HA YE 



James (William Dale) [1850-1902]. * 

■.^'*I''*S?'l-, Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902,1,1656. ^ko Quart. 
M. J., Sheffield, 1901-2, x, 340, port. 

James (WiUiam Warwick). 

See Lane (Sir Wmiam A.) & James (W. W.). Cleft 

palate and hare lip, [etc.] 3. ed. roy. 8°. London, 1916. 
James-LcTi (Roman). Rukovodstvo k plom- 

birovaniyu zolotom. [Manual on gold-flUing 

(of teeth).] 1 p. 1., 142 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.- 

Peterburg, S. L. Kind, 1911. 
Jameson (Catherine). An introduction to 

electro-therapy for the use of students, xii, 

196 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis & Co., 

1923. 

Jameson (Henry) [1849-1924]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, taodl, 811. 

Jameson (Horatio Gates) [1778-1855]. 

Gibson (H. G.). Abstract of an address on the life of 
Prof. Horatio Gates Jameson, M. D., class of 1813. Hosp. 
Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1909, v, 200-202.— Marcy 
(H. 0.). A brief sketch of one of Baltimore's greatest 
men. Tr. South. Surg. & Gyneo. Ass., 1906, PhUa., 1907, 
xix, 260-286. jlko reprint. 

Jameson (James) [1837-1904]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 866. Also 
Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 926, port. AUo Med. Press & 
Giro., Lond., 1904, n. s., hariii, 322. 

Jameson (Sir Leander Starr) [1853- 
1917]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 742. AUo 
Chron. M6d., Par., 1921, xxviii, 304. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 
Chicago, 1917, Ixlx, 1989. Also Lancet, Lond., 1917, ii, 831. 

Jameson (Robert Mixon). A model health 

code for Texas cities. 95 pp. 8°. [Austin, 

Tex.], The University, 1915. 
Jamet (Alfred). *Contribution k I'gtude du 

cancer du col de I'ut^rus. Association de la 

curiethdrapie et de la chirurgie. 57 pp. 8°. 

Paris, 1923. No. 291. 
Jamet (Julien). *Des hallucinations dans la 

paralysie g6n6rale et de leurs rapports aveo 

des 16sions de la couche corticale sensorielle. 

96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902. No. 412. 
Jamet (Louis) [1894- ]. *Traitement du 

rachitisnle d'aprds les modalit^s cliniques de 

cette affection. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1925. 

No. 472. 
Jamet (Robert). *Les pygmies b^nignes S, 

determination cutan^e (pustules de Colles). 

70 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1902. , No. 348. 

Jamieson (Douglas Dunbar) [1879- 
1918]. 

Obituary. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1918, ii, 296. 
Jamieson (Edward Bald). A companion to 

manuals of practical anatomy. 1 p. 1., vii, 

543 pp. 8°. Edinburgh [etc.], H. Frowde 

& Hodder & Stoughton, 1913. 
The same. 3. impress, xxxv, 543 pp. 

12°. Edinburgh, H. Frowde; Hodder & 

Stroughton, 1918. 

Jamieson (James) [1841-1905]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1322. Also 
Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1906, xvii, 532. 

Jamieson (James) [1840-1916]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 670. Also 
Glasgow M. J., 1916, Irsxvi, 345. Also: Med. J. Aus- 
tralia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 218. 

Jamieson (Thomas Hill) [1874-1924]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1924, i, 554. Also 
Lancet, Lond., 1924, i, 677. 
Jamieson (William AUan) [1839-1916]. The 
care of the skin in health. 109 pp. 8°. 
London, H. Frowde [etc.], 1912. 

For biography see Brit. J. Dermat., Lrtjnd., 1926, xiviii, 
101-103, port (N. W.). Also Edinb. M. J., 1916, xvi, 
454-467, port (N. W.). Also ibid., 457-460, port. (J. A. 
MacDougall). 



Jamin (Friedrich). *Experimentelle Unter- 
suchungen zur Lehre von der Atrophie 
gelahmter Muskeln. Habilitationsschrift. 
[Erlangen.] 181 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 
1904. 

The same. 1 p. 1., 181 pp. 8° Jena, 

G. Fischer, 1904. 

Lehre von der Atrophie gelahmter 

Muskeln. 181 pp. 8°. Jena, 1904. 

& Merkel (H.). Die Koronararterien des 



menschlichen Herzens unter normalen und 
pathologischen Verhaltnissen. 43 pp., 30 
pl._ obi. 24°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1907. 

Jamin (Friedrich). *Lebensbahn und Krank- 
heit. 28 pp. 8°. Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 
1920. 

Jamin (Gustave) [1876- ]. *Critique m^- 
'dicale de la loi sur les accidents de travail. 
[Paris.] 122 pp. 8°- Chateaubriant, 1902. 
No. 247. 

Jamin (Henri). *Le salvarsan et ses acci- 
dents. 284 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913. No. 62. 

Jamin-Daviau (Ernest). *De la diathSse 
goutteuse au 18° si^cle et au commencement 
du 19". 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. No. 277. 

Jamison (Alcinous Burton) [1851- ]. In- 
testinal irrigation; or, why, how, and when 
to flush the colon. Treated in connection 
with other matters of physiological interest 
and importance. 40 pp. 12°. [New York, 
1903 vel subseq.] 

The same. 3. ed. ' x, 210 pp.,port. 8°. 

New York, the author, 1914. 

Intestinal ills; chronic constipation, in- 



digestion, autogenetic poisons, diarrhea, piles, 
etc.; also auto-infection, auto-intoxication, 
anemia, emaciation, etc., due to proctitis 
and colitis, xvi, 277 pp. 8° New York, 
the ^uthor, 1913. 

Man: whence and whither? With an 

introduction by John Emery McLean. 144 
pp. 8°. New York, the author, 1922. 

Jamison (Arthur) [1845-1901]. 

[Biography.] Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1901, lixxiv, cxxii. 

Jamme (Anna C). Textbook of nursing pro- 
cedures. XX, 140 pp. 8°. New York, Mac- 
millan Co., 1921. 

Jamme (Henri) [1883- ]. *Diagnostic sur 
retat mental de Junot, due d'Abrant^s 
(1771-1813). 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. No. 2. 

Jammes (Ernest) [1880- ]. *Du diag- 
nostic de I'hydroclphalie cong^nitale pen- 
dant la grossesse et le travail. Sur un signe 
nouveau: le coup de hache circulaire. 58 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1905. No. 112. 

Jammes (L6on). Zoologie pratique basle sur 
la dissection des animaux les plus repandus. 
vi, 563 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 
1904. 

*Nos origines zoologiques. 80 pp. 8°. 

Toulouse, 1909. No. 836. 

The same, vii, 80 pp. 



4°- Toulouse. 
E. Privat [etc.], 1909. 

Jamot (Eugfene) [1879- ]. *Contribution 
k r etude de la m6thode de Bier, viii, 9-64 
pp., 1 1. 8°. MontpelUer, 1908. No. 65. 

Jampolski (Fanny). *Ueber das Vorkommen 
von Ernst' schen Keratingranula in nOrmalen 
und erkrankten Sehleimhauten mit beson- 
derer Beriicksichtigung der Gonorrhoe. 
[Bern.] 15 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Grosser, 1907. 

Jamyot de la Haye (Alain-Evariste-Marie) 
[1888- ]. *Contribution a, 1' etude des 
ptoses visc^rales; etiologie et traitement 



JAMYOT DE LA HA YE 



17 



JANEWAY 



Jamyot de la Haye (Alain-Evariste- Marie) — 
continued. 

chirurgical. [Paris.] 54 pp. 8°- Rennes, 
1911. No. 359. 

Janaszek (Johann) [1882- ]. *Risse der 
Quadricepssehne und des Ligamentum pa- 
tellae proprium. 27 pp. 8°. Breslau, H. 
Fleischmann, 1912. 

Janaud (L.). *Contribution k I'lStude toxi- 
cologique des fluorures et fiuo-silicates alea- 
lins. 65 pp. 8°. Paris, 1923. No. 261. 

Jancke (Carl Emil) [1891- ]. *Ueber Be- 
einflussung von Chorea minor, Polyarthritis 
rheumatica und Erythema nodosum duroh 
andere Krankheiten. 55 pp. 8°. Bonn, 
Rost & Co., 1919. 

Jancke (Oskar Max Theodor) [1881- ]. 
*Die Hernia epigastrica. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Berlin, O. Francke, 1906. 

Jancsd (Nikolaus). Experimentelle Unter- 
suchungen tiber die die Malariainfektion des 
Anopheles und des Menschen beeinflussenden 
Umstande. 48 pp. 8°- Leipzig, J. A. 
Barth, 1921. 

Forms Beihett No. 2, v. 25, of Arch, f . Schifls- u. Tropen- 
Hyg. 

Jander (Johannes) [1890- ]. *Beitrag zur 
Casuistik des Carcinoms des Oesophagus. 
[Berlin.] 62 pp. 8°. Schwiebus, C. Wag- 
ner, 1919. 

Jandin (Jean-Claude). *Contribution fi, 
r^tude du k^phir. [Paris.] 96 pp. 8°. 
Le Havre, 1914. No. 5. 
Ecole de pharmacie. 

Jandot (Fernand) [1881- ]. *La tubercu- 
lose nodulaire sous-cutan6e des paupiSres. 
61 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906. No. 47. 

Jaadot (Paul) [1879- ]. *Des tdratomes 
de la region sacro-cocoygienne consid6r4s, 
principalement dans leur 6tude clinique. 
112 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905. No. 149. 

Jane A. Delano, a memorial. Carnegie Hall, 
New York City, Thursday, May 8, 1919, 
under the auspices of the Atlantic Division, 
American Red Cross. 16 pp. 8°. [New 
York 1919 1 

Janecke (Alida) [1880- ]. *Die Knochen- 
und Gelenktuberkulose im Alter, mit beson- 
derer Beriicksichtigung der Sonnen- und 
Hohenbehandlung. [Gottingen.] 51 pp. 8°. 
Tubingen, H. Laupp jr., 1916. 

Janeczek (Friedrich) [1867-1908]. 

Perko (F.). [Nachruf.] Prag. med. Wolmsolir., 1908, 
zxxiii, 287. 

Janentzky (Christian). *J. C. Lavaters phy- 
siognomische Fragmente. 55 pp. 8°. HaUe 
a. S., E. Karras, 1916. 

Janert (Bernhard) [1888- ]. *Ueber die 
in den Jahren 1896-1913 zur Beobachtung 
gelangten Hirnabszesse in der Ohrenklinik 
des Koniglichen Charit^-Krankenhauses und 
der Universitats-Ohrenklinik zu BerUn. 30 
pp. 8°. Berlin, R. Trenkel, 1914. 

Janert (Ludwig Erdmann Gustav) [1881- ]. 
*Ueber das specifische Gewicht menschlicher 
Faeces. 32pp. 8°. BerUn, O. Franke, 1906. 

Janet (Charles). Anatomie du gaster de la 
myrmica rubra. 68 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Paris, 
G. Carr6 & C. Naud, 1902. 

Janet (Henri). *Le mStabolisme basal, en 
clinique d6termin6 pap la m^thode des 
^changes respiratoires, (son 6tude dans les 
dysthyroidies et les retards de croissance de 
I'enfance. 135 pp. 8°. Paris, 1922. No. 230. 

19850°— Vol. VII, 3d series— 27 



Janet (Paul) [1823-1899]. 

Bltti (A.). [Biography.] In his Hist. d. trav. Soc. m6d.- 
psyohol., Par., 1914, u, 384-386.— Tastevln (J) & Con- 
choud (p. L.). La psyohologie de M. Pierre Janet. Eev. 
d. so. psyohol., Par., 1913, i, 421-448. 

Janet (Pierre- Marie-Felix) [1859- ]. The 
mental state of hystericals, a study of mental 
stigmata and mental accidents. With a 
preface by J. M. Charcot, Transi'. by CaroKne 
Rollin Corson, xviii, 535 pp. 8°. New York, 
G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1901. 

The major symptoms of hysteria. Fifteen 

lectures given in the medical school of Har- 
vard University, x, 1 1., 345 pp. 12°. 
New York, Macmillan Co., 1907. 

The same. 2. ed. xxiii, 345 pp. 8°. 

New York, Macmillan Co., 1920. 

Les ngvroses. 397 pp. 12°. Paris, E. 

Flammarion, 1909. 

;- Les medications psychologiques; etudes 

historiques, psychologiques et cliniques sur 
les mSthodes de la psychoth6rapie. 3 v. 8°. 
Paris, F. Alcan, 1919. 

La m^decine psychologique. 288 pp. 

12°. Paris, E. Flammarion, 1923. 

The same. Principles of psychotherapy. 

Transi. viii, 322 pp. 8°. New York, Mac- 
millan Co., 1924. 

The same. Psychological healing; a his- 



torical and clinical study, transi. by Eden 
and Cedar Paul. ,2 v. paged consecutively. 
1265 pp. 8°. London, G. Allen & Unwin; 
New York, MacmiUan Co. [1925]. 

See, oiso, Grasset (J.). Le spiritisme [etc.]. 8°. Mont-. 
pellier & Paris, 1904.— Baymqnd (F.) & Janet (P.) [in 2.s.]. 
Les obsessions [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1903. 

Janets (Jacques). *Les irr^gularitds den- 
taires; th^rapeutique preventive. 96 pp. 8°- 
Paris, 1909. No. 306. 

Janeway (Edward Gamaliel) [1841- 
1911]. 

Clabk, J. B. Some personal recollections 
of Dr. Janeway. 8°- New York & London, 
1917. 

Coe (H. C). Eemlnisoences of Dr. Edward C. Janeway. 
Med. Pielrwick Saranao Lake, 1916, i, 456.— Knopf (S. A.). 
In memoriam. New Yorlc M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 105-107. 
AUo reprint.— Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 
249. Also Med. Eec, N. Y., 1911, Ixris, 309. 

Janeway (Henry Harrington) [1873-1921]. 
Lecture notes- on bacteriology, for dental 
students. 216 pp. 8°. New York, T. B. 
Hoeber [1915]. 

Lecture' notes on physiology; the circu- 
lation. 286 pp. 8°- New York, P. H. 
Hoeber, 1916. 

Contraction. 96 pp. 8°. New York, 

P. B. Hoeber [1916]. 

The circulation. 286 pp. 8°. New 

York, P. B. Hoeber [1916]. 

The special senses. 140 pp. 8°. New 

York, P. B. Hoeber [1916]. 

Radium therapy in cancer at the Me- 



morial Hospital, New York (first report: 
1915-1916). 242 pp. 8°. New York, P. B. 
Hoeber, 1917. 
For biography see Radium, Pittsburgh, 1920-21, xvi, 81. 

Janeway (John H.) [1829-1911]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivi, 1209. 

Janeway (Theodore Caldwell) [1872-1917]. 
The clinical studv of blood-pressure, xiii, 
300 pp. 8°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 
1904. 

For biography see Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxix, 697- 
699 (H. A. Kelly). Also Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., Bait., 
1918, xxix, 142-148, port. (F. J. Goodnow & B. P. Clark). 



JANEWAY 



18 



JANOWSKY 



Janeway (Theodore Caldwell)— continued. 

Also J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 46. Also Johns 

Sp^"^,/-'"™?,?^^^-' Bal*-' 1917-18, vi, 264-268, port. 
CH. O. Mosenthal). Also Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 80. AUo 
N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvii, 34. Also Science, N. Y. 
& Lancaster, Pa., 1918, n. s., xlvii, 273-279 (L. F. Barker). 
Tor portrait see Collection of Portr. CLibrary). 

Jauicaud (Charles - Marie - Gilbert - Georges) 
[1880- ]. *Le traitement des otorrh^es k 
la clinique d'oto-rhino-laryngologie de I'Uni- 
versit6 de Bordeaux. 64 pp. 8°. Bor- 
deaux, 1906. No. 135. 

Janicot (Edouard). *Contribution k I'^tude 
de I'anesthfeie de la dentine et de la pulpe 
dentaire. 113pp. 8°. Paris, 1909. No. 422. 

Janicot (Emilie) [1893- ]. *Consid6rations 
sur un cas d'intoxication par le sulfure de 
carbone. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1923. No. 377. 

Janicot (Jean- Jules-Ren 6) [1879- ]. 
*Hematocolpos, hSmatom^trie et hematosal- 
pinx cons^cutifs k I'atr^sie cong^nitale du 
vagin. 131pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. No. 3. 

Janin (Ferdinand). *De I'utilite d'une meU- 
leure aeration a Paris. 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1911. No. 118. 

Janin (Francisque) [1879- ]. *Recherches 
sur la sarcosporidie du mouton, Sarcocystis 
tenella (Railliet, 1886). 43 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Paris, 1906. No. 52. 

Janin (Lion) [1876- ]. *Le pronostic et le 
traitement ohirurgical chez les diab^tiques. 
77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902. No. 125. 

Janjitsch (Djurdje). *Ueber das kavernose 
Gewebe der Ductus deferentes und Ductus 
excretorii in ihren Endabsohnitten. 27 pp. 
8°. Bern, P. Haupt, 1923. 

Jankau (Ludwig) [1865- ]. Badearzt- 
liches Handbuch; Kompendium fiir Bade-, 
Anstalts- und praktische Aerzte. vii, 230 
pp. 12°. Leipzig, C. Cnobloch, 1903. 

Taschenbuch nebst Specialisten-Ver- 

zeichnis und Taschen-Kalender fur Augen- 
arzte, 1903; 1906. viii, 183 pp., port., 4 1. 
12°. Mtinchen, Seitz & Schauer, 1903-1906. 
Taschenbuch fiir Chirurgen und Ortho- 



paden sammt Specialisten-Verzeichnis [etc.], 
1904; 1905. ix, 195 pp., 6 1. 12°. Miinchen, 
Seitz & Schauer, 1904r-5. 

Taschenbuch fiir Frauenarzte und Ge- 

burtshelfer, sammt Spezialarzte-Verzeichnis 
[etc.], 1904; 1905. x, 182 pp., 6 1. 12°. 
Miinchen, Seitz & Schauer, 1904-5. 

Orientierungsmaterial aus der gesammten 



Pathologic und Therapie zum Gebrauche fiir 
Aerzte und Studierende. Zusammenfassung 
der vom Autor herausgegebenen Taschen- 
biicher. 2 v. 8°- Eberswalde, M. Gelsdorf, 
1910. 

Janice (Friedrich Albrecht) [1882- ]. *Die 
typhosen Knochenerkrankungen mit beson- 
derer Beriicksiehtigung der in der medizini- 
schen Khnik zu Kiel gemachten Erfahrungen. 
[Kiel.] 50 pp. 8°. Liegnitz, C. SeyflFarth, 
1910. 

Janke (Johannes) [1884^ ]. *Beitrag zur 
chirurgischen Behandlung der Extremitaten- 
sarkome. 1 p. 1., 53 pp., 1 1. 8°. Rostock, 
Adler's Erben, 1913. 

Jankowski (Johann) [1876- ]. *Ueber 
Pseudoleukaemie und Anaemia splenica. 29 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1902. 

Jankowski (Paul). *Die Wasserstoffionen des 
Harns als Maass seiner Aciditat. 33 pp. 8°. 
Zurich, A. Markwalder, 1903. 

Jankowski (Wladislaus) [1884- ]. Die 
Bleiplattennaht. [Leipzig.] 16 pp. 4°. 
Tiibingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1911. 



Jannasch (WiUibald) [1877- ]. *Die ge- 
richtsarztliche Begutachtung von Wohnun- 
gen. 67 pp. 8°. Beriin, E. Ebering, 1909. 

Jannel (Edouard) [1886- ]. *Alienation 
mentale et divorce. 46 pp. 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 
1912. No. 40. 

Janney (Henri) [1878- ]. *Le signe du sou 
abdominal, contribution a la s^mSologie de 
I'ascite. 70 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911. No. 130. 

Janney (Howard S.) [1881- ]. *Die Am- 
moniakausscheidung im menschliohen Harne 
bei Zufuhr von Harnstoff und Natron. 
[Munchen.] 39 pp. 8°. Strassburg, K. J. 
Trilbner, 1912. 

Janney (William Smith) [1832-1910]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, M, 132. 

Jannin (Camille) [1885- ]. *De la laparo- 
tomie par incision transversale de la peau et 
des apon^vroses. Incision de Pfannenstiel. 
70 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909. No. 131. 

Jannin (Louis) [1886- ]. *Les "myco- 
derma"; leur role en pathologie. 278 pp., 
4 pi. 8°. Nancy, 1913. No. 1001. 

Jannot (Georges-Pierre-Victor-Marcel) [1889- 
]. *Contribution k I'^tude des paralysies 
post-dipht6riques tardives des muscles ex- 
trinseques de I'oeil et de leur traitement par 
le s6rum antidipht^rique. 75 pp. 8°- 
Nancy, 1913. No. 1026. 

JanoSik (Jan) [1856- ]. Anatomie clo- 
vSka. [Human anatomy.] 2 v. 552 pp., 
X, vi, 1036 pp., 4 pi. 8°- v Praze, F. fi,ivnd,ce, 
1897-1901. 

O v^voji krvenek u amniot. [The de- 
velopment of blood cells in the amnion.] 
15 pp., 1 pi. 8°. v Praze, Cesk^ Akad., 
1902. 

Forms No. 10 of Eozpr. 6esk6 Akad. ols. Frantiska Joseta 
[etc.], V Praze, 1902-3, %i. 

For hiography see Nov6 zdravl, Praha, 1913, i, 289-292, 
[port, in text] (K. Weigner). 

Janot (Armand) [1872- ]. *Contribution 
k retude de la myocardite rhumatismale 
aigue. 109pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1902. No. 360. 

Janovskii (F. G.). Tuberkulez legkikh. [Pul- 
monary tuberculosis.] 240 pp, 8°. Mosk., 
Govt. Print. Off., 1923. 

Janovsky (Viktor) [1847-1925]. 

Tr^b (A.). Nekrolog. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & 
Hamb., 1926, Ixxx, 622. 

Janower (Martin).' *Die Gattung Solenocau- 

lon. [Bern.] pp. 496-538, 2 pL, 2 1. 8°- 

Gen^ve, W. Kiindig & fils, 1904. 
Also in Eev. Suisse d. zool., Geneve, 1904, xii. 
Janowitz (Anton) [1886- ■ ]. *Uber Lym- 

phangiome der Zunge. [Konigsberg.] 15 pp. 

8°. Berhn, L. Schumacher, 1917. 
Janowski (Wladislaw) [1866-1924]. AUge- 

meine Semiotik des Erbrechens. 108 pp. 

8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1903. 

Le diagnostic fonctionnel du coeur; 

etude critique de m^thodes modernes d'ex- 
ploration du systSme cardio-vasculaire. 43 
pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Co., 1908. 

Forms No. 50 of CEuvre mfid.-chir.. Par. 

The same. Die funktionelle Herzdiag- 

nostik. vii, 169 pp. 8°. BerUn, A. Hirsch- 
wald, 1910. 

De la n^vralgie intercostale; etude des 

symptomes accuses par les maladies. 27 pp. 
8°. Paris, Masson & Co. [1911]. 

CEuvre m6d.-chir.. Par. 

For biography see Bratisl. lek. listy, Praha, 1924-25. iv. 
245-248 (Reinsberg). 

Janowsky (Eugenie). *Hernie inguinale in- 
traparietale. 92 pp. 8°- Lausanne, 1909. 



JANS 



19 



JANSSEN 



Jans (Carl) [1886- ]. *Ein Fall von kom- 
plizierter voUkommener Luxation beider 
Vorderarmknochen nach aussen; (ein Beitrag 
zur Lehre der EUenbogengelenksluxationen) . 
42 pp. 8°. Munohen, C. Wolf & Sohu, 
1911. 

Janschke (Walther) fl888- ]. *Ueber 
Netzhautblutungen bei Steigerung des allge- 
meinen Blutdrucks. 23 pp. 8°- Jena, G. 
Neuenhahn, 1913. 

Jansen (Egid) [1890- ]. *Ueber typhose 
Veranderungen im Darm bei akuter Leulca- 
mie. [Bonn.] 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Aachen, A. 
Jacobi, 1914. 

Jansen (Engelbert) [1883- ]. *Beitrage 
zur Frage der Uterusperforationen. 42 pp. 
8°. Bonn, S. Foppen, 1909. 

Jansen (Hans). Experimentelle studieer over 
Finsenbehandlingens virkemaade (saerlig med 
henblik paa lupus vulgaris). [Experimental 
studies on Finsen light treatment . . .] 
161 pp., ii, 2 pi., 1 1. 8° K0benhavn & 
Kristiania, Glydendal, 1906. 

Jansen (Hans D.). Lserebog i fysioterapi (de 
fysiske behandlingsmidler) for studerende og 
laeger. 4 p. 1., 194 pp. 8°. Ki0benhavn og 
Kristiania, Glydendal, 1918. 

Jansen (Hubert) [1854r- ]. Rechtschrei- 
bung der naturwissenschaftlichen und tech- 
nischen Fremdworter. Bearbeitet von Hu- 
bert Jansen, xxxii, 122 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
Schoneberg, Langenscheidt, 1907. 

Jansen (James Christian) [1868-1912]. 

Obituary. Norsk Tidsskr. f. MU.-Med., Kristiania, 1912, 
xvi, 204(M. C). 

Jansen (Karl Leo Maria) [1889- ]. *Innere 
Darmeinklemmung zwisohen Jejunum und 
Magen nach Gastroenterostomie. [Bonn.] 
16 pp. 8°. Ttibingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1919. 

Jansen (Ludwig Emil) [1892- ]. *Ein FaU 
von geheilter Endocarditis lenta. 16 pp. 
8°. Giessen, R. Lange, 1919. 

Jansen (Max) [1884- ]. *Zur Lehre von 
der Melancholia cum stupore. 23 pp. 8°. 
Kiel, A. F. Jensen, 1908. 

Jansen (Murk). De mechanische oorzaken 
voor beenvorning. (The mechanical causes of 
bone formation. r 23 pp. 8°. Leiden, P. J.' 
van Breda Vriesman, 1906. 

Achondroplasia, its nature and its cause. 

A study of the stunting of growth in em- 
bryonic cell-groups caused by amnion-pres- 
sure in the different stages of the development 
of the skeleton. (Aneneephaly, achondro- 
plasia, kakomeha). 3 p. 1., 98 pp. fol. 
Leiden, E. J. Brill, 1912. 

On bone formation, its relation to tension 

and pressure. 5 p. l-i 114 PP- 8°. London, 
Lonmians, Green & Co. 1920. ' 

TFeebleness of growth and congenital 



dwarfism with special reference to dysostosis 

cleidocranialis. xii, 82 pp. 8°. London, 

H. Frowde; Hodder & Stoughton, 1921. 
Jansen (Paul) [1886- ]. *Die Aetiologie 

und Prophylaxe der postoperativen Cystitis. 

[Freiburg.] 27 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 

1913. 
Jansen (Paul) [1887- ]. *Das Chondrom 

der Lunge. 17 pp. 2 1., 1 pi. 8°- Bonn, 

H. Ludwig, 1914. 
Jansen (Wilhelm). *Ueber perforierende Ute- 

rusverletzungen und ihre Therapie. 46 pp., 

1 1. 8°. Beriin, E. Ebering, 1913. 

Jansing (Josepli Henry) [1884-1921]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Cbicago, 1921, Ixzvii, 392. 



Janson (Adolf Emil) [1877- ]. *Ueber 

einen FaU von Tumor cerebri (im rechten 

Schlafenlappen). 27 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, 

Schmidt & Klaunig, 1904. 
Janson (Philipp) [1883- ]. *Ueber Form- 

anomalien der menschlichen Placenta. [Miin- 

chen.] 30 pp. 8°. Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 

1910. 
Janssen (Adolph) [1876- ]. *Unsere Platt- 

fussbehandlung. 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, P. 

Peters 1901. 
Janssen (August) [1882- ]. *Ueber Dia- 

zoreaktionen bei Haustieren. [Giessen.] 28 

pp., 2 1. 8°. Hannover, M. & H. Schaper, 

1910. 
Janssen (Clara) [1884- ]. *Zur Frage der 

akuten Magendilatation. 24 pp. 8°. [Mar- 
burg], E. Reinicke, 1915. 
Janssen (Fritz) [1893- ]. *Blutuntersu- 

chungen bei Lymphangitis epizootica des 

Pferdes. [Leipzig.] 7 pp. 8°. Dresden, 0. 

Franke, 1921. 
Janssen (Heinrich) [1874r- ]. *Zwei Falle 

von strichformigem Lichen ruber planus. 

30 pp., 1 pL, 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 

1906. 
Janssen (Heinrich) [1888- ]. *Ein FaU 

von primarer MundcQphtherie beim SaugUng. 

[Gottingen.] 6 pp. 8°. BerUn, J. Springer, 

1919. 
Janssen (Heinrich Hermann Martin) [1890- 
]. *Die in der Konigl. Universitats- 

AugenkUnik zu HaUe a. d. Saale behandelten 

Kriegsverletzungen im ersten Kriegsjahre 

(yom 1. August 1914 bis zum 31. Juli 1915). 

[Halle.] 31pp. 8°. Munster i. W., J. Bredt, 

1916. 
Janssen (Hubertus A.). Hoofdstukken uit de 

gezondheidsleer ten dienste van het leger. 

[Principles of hygiene for physicians.] 299 

pp. 8°. Amsterdam, 1911. 
Janssen (Joh. Hinrich) [1883- ]. *Akute 

gelbe Leberatrophie bei florider Syphilis mit 

schweren Epithelnekrosen der Nieren. 31 

pp. 8°. Beriin, E. Ebering, 1911. 
Janssen (Joh. Ludwig) [1876- ]. *EinFaU 

von Aneurysma spurium der Carotis interna 

und Vena jugularis communis sinistra infolge 

Stichverletzung. 19 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, 

Schmidt & Klaunig, 1903. 
Janssen (Joh. Peter) [1874- ]. Die Uro- 

genitaltuberkulose. 71 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. 

A. Barth, 1910. 
In Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipzig, 1910, u. F., No. 611-ei3 

(Chir. No. 172-174). 

Lehrbuch der chirurgischen Kranken- 



pflege ftir Pflegerinnen und Operations- 
schwestern. 3. ed. xii, 293 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
F. C. W. Vogel, 1919. 

Janssen (Peter) [1890- ]. *Schwanger- 
schaft und Geburt bei kongenitaler Becken- 
niere. 54 pp. 8°. Bonn H. Trapp, 1915. 

Janssen (Reinhard) [1889- ]. *Die Thera- 
pie des sogenannten Acetonerbrechens. [Got- 
tingen.] 6 pp. 8°. BerUn, L. Schumacher, 
1916. 

Janssen (Rudolf L6on) [1878- ]. *Ueber 
das Atomgewicht des Wismut. 50 pp., 1 
pi. 8°. Erlangen, Junge & Sohn, 1906. 

Janssen (Theodor) [1882- ]. *Inwiefern 
wird das Auftreten von Lungenblutungen 
durch Witterungsverhaltnisse beeinflusst. 20 
pp., 2 ch. 8°. Marburg, 1901. 

Janssen (WUhelm Franz) [1883- ]. *Un- 
tersuchungen iiber Infektionswege und Vor- 
kommen der Tu'berkulose bei Kalbern mit 



JANSSEN 



20 



JAPAN 



Janssen (Wilhelm Franz) — continued. 

besonderer Beriicksichtigung der f arberischen 
Darstellung des Tuberkulosevirus in Aus- 
strichpraparaten nach Ziehl, Gram u. der 
Pikrinsaure-Alkoholmethode. [Bern.] 45 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Hannover, W. Jiirgens, 
1909. 

Janssens (Eugfene) [1831-1900]. 

Van Ermengem. Eloge. Bull. Acad. roy. de m§d. de 
Belg., Brux., 1906, 4 s., xix, 690-698, port. 

Ton Janta-Polczyfiski (Stanislaus) [1875- 
]. *Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der 
Rachendiphtherie. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 
G. Schade, 1903. 
Jantke (Eberhard) [1888- ]. *Verglei- 
chende Untersuchungen iiber den Wert einiger 
Methoden der klinischen Hamoglobinbestim- 
mung. 1 p. 1., 62 pp., 1 1. 8^. Bonn, E. 
Eisele, 1913. 
Jantzen (Franz) [1887- ]. *Ueber Exoph- 
thalmus bei Orbitaltumoren und bei MoUer- 
Barlowscher' Krankheit. 39 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1912. 
Jantzen (Fritz Arno Leopold) [1869- ]. 
*Ein Fall von angeborner Atresie des Conus 
arteriosus sinister. [Leipzig.] 22 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Gotha, F. A. Perthes, 1896. 
Jantzen (Walter) [1892- ]. *Serumthera- 
pie bei Grippe. 21 pp. 8°- Kiel, A. F. 
Jensen, 1919. 
Janulaitis (Veronika) [1884- ]. *Ueber 
die Torsalfollikel beim Sarkom. 26 pp., 3 1. 
8°. Berlin, E. Ebering [1908]. 
Janus. Archives Internationales pour I'his- 
toire de la mgdecine et la gfiographie m6di- 
cale. V. 1-31, 1896-1927. 8°. Amster- 
dam; Harlem. 
Janus (Ernst August) [1883- ]. *Zur Ca- 
suistik der Schlafenlappentumoren. 22 pp. 
8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1911. 
Janus (Fritz) [1890- ]. *Kriegskost und 
Magensaftsekretion unter besonderer Be- 
riicksichtigung der Erfahrungen der medi- 
zinischen Universitats-PolikHnik Breslau. 31 
pp. 8°. Breslau, 1919. 
Janvier (Casimir-Paul) [1876- ]. ♦Ulce- 
rations et gangrenes provoqu^es de la peau 
Chez les hyst^riques. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1902. No. 442. 
Janvier (Ernest). *R6section du nerf maxil- 
laire supirieur immidiatement k la sortie 
du crSne dans les n^vralgies rebeUes de la 
face. 59 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
Janvier (Gustave). *Phldbo-scl6rose st^no- 
sante des veines superficielles des membres. 
66 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903. No. 255. 
Janvier (L6o) [1897- ]. *Les accidents 
sfiriques cons^cutifs & I'emploi du s6rum 
antidiphth^rique purifi6 (antitoxine diphten- 
que). 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1926. No. 181. 
Janvrais (Th6ophile). Nos marins-pgcheurs; 
leur alcoohsme; les abris du marin. 24 
pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, A. Challamel, 1902. 
Janvrin (Joseph Edward) [1840-1911]. 

Biography. Album Am. Gyneo. Soc, Phila., 1918, 2M), 
port, ^bo Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, Uv, 861 (J. R. Gofle 
& C. Cleveland). Also Am. J. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, 
Iviii, 49. 

Janz (Eugen) [1878- ]. *Casuistischer 
Beitrag zur Lehre von der Aphasie. 18 pp., 
1 1 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1903. 

Janzen (Georg) [1886- ]. *Ein Beitrag 
zur Fruhbehandlung der Gelenkschusse mit 
Ausschneidung und Tiefenantisepsis. 47 pp. 
8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1918. 



Janzen (Rudolf Erich Hugo) [1882- ]. 
*Die Resorption des Jodoforms bei Bm- 
spritzung von Jodoformol. 24 pp. 8°. Gies- 
sen, O. Kindt, 1905. 

Janson (Johannes) [1888- ]. *Ueber einen 
Fall von Vitiligo am Augenlid nach Verschtit- 
tung. 17 pp. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., Har- 
tung, 1918. 

Japan and Japanese. 

Japan. Imperial Institute for Infectious 
Diseases. Epidemische Krankheiten in Ja- 
pan. 8°. Tokio, 1921. 

Lanman (C). The Japanese in America. 
12°. New York, 1872. 

Obffbntliche (Das) Gesundheitswesen in 
Japan. 8°- Tokio, 1911. 

Trevor (J. B.) Japanese exclusion; a 
study of the policy and the law. 8°. Wash- 
ington, 1925. 

tJ. S. 68th Cong., 2 sess. H. Doc. No. 600. 

Ashmead (A. S.). The pagan line. Paeiflo M. J.^ Sa 
Fran., 1907, 1. 82; 169: 217.— Balz (E.). Zur Psychologie der 
Japaner. Globus, Brnsohwg., 1903, IxxxiT, 313-319.— 
Fehlinger (H.). Geschleohts- und Eheleben m Japan. 
Polit.-anthrop. Eev., Leipz., 1908, vii, 98-102.— Jtlrst (L.). 
Die Hassenschbnheit der Japanerinnen. Hid., Eisenach & 
lifiipz., 1903, ii, 328-330.— Griffls (W. E.). The Japanese 
nation in evolution. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1908, li. 166- 
171.— Haberer. Die Mensohenrassen des japamschen 
Belches. Ztchr. I. Ethnol., Berl., 1906, xxxvii, 941-944.— 
Hagen (K.). Zur japanischen Vorgeschichte. Kor.-Bl. 
d. deutsch. Qesellsch. I. Anthrop., Brnschwg., 1917, xlvm, 
70-73.— Inaba (R.) & Uyeno (T.). Food requirements 
of the Japanese people as indicated by prison dietaries. 
China M. J., Shanghai, 1918, xxsii, 672.— Koganei (Y.). 
Ueber die TJrbewohner von Japan. Globus, Brnschwg., 
1903, Ixxxiv, 101; 117.— de La MazeliSre. L'fivolution de 
la famine japonaise. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de 
Par., 1904, 6. s., v, 650-671.— Matignon (J.-J.). L'adoptio n 
mfidioale au Japon. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 
1910, XXV, 612-514.— Matsumoto (H.). Notes on the 
Stone Age people of Japan. Am. Anthrop^ Lancaster, Pa., 
1921, xxiii, 60-76.— Matsumura (A.). On the cephalic 
index and stature of the Japanese and their local difler- 
ences; a contribution to the physical anthropology of Japan 
J. Faculty So. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 1925, i, Sect Anthropol.,. 
1-312, 10 pi., 3 ch.— Matsuura (W.). Report of the study 
on the endemic diseases. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1909, 
xxviii. 469-474.— Papelller (B.). Die Badegewohnheiten 
und hyglenischen Sitten des japanischen Volkes. Miin- 
chen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 977-980. —von B«itzenstein 
(F. F.). Aus dem Liebes- und Geschlechtsleben Japans. 
N. Generation, Berl., 1915, xi, 275-286.— Steiner (L.). 
Biniges iiber die Augen der Japaner. Ztschr. f. Morphol. 
u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1907, x, 481-484, 4 pi.— TorU (E.). 
Les origines du peuple japonais. Rev. anthrop.. Par., 1917, 
xxvii, 444-451, 1 fig.- Weaver (R. M.). Japanese women. 
Columbia Univ. Quart., N. Y., 1919, xxi, 163-166.— Wirth 
(A.). Die Herkuntt der Japaner. Polit.-anthrop. Rev., 
Eisenach & Leipz., 1903-4, ii, 847-869. 

Japan. Home Department. Central Sani- 
tary Bureau. The sanitary laws of Japan. 
196 pp. 8°. [Tokio], 1911. 

The sanitary administration of Japan. 

43 pp. 8°. [Tokio], 1911. 

Das oflfentUche Gesundheitswesen in 

Japan. 40 pp. 8°. Tokio, 1911. 

Japan. Imperial Institute for infectious dis- 
. eases, Tolao. Epidemische Krankheiten in 
Japan. 64 pp. 8°. Tokio, 1911. 

Japan. Ministry of War. Amtlicher Be- 
richt iiber das Militarquarantanewesen im 
Kriege 1904^05 (37-38 Meiji). Hrsg. von 
dem Kriegsministerium zu Tokio 1907. 
xii, 162 pp., port., 27 pi. roy. 8°. Tokio, 1907. 

Japan. Navy Department. History of the 
naval war of 1904-5. vol. iv, Sanitary and 
medical part, pi., maps. 4°. Tokyo, 1910. 
Japanese text. 

Japan. Navy Department. Bureau of Medi- 
cal Affairs. The surgical and medical history 
of the naval war between Japan and Russia 
during 1904-1905. xv, 789 pp., 2 1. port. 
4°. Tokyo, Togo Printing Co., 1911. 



JAPAN 



21 



JAROCHEWSKI 



Japan. Red Cross Society. History of Jap- 
anese Red Cross Society. 8°. Tokyo, 1910. 
Japanese text. 

Japan. Royal Institute for Infectious Dis- 
eases. Endemische Krankheiten in Japan. 
V. 1, 1911. 8°. Tokio. 

Japan Medical World; a monthly journal of 
medicine, surgery and the collateral sciences. 
V. 1-6, 1921-26. 4°. Tokyo. 

Japanese Journal of Dermatology and Urol- 
ogy; oflBcial organ of the Japanese Derma- 
tological Association. [Monthly.] v. 24, 
1924. 8°. Tokyo. 

Japanese Journal of Medical Sciences, Trans- 
actions. II. Biochemistry, v. 1. 1925. 8° 
Tokyo. 

Japanese Journal of Zoology; pubhshed by the 
National Research Council of Japan, v. 1. 
1922-25. roy. 8°. Tokyo. 

Japanisehe Zeitschrift fur Dermatologie und 
Urologie. v. 7-20, 1907-20: v. 22-24, 1922- 
24. 8°. Tokyo. 

Japanisehe Zeitschrift ftir Verdauungs-Krank- 
heiten. v. 6-15, 1907-16; v. 18-19, 1919-20: 
V. 21-23, 1922-24. 8°- Tokyo. 

Japha (Alfred) . 

See Zuelzer (Georg L.). Die diatetisoh-physikalische 
Therapie [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1909. 

Japtaa (Arnold). *Ueber die Haut nord- 

atlantischer Furchenwale. [Konigsberg i. 

Pr.] 2. p. 1., 40 pp., 1 1., 7 pi. 8°. Naum- 

burg a. S., Lippert & Co., 1907. 
Japha (Arnold) [1877- ]. & Neumann 

(H.) Die Sauglingsfursorgestelle I der Stadt 

Berlin. Einrichtung, Betrieb, Ergebnisse. 

8°. __ Berlin, S. Karger, 1906. 
Japhe (Fanny). *Ueber die Gewohnung an die 

Narkotika der Fettreihe. [Bern.] 8 pp. 4°. 

Berlin, J. Springer, 1911. 
Japiot (M. Maurice) [1878- ]. *Tarnier 

(1828 k 1897) sa vie et son ceuvre obst6tricale. 

74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907. No. 333. 
Japiot (Paul) [1884r- ]. *Contribution h 

I'^tude du traitement des angiomes par les 

rayons de Roentgen. 102 pp. 8°. Lyon, 

1912. No. 112. 
See, also, Nogier (Th.) & Japiot (P.) Guide radiolo- 

gique [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1919. 

Jappa (Andreas) [1885- ]. *Ueber Blut- 

brechen bei gastrischen Krisen. 25 pp. 8°. 

Berlin, E. Ebering, 1911. 
Jappa-Brustein (Anna) [1886- ]. *Ueber 

Ventrofixation. 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. 

Ebering, 1911. 
Jappelli (Gaetano). 

See Bottazzi (Filippo) & JTappelU (G.) Pisiologia del- 

I'alimentazione [etc.]. 8°. Milano, 1912. 

Jaquemin (Francis). *Etude clinique de I'ap- 

pendicite herniaire, inguinale et crurale. 99 

pp. 8°. Paris, 1905. No. 400. 
Jaquerod (Marc). *Contribution k I'dtude du 

traitement de la pleur6sie purulente par la 

m^thode de Bulau. 48 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 

C. Viret-Genton, 1898. 
Le traitement hygiSnique et di6t6tique de 

la tuberculose pulmonaire. 142 pp. 16°. 

Lausanne & Paris, Payot &Cie. [n. d.]. 
Jaquet (Alfred). Ueber die physiologische 

Wirkung des HohenkUmas. 74 pp. 4°. 

Basel, F. Reinhardt, 1904. 
Jaquet (Julius) [1879- ]. *Ein Fall von 

metastasierenden Amyloidtumoren (Lympho- 

sarkom). [Strassburg.] 19 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 

8°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1906. 



Jaquet (Karl Adam Max) [1836- ]. 

Cornet (G.). [Biograpliy.] Deutsclie med. Wchnsclir., 
Leipz. & Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 178. 

Jara (Ricardo) *Contribution k, l'6tude de 
I'hydrologie du Chili. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1909. No. 3. 

Ecole de pharmacie. 

Jaramlllo Infante (Carlos A.) [1891- ]. 
*Ueber psychogene Hor- und Sprachstorungen 
bei Kriegsteilnehmern. 50 pp. 8°. Bonn a. 
Rh., 1916. 

Jaray (Gabriel-Louis). Les oeuvres de guerre 
et leurs obligations. 2 p. 1., 62 pp. 8°. 
Paris, L. Tenin, 1916. 

Jarczyl{ (Heinrich) [1889- ].' *Ueber den 
Blutzucker bei Gansen und Enten unter 
physiologischen und experimentell-patholo- 
mschen Bedingungen. 49 pp. 8°. Breslau, 
F. W. Jungfer, 1918. 

Jardel (Am^d^e). *Du diagnostic de la t^tanie 
chez le nourrisson. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
No. 8. 

Jardin (Marcel) [1876- ]. *Contribution k 
r^tude du traitement de la sclerose de I'oreille 
moyenne. 60 pp. 8°- Paris, 1911. No. 
292 

Jardlne (Roibert) [1862- ]. CUnical ob- 
stetrics, xxviii, 657 pp., 1 pi. 8°. London, 
Rebman, 1903. 

The same. 2. ed. xxvii, 609 pp., 1 pi. 

8°. London, Rebman, 1905. 

The same. 3. ed., 717 pp., 4 pi. 8°. 

London, H. Kimpton, 1910. 

Practical text-book of midwifery for, 



nurses. 2. ed. xv, 268 pp. 12°. Edinburgh, 
W. F. Clay, 1903. 

The same. 5. ed. xv, 336 pp. 8°. Lon- 



don, H. Kimpton, 1911. 
The same. 6. ed. 



XV, 296 pp. 12°. 

London, H. Kimpton, 1916. 
■ Delayed and complicated labour, xvi, 

351 pp., 3 col. pi. 8°. London, Henry 

Kimpton [etc.], 1911. 
Jardry (Henri). *La s^cr^tion interne de 

I'ovaire (synergie thyroovarienne) . 103 pp. 

8°. Paris, 1907. No. 357. 
Jarecki (Max) j;i889- ]. *Ueber Divertikel 

und andere Urintaschen der weiblichen Harn- 

rohre. [Heidelberg.] 37 pp. 8°. BerUn, 

J. Springer, 1915. 
Jarisch (Adolf) [1850-1902]. Die Hautkrank- 

heiten. 2. ed. Bearbeited von Rudolf Mat- 

zenauer. 2 v. paged consec. xi, 1110 pp. 

8°. Wien & Leipzig. A. Holder, 1908. 

Jarisch (Karl) [1839-1915]. 

Bum. Nekrolog. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljsclir. f. Zatinh., 
Wien, 1916, xxxi, 519-521, port. 

Jarland (Sdbastien- Joseph-L6once-N6ry) [1878- 
]. *Des r^sultats 61oign6s, de la sympa- 
thectomie cervicale dans la cure du glaucome. 
45 pp., 1 1., 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. No. 6. 
Jarman (George Wallace) [1861- ]. 

See Grandin (Egbert H.). A text-book on practical 
obstetrics [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1909. 

For biography see Album Am. Gyneo. Soc, Phila., 1918, 
262, port. 

Jarmulowsliy (Harry) [1877-]. *Zur Statistik 
der Sectio coesarea mit besonderer Beriick- 
sichtigung der Indicationen der conservativen 
Methode und der Porro-Operation. 37 pp., 
1 tab. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1906. 

Jarochewslii (Mile. Eugenie) [1884- ]. 
*Le rythme de la glycosurie dans le diab^te 
sucr6. 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. No. 248. 



JAROSLAWSKI 



22 



JASTROW 



Jaroslawski (Lea-Mirla) [1883- ]. ♦Ac- 
tion des rayons ultra-violets sur les maladies 
des yeux. 48 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1914. No. 26. 

Jaroslawzew (Alexander) [1878- ]. *Jo- 
dierung aromatischer Kohlenwasserstoffe mit- 
tels Jod und Persulfat. 30 pp. 8°. Giessen, 
Christ & Herr, 1914. 

Jarotzky (Alexander). Der Idealismus als 
lebenerhaltendes Prinzip. 147 pp. 8°. Wies- 
baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1908. 

Jarraud (Pierre) [1889- ]. *Traitenient 
des acn€s et des sycosis par retain et le 
cuivre lipoidique. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920. 
No. 355. 

Jarrell (Joseph Gilman) [1868-1910]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, Iv, 1300. 

Jarrett (James Henry) [1832- ]. 

Todd (W. J.). Biographical sketch of James Henry 
Jarrett, Towson, Maryland. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1912, 
Iv, 264-270. 

Jfarricot (Jean-Ennemond-Claude) [1877- ]. 
*Etude du fonctionement materiel et finan- 
cier de I'oeuvre lyonnaise des consultations 
Budin. [Lyon.] 121 pp. 8°- Tr^voux, 
1909. No. 100. 

R61e social et pratique du f onctionnement 

des consultations de nourrissons et des gouttes 
de lait. Preface du Dr. J. Courmont, xxiii. 
327 pp. roy. 8°. Tr^voux, J. Jeannin, 
1909. 

Le dispensaire marin, un organisme 

nouveau de pu^riculture. vi, 639 pp., 54 pi. 
roy. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 1921. 

Jarrige (Frangois). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
la retraction isch6mique des muscles flechis- 
seurs des doigts. 48 pp. 8° Paris, 1920. 
No. 320. 

Jarrige-Lemas (Paul) [1896- ]. *L'6pi- 
lepsie de Kojevnikow; contribution k I'^tude 
de la pathoglnie de ce syndr6me. 87 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1925. No. 238. 

Jarron (L6on). *Les habitations k bon 
march^. 112 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1905. No. 
640. 

Jarry (Marc) [1890- ]. *Les pieds bots 
Equina cons6cutifs aux blessures de guerre. 
47 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1916. No. 25. 

Jarry (Roger) [1892- ]. *De la septicemic 
pneumococcique chez des Asiatiques. 49 pp. 
8°. Lyon, 1916. No. 44. 

Jars (Armand) [1886- ]. *Contribution k 
r etude de I'orchite dite "amygdah'enne" de 
Verneuil. 31 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921. No. 
574. 

Jarty (Louis) . *Contribution S, J'histoire de la 
Faculte de medecine de Paris sous le d6canat 
de Bourru de 1787 k 1792. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1919. No. 106. 

Jaruslawsky (Erich Jacob) [1892- ]. *Die 
Gefahren der Kleiderlause und ihre Bekam- 
pfung. 46 pp. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr. O. 
Kummel, 1918. 

Jarvi (T. H.). *Das Vaginalsystem der Spa- 
rassiden. Eine morphologische, systema- 
tische und zoogeographische Studie tiber eine 
Spinnenfamilie. 131pp., 11 pi. 8°. Helsing- 
fors, 1912. , ..^ . . 

Jarvis (Charles George) [1875- ]. ♦Contri- 
bution k r etude du rhumatisme pleural. 74 
pp. 8°- Paris, 1902. No. 317. 

Jarvis (George Cyprian) [1834-1901]. 

FuUer (H. S.). Obituary. Proc. Coimect. M. Soc, 
Bridgeport, 1901, 294-300. 

Jarvis (John) [1871- ]. *Etude comparee 
de la preparation et du dosage des teintures 



Jarvis (John) — continued. 

heroiques d'apres les diverses pnarmacopees. 
165 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912. No. 42. 

Ecole de pharmacie. 

Jasclike (Joseph) [1895- ]. *Ueber die 
dritte Modifaktion ("D. M.") von Meinicke. 
13 pp. 8°. Breslau, M. Schelesny, [n. d.]. 
Jasclike (Rudolf Theodor) [1881- ]. Neuere 
Erfahrungen in der Pflege und Ernahrung 
des Neugeborenen. 17 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1912. 
Forms Heft 292 of Berl. Klinik. 

Krankheiten der Ovarien, Tuben, Liga- 



mente des Uterus und Beckenbindegewebe, 
Bauchfell. 57 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 
1921. 

Forms Heft 3 (Abt. GynSk.) of Diag. u. therap. Irrtum. 
[etc.]. ^ ^ 

See, also, Leipmann (W. G.). Kurzgefasstes Handbucn 
der gesamten Frauenheilkunde, etc., Bd. iii. 4°. Leipzig, 
1914. 

von Jaski (Gertrud Kohn) [1895 - ]. *Kli- 
nische Beobachtungen bei eine." Typhusepi- 
demie unter besonderer Beriicks jhtigung der 
Frtihsymptome. [Leipzig.] 8 pp . 8°. [Zeu- 
lenroda i. Th., A. Oberreuter], It 21. 

Jasnogrodsky (Lewi-Izko). *Da3 Verhalten 
der Leber bei der Metastasierung des Karzi- 
noms. 21 pp. 8°. Basel, F. Reinbardt, 1907. 

Jaspers (Johann Ignaz) [1886- ]. *Zur 
Myopiefrage. [Marburg.] 15 pp. 8°- Ber- 
lin, 1912. 

Aho in Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1912, xxvii. 

Jaspers (Karl) [1883- ]. *Heimweh und 
Verbrechen. [Heidelberg.] 113 pp. 8°. 
Leipzig, T. C. W. Vogel, 1909. 

Allgemeine Psychopathologie, ein Leit- 

faden ftir Studierende, Aerzte und Psycholo- 
gen. xvi, 338 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 



]. *Ueber Multi- 
und Sarkomatose im 
8°. Miinchen, Kast- 



1913. 
Jaspert (Franz) [1880- 

plicitat der Tumoren 

Kindesalter. 79 pp. 

ner & Callwey, 1908. 
Jasseron (F.) *Contribution k I'etude du ' 

traitement chirurgical des ulc^res variqueux. 

38 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Toulouse, 1904. No. 591. 
du Jassonneis (Binet). *Etude d'un monstre 

bicephale k terme. 114 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 

1908. No. 73. 
Jastram (Martin Wilhelm Johannes Albert) 

[1880- ]. *Ueber die Einwirkung der 

Rontgenstrahlen auf das Waohstum von 

Bakterien. 44 pp. 8°. Breslau, 1905. 
Jastrow (Joseph) [1863- ]. Character and 

temperament, xviii, 1 1., 596 pp. 8°. New 

York & London, D. Appleton & Co., 1915. 

The psychology of conviction; a study of 

beliefs and attitudes, xix, 387 pp. 8°. 
Boston & New York, Houghton Mifflin Co., 
1918. 

Jastrow (Morris) [1861- ]. The signs 
and names for the liver in Babylonian, pp. 
105-129. 8°. Strassburg, 1907. 

Cutting from Ztscher. f. Assyriol. [etc.], Strassb., 1907, 
xxil. 

Aspects of religious belief and practice in 

Babylonia and Assyria, xxv, 471 pp. 8°. 
New York & London, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 
1911. 

Babylonian-Assyrian birth-omens and 

their cultural significance, vi, 86 pp. 8°. 
Giessen, A. Topelmann, 1914. 

The civilization of Babylonia and Assyria; 

its remains, language, history, reUgion, com- 
merce, law, art and literature, xxv, 515 pp. 
78 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. P. 
Lippincott Co., 1915. 



JASTROWITZ 



23 



JAUNDICE 



Jastrowitz (Hermann) [1882- ]. *Ueber 
die Hemmung der Verdauung infolge der 
Bindung freier Salzsaure duron amphotere 
Aminokorper. 36 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Leipzig, 

B. Georgis, 1906. 

Jastrowitz (Moritz) [1839-1912]. Einiges 
uber das Physiologische und uber die ausser- 
gewohnlichen Handlungen im Liebesleben 
der Menschen. 43 pp., 8°. Leipzig, G. 
Thieme, 1904. 

For biography see Deutsche med. Wohnschr., Lelpz, & 
Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 385 (Fiirbringer). , 

Jatho (Heinrich Ludwig Georg) [1876- ]. 
*Ein Fall von extragenitaler Folliculitis 
gonorrhoica. 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, 

C. Wolf & Sohn, 1902. 

Jatho (Max Dumitru) [1877- ]. *Ueber 
universelles Oedem beim Neugeborenen. 51 
pp. 8°. Marburg, 1902. 

Jatropha. 

Loir (A.) & Legangneux (H.). Cas d'empoisonnement 
survenus au Havre au Mois d'aout 1923. Bull. Acad, de 
M6d., Par., 1923, 3. s., xc, 160.— Lutz (0.). The poisonous 
nature of the stinging hairs ot Jatropha urens. Science, 
N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa., 1914, n. s., xl, 609.— Menaul (P.). 
A chemical analysis of Jatropha stimulosa. J. Agric. 
Research, Wash., 1923-4, xxvi, 259.— Bandall (J. A.). 
Twenty-two cases of poisoning by the seed of Jatropha 
ourcas. TJ. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1914, vili, 290, 1 pi. 

Jatta (Antonio) [1852-1912]. 

Cavara (F.). Necrologia. BoU. d. Soc. di. nat. in 
Napoli, (1914) 1915, 2. s., vii, 3-16. 

Jatta (Mauro) & Cosco (Giuseppe). Ricerche 
sperimentaU suUa identity, della tubercolosi 
di origine umana e bovina. 36 pp. 8°. 
Roma, F. Setth, 1903. 

& Maggiora (Romano). Vaccinazioni e 

sieropcofilassi neUa infezione pestosa. Ricer- 
che sperimentali. 170 pp. 8°- Roma, 
Mantellate, 1904. 

Jatzenko-Cbmelevsky (Eugenie). *Beitrage 
zur Beurteilung des Erhangungstodes. 58 
pp. 8°. Ztirich, J. J. Meier, 1912. 

Jaubert (Andr^) [1881- ]. *Contribution 
k r^tude du traitement conservateur dans 
les ost^osarcomes pr^sum^s malins des 
membres. 130 pp., 9 pi., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 

1905. No. 19. 

Jaubert (Andr6) [1892- ]. *L'immumt6 
locale et ses applications. 75 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Paris, 1925. No. 13. 

Jaubert (Edouard). *Contribution & I'^tude 
de la syphilis h^r^ditaire chez I'enfant. 38 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. No. 48. 

Jaubert (Leopold) [1879- ]. *Fi6vre ty- 
phoide et tuberculose. 83 pp. 8°. Lyon, 

1906. No. 23. 

Jaubert (Michel) [1879- ]. *Le cancer 
primitif des deux seins. 54 pp., 1 1. 8° 
Montpellier, 1905. No. 92. 

Jaubert de Beaujeu (Auguste) [1885- ] 
*R6cherches sur la mesure des quantit^s de 
rayons X pour la m6thode dlectroscopique, 
[Lyon.] 72 pp. 8°. Lille, 1909. No. 2. 

Jauch (Gustav Hermann Werner) [1894^ ] 
*Beitrag zur Atresia vaginalis. (Auszug) 
8 pp. 8°. [Leipzig, 1922.] 

Jaudt (Hermann) [1877- ]. *Ueber die 
Beziehung von Angina zum Gelenkrheuma- 
tismus. 20 pp., 11. 8°. Mtinchen, C. Wolf & 
Sohn, 1902. 

Jauer (Karl) [1891- ]. *Die Radialislah- 
mung bei Frakturen am unteren Humerus- 
ende. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, 1917. 

Jauerneck (Alfred Heinrich August) [1892- 
]. *Geschwlilste am Wurmfortsatz. 30 
pp. 8°- Berlin, H. Blanke, 1917. 



Jauffl-ed (Marcel) [1887- ]. *A propos 
d'un cas de sarcome du p^ronl. 60 pp. 8° 
Montpellier, 1914. No. 61. 

Jauffret (Maurice) [1891- ]. *La recherche 
du colibacille dans les eaux de boisson par la 
m^thode au neutral-rot. 63 pp. Lyon, 
1914. No. 154. 

Jaugeas (Frangois-Auguste) [1880-1919]. *Les 
rayons de Rontgen dans le diagnostic et le 
traitement des tumeurs hypophysaires du 
gigantisme et de r acromegalia. 119 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1909. No. 118. 

The same. 119 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- 

heil, 1909. 

Precis de radiodiagnostie, technique et 

clinique; preface de M. le Dr. Beclerc. xxii, 
438 pp., 1 1., 48 pi. 8°. Paris, Masson & 
Co., 1913. 

The same. 2. ed. xxviii, 563 pp., 63 pi. 

8°. Paris, Masson & Co., 1918. 

For biography see J. de mfid. de Bordeaux, 1919, xlii, 649 
(J. Bergonife). 

Jaugeon (Jean) . *De la r^sponsabilit^ m^dico- 

l#gale du dentiste. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1923. 

No. 63. 
Jaulin du Seutre (Marie-Auguste-Maurice) 

[1882- ]. *Des ost6omy61ites traumati- 

ques. 81 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. No. 77. 
Jaume (Charles) [1877- ]. *De la perte de 

poids du nouveau-n6. [Lyon.] 51 pp., 2 ch. 

8°. Bordeaux, 1904. No. 12. 
Jaume (Frangois) [1877- ]. De la da- 

cryocystite aigue primitive. 65 pp., 1 1. 8°. 

Paris, 1902. No. 618. 
Jaume (Pierre-OIlivier) [1888- ]. *De la 

pathog^nie de I'hydrosalpinx cons6cutif au 

fibrome de I'ut&us. 40 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 

1919. No. 67. 

Jaumes (Alphonse) 1834-1906]. 

E. (£.). [Biography.] Montipel. mM.., 1906, xzlii, 121. 

Jaumes (Anselme) [1804-1868]. 

Rauzier (G.) Anselme Jaumes, sa vie et 
sonoeuvreenpathol6gieg6n6rale. 8°. Paris, 
1908. 

Jaundice. 

BocciARDO (A. D.) . L'itterizia. 8°. Pisa, 
1906. 

Gerhaedt (C). Ueber Icterus gastro- 
duodenalis. 8°. Leipzig, 1871. 

Adler (A.). TJeber Verhalten und Wirkung von Gal- 
lens£luren im Organismus; gibt es einen Icterus dissociatus? 
Deutsche med. Wchnsohr., Leipz. & Berl., 1925, li, 1690.— 
Andrewes (Sir F. W.). Jaundice. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., 
Lond., 1923, Ivi, 49-57.- Blankenhorn (M. A.). The 
distribution of bile in certain types of jaundice. Arch. 
Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxi, 282-291 .—Borchardt (H.). 
Ueber das Vorkommen von OallensSuren beim Ikterus und 
den Ikterus dissociatus. Klin. Wcbnschr., Berl., 1922, 1, 
988-991.— Brown (W. L.). A clinicallecture on jaundice. 
Med. Press & Circ, Lond.. 1912, n. s. xoiv, 482-484: 1915, 
n. s., xcix, 612-616.— Carr (J. G.). Jaundice. Med. Clin. 
N. Am., Phila., 1923, vii, 667-681.— Ceconi (A.). L'itterizia. 
Morgagni, Milauo, 1926, Ixvii, 289-298.— Chauffard. Les 
dissociations des Stats cholSmiques. Fresse m£d.. Far., 
1913, xxi, 81-83.— Cockayne (E. A.). Jaundice. Prac- 
titioner, Lond., 1914, xcii, 62-73.— Deaver (T. B.). Jaundice. 
Surg., Qyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1926, xli, 166-171.— Dorner 
(Q.). Ikterusfragen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1920, xvi, 658; 
685.— Hnhorn (M.). Jaundice. Med. Rec.,N. Y., 1919, 
xcv, 1043-1047.— Elliott (C. A.). Jaundice; itsolinicalinter- 
pretation. Med. Clin. Chicago, 1917, ii, 1091-1107.— 
Ilesslnger Q^.). Les connaissances modernes au sujet des 
icteres. J. de mM. et ohir. prat.. Par., 1920, xci, 479-496.— 
Gross (0.). Das Wesen des Ikterus ujid sein Einfluss auf 
den Stoffwechsel. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, xl, 695-698.— 
Grube (A.). Ueber den Einfluss des Ikterus auf die 
Pepsinbildung. Ibid., 1911, vii, 1662.— EQ] mans van den 
Bergh (A. A.). Ueber Ikterus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 
1921, Ixxi, 17: 98.— HUmans van den Bergh (A. A.) & 
Snapper (J.). Untersuchungen Uber den Icterus. Berl. 
klin. Wohnschr., 1914, li, 1109; 1180.— Hoover (C. P.) & 
Blankenhorn (M. A.). Dissociated jaundice. Arch. Int. 



JAUNDICE 



24 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice — continued. 

Med., Chicago, 1918, xviii, 289-303. Also reprint.— 
Uuertas (F.). Algunas consideraciones aceroa de la 
^ lotericia. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. mfid., Madrid, 1911, 
xxv, 26-34.— Konings (J.). Les ioteres. Scalpel, Brux., 
1923,lxxvi, 162.— LabbS (M.) & Doumer (E.). A propos 
des ioteres dissocifc: le m6oaiiisine de la oliolalurie an oours 
des ioteres prolongfe. Am. de m6d., Par., 1923, xiv, 44- 
61.— McNec (J. W.). Jaundice; a review o( recent work. 
Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1922-23, xvi, 390-420. Also Med. 
Brief, St. Louis, 1924, lii, 636-542.— Kissmann (P.). Gibt 
^ eine den Frauen eigentiimliclie Form der Gelbsucht? 
Erne literarisoh-klinische Studie. Ztschr. i. Geburtsh. u. 
GynSk., Stuttg., 1909, Ixv, 325-335.— Kosenthal (P.). 
wandlungen und Probleme der Ikterusf orscbung. Ergebn. 
d. ges. Med., Berl. & Wien, 1926, vi, 632-661.— Rossi (A.). 
Studi suU' ittero. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1921, xlii, 221- 
225.— Sabatini (G.). Itterl static! e dinamici. Policlin., 
Roma, 1922, xxix, Sez. med., 619-539.— Sbrocchi (A.). 
Gnteri pratioi per diflerenziare le varie forme di itterizia. 
Folia med. , Napoli, 1923, ix, 15-34.— Schiff (E.) & Miasberg 
(H.). Icterus siinplex. Monatsehr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 
1923, XXV, 663-588.— Schmidt (H.). Der augenblickliche 
Stand der Lehre vom Ikterus. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., 
Jena, 1921, xviii, 398-406.— Smith (C. N.). The inter- 
pretation of jaundice. Lancet-Clmic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 
304-307.— Snapper (I.). Ikterus. Ergebn. d. ges. Med., 
Berl. & Wien, 1923, iv, 1-45.— Vannini (G.). Ikterus und 
Stoflwechsel. Ztschr. i. klin. Med., Berl., 1912, Ixxv, 136- 
142.— Vires (J.). Les syndromes ictSriques hSpatobiliaires. 
BuU. g6n. de thSrap. [etc.]. Par., 1912, clxiii, 93; 129; 176.— 
White(O.S.). Theclinicalsignifloanceofjaundice. Virgi- 
nia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1917-18, xxli,313.— Willcox 
(W. H.). Jaundice; wittispecialrfeferencetotypesoccurring 
during the war. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1919, i, 666; 606.— 
Zoia IL.). Gli itteri. Policlin., Roma, 1922, xxix, sez. 

prat., 1465-1467. Le itterizie. Arch, di pat. e clin. 

med., Bologna, 1923, ii, 117-154. 

Jaundice (Acholuric). 

See, also, Jaundice (Haemolytic) . 

Aula (A. G.). Acholuric jaundice. Lancet, Lond., 

1916, i, 880.— Blankenhorn (M. A.). Acholuric jaundice. 

Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1921, xxvil, 131-134. Campbell 

(J. M. H.). Acholuric jaundice. Guy's Hosp. Rep., 

Lond., 1921, Ixxl, 274^286. Two cases acholuric 

famUial jaundice. Proo. Roy. See. Med., Lond., 1922-23, 
xvl. Sect. Clin., 16-17.— Coates (V.). Case of acholuric 
jaundice. Ibid., 28. — Coldrey (E.). A case of acholuric 
family jaundice treated by splenectomy. St. Barth. Hesp. 
J., Lond., 1920-21, xxviii, 106.— East (C. F. T.). A case of 
acquired acholuricjaundice. Prov. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
1923-24, xvii. Sect. Clin., 14r-18.-^Foulds (E. J.). Splenec- 
tomy in a case of sporadic acholuric jaundice. Brit. M. J., 
Lond., 1924, ii, 267.— Gilbert (A.). Des ioteres acholuriques 
simples. Paris m6d. 1910-11,41, 253; 367; 457.— Gilbert (A.) 
& Lereboullet (T.). Les relations da foie et de la rate dans 
leslcteres acholuriques simples. Tribune m6d.. Par., 1910, 
n. s., xliil, 693-695.— Gilbert (A.), Lereboullet (P.) & 
Chabrol (E.). Le role de la rate dans les Icteres acholuri- 
ques simples. J. m6d. franc. Par., 1911, v, 620-623.— Hal- 
loclc (D. H.). Report of two cases of acholuric jaundice, 
familial type, with splenomegaly. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1921, 
xcix, 787.— Herapath (C. E. K.) & Fraser (A. D.). A 
case of acquired acholuric jaundice. Lancet, Lond., 1925, 
i, 435. — Hill (H.). A case of acholuric jaundice treated by 
splenectomy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, 11, 424.— Leuret 
(E.). La pathogSnle des Icteres acholuriques. J. de m6d. 
de Bordeaux, 1913, xliil, 243-246.— Lichtwitz (L.). Ueber 
chronischen acholurischen Ikterus mlt chronischer Spleno- 
megalie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cvi, 
545-566.— Lukis (T. S.). A case of acholuric jaundice. Tr. 
M. Soc. Lond., 1912-13, xxxvi, 362-365.— Owen. Case of 
acholuricjaundice. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1925, xxx, 
46. — Parsons (L. G.) . Congenital acholuric j aundice. Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10,111, Sect. Stud. Dis. ChUd., 
136. — Poynton (F. J.). A case of congenital acholuric 
jaundice under observation for 20 years. Tr. M. Soc. 
Lond., 1923-24, xlvii, 20-22.— Poynton (F. J.), Thursfleld 
(H.) & Paterson (D.). Examples of acholuric jaundice. 
Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1922, xix, 67-69.— Stainthorpe 
(C. E.). Acholuric jaundice; with a report of three cases. 
Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1923-24, xxiv, 
15-17.— Strauss (H.). Beitrftge zur Klinik der Hamatolo- 
gie (chronisch-acholurischer Icterus; Ersohopfungszustand 
des hamatopoetischen Sjretems nach Magenblutung; 
Thoriumbehandlung). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 
1468-1473.— Weber (F. P.). Sequel of a case of acquired 
chronic acholuric jaundice; possibly a case of tertiary vis- 
ceral syphilis with pyrexia and extreme cachexia. Prac- 
titioner, Lond., 1913, xo, 811-813. Chronic acho- 
luricjaundice, with ansemia, slight splenomegaly, and nerv- 
ous disorder. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, 
CUn. Sect., 79.— Weber (F. P.) & Dormer (G.). Four cases 
of congenital acholuric (so-called hEcmolytic) jaundice in 
one family. Lancet, Lond., 1910, 1, 227-232. Also transl.. 
Folia haematol., Leipz, 1910, ix, pt. 1, 618-633.- Wynter 
(W E ). Case of acholuric jaundice (haemolytic anaemia). 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Clin. Sect., 33-35. 



Jaundice (Acholuric) — continued. 

Case of acholuric jaundice after splenectomy 

Ibid., 80-82.— Wynter (W. E.) & Bland-Sutton (Sir J.). 
Splenectomy for acholuric jaundice. Bid., 1913-14, vii, 
Clin. Sect., 82: 1914-15, viii, CUn. Sect., 4-6. 

Jaundice (Black). 

See Malarial fever (Hsemorrhagic) . 

Jaundice (Blood in). 

RiBiEBRB (P.). L'h6molyse et la mesure 
de la resistance globulaire; application k 
retude de la resistance globulaire dans I'ictfere. 
8°. Paris, 1903. 

Steauss (H.). *Ueber die Resistenz der 
roten Blutkorperchen beim Ikterus. 8°. 
Strassburg i. E., 1920. 

Becchinl (Q.). Sulla resistenza globulare negli itteri. 
Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1922, xxiii, 361-364.— Biffl 
(P.). Delle resistenze globular! negli utterici, reicercate 
sul sangue in toto e sulle emazie deplasmatizzate. Gazz. 
d. osp., Milano, 1911, xxxii, 1661-1663.— Blum (M. K.). 
Ueber Blutkorpercheneinschliissee bei Icterus gravis. 
Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, xx, 1577.— Bonanno (G.). Sur 
I'augmentation des resistances des globules rouges au cours 
de I'ictere. Folia haematol., Leipz., 1909, vii, 117-120.— 
Borchardt (H.). Weitere Beobachtungenund Erfahrungen 
fiber Gallensauren bei Ikterus im Harn, Blut, Duodenalsaft 
und Liquor cerebrospinalis. KUn. Wchnschr., Berl., 1923, 
11, 641.— Brodin (P.) & Oddo (J.). Modifications de 
I'lquUibre azotfi du s6rum sangimn au cours de I'ictere 
catarrhal. Comp. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1920, Ixxxiii, 
603-605.— Brul§ (M.), Garban (H.) & Weissmann (C). 
L'fitude de la bilirubine du s6rum sanguin peut-elle aider & 
reooimaitre la nature d'un ictere. Presse med., Par., 1922, 

1922, xxx, 986-988.— Chalier (J.). Contribution & I'fitude 
de la rteistance globulaire au cours de I'ictere. Rid., 1910, 
xviii, 464.— Dunzelt (H.). Ueber das Auftreten von 
Haematoidinkristallen beim Ikterus Euvachsener. Cen- 
tralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1909, xx, 966-970.— 
Feigl (J.). Ueljer das Vorkommen und die Verteilung von 
Fetten und Lipoiden im menschileben Blutplasma bei 
Ikterus und Cholamie; chemische BeitrSge zur Kenntnis 
spezifischer Lipamien. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1918, xc, 
1-38.— Fiessinger (N.) & Broussole (J.). Existence d'un 
ferment de difense d'Abderhalden dans le sSrum d'lm 
Ictere grave. Bull, et m(5m. Soc. m6d. d. h6t). de Par., 
1913, 3. s., xxxvi, 620-526.— Fortwaengler (A.). Das Blut 
bei nepatogenem Ikterus. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz.; 

1923, xliv, 267-261.— Frey (S.). Ein Versuch, die Gallen- 
sauren tm Serum Ikterischer quantitativ zu erfassen. Klin. 
Wchnschr., Bert., 1923, ii, 1837.— Gilbert (A.), Chabrol 
(E.) & Benard (H.). La cholamie salme dans les icteres. 
Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1020, Ixxxiil, 1602-1606.— 
Kunika (S.). Die Kllnisohe Verwertung der Koagula- 
tionsbestimmung des Blutes bei Ikterus. Deutsche Ztschr. 
f. Chlr., Leipz., 19)2, cxviii, 674-691.— Lee (R. I.) & Vincent 
(Beth). The relation of calcium to the delayed coagula- 
tion of blood in obstructive jaundice. Arch. Int. Med., 
Chicago, 1916, xv, 69-66.— Lemlerre (A.) & Brul$ (M.). 
La llp6mie alunentaire dans quelques icteres; dissociation 
de la sferfition bilialre au cours de certaines affections hSpati- 
ques. Gaz. ni6d. de Par., 1911, Ixxxli, 57-60. — Maggiore 
(S.). Influenza dell* ittero sul potere fagocitario del sangue 
in alcune Infezlonl. Rlforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 
825-826.— de Mello (O.). Indice icterico do soro san- 
guineo. Sciencia med., Rio de Jan., 1925, iii, 316. — 
Mensi (E.). Sulla resistenza globulare del neonate nor- 
male ed itterico. Fediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 81- 

96. — ■ La reazione jodofila nel neonate normale ed 

itterico. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1909, vii, 247-261.— 
Petren (G.). Untersuchungen iiber die Blutgerrinnung 
bei Icterus. Beitr. z. klin. Chlr., Tilbing., 1920, cxx, 601- 
688.— Benaud (M.). Corpuscules anaplasmiques endoglo- 
bulaires dans le sang d'un malade atteint d'ictere spltoo- 
mSgalique. Bull. et. m6m. Soc, m6d. d. hop. de Par., 
1920, 3. s., xHv, 982.— Skala (J.). Beitrag zur Frage, ob und 
in welcher Weise aus Inneren Blutergussen Gelbsucht 
entstehen kann. Wien. Med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 2168; 
2267.— Stepp (W.). Ueber das Verhalten des Blutoholes- 
trins beim Ikterus. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., 
Jena, 1921, Ixix, 233-241.— Vorschutz (J.). Verschledene 
Hamagglutinations-biJder bei Ikterusfailen und ibre Deu- 
tung. Arch. 1. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1922. 
xcv, 235-237. 

Jaundice (Catarrhal). 

See, also, Bile-duots (Diseases of). 
DoRFLBR (H.). Geschichte des Ikterus ca- 
tarrhalis. [Wiirzburg.] 8°. Bamberg, 1913. 
Berterini(J. I.). Ictericia catarral. Prensa m§d. argen- 
tina, Buenos Aires, 1916-17, 111, suppl., 84.— Bondi (S.) & 
KOnig (F.). Zur Kenntnis des Ikterus catarrhalis. Wien. 
med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ix, 2617; 2703.— Buchbinder (W.). 
Beitrag zur Klinik des Icterus catarrhalis. Arch. f. Ver- 
dauungskr.. Bed., 1920, xxvi, 231-249.— Cardarelli (A.). A 



JAUNDICE 



25 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Catarrhal) — continued. 

froposito d'un oaso d'itterizla catairale: I'ittero sifllitioo e 
ittero emotivo. Studium, Napoli, 1925, xv, 1-7.— Cheval- 
Uer (P.). Les albumoses du plasma et des urines dans I'ic- 
tSre catarrhal. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1926, xoiii, 
303. — Cockayne (E. A.). Catarrhal jaundice, sporadic and 
epidemic, and its relation to acute yellow atrophy of the 
liver. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1912-13, vi, 1-29.— Cum- 
ston (C. G.). The treatment of catarrhal icterus. Therap. 
Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1921, 3. s.,xxxvii, 643.— D'OvidIo (R.). 
Sobre la ictericia catarral epidfimica. Bev. san. mil. , Buenos 
Aires, 1915, xiv, 388-406. Also reprint.- Epplnger (H.). 
Icterus catarrbalis. Wien. med. Wchnsohr., 1922, Ixxii, 
289-295. — Ewstatlew (C). Bleibende Lebervergrosserung 
nach Icterus catarrhalis. Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1922, 
xxxiii, 199-208. — Hans (H.). Icterus catarrhalis; Selbst- 
beobachtungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, xxi, 663.— HartiU 
(S.). Epidemic catarrhal jaundice in England. Lancet, 
Lond., 1918, 1, 586.- Hopkins (A. H.). The treatment of 
catarrhal jaundice. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1919-20, iii, 
1463-1475.— Jomler (J.) & Delion. L'iotere catarrhal; 
fitude clinique et pathog§nique. Paris mfid., 1910-11, i, 
171-176.— Jones (C. M.) & Minot (G. E.). Infectious 
(catarrhal) jaundice; an attempt to establish a cUnical en- 
tity; observations on the excretion and retention of the bile 
pigments, and on the blood. Boston M. & S. J., 1923, 
dxxxix, 531-551. — Lemierre (A.) & Abraml (P.). Dissocia- 
tion de la sScrgtion biliaire au cours d'un ictJre catarrlial; 
symptomes de retention isolSe des sels biliaires. Bull, et 
m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiv, 588-691.— 
Lenhartz (H.). Icterus simplex s. catarrhalis. Handb. d. 
ges. Therap. (Penzoldt u. Stitsing), 4. ed., Jena, 1909, ii, 
705-714.— LInstedt (F.). Zur Keim,tnls des Icterus catar- 
rhalis und dessen Inknbationszeit. Deutsche med. Wchn- 

schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1919, xlv, 434. Zur Kenntnis 

des Icterus catarrhaus. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1923, 
bcx, 170-173. — Llppmann (A.). Zur Pathogenese des 
Icterus catarrbahs. Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, xviii, 1176- 
1179.— Lyon (B. B. V.). The treatment of catarrhal jaundice 
by a rational direct and effective method. Am. J. M. Sc, 
Phila., 1920, clix, 603-512.— Michie (H. C). Acute catarrhal 
jaundice; report of 218 cases; review of 100 cases; method 
of examination; gastroduodenal intubation; relation to 
syphilis; findings; treatment; conclusions. ]\4!il. Surgeon, 
Wash., 1923, Iii, 390^21.— Mitamura (T.). Zur Patho- 
genese des Icterus catarrbalis. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. 
Univ. zu Tokyo, 1915, xlv, 237-257, 1 pi.— Neugebauer (H.) . 
Zur Pathogenese des Icterus catarrhalis. Wien. klin. Wohn- 
' schr., 1912, XXV, 614-521.— OusIeyC J. W.). Duodenal lavage 
in treatment of catarrhal jaundice; case report. South. M. 
J., Birmingham, 1919, xii, 597-600.— Patino Mayer (C). 
Ictericia catarral. Semanam^d., Buenos Aires, 1916, xxiii, pt. 
2, 81-86.— Preble (E.B.). Acute catarrhal jaundice. Med. 
Chn., Chicago, 1915, i, 512-518.— Betzlaff (K.). Zur Lehre 
vom katarrhalischen Ikterus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 798-800. Also Munchen. med. 
Wchnschr., 1921, Ixviii, 411.— Roberts (D. J.). Duodeno- 
cholangitis; catarrhal jaundice. South. Praot., Nashville, 
1912, xxxiv, 104-114.— Schlttenhelm. Ueber den sogen. 
Icterus catarrhalis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, Iviil, 
1052. — Shoemaker (J. V.). Catarrhal jaundice. Month. 
Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 100-102.— Thewlis (Ethel) 
& Middleton ( W. S.) . The leukocytic picture in catarrhal 
jaundice (cholangitis). Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1925, clxix, 
69-68. — Wldal(F.). A propos d'un ictere catarrhal. Rev. 
g6n. de Clin, et de thfeap.. Par., 1912, xxvi, 787-789. 

'Jaundice (Causes and pathology of). 

See, also, Calculus (Biliary, Complications, 
etc., of); Jaundice (Congenital); Jaundice 
(Picric acid) ; Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Causes, 
etc., of); Jaundice (Syphilitic); Jaundice 
(Toxic). 

BKTjLii (M.). Recherches r^centes sur les 
iot^res; les retentions biliaires par I'insufE- 
sance h^patique. 8°. Paris, 1919. 

DziALOWSKi (O.). *Kritik der Virchow- 
schen Lehre vom Ikterus. [Wiirzburg.] 8° 
Berlin, 1914. ^ 

Sterling (S. A.) . *Experimentelle Beitrage 
zur Pathogenese des Icterus mit spezieller 
Beriicksichtigung der Gallenkapillaren. [Bres- 
lau.] 8°. Leipzig, 1911. 

Also in Arch. f. exper. Path. u. PharmakoL, Leipz., 1910- 
11, Ixiv, 468-488. 

Anigstein (L.) & Mllinska (Z.). Untersuchungen 
fiber die Gelbsucht bakteriellen Ursprungs. Centralbl. f. 
Bakteriol. [etc!, pt. 1, Jena, 1923-24, Grig., Jfci, 383-388. 
Also transl., J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1923. xxvi, 337-340.— 
Babes (A. A.). Le liquide c6phaIo-rachidien dans I'ietere. 
Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1914, Ixxvi, 679.— Basile 
(G.) . Gli itteri da ritenzione. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1926, 
Ii, 162: 182.— Bauer (R.) Ikterus und Leberfunktion. 
Wien. Arch. f. inn. Med., 1923, vi, 9-36.— Betti (Q.). 



Jaundice (Causes and pathology of) — 
continued. 

Alcune considerazioni pratiche sopra un caso di ittero 
cronico da occlusione delle grosse vie biUari. Oa^z. med. 
lomb., Milano, 1922, Ixxxi, 113-119.— Bloom (W.). The 
r61e of the lymphatics in the absorption of bile pigment from 
the liver in early obstructive jaundice. Johns Hopkins 
Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1923, xxxiv, 316-320.— Bock (E.), Znm 
Problem der GaUenfarbstoflbildung und des Ikterus. 
Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1924, iii, 687; 638.— Bonome (A.). 
Sulle alterazioni degli organi ematopojetici nell' itterizia da 
ristagno bJliare. Haematologica, Napoli, 1924, v, 1-33, 
2 pi.— Brul6 (M.). Physio-pathologie des itcSres. Bull. 
m«d. Par., 1919, xxxiii, 709-713: 1920, xxxiv, 765-768. 

Th6orie nouvelle concernant les ictSres. Arch. 

m|d. beiges, Brux., 1926, Ixxvii, 107-118.— Chabrol (E.) & 
Benard (H.). Recherches sur la physiopathologie des 
icteres. Gaz. d. hop.. Par., 1921, xciv, 229; 437.— Costa (S.) 
& Troisier (J.). Presence de B. icterigenes dans le pus 
d'un abces provoqufi et dans les urines, au cours d'un ictere 
mfectieux. Bull, et m6m. Soc. mSd. d. hop. de Par., 1916, 
3. s., xl, 872-888. Sur la morphologic de B. icteri- 
genes. Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 330- 
332.— Cramer (0. D.). Spasmogener Ikterus; ein Bei- 
trag zur Kenntnis der Vagotonie. Psychiat. en neurol. 
Bl., Amst., 1916, XX, 183-208.— Crohn (B. B.). Clinical 
conditions characterized by obstructive jaundice. Med. 
Chn. N. Am., Phila., 1918-19, ii, 245-258.— Cumston 
(0. Q.). Acute postoperative jaundice. Med. Rec, 
N. Y., 1909, Ixxv, 436-438. History of the patholog- 
ical physiology of icterus. Ibid., 1915, Ixxxvii, 463^66.— 
Drouet (G.). L'ictere h§moclasique ou urticaire des voies 
biliaires. J. de m6d. de Par., 1924, xliii, 610.— Dufourt 
(E.). PathogSnie de I'ictSre de la colique hepatique. 
Province mM., Par., 1014, xxv, 147-149.— Epplnger (H.). 
Die Pathogenese des Ikterus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Qe» 
sellsch. f. innere Med., Miinchen, 1922, xxxiv Kong., 16-39. 

AUgemeine und spezielle Pathologic des Ikterus; 

Spec. Path. u. Therap. inn. Krankh., Berl. & Wien, 1923, 
vi, pt. 3, 97-340.— Eschbach (H.). Contribution au role 
du novBrs6nobenzol dans les itceres chez les syphilitiques 
et dans les dyscrasies sanguines. Bull, et m§m. Soc. m§d. 
d. hop. de Par., 1919, 3. s., xliii, 1120-1122.— Etienne (G.) & 
Masson. Un cas d'ictere catarrhal 6berthien sans fievre 
typholde. Rev. m6d. de I'est, Nancy, 1911, xliii, 437.— 
Felsenrelch (G.) & Satke (0.). Ueber die Bedeutung des 
Bilirubins und seiner Derivate tUr die Beurteilung der 
Starke der Leberfunktionsstoruug bei Fallen von Icterus 
simplex. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1923, xxxi, 253-274. 

Zur Pathogenese des Icterus simplex. Ibid. , 1923-24, 

xxxii, 149-178.— Fiessinger (N.). Des canalioules biliaires 
intercellulaires en histologie patholigique; essai d'interprS- 
tation de certains icteres d'origine hfepatique. Arch, de 
m6d. exp6r. et d' anat. path.. Par., 1910, xxu, 34-76.— Res- 
singer (N.) & Montaz (R.). Contribution & I'Stude des 
icteres dus au chloroforme; & propos d'un ictere grave post- 
op§ratoire, terming par la mort; I'hepato-nSphrite chloro- 
forme sans azot^mie. Rev. de chir.. Far., 1916, Iii, 
424-443. — Fischer (O.) . Beitrag zur Patnologie des Ikterus. 
Mitt. a. d. Qrenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1909, xx, 
209-214. — Franco (P. M.). L'ittero nella sindrome emor- 
roidaria del castellino. Studium, Napoli, 1922, xii, 362-366. — 
Gamier (M.) & Bellly)!.). Etude anatomique de l'ictere 
grave par atrophic jaune aiguS du foie (ictere grave de 
Rokitansky et de Frerichs). Arch de M6d. exp6r. et d'a- 
nat. path.. Par., 1918-19, xxviii, 665-611, 2 pi.— CiSronne 
(A.). Zur Pathogenese einiger Formen des Ikterus; (ein 
Beitrag zur Frage des Leucins und Tyrosins). Klin. 
Wchnschr., Berl., 1922, i, 828-832.— Gilbert (A.) & Chabrol 
(E.). Sur la pathog^me des icteres par hyperb^molyse. 
Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, Ixxi, 162-166.— 
Godlewski (H.). LararetS de l'ictere infectieux d'origine 
typhique ou paratyphique. Presse med.. Par., 1920, 
xxviii, 695-697.— Gogua (G.). SuU' etiopatogenesi degh 
itteri da lesione della cellula epatica. Morgagni, Milano, 
1925, Ixvii, 1262-1258.— Gravellne. Quelques idSes nouvelles 
concernant la pathogtoie des icteres. Arch. m6d. beiges, 

Brux., 1914, 4. s., xliii, 289-336. Les icteres ortBo et 

mfetapigmentaires. Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1914, Ixxxiv, 229- 
231.— Haberland (H. F. 0.). Studien an den Qallenwegen; 
die Beziehiingen des Ductus choledoohus-Verschlusses zum 
Ikterus. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1926, cxxxv, 248-280.— 
Hanssen (O.). [Further investigations concerning the 
effects of drugs; Felix mas ikterus.] Med. Rev., Bergen, 
1922, xxxix, 304-312.— Harris (K. E.). Courvoisier's law. 
Clin. J., Lond., 1924, liii, 668-561.- Hati6ganu (J.). Un 
nouveau proc6d6 pour I'exameu de la fonction stoMoire du 
foie; oonsidSrations sur la pathogenic de l'ictere. Ann. de 
M6d., Par., 1921, x, 400-415.— Helnrichsdorff. Zur His- 
togenese des Ikterus. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. 
[etc.], Berl., 1924, ccxlviii, 48-90.— Haouin (M.). Etude 
critique et pathogfenique des icteres graves. Monde med.. 
Par., 1920, xxx, 423-436.— Hiyeda (K.). Experimentelle 
Studion fiber den Ikterus. Ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese 
des Stauungsikterus. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., 
Jena, 1924-26, Ixxiii, 641-665, 1 pi.— Hoesch (K.). Ueber 
cine Gelbsuchtsform unklarer Aetiology. Deutsche med. 
Wchnschr., Lepz. & Berl, 1923, xlix, 610-612.— Hooper (C. 



JAUNDICE 



26 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Causes and pathology of) — 
continued. 

W.) & Whipple (G. H.). Icterus, a rapid change ol hemo- 
globin to bile pigment in the pleural and peritoneal cavities. 
J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1916, xxiii, 137-147.— Judd 
(E. S.) & Burden (V.G.). Obstructive jaundice. Am. J. 
M. Sc, Phila., 1925, elxix, 888-896, 1 pi.— Kanner (O.). 
Ueber die Gallenpigmentierung der Kupflerschen Stern- 
zellen beim Stauungsikterus. Klin. Wohnschr., Berl., 

1922, i, 2094. Ueber die EoUe der Kupflerschen 

Sternzelleu beim Ikterus. Ibid., 1924, iii, 108-110.— KeUey 
(J. T.). Jaundice caused by enlarged gland in the ampulla 
of Vater. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1916, Ixxili, 336-338.— Ko- 
daina(M.). Beitrage zur Pathogenese des Ikterus. Beitr. 
z. path. Anat. u. z. aUg. Path., Jena, 1924-25, Ixxlii, 187-260, 
2 pi.— Krumbhaar (E. B.}. Recent changes in the con- 
ception of javmdioe. Atlantic Med. J., Harrisburg, 1925-26, 
33UX, 140. — Labbe (M.) & Denoyelle (L.). Ictere et 
ascarldiose. Bull, et m6m. Soc. mSd. d. hSp. de Far., 1925, 
3. s., xlbc, 663-667.— Legry. Icteres par retention. J. de 
m6d. de Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 609-511.— Lemierre (A.) & 
Abrami (P.). L'ictere pneumococcique. Presse med., 
Par., 1910, xviii, 82-84.— Lemierre (A.) & Brule (M.). 
K6tention biliaire dissociSe et ictere par l§sion de la cellule 
hepatique. Mouvement m6d., Par., 1913, i, 119-123.— 
Lepehne (Q.). Neuere Anschauungen fiber die Entste- 
hung einiger Ikterusformen. Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 

1919, Ixvi, 619-621. Pathogenese des Ikterus. Er- 

gebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1921, xx, 221-280.— 
Linser, Ikterus und Salvarsan. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Ge- 
seUsch. f. innere Med., Milnchen, 1922, xxxiv Kong., 65-67.— 
Lowenberg (W.). Ueber die Bedeutung der Typhus- 
Coli-Infektion fur die Entstehung des Ikterus. Arch. t. 
Verdauungskr., Berl., 1921-22, xxix, 94^103.— Lubarsch 
(O.). Zur Entstehung der Gelbsucht Berl. klin. 
Wchnschr., 1921, Iviii, 767-762.— McMaster (P. D.) & 
Bous (P.). The biliary obstruction required to produce 
jaundice. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1921, xxxiil, 731-760.— 
Maitra (J. N.). A case of jaundice showing round worms 
in the liver and gall-bladder. Calcutta Med. J., 1925-26, 
XX, 390, 2 pi.— Mann (F. G.) & Bollman (J. L. ). The rela- 
tion of the gall bladder to the development of jaundice 
following obstruction of the common bile duct. J. Lab. & 
CUn. M., St. Louis, 1924r-25, x, 640-543.— Marcou-Mutz- 
ner. Essai pathogSnique sur l'ictere catarrhal et autres 
jaunisses. Presse mfed., Par., 1925, xxxiii, 1286-1288.— 
Mauban (H.). Oaracteres biologiques et chimiques du 
liquide duodenal dans des icteres. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
bioL, Par., 1920, Ixxxiii, 694-696.— Mazzeo (A.). Sindrome 
itterica con epato-splenomegalia da pielocistite. Pediatria, 
Napoli, 1925, xxxiii, 41-44.— MeUa (H.). The cerebrospinal 
fluid in jaundice. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Albany, N. Y., 
1922, Ivi, 599-601.— Meyer (E. C.). Die gegenwartige An- 
sicht von der Entstehung des Ikterus. Med. Khn., Berl., 
1922, xviii, 85-87.— Michalitschke (G.). Lymphogranulo- 
matose und Ikterus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1919, Ixix, 
686-687.— MiUan (Q.). L'ictere parath6rapeutique (des 
arsfenobenzols en particulier). Eev. fran?. de dermat. et de 
T§n6r6ol., Par., 1925, i, 85; 164.— Naunyn (B.). Ueber 
Ikterus und seine Beiiehungen zu den Cholangien; (Erkran- 
kungen der Gallonwege). Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. 
Chir., Jena. 1919, xxxi, 537-600.— Nichols (H. J.). Agglu- 
tination of typhoid group of organisms in cases of jaundice 
among vaccinated persons. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, 
Ixxxi, 1946-1948.— Oddo (J.). Pathogtoie des icteres. Qaz. 
d. hop.. Par., 1920, xciii, 1501; 1533.— Oertel (H.). Anatom- 
ic observations concerning the mechanism of bile resorption 
in jaundice. Arch. Int, Med., Chicago, 1918, xxi, 73-83, 1 
pi.— Omodei-ZorinI (A.). Kicerche suUa distnbuzione 
della bilirubina nei diversi distretti vascolari in rapporto 
alia patogenesi dell' ittero. Pathologica, Geneva, 1924, 
xvi, 121-124. — Brimann (S. P.). Jaundice, its pathological 
physiology. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1926, Ixxxi, 299-304.— 
Betzlaff (K.). Zur Pathologie des Ikterus. Deutsche 

med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1923, xlix, 844-846. 

Experimentelle und klinische Beitrage zur Pathologie des 
Ikterus. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1923, xxxiv, 
133-196.— Bledel. Entzundlichen und reell-lithogener Ik- 
terus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1910, 

xxxvi 345-349 Wodurch entstaht vorwiegend der 

leell-lithogene Ikterus? Ibid., 1914, xl, 841-845.— Bomero 
(T.) & Jurado (M.). Un case de ictericia emocional; 
algunas consideraciones sobre su patogenia. Rev. espec. 
med., Madrid, 1909, xii, 263-256.— Bosenthal (F.). Die 
Pathogenese der verschiedenen Formen des Ikterus beim 
Menschen. Ergebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop., Berl., 1924, xvu, 
308-397.— Bosenthal (F.) & Fischer (M.). Ueber die 
Grundlagen der Lehre vom retikuloendotheUalen Ikterus. 
Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1922, i, 2265-2269.— Bosenthal 
(F.) & Holzer (P.). BeitrSge zur Lehre von den mechar 
nischen und dynamischen Ikterusformen. Deutsches Arch, 
f kUn. Med., Leipz., 1921, cxxxv, 257-280.— Bost (F.). 
Ueber das Zustandekommen der Gelbsucht bei Cholantitis. 
Deutsche Ztschr. i. Chir., Leipz., 1924, clxxxix, 66-72.— 
Bolwands (R. P.). Obstructive jaundice. Guy's Hosp. 
Gaz., Lond., 1923, xxxvi, 171-174.— Buge (H.). Ein Beitrag 
zur Gelbsuchtsfrage, einfache Gelbsucht und sogenannten 
Gelbsucht nach Salvarsan. Arch. t. Dermat. u. Syph., 



Jaundice (Causes and pathology of) — 
continued. 

Berl., 1926, cxlix, 213-255.— 9acqu6p«e (E.). Sur les icteres 
typho-paratyphiques. Paris m6d., 1923, xlvii, 494-501.— 
Scnwarz (E.). The histology of destructive changes in 
icteric livers. J. Path. & Baoteriol., Cambridge, 1922, xxv, 
207-212, 1 pi.— Simon. Der nicht lithogene Ikterus. Ve- 
reinsbl. d. pfaiz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1925, xxxvii, 144-146.-- 
Snapper (I.). [General pathology of jaundice.] Nederl. 
Tijdselir. v. Geneesk., Haarlem, 1922, Ixvi, pt. 2, 1164-1177.— 
Sodre (A.) & Conto (M.). Pathogenia das ictericias. 
Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1910, xxiv, 51; 61.— StBhr (F.). 
Die franzosische Auffassung fiber die Pathogenese des 
Ikterus. Wien. khn. Wchnschr., 1922, xxxv, 922; 942; 961; 
976.— Strisower (R.). Beitrage zur Frage des Ikterus mit 
besonderer Berucksichtigung der Duodenalsaft- und Serum- 
untersucbung. Wien. Arch. f. inn. med., 1922, iii, 163-226. — 
Syms (P.). Chronic obstructive jaundice. Internat. J. 
Surg., N. Y., 1914, xxvii, 19-21.— Tenant (O.). Ittero croni- 
co da compressione dell' epatico per parte di gangli tuber- 
colari. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1911-12, 
Ixxxvi, 102-117.— Trachtenberg (M. A.). Pathogenesis of 
jaundice. Vraoh. dielo, Kharkov, 1925, viii, 90-101.— 
Tincenzo (R.). Contribute alia conoscenza della pato- 
genesi dell' ittero castrense. Policlin., Roma, 1916, xxiii, 
sez. prat., 1329-1332.— VoegtUn (C.) & Bernheim (B. M.). 
The role of the portal circulation of the Uver in bile formation 
and jaundice. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 
1911, ii, 455-467.— Walters (H. W.). Studies in obstructive 
jaundice. Tr. Ass. Resid. & ex-Resid. Physicians Mayo 
Clin., St. Paul, 1923, iv, 125.— Watanabe (J.). Beitrag zur 
Kenntnis der Plazentation am Kaningchenuterus, insebe- 
sondere fiber die Genese der Synzytien der intervillosen 
Blutraume. Verhandl. d. jap. path. Gesellsoh., Tokyo, 
1918, viii, 211.— Weltman (0.). Unter welchen Bedingun- 
gen kommt Ikterus zustande? Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
1925, xxxviii, 690.— Whipple (G. H.) & Hooper (C. W.). 
Icterus; a rapid change of hemoglobin to bile pigment in the 
circulation outside the liver. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 
1913, xvii, 612-635.— Whipple (G. H.) & King (J. H.). 
The pathogensis of icterus. Ibid., 1911, xiii, 116-135.— Widai 
(F.) & May (E.). Un cas d'ictere infectieux & gonocoques; 
traitement par le s6rum antigonococcique; gu§rison. Bull. 
et m6m. Soc. mM. d. hop. de Par., 1920, 3. s., xliv, 1076- 
1080.— Wilensky (A. O.). Physiology of bile secretion and 
the pathology of jaundice. Progr. Med., Phila., 1921, ii, 
140-143.— Yamanalia (S.). Klinische Untersuchungen 
liber die Gallenfarbstofle im Blutserum des Menschen; 
fiber die Beziehung zwischen Hautikterus, Bilirubinamie, 
Bilirubin- und Urobiliogenurie. Taiwan Igakkai Zasshi, 
Formosa, 1924, No. 236.— Zamorani (M.). Contribute 
alia patogenesi di alcune forme di ittero infettivo (ittero da 
polmonite, ittero tubercolare). Eiv. crit. di clin. med., 
Eirenze, 1917, xviii, 85, 97; 109. 

Jaundice (Chronic). 

See, also, Jaundice (Acholuric) . 

ScHTTLTB (EUy) . *Zur Frage der xanthelas- 
matischen Bildungen beim chronischen Ik- 
terus. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1916. 

Also in Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 
1916, Ixi, 670-688. 

Caplesco (C. P.). L'ictere ctironique apyrStique ap" 
pendiculaire Qe signe conjonctival). Bull. Acad, de m6d.> 
Par.,1921,3.s.,lxxxv,414-416.— Castaigne(J.) & Dujarier . 
(C.). Les icteres chroniques par retention. J. m6d. franf. 
Par., 1910, iv, 120-128.— Cautley (lE.). Chronic jaundice; 
congenital defect of the bile-ducts. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
Lond., 1919-20, xiii. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 31-33.— Downes 
(W. A.). Chronic obstructive jaundice; a report of nine 
oases treated by cholecysto-gastrostomy. Tr. South. 
Surg. Ass., Phila., 1922, xxxv, 342-351.— Edelman (M. H.). 
A case of persistent jaundice with unknown etiology. In- 
ternat. Clin., Phila., 1922., 32. s., iv, 228-230.— Esposito 
(A.). Su un case di ittero cronico epato-splenomegalico. 
CUn. med. ital., Milano, 1925, Ivi, 421-433.— Fiesslnger 
(N.). Diagnostic cUnique et traitement d'un ictere chroni- 
que. Eev. g6n. de clin. et de tMrap., Par., 1914, xxviii, 
426; 442; 459.— Hiibsch (A.). Ciu-onischer Ikterus durch 
Kompression einer tuberkulosen Lymphdrflse. Zentralbl. 
f. Chir., Leipz., 1922, xlix, 437-439.— Kehr (H.). Zur 
chirurgischen Behandlung des chronischen Ikterus. Miln- 
chen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ivi, 2457-2460.— Laache (S.). 
[On icterus chronicus (subchronicus), non hsemolyticus.] 
Norsk Miag. f. Isegevidensk., Kristiania, 1922, Ixxxiii, 745- 
777. — Lautier (R.). Uncas d'ictere chronique; remission; 
reohute; autopsie. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxxix, 744. — 
LerebouUet. Les icteres chroniques. Progres mfid.. Par., 
1920, 3. s., xxxv, 423-426.— Leviseur (G. A.). Case of per- 
sistent jaundice. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1921-22, 
XV, Sect. Stud.Dis. Child., 9.— Peonaru Caplesco (C). 
La ictericia cronica apir6tica apendicular (el signo con- 
juntival). Semana mM., Buenos Aires, 1922, xxix, 30. — 
Fotherat (M.). Ictere chronique: lithiase biliaire ou 
cancer du pancrSas? Rev. Internat. de m6d. et de chir.. 
Par., 1914, xxv, 17-20.— Schwartz (A.). Diagnostic de 



JAUNDICE 



27 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Chronic) — continued. 

I'ictere ohronique par retention. Paris mSJ.., 1910-n, 193- 
195.— TUeston (W.) & Griffin (W. A J. Chronic family 
3aundioe. Am. J. M. So., Phila. & N. Y., 19)0, cxmx, 847- 
869. — Weber (F. P.). Chronic jaundice in a young woman, 
with enlargement of the spleen and liver. Proc. Eoy. Soo. 
Lond., 1920-21, xiv, Sect. Clin., 55. 

Jaundice (Complications and sequelae 
of). 

GuiNATjD (E.). *Sur les pancr6atites chro- 
niques avec ictSre. 8°. Paris, 1911. 

Saparbpp (M.). *Le prurit dans I'iotfere 
(recherches statistiques sur sa pathog6nie) . 
8°. Geneve, 1912. 

Austin (A. E.). Significance of the absence of trypsin 
in the stomach in the presence of icterus. Boston M. & 
S. J. , 1914, clxxi, 22-25.— Bentivogllo (G.) . Sindrome ittero- 
ascitica con nefrite, ad esito letale. Clin, pediat., Modena, 
1925, vii, 355-380.— Brault (A.) & Garban (H.). Dis- 
sociation de la steretion biliaire au cours de deux cas d'ictSre 
catarrhal; retention isolfe des pigments biliaires. Bull. 
et m6m. Soc. m6d. d hop. de Par., 1913, 3.s., xxxv, 368-365.— 
BuUrich (R. A .) . Nota sobre la bradicardia de la ictericia. 
Bev. Asoc. mSd. argent., Buenos Aires, 1924, xxxvii, Soc. 
de med. intern., 419-423.— Cornils (E.V Polyneuritis nach 
sohwerem, mechanisch bedingtem Ikterus mit Leber- 
sohadigung. Zentralbl. f. iimere Med., Leipz., 1924, xlv, 
1065-1067.— Danielopolu (S. D.). Ueber die Pathogenese 
der ikterischen Bradykardle. Wien. klin. 'Wchnschr., 
1911, rxiv, 1301-1304.— von Eberts (E. M.). Cholaemio 
hsemorrhage. Oanad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1915, v, 909- 
912.— Fiessinger (N.) & Boudowska (L.). Hepatite 
ict^gene polycholique d'origine alcoolique. Paris m£d., 
1913-14, xiii, 72-76.— Fishberg (A. M.). Jaundice in myo- 
cardial insufficiency. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, 
Ixxx, 1516-1519. — Guthrie (L.). Becurrent jaundice, 
pyrexia, splenomegaly anaemia and pigmentation of the 
skin in girl aged 11 years. Tr. M. Soc, Lond., 1911-12, 

XXXV, 11-20. Case of (?) Kernikterus associated 

with choreiform movements. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., 
Lond., 1913-14, vil. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 86-88.— Heuyer 
(G.) & Mage. Ictere cbronique et mouvements chorto- 
athStosiques; syndrome rappelant la maladie de Wilson. 
Bev. Neurol., Par., 1919, xxvi, 925-929.— Hilbert. Akkom- 
modationslMhmung bei Ikterus. Centralbl. t. prakt. 
Augenh., Leipz., 1918, xlii, 104-106.— HBJer (A.). [On 
albuminuria vrith jaundice.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1917, 
1201-1206.— Izard. Ictere et Soarlatine. Progres m6d., 
Par., 1923, 3.S., xxxvi, 208-210.— Jadassohn (J.). Xantho- 
matoide F£lrbung von Hauteffloreszenzen bei Ikterus. 
Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1923, xlix, 1544.— 
Job & Termeiin. H6monagie mortelle chez une ict6ri- 
Due r^cemment accouchSe. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gyn6o. 
de Par., 1922, xi, 43-45.— Konlgsteln (H.). tieber multi- 
ple Xanthome bei Ikterus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
1914, xxvii, 868-B70.— Koleczek (A.). Diabetes mellitus 
und Ikterus. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1923, xxvi, 
68-70. — Langmead (P.). Anomalous jaundice, with en- 
largement of liver and spleen, and bile stained teeth. Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 
148.— Laslett (E. EOi Bradycardia associated with jaun- 
dice. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, 1, 553.— Lemierre (A.) & 
BrnlS (M.). La lip^mie alimentaire dans quelques icteres; 
dissociation de la secretion biliaire au cours de certaines 
aflectious bSpatiques. Bull, et m€m. Soc. mM. d. hop. 
de Par., 1910, xxx, 839-847.— Mosny & Javal (A.). Ictere 
par retention; infiltration sarcomateuse diffuse avec plaque 
mSningte; presence des pigments biliaires dans le Uquide 
cSphalo-rachidien; leur dosage. Ibid., 1909, 3. s., xxviii, 
280-290.— Pagniez (P.) & Scbeikevitch (V.). Un cas 
d'ictere avec nephrite. Ibid., 1916, 3. s., xl., 1180-1184.— 
Parkinson (J. P.). An unusual case of jaundice, with 
specimens (subacute yeUow atrophy of liver). Proc. 
Boy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 
74-73. — Savarit (G.). Ictere h^mapheique, urobilinique, 
metapigmentaire, avec hipato et splSnom^galie, chez un 
bomme de 20 ans. Paris mfid., 1918, xxix, 239-242.— Kose- 
noTF (G.). Erbohte Phlorrhiziuempflndlicnkeit bei Iketrus. 
Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1923, U, 1166.— Kudolf (R. D.). 
Eeart-bloek in jaundice; Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 652.— 
Ausca (G. L.). Sulla bradicardia itterica. Gazz. med. 
ital., Torino, 1913, bdv, 351; 361.— Schiirer (J.). Ueber 
jkterisclie Hautschrifti Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. 
& Berl., 1922, xlviii, 593.— Schulz (W.) & Scheffer (W.). 
Ueber Ikterus, HSmorrhagien und Blutkoagulation. Berl. 
ilin. Wchnschr., 1921, Iviii, 789-794.— Simon (W.). Puer- 
per^e Gassepsis und Ikterus. Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 
1922, IxLX, 1209-1212.— StiSnon (E.). Bradycardie ictfiri- 
que. Ann. de I'lnst. Chir. de Brux., 1922, xxiii, 189-192.— 
Teale (B. A.) & Wedd (B. H.). A case of fatal jaundice. 
Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, ii, 341.— Walters (W.) & Parham 
(D.). Eenal and hepatic insufficiency in obstructive jaun- 
dice. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1922, xxxv, 605-609.— 
Whipham (T. R.). Enlargement of the liver and spleen 
associated with jaundice. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
1913-14, vii. Sect. Stud. Dis. ChUd., 13.— Windle (J. D.). 
Theheart'sactioninjaundice. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1916,1.123. , 



Jaundice (Congenital and familial). 

See, also, Infants (New-born, Jaundice in) ; 
Jaundice (Acholuric) ; Jaundice (Hsemo- 
lytic). 

Deloch (E.). *Ueber chronischen fami- 
liaren Icterus. 8°. Leipzig [n. d.]. 

Abt (I. A.). Familial loteras of ?he new-born. Am. J. 
Obst., N. Y., 1916, Ixxiv, 550.— Agnew (A. P.). Familial 
jaundice of the newborn. Practitioner, Lond., 1920, cv, 
217.— Box (C. R.), (Jass of excision of spleen for congenital 
family chotemia. Proc. Boy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, 
vi. Sect. Stud. Dis, Child.. 3-U.— Brockwell (J. B. C). 
Note on familial jaundlca. Practitioner, Lond., 1921, cviii, 
375.— Chauffard. lotsre congenital gain par la splSnec- 
' tomie. J. de m6d. et chir. prat, Par., 1924, xcv, 125-132.— 
Deluca (F. A.). Contribuciou al estudio flsiopatogfinico 
de la ictericia del reci6n naoido. Semana m6d., Buenos 
Aires, 1921, xxviii, 635-637.— Dunlop (L. W.). Non- 
obstructive congenital jaundice and splenomegaly. Med. 
J. Australia, Sydney. 1922, ii, 300.— Ferrand (M.) & 
Robert (0.). Ictere congenital par malformation des 
voies biliaires. Bull. Soc. de p6diat. de Par.. 1910, xii, 
274-280.— Hiehens (Pi S.). Cases of familial jaundice. 
Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med. Lond^ 1912-13, vi, Sect. Stud. Dis. 
Child., 197.— Hopkins (A. H.). Two instances of chronic 
family jaundice. Am. J. M. So., Phila. & N. Y., 1913, 
cxlvi, 726-730.— Hutchison (B.). Family jaundice. Clin. 
J., Lond., 1909, xxxiv, 241-244.— Johnston (J. I.). 
Chronic jaundice; family type. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 
1919, clvii, 60O-503.— Kharina-Marinucti. Un caso 
d'ittero per obliteraxione congenita delle vie biliari extra- 
epatiche. Pediatria, Napoll, 1916, 2. s., xidv, 157-161.— 
Cevy (I. H.) & Kantor (J. L.). A case of chronic family 
jaundice. Am; Ji Mi So., PhUa., 1916, clii, 258-262. Also 
reprint.— Maliwa (E.)j Der kongenitale familiSre Ikterus. 
Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, 1, 164-166.— 
Mayer (A.). Unber angeborenen Ikterus. Arch. f. 
Gynaek., Berl., 1923, oxx, 287.— NobScourt (P.) & Janet 
(H.). Ictere congfimtal par absence de canal h^patique; 
survie de 7i4 mois. Bull. Soc. de p§diat. de Par., 1921, 
xix, 268-272.— Poynton (F. J.). A clinical lecture on 
congenital family chalsemla, or recurrent familial jaundice. 

Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 153-156. Case of congenital 

family ohotemia. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13. 
vi. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 5-8.— Poynton (F. J.) & Scott 
(W. L.). Three cases of recurrent familial jaundice. Tr. 
Med. Soc, Lond., 1909, xxxii, 381-387.— Bamorino (C). 
Dell' ittiosi familiaiB: sopra un caso ripetentesi per cinque 
generazioni (contribute casistico alia legge di Mendel). 
Gior. ital. d. mal. ven^ Milauo, 1924, Ixv, 616-622.— EoUes- 
ton (Sir H.). Grave ramilial jaundice of the newly born. 
Practitioner, Lond., 1920, civ, 1-7.— Bosenfeld (E.). 
Ueber familiSren Ikterus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
Liepz. & Berl., 1909, xxxv, 616-621.— Segerstrile (Eva). 
[On chronic hereditary or familial jaundice, based upon the 
study of a case.] Pinska ISk.-sSllsk. handl., Helsingfors, 
1917, lix, 330-362.— Sentis (Mile.). Ictere congfenital par 
imperforation probable des voies biliaires. Montpel. 
m6d., 1920, xlii, 109-111.— SheiU (S.). Congenital icterus. 
Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1316.— de Stefano (S.). Un caso 
di itterizia congenita. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii. 
217-221.— Thomsen (0.). [Chronic hereditary familial 
icterus.] Hosp.-Tid., K0henh., 1918, Ixi, 1492-1502.— 
Weber (F. P.). A rare case of congenital non-familial 
jaundice, without enlargement of liver or spleen, in an 
otherwise healthy man, aged 66. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., 
Lond., 1922-23, xvi. Sect. Med., 81-83.— Ylpp<> (A.). Ueber 
das familiftre Vorkommen von Icterus neonatorum gravis. 

Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 98. Zur 

Klinik und Aetiologie des familiSren Icterus neonatorum 
gravis. Zcschrrf. Kinderh., Berl., 1918, Orig.,xvil, 334-362, 
1 tab.— Zuber & Bousselot. Ictere congenital par mal- 
formation des voies biliares. BuU. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 
1912, xiv, 328-330. 

Jaundice (Diagnosis and semeiology of). 

See, also, Jaundice (Urine in). 

Corbel (P.). *Le pouls dans les divers 
ictdres. (Inconstance de la bradycardie, ses 
raisons ^tiologques et sa valeur s6m6iolo- 
gique.) 8°. Lyon, 1905. 

Adier (A.). Zur DiSerentialdiagnose verschiedener 
Ikterusformen, zugleich ein Beitrag zu dem Verhalten der 
Bluteiweisskorper (BluteiweissbUd bei Leberkranken). 
Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1924, iii, 978.— AmeuiUe (P.) & 
Huguenin (R.). Recherches de laboratoire & pratiquer 
pour completer un diagnostic d'ictere. Bull, med., Par., 
1919, xxxiii, 717-719: 1920, xxxiv, 773-776.— Barr (A; S.). 
Some results of clinical laboratory tests in the diagnosis of 
various types of jaundice. Glasgow M. J., 1923, c, 174-186.— 
Barrow. (J. V.), Armstrong (E. L.) & Olds JW; H.). 
Further clinical and operative studies of the icterus index. 
Am J. M. Sc, Phila., 1925, olxx, 519-528.— Bernheim 
(Alice R.) . The icterus index (a quantitative estimation of 
bilirubinemia); an aid in diagnosis and prognosis. J. Am. 
M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxii, 291-295.— Biscarri (A.). 
Sobre una nueva forma de ictericia. CUn. mod., Zaragoza, 



JAUNDICE 



28 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Diagnosis and semeiology 
of) — continued. 

1913, xli, 646-650.— Blankenhorn (M. A.). Clinical signifi- 
cance of jaundice. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1924, 
xxui, 639-544.— Braga (A.). Sulla dlagnosl differenziale 
dagli itteri neoplastici. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 
1912, 2, s., V, 95-114.— BrulS. Les diverses Tari6t6s d'icteres 
et leur recherche clinique. Qaz. d. hop.. Par., 1919, xoii. 
649; 665.- BuUock (D. W.) & BuUock (E. S.). The neces- 
sity tor the determination of the origin of jaundice before 
surgical treatment. N. Albany Herald, 1925, xxxiv, 3.— 
Bullrich (E. A.). Contribuci6n al estudio del pulso lento 
en la ictericia. Eev. Soc. mSd. argent., Buenos Aires, 

1914, xxil, 1119-1132.— Cade (A.). Diagnostic des icteres 
ohroniques. Progres m§d. Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 698-601.— 
Cammidge (P. J.). The diagnosis of the commoner 
causes of chronic jaundice. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1911, i, 
486-490.— Carnot (P.) & GaehUnger (H.). Le tubage 
duodenal dans le diagnostic des icteres par retention. Paris 
mfid., 1923, ilvii, 451^66.— Caussade (Q.) & LeTCn (G.). 
L'engraissement et I'emaigrissement au cours de I'iotere 
par rfitention; leur valeur s6m6iologique. Bull, et mfim. 
Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 661-653.— Cha- 
brol (E.) & BSnard (H.). La valeur sfemMologique des 
icteres dIssooi§s. Itid., 1923, 3. s., xlvii, 60-65.— Chabrol 
(E.), B^nard <H.) & GamblUard. Le tubage duodenal 
dans les Icteres et les oirrhoses du tole. IMi., 1922, 3. s., 
xlvi, 1710-1723.— Cowen (Maud) & Cowen (S. 0.). The 
value of the van den Bergh reaction in the clinical study of 
jaundice. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1926, i, 177-184.— 
Crohn (B. B.). The chemical examination of duodenal 
contents as a means of diagnosis in conditions of jaundice. 
J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 666-669.— FavBll 
(G.). Contribute alio studio della reazione di van den 
Bergh; suo meocanismo e valore per la classificazione degli 
itteri; ricerche sperimentali. Sperimentale, Pirenze, 1926, 
Ixxix, 647-664.— Friedman (J. C). Latent jaundice. 
Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1923, vii, 397-405.— Harvey 
(S. C). The clinical application of recent studies in jaun- 
dice. Boston M. & S. J., 1925, oxcii, 540-643.— Held (I. W.). 
Icterus and its diflerential diagnosis. Med. Clin. N. Am., 
Phila., 1925, Ix, 509-535.— Jacobsthal (E.). Erkennung 
ikterisoher Zust&nde bei Abendbeleuchtung. Miinchen. 
med. Wohnschr., 1920,lxvii, 651.— Jeannin (C.) & Levant. 
A propos de la valeur pronostique de la recherche des 
h6moconies dans les icteres de la puerp§ralit6. Bull. Soc. 
d'obst. et de gynSo. de Par., 1914, iii, 19.— Jones (H. W.). 
Pigment metabolism and the van den Berg test to differ- 
entiate obstructive and non-obstructive jaundice: with 
five case reports. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1922-23, 
vi, 1089-1096.— Klopstock (E.). Zur differentialdiagnos- 
tischen Abgrenzung des Icterus simplex (catarrhalis) vom 
Icterus syphiliticus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1923, xix, 1166. 

Zur Diflerentialdlagnose der versdiiedenen literus- 

arten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1924, 
1, 1411.— Kraus. Ueber Ikterus als fuhrendes Symptom. 
Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, Iviii, 725-730.— Lemierre. 
L'azot6mie pr6ict6rique. Presse mSd., Par., 1916, xxiv, 
621.— McNee (J. W.). The use of the van den Bergh test 
in the differentiation of obstructive from other types of 
jaundice. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1922, i, 716.— de MeUo (O.). 
As ictericias latentes e as reacgoes de van den Bergh. 
Sciencia med., Rio de Jan., 1925, iii, 246-248.— Mestrezat 
(W.) & Anglada (J.). Xantochromle du liquide cfiphalo- 
rachidien dans un ictere par retention avec urobillne et 
hyperglucose; passage tardif des pigments biliaires dans ce 
liquide. Gompt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1909, Ixvi, 
711-713.— Meulengracht (E.). [The clinical importance 
of the search for bUe pigment in serum.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, 
Kobenh., 1919, Ixxxi, 1786-1799.— Mocquot (P.). La 
valeur s§m6iologique de I'etat de la vfeicule biliaire dans le 
diagnostic des icteres ohroniques. Paris m6d., 1911, iii, 
305-310.— Moty. Un nouveau symptome de I'ictere grave. 
Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 614-616.— Fietra (P.). 
Suir importanza delle variazionl del bilinogeno fecale per 
la diagnosi deUe varie forme di ittero e sul loro meccanismo 

Satogenetico. Minerva med., Torino, 1924, iv, 389-395. — 
;aniond (L.). Le diagnostic fitiologique d'un ictere par 
retention. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de thtoap.. Par., 1921, 
XXXV, 497-503.— Bosenthal (F.) & Meier (K.). TJeber den 
Eeaktionstypus des Gallenfarbstofles und iiber die quanti- 
tativen VerhSltnisse von Bilirubin und Oholesterin im 
Blut bei verschiedenen Ikterusformen. Arch. f. exper. 
Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1921, xci, 246-271.— Eou- 
maillac (J.-L.). L'encre violette renforce la teinte subic- 
tSrique discrete qui 6chappe a la simple inspection (proc6d6 
de l'encre violette) . J. de mSd. de Bordeaux, 1922, Iii, 173.— 
Speik (F. A.), IJIJedahl (E. N.) & Falk (Mane A.). 
Observations on the Fouchet test in latent jaundice m a 
series of 116 patients. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxii, 
2097.— Taddei (V.). Valore diagnostico-dtflerenziale del 
paste con grasso colorato, tra malattie epatiche e pancre- 
atiche con sindrome itterica. Atti d. r. Accad. d. flsiocrit. 
in Siena, 1923-24, 9. s., xv, 161-172.— Troisier (J.); L lotere 
commun, ses formes cliniques. Paris m6d., 1925, Iv, 
509-612.— Villaret (M.) & Salnt-Girons (P.). Examen 
cliniaue d'un ictfirique. BuU. m6d.. Par., 1919, xxmi, 
713-717: 1920, xxxiv, 769-773.— Wahl (M.). Production 



Jaundice (Diagnosis and semeiology 
of) — continued. 

experimentale et diagnostic de I'ictere par absorption 
d'acide picrique. Presse m6d.. Par., 1916, xxiii, 289. — 
Zoja (L.) . SuUa diagnosi di natura e di sede delle itterizie. 
Gior. d. med. prat., Livomo, 1919-20, i, 6-10. 

Jaundice (Epidemic). 

See Jaundice (Spirochsetal) . 

Jaundice (Experimental). 

See, also, Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Experi- 
mental) . 

Alessandro (P.). Ricerche cliniche dell' occhio nell' 
Itterizia sperimentale. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1912-13, xx, 
629-648.— Bell (L. P.) . A study of the pathologic conditions 
encountered during and following the relief of experimental 
obstructive jaundice compared with similar pathologic 
conditions in man. Papers Mayo Found. ... & Med. 
School, 1921-22, Phila., 1923, ii, 24-32.— Brakefleld (J. L.) 
& Schmidt (C. L. A.). The synthesis of hippuric acid by 
jaundiced animals. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 
1923-24, xxi, 206.— Brown (T. R.). The effect of jaundice, 
produced by hgation of the ductus oholedochus upon 
the pancreatic secretion. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
Bait., 1912, xxiil, 263-267.— Colombo (J.). Ictere d'origine 
bepatique par ingestion d'extrait 6th§r6 de fougere m&le. 
Gaz. d. hop.. Par., 1920, xciii, 1126.— Costa (S.) & Troisier 
(J). Infections exp§runentales aiguSs du lapin par B. 
icterigenes. Compt.-rend. Soc. debiol., Par.,1916, Ixxlx, 121- 

123. Ictere experimental du chien, par inoculation 

de B. icterigenes. Mi., 178-180.— Fiessinger (N.) & Lyon- 
Caen (L.). Le role de la cellule hSpatique dans la deter- 
mination des icteres exp6rimentaux. J. de physiol. et de 
path. g6n.. Par., 1910, xii, 968-972.— Guillaumin (C. O.). 
Sur des icteres consecutife ^ I'ingestion d'acide picrique; 
contribution aux precedes de recherches de celul-ci dans les 
milieux organiques. J. de pharm. et de chim,. Par^ 1915, 
7. s., xil, 145-152.— King (J. H.), Bigelow (J. E.) & Pearce 
(L.). Experimental obstructive jaundice. J. Exper. M., 
Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1911, xiv, 159-178.— Lepehne (G.). 
Bxperimentelle Untersuchungen zum meohanischen und 
dynamischen Ikertus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., 
Leipz., 1921, cxxxvi, 88-111.— Fietra (P.). Contributo 
climco-spertmentale alia conoscenza degli itteri. Arch, di 

Sat. e clin. med., Bologna, 1924, iii, 226: 1925, iv, 31.— 
;etzlaff (K.). Experimentelle und klinische BeitrSge zur 
Lehre vom Urterus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. 
innere Med., Miinchen, 1922, xxxiv Kong., 60-63.— Eossi 
CA.). Glioosuria aprenalinica e ghcosuria alimentare nel 
I'ittero sperimentale. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1921, 
xxxi, 79; 81.— Byhlner (P.). Pseudoikterus bei SSuglingen 
und Kleinkindern nach oarotinoidreicher Nahrung. Jahrb. 
f. Kinderh., Beri., 1921, 3. P., xliv, 226-232.— Snell (A. M.). 
Hepatic functional teste in experimental jaundice. Minne- 
sota Med., St. Paul, 1926, viii, 139-142.— Snell (A. M.), 
Greene (C. H.) & Bowntree (L. G.). Diseases of the 
liver; a comparative study of certain teste for hepatic func- 
tion in experimental obstructive jaundice. Arch. Int. Med., 
Chicago, 1926, xxxvi, 273-291.— Sormani (C). Richerche 
sperimentali sull' ittero locale. BoU. d. Soc. med.-chir., 
Pavia, 1920, xxxiii, 55-60.— Sterling (S.). [Experimental 
investigation of the origin of icterus, specially on the state 
of the bihary canaliculi. Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1911, 2. s., 
xxxi, 327; 368.— Whipple (G. H.) & Hooper (C. W.). Hema- 
togenous and obstructive icterus; experimental studies by 
means of the Eck fistula. J. Exper. 'yi., Lancaster, Pa., 
1913, xvii, 693-611. 

Jaundice (Grave or pernicious) [Icterus 
gravis]. 

Blazt (D.) . *De la forme rinale de I'ictere 
grave. 8°. Paris, 1906. 

GoTTDE (J. M.). *De I'ictSre grave chez 
I'enfant. [Bordeaux.] 8°. Nantes, 1905. 

Steiger (H.). *Ueber Icterus gravis beim 
Kinde. [Miinchen.] 8°. Wiirzhurg, 1914. 

Cumston (C. G.). Icterus gravis. N. York M. J. 
[etc.], 1921, cxiii, 200.— Elders (C.). Demonstratie van 
stukken lever van twee Javanen gestorven onder bet beeld 
van icterus gravis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst. 
1916, Iii, 442.— Gamier (M.)&Eeilly( J.). Lesicteres graves 
primitifs: ictere grave spirochetien; ictere grave par atrophie 
jaune aigue dufoie. Presse med.. Par., 1919, xxvii, 641-644.- 
Httffell (A.). Ueber einen Fall von Ikterus gravis. 
Munehen. med. Wchnschr., .1909, Ivi, 393.— Keynes (G. L.). 
A case of icterus gravis from the surgical wards. St. Barth. 
Hosp. J., Lond., 1913-14, xxi, 147.— Kindberg (L.). 
L'ictere grave. Gaz. d. hop.. Par., 1909, Ixxxii, 1731-1737.— 
tee (H. J.). Report of a case of Icterus gravis following 
confinement at term. Cleveland M. J., 1911, x, 461-464. — 
Merklen CP.). Ictere grave; hepato-nSphrite aiguB massive. 
Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1916, 3. s., xl, 754- 
769.— Mongour & Creyx. Sur uu cas d'iotere grave. J. 



JAUNDICE 



29 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Grave or pernicious) [Icterus 
gravisl — contiuued. 

de mfid. de Bordeaux, 1911, xli, 473.— Nuttall (G. H. F.) & 
Hadwen (S.). The discovery of a remedy for malignant 
jaundice in the dog and for redwater in cattle. Proo. Roy. 
Soc, Lond., 1909, Ixxxi, 348-350.— tEttinger (W.) & Mario 
(P. L.). Sur un cas d'ictere grave mortal & forme r^nale. 
Bull, et mfim. Soc. mfid. d. hop. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvii, 
472-477.— Kamond (F.). lotere grave d'origine pancrte- 
tique. Ibid., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 71-73.— BoUeston (H.). 
Grave familiar iaundioe in the newly born. Practitioner. 
Lond., 1920. Also reprint.— S. (U.). L'ittero grave. 
Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1922, xliii, 1123-1125.— Sacqut^, 
letere grave streptococcique; formule sanguine des icteres 
hSmolytiques acquis, aveo reaction granuleuse retardSe. 
Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 
164-171.— Saint Girons (P.). L'ictSre grave. Bull, mfid., 
Par., 1922, xxxvi, 818-821.— Savy (P.) & Blanc- Perducet. 
XJn cas d'ictere grave primitif. Lyon mfid., 1913, cxx, 1099- 
1103.— Steinthal (C. P.). Ueber Icterus riavis und 
Anurie. Verhandl. d. Qesellsch. deutsch. Naturt. u. 
Aerate (Karlsruhe), 1911, Leipz., 1912, Ixxxlii, pt. 2, 2. 
HSlfte, 204-208. 

Jaundice (Hsemolytic). 

See, also, Jaundice (Acholuric). 

Daumann (A.). *Ueber die nosologische 
Stellung des hamolytischen Ikterus, seine 
Beziehningen zu sonstigen Ikterusformen und 
den toxanamischen Bluterkrankungen, mit 
eigenen experimentellen Beitragen. 8°. Ber- 
lin, 1913. 

LtjbA. (A.) . La sindrome ematologica delle 
itterizie con particolare riguardo alia indagine. 
4°. Pavia, 1910. 

Rossi (G.). Ittero emolitico primitivo. 
4°. Napoli, 1914. 

Albu (A.) & Hirschfdd (H.). Beitr^ge zur Lehre vom 
hSmolytischen Ikterus. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., BerL, 
1916-17, xxiii, 1-27.— Anau (E.). Dell' ittero emolitico. 
Morgagni, Milano, 1912, kxx, pt. 1, 267; 296.— Andrewes 
(C. H.). The nature of the dmerence between the bili- 
rubins of obstructive and bsemolytic jaundice. Brit. J. 
Exper. Path., Lond., 1924-2?, v. 213-219.— AntonelU (G.). 
Intomo agli itterl emolltici. Foliclin., Boma, 1913, xx, sez. 
med., 97; 170; 193.— Barazzoni (CO- Gli itteri emolitioi. 
Studium, Napoli, 1909, il, 58-62.— Barton (W. M.). Ao- 

fuired hemolytic ictero-anemia.- Widal's-syndrome. Am. 
. M. SCj PhUa. & N. Y., 1910, oxl, 239-247. Also reprint.— 
Beck. Zur Klinik des Mmolytischen Ikterus beim Kind. 
Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1924, xxvili, 21.5-222.— Beck- 
mann (K.). Ueber Isolysine und Autolysine bei hSmoly- 
tischem Ikterus. Deutscbes Arch. f. EQin, Med., Leipz., 
igi8,cxxvi,305-317.— Blellng(R.)&Isaac(S.). Intravitale 
HSmolyse und Ikterus. Elin. Wcbnscbr., Berl., 1922, i, 
1453-1455.— Biffls (P.). SuU' ittero emolitico. Riforma 
med., Napoli, 1915, xxxi, 11; 42; 64; 95.— Bigart. Asictericias 
hemolyticas. Brazil-med., Eio de Jan., 1909, xxiii, 133-135. — 
Bingold (E.) . Ueber Blutfarbstoflabbau und Ikterus sowie 
liber die diagnostiscbe Bedeutung des H£matins im stromen- 
den Blute. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Qesellsch. f. innere Med., 
Miinchen, 1922, xxxiv Kong., 56-69.— Brewer (G. E.). 
Some observations on congenital and acquired hemolytic 
icterus. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1916, xc, 1-3.— de Bruin (J.). 
Icterus haemolyticus. Nederl. Tijdscher v. Geneesk., 
Amst., 1912, i, 1026-1028.— Brute (M.). Diagnostic clinique 
des icteres d'origine hfimolytique. J. m6d. franc. Par., 
1920, ix, 453-460.- Castigne ( J.) . Les icteres hfimoly tiques. 
JUd., 1910, iv, 101-109.— Cavazza (E.). Sul decorso degli 
itten emolitici. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., 1912, Roma, 
1913, xxii, 351-355.— CeconI (A.). Intornoall' ittero emoliti- 
co. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1914, liil, 484-496.— Davis 
(D. J.). Hemolytic icterus and other anemias, with special 
reference to the fragility of the red corpuscles. Illinois 
M. J., Chicago, 1916, xxix, 280-282.— Biehr(K.) & Wohl- 
TCill (P.). Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom bSmolytischen 
Ikterus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 
1924-25, xxrviii, 321-343.— Dossln (P.). Des icteres h6moly- 
tiques. Scalpel, Lifige, 1912-13, Ixv, 861-864.— Etienne (G.). 
Sur un cas probable d'icttee h6molytique. Rev. m6d. de 
J'est, Nancy, 1909, xli, 548-651.— Fagluoll (A.). Contribute 
alio studio degli itten emolitici secondari. Policlin., Roma, 
1920, xxvii, sez. med., 317-337.— Fortunate (A.). La 
coagulazione del sangue negli itteri emolitici. Gazz. in- 
ternaz. med.-chir., Napoli, 1923, xxviii, 123; 137;— Funk 
(B. H.). Hemolytic jaundice. Progr. Med., Phila^ 1923, 
li, 348-362.— GSnssIen (M.), Zipperlen (E.) & ScIiUz 
(E.). Die hSmolytische Konstitution; nach 105 Beobach- 
tungen von hamolytischen Ikterus, 39 Beobaohtungen von 
leichtenbSmolytischen Konstitutionen und 19 Milzexstirpa- 
tionen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1925, cxlvi, 
1-46.— Gain (Q.). Itteri emolitici. Lavon d. Cong, di 
med. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 351-367.— Garguilo (G.). 
Contribute clinico alio studio degli itteri emolitici. Gior, 
Intemaz. d. sc. med., Napoli,, 1913, n. s., xxxv, 166-164.— 
Oaultier (R.). Le syndrdme hSmatologique au cours de 



Jaundice (Hsemolytic) — continued. 

certaines yarlfitfe d'icteres dits h^molitiques. Lavori e riv. 
di chim. e mior. clin., salsomaggiore, 1909-10, i, 4-12.— 
Uerliardt (p.). Beitiag zur Lehre vom hamolytischen 
Ikterus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. chir., Jena, 1920, 
xxxi, 644-651.— Graveline. Les icteres hfimolytiques. Gaz. 

ni6a. de Par., 1916, Ixxxvii, 99-101. Ictericias 

hemoliticas. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1918, xvii, 464-472.— 
Gross (0.). Der hSmolytische Ikterus. Med. Klin., 
Beri., 1920, xvi, 489-491.— GuiUain (G.) & Troisier (J.). 
La formation des pigments biliaires par hfemolyse dans les 
stouses; contribution & I'Stude des icteres hSmolytiques 
locaux. Rev. de mfid., Par., 1909, xxix, 469-468.— HIJmans 
van den Bergli (A. A.) & van Westrlenen (A.). De 
klerstof van den haemolytischen icterus. Feestb. opgedr. 
aan H. Treub, Leiden, 1912, 225-232.— Isaacs (E.). Hemo- 
lytic jaundice. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxvi, 224-228.— 
Kiinig (L.). Ein Beitragzur Frage des symptomatischen 
hamolytischen Ikterus. Klin. Wchnsehr., Berl., 1924, iii, 
1584-1586. — Legry. Les icteres Mmolytiques. Progresm6d., 
Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 261-264.— Lepcline (G.). Milz und 
Leber; ein Beitrag zur Frage des hamatogenen Ikterus, zum 
Hamoglobin und Eisenstoflwechsel. Beitr. z. path. Anat. 
u. z. iue. Path., Jena, 1917-18, Ixiv, 65-126, 2 pi.— Levy (W. 
v.). Chronic hemolytic jaundice. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 
1922, xxxix, 827-830.— Llndbom (0.). [Contribution to the 
knowledge of so-called hemolytic icterus.) Hygiea, Stock- 
holm, 1914, Ixxvi, 385-420.— Lorenzini (A.) . Itteri emolitici; 
rivista sintetica e contributo clinico. Morgagni, Milano, 
1921, Uii, pt. 1 (Arch.), 1-20.— Macaigne & Valiery-Badot 
(P.). Formes intermSdiaires entre les icteres hfimolytiques 
acquis et les icteres h6molytiques oong6nitaux. Gaz. d. 
hop.. Par., 1911, Ixxxiv, 1219.— luarchiafava (E.) & Nazari 
(A.). Sugli itteri emolitici. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 

1909, xxxv, 162-161. — ■ Nuovo contributo alio studio 

degli itteri cronlci emolltici. Policlin., Boma, 1911, xviii, sez. 
med., 241-264, 1 pi.— Mayo (W. J.). Hemolytic icterus. 
Minnesota Med., St. Paul, 1921, iv. 138-140.— Mouisset 
(A.), Ciialier (J.) & Nov£-Josserand (L.J. Contribution 
S I'fitude des icteres hfemolytiques acquis. Lyon mSd., 

1910, cxiv, 141-166.— Pollitzer (H.), Haumeder (H.) & 
Scliablin (S.). Ueber Icterus haemolyticus acquisitus 
(Widal-Abraml). Wien. Arch. f. inn. Med., 1921, U, 375- 
404, 1 pi. — Bavenna. Sidle cosidette forme fruste di ittero 
emolitico. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1910, Boma, 1911, 
XX, 461.— Belcher (Eleonore). Die Klinische Bedeutung 
der osmotischen Haemolyse nebst Bemerkungen zur Lehre 
von haemolytischen Icterus. Schweiz. med. Wchnsehr., 
Basel, 1921, 11, 481-488.— Boch (M.). Les icteres hgmoly- 
tiques. Bev. laid, de la Suisse Bom., Geneve, 1914, xxxiv, 
137-164.— Bosentlial (F.). BeitrSge zur Lehre vom 
hamolytischen Ikterus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. 
innere Med., Miinchen & Weisb., (1920), 1921, xxxii, 311- 
316.— Botli (O.). Zur Frage des Ictere hSmolysinique 
(Chauflard). Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1913, 
ex, 77-89.— Bous (P.) & Drury (D. E.). Jaundice as an 
expression of the physiological wastage of corpuscles. J. 
Exper. M., Bait., 1925, xli, 601-609.— Scliweriner (P.). 
Ueber vermehrten Eweissumastz beim hamolytischen 
Ikterus nebst Stoffwechseluntersuchungen bei Megalo- 
splenien anderer Aetiologie. Beri. klin. Wchnsehr., 1920, 
Ivii, 1199-1201.— SSbiUeau (J.). Etude clinique des icteres 
h^molytiques. Gaz. m£d. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 932- 
937. — SofrS (Q.). Ittero emolitico primitivo. N. R. clin.- 
terap., Napoli, 1913, xvi, 449-463.— Sormani (C). Ricerche 
sperimentali sull' ittero ematogeno. Boll. d. Soc. med.- 
onir. di Pavia, 1919;Xxxi, 675-598. — StiSnon. Ict6re h^nioly- 
tlque. Clinique, Brux., 1913, xxvii, 767-762.— Szokaisid 
(C.). Die hainolytische Qelbsucht im Lichte der neuesten 
Forschungen. Ztscher. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1916, Ixxxiii, 
218-232.— Thayer (W. S.). On hemolytic jaundice. Illi- 
nois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xix, 174-189.— Tlleston (W.). 
Hemolytic jaundice. Medicine, Bait., 1922, i, 365-388. 

Jaundice (Hsemolytic, Causes and pa- 
thology of). 

Casoni (T.). Gr itteri emolitici (con spe- 
ciale riguardo all' ematologia ed all' etiologia). 
8.° Sassari. 1910. 

Kttez (H.). *Untersuchungen zur Patho- 
genese des haemolytischen Ikterus. 8°. 
Zurich, 1923. 

Rabinowitz (J.). *Ueber einen Fall von 
erworbenem hamolytischen Ikterus. (Hei- 
lung durch Splenektomie.) 8°- Konigsberg 
i. Pr., 1919. 

Austin (J. H.) & Pepper (0. H.). Tbe relation of the 
spleen to blood destruction and regeneration and to hemo- 
lytic jaundice. The importance in the production of hemo- 
lytic jaundice of the path of hemoglobin to the liver. J. 
Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1916, xxii, 675-681.— Bernardi 
(G.). Contributo anatomo-climoo alia patogenesi degli 
itteri emolltici secondari (ittero nella anemia perniciosa, 
ittero tubercolare). Riforma med. Napoli, 1919, xxxv, 
710-714.— Bieiing (B) & Isaac (S.). Untersuchungen 
iiber die Bedeutung von Milz und Leber tar die Entste- 
hung des hamolytischen Ikterus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 



JAUNDICE 



30 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Haemolytic, Causes and pa- 
thology of)— continued. 

Qesellsch. t tanere Med., Miinchen, 1922, xntiv Kong., 
?2r- '., ™™"' Zur Pathogenese des chronischen hBmo- 
Jytischeu Ikterus. [Diskussion.] Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
Xong. t. innere Med., Wiesb., 1914, xxxi. 619-622. Bourges 
IH.). Syndrome d'ictere hfimolytique acquis au cours 
dune lombnoose; role pathogSnique des toxines ascari- 
Cienaes dans la genese du processus de destruction globu- 
laire. Bull, et m6m. See. ni6d. d. hop. de Par., 1920 
h ^■'^^''! .1491-1494.— Dick (W.). Die histologischen 
Befunde bei emern Fall von liftmolytischem Ikterus. Med. 
gin., Berl., 1925, xxl, 1309-1311.— Dor*, Ictere ligmo- 
ivtique consficutit & la vaccination jennfirienne et coinci- 
dant aveo une encfiphalite myoolonique. Arch, de m6d. 
etpharm. nav., Par., 1923, cxiii, 176-179.— Prenkel-Tlssot 
(H. C). HSmolytischer Ikterus und Hohenklima. 
Schweiz. med. Wchnschr., Basel, 1921, li, 609-513.— Galli. 
Osservazione su cinque oasi di ittero emolitico. Bull. d. 
r. Accad. med. dl Boma, 1911, xxxvli, 40-42.— Gaucher 
& Giroux. Sur la nature de I'ictere syphlilitque (ictere 
Mmolytique ou sanguin). Ann. d. mal. ven.. Par., 1911, 
vi, 326-340.— Gavina (V.) TJn caso di ittero emolitico in 
seguito a grave lesione della milza. Qior. di med. mil., 
Boma, 1915, Ixiii, 846-849.- Heilmann (P.). Beitrag zur 
Pathologie des kongenitalen hSmolytischen Ikterus. 
Bietr. z. mth. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1924-25, Ixxiii, 
493-501.— Hulier. Ueber die BlutverSnderungen bei 
Icterus haemolyticus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 
681-684.— Ignatovski (A. 0.). [Haemolytic (acholic) 
icterus.] Trudi Syezda Boss. Terapevt., S.-Peterb., 1911, 
ii, 190-217. Kaznelson (P.). Beitrag zur Entstehung 
des hamolytisoheu Ikterus. Wien. Arch. t. inn. Med., 
1920, i, 563-574.— Lemaire (A.). Etude sur la part de 
l'h6moiyse dans la genese de I'ictere. Bull. Acad. roy. de 
mM. de Belg., Brux., 1912, 4. s., xxvi, 763-781.— Lenaz 
(L.). Sulla patogenesi dei cosidetti itteri emolitici. 
Policlln., Eoma, 1920, xxvli, sez. med., 337-346.— Lewin 
(C). Zur Patnologie des erworbenen htlmolytischen 

Ikterus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, Ivii, 309. 

Zur Entstehung des erworbenen hSmolytischen Ikterus. 
Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 

228-232. [Discussion], 253. Der erworbene hamo- 

lytische Ikterus nach Infektionskrankheiten. Beiohs- 
Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1920, idv, 113; 192.— LUdke (H.). 
Elinische und exi)erimentelle tJntersuchungen fiber den 
hfimolytischen Ikterus. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
1918, Ixv, 1098-1102.— M'Nee (J. MS/.). Experiments on 
haemolytic icterus. J. Path. & Bacterlol., Cambridge, 
1913-14, xviii, 325-342, 3 pi.— M'Nee (J. W.) & Prugik 
(B.). The effect of experimental exclusion of the liver on 
the formation of bile-pigment. A further contribution to 
the study of haemolitic Icterus. Ibid., Edinb., 1924, xxvii, 
95-110. — Marin (P.). Bicherche sulla genesi anepatocel- 
lulare dell' ittero da emollsi. Minerva med., Torino, 1922, 
ii, 672; 605.— Nicolas, Massia & Gate (J.). Ictere h^mo- 
lytique acquis d'origine syphilitique. Lyon m6d., 1914, 
exxii, 609-611.— Pappenheim (A.). Weitere Beitrage 
iiber die EoUe der Milz beim experimentellen hSmolyti- 
schen Toluylendiaminikterus der Hunde. Foha haema- 
tol., Leipz., 1914, xvili. Arch., 672-575.— Pearce (E. M.) 
Austin (J. H.) & Musser (J. H.). The relation of the 
spleen to blood destruction and regeneration and to hemo- 
lytic jaundice. The changes in the blood following splenec- 
tomy and their relation to the production of hemolytic 
jaundice. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1912, 
xvi, 758-768.— Pearce (E. M.), Austin (J. H.) & Pepper 
(O. H. P.). The relation of the spleen to blood destruction 
and regeneration and to hemolytic jaundice; the in- 
fluence of diet upon the anemia following splenectomy. 
Hid., 1915, xxii, 682-693.— Pearce (E. M.) & Pepper 
(O. H. P.). "rhe relation of the spleen to blood destrucT 
tion and regeneration and. to . hemolytic jaundice. "The 
changes in the bone marrow after splenectomy. Ibid,, 
1914, XX, 19-61.— Rosenthal (P.). Zur Entstehung des 
erworbenen hSmolytischen Ikterus. Deutsche med. 
Wchnschr., I«ipz., & Beri., 1920, xlvi, 674.— Satta (Q.). 
Osservazioni suBa patogenesi dell' ittero emolitico. Arch, 
per le so. med., Torino, 1919, xhi, 123-147.— Sisto (P.). 
Studio anatomo-patologico dell' ittero emohtico. PoU- 
clin., Boma, 1916, xxii, sez. med., 389-422, 1 pi.— Sormani 
(0.). Sulla patogenesi dell' ittero emolitico. Boll. d. 
Soc. med.-chir., Pavia, 1920, xxxiii, 63-78.— Strauss (H.). 
Zur Frage des chronisch-acholurischen (hSmolytischen) 
Icterus. Veroflentl. d. Hufeland. Qesellsch. in Berl., 
1913-14, pt. 2, 43-63. [Diskussion], pt. 1, 16.— Topley 
(iW. W. C). Bed cell fragflity in jaundice. Lancet, 
Lond., 1914, i, 499.— Whlteher (B. E.). Microcytosis in 
hemolytic icterus. Am. J. M. So., Phila., 1926, obex, 678- 
689.— Whyte (G. D.). Note on the fragiUty of the red cells 
'"n conditions associated with jaundice. Lancet, Lond., 
1914, 1, 383.— Widal (F.), AbramI (P.) & Brute (M.). 
Ictere nfimolytique acquis, S rechutes; origine intestinale 
du processus hfimolytique. Bull, et mtm. Soc. mSd. d. 
hop. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 480-484.— Widal (F.), 
Lemlerre (A.) [et al.]. Ictere grave d' origine hgmoly- 
tique dfl au bacUlus perfringens. Ibid., 1911, 3, s., xxa, 
334-354 — Zeman (E.). [Pathogenesis of hemolytic jaun- 
dice.] Casop. 16k. desk., Praha, 1925, Mv, 916-921. 



Jaundice (Haemolytic, Complications 
and sequelae of). 

Schumann (O. A.). *Ueber den Hamo- 
lytischen Ikterus und seine Beziehungen zur 
sog. Bantischen Kranliheit und zur per- 
niziosen Anamie. 8°. Jena, 1920. 

Allan (W.) & Leinbach (E. F.). An unusual blood 
crisis in hemolytic icterus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
1917, Ixviil, 1020-1022.— Aschenheim (E.). Ueber tox- 
isch-hSmoljrtischen Ikterus mit Megalosplenie. Folia 
haematol., Berl., 1911, xi, 1-16.— Bologna (M.). Su di 
un caso di ittero grave emohtico da tubercolosi con caratteri 
di perniciositi. Oazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1921, 
xxiv, 223-226.— Brill Q^- E.). Chronic hemolytic icterus 
complicated by a myeloid leukemia. Med. CUn. N. Am., 
Phila., 1924, viii, 163-174.— Chevalller (P.) & Tourklne 
(J.). Le grand syndrome h§molytique dans les affections 
h£pato-spl6niques. Folia haematc!., Leipz., 1916, xix. 
Arch., 244-268, 1 pi.— Christian (H. A.). Pernicious 
anemia, alkaptonuria, hemolytic jaundice, orthostatic 
albuminuria and pernicious anemia. Northwest Med., 
Seattle, 1922, xxi, 301-308.— Dawson (Sir B.). Haemo- 
lytic jaundice complicated by cholecystitis. Proc. Eoy. 
Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Clin. Sect., 103.— Faure- 
BeauUeu (M.) & Mouquin (M.). Ictere hSmolytique 
acquis colncidant avec une pouss^e de tuberculose pul- 
monaire; radiothteapie mySlo-spltoique; prfeence inter- 
mittente d'isolysines au cours de I'ictere et apres sa gu6ri- 
son. Bull, et m6m. Soc. mfed. d. hop. de Par., 1924, 3. s., 
xlviii, 885-892.— Hecksreder (E.). Bin Fall von erwor- 
benem hSmolytischen Ikterus mit Zeichen von lympha- 
tisch-hypo-plastischer Eonstitutionsanomalie. Wien. med. 
Wchnschr., 1910, Ix, 2754-2757.— Fortunato (A.). Sulle 
relazioni tra itteri emoUtici ed anemia perniciosa. Gazz. 
internaz. di med., Napoli, 1921, xxiv, 13-17.— Giffln (H. 
Z.). Hemoglobinuria in hemolytic jaundice. Arch. Int. 
Med., Chicago, 1923, xxxi, 673-678.— HUmans van den 
Bergh (A. A.). Haemolytische icterus met ansemie en 
aanvallen van haemoglobinurie. Nederol. Tijdschr. v. 

Geneesk., Amst., 1911, i, 81-93. Ictere h6moly- 

tique aveo crises hfimoglobinuriques; fragility globulaire. 
Eev. de m6d., Par., 1911, xxxi, 63-69.— Labb6 (M.). Ictere 
hfmolytique et anSmie a rechute. Clinique, Par., 1912, 
vli, 296-300.— Leschke (E.). HSmolytischer Ikterus und 
Gicht. Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, xvili, 896.— McPhedran 
(F.) & Orr (H.). A case of hasmolytic jaundice with 
splenomegaly. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1913, iii, 
14-20. — Marjankowna (T.). [A case of haemolotic jaun- 
dice with haemoglobinemia.] Polska Gaz. Lekar., Kra- 
kow, 1924, iii, 312.— Martin (W.). Haemolytic jaundice 
with cholelithiasis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, Ix, 400.— 
Meyer (I.) & Pilot (I.). Chronic splenomegaUc hemolytic 
jaundice; with isolation of a streptococcus from the spleen. 
J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, Ixxx, 1766.— MuUer (Q. P.). 
Hemolytic ictero-anemia. Surg. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 
1922, ii, 165-159.— Oliva (C). Sopra due casi di grave 
spappolamento polmonare per feritad' arma da fuoco, con 
ittero emolitico. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1917, xxxviii, 129- 
133. — Oulmont & Boidin. Ictere hgmolytique acquis 
avec hypocholesterinfimie. Presse m6d.. Par., 1912, xx, 
625. — Qnadri (G.). Splenomegalia haemolytica mit in- 
terkurrentem acholisehen Ikterus. Virchow's Arch. f. 
path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1914, cov, 151-160.— Kosin (H.). 
Icterus haemolyticus; (hftmolytisehe AnSmie, Splenome- 
galia haemolytica mit Ikterus). Ergebn. d. ges. Med., 
Beri. & Wien, 1920, i, 448-460.— Sabraz£s (J.), Muratet 
(L.) & Mougneau (E.). A propos de la presence de sels 
biliaires dans le s6rum sanguin de la malade atteinte 
d'an§mie et d'ictere hSmolytique aggravSs par la tuber- 
culose. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 
613. — Schiin (W.). Zur Biochemie des hSmolytischen 
Ikterus mit Splenomegalie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
Leipz. & Beri., 1920, xlvi, 909.— Sormani (C). Tuber- 
colosi ed ittero emolitico. Gazz. med. ital., 'Torino, 1914, 
Ixv, 61; 61.— TrSmoliferes (F.) & Cain (A.). Ictere hfemo- 
lytique au cours d'une cirrhose tuberculeuse terminge 
par septicfimie cohbacillaire; le role du foie dans la produc- 
tion des pigments biliaires. Bull. et. m6m. Soc. m6d. d. 
hop. de Par., 1913, 3, s., xxxv, 224-227.— Troisier (J.), 
loteres hfimolytiques avec polyglobulie. Compt. rend. 
Soc. de biol., Par^ 1911, Ixx, 859-861.— Verhoogen (E.) 
& Kenaux (E.). Un cas d'ictere hfimolytique aveo spl6no- 
mfigahe. BuU. Soc. d. so. m6d. et nat. de Brux., 1909, 
Ixvii, 114-127.— Widal (F.), Abrami (P.) & Brute (M.). 
Les icteres hfimolytiques acquis, rapports entre I'hgmolyse 
et la biligfinie extra-hfipatique. Cong, franf. de m#d., 
Eapp., Lyon, 1911, xii, 232-265.— Wilson (D. C). Involve- 
ment of the central nervous system in hemolytic icterus, 
with a report of a case. Clifton Med. Bull., Clifton Springs, 
1924-25, X, 122-126. 

Jaundice (Haemolytic, Congenital and 
hereditary). 

See, also, Infants (New-born, Jaundice in) . 

Haetmann (Anna) [geb. Kopp]. *Ueber 

drei Falle von chronischem hereditarem hae- 



JAUNDICE 



31 



JAtJNmGE 



Jaundice (Hsemolytic, Congenital and 
hereditary) — continued. 

molytischem Ikterus in einer Familie mit 
besonderer Berticksichtigung des Resistenz- 
phaenomens. (Auszug.) [Leipzig.] 8°- 
Zuelenroda i. Th., 1924. 

Steuver (W. a. L.). *Ein Beitrag zur 
klinik und Hamatologie des familiaren 
hamolytischen Ikterus. 8°. [Marburg], 
1914. 

Asctaentaeim (E.). Ueber famOi&ren h&molytiscben 
Ikterus. Muohen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 1282-1284.— 
Biffls (F.). Splenomegalia emolitica lamigliale. Foliclin., 
Eoma, 1919, javi, sea. med., 393-409.— Bonnet (L. M.) 
& Gate (J.). Un ess d'ictere hSmolytique congfnltal. 
Lyon med. 1913, cxxi, 675-577.— Chauffard (A.). L'ictere 
b6molytique congenital de I'adulte. Kev. gin. de clin. et de 

tbfirap., Par., 1912, xxvi, 199. Le pronostic, des 

icteres hSmolytiques cong6nitauz. Bull. mid. Far., 1913, 

xxvii, 1169. Patbog£nie de l'ictere hSmolytique 

congenital. Ann. de mSd., Far., 1914, i, 3-17. 



French clinical lecture on congenital baemolytio jaundice 
in the adult. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1917, cliv, 446.— 
Cocke (C. H.). Chronic familial hemolytic jaundice or 
Banti's disease. Am. J. M. Sc, Pliila., 1926, olxix, 195-203.— 
Courmont (J.), Stay & Gat£. Ictere bemolytique 
congenital Lyon med., 1913, cxx, 673-676.— Curschmann 
(H.). Zur Symptomatologie des hamolytischen Ikterus 
(famil. spast. Spinalpaialyse: endokrine Symtome). 
Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1923, cxlii, 79-93.— 
Button (W. F.). Chronic hereditary and familial 
hemolytic jaundice; with splenomegaly and hepatomegaly; 
preliminary report on five cases under study. J. Am. M. 
Ass., Chicago, 1926, Ixxxiv, 1897-1902.— Freymann (Q.). 
Beitrag zur Eenntnis weiterer allgemein-pathologischer 
Beziebungen beim herodit^ren h&molytischen Ikterus. 
Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1922, i, 2229-2231.— Frledenwald 
(I.) & Gantt (W. E.). Congenital hemolytic jaundice; 
report of an interesting case. Ann. Clin. Med., Bait., 1922, 
i, 96-106. — Gandy & Brul6. Ictere hemolytique congenital; 
autopsie. Bull et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1909, 
3. s., xrviii, 369-375.— Gautler (P.) & Th§¥enod (A.). 
Ictere hemolytique congenital chez un enfant de 13 ans. 
Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1924, xai, 322-326.— Giannone 
(A.). Contributo alio studio, degl'itteri emolitici congeniti; 
a proposito di un caso d'ittero emolitico congenito. Studium, 
KfapoU, 1923, xiii, 310-315.— Glroux (L.), Verdler & Fores- 
tier. Un cas d'ictere hemolytique congenital. Bull, et 
mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1918, 3. s., xlii, 98-101.— 
Goldschmidt (S.), Pepper (0. E. P.) & Pearce (R. M.). 
Metabolism studies before and after splenectomy in con- 
genital hemolytic icterus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1915, 
xvl, 437-465.— Gtraham (E. A.). A case of famiUal hemo- 
l3rtic icterus associated with pulmonary tuberculosis and old 
tuberculosis of the hip; splenectomy; cholecystectomy; 
relief from jaundice. Surg. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1922, ii, 
1483-1491.— Guizzetti (P.). Hamolytlscher, kongenitaler 
Ikterus. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1911, 
lii, 16-50, 1 pi.— Hattesen (H.). Die Familie Roschmann; 
ein Beitrag zimi erbhchen hamolytischen Ikterus. Mitt. 
a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1923-24, xxxvii, 
293-307.— Hirsch (Ada). Die physiologische Ikterusbe- 
reitsohaft des Neugeborenen. Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 
1913, Orig., ix, 196-207.— Holland (Meta). Zwei FSlle von 
familiSrem hSmolytischem Ikterus ohne typische Ver- 
Snderung des Blutes. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1919, 
Izzxvil, 72-80.— Leenhardt, Giraud (Mile.) & Slm£an. 
Ictere hemolytique congenital. Montpel. med., 1923, 
xlv, 392-396.— Leenhardfi Sentis (MUeO [et al.]. Ictere 
hemolytique congenital. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et biol. de 
Montpellier, 1924-26, vi, 164-167.— Leuret (B.). Etude 
anatomo-pathologique comparee de l'ictere hemolytique 
du nouveau-n6 et dferhemolyse provoquee; nature hemoly- 
tique de l'ictere post-obloroformique. Arch. d. mal. du 
cceur [etc.]. Par., 1910, iii, 236-263.— McKdvy (J. P.) & 
Bosenbloom (J.). Metabolism study of a case of con- 

fenital hemolytic jaundice with splenomegaly. Arch, 
nt. Med., Chicago, 1915, xv, 227-238.— McVey (C. L.). 
Splenomegallc hemolyticjaundice; case report for congenital 
type. Med. Rec, N. Y\, 1920, xcvii, 864-869.— Mensing 
(E. H.) & Sogers (M. F.). Splenectomy for congenital 
hemolyticjaundice. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1921-22, 
XX, 85.— Meulengracht (E.). Ueber die Erbliohkeitsver- 
haltnisse helm chronischen hereditaren hamolytischen 
Ikterus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Liepz., 1921, 
cxxxvi, 33-45.— Mosse (M.). Famiharer hamolytisoher 
Icterus. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. QeseUsch. (1912), 1913, 
xliii, pt. 2, 379-383.— NinnI (C). Un caso di ittero 
emolitico primitive congenito. Practica d. med. Napoli; 
1914-16, XV, 133-160.— Nobficourt. Sur un enfant atteint 
d'ictere hemolytique congenital. Kev. gen. de din. et de 
therap.. Par., 1924, xxxviii, 609-616.— Nobficourt, Matbieu 
(E.) & Bieci. Un cas d'ictere hemolytique congenital chez 
un garcon de IIH ans. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1924, 
xxii, 247-252.— Non-ls (G. W.) & McMIUan (T. M.). Con- 
genital hemolytic icterus; with a report of four cases occurring 



Jaundice (Hsemolytic, Congenital and 

hereditary) — rcontinued. 

In two generations of the same family; the results of sple- 
nectomy in one of these cases is reported. Bull. Ayer Clin. 
Lab. Penn. Hosp., Phila., 1924, 40-44. AUo Med. Press, 
Lond., 1924, n. s., cxviii, 148-161.— Paris & GIroux. Etude 
anatomo-pathologique d'un cas d'ictere hemolytique con- 
genital. Arch. d. mal. du cceur. Far., 1910, iii, 668-672.— 
FarlBot (J.) & HeuUy (L.). Essai de traitement de l'ictere 
hemolytique congenital par la radiotherapie spienique. 
Gaz. d. hop.. Far., 1913, Ixxxvi, 277-281.— Pel (L.). 
Ueber familiaren hamolytischen Ikterus nebst einigen 
Bemerkungen fiber das Vorkommen von Gallenfarbstoffen 
im Blut und im Ham. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., 
Leipz., 1912, cvi, 239-265.— Pentscbeff (A.). Die Wirkung 
der Splenektomie beim congenitalen und familiaren 
haemolytischen Ikterus. (Minkowski-Chauflard.) Beitr. 
z. Heilk. (Abt. Chir.), Berl., 1921, Heft 9, 1-20.— Eesch (A.). 
Beitrag zur Frage des kongenitalen hamolytischen Ikterus. 
Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1924, 3. F., Iv, 301-320.— Bicbards 
(E. T. P.) & Jobnson (W. C). Study of a case of con- 
genital hemolytic jaundice. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
1913, Ixi, 1586-1691.— Bosenbloom (J.) & McKelvy 
(J. F.). A study of the cholesterol metabolism in a case of 
congenital hemolytic jaundice with splenomegaly. Inter- 
state M. J., St. Louis, 1915, xxii, 138-142.— Botb (0.). 
Der angeborene hamolytische Ikterus. Cor-Bl. 1. schweiz. 
Aerzte, Basel, 1913, xliii, 689-698.— Saner (H.). Ueber 
den kongenitalen hamolytischen Ikterus und die Erfolge 
der Milzexstirpation. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. 
Chir., Jena, 1920, xxxil, 696-716.— Scbnpbach (A.). Ueber 
den chronischen hereditaren hamolytischen Ikterus. 
Ein Beitrag zu seiner Klinik und Fathogenese. Ergebn. 
d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1924, xxv, 821-900.— Star- 
kiewlcz (W.). Sur la pathogenic de l'ictere acbolurique 
congenital. Rev. de med.. Par., 1909, xxix, 61-75. — von 
Stejskal (K.). Ueber hamolytischen Ikterus und fiber das 
Auftreten hamolytisoher Vorgange bei diesem und bei 
pernizi5ser Anamie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 
661-667.— Thayer (W. S.) & Morris (E. S.). Two cases of 
congenital hsemolytic jaundice with splenomegaly; obser- 
vations on hsemolytic jaundice. Johns Hopkins Hosp. 
Bull., Bait., 1911, xxii, 83-96.— Togoda (T.). Zellstudien 
bei angeborenem hamolytischen Ikterus. Folio haematoL, 
Leipz., 1923, xxix, pt. 1, 65-83, 2 pi.— Weber (F. P.). 
Congenital hsemolytic jaundice. Froc. Eoy. Soc. Med., 
Lond., 1922-23, xvi, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 66-68. 

Jaundice (Hsemolytic, Treatment of). 

See, also. Spleen (Excision of) . 

Baqou. Ictere hemolytique acquis; traitement radio- 
therapique. Lyon m6d., 1914, cxxii, 1029-1033.— Barlow 
(H. C.) & Gordon (A. K.). A case of acholuric jaundice, 
splenectomy and death, and the post-mortem findings; 
pathological investigation. Med. Press, Lond., 1924, n. s., 
cxvii,3^386. — Cbauffard (A.). Evolution hematologique 
d'un ictere hemolytique congenital gueri par la spienectomie. 
Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Far., 1925, 3. s., xlix, 
938-940.— Citron (J.). Ueber einen Fall von Rezidiv 
eines hamolytischen Iktierus nach Milzexstirpation. Deut- 
sche med. Wchnschr.,. Leipz. & Berl., 1922, xlviii, 79. — 
Curscbmann (H.). Erfolgreich operierter familiarer 
hamolytischer Ikterus. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1925, 
Ixxii, 969. — Dawson (Sir B.). Haemolytic jaundice; 
cholecystotomy; splenectomy; cure. Froc. Eoy. Soc. 
Med., Lend., 1913-14, vii, Clin. Sect., 101-103.— Dubs (J.). 
Milzexstirpation bei haemolytischem Ikterus. Schweiz. 
med. Wchnschr., Basel, 1922, lii, 124.— Edman (V.). 
[Two surgical cases of icterus haemolyticus congenitus and 
one case of icterus haemolyticus acquisitus with some reflec- 
tions on the pathogenesis of the diseases.] Hygiea, Stock- 
holm, 1918, Ixxx, 433-452.— EUiott (C. A.) & Kanavel 
(A. B.). Splenectomy for haemolytic icterus, a discussion 
of the familial and acquired types with a report of splenec- 
tomized cases. Surg., Qynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, 
XX, 21-37.— Friedman (G. A.) & Katz (E.). Eeportof a 
case of acquired hemolytic jaundice with splenectomy. 
J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 1295-1298.— Gansslen 
(M.). Ueber hamolytischen Ikterus; nach 25 elgenen 
Beobachtungen und 10 Milzexstirpationen. Deutsches 
Arch. f. klin. Med„ Leipz., 1922, cxl, 210-226.— Gilbert (A.), 
Cbabrol (E.) & Benard (H.). Un nouveau cas d'ictere 
chronique spienomegalique traite avec succes par I'ablation 
delarate. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de. Par., 1919, 
3. s^ xliii, 789-791.— Goldscbmldt (S.), Pepper (0. H.) 
& Pearce (R. M.). Metabolic studies before and after 
splenectomy in congenital hemolytic icterus. Tr. Ass. 
Am. Physicians, Philadelphia, 1916, xxx, 698-720.— Graf 
(P.). Zur chirurgischen Therapie des hamolytischen 
Ikterus. Deutsche Ztschr. t. Chir., Leipz., 1914 cxxx, 
462-480.— Hartmann (H.). La spienectomie dans les 
icteres hemolytiques spienomegaliques. Bull. Acad, de 
med.. Par., 1920, 3. s., Ixxxiii, 699-602. [Discussion], 
Ixxxiv, 1.— Kahn (F.). Ueber hamolytischen Ikterus 
und seine Beeinflussung durch splenektomie. Verhandl. 
d. deutsch Kong. f. innere med., Wiesb., 1913, xxx, 
326-331.— Kirch (A.). KoUargoltherapie bei hamolyti- 
schem Ikterus? Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 



JAUNDICE 



32 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Hsemolytic, Treatment of)— 
continued. 

1920, rivl, 660.-Krumbhaar (E. B.). Experimental and 
chmoal studies in hemolytic jaundice, with special reference 
to the effects of splenectomy. Med. Bee, N. Y 1914 
Itxxvi, 1106.— Liarimore (J. W.). Chronic hemolytic 
icterus with report of two cases treated by splenectomy. 
Med. & Surg., St. Louis, 1917, i, 512-523.— Le Blanc (E.). 
Hamolytisohe AnSmie und ttterus; Beitrag zur Wirkung 
hamolytischen Immunserums beim Mensohen. Foha 
haematol., Leipz., 1921-22, nvii; pt. 1, 149-170.— Losio 
(L.). A proposito di un caso singolare di ittero emolitioo 
splenomegalico operate di splenectomia. Policlin., Eoma, 
1919, xxvi, sez. med., 410-424.— Mayer (K.). Ueber Sple- 
nektomie bie kongenitalem hereditarem hamolytischen 
Ikteros. Deutsche Ztschr. t. Chir., Leipz., 1922, clxxi, 1-12.— 
Mayo (W. J.). Hemolytic icterus. Surg. Clin. N. Am., 
PMa., 1921, 1, 1316-1318.— MicheU (F.) . Efletti immediati 
della splenectomia in un caso tipico di ittero emolitico 
cronioo e aoquisito, tipo Hayem-Vidal (ittero splenoemo- 
litico.) Qior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1911, 4. s., 
xvii, 296-298. Also transl., Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, 
xxiv, 1269-1274.— Mosse (M.). Pathologic und Therapie 
des hamolytischen Ikterus. Samihl. zwangl. Abhandl. a. 
d. Qeb. d. Verdauungs- u. Stoflwechsel-Krankh., 1921, 
vii, 1-50.- Peck (C. H.). Splenectomy for hemolytic 
jaundice. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 788-790.— 
Pietra (P.) & Bozzolo (G.). Sugli efletti della splenecto- 
mia nell' ittero emolitico (con osservazione clinica di 4 
casi splenectomizzati seguiti daJl' inizio). Minerva med., 
Torino, 1925, v, 357-375.— Eosenthal (F.). Untersuohun- 
gen zur Chemie des Blutes beim hamolytischen Ikterus mit 
besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Lipoids. Deutsche Arch, 
f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1920, cjocdi, 129-178.— Bubino (G.). 
Un caso di ittero emolitico congenito operato di splenec- 
tomia. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., 1912, Roma, 1913, 
xxii, 414-418. — Bussell (J. I.). Splenectomy for haemo- 
lytio jaundice. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, Ixiv, 627.— 
Schneider (J. P.). Hemolytic icterus a report of two 
spleneotomised oases. Minnesota Med., St. Paul, 1919, 
ii, 210-213.— Schwarz (H.). Haemolytic icterus with 
splenectomy. Internat. Chn., Phila., 1923, 33. s., iii, 
209-214. — TJpcott (H.). Splenic jaundice; a contribution 
to the surgery of the spleen. Brit. J. Surg. , Bristol, 1914-15, 
ii, 673-677.— Whipham (T. R. C). Splenomegalio (hae- 
molytic) jaundice associated with bUe pigment in the urine; 
report of a case in which splenectomy was performed; with 
remarks by H. W. Carson. Lancet, Lond., 1914, ii, 1194- 
1196.— Wlder^e (S.) & Jervdl (O.). [Splenectomy in chronic 
hereditary haemolytic jaundice.] Norsk Mag. 1. Lsege- 
vidensk., Kristiania, 1921, Ixxxii, 428-434.— Wilcox (A. E.). 
Splenectomy for hemolytic jaundice; with report of case. 
Minnesota Med., St. Paul, 1925, viii, 682-685. 

Jaundice (Hsemorrhagic). 

See Jaundice (Spirochaetal) ; Malarial 
fever (Hsemorrhagic) . 

Jaundice (Infantile). 

See Infants (New-born, Jaundice in); 
Jaundice in infants, etc. 

Jaundice (Infectious). 

See Jaundice (Spirochaetal). 
Jaundice (Picric acid). 

Arena (E.). Itterizia picrica; metodo sempliflcato per 
I'identificazione deU' acido picrico nelle urine. Atti d. r. 
Accad. med. chir. di Napoli, 1917, Ixxi, 113-127.— Barral 
(E.). Acide picrique et simulation. Compt.rend.Soc.de 
biol., Par. 1915, Ixxviii, 463.— Barthe (L.) & Fredonx (M.). 
Sur les urines picriqufies. J. de pharm. et de chim.. Par., 
1916, 7, s., idii, 369-372.- Brute (M.), JaTilUer (M.) & 
Baeckeroot (B.). Sur la pathogfinie des icteres picriques. 
Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 388-391. 

Fathog^nie, diagnostic ohimique et caracteres 

urologiques des icteres par ingestion d'acide picrique. 
Presse m§d.. Par., 1916, xxiv, 429-431.— Castets (M. J.). 
Sur une nouvelle rSactlon de I'acide picrique et ses applica- 
tions. J. de pharm. et chim.. Par., 1916, 7, s., xiii, 46-49.— 
CoUie (Sir J.). Jaundice and malingering. Birmingh. M. 
Rev., 1916, Ixxx, 93.— Dargein. Cas d'icteres provoqufe 
par I'absorption d'acide picrique. Arch, de mfid. nav.. 
Par., 1912, xcviii, 303-309.— Di Donna (A.). La ricerca 
deli' acido picrico negli itteri procurati. Qazz. internaz. 
di med., Napoli, 1917, XX, 207-209.— Dugardin (M.). Acide 
picrique et icteres simulSs. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de thSrap., 
Par., 1918, xxxii, 92-94.— Ganassini (D.). Contributo 
alia di^nosi chimica dell' ittero picrico: possibile simula- 
zione di pigihenti biliari nelle orine. Arch, di farmacol. 

sper., Roma, 1917, xxiv, 289-298. — Vitterizia arti; 

ficiale pud essere provocata soltanto coll' ingestione di 
acido picrico? Ibid., 336-344.— GrHot (P.). Sur la ooexis-' 
tence de I'acide picrique et de I'acide picramique dans I'urine 
des pseudo-ict6riques. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1916, 
xxiii, 66-67.— Grimbert (L.). Sur la recherche des d6riv§s 
picriques dans les urines. J. de pharm., et de chim.. Par., 



Jaundice (Picric acid) — continued. 

1916, 7. s., xiii, 177-190.— Hollande. Rapport sur un cas 
d'ictere par ingestion d'acide picrique. Arch, de mfid. 
et pharm. mil.. Par., 1914-15, fiiv, 654.— Lasausse (E.). 
Diagnostic des icteres provoqufis par absorption d'acide 
picrique. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1915, xxii, 327-331. 

Caractfeisation des ictSrus d'origine picrique; 6ta- 

actuel de la question. Ibid., 1916, xxiu, 33-35.— Le 
Mithonard (A.) . Notes sur la recherche de I'acide picrique 
dans les urines des malades atteints d'ictere picrique. Paris 
m6d., 1916-16, xvii, 475-477.— Malmejac Jaunisse picri- 
que et ictere. Presse m6d.. Par., 1917, xs.v, 104.— Mal- 
mejac (F.) & Uoust (C). Jaunisse picrique et ictere. 
J. de physiol. et de path. g6n.. Par., 1916-17, xvii, 685- 
691.— Marchettl (G.). L'ittero da acido picrico. Atti 
d. Accad. med.-fls. florent., Firenze, 1916, 150-163.— 
Marie (P. L.). L'intoxication picrique et les icteres picri- 
ques. Ann. de m6d.. Par., 1917, iv, 86-107.— Masnata 
(G.). L'ittero procurato da ingestione di acido picrico 
(ittero picrico; falso ittero). PolicHn., Roma, 1917, xxiv, 
sez. prat., 701-711.— Mazzetti (L.). Sulla simulazione del- 
1' itterizia mediants I'ingestione d'acido picrico. Sperlmen- 
tale, Firenze, 1917, Ixxi, 265 -280.— Merklen (P.). La 
coloration des teguments au cours de l'intoxication picriqufie. 
Paris m6d., 1918, xxix, 417. — Piazza (V. C). L'intossica- 
zione picrica e l'ittero picrico. Ann. di clin. med., Palermo, 
1917-19, viii-ix. No. 1-2, 123-149.— Pitinl (A.). La ricerca 
dei derivati picrici nelle urine nei casi di simulazione di 
ittero. Sicilia ospedal., Palermo, 1918, viii, No. 2, 29-31. — 
PIttarelli (E.). SuUa diagnosi chimica dell' ittero picrico. 

Foha med., Napoh, 1918, iv, 342-347. Sull' accerta- 

mento chimioo degl' itteri picrici. Policlin^ Roma, 1918, 
XXV, sez. prat., 999-1001.- Pognan & Sauton (B.). 
Des icteres provoqufe par absorption d'acide picrique; 
recherche de la simulation par I'analyse des urines et du 
sang. J. de pharm. et de chim.. Par., 1916, 7. s., xii, 
36(W62. — BodiUon (G.). Sur une rfeaction sp^cifique de 
I'acide picrique. Ibid., 177-179. — Saladini (R.). Sulla 
pseudo Itterizia da ingestione di acido picrico. Arch, di 
farmacol. sper.^ Roma, 1917, xxiv, 97-112.— Scala (A.). 
Gli itteri picrici e metodo di riconoscerli. Policlin., Roma, 
1918, XXV, sez. prat., 271-277.— Scelsi (Q.). D nitron e la 
trasformazione dell' acido picrico nell' organismo. Eiv. 
d'ig., e san. pubb., Parma, 1918, xxir, 36-40.— Tiller (L.). 
La recherche ael'acide picrique dans les cas d'icteres simulte. 
Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1917, xxiv, 155-159. — Tixier 
(L.) & Bernard (A.). Nouveau procSd§ pour la recherche 
ae I'acide picrique dans le sang des icteres simulte. Frogres 
m6d.. Par., 1916, 3. s., xxxi, 218-220.— TailUlo (G.). Sulle 
xantodermie provocate da ingestione di acido picrico; un 
metodo di diagnosi chimica. Ann. di din. med., Palermo, 

1916, vii, 196-201. 

Jaundice (Spirochaetal). [Weil's dis- 
ease]. 

See, also, under Weil's diseases in 2. s. 

Arce (J.). Espiroquetosis ictero-hemorrdgica. Cr6n. 
m§d., Lima, 1917, xxxiv, 365-375: 1921, xxxviii, 66-76.— 
B£nech (J.). La spirocn6tose ict6rigene. Rev. m6d. de 
I'Bst, Nancy, 1920, xlviii, 648-669.— Bonlni (Q.). Sul- 
I'ittero infettivo da spirocheta ittero-emorragica. Oazz. d. 
osp., Milano, 1917, xxxviii^ 273-278.— Bordet (F.). La 
spirochfitose ictfiro-hfimorragique. J. de m6d. et chir. prat.. 
Par., 1920, xci, 369-377.— Bravetta (E.). Nosografla della 
spirochetosi itterogena. Policlin., Roma, 1918, xxv, sez. 
prat., 486-489. — Carpi (IT.) . Osservazioni sulla spirochetosi 
itterogena. Ibid., 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 949-955. — Cas- 
telllno (N.). Ittero infettivo. Oazz. d. osp., Milano, 1916, 
xxxvii, 1153-1156.— Cesa-Biancbl (D.). Ulteriori studi 
sulla spirochetosi ittero-emorragica. Atti d. Soc. lomb. 

di sc. med. e biol., Milano, 1916-17, vi, 55-66. La 

spirochetosi Ittero emoragica. Pensiero med., Milano, 

1917, vii, 76; 87; 99; 169.— ChauBard (A.). Sur la spiro- 
chMose iotSro-hfimorragique. Rev, g6n. de chn. et de 

thSrap., Par., 1921, xxxv, 210-213. Ictere grave du 

type spirochkosique. J. de m6d. et chir. prat.. Par. 1925, 
xcvi, 125-130. — Corrales. Sur I'iminunite naturelle vis- 
a-vis du Sp. icterohemorragiae Inado et Ido. Compt. rend. 
Soc. de biol.. Par., 1919, Ixxxii, 14^16.— Costa (S.). Les 
icteres infectieux primitifs; une nouvelle classification. 
Marseille-M6d., 1923, Ix, 1003-1006.— Costa (S.) & Troisier 
(J.). La spirohc6tose ict6ro-h6morragiqu6. Rev. g6n. de 

Sath. de guerre, Par., 1917, ii, 672-702.— Courmont (J.) & 
turand (P.). La spirochgtose ictferohSmorragique chez le 
chien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1917, Ixxx, 275- 
277.— Dalman & Balta. Sur I'immunitfe dans la splrochfi- 
tose ict6roh§morragique. Ibid., 1919, Ixxxii, 489-490. — 
Dawson (B.). Spirochaetosis icterohaamorrhagica. Lan- 
cet, Lond., 1918, ii, 675-681.— Dawson (Sir B.), Hume 
(W. E.) & Bedson (S. P.). Infective jaundice. Brit. 
M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 346-364, 1 pi.— DeszlmlrovlGS (K.). 
Elinische Beobachtungen fiber den epidemischen Ikterus. 
Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 935-943.— Hders (C). 
[Chnical study of Weil's disease.] Geneesk. Qids, 's Gra- 
venh., 1925, iii, 365-371.— Btienne (Q.) & Benech (J.). 
Spirochetoses ict6ro-h6morragiques autochtones. Rev. 
m6d. de I'Est, Nancy, 1921, xUx, 393-399.— I^dde (B. A.). 
Notes on infectious jaundice. Long Island M. L, Brook- 



JAUNDICE 



33 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Spirochaetal). [Weil's dis- 
ease] — continued . 

lyn, 1922, xvi, 385-388.— Freire (L.). Spirochetose ictero 
hemorrhagica. Tribuna med., Bio de Jan., 1919, xxy, 151; 
166.— Gamier (M.). Les formes atypiques de la spirochfi- 
tose lotfirigene. J. m6d. frang., Par., 1919, viii, 160-157. 

La spiroch6tose ict^rigene. J. de mid. et chir. 

prat., Par., 1919, xo, 641-666. French work on 

ictero-hsemorrhagic spirocheetosis. Lancet, Lond., 1919, 

11, 1145-1162. Sur la spiroohfitose ictSrigene. Bull. 

et m6m. Soo. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1924, 3. s., dviii, 1591.— 
Gamier (M.) & Magnenand (L.). L'filimination par les 
feces des pigments biliaires et de leurs d^rivte au corns des 
Icteres Infectieux. Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1916, 
faix, 378-381.— Gamier (M.) & Beilly (I.). L'ictere in- 
fectieux & spirooh6tes. Bull, et m6m. Soc. mid. d. h6p. 

de Par., 1916, 3. s., xl, 2249-2268. Les formes 

16geres de la spirochetose iotSrigene. Ibid., 1917, 3. s., xli, 

69-75. Les formes prolongte de.la spirochetose 

icteriggne. (Forme rfinsJe et forme hfipato-spltoique). 

md., 711-717. La recherche des substances im- 

munisantes chez les convalescents de spirochetose icteri- 
gene. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 101- 

103. La spirchetose ictSrigfine. Paris m6d., 1917, 

xix, 176-184. Also transl.. West. M. Eev., Omaha, 

1918, xxiii, 135-147. Essai de classification des 

icteres infectieux primitifs. Presse med.. Par., 1920, 

xxviii, 813-816. Les formes benignes des icteres 

infectieux primitifs. Eev. de med.. Par., 1920, xxxvii, 
377-408.— Goebel, BeitrSge zur Fra^ der sogenannten 
■Weilscheu Krankheit (ansteekende Gelbsucht). Med. 
B3in., Berl., 1916, xii, 381-383.— Goldstein (H. 1.). WeD's 
disease or icterus gravis (acute infectious jaundice). Med. 
Times, N. Y., 1923, li, 231; 240.— GozzI (0.) & MorandotU 
(F.). Ittero infettivo spirochetico. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. 
d'ig., Milano, 1917, xxxix, 81; 97; 113.— Gross (E.) & 
Magnus-AIsleben (E.>. Zur Kenntnis des Seberhaften 
Ikterus. Miinchen. med. 'Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 89-92.— 
Gudzent. BeitrSge zur Eenntnis der Weil'schen Krank- 
heit. Ztschr. f. Klin. Med.jBerl., 1917, Ixxxv, 273-296.— 
Hauck (L.). Beitrag zur Weil'schen Krankheit. Berl. 
klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 909-913.— Herrman (0.). 
Acute infectious jaundice (spirochetosis ioterohemorrhagica). 
N. York M. J. Fete], 1918, cvii, 1068-1071.— Hochheim. 
Die Weil'sche Krankheit. Ztschr. 1. arztl. Fortbild., 
Jena, 1918, xv, 119-122.— Hoffmann (W. H.). Estudio 
dfnico de la emfermedad de Weil. Bev. de med. y cirug. 
de la Habana, 1924, xxix, 176-182.— Hiibener (E.V Ueber 
die Weilsche Krankheit. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., 
Berl., 1917, xv, 1-54.— Ickert (F.). Die Beziehungen des 
Ikterus epidemicus zum Ikterus catarrhalis und zur Weil- 
schen Krankheit. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Infektionslcr., Wiirzb., 
1916, V, 175-188 —Inada (E.), Ido (Y.) [et al.]. Mitteilung 
uber die Aetiologie, infektion, Fathologie, Immunitat, 
Prophylaxis und Serumbehandlung der Weil'schen Krank- 
heit (Spirochaetosis ictero-haemorrhagica Inada). Mitt. 
a. d. med. Fak. d. k. Univ. Kyushu, Tukuoka, 1917, iii, 
1-143, 8 pi.— lones (C. M.). Some serious aspects of infec- 
tious (catarrhal) jaundice. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila. 
1923, vii, 819-832.— JuuL Infekti0s Ikterus. XJgeskr. f. 
Lffiger K0benh., 1919, Ixxxi, 431-448.— KUenelierger 
(C). Die Weil'sche Krankheit. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 

1918, Iv, 25-31.— Krumliein (B.) & Frlenng (B.). Zur 
Weilschen Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. 
& Berl., 1916, xlii, 664-566.— Laidlaw (P. P.). Weil's 
disease: infectious jaundice: febrile jaundice. Quy's Hosp. 
Gaz., Lond., 1917, xxxi, 7-12.— LaureatI (F.). Spirochetosi 
ed itteri infettivi epidemici. Pensiero med., Milano, 1918, 
viii, 147; 154.— Martin (L.) & Petitt (A.). Larrey et la 
spirochetose ictero-hemorragique. Chron. med., Par., 

1916, xxiii, 314-316.— Martin (L.), Petitt (A.) & Chauf- 
fard. La spirochetose ictero-hemorragique. Bull, med.. 
Par., 1916, XXX, 656-658.— Mazzei (M.). Contributo alia 
conoscenza dell'ittero infettivo. Bassegna internaz. di clin. 
e terap., NapoH, 1921, ii, 305; 346.— Merighi (M.). Alcune 
osservazioni intomo all'ittero epidemico. Policlin., Eoma, 

1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 280-287.— Mikulowsbl (W.). Sur 
l'ictere infectieux. Bsv. frang. de iiediat.. Par., 1925, i, 
676-589. — Mirto (F.). Spirochetosi ittero emorragica e 
gravidanza. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di so. med. e biol., Milano, 
1916-17, vi, 131-136.— Miiller (L. E.). Ueber den Icterus 
infectiosus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 

1916, xlii, 606-509.— Nicolaysen (L.). [Eemarks on Infec- 
tious jaundice.] Norsk Mag. f. Lacgevidensk., Kristianla, 

1919, Ixxx, 170-182.— Novy (E. L.). Infective jaundice; 
(Spirochaetosis icterohaemorragica). Internat. Ass. Med. 
Mus. Bull., Ann Arbor, Mich. & Montreal, Canada, 1918, 
No. 7, 327-346. — Pagniez (P.). La spirochetose icterigene. 
Bull, med.. Par. 1919, xxxiii, 720-728.— Pierfrancesco 
(Z.). SuU'ittero epidemico. Pensiero med., Milano, 1917, 
vii, 449. — Keiter (H.). Zur Kenntnis der Weilschen 
Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz. & Berl., 

1917, xliii, 662-654. Die Weil'sche Krankheit. 

Ztschr. f. Klin. Med., Berl., 1919, kxxyiii, 469-496.— 
Benauz (E.). Note sur la, spirochetose ictero-bemorra- 

19850°— Vol. VII, 3d series— 27 



Jaundice (Spirochaetal), [Weil's dis- 
ease] — continued . 

gigue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 947- 
949.— Sailer (J.). Leptospirosis ioterohemorrhagica (Weil's 
disease). Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1926, clxx, 332-341.— Savig- 
nac (B.). La spirochetose ictero-hemorrhagique. Arch, 
d. mal. de I'appar. digest, [etc.]. Par., 1916-17, ix, 645- 
648.— Sentls (Mile.). Spirochetose ict6ro-hemorragique. 
Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et biol. de Montpellier, 1923-24, v, 
113.— Stokes (J. H.) & Bndemann (B.). Epidemic 
infectious jaundice and its relation to the therapy of syphilis. 
Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1920, xxvi, 521-543.— Trincas 
(G). Le recenti conoscenze suU'ittero infettivo. PoU- 
din., Boma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 271-279.— Uhlenhutli. 
Untersuchungen flber die Ursache, Immunitat und spesi- 
flsche Behandlung der Weilschen Krankheit. Deutsche 
Med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1917, xliii, 611.— 
Uhlenhuth & Fromme. Untersuchungen fiber due 
Aetiologie, Immunit&t und speziflsche Beliandlung der 
Weilschen Krankheit (Icterus infectiosus). Ztschr. f. 
Immunitfttforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1916, xxv, Orig. 
317-480, 2 ch., 6 pi.— Talassopoufo. A propos de la spiro- 
chetose ictero-hemorragique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. 
d. hop. de Par., 1917, 3. s., xli, 920-928.— Vanni (V.). 
Sulla spirochetosi itteroemorragica. Policlin., Boma, 
1922, xxix, sez. prat., 1038-1040.— de Tezeaux de Lavergne. 
La spirochetose ictero-hemorrhagique. Arch, de med. et 
pharm. mil.. Par., 1921, Ixxiv, 363-372.— Waters (S. C). 
Epidemic jaundice. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 
1922, XV, 430-434.— Wliitman (W. A.). Epidemic jaun- 
dice; report of 28 cases occurring at the Ohio Penitentiary. 
Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1924, xx, 278-280.— Woif. Die 
Weil'sche Krankheit. Eeichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1917, 
xlii, 289; 305.— Wooley (P. G.). Acute infectious jaundice. 
J. Lab. & Clin. M., St. Louis, 1918-19, iv, 462. 

Jaundice (Spirochaetal, Blood and cere- 
bro-spinal fluid in). 

Bablet (J.). Les bematies au cours de la spirochetose 
icterohemorragigue experimentale chez le cobaye. Compt. 
rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1918, Ixxxi, 251-253.— Costa (S.). 
Pecker (H.) & Troisier (J.). L'azotemie dans la spiro- 
chetose ictero-hemorragique, d'apres I'examen du liquide 
cephalo-rachidien. Ibid., 1917, ixxx, 375-377.— Costa (S.) 
& Troisier (J.). Beactions cytologiques et chimiques du 
liquide cephalo-rachidien dans la spirochetose icterohemor- 

ragique. Ibid., 29. Virulence comparee du hquide 

cephalo-rachidien et du sang dans la spirochetose ictero- 

bmorragique. Ibid., 1918, Ixxxi, 1267. Les r6ac- 

actions cytologiques du liquide cephalo-rachidien dans 
leurs rapports avec sa virulence au cours de la spirochetose 
icterohemorragigue. Ibid., 1269.— Garnier (M.) & Beiliy 
(J.). Les reactions sanguines au cours de la spirochetose 
icterigSne. Arch, de m6d. exper. et d'anat. path.. Par., 

1917, xxvii 609-624: 1918, xxviii, 76-95. La resistance 

dobulaire a la saponine au cours de la spirochetose icterigene. 
Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 348-360.— Gtaetti 
(G.). Alcune ricerche sierologiche nella spirochetosi ittero- 
emorragia. Iglene mod., Geneva, 1923, xvi, 196-200. — 
Gudzent. Blutbefunde beim Icterus infectiosus (Weilsche 
Krankheit). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 

1917, xliii, 69; 855.- Elieneberger (C). Die Blutmor- 

Ehologie der Weil'schen Krankheit im Gegensatz zu anderen 
■Lterusformen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 676. 

Die Blutmorphologie der Weil'schen Krankheit; 

und Anhangsbemerkungen fiber das Blutbild anderer 
Ikterusformen. Deutsches Arch. f. kiln. Med., Leipz., 

1918, cxxvii, 110-136.— Laroche (G.) & Dauptain. La 
reaction du benjoin colloidal dans la spirochetose ictero- 
hemorragique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1923, 
Ixxxix, 870.— Lepehne (G.). Zerfall der roten Blutkor- 
perchen in der Milz bei der Weilschen Kranliheit; ein 

. weiterer Beitrag zur Frage des hSmatogenen Ikterus. 
Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 366-370.— Luger (A.). Blut- 
befunde beim Icterus infectiosus (Weilsche Krankheit). 
Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz. & Berl., 1917, xliii, 747. — 
Martin (L.), Pettit (A.) & Vaudremer (A.). Sur les 
proprietes agglutinantes et immunisantes du serum sanguin 
chez les sujets atteints de spirochetose icterohemorragique. 
Compt. rend. Soo. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 949.— Pagniez 
(P.) . Les troubles de la coagulation du sang dans la spiro- 
chetose icterigene. Ibid., 806.— Pagniez (P.), Cayrel (H.) 
[et al.]. Etude clinique de 45 cas de spirochetose icterigene. 
Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. boj). de Par., 1917, 3. s., xli, 
1181-1187.— Pettit (A.). Apparition d'agglutinines dans 
le liquide cephalorachidien au cours de la spirochetose 
icterohemorragique. Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 1926, 3. s., 
xciii, 197.— Pettit (A.) & Etcbegoln (E.). Sur la presence 
d'agglutinines pour le spirochseta icterohemorragisB dans le 
Uquide cephalo-rachidien. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. 
hop. de Par., 1924, 3. s., xlviii, 918.— Villaret (M.), Benard 
(H.) & Dumont (J.). Spirochetose icterigene autochtone 
& forme atypique; absence de pouvoir agglutinant du 
serum sanguin. Md., 1919, 3. s., ;diii, 920-923. 



JAUNDICE 



34 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Causes and 
pathology of). 

iSee, also, Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Blood 
etc., in): Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Parasite 
of). 

BossoN (M.). *De la disintegration pro- 
tdique au cours de la spirochetose ictirigfene; 
pathog6nie, pronostic' 8°. Paris, 1922. 

Kanbko (R.). Ueber die pathologische 
Anatomie der Spirochaetosis ictero-haemor- 
rhagica Inada (Weilsche Krankheit). 8°. 
Wien, Leipzig, 1922. 

Ascoli (M.) & Perrler (S.). Sull' eziologie dell' ittero 
epidemico. Qazz. d. osp., Milano, 1916, xxxvii, 1618. — 
Basile (C). Sulla patologla della spiroohetosi ittero- 
emorragica con speoiale oonsiderazione alia patogenesi del- 
r ittero e delle emorragie. Policlin., Eoma, 1921, xxviii, 
sez. med., 211-221, 1 pi. Also transl., J. Path. <& Baote- 
riol., Cambridge, 1921, xxiv, 277-285.— Beitzke (H.). Ueber 
die pathologische Anatomie der ansteckenden Qelbsucht 
(Weil'sche Krankheit). Berl. klin. Wcbnschr., 1916, liii, 
188-191.— Busch (B.) & Grnber (O. B.). Unfall und 
Weilsche Krankheit. Monatscher. f. Unfallhellk., Leipz., 
1923, xxx, 97-107.— Busch (M.). Zur pathologisohen Anar 
tomie der Weilschen Krankheit (icterus infectiosus). 
tieutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1917, jdiii, 
S12. — CappeUani (S.) & Frugoni (C). Intomo all' ezio- 
logia deU' ittero epidemico. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1917, 
Ixxi, 336-360.— ChiadinI (M.). Contributo all' anatomia 
patologica dell' ittero Inlettivo epidemico. Pathologica, 
Genova, 1916-17, ix, 41-43.— Doerr (E.) & Schnabel (A.). 
Ueber die Weilsche Krankheit mit besonderer Berilck- 
siohtigung der Aetiologie imd Immunitatsverhaitnisse. 
Jahresk. f. Srztl. Fortbild., Miinchen, 1919, 10. Heft, 
24-36. — nUgge (C .) . Zur Aetiologie der Weilschen Krank- 
heit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, 

xlii, 983. • Der Erreger der Weilschen Krankheit. 

[Prioritatsstreit.] Med. Klin., Berl., 1916, xii, 840.— Fru- 
goni (C.) & CappeUani (S.). Intomo all' eziologia dell' it- 
tero epidemico. Riforma med., Napoli, 1917, xxxiii, 439.— 
Garnier (M.) & Beilly (J.). Influence de la cholalSmle 
sur I'fivolution de la spirocMtose ict6rigene ohez I'homme. 
Bull, et mSm. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1917, 3. s., xli, 

1163-1167. Les organes h6mo-lymphatiques au 

cours de la spiroohStose ictfirigene (moeUe osseuse, rate, 
ganglion lymphatique). Arch, de m§d. exp6r. et d'anat. 

path., Par., 1918, xxviii, 165-176. — ; Etude anato- 

mique du foie dans la spirochfitose ictfirigene chez rhomme. 

lUd., 228-276. Etude anatomique des reins dans 

la spirocMtose ictSrigene chez Thomme. TM., 375-402. 

Le role des bacilles du groupe typhique dans I'Stio- 

logie des ictferes infectieux. Eev. de m§d.. Par., 1920, 
xxxvii, 129-150.— GuiUain (Q.) & Garcin (E.). Physio- 
logie pathologique respiratoire dans les ict6res infectieux 
btains. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1921, Ixxxiv, 
361-363.— Hatiegan (J.). Untersuchungen iiber die Aetio- 
logie und das klinisohe BUd der epidemischen Qelbsucht. 
Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxii, 956-962.— Hiyeda (K.). 
Ueber das Verhalten der Gallenkapillaren bei Spirochae- 
tosis ictero-haemorrhagica. Tr. Japan. Path. Soc, Tokyo, 

1922, xii, 81. Ueber die arteriellen GefSssveran- 

derungen und die Entstehung der Blutungen bei Spiro- 
chaetosis ictero-haemorrhagica. Fukuoka-Ikwadaigaku- 
Zasshi, 1924, xvii, 4.— HUbener & B«iter. Beitrflge zur 
Aetiologie der Weilschen Krankheit. Deutsche med. 
Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xii, 1276-1277: 1916, xlii, 

1; 131, 1 pi. Ueber den Erreger der Weil'schen 

Krankheit. Berl. klin. Wcljnschr., 1916, liii, 92.— Kaneko 
(R.). Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie der Spiro- 
chaetosis icterohaemorrhagica Inada (Weilsche Krankheit). 
Verhandl. d. jap. path. Qesellsch., Tokyo, 1918, viii, 126- 
128.— Kaneko (R.) & Okuda (K.). Vergleichende patho- 
logische Anatomie der Spirochaetosis ictero-haemorrhagica. 
Ibid., 1917, vii, 146-147.— Lagane (L.). Considerations sur 
la Dathog6nie de riottoe catarrhal. Arch. d. mal. del'appar. 
digest, [etc.]. Par., 1911, v, 377-387.— Lubarsch (O.). 
Pathologic der Weilschen Krankheit. Ergebn. d. allg. 
Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.], Wiesb., 1919, xix, 1 Abt., 660- 
688.— McNee (J. W.). Spirochaetal jaundice; the morbid 
anatomy and mechanism ol production of the icterus. 
J Path. & Bacterid., Cambridge, 1919-20, xxiii, 342-349, 
3 pi —Martin (L.) & Pettit (A.) . Etiologie de la spiroche- 
tose ictero-h6morragique. J. mfid. Iranp., Par., 1919, viii, 
172-180.— MiynJima (M.). DemonstrajSo do spirochaeta 
da molestia de Weil e do da febre da mordedura do rate. 
Ann. paulist. de med. e cirurg., S. Paulo, 1919, x, 103-167.— 
Monti (A.). Sulla patogenesi dell' ittero da spirochaete. 
Boll. d. Soc. Med.-ohir. di Pavia, 1917, rxx, pp. vii-ix.— 
Nielsen (E.). Den Weil'ske Sygdoms .ffltiologi. Ugeskr. 
f. Lfflger, K(ibenh., 1916, Ixxvlii, 1087-1093.— Pick (L.). 
Zur pathologischen Anatomie des infektiosen Icterus. 

Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1917, llv, 451-466. Ueber 

die Pathologie der Weilschen Krankheit, inbesondere ihre 
pathologische Anatomie vmd Aetiologie. Svensk. Lfik.- 
Sallsk. Handl., Stockhohn, 1920, xlvi, 41-61.— Beinhardt. 



Complications 



Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Causes and 

gathology of) — continued. 
emonstration des Erregers und histologischer Prapaiate 
der Weilschen Krankheit. Med. KUn., Berl., 1917, xiii, 
981.— Belter (H.). Aetiologie der WeUschen Krankheit. 
Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xlu, 1021; 
1282.— Salldnd (B.). SuBa patogenesi della ittenzia nella 
spiroohetosi ittero emorragiea. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. 
Pavla, 1919. xixi, 115-119.— Schurer (J.). Weilsche 
Krankheit sis Unfallfolge. Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, xvui, 

633. Weilsche Krankheit. Spec. Path. u. Terap. 

inn. Krankh.. Berl. & Wien, 1923, ii, pt. 3, 137-269, 2 pi — 
Sisto (P.). Eicerohe sull' eziologia dell' ittero epidemico 
(nota preventiva). Sperimentale, Firenze, 1917, l.xxi, 
361-372.— Stalling (G.). Die WeUsche Krankheit und der 
Ikterus nach Paraphenetidinen. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1917, xliii, 333 — Tizengauzena (M. 
M.). [On the pathological anatomy of morbus WeiU.] 
Vrach. dielo, Kharkov, 1923, vi, 17-23.— Urizio (L). Ver- 
laufige Mitteilung ilber Sektionsbefunde bei Icterus epi- 
demicus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 1447-1449.— 
TannI (V.). Le alterazioni renali nella spirochetcsi ittero- 

emorragica. Folia med., Napoh, 1925, xi,41-44i Le 

-alterazioni epatiche neUa spirochetcsi Ittero-emorragica, 
Riforma med., Napoli, 1926, xii, 244.— WeU (A.)- Zur 
Aetiologie der Weilschen Krankheit. Deutsche med. 
Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xlii, 130.— Wolf. Die 
Aetiologie der Weil'schen Krankheit. Strassb. med. 
Ztg., 1917, xiv. 129. 

Jaundice (Spirochetal, 
and sequelae of). 

AmeulUe (P.). NSphrite aiguS aveo ictere et spirochetose 
iotSro-hemorragique. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. hop. 

de Par., 1916, 3. s.xl, 2281-2286. Azotemle et azoturie 

dans les icteres infectieux. Presse m6d.. Par., 1919, xxvii, 
189-191.— Brooks (H.). A case of Well's disease with 
delirium grave, vpith a brief experimental study of infective 
icterus. Arch. Neurol. & Psycho-Path., Utica, 1900, iii, 
343-374, 4 pi.— Brul§ & Moreau. Sur les causes de la 
retention bUiare dans les spirochetoses ict6ro-h6morragiques. 
Compt. rend. Soc. debiol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 474-476.— Castex 
(M. E.) & Palado (J.). La ictericia cronica infeociosa 
esplenomegfflica y la sifllis hereditaria tardfal Oron. med., 
Lima, 1920, xxxvii, 95-99.— Costa (S.) & Troisier (J.). 
Reactions meningees dans la spirochetose iotero-h6mor- 
ragique; vinilenoe du liquide oephalo-rachidien. Bullj 
et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1916, 3. s., xl, 1802-1806. 

Lesions histologiques de la rate.du foie et des reins 

dans les inflections aigu6s provoquees par inoculation de B, 
icterigenes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 

704-706. De la dilatation cardiaque aiguS dans la 

spirochetose ictero-hemorragique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. 

S. hop. de Par., 1917, 3. s., xii, 638-640. ^^ La menin- 

gite (fcis la spirochetose iotero-hembrragique. Presse med.. 

Par., 1917, xxv, 189-191. Also reprint. Nouvellea 

observations de spirochetose icterohemorragique & forme 
meningee pure. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 

1918, 3. s., xlil, 762-766. Les sequelles nerveuses et 

mentales dans la forme jpsycho-meningee de la spirochetose 
ictero-hemorragique. Ibid., 1142-1149.— Courcoux (A.) & 
Cordey (A.). Spirochetose ictero-hemorragique au cours 
d'une syphilis secondaire. J. de physiol. et de path. g6n.. 
Par., 1924, xxii, 345-348.— Froinent (J.), Gat6 & Bavault 
(P.). Spirochetose ictfirigene & forme meningge. Lyon 
med., 1926, cxxxv, 116-118.— Frugoni (C). Nuovi oasi di 
iposurrenalismo cronioo residude da ittero epidemico. 
Riforma med., Napoli, 1917, xxxiii, 684.— Garnier (M.). 
L'ictere infectieux & recrudescence febrile. Presse med.. 
Par., 1916, xxiv, 381-383.— Garnier (M.) & Beilly (J.). 
Les reactions m6ningees au cours de la spirochetose icteri- 
gene. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 446-449. 

Les lesions des organes hemolymphatiques, dans la 

spirochetose icterigene de I'homme. Ibid., 730-732. 

Le determinisme des lesions hepatiques dans la spirochetose 

icterigene chez I'homme. Ibid., 733-735i L'infec- 

tion secondaire des voles biliaries dans la spirochetose 
icterigene et dans l'ictere aigu ap^etique prolonge. Bull. 
et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1918, 3. s., xlii, 205-210. 

L'etat des canalicules biliaires et la stase biliaire 

intralobulaire dans la spirochetose icterigene chez I'homme. 

Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1918, lixxi, 189-192. 

Spirochetose icterigene aveo rash scarlatimforme preicteri- 
que. Bull, et m6m. Soc. mfid. d. hop. de Par., 1919, 3. s., 
xliii, 1128-1133.— Hart (C). Ueber die Beziehungen des 
Ikterus infectiosus (Weilsche Krankheit) zur akuten gelben 
Leberatrophle und zur Leberzirrhose. Miinchen. med. 
Wchnschr., 1917, hdv, 1698-1600.- Hertel (E.). Ueber die 
Augensymptome bei der Weilschen Krankheit. Archiv. t. 
Ophth., Berl., 1917, xciv, 28-42, 9 pi.— Hesnard & SSguy. 
Note sur les troubles psychiques dans la spirochetose ictero- 
hemorragique. Marseille-m6d., 1925, Ixii, 668-671.— de 
Levergue (V.) & Perrler. Azotemie et trace thermique de 
la spirochetose ict6ro-hemorragique. Eev. med. de I'est, 
Nancy, 1926, liu, 849-860.— l«conte (M.) & Joitrols (MUe.). 
Complications oculaires au cours de la spirochetose Ictero- 
hemorragique (tm cas d'nitis avec nervite optique). Arch, 
d'opht., Par., 1923, xl, 665-669. Unoasdespiroohetose 



JAUNDICE 



35 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Spirochaetal, Complications 
and sequelae of) — continued. 

IcMro-Mmorragique aveo iritis et nephrite optique. Bull, 
et mfim. Soe. mSd. d. h6p. de Par.. 1923, 3. s., xlvii, 1366- 
1369.— Lemierre (A.) & L^vesque (J.). Bfitention biliaire 
dissocite pendant la convalescence d'une spiroch6tose 
ictSrigene; cholSmie pigmentaire normale et cholaluiie 
simultan6es. Jbid., 5-7.— Lortat-Jacob (L.) & Deglaire. 
SpirochStose ictfiro-Mmorragique aveo prurit intense, 
decoloration des feces et bradycardie. Ibid., 1919, 3. s., 
xliii, 1077-1079.— Martin (L.) & Pettit (A.). A propos 
des IteioDS Mstologiques qui surviennent, cbez rhomme, 
au couTS de la spiioch6tose ict6roii6morragique. Compt. 
rend. Soo. de biol., Par., 1917, Ixxx, 640-642.— Mayer (A.). 
Veranderungen der Bauchspeiclielaruse bei der Weilschen 
Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnscbr., Leipz. & Berl., 
1918, xliv, 867-860.— Merklen (P.) & Lioust (C). L'azo- 
t^mie dans les ict^res infectieux. Bull, et mSni. Soc. mM. 

d. hop. de Par., 1915-16, 3. s., xl, 1865-1916. Un cas 

d'azotfimie prSictSrique (azotSmie dans les ictSres infectieux). 

Ibid., 1917, 3. s., xli, 214-218. Note sur les rapports 

de la chol6mie et de la choluiie dans les ict6res infectieux. 
Ibid., 632-637. L'azotSmie dans les ict^res infec- 
tieux b^nins; azotfimie hSpatique alguS. Paris m^d., 1917, 
xix, 184-189.- Moret. Troubles oomaires dans la spirochfi- 
tose ictfiro-hfimorragique. Clin, opht., Par., 1919, xxiii, 
19-32.— Pagnlez (PO- Hfimorragies, troubles de la coagu- 
lation dans la spirochfitose Ict^rigene. Ann. de rnid., 
Par., 1919, vi, 63-74.— Pierre-Kahn & Debre (R.). Un cas 
de spirochgtose lct6ro-h6niorraglque & forme mentale. Bull, 
et mem. Soc. mfed. d. hop. de Par., 1918, 3. s., xlii, 940-942.— 
Procter (J. A.) & Ward (G.), The sequel to a case of 
epidemic catarrhEd jaundice. Brit. J. CMld, Dis., Lend., 

1916, xiii, 164-168.— Kibadeau-Dumas & Nicolas. 
An^mie grave et ictere infectieux; traitement par la trans- 
fusion de sang citrat6. Bull, et m€m. Soc. m^d. d. bop. de 
Far., 1918, 3. s., xlii, 1194.— Sacquepie & Boldin. Forme 
nerveuse de la spiroch6tose ictfero-hfemorragique. Ibid., 

1917, 3. s., xli, 456-460.— SacquSpSe (M.) & Guy Laroche 
(M.). 8piroch6tose iotfiro-hfimorragique; splenom^galie 
tardive. Ibid., 677-682.— SIccardI (P. D.) & Bompiani 
(Q.). Spirochetosl itteroemorragica con sindrome di peliosi 
reumatoide a recrudescenze febbrili. Aim. d'ig., Roma, 

1917, xxvii, 609-620, 1 pi.— Troisier (J.). Les sfiquelles 
r6n£jes tardives de la spiroch6tose ict6ro-h6morragique. 
Bull, et m£m. Soc. med. d. hop. de Far., 1924, 3. s., xlviii, 
910. — Tan Schevensteen. Un cas de complications r6tino- 
choroidiennes & I'occasion d'une atteinte de spiroch6tose 
ict6ro-h6morragique. Ann. d'ocul., Pat., 1917, oliv, 728- 
733. — Voisin (R.). Anasarque g€n£ralis£e an d£cours 
d'un ictere infectieux. Paris mSd., 1917, xix, 189-191. — 
Weekers (L.) . Iritis recidivaute dans la spirochfetose ictSro- 
h^morragique. Arch, d'opht.. Par., 1918, xxxvi, 347-362. — 
Weekers (L.) & Firket (J.). Les manifestations oculaires 
de la spirochStose ictSro-Mmorragique. Ibid., 1916-17, 

XXXV, 647-665. La rongeur ociilaire dans la spiro- 

cMtose ict6ro-h6morragique. Arch. mM. beiges, Brux., 

1918, Ixxi, 414-417. 

Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Diagnosis and 
semeiology of). 

BSumler (C.). Zur Diagnose der Weilschen Krankbeit. 
MUnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 1477-1480.— BolaflB 
(A.) . La reazione di Hijmans van den Bergh in alcuni casi 
di ittero infettivo. Biv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1923, 
xxiv, 49-54.— Castalgne (J.) & Hesslnger (N.). La forme 
typique de la spirochfetose ictSro-Mmorragique, les aSments 
du diagnostic clinique. J. m§d. frang.. Par., 1919, viii, 
146-160.— Costa (S.). Diagnostic de la splroch6tose ict6ro- 
h6morragique. Marseille-mfid., 1919, Ivi, 1105-1113. [Dis- 
cussion], 1124.— Costa (S.) & Troisier (J.). Le point 
phrgnique dans I'ictere infectieux. Bull, et mem. Soc. 

m6d. d. hop. de Par. , 1916, 3. s. , xl, 1336-1343. Per- 

sistance dans le sSrum in vitro de la substance immunisante 
de la spiroch^tose ict^ro-h^morragique; diagnostic r6tro- 
spectif. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 449. — 
Favre (M.) & Fiessinger (N.). Des facility de diagnostic 
de la spiroch£tose ictSrique grace & la m§thode de Fontana- 
Tribondeau appliqu^ a I'examen des urines centrifugSes. 
Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1916, 3. s., xl, 207O- 
2073. — Garnier (M.). L'ict§re infectieux primitif a phS- 
nomenes g^n^raux prSdominants. Paris m6d., 1916, xviii, 

513-616. Diagnostic des icteres infectieux. M6de- 

cine. Par., 1920-21, ii, 188-193.— Gwyn (N. B.)'. The 
clinical picture in spirachaetal jaundice, with notes on the 
detection of the parasite in the circulating blood. Contrib. 
Med. & Biol. Research ... Sir W. Osier, N. Y., 1919, i, 
633-548. — Helouin (M.). L'azot^mie, la chol6mie et la 
spirochfetose dans leurs rapports avec le pouvoir floculant 
des serums mesurS par la reaction de Vernes. Presse m6d.. 
Par., 1921, xxix, 277.— Hcrtel. Klinisches und Experi- 
mentelles fiber die Augensymptome b6i der Weilschen 
Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Lelpz. & Berl., 
1917, xliii, 512.— Inada (R.). The clinical aspects of Spiro- 
chaetosis ictero-haemorrbagica or Weil's disease. 3. Exper. 
M., N. Y., 1917. xxvi, 365-361. Also reprint.- Martin 
(L.) & Pettit (A.). Sfiro-diagnostio de la spiroohfitose 
ict6roh£morragique. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m£d. d. bop. de 



Jaundice (Spirochetal. Diagnosis and 
semeiology of) — continued. 

Par., 1918, 3. s., xlii, 672-676. Le parasite spSciflque 

de la spirochetose ict£ro-h£morraglque et les m£tnodes de 
diagnostic baotfiriologique de cette affection. 3. mSd. franc.. 
Par., 1919, viii, 139-145.— Mazzei (M.). Eicerohe cliniche 
e batteriologiche sopra un caso di ittero infettivo simulante 
una sindrome tiflca. Folia med., Napoli, 1920, vi, 772; 802.— 
Meirelles (E,). Do diagnostico precoce das espirochetoses 
ictero-hemorrhagicas. Tribuna med., Eio de Jan., 1925, 
xxxi, 37-40.- Pagnlez (P.), Cayrel (A.), [et al.l. Bemar- 
ques sur le diagnostic de la spirochStose Ictfirigene par les 
procSdfa de laboratoire. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m§d. d. h6p. 
de Par., 1918, 3. s., xlii, 31-36.— SacquSp4e. Remarques 
sur quelques cas de spiroch£tose ictero-h6morragique; 
diagnostic par I'^preuve de la neutralisation du virus. 
Presse m6d.. Par., 1917, xxv, 326.- SacquSp^ & Boidln. 
Remarques sur quelques cas de spirooMtose ictSro-hemor- 
ragique; diagnostique par I'Spreuve de la neutralisation du 
virus. Paris m6d;., 1917, xxiii, 44.— Sagona (L.). La 
puntura dei gangli linfatioi superficial! per la diagnosi di 
Ittero epidemico. Foliamed., Napoli, 1918,iv, 49-51.— Sicard 
(J.-A.), Boger (H.) & Hindberg (L.). LeucSmie aiguB 
avec spiroohfetose urinaire et viscfirale; sferodiagnostic ictSro- 
h^morragique positif de Martin et Petit. Bull, et m6m. 
Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1918, 3. s., xlii, 934-940.— Troisier 
(J.) & BimS. Reactions de floculation et s6ro-diagnostic 
dans le liquide cSphalo-racbidien et dans le sang au cours 
de la spirochfetose ictteo-h6morragique. Ibid., 1924, 3. s., 
xlviii, 912-917.— VannI (V.) . Sulla diagnosi di spirochetosi 
ittero-emorragica. Policlin., Roma, 1925, xxxii, sez. prat., 
81.— Villaret (M.), B£nard (H.) & Blum (P.). Secousses 
myocloniques au cours de la spirochStose ictSrigene. Bull, 
et m6m, Soc. m§d. d. hop. de Par., 1922, 3. s., xlvi, 226-227. 

Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Epidemiology 
, of). 

Six (P.) *La spiroch^tose ict6ro-h6mor- 
ragique en France. 8°. Paris, 1917. 

Beyreis (O.). Fine Ikterusepidemie. Miinchen. med. 
Wchnschr., 1922, Ixix, 1044-1046.— Blumer (Q.). Infec- 
tious jaundice in the United States. J. Am. M. Ass., 
Chicago, 1923, Ixxxi, 363-358.- Cantaenzene (J.). Sur une 
£pid6mie d'ictere observte en Roumanie pendant la cam- 

gagne de 1917. Presse m6d., Par., 1918, xxvi, 641-543.— 
arnot (P.) & Weill-Halle (B.). Etude clinique et bac- 
tferiologique d'une petite fipid6mie d'ictere mfeotieux. 
Bull, et jntm.. Soc. m6d. d. bop. de Far. 1915, 3. s., xxxix, 
377-385.— Cayrel .(M.). Sull'epidemiologia della spiro- 
chetosi itterigene. Pensiero med., Milano, 1926, xlv, 295- 
299.— Chabrol (E.) & Dumont (J.). Une fipidfimie 
familiale d'ictere catarrhal. Paris mdd., 1920, xxrv, 41-43. — 
Costa (S.) & Troisier (J.). Deux Epidemics d'ictere 
commun; la contagion et les semeurs de virus ict6rique; les 
rapports de I'ictere Spid^mique avec I'ictere catarrhal et 
I'atrophie jaune aigue sporadiques. Ann. de m6d.. Par., 

1924, xvi, 180-210.— Egan (A.). Ueber den Ikterus im 
Herbst und Winter 1916. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, 
XXX, 1186. — Fourgues. Les icteres infectieux chez les noirs. 
Bull. Soo. path, exot.. Par., 1922, xv, 348-350.— GabbI (U.). 
Ittero epidemico da spirochete. Sicilia ospedal., Palermo, 
1918, viii. No. fi, 12-20.— Gulteras (J.). Epidemic of 
febrile jaundice in Barbados in 1919. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 
1919-20, Ixxii, 300-367.— Harzer (F. A.).' Zur Epideniio- 
logie der Weilschen Krankheit. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Infek- 
tionskr., Wiirzb., 1919-20, viii, 51-67.— BHscock (I. V.) & 
Sogers (O. F.). Outbrealc. of epidemic jaundice among 
college students. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixxvili, 
488-490.— Klose (F.). Bin Beitrag zur Epidemiologie der 
Weilschen Krankheit. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, 
Ixiv, 691. — Kiirner. Ueber eine Epideroie von Weilschor 
Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr^ Leipz. & Berl., 

1925, li, 772-774.— Longcope (W. T.). Epidemic jaundice 
with special reference to mild form occtnring in the United 
States. Med. CUn'. N. Am., PhUa., 1921-22, v, 967-967.— 
Lyon CD. M.) & Buchanan (O.). Spirochaetal jaundice; 
report of a small epidemic; with microscopical and experi- 
mental observations. Lancet, Lond., 1925, i, 604-507. — 
Martin (LO & Pettit (A.). La spirochStose iotfiroh^mor- 
ragique en France. Presse mfid.. Par., 1916, xxiv, 669-572.— 
Meyer (C. H. L.). Note on an epidemic of jaundice in the 
Waziristan Field Force. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 
1918, xxxi, 415-417.— MBIIers (B.). Beitrag zur Epidemiolo- 
gic der Weilschen Krankheit. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & 
Berl., 1920, Ixxxix, 341-350.— Monti (A.). Epidemiologia, 
patologia e patogenesi della spirochetosi itterogena. BoU. 

a. Soc. med.-chir. di Favia, 1917, xxx, 101-188, 2 pi. 

Sull'epidemiologia e ranatomia patologica dell'ittero da 
spirochete. Policlin., Boma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 290- 
292. — Moreschi (C). Appunti epidemiologici sulla spiro- 
chetosi itterogena. Ibid., 265-267.— NelU (M. H.). The 
problem of acute infectious juandice in the United States. 
Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1918, xxxiii, 717-726. AUo 
reprint.— Noc (F.) & Nogue (M.). Icteres 6pid6miques 
et spirochetes an S6n6gal. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 
1921, xiv, 460-470.— Pettit (A.). A propos de la repartition 
gtographique de la spirocbetose icterohemorragique dans 



JAUNDICE 



36 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Spirocha^tal, Epidemiology 
of) — continued. 

I'Est. Eev. m6d. do I'Est, Nancy, 1921, xlix, 391.— BaDUet 
(O.)- A propos d'une fipidSmie de spirooMtose ictfirigene 
cnez les baigneurs de la Vesle. BuU. et mSm. Soo. mfid. 
d. hop. de Par., 1924, 3. s., xlviii, 1502-1608.— Behfuss (M 
E.). Epidemic jaundice in the State of New York. Progr. 
Med., Phila., 1923, iv, 133.— Ubienhuth & Zuelzer. Zur 
Epidemiologie der Weilschen Kranklieit; zugleioh ein Bei- 
trag zur Frage der freilebenden SpirochSteu (Icterogener- 
Shnllolieu und andere). Centralbl. t. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. 
Abt., Jena, 1920-21, Orig., Ixxxv, 141-154.— Valassopoulo 
(A.). LaspirochMoseictfero-bfimorragiqueenEgypte. BuU. 
et mfeni. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1920, 3. s., xliv, 942-944.— 
Tan de Velde (E.). Spirochsetosis ictero-hsemorrhagica 
(Weil's disease) in the Dutch Indies. Far East. Ass. Trop. 
Med. Tr. (1923), Lond., 1924, v, 652-682.- Williams (H.). 
Epidemic jaundice; report of a local outbreak at Coopers- 
town, N. y., during a State-wide epidemic. N. York State 

J. M.,N.Y., 1922, xxii, 150-155. ^ Epidemic jaundice 

in New York State, 1921-22. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, 
Ixxx, 532-634.— Witt (D. H.). Acute hemorrhagic jaundice 
of epidemic nature in New York City. Ibid., 1922, Ixxix, 
1498. . . , 

Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Experimental). 

Bablet (J.). Les leucocytes, au cours de la spirochStose 
ict6ro-h6morragiqu6 exp6rimentale,>chez le cobaye. Compt. 
rend, Soo. de biol.. Par., 1918, Ixixi, 300-303.— Carrieu (F.) 
& Sollier (N.). La spirochfttose ictfiro-Mmorragique ex- 
perimentale du cobaye. Bull. Soc. d. so. mSd. et biol. de 
Montpellier, 1922-23, iv, 316-318.— Castillo. Ueber patho- 
logisch-anatomische Befunde und das Verhalten der Spiro- 
chaten beim experimentellen Morbus Weil des Meer- 
sehweinchens, insbesondere uber die durcb Spirochaten 
erzeugteu Lebemekrosen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. 
[etc.], Berl., 1923-24, ccxlvii, 620-630.— Oement (P.) & 
Fiessinger (N.). Deui cas de spirochStose iotSrique avec 
reproduction expferimentale, spirochSturie et insufOsance 
h6patique glycuronurique. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. 
hop. de Par., 1916, 3. s., xl, 2073-2078.— Costa (S.) & Troisier 
(J.). Mort du lapin et survie du cobaye dans la spiro- 
chfitose ictfirohemorragique exp§rimentale. Compt. rend. 

Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 27. Virulence des 

centres nerveux dans la spirochetose ictSro-bfimorragique 
expferimentale du cobaye. Ibid., 196. — FInzi (Q.). StiUa 
spirochetosi ittero-emorragica sperimentale nel cane. Clin, 
vet., Milano, 1917, xl, 624-630.— Fraenkd (E.). Experi- 
mentelle Befunde bei Weilscher Krankheit. Deutsche 
med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1917, xliii, 288.— Ghetti 
(G.). Spirochetosi ittero-emorragica 'Sperimentale in gio- 
vanl caprini. Ann. d'ig., Eoma, 1922, xxxii, 613-616. 

La spirochetosi lttero*morragica sperimentale 

neUe diverse specie di anlmali. Igiene med., Qenova, 1923, 
xvi, 69-76.— Inada (R.) & Kaneko (R.). Pathologisch- 
anatomischer Teil der experimentellen Untersuchungen 
der Spiroohaetosis ictero-haemorrhagica japonica (sog. 
Weil'sche Krankheit, fleberhafter Ikterus usw. in Japan). 
Verhandl. d. jap. path. GeseUsch., Tokyo, 1915, v, 37, 1 pi.— 
Kaneko (B.) & Okuda (K.). Ueber die phagozytSre 
Brscbeinung bei der experimentellen Spirochsetosis ictero- 
haemorrhagica. Ibid., 1917, vii, 148.— Magnaghi (L.) & 
Sella (M.). Osservazionisperimentalie cliniehe sull'ittero 
epidemico. BoU. d. Soc. med.-chur. di Pavia, 1916, xxix, 
No. 3-4, p. viii.— Martin (L.) & Fettit (A.). Evolution 
de la spirochCtose IctSrohfemorragique expfrimentale chez 
le cobaye. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 
65.— Quarelll (G.). Apptmti sulla spirochetosi ittero- 
emoraggica sperimentale, Pathologica, Geneva, 1916-17, 
ix, 303.— Bihm, Friinkel (E.) & Buscn (M.). KUnische, 
experimentelle und pathologiseh-anatomische Mitteilungen 
iiber Icterus infectiosus (Weilsche Krankheit). Beitr. z. 
Klin. d. Infektionskr., Wiirzb., 1917-18, vi, 254-290, 1 pi.— 
Tobyama (Y.). Results of the prophylaxis of Weil's 
disease (spirochatosis ioterohaemorrhagica) experimented 
both in "Toyama and Chiba prefectures. Sclent. Rep. 
Gov. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1922, 1,197-201. ■ Ex- 
perimental studies and actual test results concerning pro- 
phylaxis of Weil's disease (spiroohaetosis ictero-haemor- 
rhagica) agriculturally viewed. Japan Med. World, 
Tokyo, 1924, iv, 193-198.— Ubienhuth & Fromme. Ex- 
perimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die sogenannte Weil- 
sche Krankheit (ansteckende Gelbsuoht). Med. Klin. 
Berl., 1916, xi, 1202; 1264; 1376.— Uhlenhuth (P.) & Kubn 
(P.). Experimentelle Uebertragung der Weilschen Krank- 
heit durch die Stallfliege (Stomoxys calcitrans). Ztschr. 
1. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1917, Ixxxlv, 817-640.- 
Tanni (V.). Bicerche sperimentall sulla spirochetosi 
ittero-emorragica. PolicUn., Roma, 1924, xxxi, sez. prat., 
246-247. — Veraiti (B.). Note sperimentali sull' ittero 
epidemico. Md., 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 292-297. 

Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Parasite of). 

Anigstein (L.). Leptospira Icterohaemorragiae chez les 
rats sauvages. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1923, 
Ixxxix, 1358.— Bassett-Smith (P. W.). A short laboratory 
study of Spirochaeta icterohaemorrhagiae. Parasitology, 
Lond., 1918-19, xi, 198-200, 1 pi.— BJelfantl (S.). Intomo 
alia coltura ed alia immunity della spirocheta ittero-emor- 



Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Parasite of) — 
continued. 

ragioa. Pensiero med., Milano, 1917, vii, 126-128.— Blanc 
(G.). Dur6e de conservation du virus de I'ictere infectieux 
chez le moustique (Culex pipiens). Compt. rend. Soc. de 

biol.. Par., 1920, Ixxxiii, 263. Reinfection exp§ri- 

mentale du cobaye avec le virus de I'ictere infectieux. Ibid., 
483.— Bonne (C.). Conservation du spirochete iot6ro- 
Mmorragique dans les punaises. Ibid., 1924, xci, 242. 

Comparaison du spirochete des rats d' Amsterdam 

avec une souche frangaise de spirochfitose ict6ro-h6mor- 
ragique. Ann. del'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1925, xxxix, 35-44.— 
CarageorgiadSs (H.). Technique de coloration du spiro- 
chete icterohemorragigue, par les liquides colorants No. 1 
et No. 2. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1918, Ixxxi, 
1084.— Cesa-Bianchi (D.). Sulla morfologia della spiro- 
chaeta ictero-haemorrhagiae (Inada). Ann. d'ig., Roma, 

1917, xxvii, 510-627.— Cesa-Bianchi (D.) & Vallardi (C). 
La coltivazione in vitro della spirochaeta ictero-haemor- 
rhagiae. Atti d. Soo. lomb. di so. med. e biol., Milano, 
1916-17, vi, 23-34.— Corrales. Microbiologia de la espiro- 
quetosis ictero-hemorr4gica. Med. ibera, Madrid, 1920, xi, 
75; 100; 118.— Costa (S.) & Troisier (J.). Sur un bacille 
anaerobic ict6rigene 6tudi6 dans un cas d'ictere infectieux 
mortel. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1915, Ixxviii, 

600-602. ' Agglutination d'une varifitS de B. icteri- 

genes par le sfirum de certains malades atteints d'ictere 
infectieux. Bull, et mSm. d. Soc. mSd. h6p. de Par. 1916, 
3. s.j xl, 16-19.— Delamaro (G.) & Achitouv. Graphiques 
des mdices de courbmre partiels de Spirocheta icterohemor- 
ragiae. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., Par., 1925, xciii, S67- 
569.— Dietrich (W.). Morphologische und biologische 
Beobachtungen an der Spirochate der Weilschen Krankheit. 
Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1917, 
xxvi, Orig., 663-581, 1 pi.- Garnier (M.) & Beilly (J.). La 
recherche du spirochete ict6rigene dans I'urine de I'bomme et 
du cobaye. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1917,lxxx, 38-41. 

Action de la bile sur la virulence de spirochaeta 

icterohemorragiffi. Ibid., 41. L'61imination des 

spirochetes par Purine dans la spirochfitose ictfirigene chez 
rhonune. Presse jaid.. Par., 1918, xxvi, 505-508.— Ghetti 
(G.). La presenza della spirocheta ittero-emorragica nei 
ratti della citta di Faenza. Ann. d'ig., Roma, 1923, xxxiii, 
114-117. — Gieszczykiewicz (Marian). Sur des corpuscules 
apparaissant dans les cultures de Spirochaeta icterobemor- 
ragica Inada et Ido. Compt. rend. Soc. de bid.. Par., 1920, 

Ixxxiu, 217-219. Sur la morphologic du Spirochaeta 

ictgrohemorragiae Inada et Ido, en milieux acides. Ibid., 

813-815. Recherches sur le Spirochaeta ictero- 

hemorragiae Inada et Ido. Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 
1920, xxxiv, 763-774, 1 pi.— Gonder (R.) & Gross (J.). 
Zur Morphologie des Treponema icterogenes Uhlenhuth 
u. Fromme. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena., 1918, xxxix, 62-83, 
2 pi.— Griffith (A. S.). The cultivation of Spirochaeta 
icterohaemorrhagiae and the production of a therapeutic 
anti-spirochaetal serum. J. Hyg., Lond., 1919, xviii, 59-68. 
— ■ — Observations on the biological cbaracters of Lepto- 
spira icterohaemorragiaB. J. State Med., Lond., 1922, rxx, 
70-78.— Grosso (G.). Sullapresenza della spirochete ittero 
emorragica. Pathologica, Gfenova, 1918, x, 8. — Haendel, 
Vngermann & Jaeniscta. Experimentelle Untersu- 
chungen fiber die Spirochaete der Weilschen Krankheit 
(Icterus infectiosus). Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 

1918, 11, 42-113.— Hoffmann (E.). Ueber eine der Weil- 
schen spirochate ahnliehe Zahnspiroehate des Menschen 
(Spir. trimerodonta) und andere Mundspirochaten, Deut- 
sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 257-269. — 
Hoffmann (E.) & Habermann (R.). Demonstration der 
Spirochate der Weilschen Krankheit in Praparaten und 
Kulturen. Ibid., 1917, xliii, 734.— HoUande (A. C). Au 
sujet d'une reaction microchimique du spirochete Ictfiro- 
hfimorragigue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 
629.— Inada (E.) & Ido (Y.). Eine Kurze Mitteilung fiber 
die Entdeckung des Erregers (Spirochaeta icterohaemor- 
rhagiae nov. sp.) der sogenannten Weil'schen Krankheit 
in Japan und fiber die neueren Untersuchungen fiber die 
Krankheit. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1916,- xlvi, 
993-1002.— Ito (T.) & Matsuzaki (H,). The pure culti- 
vation of Spirochaeta icterohaemorrhagiae (Inada). J. 
Exper. M., Bait., 1916, xxiil, 567-662, 2 pi.— Ito (T.), Mat- 
susaki (S.) [et al.]. Spirochaeta icterohemorrhagiae, im- 
proved culture media, prophylactic vaccine and serum 
treatment. China M. J., Shanghai, 1917, xxxi, 337.— 
Kabesblma (T.). On the filtrability of Spirochaeta ictero- 
haemorrhagiae. Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo, 1926, No. 49, 
3-5.— Kaneko (R.) & Sforihana (S.). Untersuchungen 
fiber die Identitst der Spirochaeta icterohaemorrhagiae 
(Inada und Ido) und der Spirochaeta icterogenes (Uhlen- 
huth und Frommelund fiber das Verhalten der Spirochaeta 
hebdomadis, des Erregers des Siebentageflebers ("Nanu- 
kayami"), gegenuber der Spirochaeta icterogenes. Ztschr. 
t. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, Orit., 1921, 
xxxi, 201-221.— Kaneko (R.) & Okuda (K.). Spkochaeta 
Icterohemorrhagiae; morphological study during serum 
treatment. Chugai Iji Shimpo, 1917, No. 8912, 641. Also 
transl. [abstr.], China M. J., Shanghai, 1918, xxxii, 173. 

The distribution in the human body of Spirochaeta 

icterohaemorrhagiae. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1917LXxvi, 325- 
339.— Kraus (R.). Erregers der Weil'schen Krankheit. 



JAUNDICE 



37 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Parasite of) — 
continued. 

Wien. med. Wchnsohr.,1925, Ixxv, 2608.— Kuenen (W. A.). 
Demonstratie van de in Japan govonden spirocbaete ictero- 
haemorrhagica (bi} tiekte van Weil). Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
Geneesk., Amst., 1917, il, 905-911. — L. Vie dl penetrazione 
della spirocheta ittero-emoiragica. Oazz. d. osp., Mllano, 
■ 1917, xxxviii, 997. — Legroux (R.). Bechercbe de Spliocbseta 
icterobemorragise. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1916, 
Ixxix, 991.— Levy (P. P.) & de liSobardy (J.). Un proc6d6 
pratique de recherche du spirochete de I'iotfire hfemorrha- 
gique dans les urines. JMd., 1918, Ixxii, 107-109.— Maekawa 
(T.). Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Spirocbaeta ioterobaemor- 
rhagica. Tr. Japan Path. Soc, Tokyo, 1924, xiv, 200.— 
Manteufel (P.). Vereinfachimg des Zuchtungsverfahrens 
von Weil-Spiroobaten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., IJeipz. 
& Berl., 1921, dvii, 461-463.— Martin (L.), Pettit (A.) & 
Vaudremer (A.). Coloration du spirochete de I'ictere 
b^morrbagique par les m£tbodes de Loiller et de van Er- 
mengben; prteence de oils. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 

1916, Ixxix, 1053-1055, 1 pi. Culture du Spirochseta ic- 

tero-bemorrhagise. Ibid., 1917, Ixxx, 197-200, 1 pi.— JUSlanidi 
(C). Sur le pouvoir spu:och6tolytiqu6 du slrum humain. 
Ibid., 1920, homii, 812.— Mendelson (R. W.). Pseudo- 
leptospira Ictero-hsemorrbagiae. J. Trqp. M. [etc.], Lond., 
1922, XXV, 125.— NicoUe (C.) & Lebailly (C). Etude du 
virus Ictferique nature! du rat. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 

Par., 1918, Lmd, 351-353. Conservation latente du 

spirochete de I'ictere infectieux, cbez les rats et souris 

inoculfe experimentalement. Ibid., 469-471. Nou- 

veaux taits concernant I'fitude du spirochete de I'ictere 
infectieux; un procM6 de longue conservation du virus dans 
les laboratoires; I'inoculation & la souris. Ibid., 1143. — 
Nogucbl (H.). A comparative study of expei'imental 
prophylactic inoculation against leptospira icterolmmor- 
rha^. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1918, xxviii, 661-570. Also 
reprint. Spirocbaeta icterohaemorrhagise in Ameri- 
can wild rats and its relation to tbe Japanese and European 
strains. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1917, xxv, 755-763. AUo 
reprint. Morpbdlogical characteristics and nomen- 
clature of Leptospira (Spirocbaeta) icterohaemorrhagiae 
(Inada and Ido). J. Exper. M., Bait., 1918, xxvii, 675-592, 

S pi. Also reprint. Further study of the cultural 

conditions of Leptospira (Spirocbaeta) icterohaemor- 
rhagiae. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1918, xxvii, 693-608. Also 

reprint. The survival of leptospira (spirochseta) 

ioterohaemorrbagiSB in nature; observations concerning 
microchemical reactions and intermediary hosts. J. Exper. 
M., N. Y., 1918, xxvii, 609-625. AUo reprint.- Oba (S.). 
Ueber das Agglutinin von Spirocbaeta ikterobaemor- 
rhagiae, insbesondere eine Nachweismethode dafiir und die 
Agglutininuntersuchung bei der experimentellen Weil- 
schen Krankheit des Kaninchens. Aichi J. Exper. M., 
Nagoya, Japan, 1923, i. No. 1, 1-20.— Otteraaen (A.). Tbe 
spirochete of infectious jaundice , (spirocheta icterobemor- 
rhagiae, Inada; leptospira, Noguchi) in house rats in Chicago. 
J. Infec. Dis., Chicago, 1919, xxiv, 485-488.— Pettit (A.). 



A propos du spirochete de Lorient. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
biol.. Par., 1918, Ixxxi, 48. " "— "" -~— 



Conservation du virus 



de la spirocb^tose ictfeoMmorragique. Bull. Acad, de m6d, . 
Par., 1923, 3. s., xc, 310-312.— K«nanx (E.). Sur les modifi- 
cations des affinitfe colorantes et de I'aspect morphologique 
de Sp. icterohemorrhagiae en culture. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
biol.. Par., 1917, Ixxx, 583.— Kenaux (E.) cSc WUmaers (A.). 
Coloration du spirochete ict6ro-h6morrhagique. Ibid., 65. — 
BIbeyro (R. E.). Espiroquete isterohemorrSgico en las 
ratas de Lima. Cron. mSd., Lima, 1918, xxv, 157, 1 pi.— 
Bobinson (Q. H.). Occurrence of Leptospira icterohemor- 
bagiae in wild rats of Baltimore. Am. J. Hyg., Bait., 1924, 
iv, 327-329.— Schuffner (W.) & Kuenen (W. A.). [The 
occurrence of spirochaetae of the icterobaemorrhagio type in 
rats in Amsterdam.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Haar- 
lem, 1923, Ixvii, pt. 2, 2018-2026.— Shiga (A.). Untersu- 
cbungen fiber die Beziehungen der Wasserspirocbate (Spi- 
rocbaeta pseudoicterogenes Uhlenbuth und Zuelzer) zu dem 
Erreger der Weilschen Frankbeit (Spirocbaeta Icterogenes 
Uhlenhntbuud Frommes. Spirochaetaicterohaeniorrbagiae 
Inada und Ido). Ztschr. t. ImmunitStsforscb. u. exper. 
Tberap., Jena, Orie., 1924, xl, 148-171.— Soda «.). Methods 
of staining organism of spirocbaeta icterohemorrbagiae. 
China M. J., Shanghai, 1918, xxxii, 470.— Stefanopoulo 
(Q.- J.) . Sur la virulence des cultures de Spirocbaeta ictero- 
bemorrhagiffi. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1920, Ixxxiii, 

1267-1269. (julture du Spirocbaeta Icterobemorragise 

en milieu vitaminS. Ibid., 1921, Ixxxiv, 813.— Tribondeau 
(L.) & DubreuU (J.). Coloration et nltratation des spiro- 
chetes ictSrigenes dans les frottis de foie de cobaye. Ibid., 
1917, Ixxx, 496.— Uhlenbuth (P.). Zur Kultur der Spiro- 
cbaete icterogenes. Deutsches Med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & 
Berl., 1917, xlUi, 1563.— Uhlenhuth (P.) & Zudzer (M.). 
Ueber das Vorkommen des Erregers der ansteckenden 
Gelbsucht (Spirocbaeta icterogenes) bei frei lebenden 
Berliner Batten. Med. KUn., Berl., 1919, xv, 1301-1304. 

Ueber die biologiscben und immunisatorischen 

Beziehungen des Erregers der Weilschen Krankheit (Spiro- 
cbaeta icterogenes) zu der freilebenden Wasserspirochfite 
(Spirocbaeta pseudoicterogenes); (zugleicb ein Beitrag zum 
Virulenzproblem). Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1922, i, 2124^ 
2130.— Ungermann. Demonstration der Kulturen des 



Jaundice (Spirochaetal, Parasite of) — 
continued. 

Erregers der Weilschen Krankheit. Med. Klin., Berl., 
1916, xii, 429.— Tanni (V.) . Sulla morfologia e riproduzione 
della Spirocbaeta ictero-baemorragiae di Inada e Ido. 

Policlin.,Roma, 1923, XXX, sez. med., 330-336. Sopra 

un metodo di coltivazione della spirocheta ittero-emorragioa. 
Ibid., 1924, xxxi, sez. prat., 966-968.— Zuelzer (Margarete). 
BeitrBge zur Kenntnis der Morphologic und fintwioklung 
der Weilschen Spirocbaete. Arb. a. d. k. Osndbtsamte, 
Berl., 1918, li, 159-179, 4 pi. 

Jaundice (Spirochsetal, Transmission 
of). 

Buchanan (Q.). Spirochaetosis icterobaemorrhagica; 
tbe presence of the causal organism in slime as a source of 
an outbreak in East London. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1924, 
ii, 990-993.— Carrleu (M.-F.) & SoUler (N.)- Pr&ence & 
Montpellier, de rats parasites par Spirocbaeta icterobemor- 
ragiae. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1922, Ixxxvi, 991- 
993.— Coles (A. C). Infective jaundice and rats. Clin. J., 

Lond., 1918, xlvii, 64-66. A note on the occurrence 

of spirocbaeta icterohaemorrhagiae in tbe common rat in 
En^and. Lancet, Lond., 1918, 1, 468. Tbe spiro- 
cbaete of infectious jaundice in tbe common rat in England. 
Pub. Health, Lond., 1918, xxxi, 88-90.— Courmont (J.) & 
Durand (P.). La rat d'figout r&ervoir de virus pour la 
spirocb£tose ict6ro-h6morragique. Bull et m6m. Soc. m^d. 
d. bop. de Par., 1917, 3. s., xli, 115-118.— Foulcrton (A. G. 
R.). The protozoal parasites of tbe rat, with special refer- 
ence to tbe rat as a natural reservoir of spirocbaeta ictero- 
haemorrhagiae. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1919-20, 
xxiii, 78-103, 2 pi. — Fromme. Zur Uebertragung der Weil- 
schen Krankheit. Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 669.— 
Gamier (M.). La transmission au cobayte de I'ictere in- 
fectieux primitif. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1916, 
Ixxix, '928-930. — Grosso (G.). Sulla spirochete tipo ittero- 
emorragica dei ratti dl chiavica. Folia med., Napoli, 1920, 
vi, 584; 557.— Ido (Y.), Hold (B.) [et al.]. The rat as a car- 
rier of Spirocbaeta icterohaemorrhagiae, the causative agent 
of Weil's disease (spirochaetosis icterobaemorrhagica). J. 
Exper. M., Bait., 1917, xxvi, 341-363. Also reprint.— 
Jobling (J. W.) &Eggstein,(A. A.). Tbe wild rats of the 
Southern States as carriers of spirocliseta icterobemor- 
rha^se. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 1787. Also 
reprint. — Lauda (E.). Ikterus und Infektion. SeUchen- 
bekampfung, Wien, 1925, ii, 159-173.— Leger (A.) & Certain. 
Recherche du spirochete ict6roh6morragique cbez les rats de 
Dakar. Bull. Soc. tjatb. exot.. Par., 1918, xi, 19-22.— Levas- 
sort. Spiroch6tose ict6ro-h6morrbagique due & I'eau d'une 
piscine contaminee. J. de mfid. de Par., 1924, xliii, 378.— 
Miller (J. W.). Ueber die Weilsche Krankheit und die Ein- 
trittspforte ibres Erregers. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 

1917, Ixiv, 1572-1575. Ueber die pathologische 

Anatomic und die Uebertragung der Weilschen Krankheit. 
Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankb., Leipz., 1918, Ixxxvi, 
161-194. — Mouriquand (G.) & Deglos. Spiroch£tose 
ictSro-h§morragique consecutive & la morsure d'un rat. 
Lyon m6d., 1919, cxxviii, 307.— Nicolle (C.) & Lebailly 
(C). Existence du spiroobete de I'ictere infectieux, cbez les 
rats des abattoirs de Tunis. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 
Par., 1918, Ixxxi, 349-351.— Schmidt (A.). Bemerkungen 
zur Aetiologie und Uebertragung der Weilschen Krankheit. 
Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 1144. — Sigalas (R.) 
& Pirot (B.). Presence de Spirochaeta icterobemorrhagiae 
Chez les rats de Bordeaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
1922, Ixxxvii, 195-197.— Uhlenhuth & Fromme. Experi- 
mentelle Untersuchungen tlber den Infektionsmodus, die 
Epidemiologie und Serumbebandlung der Weilschen Krank- 
heit (Icterus infectiosus). Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch u. 
exper. Ther., Jena, 1919, xxviii, 1-118, 4 pi.— Wadsworth 
(A.), Langworthy (H. Virgima) [et al.]. Infectious juan- 
dice occurring in New York State; preliminary report of an 
investigation, with.report of a case of accidental infection of 
the human subject with leptospira icterochaemorrhagiae 
from the rat. J. Am. M. Ass., Obicago, 1922, Ixxviii, 1120. 

Jaundice (Spirochetal, Treatment of). 

Beger (H.). Ueber aktive Immunisierung mit geku- 
pferten Spirocbatenkulturen bei der Weilschen Krankheit. 
Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1923-24, Orig., 
xci, 90-95. — BertareUl (E.). Le immumzzazioni attive 
contro la spirochetosi ittero-emorragica. Riv. d'ig. e san. 
pubb., Parma., 1917, xxviii, 409-412.— Castaigne (J.) & 
Felssinger (N.). La spu;och£tose icterigene, ses formes 
cliniques et son traitement. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de th^rap.. 
Par., 1917, xxxi, 649; 659.— Fiessinger (N.) & Leroy (E.). 
SpirochStose icttoique a Sp. icterobemorragise; forme myal- 
gique, mSningSe, n^morragique; action rapide du s6rum 
"Martin et Auguste Petit." Bull, et M6m. Soc. m§d. d. 
h6p. de Par., 1917, 3. s., xli, 1035-1037.— Foi (C). Bicerobe 
sulla terapia dell' ittero epidemico. Gior. d. r. Accad. di 
med. di Torino, 1917, 4. s., xxiii, 6. — Heidenheim. Die 
Serumbebandlung bei Icterus infectiosus. Miinchen. med. 
Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 1676.— Ido (Y.), Hoki (E.) [et al.]. 
The prophylaxis of Weil's disease (spirochaetosis Ictero- 
baemorrhagica). J. Exper. M., Bait., 1916, xxiv, 471-483. 
AUo reprint.— Inada (B.), Prophylaxis and serum treat- 



JAUNDICE 



38 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Spirochetal, Treatment of)— 
continued. 

ment of spirochaetosis icterohaemorrhagica. Japan Med. 
World, Tokyo, 1922, ii, 189-193— Inada (R.), Wo (Y.) 
[et al.J. Mitteilung fiber die Aetiologie, Infection, Im- 
munitfit. Prophylaxis and Semmbehandlung der Weil- 
schen Krankheit (Spiroohaetosis iotero-hafimorrhagica 
Inada). Kltasato Arch. Exper. Med., Tokio, 1917, i, 63-152, 
1 tab., 4 pi. Also transl., J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 

1916, xxiii, 377-402, 7 pi. The serum treatment of 

Weil's disease (spiroohaetosis icterohaemorrhagica). J. 

Exper. M., Bait., 1916, xxiv, 485-496. /4;so reprint. 

Intravenous serotherapy of Weil's disease (spirochaetosis 
icterohasmorrhagica). J. Exper. M., Bait., 1918, xxvii, 
283-303. Also reprint. — Jacobsthal. Agglomeration der 
Spirochate der Weilschen Krankheit durch Eekonvales- 
zentenserum. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 87.— 
Kaneko (R.) & Okuda (K.). Distribution of spirochaeta 
icterohaemorrhagiae in the organs after Intravenous serum 
treatment. J. Exper. M., BsJt., 1918, xxvii, 305-308. Also 
reprint. — Leick (B.). Zur Therapie der Weilschen Krank- 
heit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1917, 
xliil, 747.— Martin (L.) & Pettit (A.). Le strum centre le 
spirochete do I'ictere hfimorragique. Bull, et m§m. Soc. 

m6d. d. h5p. de Par.^ 1917, 3. s., Ixi, 1156-1158. 

Traitement de la spirooMtose iot6ro-h§morragique. J. 
m6d. franc.. Par., 1919, viii, 166-171.— da Matta (A.-A.). 
Sur la spiroohStose hfipato rfinale (spirocMtose ictSro- 
hfimorragique) et son traitement. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. 

Par., 1919, xii, 128-132. ■ ■ Inyecciones intravenosas de 

urotropina en el tratamiento de la espiroquetosis hepato- 
renal. Semana mSd., Buenos Aires, 1920, xxvii, 315-317. — 
Noguchi (H.). A comparative study of experimental 
prophylactic incoculation against Leptospira icterohae- 
morrhagise. J. Exper., M., Bait., 1918, xxviii, 561-570.— 
Plicque (A. E.). "Traitement et prophylaxie de la spiro- 
chfitose ictSro-hgmorrhagique. J. de m§d. et ohir. prat.. 
Par., 1917, Ixxxviii, 614-521.— Schott (E.). Zur Klinfi der 
Weilschen Krankheit. Miinchen. med. Wchnschf., 1916, 
Ixiii, 1609-1512.— Strasburger (J.). Zur Khnik der Weil' 
schen Krankheit. Deutsches Arch. f. Klin. Med., Leipz., 
1918, cxxv, 108-146, 2 pi.— Trembur (F.) & Scballert (E.). 
Zur Klinik der Weilschen Krankheit. Med. Klin., Berl., 
1916, xii, 414^16.— Uhlenhuth & Fromme. Ein Schutz- 
und Heilserum gegen die Weilsche Krankheit. Deutsche 
med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1918, xliv, 705.— Vanni 
(V.). Sulla chemioterapia della spirochetosi ittero emor- 
ragica. Eiforma med., Napoli, 1924, xl, 916. 

Jaundice (Spiroclisetal, Urine in). 

Fantham (H. B.). Amoebse In-urine in a case of infec- 
tious jaundice. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 653.— Favrc 
(M.) & Fiessinger CN.). La spirochfitiuie, au cours de la 
spiroch6tose ict§ro-h6morragique. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. 
mil., Par., 1917, Ixvii, 494-500.— Fiessinger (N.) & Janet 
(H.). A propos de la spirochfiturie dans la spirochfetose 
iotSro-hfemorragique. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m§d. d. hop. de 
Par., 1921, 3. s., xlv, 396-399.— Garnier (M.) & Gerber (C). 
Le fonctionnement des reins au cours de I'ictere infectieux 
primitif. Oompt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 
1142-1145.— Garnier (M.) & Magnenand (L.). L'Mlmi- 
nation par I'urine des pigments biliaires, au cours des icteres 
infectieux. Md., 278-281.— Labb§ (M.) & CarriS (P.). 
Relations entre la steroobiline f^cale et I'urobUine urinaire 
au cours des icteres par retention. Ibid., 1911, Ixx, 793-795. 

Jaundice (Spirochsetal) in children. 

Henschen i'F7)& Eeenstierna (J.). Zur Pathogenese 
der sogenannten Weilschen Krankheit: Ein Fall von Pro- 
teusinfektion beim Saugllng. Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 
1916-17, Grig., xiv, 186-196.— Hermann (C). Acute infec- 
tious jaundice in six children in one famUy. Am. J. Obst., 
N. Y., 1918, Ixxvii, 686-689.— Lesne (E.). A propos d'un 
cas de spirochgtose ict6ro-h§morragique chez I'enfant. 
Paris m6d., 1920, xxxviii (annexe), 443-446.— Shwager 
(P I). [Infectious jaundice in children.] Pediatriya, 
Mosk., 1924, viii, 186-197.— Wilcox (H. B.). Acute infec- 
tious jaundice in six children in one family. Arch. Pediat., 
N. Y., 1918, XXXV, 102-105. 

Jaundice (Spirochetal) in soldiers. 

Mann (P.) . *Ueber Klinik und Diagnostik 
cler Weilschen Krankheit nach Beobachtungen 
imFelde. 8°. Freiburg i.' Br., 1917. 

Beitzke (H.). Weilsche Krankheit. Handb. d. &rztl. 
Erfahr. im Weltkr., Leipz., 1921, viu, 152-163.— Bompiani 
(Q ) & lorene (A.). Contributo alio studio dell'ittero 
epidemico tra le truppe operanti. Policliii., Roma, 1917, 
xxiv, sez. prat., 956-962.— Butt«rsack (F.). Weilsche 
Krankheit. Handb. d. Srztl. Erfahr. im Weltkr., Leipz., 
1921, iii, 181-205.— CantacuzSne (J.). Sur une 6pid6mie 
d'ictere observfie en Roumanie pendant la campagne de 
1917 Bull. Acad, de m6d.. Par., 1918, 3. s., tax, 261-264.- 
Cesa-Bianchi (D)- Ittero Infettivo da campo e spno- 
chetosi itteroemorragica. Attualita med. , Milano, 1917, vi, 
286-304.— Chambers (O.). An outbreak of infectious 
jaundice occurring among the soldiers of the Bntish forces. 
J Boy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1917, xiix, 108-112.— 



Jaundice (Spirochetal) in soldiers — 
continued. 

ClTallerl (I.). A poposito dell' ittero infettivo castrense. 
Eiv. orit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1917, xviil, 293; 301.— 
Frugoni (C.) Gardenghl (G.) & Ancona (G.). Studi 
su I'ittero epidemico castrense. Sperimentale, Firenze 
1916-17, Ixi, 687-696, 2 pi.- Garnier (M.). Les formes 
sSveres de I'ictere infectieux; (d'apres des observations 
reoueillies aux armto pendant I'hiver 1915-16). Bull, et 
mfim. Soc. mM. d. hop. de Par., 1916, 3. s., xl, 691-709.— 
Hurst (A. F.). Infective jaundice at Gallipoli. Brit. M. 
J., Lond., 1917, 1, 627.— Martin (C. J.). Concerning the 
pathology and etiology of the infectious jaundice common 
at the Dardanelles, 1915. J. Roy, Army Med. Corps, 
Lond., 1918, xxx, 102-109.— Michdl (F.) & Satta (G.). 
Osservaziom e ricerche sull'ittero epidemico castrense. 
Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1917, 4 s., xxiii, 32-40.— 
Moreschi (C.) & Carpi (U.). Osservazionl cliniche e 
sperimentah sopra una forma d'ittero infettivo epidemico 
nolle truppe combattenti. Pohclin., Roma, 1916, xxiii, 
sez. prat., 1266-1269.— Paisseau (Q.). Etude olinique sur 
un ictere fipidSmique observe au corps expeditiormaire des 
Dardanelles. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Par. 

1916, 3. s., xl, 60-66.— Pende (N.) & Baglioni (G. B.). 
Ittero castrense e malaria, con un contributo all'istolgia 
patologia dell' ittero infettivo grave. Folia med., Napoli, 

1917, iii, 761; 785.— Pugiisi-Aifegra (S.). Contributo alia 
conoscenza dell' ittero infettivo della zona di guerra. Mala- 
ria [etc.], Roma, 1917, viii, 113-118.— Bosenhauft (H.). 
Die Weilsche Krankheit als Kriegsseuche. Naturwlssen- 
schaften, Berl., 1917, v. 436-438.— SarraUIig (A.) & Clunet 
(J.) . La jaunisse des camps et I'gpidfemie de paratyphoide 
des Dardanelles. Bull, et m6m. Soc. mSd. d. hop. de Par. 

1916, 3 s., xl, 46-60.— Siccardi (P. D.). Sindromi emor- 
ragiche castrensi da spirocheta. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 

1917, xxxviii, 691-693.— Stokes (A.) & Kyle (J. A.). A note 
on Weil's disease (spirochsetosis icterohaemorrhagica) as it 
has occurred in the army in Flanders. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
1916, ii, 413-417.— Stokes (A.), Eyie (I. A.) & Tytler (W. 
H.). Weil's disease (Spiroohaetosis ictero-haemorrhagica) 
in the British army in Flanders. Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 
142-153.— Willcox (W. H.). The epidemic jaundice of 
campaigns. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 297-300.— Zironi 
(A.) & Capone (G.). Sulla etiologia dell'ittero castrense. 
Sperimentale, Fireme, 1917, Ixxl, 298-314: 1918, Ixxii, 67-92. 

Jaundice (Syphilitic). 

Bavachi (N.). *Des ictferes au cours de 
la syphiUs. 8°. Paris, 1921. 

HtTBEB (J.). *SyphiUs et ictSres par h6- 
molyse. 8°. Paris, 1914. 

Nappbz (P.). *Les ictSres syphilitiques 
tertiaires et quarternaires avant et depuis 
la medication ars^nobenzolique. 8°. Paris, 

1920. 

Ardin-Delteil, Derrien & Azouiay (R.) . Ictere syphili- 
tique secondaire pr6coce; retention biliaire dissoci^e; 6preuve 
I'hemoclasie digestive. Bull, et mSm. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de 
Par., 1922, 3. s., xlv, 221.— Blechmann (G.). Les icteres 
syphilitiques de l'enfan»e. J. mSd. franc.. Par., 1920, ix, 
48-52. — Bonnin (H.). Les icteres de la syphilis acquise. 
Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1925, xlvi, 259-264.— 
BoiJtema (C. W.). [A case of icterus syphiliticus jpraecox., 
Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Qeneesk., Haarlem, 1924, Ixviii, pt. 2, 
663.— Buschke (A.). Zur Kenntnis des Icterus syphili- 
ticus praecox. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 238-240. 

Ueber Ikterus im Friihstadium der Syphilis. 

Ztschr. f. Srztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1924, xxi, 414-417.— Cas- 
taigne. Icteres syphilitiques. Clinique, Par., 1913, viii, 

706-708. Ictere par rfetention, de nattu:e syphili- 

tique, Ibid., 754-756.— Castaigne (J.) & Faillard (H.). 
Les icteres chroniques syphilitiques de I'adulte (fitude 
clinique et thferapeutique). J. mid. fran;.. Par., 1920, ix, 
64-71.— Chauffard. Icteres syphilitiques et icteres arseni- 
caux. Eev. g6n. de cUn, et de tbtoap.. Par., 1923, xxxvii, 
17-19.— ChevalUer (P.) . Les icteres syphilitiques pr§coces. 
J. m6d. franj.. Par., 1920, ix, 53-63.— Gastou & Tissot. 
Un cas d'ictere d'origine syphilitique probable contem- 
porain du chancre & la pSriode prehumorale. Bull. Soc. 

franc, de dermat. et syph.^ Par., 1924, xxxi, 519. 

L'ictfae syphilitique primaire. Eev. franc, de dermat. et 
de v6n6r§ol.. Par., 1925, i, 26-30.— Goglia (G.). SugU 
itteri emolitici siflhtici. Eiforma med., Napoli, 1923, xxxix, 
937.— Gutmann (C). Erfahrungen flber Ikterus bei 
Syphilitikern. Dermat. Ztschr. , Berl. , 1922, xxxvii, 39-66.— 
Hickey(G. v.). Jaundice in early syphilis. Med. J. Aus- 
tralia, Sydney, 1917, iv, 205.— Milian (Q.) . L'iotere syphili- 
tique primaire. Paris m§d., 1920, xxxvii, 141-144.— Mucci 
(A.). ■ In due famighe con ittiosi volgare per eredo-sifllide. 
Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1924, Ixv, 163.5-1641.— 
Palvarini (A.). Sugli itteri nelcorso della lue. Ibid.,192i, 
Ixiv, 212-223.— Perrin (H.). Les icteres au cours de la 
syphilis. Marseille m6d., 1920, Ivii, 329-354.— Sarateanu 
(F.) & Blumental (M.). Ict§re syphilitique pr§-humoral. 
Ann. d. mal. v6n.. Par., 1925, xx, 481^488.— Schmltt. 
Ictere syphilitique. Eev. m6d. de I'est, Nancy, 1912, xliv. 



JAUNDICE 



39 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Syphilitic) — continued. 

249.— Scott (Q. OO. A preliminary report on syphilitic 
and arsenical jaundice. Am. J. Sypb., St. Louis, 191.9, Hi, 
628-647.— Sergent (E.). A propos d'un cas d'ictere par 
retention cbez une ancienne syphilitlque. Frogr^ med.. 
Par., 1925, xl, 13-17.— Serin (0|). Les ictSres chroniques 
syphilltiques. J. de mfid. et ohir. prat.. Par., 1914, Ixxxv, 
669-674.— Wile CU. J.) & Karshner (E.G.). Icterus gravis 
syphiliticus; its relation to acute yellow atrophy. J. Am. 
M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 1311-1314. 

Jaundice (Toxic). 

FiEssiNGEB (N.). Les ict&res toxiques et 
leur traitement. 8°. Paris, 1913. 

Royal Society of Medicine. The origin, 
symptoms, pathology, treatment, and prophy- 
laxis of toxic jaundice observed in munition 
workers; being a discussion by the Sections of 
medicine, pathology, and epidemiology of the 
Royal Society of Medicine (January, 1917); 
with summary of the discussion by Surgeon- 
General H. D. Rolleston. 8°. London [1917]. 

Bailey (C. V.) & MacKay (A.), Toxic jaundice in 
patients under anti-syphilitic treatment; a study o{ the 
chemical analysis ot the blood and urine, and observations 
on the effect of exercise and diet in the treatment of syphilis. 
Arch. Int. M., Chicago, 1920, xxv, 628-647.— Balard & 
Monod. Sur un cas d'ictere grave toxi-infectieux oonsScutif 
& des manoeuvres abortives (absorption de toxiques, perfora- 
tion de I'utSrus). Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynfeo. de Par., 
1922, xi, 713-716.— Bingold (K.) . Ueber septischen Ikterus. 
Ztschr. f; Min. Med., Berl., 1921, xcii, 140-169.— Bower 
(W.). Toxic jaundice: atrophy of liver; regeneration and 
recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, i, 608.- Cazamian. 
Ictere hgpatogene conslcutif h une intoxication par le sai- 
varsan (bradycardie ict^rique totale d'origine sinusale). 
Arch, de m6d. et pharm. nav.. Par., 1917, ciii, 46-62. — 
Chetti (C. R.). Case of toxsemic jaundice. Indian M. 
Qaz., Calcutta, 1918, hii, 154.— Crawford (Barbara G. R.). 
Toxic jaundice, with atrophy of liver fojlowed by regenera- 
tion and recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, i, 450. — 
Dujardin (B.). Les icteres toxiques dus au nfio-salvarsan. 
Clinique, Brux., 1914, xxviii, 103-106.— Flessinger (N.) & 
Bavina (A.). L'ictere toxique par les moules. Bull, et 
m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1924, 3. s., xlviii, 1351- 
1363.— Fiesslnger (N.) & Wolf (M.). Les icteres des 
perlieres et les hepatites par le t£trachlor6tbane. Ann. de 
de mM., Par., 1922, xii, 269-295.— Legge (T. M.). An out- 
break of toxic jaundice ot a new type amongst aeroplane 
workers; its industrial aspect. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1914-lS, 
xxxviii, 144-156.— Legge (T. M.), Chetwynd [et al.]. Spe- 
cial discussion on the origin, symptoms, pathology treat- 
ment, and prophylaxis of toxic jaundice observed in muni- 
tion workers. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1916-17, x. 
Sect. Med., Path. & Epidemiol., 1-106, 3 pi.— Lynch (T. 
J.) & Hoge (S. F.). Toxic jaundice following Intensive 
antisyphilitic treatment. J. Am. M. Ass. Chicago, 1919, 
Ixxiii, 1687-1691. Also reprint.— Ogata (1-). Experi- 
mentelle Untersuchungen iiber den toxischen Ikterus. 
Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsch., Tokio, 1914, iv, 28. 
tpiskussion], 35-39.— Ogata (T.) & Mitamura (T.). 
Ueber die Pathogenese des septischen Ikterus. Mitt. a. d. 
med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. ju Tokyo, 1916, xiv, 217-236.— 
Owen (S.). A case of enlargement of liver and spleen [in 
toxsemic jaundice]. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1915, xx, 
193.— Biesman (D.). Toxemic jaundice. Tr. Ass. Am. 
Physicians, Phila., 1910, xxv, 643-646.— Eomme. L'ictere 
toxique des ouvriers des usines de guerre. Presse m£d.. 
Par., 1917, xxv, 243.— Byle (J. A.). Toxic and infective 
jaundice. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1922, xxxvi, 289-296.— 
SpUlsbury (B. A.). An outbreak of toxic jaundice of a 
new type amongst aeroplane workers; its pathological 
aspect. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1914-15, xxxviii, 139-144.— 
Snwart (M. J.). Toxic jaundice in munition workers. 
Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 153-155.— Symmers (D.). Epi- 
demic acute hemorrhagic jaundice of toxic origin. J. Am. 
M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, Ixxiv, 1153-1156. Also reprint.- 
Warthin (A. S.). Toxic jaundice due to dinitrophenol. 
Internat. Assoc. Med. Mus., Bull. No. vii, Ann Arbor & 
' Montreal, 1918, 123-147, 1 51. AUo reprint.— WOlcox (W. 
H.) . An outbreak of toxic jaundice of a aew type amongst 
aeroplane workers; its clinical and toxicological aspect. 
Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1914-15, xxxviii, 129-139. 

Jaundice (Treatment of). 

DuMoucHEL (R.) . *Le traitement des ic- 
teres par le goutte k goutte rectal suor6 et 
urotropin^. 8°. Paris, 1920. 

Feinstein (L.) . *Valeur pratique du Bon- 
dage duodenal dans les icteres. 8°. Paris, 
1922. 

Koch (L.). *Ueber die Peraciditat des 
Magensaftes und die Einwirliung von Ma- 



Jaundice (Treatment of) — continued. 

fensptilungen bei Ikterus katarrhalis. 8°. 
Irlangen, 1909. 
Pautr^ (M.) . *Des propri6t6s cholagogues 
du fiel de boBuf, de son efficacitd dans I'ictfire 
catarrhal du chien, de son application au 
traitement de la lithiase biliaire. 8°. Paris, 
1904. 

Bloom (W.) & Bosenau (W. E.). The reaction of the 
liver to phenol-tetrachlorphthalein in early obstructive 
jaundice. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1924, xxxiv, 446-454. 
Chevallier (P.). Le regime cam6 dans l'ictere. Presse 
m6d.. Par., 1919, xxvli, 478.— Ebinger (E.). Eine neue 
kausale Behandlung des Ikterus. Aerztl. Rundschau, 
Milnchen, 1921, xxxi, 84.— Hsner (H. L.). The treatment 
of ordinary jaundice. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 912. — 
EmOe-Well (P.). Le traitement des icteres par le goutte & 
goutte sucrS urotropine. Bull, et m§m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. 
de Par., 1920, 3. s., Ixiv, 697-703.— Fiessinger (N.). Diag- 
nostic et traitement des icteres f£briles. Bev. g£n. de din. 

etdethSrap., Par., 1919, xxxiii, 569; 585, Le regime 

des icteres. /Md., 1921, xxxv, 201-206. Leprobleme 

des icteres en m6decine courante. Ibid., 1923, xxxvii, 633- 
638.— Greves (E. H.). Turpentine in jaundice. Clin. 
J., Lond., 1916, xlv, 89.— Hairston (S. H.). Treatment of 
obstructive jaundice. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1925-26, Ixxviii, 
219-221.— Hegler. Abgekiirzter Heilverlauf des Ikterus 
dutch Duodenalsondierung. Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1924, 
iii, 2364.— Hendriks (A.). Hypnotioa bij icterische pa- 
tiSnten. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1914, i, 
1308.— Hoppe-Seyler (G.). Die Behandlung dos Ikterus; 
klinischer Vortrag. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & 
Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 2212-2214. Also transl., Med. Press & 
Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 454. — Lasausse (E.). Condi- 
tions & rSaliser pour caractfiriser les icteres par absorption 
d'acide picrique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1915, 
Ixxviii, 612-514. — ^LerebouUet (P.). Traitement de l'ictere 
catarrhal. Paris m6d., 1912, vii, 376-379.— Mongour 
(C.) . Revue critique sur le traitement m§dical et chirurgi- 
cal des icteres. J. m6d. franc. Par., 1910, iv, 129-134. — 
Orudzhlyeff (D. G.). [Treatment of catarrhal jaundice by 
washing out the stomach.] Russk. Vrach, Petrogr., 1916, 
xiv_, 159. — Fron fL.). Le traitement de l'ictere de la fievre 
biheuse e de la fievre paludtenne, selon Hippocrate. 3. de 
m6d. de Par., 1919, xxxviii, 129.— Bathery (F.) & Cam- 
bess£d£s. Le tubage du duodenum dans les ictSres chro- 
niques. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m&d. d. hop. de Par., 1921, 3. &., 
xlv, 854.- Buge (H.). Bin Beitrag zur Gelbsuchtsfrage, 
einfache (katarrhaliscbe) Gdbsucht und sogenannten 
Oelbsucht nach Salvarsan. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 
1924-25, ci, 684-743.— SamoTlci (M.). Diet^tica: el regimen 
de las ictericias. Rev. m£d. del Rosario, 1921-22, xi, 322- 
329.— Schilling (E.) & Stelnbach (G.). Zur Behandlung 
des Ikterus, besonders mit Cylotropin. Therap. d. Qegenw., 
Berl., 1925, Ixvi, 380.— SUl (M.) Dailey (U. G.) [et al.j. 
How do you treat ordinary jaundice? N. York M. J. [etc.], 
1910, xci, 913; 963; 1017; 1068.— Szemzo (Q.). Ein mit 
Rontgenstrahlen behandelter Fall von Ikterus. Deutsche 
med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1922, xlviii, 1379: 1924, 1, 
1584. 

Jaundice (Treatment of, Operative). 

Calvet (J.). *La spl^nectomie dans l'ic- 
tere chronique spl6nom6gali(iue. 8°. Paris, 
'1914. 

Papin (F.-F.-M.-J.). *Les indications de 
I'intervention chirurgicale dans I'ictSre. 8°. 
Bordeaux, 1914. 

Behrend (M.). Repair and anastomosis of the bile 
passages for the relief ot chronic jaundice. Penn. M. J., 

Athens, 1920-21, xxjv, 465-471. — A case of chronic 

jaimdice cured by a lateral anastomosis of the common 
bile duct with the stomach. Jtid., 1921-22, xxv, 268.— 
Bowler (J. P.). The management of obstructive jaun- 
dice as a factor affecting surgical risk. Boston M. & 8. 
J., 1925, oxciU, 1045-1050.— Campbell (J. M. H.) & 
Warner (E.G.). The results of splenectomy for acholuric 
jaundice, especially the changes in the fragility of the red 
blood corpuscles. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1926, Ixxv, 
432-446.— Deaver (J. B.). The surgery of jaundice. Ann. 
Surg., Phila.. 1926, Ixxxi, 287-298.— Erdmann (J. F.). 
Obstructive (malignant) jaundice, operative relief by cho- 
lecystogastrostomjT, etc. Mi., 1918, Ixvii, 273; 369.— Erd- 
mann (J. F.) & Heyd (C. G.). The relief ot chronic ob- 
structive jaundice by palliative operations. Am. J. M. Sc, 
Phila., 1916, clii, 174-185.— Ferron (J.). Note sur deux cas 
de duqdtootomie exploratrice pour ictSre. Bull, et m6m. 
Soc. de chir. de Par., 1919, xlv, 1319-1326.— Gilbert (A.), 
Chabrol (E.) & Bfinard (H.). La spUnectomie dans les 
icteres chroniques spl^nomSgaliques. Presse m6d.. Par., 
1914, xxii, 21-26.— Hammer (A. W.). Surgical significance 
of jaundice. Med. Times, N. Y., 1921, xllx, 253-255.— 
Harrison (B. I.) . The surgical management of obstructive 
jaundice. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1923, xxxvii, 169.— Heyd 
(C. G.). Obstructive jaundice. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1917, 



JAUNDICE 



40 



JAUNDICE 



Jaundice (Treatment of, Operative)— 
continued. 

Ixxxvi, 409-423.— Jones (K. H.). Obstructive jaundice re- 
lieved by operation. Lancet, Lend., 1912, ii, 1500.— Judd 
(E. S.). Surgical procedures in jaundiced patients. J. Am. 
M. Ass., Chicago, 1925, Ixxxv, 88-92.— McNealy (E. W.). 
Obstructive jaundice. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1923, 
xliii, 636-638.— Mayo (C. H.). Jaundice and its surgical 
significance. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1920, xsx, 
645-549.— Mayo-Kobson (A. W.). Ueb^r die ohirurgische 
Behandlung gewisser Formen von Brterus. Wien. med. 
Wchnschr., 1913, bdii, 2029-2036.— Meyer (W.). Subcuta- 
neous injection of normal hximan blood serum to prevent 
and overcome postoperative hemorrhage in patients with 
chronic jaundice. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxix, 
443-450;— Moynihan (B. Q. A.). Discussion on the opera- 
tive treatment of obstructive jaundice and the proper 
selection of cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 936-942.— 
Nordmann. Ohirurgische Behandlung gewisser FSlle 
von sogenannten Icterus catarrhalis. Med. Klin., Berl., 
1925, xxi, 1746.— Ottenberg (R.) <fe Bosen (S.). Possible 
application of phenoltetrachlorphthalein test to obstructive 
jaundice. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, Ixxx, 1519.— 
Qu£nu (E.). Du danger special du chloroforme chez les 
ictfaiques. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, n. s., 
xxxvi, 629-634.— Robinson (H. B.). A clinical lecture on 
some cases of chronic jaundice in which opening the duo- 
denum was required. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 7-11. — 
Bobson (A. W. M.). Certain forms of jaundice capable of 
relief or cure by surgical treatment, with a consideration of 
the operation of cholecystenterostomy based on an experi- 
ence of 64 cases. Lancet, Lond., 1909, 1,371-374. On 

the surgical treatment of certain forms of obstructive jaun- 
dice. Clin. J., Lond., 1911, xxxviii, 113-117.— de Takats 
(G.). Some problems of jaundice and their significance in 
stirgery. Ann. Surg., PhUa., 1924, Ixxix, 662-669.— Tengwal 
(E.). [Jaundice from a surgical view point; its differential 
diagnosis and operative treatment.] Allm. sven. Larkar- 
tidn., Stockholm, 1919, xvl, 873-888.— de VernSjoul (E.). 
letere par obstacles dfifinitifs; cholficystogastrotomies. 
Marseilfe-med., 1923, Ix, 324^-328.- Walters (W.). Surgery 
in patients with obstructive jaundice. Am. J. Surg., Q. 

Suppl. Anesth., N. Y., 1923, xxxvii, 2-4. Pre-opera- 

tive preparation of patients with obstructive jaundice; 
and results in 34 cases. Minnesota Med., St. Paul., 1923, 
vi, 25-28.— Walters (W.) & Bowler (J. P.). Pre-operative 
preparation of patients with obstructive jaundice; an ex- 
perimental study of the toxicity of intravenous* calcium 
chloride used in the preparation of patients. Surg., Gynec. 
& Obst., Chicago, 1924, xxxix, 200-206.— WOWe (D. P. D.). 
Jaundice in its surgical aspects. Irish J. M. Sc, Dublin, 
1924, 5. S., 97-103. 

Jaundice (Urine in). 

RocHEB (R.). *De I'urobilinurie au cours 
des icteres par retention. 8°. Paris, 1911. 

Sakka (M.). *R6action de Hay, (6tude 
exp&imentale et clinique) . 8°. Paris, 1916. 

AbraAnson (H. A.). The determination of phenolsul- 
phonephthalein in the urine in jaundice. Arch. Int. Med., 
Chicago, 1924, xxxiv, 714-720.— BtUeres (L.). Eecherche de 
I'indoxyle dans les urines ictfiriques. J. de pharm, et de 
chim., Par., 1913, 7. s., viii, 429.— CiccareUi (R.). SuUe 
sostanze simulatnci degli albuminoid! nelle urine itteriehe. 
Boll. d. soc. eustach. , Camerino, 1914, xii. No. 6, 6-11. — Cp- 
lombe (J.) & Denisot (G.). Acide diacStigue et acetone 
urinaires dans I'ictere grave. Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol.. 
Par., 1916, l.xxix, 441.— Dorner (G.). Ueber das konstante 
Vorkommen von Bilirubinkristallen (HSmatoidinkris- 
tallen) im Urin bel Ikterus und deren Verweohslung mit 
Tyrosiimadeln. Deutsche med. Wchnschr^ Leipz., & 
Berl., 1922, xlviii, 453.— Gamier (M.) & Magnenand 
(L.). Les dfirivfe de !a bilirubine dansl'urine des ictferiques. 
Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 313-316.— Labb6 
(M), Doumer (E.) & Deglaude (L.). A propos des ic- 
teres dlssocife: la valeur de la reaction de Hay et la question 
des cholaluries pures. Ann. de m6d., Par., 1924, xv, 613-520. 
620.— Peclier (H.). Eemarques sur les urines lct6riques. 
J. de pharm. et chim.. Par., 1918, 7. s., xvii, 292-298.— Roger 
(H.) & Chiray (M.). La glycuronurie normale et patho- 
logique; ses variations dans I'ictere par retention. Bull, et 
mfim. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par. 1915, 3. s., xxxix, 315-319.— 
Sceisi (G.). Bapidi accertamenti dell' acido picrico e suoi 
derivati nelle orine itteriehe. Eiv. d' ig. e san. pubb., 
Parma, 1917, xxviii, 381-384.— Ullmann (H.). Zur Frage 
der HarnsSureausscheidung im Urin bei Ikteruskranken. 
Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1923, xxxviii, 67-93.— 

Jaundice in animals. 

Beijers (J. A.) . Urobilinurie en icterus bij 
onze plantenetende Huisdieren. 8°. Utrecht, 

1923. 

Lesboayries & Verret. Ictere du chien. Bull. Soc. 
centr. de mfid. v6t.. Par., 1925, Ixxviii, 68-63.- Malignant 
jaundice in the dog. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1925, v, 297.— 
Meianidl (C). Sur les alterations du foie chez un pore 



Jaundice in animals — continued. 

icterique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1919, Ixxxi, 
1266.— Oggero (B.). Un raro case di itterizia nel cavallo. 
Gior. dimed. vet., Torino, 1926, body, 607.— Okell (C. C), 
Dalling (T.) [et al.]. Discussion on canine jaundice; with 
special reference to leptospiral infection. Proc. Boy. Soc. 
Med., Lond., 1924-25, xviii. Sect. Comp. Med., 17-23.— 
Pugh (L.). Enzootic jaundice (yellows) in dogs. Vet. 
Bee, Lond., 1926, v, 215.— Baschke (0.). Ein Stiologisch 
seltener Fall von Ikterus helm Schweine. Ztschr. f . Fleisch 
-u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1916-17, xxvii, 33-35.— Thum (H.). 
Duodenal-Ikterus bei einer Kuh mit schweren Gehirner- 
seheinungeu (Cholamie). Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1912, 
xvi, 391-398. 

Jaundice in infants and children. 

See, also, Infants (New-born, Jaundice of). 

HuTWOHL (Ottilie). *Ueber das Vorkom- 
men von Ikterus bei Kindern. Aus den 
Fallen der Mtinchener Kinder-Poliklinik in 
den Jahren 1902-1911. 8°. Munchen, 1914. 

Burnet (J.). Jaundice as a symptom of disease in in- 
fants and children. Intemai. Clin., Phila., 1924, 34. s., ii, 
160-162.— Campani (A.) & Ferrari (G.). Sopra un caso 
d' ittero cronico Infantile. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1909, 
xlvii, 394-407.— Couchet. Signes et diagnostic des icteres 
chez les enfants. Vie mfid., Par., 1924, v, 662-564.— Fornara 
(P.). Sopra la forma prolungata dell' ittero semplice nell 
infanzia. Qazz. d. osp., Milano, 1925, xlvi, 988-991.— Grell 
(A.) . Entstehung und Verhtttung des Icterus neonatorum. 
Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. GynSk., Stuttg., 1924-26, Ixxxviu, 
628-667.— Grulee (C. Q.) & Mebane (Annette). The van 
den Bergh test for icterus in the blood of infants. Am. J. 
Dis. Child., Chicago, 1926, xxx, 219-223.— Guthrie (L.) . Be- 
current jaundice, pyrexia, splenomegaly, anaemia, and pig- 
mentation of the skin in a girl aged 11 years. Practitioner, 
Lond., 1911, Ixxxvii, 791-797.— Hallez (G.-L.). Nouvelles 
recherches sur I'ictere simple du nouveau-n§. Nourrisson, 
Par., 1925, xiii, 297-311.— HUgenberg (F. C). Statistischer 
Beitrag zur Frage des Icterus neonatorum simplex. Monat- 
schr. f. Geburtsh. u. Qynaek., Berl., 1924-25, Ixviii, 326- 

331. Beitrag zur Frage des familiSren, habituellen 

Icterus gravis neonatorum. Ibid., 1925, Ixx, 261-268. — 
Merlden (P.). L'ictere fimotif chez I'enfant; observation 
d'un cas suivi d'une fipidfimie familiale d'ictere infectieux. 
Ann. de mtd. et chir. inf., Par., 1911, xv, 251; xvi, 228- 
232. Also Bull. Soc. de p6diat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 99-107.— 
IMorquio. Ictericia por malformacion de las vias biliares 
y estrechez hipe&1;r6fica del piloro en un reciSn nacido. 
Arch. Latino-Am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1912, v, 42-48. — 
Myers (B.). Case of persistent jaundice in an infant; 
atresia of the common bile duct and biliary cirrhosis. Proc. 
Boy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1922-23, xvi. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 
17. — Niemann (A.). Ueber Icterus simplex und seine 
Behandlung beim Kinde. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 
1624-1628.--Nob6court. Un cas d'ictere fimotif prolongfi 
chez un gargon de 11 ans. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Far., 
1911, xiii, 105-108.— NobSeourt (P.). L'ictere catarrhal 
chez les enfants. Medicine, Par., 1923-24, v, 837. — Poyn- 
ton(F. J^. Some cases of jaundice in childhood. Brit. J. 
Child. Dis., Lond., 1913, x, 146-164.— Bawlings (J. A.). 
Acute catarrhal jaundice in childhood. Southwest. Med., 
El Paso, 1917, 1, No. 3, 36-38.— Schiff (E.) & EUasberg 
(H.). Beobachtungen fiber den Icterus simplex (cath.) 
bei Kindern; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der kllnischen 
Bedeutung der direkten und indirekten Eeaktion des 
Serumbilirubins. Klin. Wchnschr,, Berl., 1922, 1, 1891- 
1893.— Stransky (E.). BeitrSge ziu: Frage des Ikterus 
im SSuglingsalter. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1922, 
xxiii, 600-602.— Thursfleld (H.). Jaundice in children. 
St. Barth. Hosp. Eep., Lond., 1923, Ivi, 67-76.— Tooth 
(H. H.). A case of complete obstructive jaundice in a 
child. Ibid., 1911, Lond., 1912, xlvii, 33-37.— 

Jaundice in new-born infants. 

See Infants (New-born, Jaundice of) . 
Jaundice in pregnancy and puerperium. 

Balkhausen (P.). *Ueber Ikterus gravis 
in der Schwangerschaft. [Wiirzburg.] 8°. . 
Borna-Leipzig, 1914. 

And€rodias & Dronin. Deux cas d'ictere post abor- 
tum. J. demed. de Par., 1914, 2. s., xxvi, 332-334.— Balard 
(P.). A propos d'un cas d'ictere benin de la grossesse. 
Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux, (1923), 
1924, 228-231.— BaUerini (G.). Ittero acuto in gravidanza. 
Ann. dl ostet., Milano, 1909, xxxi, pt. 2, 1-26.— Brunei. 
Ictere catarrhal chez une accouchee. Poitou med. , Poitiers, 
1909, ixiv, 13.— Garipuy (E.). Un cas d'ictere au cours 
de la grossesse, guerison, accouchement pr6matur6. Compt. 
rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de psediat. de Par., 1910, 
xii, 233-236.— Jeannin (C.) & Levant (A.). Contribution 
& retude de la valeur pronostique de la recherche des hemo- 
conies dans les icteres de la puerp6ralit6. Arch. mens, 
d'obst. et de gynec. Par., 1914, 375-383.— KUhn (A.), 
Ikterus und QraviditSt. Frauenarzt, Leipz,, 1909, xxiv. 



JAUNDICE 



41 



JAW 



Jaundice in pregnancy and puerper- 
ium — continued. 

435-438.— ManglagalU (L.). Ittero e gravidanza. Stu- 
dlum, Napoll, 1910, iii, 246-251.— Bouvler & Laffont. 
Ictere emotit an corns de la grossesse; accouchement avant 
terme; ictere grave; mort dela mere. Bull. See. d'obst. et 
de gyii6c. de Par., 1912, 1, %83-385.— Schottmiiller (H.). 
Ueber Ikterus im allgemeinen und bli Extrauteringraviditat 
im besonderen. Milnohen. med. Wclmschr., 1914, Ixi, 230- 
233.— Tylecote (r. E.). Jaundice at pregnancy associated 
with jaundice in the oftspring. Med. Chron., Manchester, 
1913-14, Iviii, 465-468, 1 pi.- VaDois & Oelmas (J.). IctJre 
et grossesse. Bull. Soo. d'obst. de Par., 1911, xiv, 404-407 

Jaundice in soldiers. 

See, also, Jaundice (Spirochsetal) in sol- 
diers. 

Dal Cono-Bonarettl. Bicerche su cast di itterizia nei 
soldati. Boll. d. Soc. med. di. Parma, 1917, 2. s., x, 34r-36.— 
Leonessa (B.). Pocbe osservazioni sull' ittero castrense. 
Med. prat., Napoli, 1917, ii, 87-90.— Meyer (0. H. L.). An 
epidemic of jaundice in the Waziristan Field Force. Indian 
M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1917, Iii, 425.— MoreschI (C.) & Carpi 
(U.). Osservazioni cliruche e sperimentali sugli itteri nefle 
truppe combattenti. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d'ig., Milano. 
1916, xxxviii, 250-258.— Tooth (H. H.) & Prlngle (E. G.)- 
Jaundice among the British troops in northern Italy. Lan: 
cet, Lend., 1919, ii, 144; 248.— Willcox (W. H.). Jaundice, 
with special reference to types occurring during the war. 
Brit. M. J., Lend, 1919, i, 671; 706. 

Jauneau (Maurice - Auguste - Pierre) [1878- 

]. *Etude sur la morbidity v6n6rienne et 

les r^sultats de la reglementation prostitu- 

tionneUe a Brest. 100 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 

1903. No. 82. 

Jaunin (Maurice) [1864-1914). 

Necrologie. Bev. m£d. de la Suisse Bom., Geneve, 1914, 
joaiv, 693. 

Jaureguiber (Jean) [1880- ]. *Consid6ra- 
tions sur la valeur hygidnique compar^e des 
sports. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. 
No. 28. 

Jaureguy (P.). * Contribution k I'Stude des 
septico-pyoh^mies post-angineuses. 40 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1920. No. 193. 

Jaureguy (Segundo Martinez) [1886- ]. 
*Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Kriegs- 
aneurysmen. 46 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebe- 
ring, 1917. 

Jausion (Hubert) [1890- ]. ♦Contribu- 
tion S, I'dtude de I'iodo-r faction urinaier. 
72 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1917. No. 42. 

Jauss (August) . *Untersuohungen tiber innere 
Antisepsis durch Helmitol. [Bern.] 67 pp. 
8°. Stuttgart, G. Christmann, 1908. 

Javal (Adolphe) [1873- ]. 

See Widal (F.)'& Javal (A.). La cure de d6chloruration 
[etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1906. 

Javal (Louis-Emile) [1839-1907]. Congeils k 
donner aux adultes qui deviennent aveugles. 
42 pp. 8°. Paris, Gf. Steinheil, 1902. 

Entre aveugles. Conseils k 1' usage des 

personnes qui viennent de perdre la vue. 208 
pp., 1 pi. 12°. Paris, Masson & Co., 1903. 

Physiologie de la lecture et de I'^criture, 

suivie de deductions pratiques relative k I'hy- 
giSne aux expertises en Venture et aux progrfes 
de la tjrpographie, de la cartographie de I'^cri- 
ture en relief pour les aveugles. xv, 296 pp. 
8°. Paris, F.Alcan, 1905. 

For biography see Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1907, cxixvii, 177- 
193, port. (Sulzer). Also Arch, d'opht., Par., 1907, xxvii, 
65-67 fF. Terrien). Also Brit. M. J., Land., 1907, i, 238. 
Also Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par., 1907, 3. s., Ivii, 141-144. 
Also Bull. Soc. m6d. de I'Yonne, Auxerre, 1907, dviii, 14- 
36, 1 pi. (L. EochS). Also Klin. Monatsbl. 1. Augenh., 
Stuttg., 1907, xlv, 375-386 (Tscherning). Also Lancet, 
Lend., 1907, i, 471. AUo Bev. philanthrop.. Par., 1906-7, 
XX, 421-428 (A. Dreyfus). 

Javellization. 

See Water (Sterilization of). 



Jarelly (Edmond-Arthur-Joseph-Andr^) [1880- 
]. *Contribution k I'^tude de la tuber- 

culose galopante du testicule. 54 pp. 8°. 

Bordeaux, 1904. No. 77. 
JaTllIier (Maurice). *Contribution El I'^tude 

de la pr^sure chez les v6g6taux. 108 pp., 1 p. 

8°- Paris, 1903. No. 2. 

*Des ferments protdolytiques et des pro- 

duits pharmaceutiques qui d^rivent de leur 
action. 256 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909. 

Ecole de pharmacie. 

The same, vii, 258 pp. large 8° 



Paris, Vigot fr6res, 1909. 
Javouhey (Marie) [1890- ]. *L'action de 
I'adr^naline dans les dyspn^es. 112 pp. 8°. 
.Paris, 1923. No. 379. 

Jaw (Lower). 

See, also, Face; Jaws; Teeth. 
RuBiNLiCHT (M.). *De I'existence des 
des Testes cartilagineux dans la partie sym- 
physaire du maxillaire inf^rieur chez le foetus 
humain. 8°. Lausanne, 1919. 

Antonielll (Gina). Bicherche sulla posizione del piano 
mandibolare del Klaatsch rispetto ai piani d'orientamento 
del cranio. Arch, per I'antrop., Firenze, 1920, 1, 157-174. — 
Arnone (L.). La mandibola degli idiotl e dei dementi. 
Stomatol., Milano, 1906-7, v, 57-65.— Backman {G.). 
[Contribution to the morphology of the human mandible.] 
Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1914^-15, n. F., xx, 379-385.— Balll 
(E.). Ueber die sogenaimten Processus rami mandi- 
bularis (Apophysis lemurinica) an menschliohen Schadeln. 

Anat. Anz., Jena, 1907, xxx, 107. L'architettura 

della mandibola umana. Eadiol. med., Torino, 1912, i. 
14-29.— von Bardeleben'(E:.). Ueber die Anatomie des 
menschlichen Unterkiefers. Med. Ellin., Berl., 1905, i, 
695; 1119.— Benassi (G.). Sull' importanza deUa mandi- 
bola nella determinazione del sesso. Eiv. sper. difreniat., 
Eeggio-Emilia, 1922, xlvi, 87-122.— Bennett (N. G.). A 
contribution to the study of the movements of the mandible, 
Proc. Boy. Soc. Med. Lend., 1907-8, i, Odont.sect., 79-98.— 
Bertelll (D.). Contributo alia morfologia della mandibola 
tmiana con accennl aUe inserzioni dei muscoh temporale e 
massetere ed aUe origini dei muscoli buccinatore e miloioideo. 
Arch, ital di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1914, xiii, 284^-324, 
4 pi.— Bolk (L.). Ueber die Eegio mentalis des Unter- 
kiefers von Siamang. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., 
Stuttg., 1915, xix, 255-264.- Braunschwelger (E.). Die 
Bedeutung der Spongiosa des Unterkiefers fflrdas Eontgen- 
bild. Deutsche Zahnh., Leipz., 1922, Heft 66, 64r-74.— van 
den Broek (A. J. P.). Ueber Muskelinsertionen und 
Ursprunge am Unterkiefer; ein Beitrag zur Kinnfrage. 
Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1919-20, xxi, 227- 
284, 2 pi.— Biinte (H.) & Moral (H.). Ueber das Foramen 
mentale. Cor.-Bl. f. ZahnSrzte, Berl., 1910, xxxix, 140; 311, 
2 pi.— Cameron (J.). The cranial attachment of the in- 
ternal lateral ligament of the lower jaw; with an investiga- 
tion into the fibrogenesis of this structure. J. Anat. & 
Physiol., Loud., 1914-15, xlix, 210-216.— Cavina (0.). La 
mandibola dpU' uomo. Stomatol., Milano, 1923, xxi, 549- 
572.— Charles (S. W.). Th» normal movements of the 
mandible. Brit. Dent. J., Lend., 1925, xlvi, 281-285.— 
Chissin (C). Ueber die Oeffnungsbewegung des Unter- 
kiefers und die Beteiheung der Susseren Pterygoidmuskeln 
bei derselben. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 
1906, 41-67.— ChiucinI (G.). n tubercolo sub-sigmoideo 
della mandibola umana. Stomatol., Milano, 1925, xxiii, 
1-12. — Choquet'(J.). L'asymfitrie condylienne du maxil- 
laire infSrieur; pr^entation d'un compas special. Compt. 

rend. Inst, franc, d'anthrop.. Par., 1914, ii, 7-13. 

L'asymmfitrie du maxiUaire inffirieur; les consequences qui 
en dicoulent pour la thfeorie du triangle Equilateral de Bon- 
will et les articulateurs dits anatomiques ou physiologiques. 
Odontologie, Par., 1915, liii, 169; 217; 244.— CogoUl (L!). La 
proiezione della mandibola in un piano orizzontale passante 
al disotto deUa base cranica. Eadiol. med., Milano, 1921, 
ix, 168-171.— Dewey (M.). The muscles and ligaments of 
the mandible as related to certain functions and develop- 
ment. Internat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1920, vi, 203- 
221. — Dieulafe & Herpin, L'apophySe aiigulaire du maxil- 
laire inffirieur (processus Saudifortii). J. de I'anat. et 
ghysiol. [etc.], Par., 1907, xliii, 332-340.— Dubreuil-Cham- 
ardel (L.). Les trous de la symphyse du menton. 
Compt. rend, de I'Ass. d. anat.. Par., 1906, viii, 14-21.— 
Eoanthropos. Factors contributing to the breadth of the 
mandible. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1915, Iviii, 446-448.— 
Buler (H.) . Ueber die Blut versorgung im Unterkiefer und 
den ZUmen nach Unterbindung der Arteria alveolaris 
inferior; eine tierexperimentelle Studie. Deutsche Mo- 
natschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1922, xl, 193-201.— Frltzsche (C). 
Beitrag zur Bewegung des Unterkiefers; derVersuch einer 
einfachen und praktischen L&simg des Artikulationsprob- 



JAW 



42 



JAW 



Jaw (Lower) — continued. 

lems. Bid., 1923, ili, 11-20.— FrizziCE.). Untersuohimgen 
am mensomichten Unterkiefer mit spezieller Berucksioh- 
tigung der Eegio mentalis. Arch. (. Anthrop., Brnsohwe., 
1910, n. F., ix, 252^286.— Gabrtelidis (A.), cfphtalmodynie 
et dacryorrh6e pendant les mouvements da maxillaire in- 
Krieur. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1921, xxxix, 584-591.— Gordon 
(A.). Physiology, pathology and clinical aspect of inter- 
vertebral foramina. Ann. Clin. Med., Bait., 1923-24, ii, 
333-340.— GorjanoYic-Kramberger. Der vordere Unter- 
kieferabschnitt des altdiluvialen Menschen in seinem 
genetischen verhaitnis zum Unterkiefer des rezenten Men- 
schen und dem der Anthropoiden. Ztschr. t. indukt. 
Abstammungs- u. Vererbungsl., Berl., 1909, 1, 411H160.— 
Grunewald (J.). Ueber die Beansprachung und den 
Aufbau des menschlichen Unterkiefers und die meohanische 
Bedeutune des Kinns. Arch. 1. Anthrop., Brnschwg., 1920, 
n. F., xviii, 100-113.— Hesse (F.). Die Malilbewegung des 
Unterkiefers und die Regeln, die fiir die Prothese daraus 
folgeu (les mouvements de mastication du maxillaire in- 
fSrieur et les regies qui en rteoltent pour la prothese) . Cong, 
dent, internat., 1900, C.-r., Par., 1901-3, i, 113-120.— Hirtz. 
La radiographle du maxillaire inffirieur en projection hori- 
zontale. Eev. de Stomatol., Par., 1922, xxiv, 410-415.— 
HoU (M.). Vergleichende Anatomie der hinteren Flache 
des Mittelstfickes des Unterkiefers. Sitzungsb. d. Akad, 
d. Wissensoh. in Wien, Math.-naturw. Kl., 1919, cxivii, 
87-128, 2 pi.— Ivy (K. H.). Limitation of movement 
of the mandible. Dental Cosmos Plula., 1922, bdv, 1281- 
1287.— Jentsch (E.). Die Apophysis lemurica. Ztschr. 
f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1914, xvii, 135-172, 2 

pi. Die sexuellen Unterscniede des Unterkiefer- 

winkels. Ztschr. f. Sexualwissensoh., Bonn., 1914, 1, 
-Jeppner-Haltenhoff (W.). Zur Kinematik des 



Unterkiefers. Vrtljsschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1925, xli, 178- 
208.— Kantorowicz (A.). Die Bbntgenaufnatmie des Un- 
terkiefers. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1910, 
xxviii, 282-290, 2 pi.— Kieffer (J.). Beltrag zur Kennt- 
nis der Veranderungen am Unterkiefer und am Kiefer- 
gelenk des Menschen durch Alter und Zahnverlust. Cong, 
dent, internat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v. pt. 1, 154-162.— Klaatsc 
(H.). Mandibula heidelbergensis und Mandibula mous- 
teriensis, in ihren Beziehimgen zu den Unterkiefem der 
rezenten Menschenrassen. Anat. Ans., Jena, 1909, xxxiv, 
Ergnzngschft., 153-156.— Lafond (M.). Au sujet de 
rarticulation temporo-maxillaire humaine. Bull, et m6m. 
Soo. d'anthrop. de Par., 1925, 7. s., vi, 104-110.— Laloy. 
Mtehoive de Heidelberg. Ibid., 1909, 5. s., x, .57-61.— von 
LennossSk (M.). Das innere EeUef des Unterldeferastes. 
Arch. f. Anthrop., Brnschwg., 1920, n. F., xviii, 49-59.— 
Loos (B.). Bau und Topographie des Alveolarfortsatzes. 
Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Wien, 1900, xvi, 414- 
456. — Lord (F. P.). Some anatomical deductions from 
a pathological temporo-mandibular articulation. Anat. 
Record, Pliila., 1916, ix, 106.— Lubosch (W.). Was lehrt 
die Pliylo'genese der Gelenke fiir die Beurteilung des Kauge- 
lenkes der Saugetiree? Biol. Centralbl., Erlang., 1911, 
xxxi, 738-751.— MacCurdy (G. G.). A remarkable human 
lower jaw from Peru. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., Wash., 

1922, V, 17-20. — MuUer (M.). Ueber die HebelverhBltnisse 
unseres Unterkiefers, seine Vorscliiebebewegung und den 
Schneidezahn-Fiihrungsstitt am Artikulator. Deutsche 
Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1912, xxx, 767-785.— Parsons 
(F. G.). On contour diagrams of the mandible. J. Anat. 
& Physiol., 1/ond., 1911-12, xlvi, 384-390.— Port. Der 
Unterkiefer des Homo heidelbergensis. Schweiz Vrtljschr. 
f. Zahnh., Zflrich & Geneve, 1909, xix, 216-221, 3 pi.— Puc- 
cionl (N.). Eicerche sui rapporti di grandezza tra corpo 
e ramo ascendente nelle mandibole fossil! europee. Eiv. di 

antrop., Eoma, 1912, xvii, 367-379. Morphologic 

du maxillaire infferieur. Anthropologic, Par., xxv, 291-321. — 
Betterer (E.). Du revfitement du condyle du maxillaire 
inferieur. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1920, Ixxxiii, 
256-259. — ^Richter (W.). 1st der Unterkiefer eineinarmiger 
Oder ein zweiarmiger Hebel? Beitrage zur Eamnechanik. 
Deutsche Monatsch. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1921, xxxlx, 513; 
545.— Bobinson (L.) . The story of the chin, when was the 
faculty of speech developed in man? Sclent. Am. Suppl., 
N. Y., 1913, Ixxvi, 376-379.— Schlaginhaufen (0.). 
Ueber einige Merkmale eines neolithischen Pfahlbauerun- 
terkiefers. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1915, xlviii, 209-219.— Sera 
(G. L.). La genese de rarticiilatioh secondaire (squamoso- 
dentalis) de la mandibule et I'origine des mammiferes. 
Gior, p. la morfol. d. uomo [etc.], 1919, iii, 19-35.— Sergi (G.). 
La mandibola umana. Eiv. di antrop., Eoma, 1914^ xix, 
1)9-168. — Sicher (H.). Zur Anatomie des menschlichen 
Unterkiefers. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. [etc.]. Berl., 1919, iv, 
269-277.— Slmonton (F. V.). Mental foramen in the 
anthropoids and in man. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., Wash., 

1923, VI, 413-421, 2 pi.— Smith (S.). Note on an accessory 
centre of ossification in the lower jaw. J. Anat., Lond., 
1924-25, lix, 388.— Stettenheimer. Ein Beitrag zur Dre- 
gung des Foramen mentale. Cor.-Bl. 1. Zahnfirzte, Berl., 
1910, xxxix, 214-216, 1 pi.— Thomson (A.). On the pres- 
ence of genial tubercles on the mandible of man, and their 
suggested association with the faculty of speech. J. Anat. 
& Physiol., Lond., 1915-16, 1, 43-74.— Toldt (C). Ueber 
einige Struetur- und Formverhaltnisse des menschlichen 
Unterkiefers. Cor.-BI. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. 
[etc.], Miinchen, 1904, xxxv, 94-99. Ueber den 



Jaw (Lower) — continued. 

vorderen Abschnitt des menschlichen Unterkiefers mit 
Eiicksicht auf dessen anthropologische Bedeutung. Mitt. 
d. anthrop. GeseUsch. in Wien, 1916, xlv, 236-267.— Virchow 
(H.). Der Unterkiefer von Ehringsdorf. Ztschr. f. Ethnol. 
Berl., 1914, xlvi, 869-879.— Vram (U. G.) . L'indice alveolare 
inferiore. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop., Eoma, 1905, xi, 
49-51.— Walsh (J. J.). Sabit, the jaw and character. 
Med. Eec., N. Y., 1911, Ixxx, 226-229. Also reprint.— Wil- 
liams (J. L.). Geometry of mandibular movements. 
Dental Digest, N. Y., 1921, xxvii, 289-298.— Worthmann 
(F.). Zur Mechanik des Kietergelenks. Anat. Anz., 
Jena, 1922, Iv, 305-316. 

Jaw (Lower, Abnormities and deformi- 
ties of). 

Bureau (A.). *Le traitement chirurgical 
du prognathisme par la r&ection des con- 
dyles. 8'?. Paris, 1921. 

Cbconi (G.). Dei vizi di conformazione e 
di mobility, del mascellare inferiore. 8°. Pa- 
dova, 1903. 

LiNNB ACH (P. J. H.) . *Ueber die Aetiologie 
der Prognathie. 8°. [Leipzig], 1921. 

Aller (T. G.). Operative treatment of prognathism. 
Dental Cosmos^ Phila., 1917, lix, 394-399.— Bertaux (A.). 
Inclusion congtoitale complete de la langue dans le plancher 
buccal avec malformation du maxillaire InfSrieur. Eev. 
d'orthop.. Par., 1924, 3. s., xi, 151-153.— Blair (V. P.). 
Underdeveloped lower jaw, with limited excursion report 
of two cases with operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
1909, liii, 178-183.— Boyd (S.). A case of unilateral over- 
growth of the lower jaw. Proo. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
1909-10, iii, Odont. Sect., 47-51.— Bruhn (C). Ufeber 
chirurgische und zahnarztlich-orhtopSdische Massnahmen 
zum Ausgleich der Makrognathie (Progenia) und Milcrog- 
nathie des Unterldefers. Deutsche Monatschr, f. Zahnh., 
Leipz., 1921, xxxix, 385-409.— Choquet (J.). Asymfetrie 
condylieime du maxillaire inffirieur. Odontologie, Par., 

1914, li, 6-8. L'asym6trie du maxillaire infSrieur; 

les consequences qui en d^coulent pour la thtorie du triangle 
equilateral BonwUl et les articulateurs dits anatomiques 
ou physiologiques. I6id., 1915, liii, 217; 244.— Cohn- Stock 
(G.). Die chirurgische Immediatregulierung der Kiefer, 
speziell die chirurgische Behandlung der Prognathie. 
Vrtljsschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1921, xxxvii, 320-354, 6 pi.— 
Davis (H. J.). Case of peculiar deformity of the lower jaw 
in a girl, aged 18. Proc. Eoy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1913-14, 
vii, Laryngol. Sect., 22.— Dejquany. Un oas de machoire 
& ressort. Soc. de m6d. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1910, iv, 
207-211.— Dolamore (W. H.). Inferior retrusion. In- 
ternat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1925, xi, 60-66.— Dreyfus 
(S.). Infiuence of infant suckling methods on the develop- 
ment of the maxilla and on the production of adenoid char- 
acteristics. lUd., 902-906. — Dufourmentcl (L.). Le trai- 
tement ctiirurgioal du prognatiiisme. Presse mfid., Par., 
1921, xxix, 235-237.— Edmond (W.). Unilateral hyper- 
trophy of mandible. Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 463. — ilno- 
chletto (E.). Constriccion mandibular aguda de origen 
dentario; su tratamiento provisorio. Bol. y. trab. de la 
Soc. de cirug. de Buenos Aires, 1924, viii, 455-457.— Herbst. 
Vereinlachte Behandlung der Prognathie. Deutsche 
Monatschr. f. Zahnh. Leipz., 1921, xxxix, 82-87. — Jouard 
(A.). Une application de la force intermaxUlaire dans un 
cas de prognathisme du maxillaire inferieur. Odontologie, 
Par., 1909, xh, 660-565.— Knack. Halbseitige Mikrog- 
nathie bei einem neunjahrigen Madchen. Deutsche med. 
Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xlii, 525.— Knoclie (E.). 
Die Behandlung der sogenaimten Prognathie. Abhandl, 
a. d. Geb. d. kiln. Zahnheilk., Berl., 1923, Heft 15, 1-66.— 
L6pez Duran (A.). Deformidad del maxilar Inferior por 
los soportes de cabeza en los ^xpondiliticos. Rev. Ibero- 
Am. de eien. m§d., Madrid, 1910, xxiv, 161-174.— McKay 
(F. S.). The correetion of deformities of the maxillae as a 
prophylactic measiue. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 
818-823.— Mauclaire. Malformations congenitales ou ac- 
quises du maxillaire infSrieur; leur traitement. Eev. 
d'orthop.. Par., 1920, vii, 309-320.— Pichler (H.). Doppelte 
Unterkielerresektion in einem Fall von hochgradiger 
Progenie. Arch. i. kliu. Chir., Berl., 1918, cl, 444-464, 
1 pi. Also transl., Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1920, xli, 463. 

Unterkielerresektion wegen Progenie. Miinchen. 

med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 717.— PickeriU (H. P.). Uni- 
lateral hypertrophy of mandible. Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 
550.— Eoy (M.). Un cas de correction de prognathisme par 
la prothese. Odontologie, Par., 1921, lix, 601-505.— Seilert 
(E.). Ueber Mikrognathie. Deutsche Monatschr. f. 
Zahnh., Berl., 1925, xliii, 171-176.— Simon (P. W ) Ueber 
Prognathismus. Vrtljsschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1925. xli 
288-291.-Wankel (W.). Beitrag zur Kasuistik und 
Kritik der angeborenen Mikrognathie. Virchow 's Arch f 
path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1925, colv, 17-25.— Wilhelm. 
Deformierung des Unterkiefers naoh langem Tragen von 
Kopfstiitzapparaten. Arch. t. Orthop. [etc.], Munchen & ■ 
Beri., 1924, xxiii, 22»-236.— Zappa (R.). Sopra un caso di 
brachignatismo inferiore. CHor. di med. vet., Torino. 1921. 
Ixx, 737-741. 



JAW 



43 JAW 



Jaw (Lower, Ankylosis of). 

BossABD (F.) . *Die operative Behandlung 
der Kiefereelenksankylose. 8°. Zurich, 1920. 
Babcock (W. W.). The treatment of ankylosis of the 
Jaws. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1921, Ixiil, 65-68.— Basham 
(D. W.). Temporo-maitillary ankylosis. Interstate M. J., 
St. Louis, 1913, XX, 331-333.— Becker (E.). Eieferklemme 
und ihre Behandlung. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., 
Leipz., 1919, xxxvii, 249-265.— Blair (V. P.). Ankylosis of 
the mandible. Dental Rev., Chicago, 1914, xxviii, 117-124. 

Operative treatment of ankylosis of the mandible; 

with a history of the operation and analysis of 212 cases. 
Surg., Qyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1914, xix, 436-451.— Bocken- 
beimer. Kieferankylosen und ihre Behandlung. Deutsche 
med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1922, xlviii, 729.— Carr 
(W. P.). Complete bony ankylosis of the jaw; report of 
three cases cured by operation. Surg., Qyneo. & Obst., 
Chicago, 1917, xxv, 367-371. End-results of opera- 
tions for bony ankylosis of the jaw. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
1921, Ixxiil, 314-320.— Carty(E. P.). Bilateral ankylosis of 
mandible. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1921, xli, 928-930.— 
Cernez & Douay. Ankylose osseuse bilatSrale de la 
m&cboire infSrieure; resection des articulations tempero- 
maxillaires, avec interposition musculaire, par un proc6d6 
nouveau, bon resultat. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
1910, n. s. xxxvi, 948-966. — Chaton. Un cas d'ankylose 
congSnitale de I'articulation temporo-maxillaire. Kev. 
m6d. de I'est, Nancy, 1919, xlvil, 349-352.— Chenet (H.). 
TJn cas d'ankylose temporo-maxillaire trait6 et gu^ri par 
m6thode chinirgico-prothfeique. Odontologie, Par., 1922, 
Ix, 583-588.- Chubb (G.). Ankylosis of the mandible and 
its operative treatment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1920, i, 256.— 
Cumston (C. G.). Ankylosis of the lower jaw; its surgical 
treatment. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1921, 31. s., i, 65-70.— 
Descarpentries. Ankylose unilat^rale temporo-maxIUaire; 
diagnostic & I'aide de la radiographie; greffe aponSvrotique 
pour empSeher la rficidive. Bull. Soc. de mfed. du nord, 
1913, Lille, 1914, 170-174.— Desgouttes & Perrln. Contri- 
bution & r^tude de I'ankylose osseuse temporo-maxillaire. 
Odontologie, Par., 1923, Ixi, 270-278.— Desgouttes, Ferrin 
& Pont. Contribution & I'^tude de I'ankylose osseue 
temporo-maxillaire. Rev. odont., Par., 1922, xlili, 341-347.— 
Donati (M.). Contribute alio studio del serramento delle 
mascelle da anchilosi ossea temporo-mascellare. Gazz. med. 
ital., Torino, 1910, Ixi, 291; 301.— Dufourmentel. Traite- 
ment de I'ankylose temporo-maxillaire. Paris chirurg., 

1924, xvi, 300. . ■ Note sur quelques observations 

r£centes d'ankylose temporo-maxillaire s^condaire & des 
accidents infectieux d'origine dentaire; projection de radio- 
st6r6oscopies par le proc6d6 des anaglyphes. Rev. de 
stomatol.. Par., 1925, xxvii, 1360-1353.— Dufourmentel 
(L.) & Darclssac (M.). Sur quelques cas d'ankylose 
temporo-maxillaire opfirfc et gufiris. Bull. Soc. de pMiat. 
de Far., 1921, xix, 62-67.— Doufonrmentel (L.), Maurel 
& Dardssac. Un cas d'ankylose temporo-maxillaire opSr6 
et gu6ri. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1921, xxiii, 235.— Doui^as 
(J.). Ankylosis of the temporo-maxillary articulation. 
Ann. Surg., Phila., 1920, Ixxii, 636.— Dunning (H. S.). 
Bony ankylosis of jaw. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1920, xxx, 
762.— Hsberg (C. A.). Ankylosis of the inferior maxilla. 
Ann. Surg., Phila., 1915, Ixii, 102.— Fasons (M.). Serra- 
mento antico della manoibola da anchilosi ossea temporo- 
mandibolare. Arch. ital. di chir., Bologna, 1923-24, viii, 
675-588.— Gilpatrlck (R. H.). Ankylosis of the jaw. 
Boston M. & S. J., 1922, clxxxvi, 374-377.— Greenwell 
(A. W.). Bilateral anchylosis of the lower jaw with bi- 
lateral paralysis of the soft palate and involvement of the 
left inferior maxillary nerve. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 
1917, xlvi, 63.— Henderson (M. S.) & New (Q. B.). Anky- 
losis of the jaw. Surg., Qynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1918, 
xxvii, 451-458.— HofTmann (H.). Ueber Kiefergelenks- 
ankylose mit Vogelgesicht-Building. Beitr. z. kUn. Chir., 
Tubing., 1914, xcii, 92-103.— Imbert (L.). L'ankylose 
temporo-maxillaire et son traitement. Lyon chirurg., 1921, 
xviu, 672-578.— Imbert (L.) & H&al (P.). La constriction 
des m&choires par blessures de guerre. Paris m4d., 1917, 
xix, 122-127.— Jopson (J. H.). Bilateral temporomaxillary 
ankylosis. .Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lix, 138-140.— Jourdan 
(M .) . Ankylose osseuse bilatfirale de la machoire inffirieure; 
rfaection des articulations temporo-maxillaires, aveo Inter- 
position musculaire, par le procSdfi de Cernez et Douay. 
Marseille m6d., 1912, xlix, 397; 415.— KIrmlsson (E.). Sur 
un cas d'ankylose temporo-maxillaire. Rev. internat. de 
demSd. etde chir.. Par., 1912, xxiii, 413-415. L'an- 
kylose temporo-maxillaire, etudite au point de vue du diag- 
nostic. Bull. Acad, de mfid.. Par., 1913, 3. s.j Ixix, 96-98. 

Ankylose temporo-maxillaire du ootfi gauche, 

resection temporo-mamlaire, gufoison. Bull, et mSm. 
Soc. de chir. de Par., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 192-194.— Kornew 
(P.). Die operative Behandlung der wahren Unterkiefer- 
ankylosen mit Anwendung der freien Fascientransplanta- 
tion. Beitr. z. kliiL Chir., Tttbing., 1914, xoiii, 62-67.— 
Kreuscher (P. H.). Ankylosis of the jaw; a report of 23 
cases from the olinio of the late Dr. John B. Murphy. In- 
terstate M. J., St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 867-877, 2 pi.— LamSrls 
(H. J.). Ankylosis mandibulae. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
Oeneesk., Amst., 1917, 1, 853.— Lemaitre (F.) & Apard. 
Constriction permanente des mfichoires traitements chi- 
rurgical et proth6tique. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1921, xxiii, 



Jaw (Lower, Ankylosis of) — continued. , 

27-33.— Llllenthal (H.). A case of bilateral temporo- 
maxillary ankylosis with an original method for approaching 
the temporomaxillary articulation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 

1911, liv, 146-147, 2 pi. Bilateral temporomaxillary 

ankylosis. 7i<d.,1913,lvii,921-923.— LFons(C. J.). Anky- 
losis of the jaws. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, IxviU, 
174-177.— Macdonald (W.). Extra-articular ankylosis of 
the inferior maxilla, due to foreign bodies in the scalp for 
10 years. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 465.— Malatesta (R.). 
Sul serramento stabile delle mascelle per anchilosi ossea 
temporo-mascellare. Atti d. r. Accad. a. flsiocrit. in Siena, 
1911, 5. s., ill, 125-144.— Maudaire. Ankylose osseuse de 
la m&choire aveo atrophie tres marquee du maxillaire in- 
fSrieur. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, n. s., 
xxxvi, 1075-1077.— van Moorsel. Ankylose der kaakge- 
wrichten. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk. Amst., 1909, xhv, 
pt. 2, 1667-1669.— Morestin (H.). Ankylose temporo- 
maxillaire bilat£rale. Bull. et. m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 

1910, n. s., xxxvl, 931-935. Constriction des mft- 

choires par ost6ome du massSter, consficutif h une fracture 
de la branche montante. Ibid., 1916, n. s., xli, 225-227. 

La constriction des mftchoires d'origine myopathi- 

que et son traitement par I'Scartement gradual ou I'ficarte- 
ment brusque sous I'anesthfcie localisSe. Ibid., 667-674.— 
Murphy (J. B.). Use of palate mucous membrane flaps 
in ankylosis of the jaw due to cicatricial formations in the 

cheeck. J, Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1913, 1x1, 245-247. 

Ankylosis of the jaw; int%rposition of mucous membrane 
flaps taken from palate and floor of mouth. Surg. Clin., 

Chicago, 1913, ii, 405-411. Bony ankylosis of jaw, 

with interposition of flaps from temporal fascia. Ibid., 
669-664, 2 pi. Ankylosis of the jaw; a series of pic- 
tures illustrating the steps in . . . operations for ankylosis of 
the jaw, oases of which nave been reported already in the 
clinics. Ibid., 1914, iii, 611-616, 4 pi.— Murphy (J. B.) & 
Kreuscher (P. H.). Ankylosis of the jaw. Dental Cosmos, 
Phila., 1916, Iviii, 160-186.— Nussbaum (B..). Die chro- 
nischen, traumatischen und pseudotraumatisch-hysteris- 
chen Ankylosen und Kontrakturen der Ejiefer. Deutsche 
Vrtljschr. f. Zahnchir., 1920-21, iv, 81-111.— Fhemister 
(D. B.). Ankylosis of the jaw following rheumatism; 
arthorfasty. Surg. Clin., Chicago, Phila., 1920, iv, 845- 
849.— Fichler (H.). Eieferklemme durch einen iiberlangen 
Kronebfortsatz. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1923, 1, 1279- 
1281.— Fickerill (H. P.). Arthroplasty of temporo-mandib- 
ular joint for ankylosis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 
1917-18, xi. Sect. Odontol., 87-89.— Port (T.). Zur Aetio- 
logie und Therapie der Eierferklemme. Miinchen. med. 
Wchnschr., 1925, Ixxii, 777.— Freindlsberger (J.) Beitrage 
zur Behandlung der veralteten Luxation und der Ankylose 
des Unterkiefers. Ztschr. f. Mund- u. Eiefercbir., Wiesb., 
1914-15, i, 75-84, 3 pi.— Puhlemann (E.). Zur Aetiologie 
und Diagnosis der Kieferklemme. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. 
Zahnchir., Munchen u. Wiesb., 1922, v, 190-216.— Beeder 
(D. F.). Report of a case of ankylosis of jaw with operation 
and recovery. Proc. Med. Ass. Isthmian Canal Zone, 1917, 
X, pt. 1, 124.— Bitchie (H. P.). Ankylosis of the jaw. 
Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1920, xl, 479-482.— Bivarola. 
Anquilosis tempore maxilar; resultado operatorio inmediato. 
Bol. y trab. de la Soc. de cirug. de Buenos Aires, 1924, viii, 
231-234. — Sacco (A.). Anquilosis c&psulo-flbrosa con 
miositis retr&ctil del maxilax inferior; operacion Le Dentu. 
Semanam6d., Buenos Aires, 1918, xxv, 222.— Schmid (W.). 
Ueber die angeborene Kieferklemme und ihre Beziehungen 
zu anatomischen Variationen des Processus temperas. 
Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1923, cxxix, 633-662.— Seblleau 
(P.) . Auto-dilatation progressive des m&choires et exercices 
physiologiques individuels par les appareils de Chenet. 
Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, xlii, 1122-1126.— 
Simon (W. V.). Doppelseitige Kiefergerlenkankylose bei 
Bechterewscher Krankheit; doppelseitige Kiefergelenk- 
resektion, Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1923, xliv 
(Verhandl. d. deutsch. orthop. Gesellsch., xvii Eong., 1922), 
163-166.— Spittel (R. L.). Ankylosis of the jaw cured by 
Murphy's arthroplastic operation. Clin. J., Lond., 1916, 
xlv, 353-355. Bi-lateral ankylosis of the temporo- 
mandibular joints treated by arthro-plasty. J. Ceylon Br. 
Brit. M. Ass., Colombo, 1919, xvi, 31.— Uffredu^zi (0.). 
Serramento delle mascelle da ossiflcazione del m. massetere. 
Clin, chir., Milano, 1912, xx, 1756-1768, 2 pi. 

Jaw (Lower, Articulation of). 

See, also, Jaw (Lower, Ankylosis of). 

Tammisalo (E.). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
der Entwioklung des Kiefergelenkes beim 
Menschen. 8°. Helsingfors, 1919. 

Also in Acta Soc. Med. Fenn. Duodecim., Helsinki, 
1919-20, i, fasc. 3, 1-78, 1 pi. 

ViNOGHADOFP (A.). *D6veloppement de 
I'articulation temporo-maxiUaire ohez Thom- 
me dans la p6riode intra-ut6rine. [Geneve.] 
8°. Leipzig, 1910. 

jUtschul (W.). Die radiologische Darstellung des Kie- 
fergelenkes. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, 
Eamb., 1919-20, xxvii, 23-28, 1 pi.— AmoSdo (O.), Etude 



JAW 



44 



JAW 



Jaw (Lower, Articulation of) — cont'd. 

sur les articulateuis anatomiques individualisant rarticula- 
tion temporomaxillaire. Cong, internat. de mdd. (xvi) 
C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect, xvii, Stomatol., 357-366.— Arce- 
Un. Radiographie de profll de rarticulation temporo- 
maxiUaire. J. de radiol. et d' aectrol.. Par., 1922, vi, 523.— 
Beroher (J.) & Chaumet. La radiographie de rarticula- 
tion temporo-maxiUaire. Eev. de Stomatol., Par 1924 
XXVI, 85-92.— Breuer (E.) . Was lehrt uns das Rontgenbild 
des Kiefergelenks? Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., 
Wien., 1910, xxvi, 24-33.— Busch (E.). Is tlie Monson 
theory correct? Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1921, kiii, 893- 
896.— Charles (S. W.). The temporo-mandibular joint and 
Its influence on the growth of the mandible. Brit. Dent. J., 
Lond., 1925, xlvi, 845-855.- Cohn (L.). Das Tubereulum 
articulare am mensohlichen Kiefergelenk und seine Entste- 
Jung. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1916-17, xlLx, 109-116.— Dorello 
(P.) . L'anatomia e la flsiologia dell' articolazioue temporo- 
mandibolare. PolicUn., Eoma, 1922, xxlx, sez. prat., 1557- 
1560.— Hoever (R.). Zur Entstehung des Tubereulum 
articulare beim Menschen. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 
1911-12, xliv, 81-100, 1 pi.— Lord (F. P.). Observations on 
the temporo-mandibular articulation. Anat. Record, 
Phila., 1913, vii, 355-367. Some anatomical deduc- 
tions from a pathological temporo-mandibular articulation. 
Ibid., 1915, ix, 459-464.— Phillips (G. P.). The diagnostic 
value ot a practical study of the temporomandibular joint. 
Dental Cosmos, Phila., 192i Ixvii, 1184-1191.— Prentiss 
(H. J.) . A preliminary report upon the temporo-mandibu- 
lar articulation in the human type. Ibid., 1918, Ix, 606-512.— 
B«tterer (E.). Structure des segments squelettiques qui 
prennent part au dfiveloppement de I'articulation temporo- 
masillaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1919, Ixxxii, 
1315-1317. Surface articulaire temporale de I'articu- 
lation temporo-maxillaire. Ibid., 1920, Ixxxiii, 288-291. 
De la forme et de la structure du mfinisque de I'articu- 
lation temporo-maxillaire. Ibid., 393-396.— Eetterer (E.) & 
NeuviUe (H.). De rarticulation temporo-maxillaire du 
macaque oommun. Ibid., 515-517. — Kobin (P.). La cir- 
cumduction ne peut pas exister dans I'articulation temporo- 
maxillo-dentaire. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1914, 
clviii, 1920.— Rumpel (C). Das Kiefergelenk, seine Ana- 
tomic und Mechanik und der Gelenkartikulator von Qysi. 

Cor.-Bl. t. Zahnarzte, Berl., 1911, xxx, 28; 83. Das 

Artikulationsproblem. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., 
Leipz., 1913, xxxi, 389-406.— Summa (E.). The impor- 
tance of the inter articular fibro-cartUage of the temporo- 
mandibular articulation. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1918, Is, 
512-514.- WaUisch (W.). Das Kiefergelenk. Arch. f. 
Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1909, 110-116: 1912, 

105-116. Das Kiefergelenk. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Anat., 

1. Abt., Miinchen & Berl., 1922, Lxiv, 633-542.— Weeks 
(S. M.). A consideration of the temporo-mandibular re- 
gion. Items Interest, N. Y., 1909, xxxi, 583-623.— Williams 
(J. L.). A study of the temporomandibular joint with 
special reference to the form and action of the masticating 
surfaces of the teeth. J. Nat. Dent. Ass., Huntington, Ind., 
1921, viii, 274-299.— Wilson (G. H.). The anatomy and 
physics of the temporomandibular joint. Ibid., 1920, vii, 
414^50: 1921, viii, 236-241. 

Jaw (Lower, Atrophy of). 

Amoedo. H6miatrophie du maxUlaire inffirieur avec dent 
de sagesse incluse dans I'apophyse coronolde droite. Eev. 
de stomatol.. Par., 1923, xxv, 420-422.— Bercher (J.). HSmi- 
atrophie du maxillaire inffirieur. Ibid., 559-661. — Brin- 
deau (A.). Deux das d'atrophie du maxillaire infSrietur. 

Bull. Soc. d' obst. de Par., 1910, xiii, 369. Atrophia 

congSnitale du maxillaire infSrieur. Bull. Soc. d' obst. et 
gynSc. de Par., 1922, xi, 368.— LebSdinsky & Puig (J.). 
Atrophic du maxillaire inf6rieur; pseudarthrose de la 
branche horizontale gauche. Bev. de stomatol.. Par., 1923, 
xxv, 663-558. — Maudaire (P.). Atrophia unilatteale du 
maxiUaire inffirieur trait6e par les greffes ost6op6riostiques. 
Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chfr. de Par., 1019, xlv, 1018. 

Jaw (Lower, Cancer of). 

Glasser (W.). *Partielle und totale Un- 
terkieferresektionen bei malignen Tumoren. 

8°. Miinchen, 1903. 

BaDoch (E. A.). Case of epithelioma of jaw. Wash. M. 
Ann., 1909, viii, 211.— Berard. Epithelioma du maxillaire 
infferieur; traits aveo succes immfidiat par la radiothSrapie 
profunde. Lyon chlrurg., 1923, xx, 657.— Bind! (F.). 
EpiteUoma cistico adamantino multiloeulare del mascellare 
inleriore. Chn. chir., Milano, 1910, xvii; 2140-2157, 2 pi.— 
Bonney (C. W.). Carcinoma of the jaw. Am. J. Surg., 
N. Y., 1916, xxx, 17-19.— Chauvin (E.). Epithehoma du 
maxlUaire inffirieure; rSsection complete d'une moitiS de 
I'os, d'une partie de la langue, et du voile du palais. 
Montpel., m«d., 1914, xxxviii, 251-257.— Cole (P. P.) Sur- 
gical treatment of malignant disease of lip and jaw. Lancet, 
Lond., 1920, ii, 845-848.— Dufourmentel (L.). Cancer du 
maxUIaire inffaieur Svoluant sous 1' aspect d' une osteite 
d' origine dentaire. Eev. odont., Par., 1923, xliv, 77-80.— 
Dumas (E.) & Chenot (M.). Epithfelioma adamantin 
du maxillaire inffirieur Eev. de stomatol.. Par., 1909, xvi, 
128-133.— Eve (Sir F.). Epithelioma of alveolar process of 
mandible; removal by operation. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 



Jaw (Lower, Cancer of) — continued. 

Lend., 1914, viii, Clin. Sect., 13.— Grove (H.), Fonck (R.) 
& Ferraro (E.). Reseocion del maxilar inferior dereoho por 
epitelioma adamantino; dos cases operados, protesis dentaria 
en uno de ellos. Cong. nac. de oirug., Valparaiso, 1924, i, 
234r-240.— Hesse (E.). Ueber Verimpfung eines rontgenbe- 
strahlten Karzluoms beim Menschen. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. 
d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1923, xxx, Kongressheft, 101.— 
Horsley (J. S.). Adamantine epithelioma of the lower jaw; 
clinical report of two unusual cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 

1924, Ixxix, 358-369.— Johnson (F. M.). Certain difficult 
problems in the treatment of carcinoma of the lower jaw. 
Radiology, St. Paul, 1925, v. 280-286.— Kaeppelin. Cancer 
du maxillaire iiif6rieur; ablation large; gufirison. Loire m§d., 
St. Etienne, 1910, xxix, 106-108.— Lam&is (H. J.). [A case 
of mandibidar cancer.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 
Haarlem, 1925, Ixix, pt. 1, 893. — Lehman. Epithelioma of 
the jaw. Med. Eeo., N. Y., 1920, xcvii, 764.— Loos (O.). 
TJeber ein zentrales Unterkieferkarzinom. Deutsche 
Monatschr. t. Zahnh., Leipz., 1913, xxxi, 308-316.— Mer- 
Tille.. Epith6homa du maxillaire inffirieur. Rev. de 
stomatol.. Par., 1924, xxvi, 370.— Norgate (E. H.). Arrest 
of growth in inoperable cancer ot the jaw. Brit. M. J., 
Lond., 1920, ii, 280.— Ochsner (A. J.). The treatment of 
cancer of the jaw with the actual cautery. J. Am. M. Ass., 
Chicago, 1923, Ixxxi, 1487-1491.— Bousseau (L.). Epithe- 
lioma malpighien & globes cornfe du maxillaire inf^rieur. 
Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 238, 1 pi.— Bouvillois. Epithelioma 
adamantin du maxillaire infSrieur; operation gconomique; 
guSrison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., 
xxxvii, 572-576. — Boy (J. N.). Hemi-resection du maxil- 
laire inferieur pour un epithelioma secondaire. Union med. 
du Canada, Montreal, 1922, 11, 167-162.— Santy. Epithe- 
lioma adamantin du macUlaire inferieur. Lyon chirurg., 

1925, xxii, 214-216.— Schlesinger (H.). [Typische Neuritis 
des N. alveolaris inferior inforge einer carcinommetastase 
im Unterkiefer.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kin- 
derh. in Wien, 1909, viii, 101.— Skinner (E. H.). Epithe- 
lioma of lower lip; report of a case. J. Missouri M. Ass., 
St. Louis, 1912-13, ix, 114.— Souther (C. T.). Carcinoma 
of cheek involving inferior maxilla. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin. , 
1915, cxiv, 334. — Steadman (F. St. J.). A case of malig- 
nant disease following sepsis round a right lower canine. 
Brit. Dent. J., Lend., 1922, xliii, 358. 

Jaw (Lower, Diseases of). 
See Jaws (Diseases of). 

Jaw (Lower, Dislocation of). 
See Dislocations — Mandible. 

Jaw (Lower, Embryology and morphol- 
ogy of). 

See Jaws (Embryology, etc., of). 

Jaw (Lower, Excision of). 

Messerschmidt (K.). *Ueber den heuti- 
gen Stand der Prothesenbehandlung nach 
Unterkieferoperationen in Deutsohland. 8°. 
Greifswald, 1913. 

MoHKiNG (B.) . *Zur Indikation und Tech- 
nik der Unterkiefer-Resektionsprothese. 8°. 
Berlin^ 1915. 

Also m Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. klin. ZahnkeUk., Berl., 
1914, Heft 2, 1-68. 

MtJLLBR (O.). *Die seit dem Jahre 1902 in 
der chirurgischen Klinik zu Gottingen be- 
handelten PaUe von Unterkieferresektionen. 
8°. Gottingen, 1918. 

Abadie (J.). De la grefEe osseuse apres resection du 
maxillaire inferieur. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
1912, n. s., xxxviii, 649-664.— AUessandri (E.) & Chiavaro 
(A.). Resezione e prostesi mandibolare (coil presentazione 
dell'operata). Bull. d.r.Accad.meddi Eoma, 1911, xxxvii, 

76-96. ■ Eesezione di tre quarti della mandibola per 

via orale e nuovo metodo di prostesi mandibolare deflnitiva. 
Policlin., Eoma, 1913, xx, sez. chir., 49-62.— Bchrend. Ein 
Beitrag zur Prothesenbildung nach Unterkieferresektion. 
Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1914, cxxviii, 150-166. — 
BeU (J.). Total excision of the lower jaw and floor of the 
mouth for sarcoma ot the jaw. Montreal M. J., 1909, 
xxxviii, 133. — Chiavaro (A.). A new method of mandibular 
prosthesis. Dental Eev., Chicago, 1913, xxvii, 586-599. — 
Copello. Protesis provisoria en la reseccion parcial del 
maxilar inferior. Bol. y trab. de la Soc. de cirug. de Buenos 
Aires, 1923, vii, 613-616.— Durand. Resection partielle du 
bord inferieur de la m^choire inferieure sans interruption 
de I'os. Lyon chirurg., 1913, x, 306.— Erkes (F.) & j&nst 
(F.). Die totale Exartikulatlon der Mandibula imd ihr 
prothetischer Ersatz. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 
1912, cxviii, 327-349.— Foote (E. M.). Partial resection of 
lower jaw. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, Ixii, 348.— Gault (F.). 
La vole endobuccale dans les resections partlelles du maxil- 
laire inferieur. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 



JAW 



45 



JAW 



Jaw (Lower, Excision of) — continued. 

1913, xxxvi, 794-797.— van der Hoeven Leonhard (J.). A 
simple prothesis atter removal of a great part of the lower jaw. 
J. Laryngol., Lond., 1913, xxviii, 682-586.— Huguier (A.V 
Remarques sur laprothlse et les, grefles restauratrices apres 
les resections des m&cboires. Paris cbirurg., 1913, t, 421- 
429.— KUttner. Fall von Totalextirpation des Unterkiefers 
wegen Sarkoms mit sotortigem protlietisohem Ersatz des 
ganzen Unterkiefers Jahresb. d. 'schles. Oesellscb. f. vaterl. 
Kult., 1911, Bresl., 1912, ii, 10-13.— Landete. Reseccion 
del maxilar inferior sin desviacion mandibular. Med. 
ibera, Madrid, 1922, xvi, 501.— Lerlche. Rfeection du 
maxillaire inftoieur pour une adSnopatbie adhfirente consecu- 
tive & un cancrotde de la levre trait§ par la radiotbirapie. 
Lyon, m6d., 1910, cxiv, 1333.— Martin (C). Resection du 
maxillaire inf6rieur. Ibid., 196. — Moreau. Prothese im- 
mediate en aluminium- apres resection du maxillaire InfS- 
rieur. Clinique, Brus., 1909, xxiii, 893-895.— Moreno (R.). 
Resultado de una reseccion del maxilar inferior. Semana 
m6d., Buenos Aires, 1918, xxv, 358.— Morrison (W. R.). 
Fat transplantation after excision of cicatricial contraction 
oflowerjaw, with report of a case. BostonM.&S. J., 1920, 
dxxxii, 629-531. — Partsch. Halbseitge Resektion des 
Unterkiefers. Berl. klin. Wehnscbr., 1912, xlix, 619.— Payne 
(M. J.). Resection of part of interior maxilla; report of 
case. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1916, Ixxiv, 159-161.— Pichler 
(H.). Ueber Unterkieferresektionsprothese. Oester.- 
ungar. Vrtljsclir. f. Zahnh., Wien, 1911, xxvii, 423-460, 
6 pi.— Pichler (H.) & Oser (E. G.). Ueber Immediat- 
prothesen nach Unterkieferresection. Arch. f. klin. Chir., 
Berl., 1912, xcix, 909-947.— Pickerill (H. P.). Double resec- 
tion of the mandible. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1912, liv, 
1114-1119. — B£al (P.)-. i'appareillage immSdiat de la m&- 
choire inffirieure apres les risections pour tumours et les 
pertes de substance cons6cutives & Tablation de s6questres 
volumineux. Paris chirurg., 1920, xii, 495-502. — Kutber- 
furd (H.). Transplantation of bone in case of resection of 
lower jaw. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soo. Olasg., 1911, x, 30.— Saito 
(H.). Two cases of the prosthetic restoration lor entire 
excision of the maxilla. Sliikwa Gakuho, Tokyo, 1919, 
xxiv, No. 7. — Sebileau (P.). La mobilisation permanente 
apres la resection du condyle de la m&choire inferieure. 

Bull. mSm. Soo. de chir. de Par., 1920, xlvi, 1483. La 

correction des deviations de Tare maxillaire consecutives aux 
resections chirurgicales de la m^lchoire inferieure. Ibid., 
1921, xlvli, 734-738.— StlUman (S.). The treatment of the 
defect occasioned by partial excision of the inferior maxQla. 
Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, Ivl, 70-76, 7 pi.— Trauner (F.). 
Immediatprothesen. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., 
Wien, 1911, xxvii, 399-410, 3 pi.— Tschudy & Stoppany. 
Ueber zwef FaUe von Resection des Unterkiefers una Pro- 
thesenbehandlung derselben. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, 
Basel, 1909, xxxix, 243-247.— White (S.). The employment 
of silver wire to bridge the gap after resection of a portion of 
the lower jaw. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1625.— Wrede. 
Silbernaht als Immediatprothese bei Unterkieferresektion. 
Kor.-Bl. d. ^g. Srztl. Ver. v. Thfiringen, Jena, 1915, xliv, 
280. 

Jaw (Lower, Fracture of). 

See Fractures — Jaw (Lower). 

Jaw (Lower, Necrosis of). 
See Jaws (Necrosis of). 

Jaw (Lower, Surgery of). 

See, also, Fractures — Mandible; Jaw 
(Lower, Excision of) . 

Darcissac (M.). De la mobilisation phy- 
siologique et permanente du maxillaire inf^- 
rieur en chirurgie maxiUo-faoiale. 8°. Paris, 
1921. 

Alio [Abstr.] in Paris m6d., 1922, xlv, 227-229. 

JoKiscH (A.) . Ueber Osteoplastik des Un- 
terkiefers. 8°. Breslau, 1925. 

Kohbn-Babanowa (Clara). *Ueber die 
Prothesenbehandlung nach Resektion und 
Exartikulation des Unterkiefers. [Ziirich.] 
8°. Tubingen, 190S. 

Also im Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing, 1908, Ix. 

Sbidel (H.). Die Mandibularanaesthesie; 
anatomische und klinlsche Untersuchungen 
zur Vermeidung ihrer ublen Folgeerscheinun- 
gen. 4°. Leipzig, 1913. 

Stein (A.). *I)as Foramen mandibulare 
und seine Bedeutung fur die Leitungsanaes- 
thesie des Unterkiefernerven. Habilitations- 
schrift. 8°. Konigsbergi. Pr., 1909. 

Allen (H. R) . Restoration of part or all of the lower Jaw; 
preliminary report. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1918, 
xi, 230.— Avanzi (R.). Ciliematizzazione della mandibola. 



Jaw (Lower, Surgery of) — continued. 

Poliolin., Roma. 1919, xxvi, sez. chir., 330-335.— Blessing 
(G.) & Bost (F.). Ueber operative Verkleinerung des 
Unterkiefers bei Akromegalie. Zentralbl. f. Cliir., Leipz., 
1926, lii, 865-867.— Bloodgood (J. C). The method of 
operative attack for central lesions of the lower jaw. N. 
York State J. M., N. Y., 1924, xxiv, 379-385.— Cartna (C). 
Trapianti ossei sulla mandibola. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. 
dl chir., Roma, (1922) 1923, xxix, 163-156.— Chubb (G.). A 
further series of 40 cases of bone-grafted mandibles. Lancet, 
Lond., 1921, i, 640.— Darcissac (M.). Une nouvelle 
metbode de mobilisation du maxillaire inffirieur (mobilisa- 
tion physiologique et permanente). Ann. d. mal. de I'oreille 
du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1922, xU, 389-402.— Dean (L. W.) & 
BoUer (W. F.) . Surgery of the temporo mandibular articu- 
lation. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1917, xxvii, 65-73. — Dola- 
more (W. H.). The prevention ot deformity following frac- 
ture or resection of the jaw, a plea for the early use of suitable 
spUnts. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1915-16, iii, 626-648.— 
Dufourmcntel (L.). Essai de reconstitution totale du 
massif maxillaire inlfirieur par des grefEes cutan6es, mu- 
queuses et osseuses. Restauration maxillo-fac. Par., 1919, 

ili, 141-161, 4 pi. Also Eng. transl.. Ibid., 152-166. 

Reconstitution du massif maxillaire inferieur apres destruc- 
tion traumatique ou chirurgicale partielle ou totale. J. de 

chir.. Par., 1920, xvi, 170-179. Reconstitution totale 

du maxillaire inferieur. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1925, xxvii, 
413.— Dufourmentel (L.) & Frisson. Notes sur le traite- 
ment des pseudarthroses du maxillaire inferieur par les 
grefles osseuses. Rev. odont., Par., 1921, xlii, 16-36. — Dun- 
ning (H. S.). The Oilier or French method of bone graft of 
the mandible. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, 
N. Bedford, Mass., 1920, xxvi, 122-128.— Eden (R.). Die 
chirurgische Behandlung der Unterkieferdefekte und Pseu- 
darthrosen. Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1919, No. 
• 773 (Chir. No. 220), 689-700, 2 pi.— Esser (J. F. S.). Lokale 
Knochenplastiken bei Unterlaeferdefekten. Beitr. z. klin. 
Chir., Tiibing., 1917, ov (Kriegschu:. Hefte vii), 665-663.— 
Gobell (R.>. Zum osteoplastichen Ersatz von angebo- 
renen und erworbenen Unterkieferdefekten. Deutsche 
Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, cxxiii, 144-178.— Herbst (E.). 
Die Anwendung meines Okklusionscharniers nach Resek- 
tion des Unterkiefers. Cong. dent, internal. C.-r., Berl., 
1909, v.pt. 1, 626.— Ivy (R. H.). Extensive loss of substance 
of mandible due to removal of sarcoma; replaced by bone 
graft from chest of ilium. Internat. J. Orthodontia, St. 
Louis, 1921, vii, 483-487.— Konig (F.). Kosmetischer 
Weichteilschnitt fiir die temporare UnterkieferdurchsSgung. 
Zentralbl. F. Chir., Leipz., 1922, xUx, 362.— Lemattre (F.) & 
Ponroy. Greffes du maxillaire inferieur. Rev. de Stoma- 
tol., Par., 1920, xxil, 260-265.— Lexer. Ersatz von Unterkie- 
ferschussdefekten und Einnaufbau. Mlinchen. med., 
Wclmschr., 1917, Ixiv, 1146.— Lickteig (E.). La reconstitu- 
tion de la m&choire inferieure par les difierentes autogrefles 
et heterogrefles osseuses. Odontologie, Par., 1922, Ix, 519- 
548.— McWIIliams (C. A.). Bone graft for osteomyelitio 
defect ot lower jaw. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, Ixi, 623-626, 

1 pi. The treatment of bony defects of the lower 

jaw. Ibid., 1917, Ixv, 283-296, 7 pi. — Bone grafts for 

defects in lower jaw. Ibid., 1921, ixxiv, 664, 3 pi.— Morale 
(E.). Guide & bascule pour deviation du maxillaire infe- 
rieur. Restauration maxillo-fac.. Par., 1918, ii, 187-193. — 
Murphy (J. B.). Temporomandibular arthroplasty. 
Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, Ix, 127-129.— Neff (J. M.). Arthro- 
plasty of the jaw; with some general remarks on focal infec- 
tion and on the formation of new joints. Surg., Qyneo. & 
Obst., Chicago, 1921, xxxiii, 8-19.— Nystrom (G.). Klini- 
sche BeitrSge zu dem osteoplastischen Eersatz der Unter- 
kieferdefecte. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1912, xcviii, 1001- 
1021.— Phemlster (D. B.). Bone transplantation for repair 
of defects of the mandible. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1918, ii, 
.241-252.— Pichler (H.). Ueber Knoohenplastik am Unter- 
kiefer. Arch f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1916-17, cviii, 695-731, 

2 pi. 1st bei Unterkieferdefekten durch Schussver- 

letzung die Entfernung eines atrophisctien Gelenksfortsatzes 
zum Zweck des Ersatzes durch ein Transplantat angezeigt7 

Wien. klin. Wehnscbr., 1917, XXX, 1677-1579. Sofor- 

tige Enochenplastik nach Unterkieferresektion. Ibid, 1923, 
xxxvi, 465. — Pont. Note sur la greffe osseuse dans les cas de 
perte de substance du maxillaire inferieur. Restoration 
maxillo-fac.. Par., 1918, ii, 161-176.— Powers (C. A.). Phases 
of war surgery; bone transplants from the tibia to the lower 
jaw from loss of substance. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1919, Ixx, 
476-478, 4 pi.— ESal. Le prothese chirurgicale, son role dans 
le traitement operatoire des neoplasmes et des osteites 
nScrosantes de la mflchoire inferieure. Rev. de stomatol.. 
Par., 1921, xxiii, 14-26.— von R«dwitz (E.). Zur Frage der 
freien Transplantation der Rippe bei der Behandlung von. 
Unterkieferdefekten. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 
1918, iii, 140-145.— Belland (E.). TJeber die Wahl des 
Knoohenstiicks zur Transplantation bei Unterkieferdefekten. 
Ztschr. f. Mund- u. Kieferchir., Wiesb., 1920, iii, 123-142.— 
Klegner. Ueber den Totalersatz der Mandibula. Cor.-Bl. 
f. Zahnarzte, Berl., 1913, xlii, 1-32, 3 pi.— Bousseau-Decelle. 
De I'ijnmobilisation intermaxillaire pre-operatoire dqns les 
grefles osteoperiostees du maxillaire inferieur. Rev. maxillo- 
fao.. Par., 1919. iii, 635-539. Also Eng. transl.. Ibid. 640- 
643.— KoUBsel (Q.). L'action combinee du ohirurgien et du 
chirurgieuTdentiste dans les giefles osseuses du maxillaire 



JAW 



46 



Jaw (Lower, Surgery of) — continued. 

inKrieur. Cong. dent, interallife. Par., 1916, ii, 885-887.— 
Schaffer (J.). Ossiflkatlonsfragen; (Transplantation und 
Unterkieferverknocherung). Wien. klin. 'Wchnschr., 1916, 
jxix, 669-674.— SchrBder. XJeber die prothetische Nach- 
benalidlung der Unterkiefer-Eesektionen. Cong. dent, 
mternat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v, pt. 1, 606-609.— SebUeau (P.). 
A propos de la discussion sur les grefles osseuses; anatomie 
pathologique d'une greffe ostSo-mandibulaire. Bull, et 
m6m. Soo. de obir. de Par., 1918, xliv, 1208-1213.— Vorschuta. 
Klinischer Beitrage zur Frage der freien Knochentrans- 
plantationen bei Detekten des Unterkiefers. Deutsche 
Ztschr. f. Obir., Leipz., 1911, cxi, 691-606.— Waldron (C. W.) 
& Bisdon (E. P.). Mandibular bone grafts. Internal. J. 
Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1920, vi, 319-326.— Warkalla (E.). 
Zur Technik der Unterkieferplastik. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., 
Tilbing., 1919, cxvi, 351-366. 

Jaw (Lower, Tumors of). 

Wollenbeeg' (I.). *Beitrag zur Kasuis- 
tik der Myxome der Kiefer. [Wurzburg.] 
8°. Borna-Leipzig 1906. 

TOn Bakay (L.). tieber die Entstehung der oentralen 
Epithelialgeschwulste des Unterkiefer^. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
schr., 1909, xlix, 690-696.- Becker (E.). Wie weit las- 
sen sich Hbntgenaufnabmen zur Frmidiagnose maUgner 
Tumoren im Bereiohe der Kiefer verwerten? Cor.-Bl. f. 
ZahnSrzte, Berl., 1910, xxxix, 302-311.— Blampin (W.). 
Adamantinoma of left mandible. Proc. Path. Son,., Phila., 
1924-25, n. s., xivii, 32.— Bortolucd fP. Q.). Le cisti del 
mascellare inferiore d'origine dentaria (contributo clinioo ed 
anatomo-patologico). Eiforma med., NapoU, 1923, xxxix, 
666-658. — CofTart (C). Volumineuse tumeur b6nigne du 
maxillaire inf6rieur. Eev. de stomatol.. Par., 1923, xxv, 
289-294.- Coleman (P.). Exostoses of the mandible. 
Proc. Eoy. Soe. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Odont. Sect., 
21-28.— Coustaing & Crocquefer. Kyste rediculo-den- 
taire du maxillaire infferieur chez une enfant. Eev. de 
stomatol.. Par., 1920, xxii, 648-650.- Donadio (N.). Un 
odontoma del mascellare inferiore. Stomatol., lAilano, 
1922, XX, 471-480.— Fallas. Kyste du maxillaire inf6rieur. 
Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1924, xxx, 940.— 
Georgi(P.). Ein Adamantinom des Unterkiefers. Stud, 
z. Path. d. Entwcklng., Jena, 1913-14, i, 276-312, 1 pi.— 
Gorsc & Ginestet (O.). Un cas de kyste dentifere de la 
mSchoire infSrieure. Eev. de stomatol., Par., 1924, xxvi, 
605-510.— Greve (H. C). Ueber den bilateralen Unterkie- 
fertorus. Deutsche Monatsohr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1918, 

xxxvi, 368-360. Weitere Bemerkimgen fiber die 

symmetrisohen Exostosen (Tori) des Unterkiefers. Ibid., 
1919, xxxvii, 203-206.— Guyot (J.) & Ichon. 0st§ome 
pfidiculfi du maxillaire inf6rieur. Bull, et m§m. Soc. de 
mftd. et chir. de Bordeaux (1922), 1923, 660-662.— Haenisch 
(G. P.). Die isolierte Aufnahme einer Unterkieferhalfte, 
zugleich ein Beitrag zur Eontgen diagnose der Unterkiefer- 
tumoren. Portsohr. a. d. Qeb. d. Eontgenstrahlem, Hamb., 
1910, XV, 337-339.— Harborow (G.). A compound compos- 
ite odontome. Proc. Eoy. Soe. Med., Lond., 1921-22, xv. 
Sect. Odontol., 8-14. — Hesse. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 
Adamantinoma. Deutsclie Monatsohr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 
1913, xixl, 16-34. — Jacques. Diagnostic des kystes para- 
dentaires du maxillaire inf6rieiu-. Eev. de chir.. Par., 1919, 
Ivli, 702. — Jacques & Aubriot. Fibrome pSriostique du 
corps de la mandibule. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 
1921, Ixxxv, 618.— Johnston (H. M.) & Hutson (W.). 
Non-malignant timiors of the jaw; diagnosis and treatment. 
Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1924, xlv, 1437-1459.— Koleszar (L.). 
Perorale Operation eines Unterkieferlympboms. Berl. klin. 
Wchnschr., 1921, Iviii, 1220.— Laccetti (G.). Dl una cisti 
endo-osteale dentifera della mandibola. Gazz internaz. 
di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 897-901.— Lacronique. Un cas 
de lipome sous-muqueux de la face externe du maxillaire 
infSneur. Eev. de stomatol.. Par., 1923, xxv, 33-35.— Laroy- 
enne (L.) & Wertheimer (P.). Kyste multiloculaire du 
maxillaire inffirieur. Lyon ohururg., 1920, xvii, 713-720.— 
Leyro Diaz (J.). Adamantoma del maxilar inferior. 
Semana mM., Buenos Aires, 1925, xxxil, pt., 2, 201.— Li§- 
bault (G.). Ad6no-phlegmon sous-maxiUaire d'origine 
mandibmaire; ouverture par voie buecale; gufirison. Paris 
chirurg., 1923, xv, 340-342.— Lombard (C). EpitMIiome 
adamantin de la mfichoire inf6rieure chez la vache. Bull, 
de 1' Assoc, franc, p. I'Stude du cancer, Pars., 1923, xil, 283- 
286.— McCrea (E. D'A.). Case of dentigerous cyst (follicu- 
lar odontome) of the mandible. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1922, 
xliii, 435-437.— Maudaire & Maurel. Ost6o-flbrome du 
maxillaire inl&ieur. Bull, et mim. Soc. anat. de Par., 1913, 
Ixxxviii, 113-116.— Menocal (E.). Fibroma periostico del 
maxilar inferior. Rev. m6d. cubana, Habana, 1922, xxxiii, 
348-350.— Monnler (L.). Ost6oflbrome du maxillaire 
inf6rieur; r&ection du corps du maxillaire; prothese imme- 
diate; gufaison. Paris chir., 1913, v, 842-846.— Moore 
(C. A.), Hadfleld (G.) & aaremont (L. E.). An exten- 
sive multilocular cystic epitbeUal tumour of the jaw. Brit. 
J. Surg., Bristol, 1923-24, xi, 629-647.— Morestin (H.). 
Aneiome pulsatile du maxillaire inffaieur. Bull, et m§m. 
SocT de chir. de Par., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 1020-1031.— MuUer 
(Q. P.). Multilocular cyst (adamantinoma) of lower jaw, 

. treated by simple excision and followed by cure for a period 
4}t three years. Surg. Chn. N. Am., Phila., 1921, i, 256-269.- 



JAW 

Jaw (Lower, Tumors of) — continued. 

New (G. B.). Solid odontoma. Ibid., 1924, Iv, 524-527.— 
Panner (H.). A curious case of follicular cyst of the Jaw. 
Acta radiol., Stockholm, 1923 ii, 85-87.— Pettit (J. A.). 
Mandibular tumors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, 
Ixxvii, 1881-1883.- Phemlster (D. B.). Central fibroma of 
mandible. Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phfla., 1917, 1, 215-221.— 
Power (D.). Follicular cystic odontoma. Med. Press & 
Cixa., Lond., 1914, n. s., xcvii, 255.— Putzu (F.). Contri- 
buto alio studio degli adamantinoml del mascellare inferiore. 
Clin, chir., MUano, 1909, xvii, 566-601, 2 pi.— Bendu (A.). 
Kystes dentiferes du maxillaire infSrieur chez I'enfant. 
Lyon m6d., 1922, oxxxi, 816-818.— Bendu (A.) & Dunet 
(C .) . Kystes dentiferes symfitriques du maxillaure inffirieur. 
Lyon chirurg., 1923, xx, 222-226.— Bisdon (P.). Maxillary 
cysts. Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1922, xlvii, 138-141 .—Bosen- 
bIum(M.). Report of a case of multilocular cyst. Dental 
Cosmos, phila., 1926, Ixvii, 316.— Bousseau-DeceUe. Sur 
un kyste volumineux du maxillaire inffirieiu:. Rev. de 
stomatol.. Par., 1923, xxv, 441-461.— Santy (P.) & Dunet 
(C). Kyste adamantin imlloculaire de la branche, mon- 
tante du maxillaire inffeieur avec formations microkys- 
tiques intra-pariStaJes. Lyon chirurg., 1923, xx, 89-94.— 
Schlesinger (H.). Eine typische Geschwulstmetastase 
im Unterkiefer mit Lahmung des Trigeminus (Nervus 
alveolaris). Wien. klin. Eundschau, 1909, xxiii, 749-761.— 
Silvestrini (L.). Studio cUnioo ed anatomo patologico di 
due casi infrequent! di cisti dentifera della mandibola. 
Gazz. internaz. di med., NapoU, 1919, xxii, 161; 187; 203.— 
Spanier. Zur Kasuistik der Zysten des Unterkiefers. 
Deutsche Monatsohr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1919, xxxvii, 401-406, 
1 pi.— Speed (K.). Myxoma of jaw. Surg. Clin. N. Am., 
Phna., 1922, li, 745-752.— Sprawson ((Evelyn). Case of 
multiple dentigerous cysts in the mandible, and some 
remarks on the pathology of such cysts. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Med., Lond., 1921-22, xv, Sect. Odontol., 66-64.— Techow 
(Q.). Beitrag zur Frage der Unterkieferzysten. Deutsche 
Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1920, xxxviii, 206.— Tellier 
(J.) & Dunet (C). Kyste dentifere. Eev. de stomatol.. 
Par., 1920, xxii, 61-76.— Tholen (E. P.). Eeport of a case 
of dentigerous cyst of the mandible in which the X-ray 
proved of great value, Internat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 
1916, ii, 617. — Tixier. Enorme tiuneur de la sousmaxillaire 
trois fois r6cidiv6e; large ablation; gu6rison. Lyoii'mfid., 
1911, cxvi, 893-899.— Wagstaffe (W. W.) . Case of tumor of 
the mandible. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1921-22, xv, 
Sect. Clin., 26.— Weiser (E.). Ein lehrreicher Fall von 
follofcularer Unterkieferzyste und deren Behandlung. 
Oesterr-ungar Vrtljrsohr. f. Zahn., Wien, 1913, xxix, 413- 
422.— Winter (H.). Ein Fall von Adamantinom. Arch. 
f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1922, cxxii, 667-687.— Winter (L.). 
Cyst of the ramus. Internat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 
1924, X, 424.— Zilz (J.). Symmetrisohe harte Papillome 
des Unterkiefers. Ergebn. a. ges. Zahn., Wiesb., 1914, iv, 
63-68. 

Jaw (Lower, Tumors of. Malignant). 

See, also, Jaw (Lower, Cancer of). 

Mangelsdorpf (U. B,. W. E.). *Ueber 
Chondrosarkome des Unterkiefers. [Berlin.] 
8°. Leipzig, 1917. 

Rakowski (S.). *Fur Frage der Opera- 
bilitat der Unterkiefersarkome. 8°. Greifs- 
wald, 1909. 

ZiNK (A.). *Ueber die zentralen Sarkome 
der Kiefer. 8° Halle, 1911. 

BSbard (L.) & Dunet (C). Sarcome du Mascillaire 
inf6rieur; hemirgsection; rficidives multiples traitte par la 
radium-thSrapie et les injections d'§lectro-oupro-s61§nlum; 
gu6rison. Lyonm6d., 1919, cxxvii, 697-600.— Bevan (A. D.). 
Sarcoma of lower jaw. Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phila., 1918, ii, 
727-731. — Borak. Fiinfzehnjahriger Patient mit 2 jShriger 
Heilung eines Unterkiefersarkoms. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 
1926, Ixxv, 726. — Grouse. Patient operated upon for a giant 
celled sarcoma of the left inferior maxillary. Bull. El Paso 
Co. M. Soc, El Paso, Tex., 1915, vii, 24r-27.— Gibby (H. J.). 
Sarcoma of the jaw, with case report. Boston M. & S. J., 
1922, clxxxvi, 602.— Harris (J. D.). X-ray treatment of 
sarcoma; a case of round-celled sarcoma of the right angle 
of the lower jaw in which colossal doses of X-rays proved 
eflective. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 882.— Hewson (A.). 
Osteosarcoma of the mandible. Ann. Surg., PhUa., 1909, 
xlix, 614-617, 2 pi.— Ivy (E. H.). Bone transplant from 
crest of ileum to mandible. Tr. Phila. Acad. Siu:g., 1922, 
xxii, 164, 1 pi. — Lemaitre. Traitement des tumours 
malignes des michoires. Progres m§d.. Par., 1924, xxxix, 
721-724.— McGIannan (A.). Qiant-cell epulis of lower 
jaw; report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 

379-381. Also reprint. McWilllams (C. A.). Late 

condition after excision of the superior maxilla for sarcoma. 
Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, Iv, 439.— Moreau. Sarcoma 
central du maxillaire infSrieur. Presse mSd. beige, Brux., 
1910, Ixii, 157.— Mummery (S. P.). A case of sarcoma of 
the mandible in an infaht. Lancet> Lond,. 1922, i, 631.— 
Perruccl (A.). Sarcoma diffuse del mascellari. Clin, 
chir., Milano, 1909, xvii, 1831-1837, 2 pi.— Petit ( J.) . Sarcoma 
Ik my^loplaxes de la m^choire infirieure. Normandie m6d. 



JAW 



47 



JAW 



Jaw (Lower, Tumors of, Malignant) — 
continued. 

Eouen, 1921, xol, 75.— Bodler (H.) & Ledercq (A.). 
Fibro-sarcome centiEil da maxillaire Infl^rieur. Rev. de 
stomatol., Par., 1913, xx, 296-299.— Eoy (M.). Un cas de 
, sarcome g6n6ralisfi & dfibut gingival. Odontologie, Par., 
1910, jcliii, 97-102.— Tice (F. 0.). Osteosarcoma of the 
inferior maxilla, a clinical report. J. Advano. Therap., 
N. Y,, 1913, xxxi, 405-411.- Whitall (J. DO- Sarcoma of the 
inferior maxiUaj report of a case. N; York M. J. [etc.]. 



1912, xcv, 378-380. 



Sarcoma of the inferior maxilla. 



Ihid., 1916, ciii, 62. Also reprint. — Wolze & Pageiistecher 
(A.). Erfolgreiche Behandlung eines inoperablen Man- 
delsarkoms mit Cuprase und RSntgenstrablen. Milncben, 
med. Wchnsolir., 1913, Ix, 1036. 

Jaw (Lower, Wounds and injuries of). 
See, also, Fractures — Jaw (lower). 
Matrhopeb (B.). Die Kieferschussver- 
letzungen und ihre Behandlung. Beitrage 
von J. von Arkovy, B. Mayrhofer, A. Michel, 

A. Klughardt, E. H. Urbantschitsoh, red. von 

B. iVEayrhofer. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1916. 
Achard (M.) & Maurel (Q.). Les latfiro-d^viations du 

maxillaire inf§rieur sans solution de continmt6 ni luxation 
de la mandibule dans les blessures temporo-maxillo-faciales. 
Marseille m6d., 1916-17, liii, 699; 721.— Badcock (J. H.). 
Early splinting in gunshot wounds of the mandible. Brit. 
M. J., Lend., 1917, li, 65. — Bonnet (A.). Tendeur rtelisant 
rSguilibre des forces dans les gouttieres de consolidation. 
Eestauration maxillo-fac.. Par., 1917-18, i, 91-93.— Cartna 
(C.) . Cura delle ferite delle ossa mascellari. Pensiero med. , 
Milano, 1917, vii, 415.— Doubleday (F. N.). Case of 
gunshot wound of the mandible with extensive loss of tissue 
treated by the Colyer method. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., 
Lend., 1918-19, xii. Sect. Odontol., 101-103.— Duchange 
(R.). Appareils de redressement de blocs. Eestauration 
maxillo-fac.. Par., 1917-18, 1, 70-90.— Bcdes (H. A.). War 
injuries of the jaw. Proc. Roy. Sol. Med., Lond., 1916-17, 
X, Sect.'Electro-Therap., 2.— von Ertl (J.). Unsere Eesul- 
tate auf dem Gebiete der operativen Behandlung der Unter- 
kieferverletzungen. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnta., 
Wien, 1916, xxxii, 286-298, 4 pi.— Esser (J. F. S.). Healing 
of lower jaw bone defects in war cripples. Am J. Surg., 
N. Y., 1917, xxxi, 305-309.— Frey (L.). De la constriction 
des mSchoires chez les bless^ des maxillaires et de la face. 
Odontologie, Par., 1917, Iv, 169-170.— Gernez & LemKre. 
De la conservation et de I'utilisation des brides cicatricielles 
dans les pertes de substance ^tendiies du maxUlaire infSrieur. 
Ibid., 1918, Ivi, 49-75.— Hedblom (0, A.). Plastic closure 
of buccal cavity following gun-shot injury. China M. J., 
Shanghai, 1916, xxx, 407-409, 1 nl.— Loos. Chirurgisches 
aus der Behandlung des Unterkieferschussbniches. 
Deutsche Monatschr. t. Zahnh., Leipz., 1916, xxxiii, 669- 
579.— Morestin (H.). Transplantation cartUagineuse dans 
un cas de perte de substance 6tendue du maxillaire infSrieur. 
Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, xlii, 1316-1317. 

Pertes de substance tres Mendus de la m&choire 

infgrieure; transplantation de cartilage, md., 1917, n. s., 

xlii, 1712-1727. Transplantation oartilagineuse pour 

remfidier a une perte de substance tres 6ntendue du maxil- 
laire inffirieur. Ibid., xliii, 301-303.— Plerre-Eobln. Con- 
siderations sur la chirurgle de guerre et la restauration 
fonctionneUe du maxillaire inffirieur dans les cas de fractures 
avec perte de substance. Presse mfid. , Par. , 1917, xxv, 36-37.— 
Pont. Note sur la grefle osseuse dans les cas de perte de 
substance du maxillaire infSrieur. Odontologie, Par., 1918, 
Ivi, 147-169.— Pope (W.-H.). Appareil de contention et 
de reduction du maxillaire inffirieur avec perte de substance. 
Cong. dent, interalliefe. Par., 1916, i, 681-588.— KoutUIoIb 
(H.). Pseudarthroses du maxillaire inffirieur par blessure 
de guerre, opfeSes et gu6ries par la grefEe osseuse. Paris 
mfid., 1925, Ivii, 237-245.— Schopper. Die Behandlung 
einer achweren Schussverletzung aus der Kieferstation 
von Dr. Wamekros, Berlin. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 
1915-16, xxxiii, 149.— Seblleau (P.). Concerning natural 
cicatrization and the treatment of gunshot wounds of the 
lower jaw. Brit. Dent. J. War Suppl., Lond., 1917, xxxviii, 
185-200.— Villain (G.). Traitement physiologique des 
fractures et des luxatious du maxillaire iiii6rieur. Odontolo- 
gie, Par., 1916, Uv, 223; 288; 381: 1917, Iv, 295.— Virenque. 
Quelques remarques sur le traitement des pertes de sub- 
stance du maxillaire infferieur. Evolution med.-chir.. Par., 
1923, iv, 3-7.— Wurfschmidt. Ein Fall von doppelter, 
schwerer Schussverletzung des Unterkiefers. Deutsche 
Monatschr. f. Zahnh., lieipz., 1915, xxxiii, 497-606. 

Jaw (Upper). 

See, also, Antrum, Face; Intermaxillary 
bone; Jaws. 
■ VON BoNSDORFF. *Untersuchungen tiber 
Massverhaltnisse des Oberkiefers mit speziel- 
ler Beriicksichtigung der Lagebeziehungen 
zwischen den Zahnwurzeln und der Kiefer- 
hohle. roy. 8°. Helsingfors, 1925. 



Jaw (Upper) — continued. 

Coulomb (D.-L.-M.). *Ciroulation ar- 
tlrielle et veineuse du massif maxillaire 
supdrieur. (Travail du laboratoire de m^de- 
cine opSratiore.) 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. 

Bartli (Mathilde). Ueber die funktionelle Struktur 
des Oberkieferapparates bei Neuweltaflen. Anat. Hefte, 
Wiesb., 1918, Ivi, 171-242, 2 pi.— Jarmer (E.). Ueber die 
mertache Anlage des Zwischenkiefers beim Menschen. 
Ztschr. f. d. ges. Anat., pt. 1, Milnchen & Berl., 1922, Ixiv, 
66-76.- Landsberger (R.). Was ist im biologischen Sinne 
der Alveolarfortsatz? Deutsche Monatschr. t. Zahnh., 
Berl., 1926, xliii, 736-739.— VIrchow (H.). Ueber das 
VerhUtnis der Alveolarebene des Oberkiefers zur Hori- 
zontalebene. Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1916, xlvhi, 136-142. 

Jaw (Upper, Abnormities and deformi- 
ties of). 

Bernstein (E. J.). AbnormaUtiea of the superior maxilla 
influencing mal-occlusion and disease of antram and treat- 
ment. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1910, xxx, 327; 462.— 
Bumm (E.). Ein Fall von Verdoppelung des Oberkiefers. 
Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1925, oxxxv, 606-619.- Dnfour- 
mentel (L.). Notes sur les deformations du maxillaire 
supSrieur et leurs traitements. Eev. odont.- Par., iSZl, 
xlu, 235-239.— ftanke (Q.). Ueber Wachstum und Verbil- 
dungen des Eiefers una der Nasenscheidewand auf Qrund 
vergleichender Eiefer-Messungen und experimenteller 
Unteisuchungen iiber Enochenwachstum. Ztschr. f. 
Laryngol., Ehinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1921, x, 187-392, 20 pi.— 
Frisch (M.) . Ueber Wachstumshemmungim Oberkiefer bei 
Llppen-Eiefer-Oaumenspalten. Arch, of Orthop. [etc.], 
Wieb., 1921, xix, 167-173.— Jayer. Observation sur un cas 
d'atr6sie prononcee du maxillaire supferieur. Soc. de m6d. 
mil. fran?.. Bull, mens., Par., 1924, xviii, 316-318.— Kame- 
netskl (M. A.). [Closing an extensive defect of the upper 
jaw and nose.] Zubourach. Vestnik, St. Petersb., 1909, xxv, 
721-726.— Kantorowicz (A.). Zur Eieferdeformierung bei 
behinderter Atmung. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zabnh., 
Leipz., 1917, xxxv, 322-330.— Pegler (L. H.). Specimens of 
.superior maxillae, exhibiting abnormal conditions of the 
nasal fossae and maxillary antra. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
Lond., 1914-15, viii, Laryngol. Sect., 82-84.— Stailard 
(H.). Influence of pillow habits on the development of the 
upper jaw. Calif. West. Med., San. Fran., 1924, xxii, 216- 
220.— Tr*tiop. Le traitement ratioimel des pseudo- 
adenoldiens. Bull, d'oto-rhino-laryngol.. Par., 1922, n. s., 
XX, 251-263.— Walker (C). Absence of pre-maxilla. J. 
Anat., Lond., 1916-17, li, 392-396.— Watry. Rachitisme et 
malformations maxillaires; €tude clinique. Eev. de stoma- 
tol., Par., 1926, xxvii, 1292-1314. 

Jaw (Upper, Cancer of). 

Orth (O.). *Zur Statistik der Carcino- 
me des Oberkiefers. 8°. Heidelberg, 1903. 

Becco (E.). Eeseccion del maxUar superior por epi- 
telioma basal; applicaciones de radium; curacion. Semana 
m6d., Buenos Attes, 1919, xxvi, pt. 2, 276-278.— Beck (J. C). 
Total resection of superior maxilla for carcinoma. J. Ophth. 

&Oto-Laryngol.,Chicago, 1913, vii, 359. Carcinoma 

of upper jaw with resection. Ann. Otol., Ehinol. & Laryn- 
gol., St. Louis, 1915, xxiv, 417.— Hope (0. W. M.'). Malig- 
nant disease of upper jaw; lateral rhinotomy (Moure's 
operation). Proc. Eoy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1919-20, xiii. 
Sect. Laryngol., 114.— Knapp (A.). Orbital changes pro- 
duced by radium in cancer of the upper jaw. J. Am. M. 
Ass., Chicago, 1923, Ixxxi, 1849-1861.— KSnIg. Die Bedeu- 
tung der operativen Behandlung des Erebses. Acht FSlle 
von Dauerheilung naoh operativer Beseitigung des Ober- 
kleferkrebses. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., 
Berly 1910 xxxix, pt. 2, 248-263. [Diskussion], pt. 1, 28.— 
Le Fort., Eteection des deux maxillaires supfirieurs pour 
epithelioma. Bull. Soc. de med. du nord, 1913, Lille, 1914, 
80-84.— Palumbo (V.). Epitelioma midoUare con zone 
mixomatose del mascellare superiore giiarito col radium. 
Sperimentale, Firenze, 1922, Ixxvi, 216-218.— Eegaud (C.) 
& Bevercbon (L.). Sur un cas d'epitheUoma epidermolde 
developpe dans le massif maxillaire siiperieur, Itendu aux 
teguments de la face, aux cavites buccale, nasale et orbitaire, 
ainsi qu'aux ganglions du cou, gueri du cou, gueri par la curie- 
therapie. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.]^ Par., 1921, xlii, 369-378, 
3 pi.— B8hr iH.). Ein Fall von Oberkieferkarzinom, be- 
handelt dUrch Resektion des Oberkiefers. Beitr. Z. Anat., 
Physiol.,' Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1913, 
vii, 38-66. — Schlemmer. Earzinom des Oberkiefers; Ee- 
sektion; SchwierigkeitinderDiagnosestellung. Monatschr. 
f. Ohrenh. [eto.X Berl. & Wien, 1923, Ivii, 156-158.— 
Sctaley (W. S.). The operative treatment of cancer of the 
superior maxilla. [Discussion.] Ann. Siurg., Phila., 1919, 

Ixix, 182. Cancer of the upper jaw, its surgical 

treatment. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1923, xxxvii, 
683-687.— Symonds (C). Boring epithelioma of the upper 
jaw. Tr. M. Soc. Lend., 1909-10, xxxiii, 399.— Tixier. 
Eeseotion simultane6 des deux maxillaires sup6rieurs pour 
epithelioma de la voute palatine avec envahissement des 
narines et du sinus; guerison. Lyon med., 1'910, xlii, 870- 
872.— Terger (Q.). Le traitement des epitheliomas du ma- 



JAW 



48 



JAW 



Jaw (Upper, Cancer of) — continued. . 

xillaire sup6rieur par I'association chirurgie-curietMrapie. 
Ann. d. mal. de I'oreille, du larynx, etc.. Par., 1925, div, 
1150-1201, 7 pi.— Weill (E). Epulis (epitMlionia) du maxil- 
laire supfaienr; presentation de la piece et de coupes his- 
tologiques. Marseille m6d,. 1909, xlvi, 345. — Worthing- 
ton (R.). Case oJ epithelioma of maxilla cured (?) by ra- 
dium and diathermy combined. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., 
Lond., 1923-24, xvii, Sect. Laryngol., 86. 

Jaw (Upper, Diseases of). 

jSee Jaws (Diseases of). 
Jaw (Upper, Excision of). 

Albricht (M.). Totalexstirpation des rechteu und teil- 
weise Reseition der linken Oberkiefers. Berl. klin. 
Wchnschr., 1909, jdvi, 1604-1606.— Arquellada (A. M.) 
Plstirpacion del maxilar superior por via endo-bucal. 
Pediatria espan., Madrid, 1919, viii, 381.— Berard. A pro- 
pos de deux cas de rfeectiou du maxilliare supfirieur. Lyon 
ohirurg., 1922, xix, 594-597.— Carow (M.). Die Oberkiefer- 
Resektions-Prothese. Cor.-Bl. f. zahnSrzte, Berl., 1910, 
xxxix, 124-139.— Courtin & Delgud. Prothese immediate 
apres resection du maxilliare superieur. Bull, et mfim. Soc. 
de m6d. et chir. de Bordeaux, 1910-1911, 283-286.— Douglas 
(J.). Resection of superior maxilla with preservation of 
hard palate. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1919, htrx, 334.— Hiller 
(C). Removal of both superior maxillae. Lancet-CUnic, 
Cincin., 1914, cxi, 600-602.— Lauwers (E. E.). A new 
method of resection of upper maxilliary with lower facial 
flap. Am. J. Obst. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1924, xxxix, 499- 
602.— liUcas (C. D.). Alveola* process resection. Current, 
Reiiearches, Anesth. & Analg., Elmira, N. Y., 1922, i, 123- 
128.— Morestin (H.). L'occlusion de la breche palatine 
apres la rfeection du maxilliare sup6rieur. Bull, et -m6m. 
Soc. de chir. de Par., 1918, xhv, 1002-1017.— Morris (R. T.) 
Excision of superior maxilla. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1915, 
Ixil, 348.— Parker (R.). Effect of a denture after excision 
of the upper jaw and septum nasi. Brit. M. J., Lond., 
1910, ii, 428.— Patel. Ablation du maxilliare supSrieur 
sous anesthSsie rSgionale. Lyon chirurg., 1922, xix, 558.— 
PichlerCH.). Zur Oberkiefer-Resektion. Deutsche Monat- 
schr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1923, xU, 513-626.— Price (J. W.). 
Modification of Ferguson's operation for excision of upper 
jaw. Kentuclry M. J., Bowling Green, 1916, xiv, 439. 
Excision of the upper jaw. South. M. J., Birming- 
ham, 1917, X, 56-58.— Kuppe (L.). AppareU apres abla- 
tion d'un maxlllaire. Odontologie, Par., 1913, xlix, 529- 

532. Prfcentation d'une malade ayant subi I'abla- 

tion du maxaiaire superieur droit. Ibid., 1920, Iviii, 411.— 
Schley (W.S.). Resection of superior maxilla. Ann. Surg., 
PhUa., 1919, Ixix, 178-180.— Van Hook (W.). Retainmg 
the floor of the orbit in resection of the superior maxUla. 
J Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 1140-1143. Alsoiepnnt.— 
Tignau (A.) . Artroplastia de Murphy, reseocion completa 
del maxilar superior. Rev. de med. y chug de la Habana, 

1914, xix, 509-613. 

Jaw (Upper, Fracture of). 

See Fractures — Jaw (Upper). 
Jaw (Upper, Necrosis of). 

See Jaws (Necrosis of). 
Jaw (Upper, Siirgery of). 

See, also, Fractures — Jaw (Upper); Jaw 
(Upper, Excision of). 

BarndoUar (W. P.). Surgical diseases of the supenor 
maxilla. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 

1915, xxxiv, 516-529.— Brockenheimer (P.). Erne neue 
Methode zur Freilegung der Klefergelenke ohne sichtbare 
Narben und ohne Verletzung des Nervus faciahs. Zentralbl. 
f Chir., Leipz., 1920, xlvii, 1660-1562.— aeszynsU (A.). Sys- 
tems de queus et d'entaflles correspondantes pour protheses 
orthop6diques du maxillaire superieur. Rev. de stomatol., 
Par .1922, xxiv, 355-361.— Crawford (D. D.) & Capson 
(R M ) Prosthetic restoration of the maxilla; demon- 
strated before the North Midland Branch at Chester, Feb- 
ruary 25, 1911. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1911, xxxu, 586-588.— 
Entin (D. A.). Die chirurgische Anatomie des Foramen 
inlraorbitale. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1924, 
dxxiviii, 368-371.— Ganzer. Neue Wege des plastischen 
Verschlusses von Oberkieferdefekten; (Perforation im 
Qebiet des Gaumens und des Mundvorhofes). Deutsche 
Monltsohr. f Zahnh., Leipz., 1917, XXXV, 40^412.-Gaadon. 
Corps fetanger du maxillaire dupeneur: lame de couteau de 
7 centimStres de long, tolfirSe pendant 16 joure et r6va6e 
OKla radiographic. Lyon med., 1924, cxxxiv, lOJ.-Kazan- 
lian. Quelques problemes de prothfee relatifs a la destruc- 
tion des OS maxiflaires supfirieuis. Cong. dent, interallife, 
PM 1916, i, 657-564.-Palazzl (S.). B nuovo metodo, di 
anestesia tronculare della seconda branca del tngeimno 
(oS-Hofer) per gU interventi chirurgjci sul rn^^^ 
suneriore. Pensiero med., Mdano, 1922, xi, 696-701.— 
PouUo (A.). Vingt-trois cas de maxillotomie; ,curett^e 
S?"ol°rad&laire. Odontologie, Par., 1919, Ivii, 37^ 
aS-Sturmann. Fall von Oberkjeferdeknune. Berl. 
Bki wSSf^., 1912, xlix, I152.-Vlllaln (Q.). Plaie en 



Jaw (Upper, Surgery of) — continued. 

s6ton transversale de la face; destruction presque complete 
du maxillaire supfirieur; traitement proth6tique. Cong, 
dent, interallifc, Par., 1916, U, 986-989. 

Jaw (Upper, Tumors of). 

HiRSH (M.). *Ueber Enchondrome des 
Oberkiefers. 8°. Berlin, 1917. 

Rabinovitsch (C. A.) *Ueber Myxom 
des Oberkiefers. 8°. Halle a. S., 1912. 

Becco (R.) & Mazzini (O. F.). Quistes dentiferos del 
maxUar superior. Rev. Asoc. m6d. argent., Buenos Aires, 
1924, xxxvii, Soc. de otorrinolar., 95-111.— Becker (E.). 
Zentrales Osteoflbrom des Oberkiefers. Cor.-Br. f.Zahn- 
arzte, Berl., 1913, xlii, 191-200, 1 pi.— Bilancioni (G.). 
Cilindroma del mascellare superiore. Tumori, Roma, 1924, 
xi, 350-359, 3 pi— Bloodgood (J. C). Treatment of tumors 
of the upper jaw with the cautery. Boston M. & S. J., 1919, 
clxxx, 186.— Bonnet-Boy (F.). La rfcection atypique du 
maxillaire sup§rieur. Medicine, Par., 1920-21, ii, 62-66.— 
Camera (U.). Contribute olinico ed istologico alio studio 
dell' osteofibroma del mascellare superiore. Polichn., 
Roma, 1914, xxi, sez. chir., 46-52.— Chompret. Osteo- 
fibrome du maxillaire superieur. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 
1923, XXV, 295-301.— Cohen (J.). Drei foUikulSxe Cysten 
des Oberkiefers. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1914, 
Ixxi, 24-27, 1 pi.— Coley (W. B.). ' Chondroma of the 
superior maxillae. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, ht, 377, 2 pi.— 
Costantini (H.). Tumeur du maxUlaure superieur. Bull, 
et mim. Soc. anat. de Par., 1913, Ixxxviii, 442-444.— 
Cutler (G. D.) & Kock (J. C). Congenital tumors of the 
maxilla; report of a case witli operation. Boston M. & S. 
J., 1925, cxcii, 1001.— Davis (G. O.). Symmetrical odon- 
toma of both superior maxiUse. Arm. Surg., PhUa., 1913, 
Ivii, 906-908, 1 pi— D'Onofrio (F.). Un caso di volumi- 
nosa cisti paradentaria suppurata del mascellare superiore. 
Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1925, xxxvi, 215-222.— 
f erriez (E .) . Un caso raro de osteoma del maxilar superior. 
Semana mSd., Buenos Aires, 1909, xvi, 451-453.— Feuchtin- 
ger (R.). Beitrag zur Pathologic, Diagnostik und Therapie 
der Bjeferrysten. Monatsohr. f. Ohrenh., [etc.], Berl. 
& Wien, 1921, Iv, 1081-1086, 2 pi.— Fischell (E.). Giant-cell 
tumor of the jaw. Surg. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1925, v. 1263- 
1271.— Fowler (Q. C). Osteoma of superior maxilla. U. 
States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1922, xvii, 662.— Gagnier (LO. 
De rostfioflbrome du maxillaire sup6rieur. Ann. d. mal. de 
I'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1910, xxxvi, pt. 2., 624-630.-- 
Got. Trois cas de tumeurs bfenignes soiides du massif 
maxUlaire sup6rieur. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1916, 
xxxvii, 645-550.— Guthrie (T.). Cysts of the upper jaw. 
Clm. }., Lond., 1916, xlv, 261-264.— Hecht. Doppel- 
seitiger Oberkiefertumor. Monatschr. f. Ohrehh., [etc.], 
Berl. & Wien., 1920, liv, 707-710.— Hesse. Sprachstorung 
nach Eroflnung von Oberkieferzysten. Deutsche Monat- 
schr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1911, xxix, 506-511. Zur 

Therapie palatinal gewaohsener Oberkieferzysten. Ibid., 
1914, xxxii, 407-413.— Hille (A.). Ueber Zysten und andere 
Hohlraume im Oberkiefer. Ztschr. f. Stomatol., Wien & 
Berl., 1922, xx, 1-9.— von Hlppel (R.). Das Osteoflbrom 
des Oberkiefers. Ztschr. f. Mund- u. Eeiferchir., Wiesb., 
1914-15, i, 110-128, 1 pi.— Jacques (P.). Sur le diag- 
nostic des kystes paradentaires du maxillaire sup6rieur. 
Odontologie, Par., 1919, Ivii, 530-534.— Janeway (H. H.). 
The treatment of tumors of the superior maxilla. Ann. 
Surg., Phila., 1918, Ixviii, 353-370, 4 pl.— Kahler (O.). 
Ueber partielle Hyperostose des Oberkiefers. Monatschr. 
1. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1910, xliv, 148-152.— Kuhn (F.). 
Die erweiterte Operation der malignen Oberkiefertumoren. 
Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 
934-936.— Lacronlque. Un cas d'ostSo-fibrome du ma- 
xillaire sup6rieur. Rev. de Stomatol., Par., 1923, xxv, 
473-475.— Laignel-Lavastlne & Cauzard. Fibroma diflus 
des espaces m^dullaires du maxillaire supferieur ayant combl§ 
I'autre d'Highmore. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 
1908, Ixxxiii, 41-43.— Lambert. Ostfeomes symfetriques 
au niveau des maxilliaries sup6rieurs. Arch. mM. beiges, 
Brux., 1924, Ixxvii, 27-30.— iLange. Ueber die Opera- 
tion grosser Zahnzysten des Oberldefers. Deutsche Monat- 
schr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1921, xxxix, 363-356.— Layton 
(T. B.). Case of swelling of the upper jaw. Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Clin. Sect., 61.— Le Dantec 
(A.). Tumeur mixte, du maxillaire sup§rieur d'origine 
dentaire. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1922, xv, 485-488.— 
Leffl (A.). Cisti paradentaria del mascellare superiore. 
Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1922, 3. s., x, 43-49, 2 pl.— Le Long 
(H.) & Sterckmans (C). Cylindrome du maxillaire 
superieur droit. Arch. mid. beiges, Brux., 1918, Ixxi, 2 
sem., 267-273, 1 pl.— Le MSe (J.). Un cas de myxome intra- 
sinnsal du maxillaire superieur. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. 
[etc.], Par., 1913, ii, 513-517.— Lett (H.). Tumour of the 
upper jaw. Clin. J., Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 37-39.— Mac- 
Mulan (H. W.). Development and correction of extensive 
cysts of the maxillae; anatomic and prosthetic factors. ' 3. 
Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixxix, 1743-1746.— Mathleu 
(P.). Rfeection subtotale du maxillaire supfirieur pour 
cylindrome. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1920, 
xlvi, 389-393.— Maurd (Q.). Kyste paradentaire du maxil- 
laire sup^eur en rapport avec une mortification pulpaire 



JAW 



49 



JAWORSKI 



Jaw (Upper, Tumors of) — continued. 

sans oarie. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1921, xxiii, 396-400. 

Voliunineux kyste dentigero pris pour une tumeur 

maligne inoperable du maxilllare superieur; operation; 
gudrison. Rev. odont.. Par., 1924, xlv, 337-343, 4 pi.— 
Mayrhofer. Ueber die genauere patbologische Anatomie 
des Gerberschen Wulstes und liber die Operation grosser 
Kieferzysten, welche das Antrum verdr&ngen. Wien. 
klin. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxii, 835-839.— Meyer (M.). Ueber 
die Operationstechnik grosser Oberkieferzysten und ihre 
pathologisoh-physiologischen Qrundlagen. Ztschr. 1. Sto- 
matol., Wien. & Berl., 1923, xxi, 69-95.— Mictaaux. Contri- 
bution & l'6tude d^ iibromes du massif maxillaire sup6rieur. 
BuU. et mSm. Som de clin. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 167- 
176. — Milian (G.). Tumeur & mygloplaxes du maxilliare 
supgrieur chez une jeune femme de 24 ans. Bull. Soo. 
tranz. de dermat. et sypb.. Par. 1920, x.xvii, 146.— Molli- 
son (W. M.). Case of localized hyperostosis of the right 
superior maxilla. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, 

vii, Laryngol. Sect., 207. Some oases of growth of 

the upper jaw and ethmoidal region. Guy's Hosp., Gaz., 
Lond., 1915, xxix, 427-430.— Moschcowitz (A. V.). Pig- 
mented odontoma of the upper jaw. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
1915, Ixi, 353-365.— MUUer (W.). Das zentrale Fibrom 
des Oberkiefers. Beitr. z. Zlin. Chu., Tiibing., 1920, cxix, 
651-663. — ^Musini (E.). Sopra un case di tumore del 
mascellare superiore e deUa regione orbitale. Bull. d. so. 
med. di Bologna, 1918, 9. s. vi, 157-164, 1 pi.— Proust & 
Mallet. Tumeur du ma.xillaire superieur gauche traits 
par un appareil moul6 & foyers radio-actifs multiples. BuU. 
et m6m. Soc. de ohir. de Par., 1923, xlix, 1156-1157.— Bappe 
(A.). A case of roentgenologically diagnosed osteoma of 
the superior maxilla. Acta radiol., Stockholm, 1924, iii, 
161-163. — Blchter (W.). Zur Operationstechnik grosser 
Zahncysten im Oberldefer. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. 
Laryngol., Wurzb., 1914, xxi, 427-439.— Kitehie (M. D.). 
An unusual case of osteoma of the suoerior maxilla. Laryn- 
goscope, St. Louis, 1913, xxiii, 112^114.— Rodier (H.) & 
Ledercq (A.). Cholestdatome inflammatoire du maxillaire 
gauche. Bull, de I'Assoc. franc, p. I'^tude du cancer. Par., 
1912, V, 236-239. — Sachse. Beitrag zur Operation grosser 
Oberkieferzysten. Deutsche Montaschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 
1920, xxxviil, 27-29. — Souchet. Kyste paradentaire volumi- 
neux de la m&choire sup6rieure tr,ait6 par la mfethode de 
Jacques. Normandie mM., Rouen, 1922, xxxiii, 169- 
171. — Tourneux (J. P.). Tumeur du maxillaire supSrieur. 
Toulouse m6d., 1913, 2. s., xv, 93-95.— Uyeno. Das Osteo- 
flbrom des Oberkiefers, eine typische Qeschwulst. Beitr. 
z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1909, Ixv, 301-313.— Vichot. A 
propos d'un parodontome radiculaire du maxillaire, supe- 
rieur au niveau derincisivelatdrale gauche. Rev. de stoma- 
tol.. Par., 1922, xxiv, 561-566.— Waldron (C. W.). Fol- 
licular odontomata of the superior maxilla, a considera- 
tion of the intranasal drainage following oral removal. 
Surg., Gynec. & Obst. Cliicago, 1916 xxxiii, 473-475.— 
Weichselbaumer (F.). Ueber einen Fall von Adaman- 
tinom des Oberkiefers. Wien. Idin. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxii, 
881.— Whale (G. H. L.). A case of perithelioma of the supe- 
rior maxilla and ethmoid. Lancet, Lond., 1915, i, 1013- 
1016.— Winter (L.). Osteosis or osteogenesis of the superior 
maxilla. Internat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1923, ix, 460. — 
WoUTheim (W.). Nasenzahn und £ieferzyste, sowie ein 
Fall von Eleferzyste mit voUstSndig ausgebildetem Molar 
zahn. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], 1922, xi, 4r-7. 

Jaw (Upper, Tumors of, Malignant). 
See, also, Jaw (Upper, Cancer of) . 
Metz (M.). *Ein klinischer Beitrag zur 
Casuistik der Carcinome und Sarkome des 
Oberkiefers. 8°. Jena, 1902. 

Arlotta (A.). An^osaicoma del mascellare superiore 
edel rinofaringe; resezione totale e protesi immediata del 
mascellare. 1st. clin. oto-rino-laringol. di Milano Contrib., 
1912, 118-126. — Barnhill (J.). Sarcoma del maxilar supe- 
rior. An. Fac. de med., Montevideo, 1922-23, viii, 651-553.— 
Bergeret & Benaud (M.). Fibro-sarcome ossiflant du 
maidJlaire superieur. Bull, et mgm. Soc. anat. de Par., 
1920, xc, 625-627. — Bonnet-Boy (F.). Indications th6ra- 
peutiques des tumeurs malignes du maxillaire superieur. 
Odontologie, Par., 1923, Ixi, 227-240. [Discussion], 264^268. — 
Buchanan (J. S.). Case of flbro-sarcoma of the upper jaw 
after excision of the jaw. Tr. Roy. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasg., 
1922, xvi, 177. — Chun (J. W. H.). A case of chondro- 
sarcoma of the upper jaw. Nat. M. J. China, Shanghai, 
1915, i, 9. — Coley (W. B.). Inoperable recurrent sarcoma 
of the upper jaw successfully treated with mixed toxins of 
erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 
1915, Ixii, 363. — Dabney (S. G.). Malignant disease of the 
superior maxillary bone; continued report. Kentucky M. 
1., Bowling Green, 1921, xix, 126-127.— Darts (E. D. D.). 
Malignant growths of the upper jaw and antrum; a survey 
of the notes of 39 cases. Lancet. Lond., 1920, ii, 1090-1092. 

Case of sarcoma of the cheek and maxilla, with 

diffuse secondary growths. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lend., 
1921-22, XV, Sect. Laryngol., 11. — Bsberg (C. A.). Re- 
section of superior maxiUa for sarcoma; condition 12 years 



Jaw (Upper, Tumors of. Malignant) — 
continued. 

after operation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, Ixii, 102. — 
Gomez (J.) & Itoiz. Un case de sarcoma del maxilar 
superior reproducido despuds de la reseccion y curado por 
la evolucidn de una erisipela. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1909, 
viii, 377-382. — Finsterer (H.). Ein Fall von Chloro- 
Sarkom des Oberkiefers. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 

1912, Ixxxi, 190-197. — Guyot. Fibro-sarcome du maxil- 
laire, resection totale de la mSchoire supSrieure. J. de 
m6d. de Bordeaux, 1913, xUii, 630. — Johnson (W. B.). 
Excision of the superior maxilla for sarcoma of the antrum. 
J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1911-12, viii, 289-292.— 
Krebs (G.). Zur Aetiologie der malignen Oberkietergesch- 
wulste. Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Leipz., 1923, 
xxi, 62. — Lange (S.). Sarcoma of the upper jaw sympto- 
matically cured by the X-ray. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 
1915, cxiv, 417. — Langworthy (H. G.). Interesting case 
of tumor; lympho-sarcoma of upper jaw in young girl. 
Dental Rev., Chicago, 1913, xxvii, 226-229. — Lannois & 
Moutet (Mme.). 'Nlpolasme (osteo-sarcome probable) 
du maxillaire superieur traite par le radium. Lyon med., 
1917, cxxvi, 660-662. — Lillenthal (H.). Sarcoma of the 
left superior maxilla: extirpation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 

1913, Ivii, 960-965. — Main guy. Sarcome ter6brant du 
maxillaire sup6rieur. Rev. de stomatal.. Par., 1909, xvi, 
491-499. — Morgan (J. A.). Giant-cell sarcoma of the 
superior maxilla. Larsmgoscope, St. Louis, 1925, xxxv, 
115-118. — Moschcowitz (A. V.). Melanosarcoma of the 
upper jaw. Ann. Surg., PhUa., 1916, Ixi, 491. — OppUiofer 
(E.). Mikroskopische Befunde von 20 kiefercysten. Ver- 
handl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngol., Wiirzb., 1911, 612-614. — 
Fichler. Rundzellensarkom des Oberkiefers; typische Re- 
sektion des rechten Oberkiefers. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
Wien., 1918, xxxi, 1387. — Portmann (G.) & Hochwellter. 
Osteo-sarcoma bilateral des maxillaires superieurs. Gaz. 
hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1922, xliii, 670-572. — Bazza- 
boni (G.). Sarcoma melanotico primitive del mascellare 
superiore. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1915, Ixix, 799-818. — 
Bocher (H. L.). Sarcome du maxillaire superieur gauche 
Chez un bebe de 21 mois. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xli, 
824. — Bodier (H.) & Lederq (A.). Osteosarcome a myeio- 
plaxes du ma.xillaire superieur (extirpation, guerison et 
examen histologiques). Rev. de stomatol.. Par., 1912, xix, 
344-353. [Discussion], 323.— Bousseau-Decelle & Ledercq 
(M.-A.) . Observation d'uh sarcome du maxillaire supirieur 
Ibid., 392-401. — Schottliinder (E.). Ein interessanter 
Fall von Oberkiefersarkom. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., 
Leipz., 1913, cxxi, 387-390. — Thiem (C.J. Zusammenhang 
eines obserkiefersarkoms mit einer mindestens 13 jahre 
zurilckliegenden Verletzung einer Gesichtshaitte. Monat- 
schr t. UnfallheUk., Leipz., 1910, xviii, 239-243. — Watson- 
Wlliiams (P.). Sarcoma of the right superior maxilla; 
removal of jaw and subsequent applications of radium for 
reciurrence. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, 
Laryngol. Sect., 49-51. — Woodman (E. M.). Demon- 
stration illustrating certain pathological and surgical points 
in the treatment of malignant disease in the upper jaw. 

Ibid., 1922-23, xvi. Sect. Laryngol., 87. , ■ Malignant 

disease of the upper jaw; with special reference to operative 
technique. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1923-24, xi, 153-172. 

Jaw (Upper, Wounds and injuries of). 

Bligh (W.). Two cases of traumatic separation of the 
upper mandible. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1383. — Callceti 
(pr) . Su una vasta ferita del mascellare superiore di sinistra 
con doppia mastoidite di Bezold. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, 
d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1917, xxxv, 112-117. — Catina 
(C). Fistole ossee post-traumatiche dei mascellari. Sto- 
matol., Milano, 1921, xix, 345; 418. — Kazanjian (V. H.). 
Some problems of prosthesis as a result of destruction of the 
superior maxUla. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1918, xxxix, 26-32. — 
Krumliein. Schussbruch des Oberkiefers mit einseitiger 
Hor- und Labyrinthstbrung. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., 
Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1919, xii, 208-211.— 
Morestin (H.). Les transplantations cartilagineuses 
appliquees & la reconstitution du maxillaire superieur. 
Bull, et mem. Soc. de ohir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xli, 2459- 
2464.— von P6sta (A.). Die Sohussverletzungen des Ober- 
kiefers. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Wien, 1916, 
xxxi, 452-466.— Bimbaud & Vernet. Syndrome condylo- 
dechire posterieur. Marseille med., 1918, Iv, 887.— Boy 
(J.-N.). Plaie en seton transversale de la face; destruction 
presque complete du maxillaire sup6rieur. Union med. 
du Canada, Montreal, 1919, xlviii, 365-374.— Shurly (B. R.). 
Gunshot wound through the superior maxilla into the pos- 
terior waU of the nasopharynx. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., 
Phila., 1926, xlvii, 257.— Wirth. Partie anterieure du maxil- 
laire superieur completement detruite par eclat d'obus. 
Odontologie, Fa., 1917, Iv, 223. 

Jawitsch (Salkind) [1887- ]. *Beitrag zur 
freien Knoohentransplantation. 44 pp., 1 pi. 
8°. Berlin, C. Siebert, 1914. 

Jawor ski (H61an) . *L'amaurose des tab^tiques. 
63 pp. S°. Paris, 1909. No. 73. 



19850°— Vol. VII, 3d series— 27- 



JAWORSKI 



50 



JAWS 



Jaworski (H61an)— continued. 

Un nouveau traitement du tabes (ataxie 

locomotrice) avec quelques considerations 
sur la repercussion centrale des irritations 
p6riph6riques. 215 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Ma- 
loine, 1910. 

L'interiorisation. 2 p. 1., [7]-254 pp 

8°. Paris, A. Maloine & fils, 1917. 

Le plan biologique. L'arbre biologique, 

sa signification. , 2 p. 1. [7]-384 pp. 8°. 
Paris, A. Maloine & fils, 1918. 

Le plan social. I. L'humanit6; sa crois- 

sance. 222 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine & 
fils, 1918. 

. The same. II. Les stapes de I'histoire. 

322 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine & fils, 
1918. 

Jaworski (Walery) [1849-1924]. 

OrlowskI (W.). N6orologie. Presse mfid., Par., 1925, 
xxxiii, 59. 

Jaws. 

See, also, Antrumj Craniology; Face; 
Jaw (Lower) 5 Jaw (Upper); Mastication; 
Teeth. 

Benninghoven (W.). Atlas der Anatomie 
des menschlichen Korpers, speziell der Kiefer 
und der Zahne. pt. 1. 4°. Berlin, 1912. 

CoMTB (E.). *Recherches sur la forme de 
I'arcade dentaire sup^rieure normale. [Ge- 
neve.] 8°. Zurich, 1924. 

Ivy (R. H.). Interpretation of dental 
maxiUary roentgenograms. 8°. St. Louis, 
1918. 

Osgood (H. A.). Teeth and jaws, rcent- 
genologically considered. 4°. New York, 
1926. 

Forms vol. 5 of Annals of Eoentgenol. (James T. Case). 

Alchd. tJeber Kieferwachstum. Anat. Anz., Jena, 
1918, li, 502-510.— Baker (C. R.). The deciduous molars 
and their relation to the development of the jaws. Internal. 
J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1917, iii, 253-262.— Baudouin 
(M.). Les maxillaires humains de I'Allte couverte de 
Vaudancourt (Oise); (FouUle d'un ossuaire de la pierre 
polie). Bev. maxillo-fac, Par., 1919, iii, 613-642. Also 
Eng. transl., Md., 643-670.— Bell (W. J.). Biology and the 
orthodontist. Pacific Dent, Gaz., San Fran., 1925, xxxiil, 
120-125.— Brash (J. O.). The growth of the Jaws and 
palate. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1924, xlv, 749; 829.— Brtl (E.) . 
Contribucion al estudio de la region maseterina; tfcnlca de 
su diseccion. Rec. de med. y cirug. de la Eabana, 1925, 
XXX, 675-682. — Cadenat (E.). Bourgeon incisif, tubercule 
incisif, os incisif, rfigion incisive. Odontologie, Par., 1924, 
Ixii, 872-877.— Cieszyiflski (A.). Die Kontur des Unterkie- 
fers, im besonderen des Unterkieferwinkels im Rontgeno- 
gramm; Revision der rontgenologischen Befunde Haupt- 
meyers bei einigen Stellungsanomalien binsiclitlich der 
anatomischen Veranderung des Unterkiefers. Wien. 
Vrtljsschr. f. Zahnh. Berl., 1919, xxxv, 211-251.- Clarke 
(T. W.). The influence of the general health on the confor- 
mation of the jaw. Am. Orthodont., Kansas City, 1910- 
1911, 8-13.— Cryer (M. H.). Some of the factors that modify 
the human jaws and other portions of the face. Dental 
Cosmos, Phila., 1906, xlviii, 1071-1084.— Ek!cles (H. A.). 
Simple methods of jaw radiography. Arch. Radiol. & 
Electrother., Lond., 1916-17, xxi, 313-319.— Eckermann 
(R.). Physiologische Bedeutung der Kieferbelastung und 
ihre Ermessung. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 

1911, xxix, 681-691.— Fabian (H.). Zur Frage der Kie- 
feroflnungsbewegung beim Menschen, zugleich ein ver- 
gleiohend-anatomischer Beitrag. Ergebn. d. ges. Zahnh., 
Munchen & Wiesb., 1922, vi, 392-425.— Hawley (C. A..). 
A study of maxillary movement. Items Interest, N. Y., 

1912, xxx, 426-451.— Hopewell-Smlth (A.). Some studies 
of the jaws in health and disease. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 

1913, Iv, 765-782. [Discussion], 824-831.— Keith (Sir A.). 
Concerning certain structural changes which are taking 
place in our jaws and teeth. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1924, 
xlv, 1243-1257. — Kfirbitz (A.). Determination gSomStrique 
des arcs d'expansion. Odontologie, Par., 1911, xlvi, 241- 
245. — Kranz (P.). Iimere Sekretion, Kieferbildung und 
Dentition. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, Ixxxii, 180- 
206. — Laloy & Capdepont. La mandibule de I'bomo 
heidelbergensis des sables de Mauer pr§s Heidelberg. Rev. 
de stbmatol., Par., 1910, xvii, 296-307.— Landsberger (R.). 
Histologische Untersuchungen fiber das alveolare Wachs- 
tum in seiner Beziehung zu der Entwicklung des Zahn- 
keims. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1923, xlt. 



Jaws — continued. 

417-429. Die kontinuierliohe Wachstumsbewegung 

des Alveolarfortsatzes. Ibid., 1924, xlii, 49-55, 1 pi.— Lane 
(J. A.). Some points in the mechanics of the jaws. Tr. 
Odont. Soc. Gr. Brit., Lond., 1902-3, n. s., xxxv, 67-88.— 
Loos (B.). Einiges uber den Zusammenhang von Artiku- 
lation und Kiefergelenk. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljsohr. f. 
Zahnh., Wien, 1912, xxviii, 6-34.— McCall (J. 0.). The 
relation of cusp inclination to alveolar integrity. Internal. 
J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1925, xi, 404-407.— MacMiUan 
(H. W.). A consideration of the structure of the alveolar 
process, with special reference to the principles underlying 
its surgery and regeneration. Dental Digest, N. Y., 1925, 
xxxi, 775.— Magee (J. A.). Some considerations concerning 
the development of jaws, with especial reference to conditions 
following nursing and those resulting from artificial feeding. 
Dominion Dent. J., Toronto, 1909, xxi, 115-121.— MaJ (C). 
La tecnica radiologica dei mascellari. Stomatol., Milano, 
1920-21, xviii, 257 -272, 3 pi.— Miyabara (T.) . An anthropo- 
logical study of the masticatory system in the Japanese. 
Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1916, Iviii, 739-749.— MUlIer (M.). 
Die Gewebespannung im Eieferknochen. Deutsche Mo- 
natschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1915, xxxiii, 401-418.— Neumann 
(R.) . Der Kiefeischlusswinkel und die Abkauung der Zahne 
bei EuropSern und Australiem. Berl. ,1922, xl, 577-597.— 
NoTitzky (J.). The blood supply of the maxillary bones. 

J. Calif. Dental Ass., San Fran., 1918, iii, 191-194. 

Notes on the minute osteology of the jaws. J. Dent. Re- 
search, Bait., 1922, iv,399-404.— Prentiss (H. J.). Regional 
anatomy, emphasizing mandibular movements with specific 
reference to full denture construction. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 
Huntington, Ind., 1923, x, 1085-1099.— Proell (F.). Die 
Rbntgonographie der Kiefer und Z£hne. Berl. klin. Wchn- 

schr., 1912, xlix, 23-26. Klinische und experi- 

mentelle Beobachtungen zur Stoffweehselfrage an Kiefer- 
organen. Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1925, iv, 1939.— Puccioni 
(N.). Ricerche sui rapporti di grandezza tra corpo e ramo 
ascendente nella mandibola. Arch, per I'antrop., Firenze, 
1911, xli, 83-162.— Kiegner. Beitrage zur Physiologic der 
Kieferbewegungen; die Kiefermuskeln und ihre Wirkungs- 
weise beim Aflen (Macacus rhesus). Arch. f. Anat. u. 
Bntwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1906, 109-116.— Bobin (P.). De- 
terminants Qualitatifs et quantltatifs des m^choires. Rev. 
de stomatol.. Par., 1909, xvi, 246-264.— Boos (W.). TJeber 
die Anatomie, Physiologic und Pathologic des Interdental- 
raumes. Schweiz. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Ziirich, 1918, xxviii, 
86-119, 3 pi.— Scharlau (G.). Ueber Nervenzonen am 
Kieferapparat. Ergebn. d. ges. Zahnh., Wiesb., 1914-16, 
iv, 229-246, 2 pi. — Scheff (J.). Sagittalschnitte zur topo- 
graphischen Anatomie des Ober- und Unterkiefers. Oester- 
ungar. Vrtljsohr., f. Zahnh., Wien, 1906, xxi, 1-12, 8 pi.— 
Snow (G. B.). Concerning rotation points and the ptery- 
goids. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1916, xxxvii, 769-773.— Stein 
(J. B.). A study of the maxillae with regard to their blood 
and lymph supply. Items Interest, N. Y., 1908, xxx, 649; 
729; 809; 889: 1909, xxxi, 1; 81; 161; 401.— Wallace (J. S.). 
Heredity in relation to the diminution in size of the civilized 
jaw. Verhandl. d. Eurqp. Qesellsch. f. Orthodont., Wi«n., 
1910, 166-187.— WaUisch (W.). Das Kiefergelenk des 
diluvialen Menschen. Arch. f. Anat. u. Bntwcklngs- 
gesch., Leipz., 1913, 179-190.— Weigele (B.). Zur Kiefer- 
dynamik. Ztschr. f. Stomatol., Wien & Berl., 1923, xxi, 
724-740.— WeskI (O.) & Contreras (R.). Befunde und 
Vorgange im Interradikulilrraume mehr-wurzliger Zahne. 
Vrtljsschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1924, xl, 229-246.— Wetzel (Q.) 
& Schr<ider(B.). DerSicherheitsgradimBaudesGesichts- 
gerilstes gegeniiber dem Kaudruck; Experimente und 
Berechnungen. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmeciin. d. Organ., 
Berl., 1926, cv, 120-148.— Winkler (R.). Der funktionelle 
Bau des menschlichen Kieferapparates; die Gesetze der 
Statik und ihre Anwendung auf den Kieferapparat. Deut- 
sche Zahnh., Leipz., 1922, Heft 55, 84^165. Zur 

Kieferstatik; eine Entgegnung auf Weigeles Abhandlung 
zur Kieferdynamik. Ztschr. f. Stomatol., Wien & Berl., 
1924, xxii, 669-575.— Wright (G. H.). A study of the 
maxillary sutures. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1911, liii, 633- 
642. [Discussion], 692-694.— Wustenhagen (Hedwig). 
Die physiologische Resorption des Alveolarfortsatzes bei 
Jugendlichen. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl.. 
1923, xli. 693-608. 

Jaws (Abnormities and deformities of). 

See, also, Jaw (Lower, Abnormities, etc., 
of); Jaws (Constriction of). 

Eltneb (E.). Mechanik des Unterkiefers ~ 
und der zahnarztlichen Prothese. 4°. Leip- 
zig, 1911. 

BoIk(L.). The problem of orthognathism. K. Akad. v. 
Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, so., 1923, xxv, 371-381.— 
Brash (J. C). The genesis and growth of deformed jaws 
and palates. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1924, xlv, 909; 989.— 
Cieszynski (A.) . Bichtlinien zur richtigen Erkenntnis der 
Kieferanomalien; der Orthognathostat; ein neues Radio- 
goniometer und Stativ-Mandibulometer. Vrtljschr. f 
Zahnh., Berl., 1923, xxxix, 191-213.— Cohn (M.). Die 
Lutschgewohnheiten der Kinder und die Kieferdeformlta- 
ten. Med. Klin., Berl., 1923, xix, 536-538.— Cole (P. P.) & 
Bubb (C. H.). Deformities of the jaws resulting from oper- 



JAWS 51 



Jaws (Abnormities and deformities of) — 
continued. 

ation or injury. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 268-271.— 
Da Costa Ferrdra (A. A.). Sull' eurignatismo. Blv. di 
antrop., Koma, 1919, xxiii, 237-239.— Federsplel (M. N.). 
A consideration of certain types o( dento-faoial deformity. 
Items Interest, N. Y., 1912, xxx, 264-287.— Gladstone (E. J.) 
& Wakeley (C. P. G.). Defective development oftlie man- 
dibular arch; the etiology of arrested development and an 
inquiry into the question of the inheritance of congenital 
defects. J. Anat., Lond., 1922-23, Ivii, 149-167.— Guyer 
(M. ¥.). Abnormalities of teeth and jaws from the stand- 
point of inheritance. Internat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 

1924, X, 323-332.— Hauenstein (E.). Beitrag zur chirurgi- 
schen Behandlung der Missbildungenim Zahnkiefersystem. 
Ergebn. d. ges. Zahnh., Miinchen, 1923, vii, Hft.2-4, 6-28.— 
Herbst (£.). Die Bedeutung des Zwischenkiefers fiir die 
Missbildungen und Anomalien des menschlichen Qebisses. 
Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1923, xli, 481-609. 

Die Bedeutung des Eampfes ums Dasein fiir die 

Beurteilung der Aetiologie der Eieferanomalien. Ibid. ,1924, 

xlii, 251-264. Neueinteilung der Missbildungen der 

£jeferundZShne. Itnd., 1925, xliii, 857-866.— Kantorowicz. 
XTeber den Mechanismus der Kieterdeformierung bei be- 
hinderter Atmung. Ibid., Leipz., 1916, xxiiv, 225-260.— 
Lebrnn (E.). Les anomalies dento-maxillaires. Bev. 
odont., Par., 1924, xlv, 398-403.— L6pez (J. V.). De la 
correccion de las anomallas dentarias y vicios de conforma- 
cion de los maxilaies, en los ninos, como medio de cultivo 
de la linea y de la forma en el perfeccionamiento de nuestra 
raza. Gac. med. de Caracas, 1922, xxix, 180-186. — Nash 
(J. T. C). Prevalence and causation of jaw deformities. 
Med. Officer, Lond., 1923, xxx, 221.— Northcroft (G.). The 
teeth in relationship to the normal and abnormal growth of 
the jaws. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1924, xlv, 1060-1085.— 
Petzel ( W.). Die endokrinen Dnisen in ihrer Beziehung zu 
Zalm- und Eieferanomalien. Deutsche med. Wcbnschr., 
Leipz. & Berl., 1922, xlviii, 231.— Pfaff (W.). Die Abnor- 
mitsten der Eiefer und der ZSbne und ihre Behandlung. 
Ergebn. d. ges. Zahnh., Wiesb., 1911-12, ii, 140; 219.— 
Beichert (F.). Arterio-Sklerose, Lungen-, Herz-, Aorten- 
Erweiterung als Folge mangelhafter Entwicldung der 
Eieferknochen; die Bedeutung der Eiefer fiir den Atmungs- 
mechanismus. Aerztl. Rundschau, Muncben, 1916, xxvi, 
17-24.— Bobin (P.). Th^rapeutique des anomalies des 
maxUlaires, consid6r6es dans leurs rapports avec les anoma- 
lies fonctionnelles de I'enfance. Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par., 
1917, 3. s., Ix2viii, 653-656. — ■ — Les consultations eu- 
morphiques & I'hopital des enfants-malades. Eopital, Par., 

1925, xiii, 369-372.— Eoblnsohn (I.). Versuch einer ein- 
heitlichen morphobiologischen Erkl&rung des normalen und 
pathologischen Wachstums der Z&hne und des Eiefers. 
Ztschr. f. Stomatol, Wien & Berl., 1924, xxii, 285-316.— 
Schumann (E. A.). Tbe development and anomalies of 
the maxillae from the biological standpoint. Dental Cosmos, 
PhUa., 1916, Iviii, 1213-1219.— Shaw (D. M.). Perverted 
functional activity in the production of jaw deformities. 
Internat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1919, v, 724r-731.— 
Stallard (H.) . Prevention of some of the common jaw de- 
formities. Pacific Coast J. Nurs., San Fran., 1926, xxi, 
263-265.— Treymann (O.). Deformities of the jaws fol- 
lowing treatment for spondylitis. Dental Cosmos, Pbila., 
1913, Iv, 1216-1218.— Walkhoff (0.). Die Bedeutung der 
Stammesgeschicbte des Menschen fiir die Aetiologie der 
Kiefer- und Zahnanomalien. Deutsche Zabnh., Leipz., 
1925, Heft 66, 63-69.— Weber (E.). Ueber anatomlsche 
Qrundlagen der Eieferstellungsanomalien. Deutsche Mo- 
natschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1922, xl, 481-493.— Wustrow (P.). 
Zur Eiitik der Urachen der Eieferanomalien; Eine neue 
Theorie zur Aetiologie der Eieferverunstaltung des hohen 
Gaumens. Ibid., Leipz., 1917, xxxv, 70-96.— Zielinsky 
(W.). Beitrag zur Patbogenese der Eieferdeformit&ten. 
Ibid., 1911, xxix, 372-401. 

Jaws (Actinomycosis of). 

Maimounkopp (A.). *Contribution S, 1'- 
6tude de I'actinoinycose du maxillaire inf6- 
rieur k type des bovid^s. 8'. Nancy, 1915. 

Rapp (G.). *Trismus ou constriction acti- 
nomycosique des mdchoires. 8°. Lyon, 1904. 

Cadwallaaer (J. M.). Report of a case of actinomycosis 
of the jaw. Texas State T. M., Fort Worth, 1921-22, xvii, 
260.— ChaussS (P.). Actinomycose de I'os mtermaxillaire 
i^alisant Tocolusion complete d'une narine. Eec. de m6d. 
v6t., Par., 1911, Ixxxviii, 378-380.— Cope (V. Z.). Actino- 
mycosis considered specially in its relationship to the jaws. 
Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1920, xli, 649-659, 1 pi.— Jorge( J. M.). 
Actinomicosis del maxilar inferior; oirugia ortop6dica. 
SemanamfidyBuenos Aires, 1921, xxviii,185-192.—Kantoro- 
wlcz (A.). Bin Fall von Eieferaktinomykose odontogenen 
TJrsprungs. Mflnchen. med. Wchnsohr., 1913, Ix, 1938- 
1940. — I/Hirondel (C.). Quatre observations d'actinomy- 
cose gingivojugale; quelques considerations sur I'actinomy- 
cose dentaire. Rev. de stomatol.. Par., 1926, xxvii, 440- 
456. — Bocher & Petges. Actinomycose temporo-faciale. 
Oaz. hebd. d. sc. m^d. de Bordeatiz, 1921, zlii, 683-685. 



JAWS 

Jaws (Cancer of). 

See, also, Jaw (Lower), Jaw (Upper), 
Cancer of. , 

ScHRiMPr (R.). *Ueber Ober- und Unter- 
kiefer-Carcinome die in der chirurgischen Uni- 
versitatsklinik zu Leipzig wahrend der Jahre 
1911 bis 1920 behandelt wurden. (Auszug). 
8°. [Leipzig, 1922.] 

Bonney (C. W.). Carcinoma of the jaws. Phila. Gen. 
Hosp. Rep., 1916, X, 236-241.— D'AUse (E.). Su alcunt casi 
di tumon in rapporto all' apparato dentario (studio clinico 
ed istologico). Stomatol., MUano, 1925, xxiii, 413-420.— 
Darter, Lemaltre & Monter. MSdes de dSbut des cancers 
de la bouche et des mSchiores. Eev. de stomatol., Par., 1924, 
xxvi, 535-546.— Delater & Bercher. Comment les tumeurs 
des machoires se dfiveloppent aux dfipens d'une dysembryo- 
plaise 6pitheliale; contribution & I'fitude de I'histogenese 
du cancer. Bull, de 1' Assoc, franp. p. I'^tude du cancer. 

Par., 1923, xii, 252-287. De I'unite pathog6nique 

des tumeurs des machoires; leur place dans la classification 
du cancer. Presse m6d.. Par., 1923, xxxi, 539.— Gilmour 
(W. H.). Four root tumours presenting unusual features. 
Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1925, xlvi, 917-922.— Leraaitre (F.). 
Conduite & tenir en presence des cancers des mSchoires au 
debut. Rev. de stomatol.. Par., 1925, xxvii, 386-396.— New 
(G. B.). The use of heat and radium in the treatment of 
cancer of the jaws and cheeks. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
1918, Ixxi, 1369-1371.— Ochsner (A. J.). The treatment of 
cancer of the jaws; observations continued since 1918, cover- 
ing 26 additional cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1922, Ixxvi, 
328-332. 

Jaws (Constriction of). 

Besson. Traitement des constrictions des machoires 
consecutives & des blessures de guerre. Cong. dent, inter- 
alliSs, Par., 1916, i, 696-706.— Briton. Traitement physio- 
thSrapique de la constriction permanente des machoires. 
Presse mfid.. Par., 1921, xxix (annexe), 53.— Btuhn (C). 
Die Anwendung der Hakenextenslon in der Eieferohirurgie. 
Ztschr. f. stomatol., Wien & Berl., 1925, xxiii, 214-223.— 
Dardssac (M.). Appareil dilatateur mobilisateur buccal 
a action permanente et physiologique; son utilisation dans le 
traitement prfiventif ou post-chirurgical des constrictions 
secondaires aux blessures de la face et des anykloses temporo- 
maxillaires. Rev. de Stomatol., Par., 1921, xxiii, 271-279.— 
De Gaetano (L.). Resezione ed atroplastica in un caso di 
serramento della mandibola per antica anchilosi ossea 
temporaro-mascellare. Arch Ital di chir., Bologana, 1925, 
xii, 673-712.— Duchange (E.). Le rfiflexe oculo-cardique 
Chez les contractures des machoires. Eestauration maxillo- 
fac.. Par., 1917, i, 387.— Frey (L.). De la constriction des 
machoires chez les blesses des maxillaires et de la face. 
Cong. dent, interaiues, Par., 1916, i, 643-652.— Herpin (A.). 
Ecarteur simple pour le traitement de la contracture des 
machoires. Presse med.. Par., 1916, xxiv, 207. — Huguet 
(C). Ecartem: a action continue pour contracture des 
machoires. Eestauration maxillo-fac.. Par., 1917, i, 226- 
228.— Imbert (L.). La constriction des mBohoires (forme 
myotonique). Cong. dent, interallies. Par., 1916, i, 715- 
721.— Imbert (L.) & Cottalorda (J.). La constriction des 
machoires; pathogenic et traitement. Acta Chir. Scandin,, 
Stockholm, 1921-22, liv, 515-529.— Imbert (L.) & E6al (P.). 
Ouvre-bouohe automatique pour le traitement de laconstric- 
tion des machoires. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
1915, n. s., xli, 2121-2124. Traitement de la con- 
striction des machoires. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1916, 

3. s., Ixxv, 720. La constriction des machoires par 

blessures de guerre et ses rapports avec les etats hypermyo- 
toniques. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1916, xxiii, 942.— Koulndjy 
(P.) La therapeutique de la constriction des machoires. 

Cong. dent, inerallies, Par., 1916, i, 653-682. La 

constriction des machoires et son traitement par la mobilisa- 
tion methodique. Paris m6d., 1916, xvili, 415-419.— Kuhn 
(MO. Ueber Eieferdehnungsapparate. Schweiz. Vrtljschr. 
f. Zahnh., Zilrich, 1914, xxiv, 206-216.— liavrand (H.). 
Contracture de la machoire consecutive a des injections 
d'alcool gufirie par la thiosinamine. J. d. sc. mfid. de LUle, 
1911, ii, 169-174.— Morestin (H.). Constriction des ma- 
choires par retraction musculaire, operSe par le precede de 
Le Dentu. Bull et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, n. s., 

xxxvi, 769-762. Constriction des mBohoires d'ori- 

gine cicatricielle, consecutive a un noma. Ibid., 1914, n. s., 

2, 947-957. La constriction des machoires d'orlgine 

myopathique et I'operation de Le Dentu. Ibid., 1916, n. s., 

xli, 314-319. Constriction cicatricielle des machoires 

datant de I'enfance et consecutive a un noma. Itid., 1918, 
div, 1466-1471.— PlckerlU (H. P.). On the production of 
narrow jaws by the mastication of tough and fibrous foods. 
Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1915, Iviii, 10-14.— Pltsch (G.). 
Constriction des machoires. Progrte med., Par., 1916, xxxi, 
3-5. — Pont (A.). Traitement de la constriction myojpathi- 
que des machoires. Lyon ohirurg., 1914-15, xii, 776-783. 
Also Lyon med., 1916, cxxiv, 364-366.— PuUen (H. A.). 
Expansion of the dental arch and opening the maxillary 
suture in relation to the development of the internal and 
external face. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1912, liv, 609-628. 



JAWS 

Jaws (Constriction of) ^continued. 

[Discussion], 68M91.-Bobin (P.). Dynanometre buccal 
pour 1 appreciation des impotences tonctionnelles et le 
oepistage des simulateurs. Bull. Acad, de mfed., Par 
1918, 3. s., Uxx, 33-35.— Eochard (J.). Appareils pour 
obtenir 1 ouverture de la bouche dan la constriction des 
machoires. Buil. et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, xlii, 
179-186.— Bother (H.-L.) & Petges (Q.). Constriction 
permanente des machoires consSoutive a une actinomycose 
tempore faoiale, rfeection angulo-maxillaire cun«forme. 
O^- bebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1922, xliii, 461.— Bouget 
( J.) & Chenet (H.). La constriction des mScboires et son 
El'*?™™* mSoanotbgrapique. Paris m6d., 1916, xviii, 
373-375.— Boy (M.). Un signe diagnostique des constric- 
tions des machoires d'origine r(Sflexe. Bestauration maxillo- 
lao.,Par.,1919,iii,105-109. ^;soEng.transl.,/6i(2., 110-113.— 
vest (CO.). DerverengteOberliiefer. Schweiz. Vrtljschr. 
:. Zahnh., Basel & Geneve, 1917, xxvii, 193-202. 

Jaws (Diseases of). 

See, also, Abscess (Alveolar); Fistula 
(Dental); Jaw (Lower), Jaw (Upper), Dis- 
eases of; Teeth (Diseases of). 

Ombrbdannb (L.). Maladies des ma- 
choires. 8°. Paris, 1909. 

Nouveau Traits de chir.. Par., 1909, xvi. 

Perthes (G.). Die Verletzungen und 
Krankheiten der Kiefer. 8°. Stuttgart, 1907. 

Schmidt (B. P.). *Osteomyelitis der Kie- 
fer. [Leipzig.] 8°. [Zeulenroda i. Thiir.1, 
1925. 

ScHiTLZE (W.). *Ueber das Auftreten 
toxischer Kiefernekrosen infolge antilue- 
tischer Behandlung. 8°. Jena, 1918. 

Also in Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med., u. Chir., Jena, 
1918, 5£xx, 366-385. 

Babcock (W. W.). Acute osteomyelitis of the jaw. 
J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 427-432.— Baiters (W.). 
Die Kieferosteomyelitis der Kinder und Sauglinge und ihre 
Folgen. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1926, xliii, 
197; 229.— Barbarin (T.). Trois cas d'ostSite du maxillaire 
inttrieur chez le jeune enfant. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 
727-729.— Baudouin (M.). La polyarthrite alvMaire 
depuis le quaternaire jusqu'a I'Spoque romaine. Gaz. m§d. 
de Par., 1913, Ixxxiv, 397-400.— Beck (R.). A new arid suc- 
cessful treatment for chronic alveolar abscesses and sinuses 
of the jaws. Dental Rev., Chicago, 1910, xxiv, 122-126.— 
Berwick (C. C). The bacteriology of peridental tissues 
radiographically suggesting infection. J. Infect. Dis., 
Chicago, 1921, xxix, 537-543.— Blair (V. P.) & Brown 
( J. B .) . Personal observations on the course and treatment 
of simple osteomyelitis of the jaws. Surg. Clin. N. Am., 
Phila., 1925, v, 1413-1436.— Bonnet-Boy (F.).. Sinusite 
maxillaire et osteite du maxillaire sup6rieur. Bull. in€d., 
Par., 1924, xxxvili, 606-608.— Bourgeois (A.). Ost^o- 
myfilite aigug du maxillaire superieur gauche chez un 
nouveau-n§ aveo complications de voisinage. Ann. m6d.. 
chir. du centre. Tours, 1913, xiii, 385-388.— Brasch (H.). 
Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Kieferosteomyelitis. 
Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1923, xli, 641-649.— 
Broca (A.). Ost6omyfiUte aiguB de la machoire supSrieure 
chez le nouveau-n6. Presse mid.. Par., 1914, xxii, 577-679.— 
Brenner (H.). Zur Kieferosteomyelitis des Sauglings. 
Beitr. z. kiln. Chir., Berl. & Wien, 1925, exxxiii, 163-183.— 
Cahn (L. R.). Acute pyogenic infections of the jaws not 
associated with pulpless teeth. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 
1923, Ixv, 227-233.— Cameron (J. R.). Osteomyelitis of 
the mandible. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1925, Ixxxv, 
1802-1804. — CarisI (G.). Contributo clinico ed fetologico 
alia conoscenza del processi infiammatori sotto-mascellari. 
Arch. ital. di chir., Bologna, 1926, xi, 360-372.— Chenet (H.). 
Interprfitation des radiographies dans le cas de Ifaions des 
maxillaires. Odontologie, Par., 1923, Ixi, 624-631.— Colyer 
(S). Chronic deep infection of the jaws. Lancet. Lond., 

1922, i, 175.— Colyer (S.) & Curnock (R.). Chronic infec- 
tion of the jaws, and general diseases; a series of cases. 
Brit. Dent. J., Lend., 1924, xlv, 167-177.— D'Agata (G.). 
Osteo-periostite necrotica del mascellare superiore di 
natura sporotricotica. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., 
Roma, 1913, xxv, 555-561. — Delbet. Ost6o-p6riostite du 
maxillaire ini6rieur. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de thdrap.. Par., 

1923, xxxvil, 132-135.— Delguel, Balard & Despin. Osteo- 
phlegmon et grossesse. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bor- 
deaux, 1924, xlv, 41-44.— Dependorf (T.). InfeMiose 
Osteomyelitis des Oberkiefers. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. 

f. Zahnh., Wien, 1910, xxvi, 195-208. OsteomyeUtis 

and Nekrose des Unterkiefers. Deutsche Monatschr. f. 
Zahnh., Lelpz., 1911, xxix, 747-764.— Dieulare (L.). I^ 
grands traits de la patbologie des machoires. Toulouse 
mfid., 1911, 2. s., xil, 1-15.— DieulaR (L.) & Herpln (A.). 
De la patbologie gta^rale des machoires. J. de m6d. de 
Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 583-586.— Duboucher (A.). Ost6o- 
mydite du maxillaire infSrieur d'origine dentaire et abces 
du cerveau. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1920, 



52 



JAWS 



Jaws (Diseases of) ^continued. 

xlvi, 627-629.— Duchange (R.). L'arthrite rbumatismale 
temporo-maxUlaire. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1923, liii, 
1060-1063.— Dufourmentel. Ost6omy61ite du maxillaire 
sup6rieur. Rev. odont.. Par., 1925, xlvi, 262-265.— Dyas 
(P.O.). Diseasesofthefaceandjaws. /n Abt's Pediatrics, 
Phila., 1924, v, 1-39.— Ersner (W.). Case of actinomycosis. 
Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1925, Ixvii, 756-759.— Federspiel 
(M. N.). A clinical review of certain pathological phases 
concerning the maxillary bones. Ihid., 1912, liv, 1301-1312. 

Report of a case of ostitis of the mandible with an 

external fistula caused by a suppurative, proUferate perice- 
mentitis of a lower right third molar. Internat. J. Ortho- 
dontia, St. Louis, 1920, vi, 664. Some diseases of the 

mouth, jaws, and face surgically treated. Journal-Lancet, 
Minneap., 1923, xliii, 267; 297.— Fenton (R. A.). Osteo- 
myelitis of the mandible; etiology, treatment and results. 
J. Iowa state M. Soc, Des Moines, 1925, xv, 660-562.— 
Fransais (R.) . OstSomyfelite aiguB du maxillaire sup6rieur 
Chez le nourrisson. Arch, de mSd. d. enf.. Par., 1912, xv, 
38-46.— Goadby (Sir K.). Diagnosis of latent infection 
about the jaws. J. Nat. Dent. Ass., Huntington, Ind., 
1922, xix, 373-382.— Gottlieb (B.). Alveolaratropbie und 
Alveolarpyorrboe mit besonderer Berilcksichtigung der 
Biologic des Zementes. Ergebn. d. ges. Zahnh., Miinchen 

& Wiesb., 1922, vi, Ergnzngs.-Hft., 43-69. Die 

diffuse Atrophie des Alveolarknochens, weitere BeitrSge 
zur Kenntnis des Alveolarschwuudes und dessen Wieder- 
gutmachung durch Zementwachstum. Ztschr. f. Stomatol., 
Wien & Berl., 1923, xxi, 195-262.— Grand! (G.). A case of 
periostitis of the mandible, with fatal termination. Brit. 
Dent. J., Lond., 1921, xlii, 166.— Green (J.). Inflammatory 
sweUing simulating dacryocystitis. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 
1926, liv, 68-73.— Greiner (Erna). Hochgradige senile 
Atrophie des Kieferskeletts einer 69jahrigen Fran. Ztschr. 
f. Stomatol., Wien & Berl., 1923, xxi, 647-551.— Guthrie 
(D.). Chronic hyperplasia of the upper jaw; its relation- 
ship to other osseous tumours and to otosclerosis. J. 
Laryngol., Lond., 1923, xxxviii, 575-579, 1 pi.— Gutmann 
(A.). Die Beteiligung der Orbita und des Auges an Ober- 
kiefererkrankungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 
141. — Haden (R. L.). Recurrent iritis from residual infec- 
tion in the jaw. Med. CUn. N. Am., Phila., 1923-24, viii, 
1111-1113. — Hamann (C. A.). Some diseases of the jaws 
with illustrative cases. Cleveland M. J., 1909, viii, 18-21.— 
Hauberrisser (E.). Ueber dentale Kiefer-Osteomyelitis; 
(dentaler Markabszess). Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. Zahnchir., 
Miinchen & Wiesb., 1922, v, 67-75.— van den Helm (I. J.). 
[Osteomyelitis of the upper jaw]. Nederl. Tijdscbr. v. 
Geneesk., Amst., 1921, Ixy, pt. 2, 629.— Hcrtzler (A. E.). 
Diseases of the jaw; case histories. Internat. J. Ortho- 
dontia, St. Louis, 1920, vi, 236-261.— Hof rath (H.). Kinn- 
furunkel und Unterkieferosteomyelitis. Deutsche Monat- 
schr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1926, xliii, 376-384.— Hopewell-Smith 
(A.). A case of infective disease of the jaws associated with 
the absorption of the teeth. Proo. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 

1909-10, iii, Odont. Sect., 9-19. ■ ■ On healthy and 

diseased conditions of the alveolar processes of the jaws. 
Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1918, ix, 426-^32.— Hughes (E. C). 
Some affections of the jaws. Guy's hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1921, 
XXXV, 204-206.— HuUsiek (H. E.). A case of acute osteo- 
myelitis of the mandible. Minnesota Med., St. Paul, 1924, 
vii, 446-460. — Ivy (R. H.). Imperfections in the diagnosis 
and treatment of pathological conditions of the teeth and 
jaws. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 161-165. 

Inflammatory lesions of the jaw bones. Dental 

Brief, Phila., 1913, xviii, 74^81.— Jacques. L'ostSa p6ri- 
ostite odontopathique subaigug du maxUlaire supSrieur. 
Rev. de stomatol.. Par., 1922, xxiv, 36-42.- Jorge (J- M.). 
Osteomielitis aguda del maxilar y la sinusitis del mamon. 
Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1925, xxxii, 1293. — Landwehr- 
mann. Osteomyelitis des Oberkiefers beim Neugeborenen. 
Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1909, Iviii, 46-18.— Laurian- 
Segall. Un cas d'ost§omyHite du maxillaire sup§rieur, 
avec necrose de sa parol nasale et sequestration totale du 
comet inf§rieur. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 
1924, XXX, 843.— Leibold (H. H.). Acute pyogenic osteo- 
myelitis of the mandible. Surg. J., Chicago, 1923-24, xxx, 

121-124. Acute osteomyelitis of the mandible. 

Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1926, xlv, 113-119.— Leii (R.). 
Einiges fiber kilnstliche Ernahrung bei schweren Kiefer- 
erkrankungen. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. Zahnchir., Miinchen 
& Wiesb., 1922, V, 242-245.— Lessing. Ueber Osteomyelitis 
des Oberkiefers und ihre Beziehung zum Kieferhohlen- 
Empyem. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1913, Ixviii, 
63-68.— Lindemann (A.). Die chirurgische Behandlung 
der Erkrankungen des Kiefergelenkes. Ztschr. t. Stomatol., 
Wien. & Berl., 1925, xxiii, 395-406.— Macasklll (D. C). 
Flagellate infection in caries of the jaw. J. Trop. M. [etc ], 
Lond., 1916, xix, 146.— McGee (R. P.). Osteomyelitis of the 
jaws. J. Am. Dent. Ass., Huntington, Ind., 1923, x, 288- 
295.— Martin (C). A propos des abces d'origine dentaire. 
Arch. m6d. d'Angers, 1921, xxv, 190-194.— Marx (E.). Eye 
symptoms due to osteomyelitis of the superior maxilla in 
infants. Brit. J. Ophth., Lond., 1922, vi, 25-36.— Molt 
(F. F.). The value of the Roentgenogram in edentulous 
mouths. J. Am. Dent. Ass., Huntington, Ind., 1925, xii, 
788-793.— Monnfcsr (M.). Ostfeite de la branche montante 
droitedu maxillaire; resection totale; gu^rison. Fans chir.. 



JAWS 



53 



Jaws (Diseases of) — continued. 

1914, Ti, 182-186.— New (G. B.). The roentgenologic diag- 
nosis o{ pathologic conditions oJ the Jaw. Kadiology, St. 
Paul, 1924, iii, 166-167.— Pfahler (Q. E.). Die isolierte 
Aufnahme einer Oberkieferhslfte und die isolierte Auf nahme 
des Processus styloideus. Fortschr. a. d. Qeb. d. Eontgeu- 
strahlen, Hamb., 1911, xvii, 369-371, 1 pi.— Bichardson 
(C. W.) . Report of syphilitic necrosis of the Intermaxillary 
portion of the superior maxilla. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, 
clxxix, 595.- Biha (F. Q.). Zur Eontgehkasuistilc von 
Kiefereiterungen. Ztschr. f. Stomatol., Wien & Berl., 1922, 
IX, 266-273.— von Bottenbiller (E.). Klinische Beitrage 
zur Pathologic und Therapie der chronischen (infektiosen) 
Kiefergelenksentziindung. Oesterr.-ungar. vrtlischr. f. 
Zahnh., Wien, 1917, xxxiii, 36-55.— Busca (C. L.). Sopra 
unaparticolare forma di fungo raggiato, rinvenuta nel pus 
di una flogosi cronica del masceUare superiore. PolicHn., 
Eoma, 1914, xxi, sez. chir., 448-455, 1 pi. — Samenhof (L.). 
Ein Fall von akuter idiopathischer Enochenentziindung 
des Oberkiefers (Osteomyelitis Idiopathloa maxillae). 
Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Hhinol. Berl., 1909, xxii, 349-362.— 
SiSre. Etude des ISsions maxiUo-dentaires ohez les pr6- 
historiques. Eev. odont.. Par., 1924, xlv, 198; 289.— Silver- 
man (S. L.). Osteoperiosteitis of the mandible. Dental 
Cosmos, Phila., 1922, Ixiv, 326-328.— Smith (A, H.). A 
case of infective disease of the jaws associated with the 
absorption of the teeth. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1910, 
liii, 97-108.— Smith y Leal (E.) & Bodriguez PSrez (J. F.). 
Osteomielitis cronica del maxilar inferior. Eev. m6d. 
cubana, Habana, 1925, xxxvi, 1025-1028.— Souchet & 
Surrel. XJn cas d'ost6ite diSuse hypertrophante du bord 
alv6olaire des maxillaires supgrieurs. Arcm. internat. de 
laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1924, xxx, 32-38.— Spalding (C. B.). 
Surgical infections of the jaw. Kentucky M. J., Bowling 
Green, 1916, xiv, 425-429.— Talbot (E. S.). Histo-pathology 
of the jaws and apical dental tissues. Dental Cosmos, 
Phila., 1919, Ixi, 929; 1213.— Trauner (F.). Osteomyelitis 
idiopathica maxillae. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., 
Wien, 1909, xxv, 27-39.— Uffenorde (W.). Ein Fall von 
Osteomyelitis des Oberkiefers bei einera dreijShrigen Kinde. 
Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1911, xlv, 1318- 
1321.— Wallace (E. S.). Eadiographic alveolar bone 
pathology. Austral. J. Dent., Melbourne, 1926, xxix, 
289-293.— Watson (H.). Chronic infective osteitis of 
maxihse in a male, aged 40. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1921, 
Ixiv, 110-113.— Weise (F.). Zur Kasuistik der Osteoraye- 
htis des Oberkiefers. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 
1913, Ixix, 267-269.— Wmiger. Akut-entzundliche Erkran- 
kungen der Eiefer ohne erkennbare Eintrittspforte. Cor.- 
Bl. f. ZahnSrzte, Berl., 1910, xxxix, 193-203, 1 pi.— Wiist- 
mann (G.). Ein Fall von OsteomyeUtis des Oberkiefers. 
Ztschr. t. Olirenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1910, bd, 221-224. 

Jaws (Embryology and morphology of). 
AiCHEL (O.). Kausale Studie zum onto- 
genetischen und phylogenetischien Geschehen 
am Kiefer. 4°. Berlin, 1918. 

Abhandl. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensclfc, Berl., 1918, 
No. 3. 

Barth (M.). *Ueber die funlctionelle 
Strulstur des Oberliieferapparates bei Neu- 
weltaflen. [Zurich.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1918. 

Felber (P.). *Anlage und Entwicklung 
des IVIaxillare und Praemaxiliare beim JVIen- 
schen. [Ziiricli.] 8°. Leizig, 1917. 

Also in Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1919, 1, 461-499. 

Gorjanovio-Krambbrgee (K.). Der Un- 
terlciefer der Eslcimos (Gronlander) als Trager 
primitiver IVIerlanale. 8°. Berlin, 1910. 

Herpin (A.). *EvoIution de I'os maxil- 
laire inf^rieur. 8*. Paris, 1907. 

WiTZEii (K.). Entwicklung der Kiefer 
und der Zahne beim Menschen, mit Text in 
deutscher, franzosischer und englischer Spra- 
che. obi. 8°. Berlin-Dresden, 1907. 

Avanzl(E.). Sullosviluppoembrioflsiologicodellaman- 
dibola; Sstola mentoniera. Stomatol., Milano, 1902-3, i, 
79; 429.— Ayres (H.). Vertebrate cephalogenesis; ori^n of 
jaw apparatus and trigeminus complex; Amphioxus, 
Ammocoetes, Bdellostoma, Callorhynchus. J. Comp. 
Neurol., PhUa., 1921-22, xxxiii, 339-404.— Backman (G.). 
[Morphology of posterior aspect of lower jaw in median 
region.] Hyglea, Stockholm, 1918, Ixxx, 1346-1372.— 
Bertelll CD.}. Ji condotti ed i forami della mandibola nei 
mammiferi. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 
1909, viii, 155-229, 2 pl.-^an den Broek (A. J. P.). [The 
morphology of the mandible.] Nederl. Tijdschr. y. 
Geneesk., Amst., 1915, ii, 2465-2468.— Broom (E.). On the 
structure of the mandiblein the stegocephalla. Anat. Anz., 
Jena, 1913, xlv, 7.3-78.— Camerano (L.). Eicerche intorno 
all "OS supramaxillare," e sulle ossi&cazioni chesitrovano 
nella fontanella maxillo nasale dei mammiferi ungulati 
. artiodattili e in alcuni carnivori. Boll. d. mus di zool. 



JAWS 

Jaws (Embryology 'and morphology 
of) — continued. 

[etc.], Torino, 1916, xxxi. No. 710, 1-16, 7 pi.— Culp.. Ueber 
Enturioklungsstflrungen im Bereich des Stirafortsatzes. 
Mfinohen. med. Wchnsohr., 1920, Ixvii, 1278.— Dehant (E.- 
G.). Sur une mandibule de negre actuel, pr§sentant de 
grandes ressemblances avec la mSchoire de Mauer. Compt . 
rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1924, xc, 658.— Dewey (M.). The 
development of the maxillse with reference to opening the 
mediansuture. Items Interest, N. Y., 1913, xxiv, 189-208.— 
Dorello (P.). Eicerche sullo sviluppo della mandibola e 
dell' artlcolazione mandibolare. Stomatol., Milano, 1922, 
XX, 382, 639: 1923, xxi, 407-427.— Fawcett (E.). Ossification 
of the lower jaw in man. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, 
xlv, 696-705. The development of the human man- 
dible. Cong, internat. de m6d. (xvi.) C.-r., Budapest, 1910, 
Sect. I, Anat. Embryol., 170-179. . The develop- 
ment, normal and abnormal, of the bones around the mouth. 
Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1924, xlv, 669-690.— Fisher (W. C). 
Some variations in the development of the lingual arch. 
Internat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1925, xi, 408-413.— 
Gaupp (E.). Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Unterkiefers der 
Wirbeltiere. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxviii, 97-135: xxxix, 

433; 609. Nachtraghche Bemerkungen zur Kenntnis 

des tJnterkeifers der Wirbeltiere, insonderheit der Amphi- 

bien. Ibid., 1912, xl, 561-569. Die Eeichertsche 

Theorie (Hammer-, Amboss- und Kieferfrage). Arch. f. 
Anat. u. Entwcklugsgesch., Leipz., 1912, Suppl.-Bd., 
1-416.— Gorjanovic-Kramberger. Der Unterkiefer der 
Hylobaten im Vergleich zu dem des rezenten und fossilen 
Menschen. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r., Berl., 19.9, v, pt. 
1, 140-153.— Herpin (A.). DSveloppement de I'os maxil- 
laire infSrieur. Progres m6d., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 450-453. 

■ • Cas d'ostfeo g6ngse du maxillaire inffirieur, Compt. 

rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1916, Ixxix, 1018.— Hoffman (K.). 
Der Maxillar- und Bartelapparat bei Silurus glanis. Anat. 
Anz., Jena, 1923-24, Ivii, 113-122.— von Huene (F.). Der 
Unterkiefer von Diplocaulus. Ibid., 1912, xlii, 472-475.— 
Johansson (L.). Ueber die Kiefer der Herpobelliden. 
Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 1-6.— Johnston (H. M.). 
The anatomy of the mandible in relation to injury and 
disease. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1922, xliii, 889-911.— Kranz 
(P.). Innere Sekretion, Kieferbildung und Dentition. 
Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1916, cii, 110-132.— Lebedinsky 
(N. O.). Ueber den Einfluss der Ernahrungsweise auf die 
allgemeine Form des Unterkiefers der Vogel.. Zool. Anz., 
Leipz., 1918, 1, 36-41.— Low (A.). Observations on the 
ossification of the human lower jaw. J. Anat. & Physiol., 
Lond., 1909-10, xliv, 83-95, 1 pi.— Lubsoch (W.). Allge- 
meine und spezielle Bemerkungen fiber Methode, Inhalt 
und Wert der Kritik, die Fuchs an meinen Untersuohungen 
fiber das Kiefergelenk der Saugetiere geiibt hat. Anat. 

Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxviii, 311-333. Das Kiefergelenk 

von Hyrax. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1911, Ixxvni, 1. 

Abt., 363-367, 1 pi. Zwei vorlaimge Mitteilungen 

fiber die Anatomie der Kaumuskeln der Krokodile. 
Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1914, n. F., h, 697-706, 

1 pi. Der EZieferapparat der Scanden und die Frage 

der Streptognathie. Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 
1923, xxxii, 10-29.— Lyons (C. J.). The relation of the third 
molar to the development of the mandible. Internat. J. 
Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1923, ix, 803-816.- Monheimer 
(B.). Vergleichende Unterkieferuntersuchungen mit be- 
sonderer Berucksichtigung des Eontgenbildes. Authrop. 
Anz., Stuttg., 1924, 1, 96-102.— Nagao (M.). Comparative 
studies on the curve of Spee in mammals with a discussion 
of its relation to the form of the fossa mandibularis. J. 
Dent. Eesearch, Bait., 1919, i, 169-202.— Pensa (A.). Osser- 
vazioni sullo svUuppo della mandibola nell' uomo. Boll. d. 
Soc. med-chir. di Pavia, 1913, xxvii, 127-131.— Petersen 
(H.). Zur Konstruktionsanalyse des Kieferapparates der 
Froschlarven; [V. Beitrag zur Mechanik des Tierkorpersj. 
Verhandl. d. anat. Gessellsch., Jena, 1922, xxxi, 22-28.— Fires 
de Lima (A.). Subsidios para o estudo comparado da 
mandibula do homen e de alguns mamiferos. Arch, de 
anat. [etc.], Lisb., 1916, ii, 87-162. Also reprint. — Prewitt 
(P.). 'The relation of the development between the maxilla 
and nasal structures. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1926, xlv, 
139-143.— Ezehak (A.) . Der Unterkiefer von Ochos. Cor.- 
Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Munchen, 1905, 
xxxvi, 87.— Schwarz (E.). Modification dans I'articula- 
tion temporo-maxillaire des N6o-Cal6doniens et des insu- 
laires des Loyalty et leur importance en prothese dentaire 
et en orthodontic. Odontologie, Par., 1923, Ixi, 632; 679'.- 
Sergi (G.). Sopra alcune caratteristiche forme di mandi- 
bole umane. Eiv. di antrop., Eoma, 1922-23, xxv, 149-154.— 
Sewertzoff (A. N.) & Disler (N. N.). Das Pharyngo- 
mandibulare der Selachier. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1924-25, 
Iviii, 345-349.— Stefanescu (S.). Sur le raccourcissement 
du maxillaire inffirieur des mastodontes et des 616phants. 
Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1923, clixvi, 46^462.- Titus 
(F. G.). The growth and development of the jaws. In- 
ternat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1918, iv, 411-415.— Vallols 
(H.-V.) & Cadenat (E.) . Le dfiveloppement de I'os maxil- 
laire supfirieur chez I'homme. Compt. rend Soc. de biol.. 
Par., 1924, xc,,1391-1393.— Vanverts (J.). 9st§omy61ite du 
maxillaire inf^rieur, ablation de nombreux s§questres, dent 
un toimi par le totality de la branche montante: deviation 
consecutive de la portion restante du maxillaire. Eclo m^d. 



JAWS 



54 



JAWS 



Jaws (Embryology and morphology 
of) — continued. 

du nord., Lille, 1910, xiv, 357.— Tinogradoff (A.). Dfive- 
loppement de 1 'articulation temporo majtillaire chez rhoinme 
dans la pferiode intro-utSrine. Internal. Monatsohr. I. 
Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1910, xxvii, 490-623, 2 pi.— 
Virchow (II.). Den Unterkiefer von Ochos. Ztsohr. f. 
Ethnol., Berl., 1924, Ivi, 197-206.— Vital! (G.). L'artico- 
lazione mandibolare negli anflbi, nei rettili e negU uooelli. 
Anat. Anz., Jena, 1909, xxxiv, 207-224.— Voit (M.). Ueber 
einige Befunde in der Gegend des Qelenkteiles des primor- 
diaJen Unterkiefers der "W'irbeltiere. Verhandl. i. anat. 

Qesellscb., Jena, 1923, xxxii, 68-77. Ueber das 

Goniale am Unterkiefer der Vogel. Ztschr. f. Morptiol. u. 
Anthrop., Stuttg., 1924, xxiv, 75-82, 2 pi.— Walkhoff. 
Enstehung und Verlauf der phylogenetischen Umformung 
der menschlichen Kiefer seit deta Tertiar und ihre Bedeu- 
tung Itir die Pathologie der Zahne. Deutsche Monatsohr. 

f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1913, xxxi, 947-979. Adlofls 

Theorie der Schmelzernahrung und der stammesgeschicht- 
liehen Unformung der Kiefer und Zahne beim Mansohen. 
Ibid., Leipz., 1914, xxxii, 693-609.— Winkler. Ueber Waehs- 
tum und Formbildung des menschlichen Kieferapparates. 
yrtljsschr. i. Zahnh., Berl., 1923, xxxjx, 541-556. 

Jaws (Excision of). 

See Jaw (Lower) , Jaw (Upper) , Excision of. 
Jaws (Necrosis of). 

Bernaldez y Fernandez (P.) . De la necrosis fosforica de 
Ids maxilares. Rev. mSd. de SeviUa, 1911, Ivi, 232; 257; 289; 
321. — Blanchi (U.) . Un caso di necrosi losforica del mascel- 
lare superiore. Lavoro, Milano, 1913, vi, 369-372.— van 
Bockstade (E.). A propos de la ntoose phosphorfie. J. 
de chir. et ann. See. beige de chir., Brux., 1912, xii, 26-30, 
1 pi. — Bryan (W. A.). Acute necrosis of the jawbones. 
Intemat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1925, xi, 266-268.— Oyer 
(M. H.). Some clinical observations of regeneration of the 
mandible a/tter caries and necrosis. Dental Cosmos, PhUa., 
1916, Iviii, 861-876.— IVAgata (Q.). Nekrotisierende Osteo- 
periostitis sporotrichotica des Oberkiefers. Berl. klin. 
Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 1747-1749— Daily (M. H.). Necrosis. 
Dental Summary, Toledo, 1912, xxxii, 109-116.— Ennion 
(O. E.). Necrosis of the mandible. Brit. Dent. J., Lend., 
1914,xxxv,297-299,4pl.— Guy{W.). Necrosis of jaw. Ibid., 
1920, xU, 160-163.— Hanusa (K.) . Ueber Nekrose des Zahn- 
fortsatzes des Unterkiefers und der Oberkieferbeine im 
Anschluss an Stomatitis ulcerosa. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., 
Tubing., 1913, Ixxxvii, 369-374.— Hardouin. Une nficrose 
complete du maxUlaire inlfirieur consecutive & une longue 
suppuration peut Stre attribuable au typhus exanthfima- 
tique. Arch. m6d. d' Angers, 1920, xxiv, 62. — Hoffman 
(F. L.). Kadium (mesothorium) necrosis. J. Am. M. 
Ass. Chicago, 1925, Ixxxv, 961-965.— Logan (W. G. H.) . Ad- 
dress on the treatment of caries, necrosis, and fractures of the 
jaw. Dominion Dent. J., Toronto, 1913, xxv, 99-114.— Lo- 
tinga (C). A case of mandibular sepsis followed by necrosis 
and double unilateral fracture, with subsequent restoration 
by a partially slung denture. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1922, 
xliii, 197-201. — Loveall (B. F.). Two cases of necrosis of the 
mandible. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1921, xv, 
134^137, 3 pi.— Machat (B. B.) . Osteomyelitis andneorosis 
of the jaws. Dental Items Interest, N. Y., 1925, xlvii, 732- 
750. — Maudaire & Maurel. Ntoose du maxillaire sup§- 
rieur. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1913, Ixxxviii, 46-61. — 
JMonod (J.). N6orosedu maxillaire inf6rietir d'origine spe- 
cifique; hfemiresection totale; restauration fonctionnelle. 
Rev. de stomatol.. Par., 1911, iviii, 56-67.— Moraca (G.). 
Su due casi di necrosi totale del mascellare superiore da 
osteomielite. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1921, xxiv, 
92-94. — Murphy (J. B.). OsteomyeUtic necrosis of man- 
dible; plastic reconstruction. Surg. Clin., Phila., 1916, 
V, 851-854.— Paunz (M.). Ueber die Nekrose des Ober- 
kiefers bei Neugeborenen und im friihesten Sauglingsalter. 
Ztschr. f. Hals-, Nasen- u. Ohrenh., Munchen & Berl., 1925, 
xi, 49-56: xiii, 165-167.— Payne (J. L.). Necrosis of the jaw. 
Guy's Hosp. Gaz.j Lond., 1923, xxxvii, 320-323.— Perussia 
(P.) Studio radiologico sulla necrosifosforica dei mascellari. 
Radiol. med., Torino, 1914,i, 360-372.— Pfaeffli (C. F.). Un 
cas de necrose moUculaire fetendue du maxillaire inf6rieur. 
Rev. trimest Suisse d'odont., Basel & Geneve, 1915, xxv, 
303-309.— Precht (E.). Totalnekrose des Unterkiefers. 
Vrtljssohr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1924, xl, 394-402.— Bosenstein 
(P.). Totale einseitige Oberkiefernekrose; ein Beitrag zur 
Kenntnis der Kiefemekrosen nach Infektionskrankheiten. 
Deutsche Monatsohr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1920, xxxviii, 
193-201.— Eoy (M.) . Une forme particuliere de nteose du 
maxillaire: la necrose en masse. Odontologie, Par., 1910, 

xliii, 461-469. R6g§n6ration complete de la moitiS 

du maxillaire infferieiu' ntoosfi. Ibid., 1918, Ivi, 366-375.— 
Schottlander (E.). Drucknekrosen an den Alveolarfort- 
satzen. Deutsche Monatsohr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1917, xxxv, 
556-559.— SSbileau (P.). N6crose et felimination totales de 
la m&ohoire infSrieure par une large bSance des parties 
molles. Ar«h. intemat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1924, xxx, 
fi04.— Smelbans (S.). Ein Fall von schwerer Unterkiefer- 
nekrose mit Spontanfraktur des Kiefers infolge einer 
unzweckmassigen Arsenapplikation. Ztsohr. f. Stomatol., 



Jaws (Necrosis of) — continued. 

Wien. & Berl., 1925, x-xiii, 38-51.— Vanel (P.). Nfiorose 
Tolumineuse du maxillaire supfirieur d'origine mercurielle. 
Odontologie, Par., 1910, xliv, 296-300.— Wood (A. C). 
Necrosis of the mandible; removal of almost the entire bone 
as a sequestrum. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1918, Ixvii, 377, 1 pi. 

Jaws (Osteomyelitis of). 
See Jaws (Diseases of). 

Jaws (Surgery of). 

See, also, Jaw (Lower), Jaw (Upper), Sur- 
gery of. 

WiTZEL (K.) . Chirurgie und Prothetik bei 
Kiefererkrankungen. 8°. Berlin, 1905. 

Aison (E.L.). Surgical preparation of protruded maxillae 
for reception of artificial dentures. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 
1923, Ixv, 261-269.— Bertram (E.). Ueber Kieferabtragun- 
gen. Deutsche Monatsohr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1915, xxxiii, 
87-94.— Birkholz. Ueber die einfacbste und besteLeitungs- 
auasthesie bei den grosseren permaxillaren Eingriffen. 
Ztsohr. 1. Hals-, Nasen- u. Ohrenh., Munchen & Berl., 1924, 
X, 16-28.— Bloodgood (J. C). Surgical diseases and wounds 
of the jaws. Am. Pract Surg. [Bryant & Buoh], N. Y., 1909, 

vi, 813-890, 3 pi. What every dentist should know 

about surgical lesions, of, and in the region of, the upper and 
lower jaw; with special reference to the early recognition of 
the precancerous lesion. J. Nat. Dent. Ass., Huntington, 
Ind.,1915,ii,3-19,lp.— Blum (T.). A simple plastic opera- 
tion lor the restoration of the alveolus. J. Am. Dent. Ass. 
Huntington, Ind., 1926, xii, 1114-1116.— Brown (G. V. I.). 
Plasticworkinsurgeryofthejaw. WisconsinM. J., Milwau- 
kee, 1920-21, xix, 143-152.- Bttnte. Beitrage zur Leitungs- 
anfisthesie mit besonderer Berucksiohtigung der anato- 
misohen Verhaltnisse im Ober- und Unterkiefer. Deutsche 
Monatsohr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1909, xxvii, 846-864.— Cieszyft- 
skl (A.) Schieberverankerung fiir orthopMische Prothesen 
des Unter- und Oberkiefers bei Defekten derselben Oder 
Pseudarthrosen und fiir besondere Faile von Briicken und 
von gewohnlichen Platten-Prothesen. Vrtljssohr. f . Zahnh., 
Berl., 1921, xxxvii, 167-177.— DelageniSre (H.). Mfithode 
g6n§rale et technique des greffes osteop6riostiques. Odon- 
tologie, Par., 1918, Ivi, 327-343.— Dorrance (Q. M.), Web- 
ster (D.) & SIcWilliams (H.). Arthroplasty upon the 
temporomandibular joint. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1924, Ixxix, 
485-487.— Dunning (H. S.). Surgery of the jaws. Items 
Interest, N. Y., 1914, xxxvi, 96-121.— Hoesser (L.). Plas- 
tic surgery of the jaws and face; bone grafting in the jaws. 
J. Nat. Dent. Ass., Huntington, Ind., 1917, iv, 1289-1302.— 
Franei (G. B.). Bicostruzione dei mascellari. Atti d. r. 
Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1913, 6. s., v, 687, 1 pi.- Fry (W. 
K.). Prosthetic treatment of old injuries of the maxillae. 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1918-19, xii, Sect. Odontol., 
73-94.— Ganzer (H.). Zur KritOc der Eiefergelenksplastik 
Klapps. Deutsche Monatsohr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1917, 
xxxv, 425-428.— Gathergood (G. W.). The value of local 
aneesthesia in dental surgery and its methods of application. 
Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1925, xxxhc, 57-62. — Hauberns- 
ser. Wiolltige Beriihrungspunkte zwisohen Kieferor- 
thopadie und Allgemeinpraxis. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 
1922, xl, 400-408.— Hoff. Alte und neue Wege in der Kiefer- 
orthopSdie. Deutsche Monatsohr. f. Zahnh., Leipz,, 1921, 
xxxix, 461. — Hoshino (T.) & Ota (K.). An operation for 
the preservation of the mucoperiosteum in resection of a 
portion of the maxilla. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., 
St. Louis, 1919, xxxviii, 479-487.— Izard (G.). Choix d'un 
plan horizontal d'orientation en orthop6die dento-faciale. 
Rev. destomatol.. Par., 1923, xxv, 39-50.— Kersting. Wur- 
zelbehandlung als notwendiges Vorbeuge- und Heilmittel 
in der Kieferchirurgie. Cong, dent, intemat. C.-r., Berl., 
1909, V, pt. 1, 587-690.— Klughardt. Die Grandlageu der 
Kieferorthopadie und ihre Bedeutung fiir die allgemeine 
Medizin. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 

1921, 1, 223.— Knescbaurek (H.). Die Sohleimhautnaht 
naoh MaxUlotomie und ahnlichen Operationen. Oesterr.- 
ungar. Vrtljsohr. f. Zahnh., Wien., 1918, xxxiv, 196-198.— 
Levy (W.). Freilegung der Regie infratemporahs (sphe- 
noma^laris) und retromandibularis durch einseitige tem- 
porare Luxation des Unterkiefers. Zentralbl. f. Chir., 
Leipz., 1919, xlvi, 386-388.— van Loon (J. A. W.). Die 
Topographic des menschlichen Gebisses im Sohadel als 
Grundlage fiir die Systematik und die Diagnostik in der 
Kieferorthopadie. Deutsche Monatsohr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 

1922, xl, 567-566.— McCurdy (S. L.). Major surgery of the 
maxillary bone through the oral orifice. N. York M. J. 
[etc.], 1920, oxi, 677-682.— Miller (W. N.). Esthetic surgery 
of the maxilte. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1923, Ixv, 942-947.— 
Mitchell (V. E.). Artificial restoration after the surgical 
removal of portions of the maxilla or .mandible. Am. J. 
Surg., N. Y., 1919, xxxiii, 264-267.— Neumann (R.). Bei- 
trage zur dentalen Eaeferchirurgie. Vrtljssohr. f. Zahnh.. 
Berl., 1924, xl, 45-57, 4 pi.— Pouliou (A.). La maxillo, 
tomie. Odontologie, Par., 1917, Iv, 459-466.— Kisdon (F.)- 
Arthroplasty of the temporo-maxillary joint. J. Am. M. 
Ass., Chicago, 1925, Ixxxv, 2011-2013.— Spiller (J. E.). The 
restoration of lost parts by prosthetic apparatus. Brit. 
Dent. J., Lond., 1916, xxxvii, war suppl., 233-246.— 'Turner 
(H. W.). Surgical prosthesis of the jaws. Tr. Internet. 



JAWS 



55 



JAWS 



Jaws (Surgery of) — continued. 

Dent. Ooiig.,Xond., 1914, vi, 417-423.— Weber (E.). Die 
KleferorthopSdie in Uiren Beziehungen. zum Qesamtor- 
ganismus. Klin. ■Wohnschr.,Berl., 1923, li,S62-6fi4.—Wa8t- 
row (P.). Di^Bedeutung der Systematik lilr die Kiefer- 
orthopadie. Dfiitsche Monatselier. 1. Zalmh., Berl., 1922, 
il, 275-282.— Zlelinsky (W.). Die Berechtigung orthodon- 
tischer Eingrifle vom Standpunkte der Hygiene. Ibid., 
Leipz., 1912, JTL, 270-280. 

Jaws (SypMlis of). 

MoTTLTON (G.). *La syphilis du maxll- 
laire sup6rieur envisagie sp6cialement dans 
ses rapports aveo les affections du systfime 
dentaire. 8°. Nancy, 1905. 

Bercher (J.) & Manrel (O.). La syphilis tertiare du 
maxillaire inffirieur. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1922, xxxiv, 
193-210.— Bertoln. Osttome bSr^do-sypliilitique bilaUral 
des maxillalres supfrieurs. Lyon mM., 1925, oxxxvi, 600- 
602. — Bonnet-Koy (F.). Accidents dentaires et syphilis 
des mSchoires. Bull. m§d.. Par., 1924, xxxviii, 608-611.— 
IVAIise (B.). Sulla sifflide del mascellarl. Folia med., 
Napoli, 1925, xi, 810-812. — EUascheff (Mile O.) . Un cas de 
syphilis tertiaire h^r^ditaire du bourgeon mcisif. Bull. 
Soc. Iran;, de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1922, xxix, (RSun. de 
Strasb.), 71-73.— Favre, Bebattu & Gaudon. Deux cas 
de syphilis du bourgeon Incisil. Lyon ni6d., 1924, cxxxiv, 
687-689.— Klngery (L. B.). Secondary syphilitic perios- 
titis of the mandible; report of a case. Arn. J. Syph., St. 
Louis, 1919, iii, 213.— Lannois (M.) & Gaillard (R.). 
Syphilis de I'os mcisif. Ann. d. mal. de I'oreille, du larynx 
[etc.]. Par., 1924, xliii, 837-869.— Morax (V.). L'ost6o- 
pSriostite syphilitigue de la region malaire chez les Jeunes 
sujets. Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1926, clxii, 1-14.— Nicolas (J.), 
Gats (J.) & Dupasquier (D.). Sur un cas de syphilis du 
bourgeon incisif. Qaz. m6d. . . . de Strasb., 1922, Ixxx, 
111.— Nicolas & Massia. La syphilis tertiaire.du bourgeon 
incisif. Ann. d. mal. vta.. Par., 1922, xvii, 618. — Nicolas 
(J.), Massia <G.) & Duitasquier (D.). Le syndrome 
syphilitique du bourgeon incisif. Aim. de dermat. et syph.. 
Par., 1922, 6. s., iii, 323-366.— Picot (Q.) & Buppe (C). 
A'propos a*xm cas de sypliills du maxillaire inf6rieur com- 
pliqug de noma. Presse m6d.. Par., 1923, xxxi, 288. — Ke- 
battu (J.) & Bertoln (R.). Osttome herSdosypbilitique 
bilatSr^ des maxillaires sup6riein:s. Ann. d. mal. de 
I'oreiUe, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1925, xUv, 1244-1248, 1 pi.— 
Richardson (C. W.) . Syphilitic necrosis of the intermaxil- 
lary bone. Ann. Otol., Rmnol. & Laryngol., St. Louis,1918, 
xxvii, 605. Report of syphilitic necrosis of the inter- 
maxillary portion of the superior maxilla. Laryngoscope, 
St. Louis, 1918, xxviii, 907.— Roussean-Decelle. Sypni- 
lome diflus du maxillaire inf6rieur. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 
1923, XXV, 418-420.— Wassmund (M.). SpStsyphihtische 
Eiefernekrosen. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 
1925. xMil, 829. 

Jaws (Tuberculosis of). 

Wild (W.). *Die Tuberkulose des Ober- 
kiefers mit besonderer Beriicksiohtigung ihrer 
pathologischen Anatomie und Pathogenese. 
8°. Zurich, 1916. 

AimesCA.). La tuberculosedu maxillaire inf6rieur. Rev. 
maxUlo-fac., Par., 1919, iii, 557-673. Also Eng. transl. Ibid., 
574-589. — Almes (A.) & Aubanel. La tubercolosi della 
mandibola. Stomatol., Milano, 1920-21, xviii, 6-12. — 
Kramer (C. S.). Osseus trophic changes m the jaws and 
palate in the tuberculous. J. Am. Dent. Ass. Huntington, 
Ind., 1926, rii, 1117-1127.— Le Filliatre. Tuberculose du 
maxillaire Inflrieur cdt6 gauche avec flstules multiples; 
resection; gu6rison rapide. Bull, et m6m. Soo. anat. de Par., 
1913, Ixxxviii, 392-394.— PletWewlcz. Un cas d'abcSs froid 
tuberculeux du maxillaire inffirieur. Rev. destomatol.. Par., 
1921, xxiii, 489-494. 

Jaws (Tumors of). 

See, also, Epulis; Jaw (Lower), Jaw 
(Upper), Tumors of. 

Sc'uDDER (C. L.). Tumors of the jaws, 
roy. 8°. Philadelphia, 1912. 

Bellinger (D. H.). Adamantine epithelioma; report of 
case. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1923, xlii, 371-373.— Ber- 
cber (J.). De la confection des appareilsderadiumtherapie 
dans les nSoplasmes des m&choires. Paris m§d., 1921, xli, 
205-207.— Berens (T. P.). Exposure of capsule of jaw by 
cholesteatoma. Ann. Otol., Rbinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 
1916, XXV, 249. — Borchers (E.)'. Diflerentialdiagnostische 
Qeslchtspunkte fflr die Beurteilung von Qeschwiilsten im 
Bereiche der Mundhohle und der Kiefer. Deutsche Mo- 
natschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1924, xlii, 241-261.— Bruce (H. A.). 

. Chloroma of the jaws. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, 11, 62-64, 
2 pi. — Buctaer(J.). Tumeurs d'origine dentaire. Vie med.. 
Par., 1925, vi, 1713-1716.— Coryilos (P.). Les adaman- 
tinomes. Ann. d. mal. de I'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 
1912, xxxviii, 500-540. — Delater. Complications tumorales 
des foyers septiques paradentaires. Odontologie, Par., 1926, 



Jaws (Tumors of) — continued. 

Ixiii, 98-121.— Delator & Bercber. Le granulome paraden- 
taire, dyaembryoplasie £plth61iale, 6tape premiere des 
tumeurs p6riradiculaires des m&cholres. Rev. de stomatol.. 

Par., 1923, xxv, 267; 321; 386. Origine, evolution, 

termlnaison des tumeurs paradentaires. Bull, et m^m. 
Soc. anat. de Par., 1924, xoiv, 191-207.— Dunning (H. S.). 
Cysts and tumors of the jaws. J. Am. Dent. Ass., Hun- 
tington, Ind., 1924, xl, 312-326.— Corner (E. M.). Qranu- 
lomata of the jaws. Clin. J., Lond., 1913-14, xlii, 281.— 
Harbitz.(E.). On cystic tumors of the maxillae, and 
especially on adamantine cystadenomas (Adamantomas). 
Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1915, Ivii, 1081-1093.— HelndL 
Hyperostosis maxillarum. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], 
Berl. & Wien, 1923, Ivii, 329-332.— Herkert (A.). Adaman- 
tinoma solidum. Ztschr. f. Mund- u. Kieferchir., Wiesb., 
1914r-16, 1, 129-146, 1 pi.— Hopewell- Smith (A.). Tumors 
of the jaws of dental origin. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila., 1924- 
25, n. s., ixvii, 25-29.— Ivy (R. H.). Mesothelial tumors of 
the jaws. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixiv, 40-44.— 
Krompecher (E.). Zur Histogenese und Morphologic der 
Adamantinome und sonstiger Kiefergeschwiilste. Beitr. z. 

£ath. Anat. u. z. allg. Path^ Jena, 1917-18, Ixiv, 166-197, 1 pi.— 
Creche (R.) & Cotte (G.). Classifloation et pathogSnie 
des tumeurs des m&choires d'origine dentaire; enclavomes 
dentaires. Rev. de chir., Par., 1910, xli, 1037-1051.— L'Es- 
perance (E.). A preliminary report of eight cases of ada- 
mantinoma. Proc. N. Yorli: Path. Soc, 1910-11, n. s., x, 
136-146.— Lukomsky (J.). Das Adamantinom Im Zusam- 
menhang mit den odontogenen Kietergeschwulsten. Arch. 
f. klin. Chir., Beri., 1925, cxxxv, 233-247.— McCurdy (8. L.). 
Neoplasms and other tumors involving the maxillary bones. 
Am. Surg., Phila., 1910, Iii, 186-206, 9 pL— Matsul (S.) & 
Nakagawa (D.). A case of the osteo-nbroma of the lower 
jaw. Shikwa Oakuho, Tokyo, 1919, xxiv. No. 6. — Moore- 
bead (F. B.) & Dewey (E. W.). Composite odontoma. 
Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phila., 1919, lil, 645-666.— New (G. B.) 
& Figi (F. A.). Value of the Roentgen-ray in diagnosis of 
tumors of the jaw. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxiii, 
1655-1558. Also Dental Summary, Toledo, 1926, xlv, 570- 
575.— Pettlt (J. A.). Mandibular tumors. J6id., 1922, xUi, 
304-309. — Pierson (J. W.). Some roentgenological observa- 
tions on the diagnosis of tumors of the jaw. Am. J. Roent- 
genol., N. y., 1918, n. s., V, 91-95.— Porzdt fW.). SpBt- 
rezidiv eines Adamantinoma nach 45 Jaliren. Arch, f . kUn. 
Chir., Berl., 1924, oxxx, 142-150.— Eicci (S.) . Sui mixomi dei 
mascellari. Tumori, Roma, 1911, 1, 110-119.— Bodier (H.). 
Cholest6atomes des mSchoires. Rev. de stomatol.. Par., 
1920, xxii, 677-696.— Schmidt (E.). Ueber Adamantinome 
mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der normalen Schmelzent- 
wicldung. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1922, xl, 
363-379.— Schreiner (B. F.). Adamantine tumors of the 
jaw; with report of eight cases. Radiology, St. Paul, 1925, 
Iv, 421 -426.— Stumpf (R.). Zur Kenntnis der Adaman- 
tinome. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1910, 
xxl, 393-399.— Vinon & Milhaud. Tumeur des machoires 
4 evolution lente. Montpel. m6d., 1922, xliv, 523-626.— 
Warthin (A. S.). Adamantinoma. J. Cancer Research, 
Lancaster, Pa., 1923-24, viii, 167-169.— Westmoreland 
(W. F.). On certain tumors of the jaw occurring most fre- 
quently in the negro. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1911, xxv, 16-20. 

Jaws (Tumors of, Cystic). 

Btjtzengeiger (O.). *Zur Genese der 
Kiefercysten. 8°. Erlangen, 1909. 

Chiavaro (A.). Cisti paradentarie e pro- 
tesi delle ossa masceUari. 8°. NapoU, 1905. 

Crocquefbr (H.) . *Contribution k l'6tude 
histologicfue des kystes paradentaires; la 
d6g6n6rescence cholest^rinique dans les granu- 
lomes et les kystes paradentaires. 8°. Paris, 
1924. 

GoTTSCHALK (E.). *Ueber Kiefercysten. 
8°. Freiburg (Baden), 1904. 

Aloin(H.). Kystes paradentaires &d§veloppement endo- 
nasal. Lyon ehirurg., 1923, xx, 446-451.— Bautze (H.). 
Beitrag zur Lehre von den Eieferzysten. Ztschr. f. Laryn- 
gol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1911, iv, 99-124.— Black (NJ. 
Carious tooth found in a dentigerous cyst. Brit. Dent. J., 
Lond., 1924, xlv^ 603-506.— Bufalini (M.). Studio sopra 
tre casi di tumon cistici dei mascellari. Clin, chir., Milano, 
1920) n. s., ii, 1249-1288.— Coleman (F.). Two cases of 
dentigerous cyst of maxilla. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1924, 
xlv, 560. — Crocquefer. Oranulomesiet kystes paradentaires. 
Rev. de stomatol.. Par., 1925, xxvii, 415-426.— Delater & 
Bercber. Recherches sur runitS des diflSrentes formes de 
kystes paradentaires. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil.. Par., 
1923, Ixxviii, 77.— Dod (Q. A. N.). Removal of a dentiger- 
ous cyst. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1924, xlv, 691.— Dorrance 
(G. M.) . Etiology, pathology and treatment of cysts of the 
jaws. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, Ixxvii, 1883-1885.— 
Faucett (P. H.). Chondro multilooular cystoma, with re- 
port of case. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1913-14, vi, 152.— 
GrelUer (B.). Case of multiple dentigerous cysts. Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1922-23, xvi. Sect. Odontol., 43.— 
Guttmann (V.). AmSbenbefund in einer Kiefercyste. 



JAWS 



56 



JAWS 



Jaws (Tumors of, Cystic)— continued. 

Arch. 1. Laryngol. u. RWnol., Berl., 1914, rsxiil, 464-473, 
2 pi.— Haike. Zur Fruhdiagnose der Kiefercyste. Ver- 
handl. d. laryngol. Gesellsoh. zu Berl., 1911, xxi, pt. 1, 31.— 
Kafka (V.) & Bohrer (A.). Sistieren epileptiscW AnJSUe 
nach Kieferzystenoperation. Deutsche Monatschr. f. 
Zahnh., Berl., 1924, xlii, 344-351.— Kohler (L.). Zur Ka- 
Euistik der multilokularen Kieferzysten. Ibid., Leipz., 1915, 
xxxiii, 479-483.— Kurz (G.). Kieterzyste als Ursache einer 
rezidiTierenden Iridocyclitis. Ztschr. f. Stomatol., Wien & 
Berl., 1923, xxi, 106-109.— Limberg (A.). A oaSe of multiple 
follicular cysts. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1925, Ixvii, 343- 
345.— Mackenzie (G. W.) . The report of two cases of large 
dentigerous cysts. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1918, liii, 
734-739.— Maliniak (J.). Paradental tumors with report 
of a rare case of dentigerous cyst. Cincinnati J. Med., 1924- 
25, T, 294-299.— Maurel (Q.). La technique du traitement 
chirurgical des kystes paradentaires. J. de m6d. de Par., 

1921, xl, 639-645. Quatre cas de kystes dentiferes; 

operation, gu6rison. Eev. odont., Par., 1923, xliv, 102-114.- 
Mayrhoter (B.). Zwei neue Methoden der Operation 
von Kieferzysten nach dem Caldwell-Lucschen Prinzip. 
Ztschr. f. Mund-u. Kieterchir. Wiesb., 1916-18, ii, 231- 

243. ■ Ueber die Operation von Kieferzysten, welche 

das Antrum verdrSngen und tiber die genauere patholo- 
gische Anatomie des Gerber'schen Wulstes. Ibid: , 271-324.— 
Miodowski (F.). Zur Therapie der Kieferzysten. In- 
ternal. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Leipz., 1922, xx, 105-117.— 
Mummery (J. H.). Eeport on a so-called carious tooth 
found in a dentigerous cyst. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1924, 
xlv, 620-624.— New (G. B.). Cystic odontomas. J. Am. M. 
Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixiv, 34-39.— Partsch. Zur Behand- 
lund der Kieferzysten. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zabnh., 
Berl., 1910, xxviii, 262-260.— Bisdon (F.). Maxillary cysts. 
Dominion Dent. J., Toronto, 1922, xxxiv, 83-86.— Bosen- 
stein (P.). Zur Klinik der Kieferzysten. Deutsche Mo- 
natschr. 1. Zabnh., Leipz., 1912, xxx, 161; 280.— Boux & 
Tinon. Kystes des michoires. Montpel. m6d., 1920, xlii, 
142-147.— Koy (M.). Les kystes dentiferes, leur pathogSnie. 

Odontologie, Par., 1924, Wi, 439-466. Nouvelles 

observations de kystes dentiferes. Ibid., 1925, Ixili, 170- 
180.— Thoma (K. H.). A contribution to the knowledge 
of cysts of the jaws. Boston M. & S. J., 1920, clxxxiii, 730- 
736, 2 pi.— Weiss (A.-G.). Lymphangiome kystique de la 
joue, suivi de d^gfenSrescence maligne. Bull. Soc. franc, de 
dermat. et syph.. Par., 1925, xxxil, (Efiun. de Strasb.) 168- 
161. — Williger. ZahnloseZystenindenKiefern, Vrtljsschr. 
f. Zahnh., Berl., 1923, xxxix, 86-89. 

Jaws (Tumors of, Malignant). 

See, also, Jaws (Cancer of). 

Dbrksen (B.) . *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der 
operativ behandelten malignen Oberkiefertu- 
moren. 8°. Bonn, 1918. 

SiRiEix (A.). *Les Epulis S. myfloplaxes; 
leur malignity (revue gSn^rale et 6tude 
critique). 8°. Montpellier, 1913. 

Wakatsuki (H.). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
des Oberkiefersarkomes des Kindes. 8°. 
Milnohen, 1915. 

Bade (H.). Ueber totale und aiisgedehnte Oberkiefer- 
resektionen wegen maligner Tumoren. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., 
Tubing., 1911, Ixxiv 292-347.— Botet (R.). Case de linfo- 
sarcoma del maxilar superior izquierdo. Eev. de med. y 
cirug. prict., Madrid, 1917, cxvii, 31.— Coley (W. B.). Mel- 
anotic sarcoma or melanoma of the superior maxilla. Tr. 
South. Surg., Ass., PhUa., 1918, xxx, 128-1*0.— Euler (H.). 
Ueber das Verhalten der Zahne bei malignen Kiefertumoren. 
Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1926, xlili, 701-734.— 
Greig (D. M.). A case of multiple osteomata with super- 
vening sarcoma. Edinb. M. J., 1912, n. s., viii, 440-442, 
1 pi. — Guy (W.). Malignant neoplasms. Brit. Dent. J., 
Lond., 1920, xli, 163-155.— Haupl (K.). Zur Kenntnis der 
sogenannten Eiesenzellensarkome der Kiefer. Vrtljsschr. f. 
Zahnh., Berl., 1925, xli, 449-494.— Hofer (0.). Alveolar- 
knochen und Zahn bei bosartigen Geschwiilsten der Kiefer. 
Ztschr. f. Stomatol., Wien & Berl., 1925, xxiii, 522-545.— 
Holmgren (G.). Erfahrungen liber chinirgische Behand- 
lung von malignen Oberkiefertumoren. Acta oto-laryngol., 
Stockholm, 1924-26, vii, 511-525.— Jouard (F.). Osteosar- 
coma of jaw. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Radiol., N. Y., 1924, 
xlii, 242-245.— McArtliur (L. L.). A typical operation on 
the jaws and mouth for malignant growths. J. Am. M. Ass., 
Chicago, 1922, Ixxix, 1484-1487.— Ochsner (A. J.). Clinical 
observations concerning malignant tumors of the jaws. Aim. 
Surg., Phila., 1918, Ixviii, 136-140.— P§ter (F.). Ueber einen 
Fall von rapid verlaufenem Kiefersarkom. Ztschr. f. 
Stomatol., Wien & Berl., 1924, xxii, 42-45.— Pompilio 
Martinez (N.). Tumores malignos de los maxilares en la 
region del interior de Colombia. Eepert. de med. y cirug., 
Bogota, 1917-18, ix, 289-322.— Speese (J.). The surgical 
aspect of epulis and sarcoma of the jaw. Tr. Phila., Acad. 
Surg., 1911, xiii, 97-107.— Turck (E. C). Mahgnant tumors 
of the jaws. J. Florida M. Ass., Jacksonville, 1914, i, 76-78. 
Also reprint.— Weingaertner. Ein Fall von malignem 
Blastom beider Oberkiefer. Berl. klin. Wchnsohr., 1917, 



Jaws (Tumors of. Malignant) — cont'd. 

liv, 122.— Welssenfels (G.). Ueber maligne Adamantinome 
und zentrale Epithelgeschwiilste der Kiefer. Vrtljsschr. f. 
Zahnh., Berl., 1922, xxiviii, 66-63. 

Jaws (Wounds and injuries^f). 

See, also, Jaw (Lower), Jaw (Upper), 
Wounds, etc., of. 

Bbtthn (C). Die gegenwartigen Behand- 
lungswege der Kieferschussverletzungen. Er- 
gebnisse aus dem Dusseldorfer Lazarett fiir 
Kieferverletzte. Unter standiger Mitwir- 
kung von Friedrich Hauptmeyer, Max Kiihl 
u. August Lindemann. Hefte 1, 2 & 3. 2. 
unver. Abd. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1916. 

Lyons (C J.). A practical treatise on 
fractures and dislocations of the jaws. 8°. 
Toledo, 1919. 

Schroder (H.). *Die Kriegsverletzungen 
der Kiefer. 8°. Leipzig, 1917. 

Appliances used in the early care of gunshot wounds of 
the jaws and surrounding soft parts. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 
1918, xMi, 604-617.— Becker (V.) . Beitrlge zur chirurgischen 
Nachbehandlung Schussverletzter im Bereiche der Kiefer. 
Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnartzte, Berl., 1916, xlv, 61-67.— Blot. Traite- 
ment des blessures des maxiUaires dans la zone des armies. 
Cong. dent, interallife. Par., 1916, i, 87-99.— Cavina (C). 
Cura delle ferite di guerra deUe ossa mascellare. Arch, ed 
atti d. Soe. ital. di chir., xxv (1917), Eoma, 1920, 236-242. 

KnochenflstelnnachKieferverletzungen. Vrtljschr. 

f. Zahnh., Berl., 1926, xli, 495-641.— Cesare (C). Cura 
delle ferite di guerra delle ossa mascellare. Polidin., Eoma, 
1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 991-993.— Colyer (J. F.). The treat- 
ment of gunshot injuries of the jaws. J. Eoy. Army Med. 
Corps, Lond., 1916, xxvi, 597-634, 8 pi.— Dieulaffi (L.). 
Extraction des projectiles de la region pt§rygo-maxillaire. 
Eestaraation maxiUo-fac., Par., 1918, u, 18-25.— Fabian 
(H.). Beitr&ge zu den Funktionsstorungen der Kiefer- 
muskulatur bei Sohussverletzungen. Ergebn. d. ges. 
Zahnh., Wiesb., 1920, vi, 255-296.— Fischer (Q.). Erfah- 
rungen fiber Kieferschiisse und deren Behandlung. Ibid., 
1915-16, V, 7-24.— Fislier (A. E.). Chloramine in the 
treatment of wounds of the mouth and jaws. Brit. Dent. 
J., Lond., 1916, xxxvii, WarSuppl., 246-248.— Fry (W. K.). 
A few notes on the treatment of gunshot wounds of the 
mandible and maxilla. Lancet, Lond., 1917, ii, 862-856. — 
Ganzer. Die Kopfkinnkappe aus Gipsbinde, ein Hilfe- 
mittel bei der Schienung von Kieferschussverletzungen. 
Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1916, xxxiv, 24-27. 

■ Aufbissschiene aus Zinn zur Unterstutzung des 

Drahtschienenverbandes bei Kieferschussverletzungen. 
Ibid., 382, 1 pi.— Hepner (E.) & :Neumann (E.). Ueber 
Behandlung von Kriegsverletzungen im Bereiche der 
Kiefer. Md., 1918, xxxvi, 292-306.— Hern (W.). War in- 
juries to the jaws and their treatment contrasted with those 
of civil practice. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1916, xxxvii War 
Suppl., 1-1.— Hofbauer (L.). Eigenartige Veranderungen 
der Atemorgane im Gefolge von Kieferschilssen. Ztschr. f. 
Srztl. FortbUd., Jena, 1917, xiv, 263-256.— Hopson (M. F.), 
Payne (J. L.) [et al.]. The treatment of jaw injuries. 
J. Eoy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1915, xxv, 663-658.— 
Klapp (E.). Ueber chinirgische Behandlung der Kieler- 
schussbriiche. Ztschr. t. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1916, xiii, 
225-232. — Kruckmann. Die Beteiligung des Auges bei 
Eaeferverletzungen. Ibid., 269-273.— Lewinsky (H.) & 
Ijndenberg (W.). BeitrSge zur Nachbehandlung Schuss- 
verletzter im Bereiche der Kiefer. Oor.-Bl. f. ZahnSrzte, 
Berl., 1916, xlv, 67-71.— Mayrliofer (B.). Zur Dehnungs- 
behandlung veralteter Kieferschiisse. Ergebn. d. ges. 
Zahnh., Wiesb., 1916-16, v. 25-34.— Mendleson (B.). The 
treatment of gunshot wounds of the maxillae at a casualty 
clearing station. Brit. Dent. J. Suppl., Lond., 1918, xxxix, 
1-14.— Mummery (S. P.). The treatment of ]aw injuries. 
Practitioner., Lond., 1916, xcvi, 73-84, 2 pi.— Payne (J. L.). 
Classification and treatment of war jaw injuries. Brit. J. 
Dent. Sc, Lond., 1916, lix, 360-371.— PoUak (L.). Die Er- 
nahrung bei Fallen von schwerer undschwerster Kieferver- 
letzung. Oesterr.-ungar, Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Wien, 1916, 
xxxi, 63-72.— Biegner (H.). Die Therapie der Kieferschuss- 
verletzungen; (mit Kranken-demonstrationen). Jahresb. 
d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult., 1915, Bresl., 1916, ii, 
Abt. 1, Med. Sekt., [Sitzung], 30.— Bomer (O.) & Lickteig 
(A.). Die Kriegsverletzungen der Kiefer. Ergebn. d. Chir. 
u. Orthop., Berl., 1918, x, 196-318.— Boy (MO & Belestre 
(M.). Traitement physiothSrapique de deux cas de paraly- 
sie et d'atrophie musculaire chez des blessfe des maxillaires. 
Odontologie, Par., 1917, Iv, 343-357.— Boy (M.) & Marti- 
nier (P.). Le role respectif du chirurgien et du dentiste 
dans le traitement des blessures de guerre des m&choires. 
Cong. dent. ihteralMs, Par., 1916, ii, 887-893.— Boy (M.), 
Villain (Q.) & Wallis-Davy. Quelques observations de 
blessfc des maxillaires. Odontologie, 1918, Ivi, 97-118.— 
Silverman (S. L.). A gunshot case report [wound of the 
jaws]. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1917, lix, 1003-1005.— Walk- 



JAWS 



57 



JEANNEEET 



Jaws (Wounds and injuries of) — cont'd. 

hoff. Ueber die Notwendigkeit sofortiger und ausreichen- 
der Hilfe bei Eieferverletzungen. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
schr., 1915, Ixii, 346.— Warnekros. Behandlung der Kieter- 
Scbussfrakturen. Ztschr. f. Sritl. Fortbild., Jena, 1914, 
xl, 681-683.— WUIIger. Pie Schussverietzungen der Kiefer. 
n>id., 1915, xil, 516-621.— ZUz (J.). Die Lichtbehandlung 
mit dezn Quarzstabe bei Kieferverletzungen und Erkran- 
kungen in der MundhShle. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljsohr. t. 

Zahnb., Wien, 1916, jtxxii, 299-305, 1 pi. Patho- 

logisch-anatomische Befunde bei Eiefeireiletziingen. Ibid,, 
1917, xxxiii, 153; 266, 26 pi. 

Jay (E.). *L'abc§s pdvien, au cours de I'ap- 

Sendicite aigue. 29 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921. 
o. 541. 

Jay (John G.) [1848-1921]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, Ixxrvi, 1184. 

Jay (Melville . Richard Hiadmarsh) 
[1856-1919]. 

Obituary. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1919, ii, 621. 
Jay (Raoul). *Contribution k I'^tude de la 

grossesse g^mellaire. 60pp. 8°. Paris, 1921. 

No. 181. 
Jayet (Mile. Ren^e). *Etude sur la reaction 

intestlnale dans la s^ro-anaphylaxie. 16 pp. 

12°. Lausanne, C. Pache, 1922. 
Jayle (Leonard-Georges) [1880- ]. *Nou- 

veau thermor6gulateur magn^to-llectrique 

appliqu6 aux ^tuves m^dicales chaufl^es au 

p^trole. 43 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910. 

No. 30. 

Jayne (Horace) [1859-1913]. 

[Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 357. 
AUo Med. Rec. N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiv, 118. Alto N. York 
M. J. (etc.), 1913, xcTiil, 141. 

Jayne (Walter Addison) [1853- ]. The 
healing gods of ancient civilization, xxxix, 
569 pp., 7 pi. 8°. New Haven, Yale Univ. 
Press [etc.], 1925. 

Jaynes (Edwin Thompson) [1869-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ittit , 1624. 

Jay-T-Ruiz (Henricque-E-Henri) . *L'aboSs 
pelvien. Suite opdratoire de I'appendicite k 
chaud. 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914. No. 351. 

Ton Jazdewski (Anton) [1887- ]. *Ueber 
photodynamische Wirkung bei Kombination 
fluoreszierender Stoflfe. 24 pp. 8°- Miin- 
chen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1913. 

Jeaffreson (Alfred Ernst) [1872-1907]. 

F. (J. G.). In memoriam. St. Barth. Eosp. J., Lond., 
1907-8, XV, 77.— Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 123. 

Jealousy. 

Friedmann (M.). Ueber die Psychologie 
der Eifersucht. 4°. Wiesbaden, 1911. 

Maibet (A.). La jalousie; etude psycho- 
physiologique, clinique et m6dico-iegale. 8°. 
MontpeUier & Paris, 1908. 

Olbertz (H. P. P.). *Ueber die klinische 
Stellung des Eifersuchtswahnes. 8°. Bonn, 
1908. 

Baerwald (R.). Die XTnbeliebtheit des Tiichtigen. 
Ztschr. I. Psychoth. u. med. Psychol., Stuttg., 1915-16, 
Ti, 293-299.— Dalla Volta (A.). In tema di sentimento 
della gelosia. Rassengna di studi sess., Roma, 1925, t. 
269-276.— Eh mer (E.). Eifersucht als Triebteder von Ver- 
breoben; drei Straffalle. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kri- 
minalist., Leipz., 1909, xxlv, 16-31.— Freud (S.). Ueber 
feinige neurotische Mechanismen bei Eifersucht Paranoia 
und Homosexualitat. Internal. Ztschr. f. Psychoanal., 
Wien, 1922, viii, 249-258.— Gesell (A. L.). Jealousy. Am. 
J. Psychol., Worcester, 1906, xvii, 437-496.— Grlmaldl (L.). 
La gelosia in rapporto alia pazzia ed alia delinquenza. 
Rassegna di studi psichiat., Siena, 1923, xii, 472-488.— 
Oppentaelm (E.). Zur Frage der Oenese des Eifersuchts- 
wahnes. Zentralbl. f. Psychoanal., Wiesb., 1911-12, ii, 
67-77.— Savage (Sir O. H.). Jealousy as a cause and as a 
symptom of insanity. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 
1915, xl, 179-187. 



Jean (George William). Ophthalmoscopic di- 
agnosis, for general practitioners and students, 
vii, 123 pp. 12°. London & New York, 
E. B. Meyrowitz, 1915. 

Jean (Georges) . *Laryngite phlegmoneuse pri- 
mitive forme bact^rienne, une forme S. entero- 
coque. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908. No. 42. 

Jean (Georges-Pierre-Joseph) [1886- ]. *Le 
vStement entre les tropiques. 121 pp. 8°. 
Bordeaux, 1909. No. 49. 

Jean (Marcel) [1874r- ]. *Etude compara- 
tive de la symphys6otomie et de I'op^ration 
c6sarienne conservatrice. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1901. No. 67. 

Jean (R.-J.-H.) [1887- ]. *La glycuronurie 
de la grossesse. 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 1915. 
No. 118. 

Jeanbrau (E.). 

See Forgue (Emile) & Jeanbrau (E.). Quide pratique 
du mfidecin [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1924. 

, Lec^ne (P.) [et al.]. Pathologic chirurgi- 

cale g^n^rale: maladies g6n6rales des tissus, 
crSne et rachis. 4. ed. xvi, 1161 pp. 12°. 
Paris, Masson & Cie., 1924. 

Forms v. 1 of Precis de pathol. chirur. (B^gouin, Bour- 
geois [et al.].) 

Jeancon (John Allard) [1831-1903]. Descrip- 
tive anatomy of the human body forming a 
text-book to the atlas of human anatomy. 
3 pts. 8°. Cincinnati, A. E. Wilde & Co., 
1880. 

Excavations in the Chama Valley, New 

Mexico, ix, 80 pp., 65 pi. 8°. Washing- 
ton, Govt. Print. Office, 1923. 

Smitlison. Inst. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. BuU. 81. 
For biography see Eclect. M. Qleaner, Cincin., 1903, 
xiv, 42. 

Jeandel (Raymond-Xavier) [1890- ]. *De 
I'exclusion du pylore par le proc6d6 de Lam- 
botte dans les ulcferes pyloriques et duod6- 
naux. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1918. No. 51. 

Jeandidier (Henri-Marie-F6hx) [1882- ]. 
♦Contribution S, I'^tude de la pathogtoie des 
6tats neurasth Uniques post-grippaux. 131 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, 1908. No. 5. 

Jeandin (Andr6) [1883- ]. *Contribution 
k r^tude de la septic^mie pneumocoecique, 
95 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906. No. 37. 

Jeanjean (Albert) [1891- ]. ♦Considera- 
tions sur la syphilis acquise de I'enfant. 
54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1922. No. 104. 

Jeanneau (Georges) [1884^ ]. *H6mipl6- 
gies post-dipht&iques. 46 pp. 8°. Mont- 
peUier, 1911. No. 106. 

Jeannel (Maurice) [1850-1918]. Chirurgie de 
I'intestin. xi, 410 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898. 

The same. 3. ed. xlii, 658 pp. 8°. 

Paris, J. Rousset, 1906. 

Also, Editor of Archives m^dicales de Toulouse, 1896-1914. 

For biography, see Bull. Acad, de m6d.. Par., 1918, 3. s., 
Ixxx, 241-243. AUo Paris mfid., 1918, xxviii, suppl., 364 
(E. M.). 

Jeannel (Ren6e). *La m^thode des ligatures 
et des sutures mStaUiques perdues en chi- 
rurgie. [Paris.] 85 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1907. 
No. 247. 

Jeanneney (G.). Le cancer, manuel du pra- 
ticien. x, 172 pp. 16°. Paris, N. Maloine, 1926. 

Jeannequin (Gaston) [1885- ]. *Le m6tal 
coul6 en proth^se dentaire; 6tat actuel de la 
question. 64pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912. No. 87. 

Jeanneret (Andr6). *Zur Kasuistik des an- 
gioneurotischen Oedems, insbesondere des 
paroxysmalen angioneurotischen Lungenoe- 
dems. 65 pp. 8 . Zurich, Gebr. Leemann 
& Co., 191L 



JEANNERET 



58 



JEFFERYS 



Jeanneret (Lucien). La tuberculose de I'en- 
fant; traitement de ses formes m^dicales et 
chirurgicales par la tuberouline. viii, 204 
pp. 8°. Paris, J. B. Baillifere & Sons, 1915. 

Jeanneret (Maurice). *Beitrag zur patholo- 
gischen Anatomie der Extrauterin-Gravidi- 
tat 23 pp. 3 pi. 8°. Genf, W. Ktindig 
& Sohn, 1905. 

Jeanneret (Max). *Harnsaurebestimmungen 
im normalen und pathologischen Speichel mit 
Hilfe einer kolorimetrischen Methode. 45 
pp. 8°. Zurich, Leemann & Co., 1915. 

Jeanneret (T.). *Recherches exp^rimentales 
sur un nonveau proc6d6 de gastrostomie. 
79 pp. 4 pi. 8°. Berne, Lierow & Co., 
1907. 

Jeanneret-Minkine (Maurice) [1888- ]. 
*L'incontinence d'urine chez la femme dans 
ses rapports avec le prolapsus de la parol 
vaginale ant^rieure. 1 p. 1., 91 pp., 1 pi. 
8°. Lausanne, C. Pache, 1913. 

Le typhus exanth^matlque. 2 p. 1., 189 

pp. 8°. Paris, Payot & Co., 1916. 

Jeannest (Maurice) [1888- ]. *R^actions 

abdomlnales au cours des pneumococcies. 

3 p. 1., 71 pp. 8°. Paris, Jouve et Co., 

1913. No. 321. 
Jeannet (Pierre). *L'energie au cours de la 

gestation et de la puerp6ralit6, 6tude clinique 

et exp^rimentale. 37 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920. 

No. 359. 
Jeanney (Lucien) [1879- ]. *Le cancer 

du sein chez rhomme (r^sultats op^ratoires) . 

vii, 9-73 pp., 1 1. 8°. MontpeUier, 1905. 

No. 43. 
Jeannez (Duparchy). Essai de graphologie 

scientifique. xiv, 202 pp. 8°. Paris, Albin 

Michel [n. d.]. 
Jeannin (Cyrille) [1874- ]. *Etiologie et 

pathog^nie des infections puerp^rales, pu- 

trides (recherches cliniques et bact^riolo- 

giques). 262 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902. No. 

312. 

See, also, Dubrisay (Louis) & Jeannin (Cyrille). Frgcis 

d'accouohement. 12°. Paris, 1924. 

Also editor ol BuUetin de la SooiStS d'obsWtrique et de 

gynScologie de Paris, 1909-20. 

, Vanverts & Paucot. Les phl6bites 

puerp^rales. 107 pp. 8°- Paris, O. Doine 
fils, 1912. 

Jeannin (Eugene) [1880- , ]. *Exp6riences 
institutes dans le but d'^clairerlapathoglnie 
du cancer. 56 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903. No. 43. 

Jeannin (Pierre) [1881- ]. *Contribution 
a. r^tude de la maladie de Barlow. 69 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1920. No. 504. 

Jeannot (Ren^-EugSne-Frangois) [1888- ]. 
♦Contribution S, I'^tude de la suture des 
plaies de poitrine dans les cas de trauma- 
topnea 93 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1919. No. 17. 

Jeannotte (A.-F.) [1860-1918]. 

Gauvreau (J.). Nficrologie. Union mM. du Canada, 
Montreal, 1918, xlvii, 415. 

Jeanrenaud (Henri). *Etude anatomo-micro- 
scopique des ganglions lymphatiques du 
mlsentfere chez le foetus humain. 40 pp. 
8°. Lausanne, 1921. 

Jeanselme (A.). See Maladies des reins 
[etc.]. 8°. Paris [1908], 1909. 

Jeanselme (Edouard) [1858- ]. Cours de 
dermatologie exotique; recueilli et rddig^ par 
Tr^moliSres. 2 p. 1., v, 403 pp. 8°. Paris, 
Masson & Cie., 1904. 

Le b^rib^ri. 188 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paris, 

Masson & Cie.; Gauthier-Villars [1907]. 



Jeanselme (Edouard) — continued. 

Etiologie et prophylaxie des maladies 

transmissibles, par Jeanselme, Kelsch [et al.]. 
2 p. 1., 424 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, J.-B. 
BaiUiSre & fils, 1912. 

From V. 18 of Traitfi d'hygiene (Brouardel & Mosny). 
For biography see Paris m^., 1918, iiviii, suppl., 396 
(Q.Milan). 

& Bist (E.). Precis de pathologie exo- 
tique. xii, 809 pp., 2 pi. 12°. Paris, Mas- 
son & Cie., 1909. 

Jeanson (Gaston) [1886- ]. *Le docteur 
Casimir Davaine; sa vie; son oeuvre; 1812- 
1882. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. No. 327. 

Jeanty (Paul-Alexis-Joseph) [1881- ]. 
*L6sions du cervelet chez les paralytiques 
g^n^raux et les dements. 76 pp. 8°. Lyon, 
1903. No. 60. 

Jeanvoine (Henri-Joseph) [1890- ]. ♦Con- 
tribution k 1' etude du traitement des ruptures 
traumatiques de I'urfetre perineal par I'abou- 
chement syst^matique de la muqueuse ur^- 
trale k la peau. [Paris.] 101 pp. 8°. 
LiUe, 1919. No. 187. 

Jebbinli (Gerrit Jan). *Over het nucleinen- 
gehalte van menschelijk voedsel en vooral 
van Indische versnaperingen. 124 pp. 8°. 
Amsterdam, C. Misset, 1910. 

Jebe (Matthias) [1878- ]. *Ueber einen 
Fall von Echinoccus multilocularis bei gleich- 
zeitigem Carcinoma recti. [Erlangen.] 20 pp. 
8°. Mannheim, H. Haas, 1908. 

Jebens (Otto) [1890- ]. *Eifersuchtswahn 
bei Frauen. 63 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & 
Klaunig, 1914. 

Jeckstadt (Adolf FeUx) [1864^ ]. *Ueber 
den kulturellen Nachweis des Gonokkus und 
seine diagnostiche Bedeutung. 43 pp. 8°. 
Konigsberg i. Pr., E. Rautenberg, 1904. 

Jecorin. 

BaskoB (A.) XJeber das Jecorin und andere leeithin- 
artige Produkte der Pferdeleber. Ztsohr. f. physiol. 
Chem., Strassb., 1908, Iviii, 395-460.— MeJnertz (J.). Zur 
Kenntnis des Jecorins. Ibid., 1906, ilvi, 376-382. — Sieg- 
fried (M.) & Marls (H.). Zur Kenntnis des Jecorins. 
Ibid., 492-496.— WaldTogel & Tintemann. Zur Chemie 
des Jecorins. Ibid., 1906, xlvii, 129-139. 

Jedin (Friedrich Wilhelm) [1886- ]. 

*Ueber Lithopadien. 40 pp. 8°. Breslau, 

H. Fleischmann, 1914. 
Jeditch (MUe.). *Etudes sur I'action coagu- 

lantes des extraits d'organes. 16 pp. 8°. 

Lausanne, 1921. 
Jedwabnick (Adolf). *Ueber Trennungsneu- 

rome. 34 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Ham- 

merschlag & Kahle, 1909. 
Jedwabnik (David) [1889- ]. *Drei Falle 

von Polycythaemia rubra megalosplenica. 

1 p. 1., 29 pp., 2 1. 8°- BerUn, O. Francke, 

1913. 
Jedwabnick (Regina) [1890- ]. *Die spezi- 

fische Therapie der Pneumonie. 68 pp. 8°. 

Konigsberg i. Pr., O. Kiimmel, 1916. 

Jefferls (Daniel Worrell) [1842-1918]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Im, 920. 

Jefferson Medical College Hospital. Publica- 
tions from the Laboratories, v. 1-6, 1904- 
15. 8°. Philadelphia. 

Jeffersonian (The), v. 7-17, 1905-15. 8°. 
Philadelphia. 

Jefferys (W.Hamilton) & Maxwell (James L.). 
The diseases of China, including Formosa 
and Korea, xvi, 716 pp., 5 col. pi., 11 maps. 
4°. Philadelphia, T. Blakiston's Son & Co., 
1910. 



JEFFREY 



59 



JELLETT 



Jeffrey (E. C). The gametophyte of botry- 
chium virginianum. 32 pp. 4 pi. 8°. To- 
ronto, 1898. 

Forms No. 1 of Univ. Toronto Studies. Biol. Ser. 

Jeffrey (William) [1842-1912]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, il, 210. Also 
Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 416. 

Jeffries (Benjamin Joy) [1833-1915]. 

Cheney (F. E.). Obituary. Tr. Am. Oplith. Soc. 
Pliila., 1916, xiv, 427-429, port.— Obituary. Boston M. 



& S. T., 1915, clxxiii, 
Ixxxviil, 969. 



Also Med. Eec, N. Y., 1915, 



Jeger (Ernst). Die Chirurgie der Blutgefasse 
und des Herzens. viii, 331 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
A. Hirschwald, 1913. 

Jeger (Georg). *Untersuchungen an Speichel 
mit einem Kalkniederschlagsverfahren. [Zii- 
rich.] 24 pp. 8°. Weida i. Thur., Thomas 
& Hubert, 1924. 

Jeger ( Johann) . *Die Verbreitung des Kropfes 
bei Schulkindern im Bezirk Heinzenberg una 
in den Dorfern RhazUns und Bonaduz. 
[Ziirich.] 27 pp. 8°. Nafels, 1923. 

Jegge (Ernst). *Das Risiko der inneren ge- 
burtshilflichen Untersuchung und ihr Ersatz 
durch aussere Verfahren. 21 p. 8°. Basel, 
1919. 

J6go (J.) [1888- ]. *De la vulgarisation de 
I'hygitoe infantile. 61pp. 8°. Paris, 1915. 
No. 60. 

Jegourel (Hubert). *De I'atrophie pond&ale 
d'origine gastro-intestinale chez les nourris- 
sons au sein. 98 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
No. 305. 

Jehanin (Georges) [1886- ]. *Difficult6 du 
diagnostic du cancer primitif de la v6sicule 
biliaire. 47 pp. 8°. MontpeUier, 1911. 
No. 117. 

Jehl (Pierre) [1891- ]. *De I'emphysSme 
stercoral dans les plaies par armes K feu du 
colon descendant dans sa portion extrap6ri- 
ton^ale. 48 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1916. No. 82. 

Jehle (Ludwig) [1842- ]. Die Albuminurie; 
klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zur 
Frage der orthostatisch-lordotischen und der 
nephritischen Albuminurie. 2 p. 1., 109 pp., 
1 pi. 8°. Beriin, J. Springer, 1914. 

Die Bronchialerkrankungen im Kindes- 

alter. 80 pp. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban 
& Schwarzenberg, 1914. 
Forms Heft 3, v. 10,' of Beihette z. Med. Klin. 

Jehn (Carl) [1845-1923]. 

Boblmann. Nekrolog. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Qe- 
sellscli., Berl., 1923, xxxiii, 237-240. 

Jehn (Wilhelm) [1883- ]. *Beitrage zur 
Parabiose. 21 pp. 8°. Marburg, 1909. 

Jejunostomy. 

Sautter (M.). *Technique et accidents 
de la i^junostomie; j^junostomie latSrale 
simple avec ent6ro-anastomose au bouton, 
jdiunostomie en om^ga. 8°. Lyon, 1912. 

Berard. A propos de la ifijunostomle. Lyon m§d., 
1912, cxix, 482-484.- BSrard (L.) & Alamartlne (H:). 
Accidents et technique de la jejunostomie. Rev. de ohir., 
Par., 1913, xlvii, 660-677.— Delore & Leriche (E.). A 
propos de la jejunostomie par le procSdfi d'Eiselsberg- 
Witzel. Lyon m6d., 1908, ex, 621-525.— Emerson (C). 
McKinnon's jejunostomy. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1919, 
xxxviii, 175-177.— Hawkes (E. Z.). Jejunostomy. J. Med. 
Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1917, xiv, 193-195.— McKlnnon 
(A. I.). Jejunostomy: the rational operation for obstruc- 
tion of the bowels. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1917, xxxvl, 

269-271. Complemental jejunostomy. Ma., 1919, 

xxxviii, 23-26.— Mayo (C. H.). Jejunostomy: its Indica- 
tions and methods. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1917, 
xxxvii, 793-796.- Mayo (W. J.). Jejunostomy. Am. J. 
M. Sc, PMla. & N. Y., 1912, clxiii, 469-473.— Bobson 
(A. W. M.). The operation of Jejunostomy with, a de- 
scription of a new method. Med. Chir. Tr., Lond., 1905, 



Jej unostomy — continued . 

Ixxxviii, 233-239.— Van Lennep (W. B.). Jejunostomy. 
Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1914, xlix, 1-10.— Walker 
(I. J.). Jejunostomy. Boston M. & S. J., 1922, clxxxvi, 
108-111.— Walther. Sur la jejunostomie. Bull, et m6m. 
Soc. de ohir. de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 218-220. 

Jejunum. 

See Intestines. 
Jeken (James) [1826-1914]. 

[Obituary.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 282. Also 
Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s. xovii, 103. 

Jel6ntes a ii. sz belklmika s az lij szent Jd,no- 
sk6rhaz fiilgy6gydszatf rendel^seirdl 1903-5. 
[Report on the ii. internal clinic and on the 
otological arrangements of the new St. 
John's Hospital from 1903-5.] 8°. Buda- 
pest, 1906. 

Jelgersma (G.) [1899-1924]. Het hysterisch 
stigma. En psycho-pathologisch onderzoek. 
124 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, Scheltema & 
Holkema, 1903. 

Pseudo-bulbaire paralyse. 23 pp. 8°. 

Haarlem, de erven F. Bohn, 1904. 

Forms No. 8 of Qeneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., 
Haarlem, 1904, xi. 

Over wandenkbeelden. 64 pp. roy. 8°. 

Amsterdam, Scheltema & Holkema [1911]. 

Leerbcek der psychiatrie. 3 v. 4°. 

Amsterdam, Scheltema & Holkema, 1911-12. 

Unbewusstes Geistesleben. Vortrag. 32 

pp. 4°. Leipzig & Wien, H. HeUer & Co., 
1914. 

Het gevoelsleven van het achterlijke 

kind. 47 pp. 8°. Leiden [n. d.]. 

See, also, Scheffer (J. C. T.). Voorlezingen over zenuw- 
zieken [etc.], 8°. Haarlem, 1906. 

For biography see Nederl. Maandschr. v. Qeneesk,, 
Leiden, 1923-24, xii, 493, port. (H. van der Hceven, jr.). 
Also Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl., Amst., 1924, vi, 319-329. 
(M. J. van Erp Taalman Kip.) 

& Van Erp Taalman Kip (M. J.). De 



Papendrechtsche strafzaak en de psychiater. 
142 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, Scheltema & Hol- 
kema, 1911. 

Jelin (Juda) [1888- ], *Ueber die gross- 
knotige juvenile Lebercirrhose. 42 pp. 8°. 
Giessen, O. Kindt, 1912. 

Jeliu (N.). *Hydron6phrose ou appendioite. 
125 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920. No. 569. 

Jelke (Richard) [1884^ ]. *Ueber Lungen- 
abszess und seine operative Behandlung mit 
besonderer Beriicksichtigung zweier Palle der 
Hallesch. Chirurgisch. Klinik. 26 pp. 8°. 
Halle a. S., 0. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1913. 

Jelks (James Thomas) [1849-1902]. 

Jarvis (N. S.). [Obituary.] J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., 
Carlisle, Pa., 1903, xiii, 88.— [Obituary.] Tr. South. Surg. 
& Gynec. Ass., 1902, Phila, 1903, xv, 437, port. 

Jellett (Henry) [1872- ]. A short prac- 
tice of gynaecology. 2. ed. xiv, 406 pp. 8°. 
London, J. & A. Churchill, 1903. 

The same. 3. ed. xi, 518 pp. 8°. 

London, J. & A. Churchill, 1908. 

The same. 4. ed. x, 424 pp. 10 pi. 



8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1917, 
— The same. 6. ed. x, 438 pp., 10 pi. 
roy. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1924. 
A manual of midwifery for students and 



practitioners. With the assistance in special 
subjects of W. R. Dawson, [et al.] xxvi, 
1158 pp., 9 pi. 8°. London, BailliSre, 
Tindall & Cox, 1905. 

— The same. 2. ed. 1210 pp., 17 pi. 8°- 
London, Bailli^re, Tindall & Cox, 1910. 

The same. 3. ed. 1199 pp. 8°. Lon- 



don, Baillifire, Tindall & Cox, 1921. 



JEIXETT 



60 



JENKS 



Jellett (Henry) — continued. 

The same, xiv, 1158 pp., 9 pi. 8°. 

New York, W. Wood & Co., 1905. 

The same. 2. ed. 1210 pp., 17 pi. 8°. 



New York, W. Wood & Co., 1910. 

A short practice of midwifery for nurses 

embodying the treatment adopted in the 
Rotunda Hospital, DubUn. 2. ed. xv, 407 
pp., 5 pi. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 
1905. 

The same. 5. ed. 654 pp. 8°. Lon- 



don, J. & A. ChurchiU, 1908. 

The same. 6. ed. xv, 619 pp., 4 pi. 8°. 

London, J. & A. ChurchiU, 1913. 

The same. 7. ed. xvi, 545 pp. 8°. 



London, J. & A. Churchill, 1918. 
— - The same. 9. ed. xvi, 591 pp., 5 pi. 
8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1924. 

A practice of gynsecology. xii, 618 pp. 



11 col. pi. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 
1916. 

Jellifle (Smith Ely) [1866- ]. An introduc- 
tion to pharmacognosy. 265 pp. 8°. Phila- 
delphia, W. B. Saunders, 1904. 

Diseases of the nervous system; a text- 
book of neurology and psychiatry. 2. ed. 
xix, 17-938 pp., 11 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & 
New York, Lea & Febiger, 1917. 

The same. 3. ed. xviii, 17-1018 pp. 



8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea & 
Febiger, 1919. 

The technique of psychoanalysis, xii, 

163 pp. 8°. New York & Washington, 
Nerv. & Ment. Dis. Pub. Co., 1918. 

Nerv. & Ment. Dis. Monog., No. 26. 

Psychoanalysis in the treatment of ner- 
vous diseases. 24 pp. 12°. New York & 



London, Soc. Apphed Psychol., 1920. 

See, also, Butler (George F.). A text-book of materia 
mediea [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906.— Dejerine (J. J.) 
& Gauckler (E.). Psychoneuroses [etc.]. 8°. Philadel- 
phia & London, [1913].— Dubois (Paul). The psychic treat- 
ment [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1905.— Eppinger (Hans) & Hess 
(Leo). Vagotonia [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1915.— Grasset 
(Joseph). The semi-insane and the semi-responsible [etc.]. 
8° New York & London, 1907.— Hensell (Otto) & Weil 
(Richard). The urine and feces [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 
1905.-M8eder (Alphons E.). The dream problem fete.]. 
8°. New York, 1916.— Meyer (Adolf), Jelliffe (S. E.) & 
Hoch (A.). Dementia prseoox [etc.]. 8°. Boston, 1911-— 
Modern treatment of nervous and mental diseases [etc.]. 
8° Philadelphia & New York, 1913.— Plaut. TheWasser- 
mann sero-diagnosis [etc.]. 8°. New York, I911.-Rank 
(O ) The myth of the bhth of the hero [etc.]. 8°. New 
York 1914.— Shaw (J. 0.). Essentials of nervous diseases 
[etc.].' 8°. Philadelphia, 1904. 

& Brink (Louise). Psychoanalysis and 

the drama. v, 162 pp. 8°. New York & 
Wash., Nerv. & Ment. Dis. Pub. Co., 1922. 

Nerv. & Ment. dis. Monog., No. 34. 

& White (William Alanson) . Diseases of 

the nervous system, a text-book of neurology 
and psychiatry, xiii, [17]-796 pp. 8°. Phila- 
delphia & New York, Lea & Febiger, 1915. 

The same. 4. ed. xx, 1119 pp., 13 pi. 

8°. Phila. & New York, Lea and Febiger, 
1923 

JeUinek (Paula) [1891- ]. *Zwei Falls 
von Myxom des Herzens. 32 pp., z pi. » . 
Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1918. 

Jelliaek (S.). Elecktropathologie. Die Er- 
krankungen durch Blitzschlag und elek- 
trischen Starkstrom in kUnischer und fo- 
rensischer DarsteUung. vi, 246 pp., 4 pi. 8 . 
Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1903. 

, Atlas der Elektropathologie. xi, 91 pp., 

96 pi. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & 
Schwarzenberg, 1909. 



Jelly. 

See Gelatin. 
Jelly (George Frederick) [1842-1911]. 

Obituary. Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1911-12, Ixviii, 761. 
Aho Boston M. & S. J., 1911, cxlv, 664; 708. AUo J. Am. M. 
Ass., CJhicago, 1911, Ml, 1628. 

Jemma (R.). Esiste una terapia speciale ai 
bambini? Prolusione al corso di cUnica pe- 
diatrica. 29 pp. 8°. Palermo, CorselU, 1905. 

Jenaer medizinisch-historische Beitrage, hrsg. 
von Theod. IVIeyer-Steineg. Heft 1-5. 8 . 
Jena, G. Fische, 1912-13. 

Jenaische Zeitschrift ftir Naturwissenschaft. 
V. 8-62, 1874^1926. 8°. Jena. 

Jenckes (Frank Herbert) [1871-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixxviii, 989. 

Jendly (August). *Ueber das physikalisch- 
chemische Verhalten der roten Blutkorperchen 
verschiedener Tiere gegentiber den Sera 
derselben. 22 pp. 8°. Bern, Trtib & Kel- 
ler, 1923. 

Jendralski (Fehx) [1886- ]. *Salvarsan und 
Auge. 43 pp. 8°. Breslau, 1912. 

Jendrassik (E.). Ueber Neurasthenie. 

In Samml. Win. Vortr., Leipz., 1906, n. F., No. 426-427 
(Inn. Med., No. 128-129, 657-712). 

Jenisch (Reinhold) [1872- ]. *Zur foren- 
sischen Beurteilung des Alkoholismus. 44 pp., 
1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1908. 

Jenke (Walther) [1884^ ]. *Die Gehirn- 
arterien des Pferdes, Hundes, Rindes und 
Schweines verglichen mit denen des ]\Ien- 
schen. [Leipzig.] 103 pp. 8°. Dresden, 
O Franke, 1919. 

Jenkins (Columbus S.) [1873-1923]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, Ixxxi, 1039. 

Jenkins (F. W.). Betterment of life insurance 
service; lengthening Ufe through legislation; 
progress made in vital statistics registration 
laws in 1913. 11pp. 8°. New York, 1913. 

Jenkins (Sir James) [1818-1912]. 

Obituary. GlasgowM. J.,1912, taxvii,554. ^Zso Lancet, 
Lond., 1912, i, 1098. 

Jenkins (James Travis) [1876- ]. Alters- 
bestimmung durch Otolithen bei den Clu- 
peiden. 45 pp., 1 tab., 1 1. 4°. Kiel, 
Schmidt & Klaunig, 1902. 

Jenkins (John TbeophUus) [1829-1919]. 

Obituary. Canad. M. Ass. L, Toronto, 1919, ix, 268. 

Jenkins (Newell Sill) [1840-1919]. 

Darbey (E. T.). An appreciation. J. Dent. Hesearch, 
Bait., 1920, ii, 187-192, port.— Obituary. Dental Reg., 
Cincin., 1919, Ixxiii, 649. 

Jenkins (William T.) [1855-1921]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, Ixxvii, 139. 
Jenkinson (John Wilfrid) [1871-1915]. Three 
lectures on experimental embryology, xvi, 
130 pp. 8°. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917. 

For biography see Proc. Boy. Soc. Lond., 1917, Ixxxix, 
pp. xlii (E. S. Q.). AUo Stud. Hist. & Meth. So., Oxford, 
1917, 67. 

Jenks (Edward Watrous) [1833-1903]. 

Biograpby. Album Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1918, 264, 
port.— Currier (A. F.). [Obituary.] Tr. Am. Qynec. Soc, 
Phila., 1903, xxviii, 335-337, port.^Obituary.] J. Am. M. 
Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 862. 

Jenks (Elmer E.) [1861- ]. IMan's life 
upon this earth and how to lengthen it and 
save doctor bills, assisted by his son Elmer 
B. Jenks. 103 pp., 2 ports. 8°. [Chicago, 
Clark IMacRay Co., 1919.] 



JENKS 



61 



JENSEN 



Jenks (Jeremiah Whipple) [1866-^ ] & 
Lauck (William Jett) [1879- ]. The im- 
migration problem; a study of American 
inmiigration conditions and needs. 3. ed. 
xxiii, 551 pp. 8°. New York & London, 
Funk & WagnaUs Co., 1913. 

Jenks (Nathan) [1872-1916]. 

Manton (W. P.). Obituary. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 
1917, Ixxv, 523-526, port. Also Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Qynec, 
1916, York, 1917, Xiix, 396, port. 

Jenner (Arthur Gordon) [1885-1925]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1925, ii, 820. Also 
Lancet, Lend., 1925, ii, 841. 

Jenner (Edward) [1749-1823]. An inquiry 
into the cause and efifects of the variolae 
vaccinae, a disease discovered in some of the 
western counties of England, particularly 
Gloucester, and known by the name of the 
cow pox. [Facs.-ed., 1923.] 2 p. 1., iii-ix, 
75 pp., 2 1., 4 pi. 4°. London, S. Low, 1798. 

Untersuchung iiber die Ursachen und 

Wirkungen der Kuhpocken (1798) ; ubersetzt 
und eingeleitet von Viktor Fossel. 38 pp. 
8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1911. 

On the varieties and modifications of the 

vaccine pustule, occasioned by an herpetic 
state of the skin. 13 pp. fol. Cheltenham, 
H. Ruff, 1806. 

Repr. from Med. & Phys. J., Lond., 1804, jdi. 

For biography see Brit. M. J., lond., 1896, i, 1245-1261. 
Also Canad: J. M. & S., Toronto, 1920, xlvii, 63-71 (J. H. 
Elliott). Also Cleveland M. J., 1915, xiv, 265-272 (R. 
Dexter). Also Deutsche med. 'Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 
1896, mi, 305-307 (Pagel). Also Hosp. & Health. Eey., 
Lond., 1921, n. s., i, 41; 73 (O. J. S. Thompson). Also 
Internat. Clin., Phila., 1911, 21 s., iv, 300-305, port., front. 
(W. B. Jennings). Also Janus, Leyde, 1921, xxv, 191-221 
(C. J. S. Thompson). Also Lancet, Lond., 1923, i, 137-142. 
AJso Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1923, ii, 535-541 (A. A. 
Diendon) . Also Biy . di storia d. sc. med. e nat., Siena, 1923, 
X y, 103 (A. Corsini). Also Scient. Month., N. Y., 1916, ii, 
66-85 (D. F. Harris). 

See, also: 

Valentin (L.). Notice historique sur le 
Docteur Jenner, auteur de la d6couverte de 
la vaccine. 2 ed. 12°. Nancy, 1824. 

Abba (F.). Edoardo Jenner; nel primo centenario dalla 
sua morte. Riv. di storia d. sc. med. e nat., Siena, 1924, 
XV, ■ 66-106.— Camus (L.). Jenner et la vaccine. Bull. 
Acad, de m6d.. Par., 1923, 3. s., Ixxxix, 89-110.— Cliauffard. 
Allocution & I'occasion du centieme aimiversaire de la mort 
de Jenner. Ibid., 83-89.— Currie (T. E.). Vaccination and 
its discoverer. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila., 
1913,1,394-402.— Hale- White (Sir W.). Jenner: naturalist, 
pathologist, and country doctor. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1923, 
1, 204-206.— Jacobs (H. B.). Edward Jenner, a student of 
medicine, as illustrated in his letters. Contrib. Med. & 
Biol. Research ... Sir W. Osier, N. Y., 1919, ii, 740-755.— 
Jenner's discovery of allergy in smallpox and cow-pox. 
J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Iviii, 1117.— McBryde 
(C. M.). A letter of Edward Jenner containing a brief 
account of his discovery of vaccination. Johns Hopkins 
Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1916, xxvi, 177, 2 pi. [script].— Naegell- 
Akerblom. Napoleon et Jenner. Bull. Soc. frani;. d'hist. 
de la mM., Par., 1910, ix, 166-169.— Statues of Jeimer in 
England. Brit.M. J.,Londyl913,ii,1601.— Storer(H.R.). 
The memorials of Edward Jenner, 1796-1896. J. Am. M. 
Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxxii, 312-317. 

Jenner (J. A.). *The grafting of preserved 
foetal membranes to denuded skin surfaces. 
[Marquette University School of Medicine.] 
12 pp. 4°. Milwaukee, 1924^25. 
Typewritten. 

Jenner (Louis Leopold) [1866-1904]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, liJO.— Also Lancet, 
Lond., 1904, i, 1826. 

Jenner (Theodor) [1881- ]. *Beitrage zur 
Kenntnis cyklischer Di- und Tricarbonylver- 
bindungen mit einem Anhange uber Trennung 
organischer Sauren. 51 pp. 8°. Mtinchen, 
V. Hofling, 1909. 

*Beitrag zur Kenntnis der traumatischen 

Aortenruptur. 11 pp. 8°. Breslau, 1920. 



Jenner (Sir WilUam) [1815-1898]. 

Modern leaders in medicine: Sir William Jenner. Prac- 
titioner, Lond., 1907, Ixxviii, 836-842, port.— Obituary. 
Med. Eeo., N. Y., 1898, liv, 887. 

Jennlcke (Eugen) [1884r- ]. *Beitrag zur 
Kenntnis der traumatischen Riickenmarks- 
erkrankungen : Ein Fall von Poliomyelitis 
chronica nach Trauma. 36 pp. 8°. Jena, 
H. Pohle, 1914. 

Jennings (Clement A.) [1838-1914]. 

Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1914-15, xi, 
93. , 

Jennings (Hargrave) [1817-1890]. The Rosi- 
crucians, their rites and mysteries; with 
chapters on the ancient fire- and serpent- 
worshipers, and explanations of the mystic 
symbols represented in the monuments and 
taUsmans of the primeval philosophers. 
XV, 339 pp. 8°. London, J. C. Hotten, 1870. 

Jennings (Herbert Spencer) [1868- ]. 
Contribution to the study of the behavior of 
lower organisms. 256 pp. 8°. Washington, 
Carnegie Institution, 1904. 

Behavior of the lower organisms, xiv, 

366 pp. 8°. New York, Macmillan Co., 
1906. 

Life and death, heredity and evolution in 



unicellular organisms. 2 p. 1., 3-233 pp. 
8°. Boston, R. G. Badger [1920]. 

Jennings (J. Ellis). Color-vision and color- 
bUndness. A practical manual for railroad 
surgeons. 2 ed., thoroughly revised, xi, 
132 pp., 1 pi. 8°- Philadelphia, F. A, 
Davis Co., 1905. 

Jennings (Wilham Ernest). A manual of 
plague. With an introduction by G. BsAn- 
bridge. xvi, 254 pp. 8°. London, Reb- 
man, 1903. 

Jennings (WiUiam Oscar) [1851-1914]. The 
morphia habit and its voluntary renunciation. 
(A personal relation of a suppression after 25 
years' addiction). With notes and additional 
cases. X, 492 pp. 8°. London, BaiUi^re, 
Tindall & Cox, 1909. 

The same, x, 492 pp. 12°. New York, 

W. Wood & Co., 1909. 

For biography see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 1091. Also 
Lancet, Lond., 1914, ii, 1383. 

Jenny (Eduard). *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis 
der Osteodysplasia exostotica. [Basel.] 34 
pp. 2 pi. 8°. Berhn, S. Karger, 1918. 

Jenny (Hans). *Ueber die Beeinflussung der 
Jodkaliumausscheidung durch Diuretica nebst 
Untersuchungen iiber die Ausscheidung bei 
Nephritikern. 32 pp. 8°. Bern, Lack & 
Grunau, 1904. 

Jenot (Marcel) [1889- ]. *De I'^rysip^e 
au cours de la scarlatina. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1920. No. 395. 

Jensen (C. O.). Grundriss der Milchkunde 
und Milchhygiene. vii, 228 pp. 8°. Stutt- 
gart, F. Enke, 1903. 

The same. Essentials of milk hygiene. 

Translated and amplified by Leonard Pearson, 
viii, 9-275 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 
J. B. Lippincott Co. [1907]. 

Jensen (Dietrich) [1889- ]. *Ueber zwei 
einheimische Giftpflanzen. Eine kritisch- 
literarische und experimentelle Studie. 58 
pp. 8°. Rostock, 1914. 

Jensen (Gerard J. G.). House drainage and 
sanitary fitments, xx, 257 pp., 1 plan. 12°. 
London, 1900. 

Jensen (Hans) [1879- ]. *Ein Cor bilocu- 
lare. 30 pp. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1912. 



JENSEN 



62 



JESS 



Jensen ( Johannes Theodor) [1877- ]. *Der 

Steinverschluss des Choledochus ohne Ikterus. 

[Kiel.] 28 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Hoffmann, 

1911. 
Jensen (Julius). Traumen und Denken. 2 

ed., 34 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1875. 

Forms Heft 134 o{ Samml gemeinyerstSndl, wissensoh. 

Vortr., Berl. 

Jensen (Paul). Reiz, Bedingung und Ursache 
in der Biologie. 70 pp. 8°. Berlin, Gebr. 
Borntrae'ger, 1921. 
Forms Heft 11 of Abhandl. z. theoret. Biol. 

Jensen (Wilhelm). 

See Freud (Sigmund) & Jensen (W.). Delusion and 
dream [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1917. 

Jentsch (Ernst) [1867- ]. Zum Andenken 
an Paul Julius Mobius. port., 26 pp. 8°. 
HaUe a. S., C. Marhold, 1907. 

Musik und Nerven. ii: Das musika- 

Usche Gefiihl. vi, 95 pp. roy. 8°. Wiesr 
baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1911. 

Forms Heft 78 of Grenzfragen des Nerv.- und Seelenlel). 

Das Pathologische bei Otto Ludwig. 72 

pp., port. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 
1913. 

Forms Heft 90 of Grenzfr. d. Nerv.- u. Seelenlet. 

Jentzen (Richard) (1891- ]. *Ueber die 
postoperative Cystitis. 42 pp. 8°. Kiel, 
Schmidt & Klaunig, 1916. 

Jentzer (Fritz). Etude exp6rimentale des 
teratomes par la greffe d'embryons, conserves 
extra corpus. 37 pp., 11. 8°. Geneve, 1908. 

Jentzsch (Karl Johannes) [1890- ]. 
*Schadel - Rontgenbefunde bei Epilepsie. 
[Halle-Wittenberg.] 40 pp. 8°. Halle, H. 
Rehmann, 1920. 

Jenvrin (Gaston). *Des difBcult^s du diag- 
nostic clinique des ulcerations fuso-spirochK- 
tiques. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919. No. 27. 

Jephson (Henry). The sanitary evolution of 
London. 1 p. 1., 440 pp., 1 map. 8°. Lon- 
don, F. F. Unwin, 1907. 

Jepsen (Peter) [1891- ]. *Zur Sympto- 
matologie und Pathologie der Tumoren im 
Centrum ovale. 15 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt 
& Klaunig, 1919. 

Jepson (Edward) [1849-1922]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, ii, 1050. 

Jepson (Samuel Lawrence) [1842-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixiviii, 1665. 
Also West Virg. M. J., Huntington, 1921-22, xvl, 402. 

Jequiritol. 

Coppez (H.). Le jequiritol. Clin. opM., Par., 1903, ix, 
21-26.— Krauss(W.). Ueber JecLuirltol. Ztsolir. f. Augenh., 
Berl., 1903, x, 34; 122, 3 pi.— Simi (A.). Ancora I'xiso del 
iequlritolo. Boll, d'ocul., Firenze, 1902, xxi, 81; 97; 113; 
225.— VoHert. Jequiritol und Jequiritol serum. Therap. 
Neuheiten, Leipz., 1907, ii, 151-154. 

Jequirity. 

Hook (K.). Das Jequirity, das Jequiritol 
und Jequiritolserum. 8°. Halle a. S., 1903. 

AUanCJ.). Jequirity in ophthalmic worlc. N. YorkM. 
J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 762. Also reprint.— Baro. Le jequi- 
rity dans le traitement de certaines formes de tracomes et de 
keratites. Cong, internat.de m6d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, 
xiv, sect, d'opht., 438-441. 

Jerchel (Walter) [1887- ]. *Inwieweit wird 
das Medizinstudium durch "RotgriinbHnd- 
heit" beeinflusst? [Miinchen.] 1 p. I., 33 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1912. 

Jereslaw (Gruno) [1879- ]. *Indikationen 
zur ktinstUchen Unterbrechung der Schwan- 
gerschaft. [Freiburg i. B.] 42 pp. 8°. Em- 
mendingen, Dolter, 1908. 

Jerina (Franc6). *Studien iiber die Haarar- 
mut und Haarlosigkeit bei Haustieren. 
[Bern.] 112 pp. 8°. Hannover, 1920. 



JerloT (Emil). *Ueber Appendizitis wahrend 

der Graviditat und im Puerperium; klinische 

Studie. 168 pp. 8°. Helsingfors, Mercator, 

1925. 
Jermulovicz (Stefan) [1884- ]. *Beitrag 

zur Diagnose und Therapie der sogen. retro- 

peritonealen Tumoren. [Breslau.J 34 pp. 

8°. Sosnowice, Jermulowicz & Bergmann, 

1907. 
Jernakoff (Mademoiselle). *Recherches exp6- 

rimentales sur le venin des scorpions d'Egypte. 

23 pp. 8°. Lausanne, Giesser & Held, 

1913. 

Jernegan (Holmes Mayhew) [1846- 

1917]. 

[Obituary.] Boston M. & S. J., 1917, elixvi, 868. 
Jerochin (Michael) [1876- ]. *Zur The- 
rapie der Haematocele retrouterina. 35 pp. 
8°. Berlin, G. Pollner, 1902. 

de Jersey (Walter Brocls) [1863-1910]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 117. Also Lancet, 
Lond., 1911, i, 69. 

Jersild (O.). Unders0gelser over cervikalse- 
kretet hos prositituerede. [Researches on 
the secretions of the cervix in gonorrhoea.] 
1 p. 1., 177 pp. 8°. K0benhavn, G. C. Ursin, 
1904. 

Syphilis i mund og svaelg. 2 p. 1., 

52 pp. 8°. K0benhavn, Schubothe, 1905. 

Jfiruselfimy (J.). Guide de mSdecine et d'hy- 
gitoe k I'usage des coloniaux. 48 pp., 1 pi. 
8° Paris, Vigot freres, 1911. 

Jerzabek (Anton). Samariterbuch fiir die 
Angehorigen der bewafifneten Macht. 240 
pp. ' 12°. Wien, Josef Safd,f, 1902. 

Jerzycki (Edmund) [1880- ]. *Ein Fall 
von juveniler Tabes mit Geistesstorungen. 
17 pp., 11. 8° Kiel, H. Fienoke, 1912. 

Jescheck (F.). *Untersuehungen iiber Dio- 
xydiphenylmethane. 66 pp. 8°. Greifs- 
wald, H. Adler, 1906. 

Jeschko (Elisabeth). *Ueber Magenbauch- 
deckenflsteln bei Magenkrebs. [Ziirich.] 35 
pp., 1 pi. 8°. Linz [1902 vel subseq.]. ' 

Jeserich (Johann Heinrich Bruno) [1867- ]. 
*Ueber Aortenaneurysmen. 31 pp. 8°. 
Leipzig, Gebr. Huertl, 1894. 

Jesionek (Albert) [1870- ]. Liehtbiologie; 
die experimentellen Grundlagen der modernen 
Lichtbehandlung. viii, 177 pp. 8° Braun- 
schweig, F. Vieweg & Sohn, 1910. 

Biologische Vorfragen der experimentel- 
len Tuberkuloseforschung vom dermatologi- 
schen Standpunkt aus. 44 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
J. A. Barth, 1922. 

Forms Heft 8, of 'Tuberk.-Biblioth. 

Jeske (Erich) [1888- ]. *Die Abnahme der 
Frequenz des Delirium tremens in Breslau 
im Gefolge der Branntweinbesteuerung von 
1909. [Breslau.] 16 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. 
Riemer, 1911. 

Also in Allg. Ztsohr. f. Psyohiat. [etc.], Berl. 1911, Ixviii, 
363-370. 

Jeske (Erich Fritz Bruno) [1884^ ]. *Ein 

Fall von Tarsektomia anterior. 27 pp. 8°. 

Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1911. 
Jgsover (Charies) [1898- ]. *Etudes sur 

quelques cas de sacro-coxalgie. 32 pp., 3 pi. 

8°. Paris, 1925. No. 459. 
Jess (Adolf Wilhelm Karl Theodor) [1883- 
]. *Ein Fall von Sarkom der Chorioidea 

in friihem Kindesalter. [Gottingen.] 13 pp., 

2 pL 8°. Leipzig, 1908. 

Also in Aroh. f. Ophtn., Leipz., 1908, IxlS. 



JESS 



63 



JESSNER 



Jess (Adolf WUhelm Karl Theodor)— cont'd. 

*Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Chemie der 

normaJen und der pathologisch veranderten 
Linse des Auges. [Habilitationsschrift, 
Giessen.] 62 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Mtinchen, 
R. Oldenbourg, 1913. 

Die sympathische Ophthalmle. 33 pp- 

8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1914. 

Forms Heft 8, v. 9, of Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. ». d. 
Geb. d. Augenh. 

Jess (Carl Wilhelm Andreas) [1880- ]. 
*Ueber Gastritis flegmonosa bei Magenkrebs- 
20 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 
1906. 

Jess (Friedrich August Adolf) [1891- 
*Ueber Retention von Plazentar-Resten nach 
rechtzeitigen Geburten. 33 pp., 11., 1 ch, 
8°. Marburg, C. Schaaf, 1919. 

Jess (Heinrich Julius Ernst) [1879- ]. 
*Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom induzierten 
Irresein. 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & 
Klaunig, 1903. 

Jess (Paul). Kompendium der Bakteriologie 
und Blutserumtherapie ftir Tierarzte und 
Studierende. 2. ed. x, 134 pp., 10 pi. 8°. 
BerUn, R. Schoetz, 1903. 

Jesse (Fryniwyd Tennyson). Murder and 
its motives. 4 p. 1., 7-258 pp. 8°. London, 
W. Heinemann, 1924. 

Jessel (Otto Karl Friedrich) [1876- ]. 
*Die inductive Methods bei Eduard v. 
Hartmann. [Kiel.] 70 pp., 1 1. 8°. Ham- 
burg, Hartung & Co., 1907. 

Jessea (Carl Christian) [1856- ]. Les 
oeuvres de I'hygiSne hers de I'^cole en Dane- 
mark. 3 p. 1., vi, 116 pp., 1 map. 4°. Co- 
penhague, G. E. C. Gad, 1910. 

Jessen (Ernst). Die Notwendigkeit zahnarzt- 
licher Schulung fUr den praktischen Arzt 
und seine Einftihrung in die moderne Zahn- 
heilkunde. 16 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. 
Stuber, 1902. 

Forms Heft 12, v. 2, of Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Qesamtgeb. 
d. prakt. Med. 

Zahnhygiene in Schule und Haus. Zur 

Erganzung und Erlauterung der Wandtafel: 

" Die Zahne und ihre Pflege. 46 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
Strassburg i. E., Heitz & Mundel, 1903. 

Die Zahne und ihre Pflege. 1 broadside 

fol. Strassburg [1903]. 

, Loos & Scblaeger. Zahnhygiene in 

Schule und Hear. 4 p. 1., 205 pp., 1 pi. fol. 
Strassburgi E., Heitz & Mundel. 1904. 

Motz (T.) & Domlnicus. Die Zahn- 



pflege in der Schule vom Standpunkt des 
Arztes, des Schulmannes und des Verwal- 
tungsbeamten. viii, 67 pp., 3 pi., 2 diag. 
8°. Strassburg i. E., L. Beust, 1905. 
Jessen (Friedrich). Soziale Krankenpflege In 
Krankenhausern. Handb. d. sozial. Med. iv, 
1-220. 8°. Jena, 1904. 

Lungenschwindsucht und Nervensystem. 

iv, 112 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1905. 

Indikationen und Kontraindikationen 

des Hochgebirges. pp. 329-357. 8°. Wurz- 
burg, A. Stuber, 1906. 

Forms Heft 12, v. 6, of Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Oesamtgeb. 
d. prakt. Med. 

Ueber den kiinstlichen Pneumothorax 

in der Behandlung der Lungentuberkulose 
und die Grenzen dieses Verfahrens. 24 pp. 
8°. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1911. 

Forms Heft 7, t. 11, of Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Oesamtgeb. 
d. prakt. Med. 



Jessen (Friedrich) — continued. 

Die operative Behandlung der Lungen- 

Tuberkulose. 118 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, C. 
Kabitzsch, 1914^15,. 

Forms Heft 416, v. 16, of Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Oe- 
samtgeb. d. prakt. Med. 

Die Prognose der Lungentuberkulose. 



14 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1925. 

Forms Heft 17 of Tuberk.-Bibhoth. 

Jessen (Johann Friedrich) [1889- ]. 

*Ueber die im Gefolge der Tabes dorsalis 

auftretenden nicht paralytischen Psychosen. 

17 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1919. 

Jessen (Karl Ludwig Adolf Harald) [1893- 

]. *Prophylaxe der Eklampsie. 15 pp. 

8°. Marburg, J. Hamel, 1921. 

lessen (William) [1858-1918]. 

Schmiegelow (E.). [Obituary.] Ugesk. f. Laeger, 
K:0benh., 1918, Isxx, 1867. 

Jessen-Hansen (Hans). Surle dosage de me- 
langes de saccharose et du sucre interverti 
ou de lactose. 21 pp., 5 tab. 8°. Copen- 
hague, H. Hagerup, 1924. 

Forms No. 3., v. 15, of Compt.-reud. Trav. du Lab. de 
Carlsberg. 

Jessner (Josef) [1859-1902]. 

[Biography]. Aerztl. Eeform-Ztg., Wien, 1902, iv, 202. 
Jessner (Kurt Joachim) [1886- ]. *Ueber 

gonorrhoische Prozesse im subcutanen Binde- 

gewebe (mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung 

der Metastasenbildung) . 39 pp. 8°. Bres- 

lau. Grass, Barth & Co., 1914. 
Jessner (Mux) [1887- ]. *Ueber Cholera- 

aggressine. 32 pp. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 

Hartung 1911. 
Jessner (Samuel) [1859- ]. Dermatolo- 

gische Vortrage fiir Praktiker. Heft 1-18. 

8°. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1899-1907. 
Die Syphilide (Syphilis der Haut und 

Schleimhaut) . 1. Teil: Diagnose. 2. Teil: 

Therapie. 72; 74 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, A. 

Stuber, 1904. 

Salben und Fasten mit besonderer Be- 



riicksichtigung des Mitin. 35 pp. 12°. Wiirz- 
burg^. Kabitzsch, 1905. 

Diagnose und Therapie des Ekzemas. 

2. Teil: Therapie. 96 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, 
C. Kabitzsch, 1906. 

Kompendium der Hautkraukheiten ein- 



schliesslich der Syphilide und einer kurzen 
Kosmetik. 3. ed. xv, 322 pp. 8°. Wurz- 
burg, C. Kabitzsch, 1906. 

The same. Lehrbuch (friiher Kompen- 
dium) der Haut- und Geschlechtsleiden, ein- 
schliesslich der Kosmetik. 4. ed. 2 v. 8°. 
Wiirzburg; C. Kabitzsch, 1913. 

— Des Haarschwunds Ursachen und Behand- 
lung. 5. ed. 62 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. 
Stuber, 1907. 

Forms Heft 1 of Dermatol. Vort. f. Praktiker. 

The same. 6. ed. 62 pp. 12°. Wiirz- 



burg, Kabitzsch, 1910. 
— Kokkogene Hautleiden (Furunkel, Ery- 
sipel etc.). 102 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. 
Stuber, 1907. 

Kosmetische Hautleiden. 127 pp. 12°. 



Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1907. 

Hauttuberkulose (Lupus vulgaris etc.) 



einschliesslich TuberkuUde und Lupus ery- 
thematodes. 76 pp. 8°. ' Wiirzburg, C. 
Kabitsch, 1909. 

Hautveranderungen bei Erkrankungen 

der Leber. 23 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, . C. Ka- 
bitzsch, 1912. 



JESSNITZER 



64 



JEWS 



Jessnitzer (Eugen) [1874- ]. *Ueber. die 
erweiterte abdominale Totalexstirpatlon bei 
Uteruscarcinom nach Wertheim. 54 pp., 
1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903. 

Jesson (Albert Georges) . *Nanisme et infan- 
tilisme cardiaques. 124 pp., 3 pi., 1 1. 8°. 
Paris, 1905. No. 516. 

Jessop (Charles J.) [1852-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., CMoago, 1922, hxrtii, 989. 

Jessop (Thomas Richard) [1837-1903]. 

Late (The) Thomas Richard Jessop. Lancet, Lond., 
1924, ii, 1245.— Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 856. 

Jessop (Walter Hamilton Hylton) [1853-1917]. 
Manual of ophthalmic surgery and medicine, 
2. ed. 531 pp., 9 pi. 8°. London, J. & A. 
Churchill, 1908. 

For biography see Brit. J. Ophth., Lond., 1917, i, 213-216, 
port. (W. T. H. Spicer). Also Brit. M. L, Lond., 1917, 
i, 282, port. Also St. Barth. Hosp. Hep. 1917 & 1918, Lond., 
1920, liii, 1-3, port. 

Jesus. 

See Christ. 

de Jesus Alfonseca (J. Dolores). See Alfon- 
seca. 

de Jesus Contreras (Dario) [1872- ]. 
♦L'endocardite maligne k forme an^mique. 
66 pp. 8° Paris, 1914. No. 357. 

Jetel (Franz). Meine Behandlungsmethode 
der Ischias. Vortrag. 27 pp. 8°. Wien, 
J. Safdf, 1909. 

Jett (James F.) [1856-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, isnx, 756. 
Jeudi de Oris sac (Andr^-Armand) [1884- 
]. *Contribution k I'^tude de I'orga- 

nisation sanitaire en France. 63 pp. 8°. 

Paris, 1916. No. 449. 
Jeudon (Robert) [1894- ]. *Le traite- 

ment de I'h^mophilie par lee injections de 

propeptone. 73 pp. 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1921. 

No. 178. 
Jeulin (Charles) [1896- ]. *Contribution k 

I'etude de I'an^vrysme de I'aorte abdominale. 

118 pp. 8°. Paris, 1925. No. 28. 

Jewell (James Stewart) [1837-87]. 

Holmes (B.). Dr. James S. Jewell. Boyhood in 
Illinois in the fourth and fifth decades of the past century. 

Chicago M. Recorder, 1912, xxriv, 18-26. The 

medical education of James S. Jewell in Chicago, 1859-1864. 
Ibid., 1920, xlii, 138-142.— Moyer (H. N.). [Biography.] 
Bull. See. M. Hist. Chicago, 1923-25, iii, 488-494. 

Jewett (Charles) [1839-1910]. 

B. (A.T.). Inmemoriam. N. York State M. J., N. Y., 
1910, X, 393, port.— Biography. Album Am. Qynec. 
Soc, Phila., 1918, 266, port.— Polali (J. O.). In memoriam. 
Tr. Am. Qynec. Soc, PhUa., 1911, xxxvi, 591-594, port. 

Jewett (Frances Gulick) [1854- ]. Health 

and safety, viii, 197 pp. 8°. Boston [etc.]. 

Ginn & Co. [1916]. 
Physiology, hygiene and sanitation, xiv, 

367 pp. 8°. Boston [etc.]. Ginn & Co. 

[1916]. 
Jewett (Frederic Albert) [1853-1923]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, lea, 341. 

Jewish Consumptives' Relief Society. Annual 
reports. 1.-6., 1904^9. 8°. [n. p., 1905- 
1910.] 

Jewish Encyclopedia (The); a descriptive rec- 
ord of the history, religion, literature, and cus- 
toms of the Jewish people. Isidore Singer, 
projector and' managing editor. 12 v. 4°. 
New Y6rk & London. 1901-1906. 

Jews. 

Alsbebg (M.). Die Rassenmischung im 
Judenthum. 8°. Hamburg, 1891. 



Jews — continued. 

Bessbb (M.) . Die Juden in der modernen 
Rassentheorie. 2. ed. 8°. Koln & 
Leipzig, 1911 

FisHBERG (M.). The Jews: a study of 
race and environment. 8°. London, 1911. 

HiBscH (S. A.). The cabbalists and 
other essays. 8°. London, 1922. 

Hygiene der Juden; im Anschluss an die 
Internationale Hygiene-AussteUung Dresden, 
1911, hrsgb. von Max Grunwald. 8°. 
Dresden, 1911. 

Jacobs (J.). Jewish contributions to civi- 
lization; an estimate. 8°. Philadelphia, 
1920. 

Jewish Encyclopedia (The) ; a descriptive 
record of the history, religion, literature, and 
customs of the Jewish people from the ear- 
liest times to the present day. 12 v. 4°. 
New York & London, 1901-1906. 

KiKSCHNEB (M.). *Die Sterblichkeit und 
die Todesursachen der Juden in Mtinchen. 
von 1881 bis 1908. 8°. Mtinchen, 1912. 

Ltdston (G. F.). That bogey man the 
Jew. 8°. Kansas City, Mo. [1921]. 

MoBPTTBGO (E.). Sulle condizioni soma- 
tiche e psichiche degli IsraeUti in Europa. 8°. 
Modena, 1903. 

MosES (A. G.). Jewish science; psychol- 
ogy of health, joy, and success. 8°. New 
Orleans, 1920. 

MuRBT (M.). L' esprit juif. Essai de psy- 
chologie etimique. 12°. Paris, 1901. 

Ravage (M. E.). The Jew pays; a narra- 
tive of the consequences of the war to the 
Jews of eastern Europe, and of the manner 
in which Americans have attempted to meet 
them. 8°. New York, 1919. 

Rbichler (M.). Jewish eugenics, and 
other essays; three papers read before the 
New York board of Jewish ministers, 1915. 

I. Jewish eugenics, by Rabbi M. Reiohler. 

II. The defective in Jewish law and litera- 
ture, by Rabbi J. Blau. III. Capital punish- 
ment among the Jews, by Rev. Dr. De S. 
Pool. 8°. New York, 1916. 

ScHLEiDEN (M. J.). The importance of 
the Jews for the preservation and revival of 
learning during the middle ages. Transl. 
from the 4. ed. by M. Kleimenhagen. 8°. 
London, 1911. 

Spabqo (J.) . The Jew and American ideals. 
12°. New York & London [1921]. 

Stback (H. L.). The Jew and human 
sacrifice [human blood and Jewish ritual].. 
8°. London, 1909. 

Wild (Laura H.). The evolution of the 
Hebrew people and their influence on civili- 
zation. 8°. New York, 1917. 

Zeitschbiet fur Demographie und Statis- 
tik der Juden. Hrsg. vom Bureau fiir Sta- 
tistik der Juden. v. 5-12, 15, 1909-1916, 
1919. 8°. Berlin-Halensee. 

Bloch (A.). De I'origine des HSbreux. Bull. et. mgm. 
Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1909, 5. s., x, 637-649.— BriH (A. A.). 
The adjustment of the Jew to the American environment. 
Ment. Hyg., Concord, N. H., 1918, ii, 219-231.— Chalmers 
(H.). The number of Jews in New York City. Pub. Am. 
Statist. Ass., Bost., 1914-15, xiv, 68-75.— Cook (O. FO. 
Jewish colonization in Palestine. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 
1913, Ixxxiii, 428-433.— Dienemann (M.). Hygiene der 
Juden im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert. Hyg. d. Juden, Dresd., 
1911, 261-270.— Driesmans (H.). Zur Biologie der jii- 
dischen Rasse. Polit.-anthrop. Eev.,Hildburgh., 1912-13, 
xi, 149-159.— Ksenstadt (H. L.). Die Sozialpathologie der 
Juden und ihre Lehren. Soziale Med. u. Hyg., Hamb., 

1910, V, 366, 426. Methoden und Ergebnisse der 

judischen £rankheitsstatistik. Ztschr. f. Fsychoth. u. 



JEWS 



65 



JOAKIMOPOULO 



Jews — continued . 

med. Psychol., Stuttg., 1916-19, vii, 128-154— FIshberg 
(M.)- Tuberculosis among the Jews. Tr. Internal. Cong. 
Tubero. (Wash.), Phila., 1908, iii, 415-428.— Friedman 
(E. M.). The Jewish mind in the making; a layman's 
essay in mental hygiene. Ment. Hyg., Albany, 1923, vii, 
345-356.— Gin (B.). Die Rassenmerkmale der Juden. 
Polit.-anthrop. Bev., Berl., 1913-14, xil, 516-527.- Guthe 
(C. E.). Notes on the cephalic index of Eusslan Jews in 
Boston. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., Wash., 1918, i, 213-223.— 
Hubertz (A. M.). Die Rassenabstammung der Juden. 
Polit.-anthrop. Eev., Eisenach & Leipi., 1904, Iii, 101-103.— 
Laufer (B.). Zur Geschichte der chinesischen Juden. 
Globus, Brnsohwg., 1905, Ixxxvii, 245-247.— Levy (J.). 
Statistische Unterlagen zur Rasse- und Krankheitsforschung 
der Juden. Ztschr. f. Sexualwissensch., Bonn, 1921, yiii, 
248-250.— Lipsky (A.). Are the Jews a pure race? Pop. 
So. Month., N. Y., 1912, Ixxxi, 70-77.— Oehme-Groten- 
burg. Der Internationale Jude in amerikanischer Beleuch- 
tung. Polit.-anthrop.-Monatschr., Berl., 1921, xx, 27g- 
282.— Pillai (U. R.). Das Judentum und die gegenwSrtigS 
Weltlage. Ibid., 226; 264; 317.— Batner. Die Rassenhy- 
giene, Familienforsohung, Eugenik und einiges fiber die 
Vererbung geistiger Eigenschatten im altjudischen Schrift- 
tum. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1918, xxviii, 249-252.— de 
Boos (J.R. B.). Ueber die Knminalitat der Juden. Mo- 
natschr. t. Knm.-Psyohol. [etc.], Heidelb., 1909, vi, 193- 
205.— Salaman (R. N.). Heredity and the Jew. Eugen- 
ics Rev., Lond., 1911-12, iii, 187-200: 1912-13, iv, 91-93.— 
Schweishelmer (W.). Statistische Unterlagen zur Rasse- 
und Krankheitsforschung der Juden. Oeffentl. Qsndhts- 
pflg., Brnsohwg., 1921, vi, 60-66.'- Sofer (L.). Zur anthro- 
pologischen Stellung der Juden. Polit.-anthrop. Rev., 
liOipz., 1908, vii, 65-71.— Torwahl (H.). Die LinkshSndig- 
keit der Juden. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1921, xiii, 
182-184.— Wassermann (R.). Die Kriminalitat der Juden 
in Deutschland in den Ictzten 26 Jahren (1882-1906) . Mo- 
natschr. t. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb., 1909-10, vi, 609- 
618.— Welssenberg (S.). Zur Anthropologic der nordaJri- 
kanischen Juden. Mitt. d. anthrop. Qesellsch. in Wien, 

1912, xlii, 85-102. Zur Anthropologic der deutschen 

Juden. Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1912, xliv, 269-274.— 
Werner (I.). Ueber das Verhalten der Lungentuberkulose 
bei den Juden. Ztschr. I. Tuberk., Leipz., 1925, xliii, 130- 
135. 

Jex-BIake (Arthur John). Tuberculosis; a 
general account of the disease, its forms, 
treatment, and prevention. viii, 231 pp. 8°. 
London, G. Bell & Sons, 1915. 

' Physical signs in the chest and abdo- 
men. 4 p. 1., 119 pp. 8°. London, J. & A. 
Churchill, 1921. 

Jex-Blake (Sophia) [1840-1912]. 

Todd (Margaret Georgina). The life of 
Sophia Jex-Blake. 8°. London, 1918. 

Macmer«hy (Helen). The hfe of Sophia Jex-Blake. 
Med. Woman's J., Cincin., 1920, xxvii, 179-185.— Obituary. 
Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 130.— Scharlelb (Mary). Sophia 
Jex-Blake; a great personality. Hospital, Lond., 1918, Ixiv 
387.— Todd (Margaret). Biography. Mag. Lond. [Roy 
Free Hosp.] Sch. Med. f. Women, Lond., 1912, viii, 3-10. 

Jezditch (JVIlle.). *Etudes sur Taction coagu- 
lante des extraits d'organes. 16 pp. 8° 
Lausanne, 1921. 

Jezierski (Paul Vincent). *Kasuistischer Bei- 
trag zur Lehre von der spinalen Muskel- 
atrophie (Typus Duchenne-Aran) . [Freiburg 
1. Br.] 40 pp. 8°. Hamburg, Gebr. Ltide- 
king [1903 vel subseq.]. 

Jida (Sozo) [1882- ]. *Ueber einen unge- 
wohnlich friihzeitigen Fall von akutem, oti- 
tischen SchlafenJappenabszess. 22 pp. 8°- 
Giessen, O. Kindt, 1914. 

Jigmeler (Anton) [1877- ]. *Ueber einen 
Fall von psychogenem Torticollis. 22 pp., 
1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Mtinchen, M. Ernst, 1904. 

Jimenez (Gerardo) & Jimenez (Enrique). 
Higiene de las habitaciones y del agua en 
Costa Rica, ii, 252, ii pp. 8°- San Jos6, 
1902. 

Jimeno (Tomds Rico). Elementos de anato- 
mia, fisiologia e higiene. 2. ed., 146 pp., 
1 pi. 8°. La Coruna, Ferrer, 1905. 

Jlmorl (Masutaro) [1867- ]. *Ueber Subli- 
mat-Intoxikation mit besonderer Beruck- 

19850°— Vol. VII, 3d series— 27 



Jlmori (Masutaro) — continued. 

sichtigung der Nieren- und Darmbefunde. 

34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Call- 

wey, 1906. 
Jin (Takenosuke) [1879- ]. *Experimen- 

telle Beitrage zur Lehre der einfachen arthriti- 

schen Muskelatrophie. 42 pp. 8°- Konigs- 

berg i. Pr. O. Kummel, 1910. 

JIu-Jitsu. 

Hancock (H. I.). Japanese physical 
training. The system of exercise, diet, and 
general mode of living that has made the 
Mikado's people the healthiest, strongest, 
and happiest men and women in the world. 
12°. New York & London, 1904. 

& HiGASKi (K.). The complete 

Kand jiu-jitsu (jiudo). The official jiu-jitsu 
of the Japanese Government. 8°. New 
York, 1905. 

JiTanovltcIi (Georges) [1896- ]. *Etude 
sur la douleur dans les affections du rein, du 
bassinet et de I'uretere. 126 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1921. No. 113. 

JiTkovitcIi (Yovan) [1895- ]. ♦Contribu- 
tion k r^tude des troubles intestlnaux dans 
la maladie de Basedow. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1923. No. 4. 

Joachim (Albert) [1877- ]. *Ueber perfo- 
rierende Bienstachelverletzung der Hornhaut. 
24 pp. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1904. 

— — & Joachim (H.). Die preussische Ge- 

btihren-Ordnung fiir approbierte Aerzte und 

Zahnarzte, vom 15. Mai. 1896. 2. ed. vi 

. 1 1., 254 pp. 8°. Berlin, O. Coblentz, 1907. 

Joachim (Erich) [1878- ]. *Ueber Blu- 
tungen des Gehirns bei Fettembolie. 37 pp. 
8°. Greifswald, F. W. Kunike, 1902. 

Joachim (Hans) [1880- ]. *Ein Fall von 
Endaortitis luetica. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°- 
Miinchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1904. 

Joachim (Heinrich) [1860- ] & Korn 
(Alfred). Deutsches Aerzterecht, mit Ein- 
schluss der landesgesetzlichen Bestimmungen; 
Handbuch ftir Aerzte und Juristen. 2 v., 
xii, 449 pp.; xiii, pp. 451-889. 8°. Berlin, 
Fr. Vahlen, 1911. 

Joachim (Hermann) [1894- ]. *Ueber 
einen Fall von Granatsplitterverletzung des 
Orbitaldaches, die zu indirekter subkonjunc- 
tivaler Scleralruptur ftihrte. [Heidelberg.] 
31 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Joachim, 1919. 

Joachim (Johannes Gerhard) [1880- ]. 
*Beitrage zur Behandlung von Hautkrank- 
heiten mit concentriertem Licht. 51 pp. 
8°. Konigsberg i. P., O. Kiimmel, 1903. 

Joachim (M. L.). *Contribution t la flore 
mycologique du territoire de Belfort; cata- 
logue raisonn6 des champignons qui y crois- 
sent. 88 pp., 6 pi., 1 map. 8°. Paris, 1914. 
No. 6. 
Ecole de pharmacie. 

Joachimoglu (Georg) [1887- ]. *Experi- 
menteUe Beitrage zur Anaphylaxie. 24 pp. 
8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1911. 

Joachimsthal (Georg) [1863-1914]. 

Bucholz (C. H.). Obituary. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., 
Phila., 1914-15, xii, 507-509.— Helbing (C). Nekrolog. 
Berl. Klin. Wchnsohr., 1914, Ii, 579.— Peltesobn (S.). 
Nekrolog. Ztschr. t. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1914, xxxiv, 
367-376.— Vulpius (O.). Nekrolog. Zentralbl. t. chir. u. 
mech. Orthop., Berl., 1914, viii, 129-131. 

Joakimopoulo (E.). *Les syndromes c4r4- 
belleux dans la paralysie g^n^rale. 72 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1920. No. 238. 



JOAL 



66 



JOHNK 



Joal (Joseph). On respiration in singing. 
Transl. by R. Norris Wolfenden. xxiv, 208 
pp., 1 pi. 12°. London, F. J. Rebman, 1895. 

Joan of Arc. 

C. Jeanne d'Arc devant la psyoWatrie. Chron. mfidi, 
Par., 1920, xxvil, 266.— Dumaz ( J.). Psychologie de Jeanne 
d'Aro. Ann. m6d.- psychol., Par., 1904, 8. s., xix, 353-376.— 
Jacobson (A. C). The case of Joan of Arc: Was the maid 
insane? Med. Times, N. Y., 1917, xlv, 163-165. Also re- 
print.— MacLaurin (C). Jeanne D'Aro as a pathological 
study. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1919, i, 255-257. 

Joan (Antonio) [1679-1764]. 

de OntalTiUa (L.). [Biography.] Eev. valeno. de cien. 
mM., Valencia, 1904, vl, 211. 

Joanid (lonel) [1896- ]. *La vertfebre 
opaque; essai pathog^nique. 47 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1926. No. 174. 

Joannes, Parisiensis. Ein new wund Artzney 
V. Johans von Parisiis. Wie man alle 
Wunden, sie sein gestochen, gehawen ge- 
schossen mit Pfeyl oder Lot, . . . heylen sol. 
pp. 70-86. sm. 4°. [Konigsperg, 1556.] 

Gutting from Ociorus [or Schnellenberg (Tarquinius)]. 
Artzneybuch: 4. Konigsperg, 1556. 

Joannides (Nicolas Z.) [1878- ]. *Ueber 
Pericarditis mit Berticksichtigung der chirur- 
gischen Behandlung der eitrigen Pericarditis. 
34 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1902. 

Joannon (Pierre) [1894- ]. *Les bases de 
la prophylaxie antimorbilleuse; immunologie; 
facteurs sociaux de la mortality. 172 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1924. No. 484. 

Joanny ( Jean-Paul- Auguste) [1890- ]. 
♦Contribution a I'^tude du traitement de 
I'infeotion puerp6rale. Une m^thode de th.6- 
rapeutique g6n6rale par le novars^nobenzol. 
63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1923. No. 376. 

Joanny (Maurice) [1894^ ]. *Nouvel essai 
d'analg^sie obst6tricale par une association 
de morphine-scopolamine. 119 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1924. No. 72. 

Job (Alain-Pierre). *Fonctionnement de la 
clinique obst^trioale Baudelocque pendant 
I'ann^e 1921. 135 pp. 8°. Paris, 1923. 
No. 199. 

Job (Etienne). *Etude sur I'ulcus rodens de 
la peau. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907. No. 170. 

Job (Karl) [1875- ]. *Ueber die Dauer der 
Immunitat nach der Vaccination und nach 
spontanem Ueberstehen der Pocken. 38 pp., 
1 I. 8°. Strassburg, C. & J. Goeller, 1901. 

Job (Laure) [1897- ]. *Contribution k 
r^tude clinique de la physom^trie pendant 
la parturition. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1924. 
No. 346. 

Job (Louis) [187S- ]. *De la reduction 
non sanglante des luxations cong^nitales de la 
hanche. 96 pp., 2 pi. 8°- Nancy, 1905. 
No. 12. 

Job (Marcellus) [1888- ]. *Herz und Ge- 
nerationsvorgange. 68 pp., 52 tab. 8°. 
Strassburg i. E., 1915. 

Jobard (Marc- Alexis) [1886- ]. *La luxa- 
tion cong^nitale de la hanche; son traite- 
ment chez les sujets &g6s. Ill pp. 8°. 
Bordeaux, 1912. No. 60. 

Jobard (Pierre) [1881- ]. *Des voies 
d'acc^s sur les voies spermatiques profondes. 
50 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909. No. 89. 

Jobczyk (Karl) [1893- ]. *Versuche iiber 
die schonendste Beforderungsart von Ver- 
wundeten in Lazarettziigen. 22 pp. 1 1. 
S° Breslau 1919. 

Jobim (Chaves) [1895- ]. *Ueber bosartige 
Geschwulste der Zunge. 60 pp. 8°. BerUn, 
C. Siebert, 1919. 



Joblat (Louis) [1645-1723]. 

Dobell (C). A protozoological bicentenary; Anthony 
van Leeuwenhoek and Louis Joblot. Parasitology, Lond., 
1923-24, XV, 308-319. 

Jobling (James W.). Preliminary report on 
the study of rinderpest of cattle and caraboas 
in the Philippine Islands. 22 pp. 8°. Ma- 
nila, Bureau Pub. Print., 1903. 

Forms No. 4 of Dep. Int. Bureau Gov. Lab., Serum 
Lab., Manila, 1903. 

. & Wooley (Paul G.). Texas fever in the 

Philippine Islands and far East. pp. 5-11, 
14 pi. 8°. Manila, Bureau Pub. Print., 
1904. 

Forms No. 14 of Dep. Int. Bureau Gov. Lab., Serum 
Lab., Manila, 1904. 

Jocaveill (A.) . *La mort subite chez les tuber- 
culeux. 91pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1908. No. 797. 

Jochel (Ghana) [1884r- ]. *Ueber ein Neu- 
roepitheliom der Sakralgegend. 1 p. 1., 38 
pp. 1 1. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1912. 

Jochelsohn (Gitlja) [1885- ]. *Pemphigus 
vegetans und ein Fall mit Salvarsan geheilt. 
34 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E., Miih & Co., 
1911. 

Jochelson (Nicodem Nohim) [1885- ]. 
*Ueber den chemischen Nachweis occulter 
Blutungen. 29 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schu- 
macher, 1911. 

Jochim (Wilhelm) . *Untersuchungen tiber ein 
in einem Hunde gefundenes pathogenes Fa- 
denbacterium (Streptothrix pysemise canis) 
[Bern]. 55 pp. 4 pi. 8°. Wanne, G. A. 
Nahrendorf, 1909. 

Jochmann (Georg) [1874^1916]. Lehrbuch 
der Infektionskrankheiten fiir Aerzte und 
Studierende. 2. Aufl. unter Mitwirkung von 

B. Nocht und E. Paschen. Neu bearb. von 

C. Hegler. xi, 1077 pp. 4°. Berlin, J. 
Springer, 1924. 

See, also, Timmermann (Karl Ferdinand Hermann). 
Der Schweissfriesel. [etc.]. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1913. 

For biography see Deutsche med Wchnschr., Leipz. & 
Berl., 1915, xli, 200 (L. Kiittner). Also Med. Klin., Berl., 
1915, xi, 87 (K. Brandenbiurg) . 

Jochum (W.). [1888- ]. *Die Geschiohte 
der gerichtlichen Medizin an der Universitat 
Gottingen von 1800-1860. 29 pp. 8°. Got- 
tingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1920. 

Jockel (Rudolf) [1888- ]. *Ueber Liquor- 
veranderungen bei Fallen tertiarer Lues, die 
keine Jdinischen Erscheinungen seitens des 
Zentralnervensystems zeigen. 34 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Breslau, 1919. 

Jockers (Hermann) [1881- ]. *Untersu- 
chungen iiber die Veranderungen der Decidua 
basalis bei manuell gelosten Placenten. 44 
pp. 8°- Strassburg i, E., C. Miih & Co., 
1905. 

Jockisch (Paul) [1877- ]. *Augenkompli- 
kationen bei intraliranieUen Erkrankungen. 
[Breslau]. 68 pp., 1 1. 8°- Namslau, O. 
Opitz, 1904. 

Jodl (Friedrich) [1849- ]. Lehrbuch der 
Psychologie. 2. ed. 2 v. xx, 435 pp. ; x, 448 
pp. 8°. BerUn, J. G. Cotta, 1903. 

Jochle (Hans). *Versuche zur Bekampfung 
der Dasselplage mit giftigen Gasen. 11 pp. 
8°. Munchen, J. Gotteswinter, 1921. 

Jodicke (P.) [1877- ]. *Ein Fall von Car- 
cinoma portionis uteri und Geburt. 22 pp., 
3 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903. 

Johnk (Metaphius). *Die Darminvagination 
des Rindes und deren operative Behandlung. 
[Zurich.] 44 pp. 8°. BerUn, L. Schuma- 
cher, 1911. 



JOHRICKE 



67 



JOHANNESSIAN 



Jiihricke (Herbert) [1894r- ]. *Untersu- 
chungen iiber die chronische eitrig-fibrose 
Entztindung des Musoulus brachiocephalicus: 
Ein Beitrag zur Entwicklung der echten 
Bugbeule. (Auszug.) 7 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 
1920. 

Joel (Ahron Arthur) [1894^ ]. *Ueber den 
Einfluse der Temperatur auf den Sauerstoff- 
verbrauch wechselwarmer Tiere. [Kiel.] 35 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Freiberg i. B., C. A. Wagner, 
1919. 

Joel (Moritz). *Zur Theorie der Meinickeschen> 
Reaktion. 19 pp. 8°. Jena G. Fischer, 

1919. 

Also in Ztschr. f. ImmuiiitStsforsch. u. exper. Therap., 
Jena, Orig., 1920, sdx, 249-267. 

Joelsohn (Feiga). *Ueber die Ursachen der 

Menstruation; physiologische, anatomische 

und statische Theorien und Untersuchungen. 

49 pp. 8°. Bern, M. Drechsel, 1913. 
Joelsohn (Fritz Joachim) [1906- ]. *Ueber 

Blutungen bei Neugeborenen mit besonderer 

Berticksichtigung der Melaena neonatorum. 

1 p. 1., 35 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, H. Blanke, 

1913. 
Jonckers (Joannes). *De usu medico cam- 

phorae. 17 pp. sm. 4°. Helmstadii, P. D. 

Schnorr, 1748. 
Joerdens (Gustav) [1883- ]. *Zur Casuis- 

tik und Statistik der Hodentumoren. 44 pp. 

8°. Wtirzburg, A, Boegler, 1908. 
Joerdens (Peter Gottfried). Von den Eigen- 

schaften des achten Geburtshelfers. 52 pp. 

12°. Leipzig, Dyk, 1789. 
JSrgensen (Alfred Peter Carlslund) ^848- ]. 

Micro-organisms and fermentation. Trans- 
lated by S. H. Davies. 4. ed. xi, 489 pp. 8°. 

London, C. Griffin & Co., 1911. 
The same. 5. ed. xiv, 467 pp. 8°- 

London, C. Griffin & Co., 1925. 
J0rgensen (F.). *Anthropologiske Unders0- 

gelser fra F£er0erne; (Anthropologia fseroica). 

3 p. 1., 223 pp., 1 1. 4°. K0benhavn, C. F. 

R0mer, 1902. 
Jorgensen-Wedde (Dora) [1884^ ]. *Ue- 

ber Pyelitis gravidarum. 1 p. 1., 23 pp. 8°- 

Miinchen, Miiller & Steinicke, 1912. 
Jorger (Johaim Ben.). *Ueber Assoziationen 

bei Alkohohkern. [Zurich.] 35 pp. 8°. 

BerUn, S. Karger, 1915. 
Jorger (Joseph). Psychiatrische Familienge- 

schichten. 116 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 

1919. 
Joerger (Victor) [1892- ]. *Das Verhalten 

von Puis, Blutdruck und Blutzucker nach 

subkutaner Adrenalininiektion. [Tubingen.] 

32 pp. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, R. Noske, 1919. 
J5rimann (Julius). *Fruhmittelalterliche Re- 

zeptarien. 181 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Zurich, C. 

Hoenn, 1925. 
Jorissen (Hermann) [1872- ]. *Ueber die 

heutigen Indikationen ftir den Kaiserschnitt. 

42 pp. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1901. 
Joerrens (Alfred) [1885- ]. *Ueber chro- 
nische Alkoholpsychosen. 47 pp. 8°. Bonn, 

E. Eisele, 1911. 
Joerrens (Max) [1875- ]. *Zur Kenntnis 

der metastatisch-gonorrhoischen Ophthalmie. 

26 pp. 8°. Bonn, P. Hassemer, 1912. 
Joest (Ernst) [1873-1926]. Neuere Forschun- 

fen und Erfahrungen auf dem Gebiete der 
'ierseuchenbekampfung. Vortrag. 15 pp. 
8°. Leipzig, C. Schmidt & Co., 1905. 

. Schweineseuche und Schweinepest. Eine 

Monographie. vii, 280 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Jena, 
G. Fischer, 1906. 



Joest (Ernst) — contmued. 

For biography see Berl. tierBrztl. Wohnsohr., 1926, xlii,' 
501-603 (J. Riohter). Also Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., 
Berl., 1925-26, x.'ixvi, 336 (von Ostertag). Also Ztschr. f. 
Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 19^, xxix, 241-244,. 
port, (von Ostertag) . 

Jotten (Karl Wilhelm) [1886- ]. *Ueber 
solide Placentartumoren. 34 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1912. 

Jotten (Wilhelm) [1886- ]. *Ueber das 
Auftreten von Darmprolaps am Anus prae- 
ternaturalis, Heraustreten des aboralen Schen-, 
kels. 2.4 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F, Kaest- 
ner, 1919. 

Jofan (Haim) [1880- ]. *Ueber die ver- 
schiedenen Methoden der Bestimmung des 
Pes .valgus. 19 pp. 8°. Munchen, R. Miil- 
ler & Steinicke, 1914. 

Jofan (Jakob) [1882- ]. *Hundert Uterus- 
perforationen. 20 pp. 8°. Miinchen, H; 
Russ 1914 

Joffe (Rachel) [1878- ]. *Essai sur le rhu- 
matisme c6r6bral. 136 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908. 
No. 350. 

Joffe (Schoul-Hirsoh) [1886- ]. *Ein Fall 
von Dicephalus tetrabrachius dipus. 40 pp. 
2 pi. 8°. Munchen, M. Leutner, 1914. 

Joffe (Sophie). *Ueber Icterus congenitus 
infolge von angeborener Anomalie der Gal- 
lengange. 66pp. 8°. Zurich, J. J. Meier, 1909. 

Joffre (Georges). *De I'adipose douloureuse 
sans troubles psychiques marques. 88 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1907. No. 260. 

Joffre s (Gabriel). *De la section thoracique et 
de ses variations au cours de la tuberculose. 
152 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1906. No. 653. 

Joffrion (Martial) [1896- ]. *Contribution 
a, r^tude du diagnostic diflf^rentiel de la 
rougeole et de la rubtole. 42 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1924. No. 336. 

Jofffoy (Alex) [1844-1908]. 

See Triboulet(H.) & Mathieu (F£lix) [in. 2. s.]. Traits 
de ralooolisme [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1905. 

For biography see Arch, de mid. e.\per. et d' anat. path.. 
Par., 1908, xx, i-viii (C. Achard). Also Bull, et mfim. Soc. 
in6d. d. hop. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 954-966 (A. Siredey). 
Also France-m6d., Par., 1909, Ivi, 29-31 (A. Siredey). Also 
N. econog. de la SalpStriere, Par., 1908, xxi, 610-614, port. 
(H. Meige). 

& Dupouy (Roger). Fugues et vaga- 



bondage. Etude clinique et psychologique. 

Preface de G. Deny, x, 368 pp. 8°. Paris, 

F. Alcan, 1909. 
& M ignot (Roger). La paralysie g6n^rale. 

xii, 443 pp. 8°. Paris, O. Doin & fils, 1910. 
Joffroy (Jean-Louis). *Hygi6ne pratique du 

pilote aviateur. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1921. 

No. 552. 

Joghurt. 

See Bacillus bulgaricus; Buttermilk. 

Johannes (Walter) [1890- ]. *Ueber die 
Einwirkung von p-Nitrosobasen auf Hydra- 
zine. [Erlangen.J 38 pp. 8°. Borna-Leip- 
zig, 1915. 

Johannes sen (Axel). Difteriens forekomst i 
Norge. [Diphtheria in Norway.] 2p. 1., 338 
pp., 40 1., 5 ch. 8°- Christiania, J. Dybwad, 
1888. 

. *Studier over Mavens Fysiologi og Pa- 

thologi, Tuberkulose og Strumaets Aetiologi. 
[Studies on gastric physiology, pathology, 
etc.] 69 pp. 8°. Kristiania. H. Aschehong 
& Co., 1889. 

Johannessian (Sarkis) [1885- ]. *Ueber 
die operative Behandlung der Nierensteine. 
45 pp. 8°. Halle, C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 
1911. 



JOHANNESSIANZ 



68 



JOHNE'S 



Johannessianz (Arschak) [1888- ]. *Spina 
bifida. 41 pp. 8°. Halle a. S, Hohmann, 

Johannessohn (Fritz) [1888- ]. *Einfluss 
organischer Sauren auf die Hefegarung. 23 
pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1912. 

Johannovski (Vincenz) [1846-1905]. 

,„«¥*'y ^9,- ^'- JBiography.] Prag. med. Wchnschr., 
1905, XXX, 36.— W. [Biography.] Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch! 
Aerzte m Reichenberg, 1905, xviii, 1. 

Johannsen (Oskar Augustus) [1870- 1. 

See auey (William Albert) & Johannsen (Oskar 
Augustus). Handbook of medical entomology [etc.]. 8°. 
Ithaca, 1915. 

Johannsen (Theodor Christoph Eduard) 
[1880^ ]. *Ueber die Reduktionskraft 
aseptisch entnommener Organs. [Tubingen.] 
19 pp. 8°. Rudolstadt, F. Mitzaflf, 1904. 

Johannsen (Wilhelm Ludwig) [1857- ]. 
Ueber Erblichkeit in Populationen und in 
reinen Linien; ein Beitrag zur Beleuchtung 
schwebender Selektionsfragen. 2 p. 1., 68 
pp. 8°- Jena, G. Fischer, 1903. 

■ Arvelighedslaerens elementer forelaesnin- 

ger holdte ved K0benhavns universitet. 
[Theories of heredity.] vii, 253 pp. 8°. 
K0benhavn, Gyldenhal, 1905. 

The same. Elemente der exakten Er- 



blichkeitslehre mit Grundziigen der biolo- 
gischen Variationsstatistik. 2. deutsche 
Ausgabe in 30 Vorlesungen. xi, 723 pp. 8°. 
Jena, G. Fischer, 1913. 
See also AUgemeine Biologie [etc.]. 4°. Leipzig, 1916. 

Johannsen (Ernst Hermann) [1887- ]. 

*Contusionsrupturen der Linsenkapsel ohne 

Luxation. 52 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 

Speyer & Kaerner, 1912. 
Johansen (Anne) [1872- ]. *Les himor- 

rhagies utSrines au d6but de la blennorrhagie. 

34 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 1902. No. 286. 
Johansson (J. E.) & Hellgren (W.). Eiweiss- 

umsatz bei Zufuhr von Kohlehydraten. 9 

pp. 8°. Upsala, C. J. Lundstroni, 1906. 
Forms pt. 7 of Upsala LSkaref. Forh. Festskr. . . . 

Hammarsten, 1906. 

Johansson (Sven). *Bidrag till kannedomen 
om och behandelingen av ben-och ledtuber- 
kulosen under barna&ldern [Contribution to 
the knowledge and treatment of tuberculosis 
of the bones and joints in children.] iv, 169 
pp., 24 pi. 8° Stockholm, T. Marcus, 1924. 

Johantgen (James F.). 

See Wistaart (Shelby William), Johantgen (James F.) 
& Clarke (Norman E.). The therapeutic manual of the 
University of Michigan hospital [etc.]. 12°. Ann Arbor, 
1926. 

Johimbin. 

See Yohimbin. 
John de Bordeaux. See Mandeville (Sir John) . 

John of Parma. 

Mehner (M. A.). •Johannes von Parma und seine 
Practicellai 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1918. 

John (Anna Gertrud) [1890- ]. *Ueber 
traumatische Herzfehler mit besonderer Be- 
rucksichtigung ihrer Beziehungen zur Lues 
und Mitteilung eines Falles von Aortenin- 
suffizienz. 39 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 
E. A. Giinther, 1915. 

John (Arthur). 

See Kobaschik (Richard), John (A.) & Both (A.). 
Handbuch der Gusstechnik [etc.]. 8°. BerUn, 1911. 

John (Carl) [1876- ]. *Nebenmerenpra- 
parate mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des 
Suparenins und Adrenalins und deren Ver- 
wendung in der Tierheilkunde [Giessen]. 81 
pp., 1 ch., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, R. Noske, 1906. 



John (Felix). Reinfectio syphilitica; Zusam- 
menstellung, kritische Bewertung und statis- 
tische Ergebnisse von 356 in der Welt-Litera- 
tur veroffentlichten Reinfektionsfallen nebst 
einer Sammlung von Meinungsausserungen 
bekannter Autoren. 

In Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1909, n. F., No. 625-532. 
Inn. Med., No. 157-164. 

John (Fritz). *Beobachtungen iiber das Auf- 
treten und die Therapie des seuchenhaften 
Panaritiums der Rinder. [Bern.] 23 pp. 8°. 
Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1910. 

John (Max) [1877- ]. *Ueber das Auftre- 
ten multipler Spontanfrakturen im friihen 
Kindesalter. 30 pp., 1 I. 8°- Breslau, 1903. 

John (Richard Ed.). Ueber die Todesstrafe. 
2. ed., 42 pp. 8°. Berhn, 1871. 

Forms Heft. 36 of Samml. gemeinverstandl. wissensoh. 
Vortr., Berl. 

John (Walter) [1889- ]. *Technik und 
Erfolge der einzelnen Autoren bei der Be- 
handlung der Myome und hamorrhagischen 
Metropathien mit Rontgenstrahlen. [Frei- 
burg.] 104 pp. roy. 8°. Weimar, R. 
Wagner Sohn, 1914. 

John Crerar Library, Chicago. A list of books 
on the history of science, prepared by Aksel 
G. S. Josephson. 10 p. 1., 297 pp. 4°. Chi- 
cago, 1911. 

— — A list of current medical periodicals and 
allied serials. 32 pp. roy. 8°. Chicago, 1913. 

Johne (Albert) [1839-1910]. Die Geschichte 
der Tuberculose mit besonderer Beriicksich- 
tigung dgr Tuberculose des Rindes und die 
sich hieran kniipfenden medicinal- u. veteri- 
narpohzeilichen Consequenzen. vi, 88 pp. 
8°- Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1883. 

Der Laien-Fleischbeschauer. Leitfaden 

fiir den Unterricht der nicht tierarztlich ap- 
probierten Fleischbeschauer. 3. ed. xxiv, 
498 pp. 12°. Berlin, P. Parey, 1903. 

Der Trichinenschauer. Leitfaden fiir den 



Unterricht in der Trichinenschau und fiir die 
mit der KontroUe und Nachpriifung der Tri- 
chinenschauer beauftragten Veterinair- und 
Medizinalbeamten. 8. auf Grund der reichs- 
und landesrechtlichen Gesetzgebung iiber 
Fleischbeschau umgearbeitete Aufl. xii, 183 
pp. 8°. Berlin, P. Parey, 1903. 

The same. 9. ed., xii, 188 pp. 8°. 

Berlin, P. Parey, 1904. 

The same. 11. ed., s, 1 I., 155 pp. 8°. 



Berlin, P. Parey, 1912. 

For biography see Ztsohr. (. Tiermed., Jena, 1910, xiv, 
pp. i-vlii (Hichter). 

Jobnen (August) [1885- ]. *Zur Ge- 
schichte der Narkose bei Spontangeburt. 
[Freiburg i. Br.] 47 pp. 8°. Erfurt, G. 
Richters, 1911. 

Johne's disease. 

Beach (B. A) & Hastings (E. G.). Johne's disease 
andits detection. J. Infect. I)is., Chicago, 1922, xxx, 68-79 — 
M'Fadyean (Sir J.). Thehistology of thelesions of Johne's 
disease. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1918, 
xxxi, 73-87.— M'Fadyean (Sir J.) & Sheather (A. L.). 
Johne's disease; the experimental transmission of the .dis- 
ease to cattle, sheep, goats, with notes regarding the occur- 
rence of natural cases in sheep and goats. Ibid., 1916, xxix, 
62-94.— M'Fadyean (Sir J.), Sheather (A. L.) & Ed- 
wards (J. T.) Johne's disease; the reactions of animals to 
"Johnin." Ibid., 134; 281.— Morris (C. E.). Johne's dis- 
ease. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1914, xliv, 723-727.— Sheather 
(A. L.) Johne's disease. Vet. Rec., Lond., 1914-15, xxvii, 
276-281.— Twort (G. C.) & Craig (T.) The pathogenicity 
of Johne's bacillus compared with that of other acid-fast 
bacilli for some of the laboratory animals. Oentralbl. f. 
Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, Ixviii, Orig., 465^70.— 
Twort (F. W.) & Ingram (G. L. Y.). Further experiments 
with the Mycobacterium enteritidis chronicae pseudotu- 
berculosae bovis Johne, and with vaccines prepared from 
this micro-organism. Ihid., 1912, Ixvii, Orig., 126-135. 



JOHNS 



69 



JOHNSON 



Johns (Foster Matthew). 

See Bass (Charles Cassedy) & Johns (F. M.) . Practical 
dinioallaboraiory diagnosis [etc.]- 8°. New York [1917]. 

Johns Hopkins (The) Alumni IVIagazine, pub- 
lished in the interests of the University and 
the Alumni. [Irregular.] v. 1-14, 1912- 
1926. 8°. Baltimore. 

Johns Hopkins Hospital Bulletin, v. 1-40, 
1889-1927. 4°. Baltimore. 

Johns Hopkins Hospital Reports, v. 1-22, 
1890-1926. roy. 8°. Baltimore. 

Johns Hopkins Hospital Reports. JVlono- 
graphs. n. s., 1-8, 1913-16. roy. 8°. Balti- 
more. 

Johns Hopkins University. JVIedical Depart- 
ment, Herter Foundation. Lectures on the 
Herter Foundation. 1904-1910. 8°. Balti- 
more. 

Papers from the Anatomical Laboratorv. 

V. 1-5, 1893-1901. 8°. Baltimore. 

Johns Hopkins University. The School of 
Hygiene and Public Health. CoUected Pa- 
pers. V. 1-5, 1919-20 to 1923-24. 8°. Bal- 
timore. 

Johns Hopkins University Circulars. 1877- 
1926. 4° & 8°. Baltimore. 

Johnsen (Christian Heinrich) [1876- ]. 
*Casuistischer Beitrag zur Wiirdigung der 
Bronchoskopie; Nagel in der rechten Lunge 
mittels Bronchoskopie diagnosticiert und ex- 
trahiert. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. . Kiel, H. Fiencke, 
1905. 

Johnson (Abraham). La g^n^ration solitaire. 
(Lucina de I'anglais d' Abraham Johnson.) 
97 pp. 16°. Paris, Offenstadt & Cie. 1903. 

Johnson (Alexander Bryan) [1870-1917]. Sur- 
gical diagnosis. 3 v. 8°. New York & 
London, D. Appleton & Co., 1909-10. 

• The same. 2. ed. New York & London, 

D. Appleton & Co., 1911. 

See, also. Operative therapeusis [etc.]. 8°. New York, 
1915. 

For biography see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 
1101. 

Johnson (Alfred Edward) [1858- ]. The 
analyst's laboratory companion; a collection 
of tables and data for the use of public and 
general analysts [etc.]. 3. ed. ix, 150 pp. 
8° London, J. & A. Churchill, 1904. 

The same. 4. ed. ix, 164 pp. (inter- 
leaned). 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1912. 

Johnson (Buford J.). JVIental growth of chil- 
dren in relation to rate of growth in bodily 
development, xix, 160 pp., 3 pi. 8°. New 
York, E. P. Dutton & Co. [1925]. 

Johnson (Charles Beneulyn) [1843- ]. 
JVIuskets and medicine; or. Army life in the 
sixties. 276 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. 
Davis Co., 1917. 

Illinois in the fifties; or, a decade of de- 
velopment, 1851-1860. 6 p. 1., 11-175 pp., 
12 pi. 8°. Champaign, 111., Flanigan-Pear- 
son Co., 1918. 

Sixty years in medical harness; or the 

story of a long medical life, 1865-1925. xii, 
333 pp., 10 pi. 8°. New York, Med. Life 
Press, 1926. 

Johnson (Charles Lawson) [1886- ]. One 
thousand favorite prescriptions contributed 
by 1,000 physicians. , 390 pp. 8°. Ripley, 
Tenn. [1923]. 

Johnson (Charles Nelson) [1860- ]. A 
text-book of operative dentistry by various 
authors. 755 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. 
Blakiston's Son & Co., 1908. 



Johnson (Charles Nelson) — continued. 

The same. 3. ed. xiv, 891 pp. 8°. 

Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1915]. 
The same. 4. ed. xvi, 1136 pp. 8°. 



Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co. 
[1923]. 

— Success in dental practice; a few sugges- 
tions relative to the most approved methods 
of conducting a practice. 2. ed. 160 pp. 
8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippin- 
cott Co. [1913]. 

Principles and practice of filling teeth. 



4. ed. xii, 286 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. 
Blakiston's Son & Co. [1918]. 
Johnson (Duncan S.). The fruit of Opuntia 
fulgada; a study of perennation and prolifera- 
tion in the fruits of certain cactaceae. 62 pp., 
front., 12 pi. 8°. Washington, Carnegie 
Inst., 1918. 

Johnson (Frank Seward) [1856-1922]. 

Obituary. Bull. Soc. M. Hist. Chicago, 1923, iil, 261- 
263, port. AUo J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixxviii, 
1332. Also Proo. Inst. Med. Chicago, 1922-23, iv, 124, port. 

Johnson (Franklin P.). 

See Tounjs (Hugh Hampton) & Dans (David M.). 
Young's practice of urology [etc.]. 4°. Philadelphia & Lon- 
don [1926]. 

Johnson (Fredericls Eugene) [1847- 
1915]. 

mnt (E. P.). [Obituary.] Proo. Connect. M. Soc, 
Hartford, 1916, cndii, 287-289. 

Johnson (Fredericlc IVIiller) [1864-1915]. 

Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 272. AUo Med. J. 
Australia, Sydney, 1916, 1, 127. 

Johnson (Sir George) [1818-1896]. History of 
the cholera controversy, with directions for 
the treatment of the disease, xi, 78 pp. 8°. 
London, J. & A. Churchill, 1896. 

Johnson (George A.). The purification of 
public water supplies. 84 pp., 8 pi. 8°- 
Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1913. 

U. S. ]3ep. Int. Geol. Surrey, Water-supply paper 
No. 316. 

Johnson (George Kinney) [1822-1908]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1029.— 
Smith (E. E.). Obituary. Detroit M. J., 1908, viii, 367- 
369. 

Johnson (Graham D.) [1865-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixzix, 1948. 

Johnson (H. Albert). 

See Diederich (Henry William) & Johnson (H. Albert). 
Police and work dogs in Europe [etc.]. 8°. Washington, 
1909. 

Johnson (Harry Miles). Audition and habit 
formation in the dog. iv, 78 pp. 8°. New 
York, H. Holt & Co., 1913. 
Behavior Monographs, ii, No. 3. 

Johnson (Henry Lowry Emilius) [1858- 
1915]. 

[Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixri, 132. 
AUo Wash. M. Ann., 1916, xv, 140. 

Johnson (James). The influence of tropical 
climates on European constitutions; includ- 
ing an essay on indigestion, or morbid sensi- 
bility of the stomach and bowels, as the 
proximate cause or characteristic condition 
of dyspepsy, nervous irritability, mental de- 
spondency, hvpochondriasis [etc.]. 6. ed. 
viii, 680 pp. 8°. London, S. Highly, 1836. 

Johnson (John Bates) [1817-1903]. 

[Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii, 1036, 
port. AUo Med. Fortnightly, St. Loiis, 1903, xxiv, 813. 

Johnson (Joseph Henry) [1864-1913]. 

[Obituary.] Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash., 1914, lix, 1-6, port. 



JOHNSON 



70 



JOHNSTON 



Johnson (Joseph Taber) [1845-1921]. 

Bios^aphy. Album Am. Qynec. Soc, Phila., 1918, 268, 
port— Bo»ee (J. W.). Obituary. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. 
1921, Phila., 1922, xxnv, 656-668, port.— Dinner to Dr. 
Joseph Taber Johnson. Wash. M. Ann., 1915, xiv, 366-383, 
port.— Obituary. J. Am M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, Ixxvi, 
950. "6 . . 

Johnson (Leonard M.) [1830-1910]. 

Ctaapin (C. W.) In memoriam. Albany M. Ann., 
1911, xxxii, 39, port. 

Johnson (Marcus Morton) [1844-1914]. 

[Obituary.] Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxx, 708. Also 
J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, kil, 1032.— Boot (J. E.) 
Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, New Haven, 1914, 
cxxil, 240. 

Johnson (Ora Alexander) [1872- ]. Can- 
cer truths; a descriptive and explanatory 
treatise on cancer. 14. ed. 2 p. 1., 7-160 
pp. 4° Kansas City, Mo., Union Bank 
Note. Co., 1917. 

The same. 15. ed. 2 p. 1., 7-167 pp. 

4°. Kansas City, Mo., Triumph Printing 
Co. [1919]. 

The same. 16. ed. 2 p. 1., 7-167 pp. 4°- 

Kansas City, Mo., Triumph Printing Co., 
1920. 

The same. 17. ed. 67 pp. 4°. Kansas 

City, Mo., 1921. 

— ■ — ■ The same. 18. ed. 167 pp. 4°. Kansas 
City, Mo., 1923. 

The same. 19. ed. 168 pp. 4°. Kansas 

City, Mo. [Burd & Fletcher Print. Co.], 1925. 

Johnson (Raymond) & Lawrence (T. W. P.). 
Descriptive catalogue of the specimens illus- 
trating surgical pathology in the museum of 
University College, London, pts. 1-3. New 
ed. vi, 266 pp. 8° London, Taylor & 
Francis, 1899-1906. 

Johnson (Richard Otto). Standardization, 
efficiency, heredity; schools for the deaf. 
262 pp. 8°. Indianapohs, W. B. Burford 
[1920]. 

Johnson (Robert Wallace). Neues System der 
Entbindungskunst, auf praktische Wahrneh- 
mungen gegrundet. Aus dem Enghschen he- 
rausgegeben und mit einigen Anmerkungen 
begleitet von Just Christian Loder. 1. und 2. 
Theil. 6 p. 1., 220 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Leipzig, 
Weygand, 1782. 

Johnson (RosweU Hill) [1877- ]. Deter- 
minate evolution in the color-pattern of the 
lady-beetles, iv, 104 pp. 4°. Washington, 
D. C, Carnegie Institution, 1910. 

See, also, Popenoe (Paul Bowman) & Johnson (E. H.). 
Applied eugenics [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1918. 

Johnson (S. K.). The dog. Management in 
health, treatment in disease. 40 pp. 16°. 
New York, 1900. 

Johnson (Sa»iuel) [1709-1784]. 

Hutclilson(R.). Samuel Johnson and medicine. Edinb. 
M. J., 1925, n. s., xxxii, 389-406.— BoUeston (Sir H.). Med- 
ical aspects of Samuel Johnson. Ann. Med. Hist., N. Y., 
1924, vi, 480-483. Also Glasgow M. J., 1924, ci, 173-191.— 
Warbasse (J. P.). Doctors of Samuel Johnson and his 
court. Med. Libr. & Hist. J., Brooklyn, 1907, v, 66; 
194; 260. — Wynne (J. D.). Dr. Johnson and the medical 
profession. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, Ixxxvi, 447-466. 

Johnson (Samuel Allen) [1863-1917]. 

Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. I<ouis, 1918, xv, 133. 

Johnson (Samuel William) [1830-1909]. 

Osborne (T. B.). [Obituary.] Science, N. Y. & Lan- 
caster, Pa., 1909, n. s., xxx, 385-389. 

Johnson (Stanley). Athletics among the 
bUnd. pp. 511-516. 8°. New York^ 1907. 
Cutting from American Mag., N. Y., 1906-7, Ixiii. 

Johnson (Stanley Currie) [1878- ]. *A 
history of emigration from the United King- 



Johnson (Stanley Currie) — continued. 

dom to North America, 1763-1912. xvi, 387 
pp. 8°- London, G. Routledge & Sons, Ltd., 
1913. 

Johnson (Walter Buckley) [1856-1925]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1926, Ixxxv, 534. 

Johnson (Walter Sydney) [1872-1920]. 

Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1920, clxxxiii, 666. 
Johnsson (John William Schibby) [1868- ]. 
K0benhavnske Medicinske Selskaber; fest- 
skrift i anledning af Medioinsk Selskabs ji}bi- 
IsBum, 1772-1922; avec un resum6 francais. 
4 p. 1., 7-283 pp. 4°. K0benhavn, T. Linds, 
1922 

[Collected papers, 1910-1922.] 8°- [n. p., 



n. d.] 
Johnston (Alexander) [ -1918]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, ii, 362. Also Lan- 
cet, Lond., 1918, ii, 634. 

Johnston (Bertha) [1864- ]. Eat and grow 
slender; a choice collection of menus and reci- 
pes which have been found efficacious in re- 
ducing adipose tissue. 59 pp. 16°. New 
York, R. E. Sherwood [1916]. 

Eat and grow fat. 106 pp. 12°. New 

York, Sherwood Co. [1917]. 

Johnston (Charles Arthur) [1867-1926]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1926, 1, 809. 

Johnston (Christopher) [1822-1891]. 

Biedler (H. H.). Address made at the presentation of 
a portrait of Prof. Christopher Johnston to the Medical 
and Chirurgical Faculty by his family April 23d, 1913. 
Maryland M. J., Bait., 1913, Ivi, 304-307.— Blake (F. E.), 
Thorn (De C. W.), [et al.j. [Biography.] Johns Hop- 
kins Alumni Mag., Bait., 1916, Ih, 17-28, port. 

Johnston (Donald Kent). Religious aspects 
of scientific healing; a psychoanalytic guide 
written from the patient's point of view. 
94 pp. 8° Boston, R. G. Badger [1920]. 

Johnston (George Ben) [1853-1916]. 
Tucker (B. R.). George Ben Johnston, 
M. D., LL. D. An appreciation. 8°. Rich- 
mond, 1916. 

Hutcheson (J. M.). Obituary. Tr. Am. Therap. 
Soc. 1917, N. Y., 1918, xviii, 26.— Master surgeons of Amer- 
ica; George Ben Johnston. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chi- 
cago, 1924, xxxix, 246-248, port.— Watts (S. H.) & MIxter 
(S. J.). Obituary. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1918, xxxvi, 
il-xlii. 

Johnston (George Jameson) [1866- 
1926]. 

Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1926, ii, 820. 
Johnston (Sir Harry Hamilton) [1858- ]. 
The Negro in the new world, xxix, 499. pp., 
front, 2 maps. 4° New York, The Mac- 
millan Co., 1910. 

The backward peoples and our relations 

with them. 64 pp. 12°. London, New 
York, H. Milford, 1920. 

Johnston (J.). Wastage of child life as exem- 
plified by conditions in Lancashire. 93 pp. 
8°. London, A. C. Tifield, 1909. 

Johnston (James Chew) [1869-1918]. Atlas 
of venereal and skin diseases. 2. ed. With 
the addition of chapters on acute and chronic 
gonorrhea, by George Knowles Swinburne, 
vi, 240 pp., 76 pi. fol. New York, William 
.Wood & Co., 1900. 

For biography see J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., Chicago. 
1919, xxxvii, 71-73, port. (H. J. S.). 

Johnston (James Finley Weir) [1796-1855]. 
The chemistry of common life. A new ed., 
revised by Arthur Herbert Church, xxvi, 592 
pp. 8°. Edinburgh, W. Blackwood & Sons, 
1891. 



JOHNSTON 



71 



JOINTS 



Johnston (John Black) [1868- ]. The ner- 
vous system of vertebrates, xx, 370 pp. 8° 
Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1906. 

The same, xx, 370 pp. 8°. London, 

J. Murray, 1907. 

Johnston (Nathaniel). Les infirmiSres mili- 
taires a, r Stranger. 148 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
F. Pech & Co., 1909. 

Johnston (Samuel) [1848-1925]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1926, Ixxxiv, 1936. 

Johnston (T. B.). 

See Beesly (L.) & Johnston (T. B.). A manual of 
surgical anatomy. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1922. 

Johnston (William) [1843-1914]. Roll of com- 
missioned officers in the medical service of the 
British Army, who served on full pay within 
the period between the accession of George 
II and the formation of the Royal Army 
Medical Corps, 20 June, 1727, to 23 June, 
1898. Ixxii, 638 pp. 8°. Aberdeen, Univer- 
sity Press, 1917. 

For biography see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, 1, 64. Also 
Med. Press & Giro., Lond., 1916, n. s., xcix, 20. 

Johnston (William Waring) [1843- 
1902]. 

In memory of WiUiam Waring Johnston. 
8°. Washington, 1902. 

King (A. F. A.). Obituary. Proc. Wash. Acad. So., 
1903^, V, 393-396. 

Johnstone (Arthur Weir) [1853-1905]. 

Keliy (H. A.). In memoriam. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, 
Phila., 1906, xxxi, 427-430, port.— [Obituary.] Album Am. 
Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1918, 270, port. Also J. Am. M. Ass., 
Chicago, 1905, xlv, 1102. 

Johnstone (Athol Archibald Wood) 
[1820-1902]. 

Willett (A.). [Biography.] Med.-chir. Tr., Lond., 1903, 
Ixxxvi, pp. cix-cxi. 

Johnstone (James). The philosophy of biol- 
ogy. XV, 391 pp. 8°. Cambridge, United 
Press, 1914. 

The mechanism of life in relation to 

modern physical theory, xii, 248 pp. 8°. 
London, E. Arnold & Co., 1921. 

Johnstone (Oscar Perry) [1871-1916]. Some 
of the after effects of infectious diseases. 8°. 
Reno, Univ. Nev., 1913. 

Forms No. 2, v. 7 of Quarterly Bull. Univ. Nev. 

For biography see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 
1614. 

Johnstone (Ralph WUliam) [1866- 
1915]. 

Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 627. Also Pub. 
Health, Lond., 1916, xxix, 22. 

Johnstone (Robert WiUiam) [1879- ]. A 
text-book of midwifery for students and prac- 
titioners, xxvi, 485 pp. 8°. London, A. & 
C. Black, 1913. 

The same. 4. ed. xxviii, 508 pp., 9 pi. 

12°. London, A. & C. Black, 1923. 

Johnstone (Stuart) [1858-1922]. 

Obituary. 7. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixzli, 1258. 

Johnstone (Thomas). 

See Kraepelin (Emil). Lectures on clinical psychiatry 
[etc.]. 8°. New York, 1906. 

Joinaux (LiSvin) [1887- ]. *PyomStrie 
dans le cancer du col de I'utSrus (contribu- 
tion clinique et opSratoire). 41 pp. 8°- 
MontpelUer, 1914. No. 34. 

Joints. 

See, also, Bones and joints; Cartilage; 
Ligaments; Membranes (Synovial); and 
under names of individual joints and articu- 
lations. 



Joints — continued . 

FiCK (R. A.). Handbuch der Anatomie 
und Mechanik der Gelenke unter Beriick- 
sichtigung der bewegenden Muskeln. 3 v. 
4°. Jean, 1904-1911. 

Fischer (0.). Kinematik organischer Ge- 
lenke. 8°. Braunschweig, 1907. 

Alquier (M.). Un goniometre precis. Eev. neurol., 
Par., 1916, ixiii, 515.— Amar (J.). Mesures arthrodynamo- 
mfitriques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1915, clxi, 
218-220.— Arcelin (P.). L'exploration radiologique des 
grandes articulations (6paule, hanche). Lyon chirurg., 
1920,_ xvii, 669-686.— Barda CabaUero (J.). Esquemas 
anatomicos; las articulaciones. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. 
m6d., Madrid, 1906, xiii, 60-70.— Baum (H.). Die Lymph- 
gefasse der Gelenke der Schulter und BeckengUedmasse 
des Hundes. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1916-17, xlix, 612-620.— 
Bennlnghoff (A.). Form und Bau der Qelenkknorpel 
in ihren Beziehungen zur Funktion; die modeUierenden 
und formerhaltenden Faktoren des Knorpelreliefs. Ztschr. 
f. d. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., Munchen & Berl., 1926, Ixxvi, 

43-63. Form una Bau der Oelenkknorpel in ihren 

Beziebungen zur Funktion; der Aufbau des Gelenkknorpels 
in seinen Beziebungen zur Funktion. Ztschr. f. Zellforsch. 
u. mlkr. Anat., Berl., 1925, ii, 783-862.— Bier (A.). Beobach- 
tungen iiber Regeneration beim Menschen; Abhandlung: 
■ Regeneration der Gelenke. 2. Toil. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1919, xlv, 617; 649.— du Bois-Bey- 
mond. Mechanik der Gelenke. Tabulae biol., Berl., 
1925, i, 70-81.— Broca (A.). Goniometre articulaire du 
Dr. Schaer. Bull, et mSm. Soc. de ohir. de Far., 1916, n. s., 
xlu, 2319.— Buxton (St. I. D.) & Knox (H.). A radio- 
graphic survey of the normal joints. Brit. J. Radiol., 
Lond., B. A. R. P. Sect., 1924, rrix, 116; 396, 18 pi.— Chris- 
ten (T.). Der Streit um den Gelenkdruck. Anat. Hefte, 
Wiesb., 1911, xliii, 377-396.— Oarlc (W. A.). A system of 
joint measurements. J. Orthop. Surg., Lincoln, Nebr., 
1920, ii, 687-700. A protractor for measuring rota- 
tion of joints. Ibid., 1921, iii, 164.— Cyriax (E. F.). On the 
employment of traction in certain passive and resisted 
movements of joints. Med. Press, Lond., 1918, n. s., ev, 
370-372.— Dann (W.). Gelenkperimetrische Messungen 
fiir chirurgische Praxis und fiir Begutachtung. Ztschr. f. 

orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1915, xxxv, 193-211. Peri- 

metrie imd Perigraphie der Gelenke. Ibid.. 1919, xxxlx, 
148-180. — Dausset. Compteur enregistreur de travail et 
d'amplitude articulaire. Paris m6d., 1918, xxix, 44-46. — 
Davis (Q. G.). The structure and mechanism of the human 
joints in health, disease, and injuries. Am. 1. Orthop. 
Surg., Phila., 1912-13, x, 30-65.— Fessler (J.). Die Tor- 
sionsfestigkeit des Gelenkbandapparates; Torsionsversuche 
an den Extremit&tengelenken des Menschen. Deutsche 
Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1906, Ixxxli, 1-82, 1 pi.— Ficlc (R.). 
Zum Streit um den Gelenkdruck. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 

1911, xliii, 397-414. Ueber Kugelgelenkbewegungen. 

Ber. d. naturw.- med Ver. in Irmsbruck, 1913, xxxiv, p. 
xxxix.— Fischer (O.). Zur Kinematik der Gelenke vom 
Typus des Humero-Eadialgelenks. Abhandl. d. math.- 
phys. El. d. k. sSchs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Leipz., 1913, 
Ixii, 1-77.— von Ft«y (M.) . Ueber Bewegungswahrnehmun- 
gen und Bewegungen in resezierten und in anSsthetischen 
Gelenken. Ztschr. f. Biol., Mflnchen & Berl., 1917-18, 
Ixviii, 339-360.— Fritzsche (E.). Zur Perimetrie der Ge- 
lenke. Munchen. med. Wchnsohr., 1911, Iviii, 2565-2667.— 
Habier (C). Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber die 
Regeneration des Gelenkknorpels. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., 
Berl. & Wien, 1926, cxxxiv, 602-640.— Heiweg (J.) & WUt- 
rup (G.). [On measuring the movements of the joints.] 
Hosp.-Tid., Kj^benh., 1917, 8. R., x, 73^1.— Imbert (A.). 
Un arthromoteur, et un enregistreur. Montpel. m&d., 1917, 
xxxix, 472-474.— Ishido (B.). Qelenkuntersuchungen. 
Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1923, ccxliv, 
424-428.— Jaroschy (W.). Experimentelle BeitrSge zur 
aflerenten Innervation der Gelenke beim Kaninohen. 
Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Berl., 1925, ccviii, 418-423.— Kaisin 
(D.). A propos de I'insufflation de gaz oxygene dans les 
articulations & radlographier. J. de radiol. et d'61ectrol.. 
Par., 1922, vi, 34-36.— KaUistov (I. P.). [The lymphatic 
system of the joints in the lower extremities.] Russk. 
Klin., Mosk., 1926, iii, 677-686.— Layton (T. B.). Some 
points on the structure of joints. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 
1912, xxvi, 3-6.— LSveque (Mile.). Le tissu adipeux articu- 
laire et p6ri-articulaire. Compt. rend. del'Assoc. d. anat.. 
Par., 1909, xi, 21-23.— MarsigUa (G.). Le fibre elastiche 

. nelle capsule' articolari. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. 
Physiol;, Leipz., 1912-13, xxix, 641-544, 1 pi.— Mayeda 
(T.). Ueber die Resorption der GelenkhBhle. Verhandl. 
d. jap. path. Gesellsch., Tokyo, 1918, viii, 169-171.— Meyer 
(O.- B.J. Zur Frage der QelenkseusibUit&t. Deutsche 
Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1921, Ixx, 60.— IMttthsam (J.). 
Zur Theorie des Kugelexzenters auf Grand des Zweikreise- 
beriihrungsproblems beim Kreis im Kreise. Arch. f. d. 
ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1916, clxv, 699-604.— Mtiller (W.). 
Ueber Gelenkknorpelusuren. Arch. f. khn. Chir., Berl., 
1924, oxxxiii, 58-60.- MUnzesheimer (F.). Die indivi- 
duelle , Gelenkbahn; Bemerkungon zu dem von Dr. P. 
Sohwarze. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zghnh., Berl., 1924, 



JOINTS 

Joints — continued. 

Si!' IM-Murphy (J. B.), Hoclirein (O. W.) [et al.l. 
The blood-supply m and around the joints. Sure. Clin 
Chicago, 1913, ii, 675-595, 10 pl.-Nageotte-Willjonche- 
witeh (M.). La raideur par brievetS musculaire ou bra- 
chymyouie. Paris m6d., 1918, xxvii, 289-299.— Nauck 
(E. T.). Oelenkflachenform und Muslielzugerichtung 
Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1926, xxxiv, 173-180.— 
Parra (P.). Une nouvelle classification des articulations. 
Cong, mternat. de mM., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 1, anat , 
337-345.— Partridge (E. J.),. Joints; the limitation of 
their range of movement, and an explanation of certain 
surgical conditions. J. Anat., Loud., 1923-24, Iviii, 346- 
364.— Policard (A.). Sur les mScanismes de la nutrition 
des surfaces articulaires. Bull, d'histol. appliq. a la uhysiol. 
[etc.], Lyon, 1924, i, 66-67.— Prentiss (H, J.). Standardi- 
zation of roentgenographing the shoulder and hip joint. 
J. Roentgenol., Iowa City, 1918, i, 146-150.— PriTat (J.). 
Mesure de I'amplitude .des mouvements artieulaires com- 
bine ; application aux articulations du genou et du cou-de- 
pied. Presse m6d.. Par., 1921, xxix (annexe), 246.— Bizzo 
(L.) Sul potere di assorbimento delle artioolazioni in 
condizioni normali e patologiche. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. 
ital. di chir. 1902, Roma, 1903, xvii, p. Ixvii. Also reprint.— 
Kobinson (W. H.). Joint range. J. Orthop. Surg., 
Lmcoln, Nebr., 1921, iii, 41-51.— Rosen (N. G.). A sim- 
plified method of measuring amplitude of motion in joints. 
J. Bone & Joint Surg., Bost., 1922, iv, 570-679.— Scoppetta 
(G.). La fine struttura della zona di passaggio fra le mein- 
brane sinoviali e le cartilagini articolari. Rioherehe di 
morfol., Roma, 1925, v. 109-120, 1 pi.— Segale (C). XJeber 
die Regeneration der Synovialmembran und der Gelenk- 
kapsel. Beitr. z. Klin. Chir., Tubing., 1913, Ixxxi, 259- 
298.— SBver (D.). Measurement of the range of motion in 
joints. J. Bone & Joint Surg., Bost., 1923, v, 669-678.— 
Sullivan (W. E.). The function of articular discs. Anat. 
Record, Phila., 1922, xxiv, 49-53.— Tanaka (Y.). On the 
senile changes of the articular cartilages. Verhandl. d. jap. 
path. Gesellsch., Tokyo, 1918, viii, 219.— Vennin (H.). 
Mensuration clinique des angles de flexion des articulations 
& I'aide d'un ruban mfetrique. Arch, de m§d. et pbarm. 
mil., Par., 1910, Iv, 4-8.— Wilmart (L.). Contribution & 
rstude de rorganisation et du m^canisme artieulaires chez 
I'homme. Rev. de I'Univ. de Brux., 1903-4, ix, 351-378.— 
Zimmermann (A.). Zur Histologie der Gelenkinnen- 
flSchen. Deutsche tierSrztl. Wchnschr., Harmov., 1919, 
xxvii, 67-70. 

Joints (Abnormities and deformities of). 

Albers-SchSnberg. Eine seltene, bisher nioht be- 
kannte Strukturanomalie des Skelettes. Fortschr. a. d 
Gob. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1915, xxiii, 174, 1 pi.— 
Bankart (A. S. B.). Congenital malformation of the left 
temporo-maxillary joint and both hip joints. Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Med., Lond., 1918, xi, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 16.— 
Binet & Beny. Astragalectomie double et rfeection du 
genou droit pour articidations baUantes. Rev. mfid. de 
I'est, Nancy, 1924, Iii, 173.— Buccheri (R.). Die chirur- 
gisohe Behandlung der Gelentdeformitaten. Ztschr. f. 
orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1911, xxviii, 114-166.— Buchholz. 
Malformations artieulaires multiples d'origine congSnitale; 
double pied bot; double main bote; ankylose incomplete 
du coude; luxation de la hanche; absence de rotule; phi- 
mosis. Bull. Acad, de m6d.. Par., 1910, 3. s., Ixiii, 36-40.— 
Dreyer. Etne besondere Art der Gelenkkontraktur. Ver- 
handl. d. deutsch. orthop.-Gesellsch., Stuttg., xv, Kong., 
1920 (1921), 192-196.- Hackenbroch (M.). Multiple kon- 
genitale Gelenkmissbildungen. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., 
Stuttg., 1924, xlv, 467-476.— Jansen (M.). Die polyarticu- 
laren Muskeln als Ursache der arthrogenen Contracturen. 
Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1911, xcvi, 616-632.— Linde- 
mann (A.). Zur Frage der Stoffwechselerkrankungen; 
Kalkstofiwechseluntersuchungen bei chronisehen defor- 
mierenden Gelenkerkrankungen. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. 
u. Therap., Berl., 1914, xv, 436-463.— Loeffler (F.). Ein 
Apparat zur Beseitigung hartnSckiger Knie- und Ellen- 
bogenkontraktureu- Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, 
Ixiii, 1373.— Magnus (G.) Umbau von Knochenformen 
und Spongiosa-Architektur im Sinne der funktionellen 
Anpassung bei Gelenkkontrakturen. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. 
[etc.], Berl,, 1918, iii, 15-17, 1 pi.— Peltesohn. Ueber 
Gelenkdeformitaten der unteren ExtremitSten und ihre 
paraarticulfire Korrektur. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1912, 
xlix, 421. — Follidori (A.). Sui corpi mobili articolari. 
Chir. d. org. di movimento, Bologna, 1922, vi, 187-211.— 
Preiser (G.). Ueber die praktische Bedeutung einer anato- 
mischen und habituell-funktionellen Gelenkflacheninkou- 
gruenz. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Eamb., 
1908, xii, 313-322.— Bocher (H.-L.) & Lassere (C). Genu 
valgum et cubitus valgus double symfetrique chez un ado- 
lescent. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1924, xlv, 
108. — Salagbl (M.). II trattamento ortopedieo-meccanico 
delle deformita articolari. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1909, 
xxvi, 234-248. — Serra (A.). H continue fasce-aponeurosi- 
legamenti e le operazioni destinate a corregere le defor- 
mity di attegiamento delle artioolazioni deU' arto inferlore. 
Md.. 1922, xxxviii, 527-553.— Stracker. Gelenkskapseln 
die tmgemein schlafl sind. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1924, 
Ixxiv, 2362.— Valentin (B.). XJeber eine eigenartige, bisher 



72 



JOINTS 



Joints (Abnormities and deformities 
of) — continued. 

unbekannte Form multipler Epiphysenstorungen. Fort- 
schr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1922, xxix, 
120-126, 1 pi. 

Joints (Ankylosis of). 

MacAusland (W. R.). Mobilization of 
ankylosed joints. 8°. Brussels, 1923. 

Also in Siurg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1923, xxxvii, 
256-309, 1 pi. 

Ortali (O.). II trattamento delle anchi- 
losi. 8°. Ravenna, 1919. 

Abadie (J.). Traitement curatif des ankyloses d'origine 
traumatique par la mfethode sanglante. Cong, franc, de 
chir., Proc. verb, [etc.]. Par., 1913, xxvi, 203-208.— Allard 
(F.). Les agents physiques dans les ankyloses: thermo- 
thfirapie et luminoth6rapie. Arch, d'filectr. mfed. exp6r., 

Bordeaux, 1914, xxiv, 20.3-299. La thermoth6rapie 

et la luminothlrapie dans les ankyloses. J. de radiol. et 
d'aectrol., Par., 1914, i, 216.— Allison (N.) & Brooks 
(B.). Ankylosis: an experimental study. Surg., Gynec. 
& Obst., Chicago, 1914, xix, 668-681.— Berard (L.). Traite- 
ment curatif des ankyloses par la mfethode sanglante. 
Cong, franc, de chir., Proc. verb, [etc.]. Par., 1913, xxvi, 
147-179. — Blumenthal. Zur Diskussion fiber unblutige 
Behandlung versteifter Gelenke. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., 
Stuttg., 1916-17, xxxvi, 571.— Bonne. Ein Beitrae zur 
Verhiitung von Gelenkversteifungen, des Durchliegens 
und der Herzsohwache bei unseren Schwerverwundeten. 
Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1916, xiii, 256-257.— Broca 
(P.). L'assouplissement des raideurs artieulaires par la 
m6canoth6rapie 4 domicile. Rev. gin. de clin. et de thSrap., 
Par., 1916, xxx, 449-451.— Campbell (W. C). Mobiliza- 
tion of joints with bony ankylosis; an analysis of 110 cases. 
J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxiii, 976-981. Re- 
construction of ankylosed joints, with special reference to 
the after treatment. Med. J. & Rec, N. Y., 1925, cxxii, 
256-280. — Delchef. Bonnes et mauvaises ankyloses. Arch, 
franco-beiges de chir., Brux., 1923, xxvi, 676-677. — Fran- 
zoni (A.). De I'influence des rayons solaires sur les anky- 
loses consecutives aux arthrites tuberculeuses. Soc. stat. 
climat. de Leysin; Etudes [etc.]. Par., 1912, iii, 239-247.— 
Frauenthal (H. W.). The use of physical methods in the 
treatment of ankylosed joints. Am. J. Electrotherap. & 
Radiol., N. Y., 1919, xxxvii, 39-44.— Geckeler (E. O.). Stiff 
joints. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1925, Ix, 699-610. — 
Hahn. Traitement des ankyloses par I'aectricitS. M6d. d. 
accid. du travail. Par., 1910, viii, 347-349.— Hallbeck (A. 
C). Fibrous ankylosis, its prevention and remedy. Med. 
Times, N. Y., 1923, Ii, 148-160.— Hass. Zur Frage der 
Indikationsstellung bei der operativen Mobilisierung der 
knocherneu Ankylose. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 
1916-17, xxxvi, 673-675.— Hirsch (K.). Ueber ankylo- 
sierende traumatische Arthritis. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1915, xli, 336; 374.— Hohlbaum (J.). 
Erfahrungen und Erfolge nach blutiger Mobilisierung 
versteifter statisch belasteter Gelenke. Arch. f. klin. Chir 
Berl., 1921, cxvii, 647-704.— Hobmann (G.). Die operative 
Behandlung der Kontrakturen und Ankylosen der Ge- 
lenke. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918 Ixv. 533-536.— 
Jones (R.).. Ankylosis and stiff joints; a consideration 
in relation to deformity. Orthop. Surg. (Jones), Lond., 
1921, i, 396-460.— Kalima (T.). Pathologisch-anatomiscne 
Untersuchungen an operativ mobilisierten ankylotischen 
Gelenken. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1921, cxxiv, 423- 
450.— Kaposi (H.). Ueber chirargische Naohbehandlung 
von Versteifungen, Kontrakturen, etc. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
schr., 1916, xxix, 166-162.— lOrmisson (E.). Traitement 
curatif des ankyloses par la mfethode sanglante. Bull. 

m6d.,Par.,1913,xxvii,1003-1006. Del'arthrodeseen 

g6n§ral; indications, manual op6ratoire. Rev. d'orthop 
Par., 1918, 3. s., vi, 447-456.— Lange. Die operative 
Behandlung der Kontrakturen und Ankylosen. Ztschr. 
f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1916-17, xxxvi, 495-499.— Lar- 
dennois (G.). Traitement chirargioal des ankyloses. 
Cong. fran?. de chir., Proc. verb, [etc.], Par., 1913, xxvi, 
136-203.— Ledoux-Lebard (R.). Radiodiagnostic, radio- 
thSrapie et radiumth^rapie des ankyloses. J. de radiol. 
et d'aectrol.. Par., 1914, i, 217-222, 2 pi.— Leuillier. Trac- 
tion eombinSe avec Taction angulaire dans le traitement 
des raideurs artieulaires. J. de m6d. de Par., 1917, xxxvi 
48-63.— Lozano (E. F.). Enartrosis artiflcial como trata- 
miento jde las anquilosis; estado actual del tratamiento 
de las anquilosis. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1921, xi, 
606-611.- MacAusland (W. R.). Ankylosis; treatment 
by arthroplasty. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1923, xxiii, 
361-369. AUo Boston M. & S. J., 1924, cxci, 716^722 — 
McBbenny (P. A.). Congenital arthritis with ankylosis 
of various joints. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1923-24, Ixxvi, 238.— 
Magnus (G.). Ueber den Umbau kontrakter und an- 
kylotischer Gelenke. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Munchen & 
Berl., 1922, xx, 27-35.— Magnuson (P. B.). & Coulter 
(J. S.). Treatment of stiff joints. Internat. Clin., Phila., 
1921, 31. s., IV, 242-248.— Marconi (S.). Rigiditi articolari 
congemte multiple. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1922, xxxviii, 



JOINTS 



73 



JOINTS 



Joints (Ankylosis of) — continued. 

24S-260. — ^Marques. TrEutement eiectiique des ankylo- 
ses. J. de radiol. et d'61eotrol., Par., 1914, i, 146-148.— 
Martin (W.). Treatment ot stifl joints by vibration. 
Am. J. Bleotrotberap. & Eadiol., N. Y., 1918, xxxvi, 26.— 
Meyer (A. W.). The effect ot ankylosis on tbe internal 
structure of bones. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1913-14, 
xlviii, 138-142.- MOler (E. M.). Congenital ankylosis of 
joints of hands and feet. J. Bone & Joint Surg., Bost., 
1922, iv, 560-569.— Monaco (A.). L'intervento operative 
nelle anchilosi al fine di mobilizzarle. Ann. ital. di chir., 
Napoli, 1922, 1, 543-560.— Mifller (W.). Experimentelle 
Untersuohungen iiber die Wirkung langdauernder Immo- 
bilisierungauf dieGelenke. Ztschr. f. ortnop. Chir., Stuttg., 
1923-24, xliv, 478-488.— Murphy (J. B.). Arthroplasty for 
ankylosed joints. Tr. Am. Siurg. Ass., Phila., 1913, xxxi, 

6Y-137. Multiple metastatic arthritides: multiple 

ankylosis; arthroplasty for bony ankylosis of the wrists. 
Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1914, iii, 1159-1183, 10 pi.— Nascher 
(I.-L.). Senile arthrosclerosis. Med. Eev. of Rev., N. Y., 
1919, XXV, 482484.— Nutt (J. J.). Exhibition of oases in 
which radiumhas been used tomobilizejoints having fibrous 
ankylosis following tuberculous arthritis. Am. J. Electro- 
therap. & Eadiol.,N. Y., 1917, xxxv, 412.— OUWeri (E. M.). 
Tratamiento quirurgico de las anquilosis. Semana m§d., 
Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, 57; 127; 153; 223; 253; 599.— Owen 
(H. E.). Arthroplasty. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lix, 426- 
431, 1 pi. [Discussion], 437-439.— Payr (E.). Ueber die 
operative Mobilisierung ankylosierter Gelenke. Miinchen. 

med. Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 1921-1927. Erweiterang 

der Anzeigenstellung fiir blutige Mobilisierung versteifter 
Gelenke. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1919, xlvi, 746-749. 

Erfolgreiche Mobilisierung der drei grossen ver- 

steiften Gelenke an einer untereu Gliedmasse; Demonstra- 
tion zur Arthroplastik. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1920, 
cxiv, 878-893.— Peckham (F. E.). Ionic medication in 
stifl joints. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1912, xxx, 14-19.— 
Port. Mobilisierung der Gelenke durch Federzug. Ztschr. 
f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1916-17, xxxvi, 647-654.— Putti 
(v.). Traitement curatif des ankyloses par la mdthode 
sanglante. Cong, frang. de chir., Proc. verb, [etc.]. Par., 
1913, xxvi, 136-140. L'arthroplastie des articula- 
tions ankylos^es. Lyon chlrurg., 1922, xix, 121-131, 5 pi. — 
Kingd. Mobilisation von Gelenkversteifungen durch freie 
Transplantation von Eettfaszienlappen. Deutsche med. 
Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xlii, 713.— Eocher (H.-L.). 
Les raideurs articulaires congfinitales multiples. J. de 
m6d. de Bordeaux, 1913, xliii, 772; 816: 1920, 1, 243-246.— 
Eoesky. Die mediko-mecbaniscbe Behandlung versteifter 
Glieder und Gelenke. Ztschr. f. Srztl. Fortbild., Jena, 
1916, xiii, 490-492.— Koux (C). Traitement curatif des 
ankyloses par la mSthode sanglante. Cong. fran;. de chir., 
Proc. verb, [etc.], Par., 1913, xxvi, 140-143.— Sandoz (F.). 
La mScanothferapie des raideurs articulaires consficutives 
aux blessures de guerre. Paris mSd., 1913-14, xv, 408-420. — 
Savariaud (M.). Traitement curatif des ankyloses par 
la mSthode sanglante. Cong franc, de chir., Proc. verb, 
[etc.]. Par., 1913, xxvi, 179-181.— Schanz (A.). Beitrage 
zur Mobilisation ankylotischer Gelenke. verhandl- a. 
deutsch. orthop. Qesellsch., Stuttg., 1916, xiii (Kong.), 
26-33.— Schmerz (H.). Neue Anschauungen fiber opera- 
tive GelenksmobUisation. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1916, 

xliii, 935-940. Bericht fiber Gelenksmobilisationen 

mit und ohne Interposition. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing. , 
1919, cxvli, 618-641. — ScliuH» (K.). Angeborene multiple 
Gelenkstarre. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1923-24, 
xliv, 601-604.— Schwarz (A.). Thermenwirkung bei 
Gelenksversteifung. Ztschr. f. BaJneol., Klimat. [etc.], 

Berl. & Wien., 1913-14, vi, 584-587. Beitrag zur 

Aufnahme von ankylosierten Gelenken. Zentralbl. f. 
Chir., Leipz., 1915, xlii, 445-447.— Serra (A.). La ricos- 
truzione chirurgica delle articolazioni colpite da anchilosi; 
lo stato attuale dell' artroplastica. Med. ital., Napoli, 
1922, iii, 173-176.— Taylor (E. T.). Eestoring mobility 
alter bony ankylosis of the joints. Penn. M. J., Athens, 
1912-13, xvi, 294-299.— Tubby (A. H.). Clinical lecture 
on the treatment of ankylosis by the formation of new 
joints. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcviii, 324- 
327.— Vulpius (0.). Beitrage zur operativen Gelenkmo- 
bilisierung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 696- 
699.— Wahl. Ueber den Wert der Distraktion bei der 
Mobilisierung versteifter Gelenke. Ztschr. f. orthop. 
Chir., Stuttg., 1916-17, xxxvi, 654-669.— Whitman (E.^. 
Arthroplasty for bony ankylosis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911,- 
liv, 860.— WHle (F.). Multiple posttraumatische Anky- 
losen fernab vom Herde der Verletzung. Arch. f. klin. 
Chir., Berl., 1921, cxviii, 696-702.— Willems (.C). Apropos 
des ankyloses et de leur traitement sanglant. Cong, franc, 
de chir., Proc. verb, [etc.]. Par., 1913, xxvi, 143-147.— Wol- 
lenberg (Q. A.). Ueber Gelenkmobilisation. Ztschr. f. 
firztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1916, xii, 267-270.— Wrede. Blutige 
Gelenkmobilisation. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. Srztl. Ver. v. Thu- 
ringen, Jena, 1916, xlv, 114-116.— Zeuer (0.). Ueber plas- 
tische Gelenkresektion zur Behebung der Ankylosen. 
Jahresk. f. Srztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1919, 12. Heft, 25-42. 

Joints (Contractions of). 

See Joints (Abnormities, etc., of). 



Joints (Diseases of). 

See, also, Bones and joints (Diseases of); 
Gonorrhoea (Complications of, Articular); 
Gout; Rheumatic fever. 

Mauclaire (P.) & DujARiBR (C). Mala- 
dies des articulations, maladies inflammatoires, 
corps strangers, arthrite sfeche, arthropathies 
nerveuses, ankyloses et tumeurs articulaires. 
8°. Paris [1908], 1909. 

Preiser (G. K. F.). Statische Gelenker- 
krankungen. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 1911. 

Also transl. [Abstr.J in Am. J. Ortnop. Surg., Phila., 
1912-13, X, 100-135. 

Antonin (P.). Les arthropathies nerveuses. Marseille- 
mfid., 1922, lix, 718-728.— Assmann (H.). Klinische 
Einteilung der ohronischen Qelenkerkrankungen. Fort- 
schr. a. d. Geb. d. EBntgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1926, xxxni, 
901-943. Also Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1926, iv, 1504; 1564.— 
Beneke (E.). Pathologisch-anatomisohe Qrundanschau- 
ungen zur Lehre von den chronischeu Gelenkleiden. Fort- 
schr. a. d. Geb. d. Eontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1926, xxxiii, 
843-861, 2 pi.— Braine-Hartnell (C). A clinical lecture 
on diseases of joints. Clin. J., Lond., 1916, xliv, 317-320.— 
Cohen (S. S.). Certain angioneurotic manifestations in 
and around joints, frequently mistaken for gout and rheu- 
matism. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila., 1911, 3. s., xxxiii, 309- 

311. On some angioneural arthroses (periarthroses, 

pararthroses). Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1914, clxvii, 228. 
Also reprint. — Crookshank (F. G.). The morphological 
factor in respect of rheumatism and other affections ot 
joints. Med. J. & Eec, N. Y., 1926, cxxi, 616-618.— Cuneo 
(G.) Alterazioni del ricamlo nelle varie malattie artriche. 
Eiforma med., Napoli, 1923, xxxix, V94-798.— Davis (G. G.). 
The local treatment of painful non-tuberculous joints. 
Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1914-15, xiii, 69-63.— Duken. 
FamiliSre, kongenitale Aplasie der Interphalangealgelenke 
an HSnden und Ftissen mit bistologischen Befunden. 
Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Oesellsch., Jena, 1921, xviii, 
312-318.— Ehrmann (E.) & Taterka (H.). Nephrosen 
bei Gelenkerkrankungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, xxi, 
1462.— Eiy (L. W.). The pathology and classification of 
chronic joint disease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix 611- 
613. — Ewing (W. G.). Non-tuberculous diseases ot joints. 
Wash. M. Ann., 1909-10, viii, 387-390.— Finkelstein (H.). 
Joint hypotonia, with congenital and familial manifesta- 
tions. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 942-944.— Gerding 
(W. J.). Classification ot jomt lesions. Kentucky M. J., 
Bowling Green, 1914, xii, 771-777.— Grant (S. A.). Char- 
cot's disease of the interphalangeal joint. Brit. M. J., 
Lond., 1924, i, 1002. — Hauser. Die pathologische Anatomic 
der Gelenkerkrankungen. Vereinsbl. d. ptslz. Aerzte, 
Frankenthal, 1922, xxxiv, 10-12.— Hlldebrand. Die akute 
Infektion der Gelenke. Ztschr. f. Srztl. Fortbild., Jena, 
1910, vii, 161-171.— Imbert (L.). Les arthropathies trau- 
matiques chroniques. Ann. de m6d. 16g., Par., 1923, iii, 
677-588.— JTanzen (FrSulein). Bin Fall Stillscher Krank- 
heit. Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. HeUk^ Giessen, 
1919, xii, 43.— Kauftheil (L.) & Sim6 (A.). Ueber die 
spezifische ViskositSt des Blutserums bei Gelenkerkran- 
kungen. Wien. Arch. t. inn. Med., 1925, xi, 191-200.— 
Kienbiick. Ueber chronische Gelenkskrankheiten im Eont- 
genbild. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Eontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 
1926, xxxiii, Kongresshtt. 46 -50.— Latham (P. W.). On 
causalgia and allied changes in the joints. Lancet, Lond., 
1918, 1, 780.— Ledderhose (G.). Chronische Gelenker- 
krankimgen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 
1921, xlvii, 1466-1468.— Lovett (E. W.). The atrophy of 
muscle and bone resulting from joint disease, injury, and 
fixation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Iviii, 1576-1579.— 
Meyer (A. W.). Further observations upon use-destruc- 
tion in joints. J. Bone & Joint Surg., Best., 1922, iv, 491- 
611.— Miller (J. L.) & Lewin (P.). Evidence of the ana- 
phylactic character of intermittent liydrarthrosis. J. Am. 
M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxii, 1177-1179.— Munk (F.). 
Die ohronischen Erkrankungen der Gelenke. Spec. Path, 
u. Therap. inn. Krankh., Berl. & Wien, 1923, ix, pt. 2, 

649-769. Ueber Pathologic, Diagnostik und Thera- 

pie der chronischen Gelenkerkrankungen. Med. Klin., 
Berl., 1924, xx, 135; 171; 204.— Nutter (J. A.). Static joint 
disease. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1916, vi, 23-29.— 
Plate (E.). Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Gelenker- 
krankungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 
1912, xxxviii, 2404^2406.— Power (D.). Clinical lecture on 
chronic joint disease. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1913, 
n. s., xov, 816-618.— Bheln (J. H. W.). Arthritic neuritis. 
Penn. M. J., Athens, 1914-16, xviii, 501-606.— Bhonheimer 
(E.). Die ohronischen Gelenkerkrankungen des Kindesal- 
ters. Ergebn; d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1920, xviii, 
531-572.- Bosenfeld (A. S.). Still's disease, with report 
ofacase. J.Am. M. Ass., Ch)oago,19]7,lxix,115~118. Also 
reprint. — Schanz (A.). Ueber Qelenkneurose. Ztschr. f. 
orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1924, xlv (Verhandl. d, deutsch. 
orthop.- Gesellsch., xviii. Kong., 1923), 379-386.— Schmidt 
(E.). Zur Klinik der Gelenkerkrankungen. Med. Klin., 
Berl., 1912, viii, 1486-1489.— Sim6 (A.). Die Blutsen- 



JOINTS 



74 



JOINTS 



Joints (Diseases of) — continued. 

kungsgeschwindigkeit bei Qelenksrheumatismus. Wien 
Hin. Wchnsohr., 1922, xxxv, 901— Spitzy (H.). Perio- 
dische angioneurotische GelenkafEektionen: (Hydrops arti- 
c^orum intermittens). Erkrank. d. Beweg.-App., Wlen, 
1924, 1, 6-9.— Strauss (M.). StatiSche Gelenkerkran- 
tangen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1940-1943 — 
Wagner-Jauregg. Beziehungen zwischen Qelenks- und 
Nervenkrankheiten. Wien. med. Wotinschr., 1924, Ixxiv 
1609-1514.— Weintraud. Ueber GelenkJaankheiten im 
Kriege. Behandl. von Eriegsverletz. u. Kriegskrankh. 
in d. Heimatlaz., Jena, 1916, pt. 2, 80-100.— Welsz (E ) 
Ueber das Verhalten der einzelnen Gelenke in patholo- 
gischer und therapeutischer Beziehung. Wien. med Presse 

1904, idv, 965-972. Ueber Temperaturverhaitnisse 

erkrankter Gelenke. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ir, 1466. 

Joints (Diseases of, Causes and pathol- 
ogy of). 

CadiSac (C). Pathologie chintrgicale des 
articulations. 12°. Paris, 1907. 

Achard (C.). Arthropathies nerveuses. Rev. gto. de 
elm. et de thSrap., Par., 1924, xxxviii, 689; 722.— Anzflotti 
(Q.). Ricerohe sperimentali sulle lesioni articolari da ba- 
cQlo d' Eberth. Arch, ed atti d. Soo. ital. di ohir., Eoma 
(1920), 1921, xxvii, 347-358.— Axhausen (G.). Die asep- 
tisohe Knorpelnekrose und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Qelenk- 
pathologie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 
1913, xvi, 316-321.— Beneke. I^itsStze zur pathologischen 
Anatomie der chronischen Gelenkleiden. Fortschr. a. d. 
Geb. d. Eontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1925, xxxiii, Kongresshft. 
42-46. [Discussion], 48-50.— Boenheim (F.) & Priwin 
(E.). Zur Kenntnis der endokrinen Arthropathie. Deut- 
sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1925, li, 1447.— Bo- 
lognesi (G.). L'istogenesi delle cavlta articolari di neo- 
formazione; (studio crltieo e sperimentale). Arch, intemat. 
de chir., Gand, 1912-13, vi, 69-127, 12 pi.— Borak (J.) & 
Goldhamer (K.). Experimentelle BeitrSge zur Eont- 
genanatomie und -pathologie der Gelenke. Fortschr. a. d. 
Geb. d. Eontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1926, xxxiii, 341-358.— 
Clark (H. G.). Etiologic factors in gross lesions of the 
large joints; observations from 1,100 consecutive necropsies. 
J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixix, 2099-2101. Also re- 
print. A consideration of joint lesions found in 

832 autopsies; syphilis, arteriosclerosis, and occupation 
important etiological factors. Proc. Ass. Isthmian Canal 
Zone, Mount Hope, 1917, ix, 101-115.— DaTis (D. J.). 
Chronic streptococcus arthritis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
cago, 1913, Ixi, 724-727. [Discussion], 730-732.— Delrez (L.). 
Sur la pathologie g6n6rale des aflections articulaires. Scal- 
pel, Li«ge, 1913-14, Ixvi, 477-480.— Draganesco (S.) & 
Lissievici-Draganesco (Mme. A.). Perm(Sabilit6 et pou- 
voir d'absorption des parois articulaires a I'Stat patliolo- 
gique. Presse m6d.. Par., 1922, xxx, 746.— Uoesser (L.). 
On the nature of neuropathic affections of the joints. Ann. 
Surg., Phila., 1917, Ixvi, 201-207, 9 pi. Also reprint.— 
Etienne (G.) & Perrin (M.). Dfefinition des arthropathies 
nerveuses. Eev. m6d. de I'Est, Nancy, 1913, xlv, 617- 
622.— Fliegel (O.) & .Strauss (E.). Zur Arthropathia 
ovaripriva Menge's. Zentralbl. f. GynSk., Leipz., 1925, 
xhi^, 633. — Freund (E.). Ueber sekund^r chronische 
Gelenkerkrankungen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixiv, 
1834-1839.— Fritsch (K.). Ueber Gelenkerkrankungen bel 
Scharlach und Maseru. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tilbing., 
1911, Ixxii, 101-124 —Fromme (A.). Die Bedeutung des 
Gelenkknorpels fiir die Pathogenese zahlreicher Gelenker- 
krankungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, Ivii, 1079-1081.— 
Gara (S .) . Die durch S toffwechselstorung bedingten chroni- 
schen Gelenkerkrankimgen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 
853-855.— <Sarre (C). Zur Aetiologie des rezidivierenden 
Gelenkhydrops der Gelenkneuralgie. Miinchen. med. 
Wchnschr., 1910, Ivii, 2451-2463.— JHeyman (C. H.). Char- 
cot joint following trauma. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1923, 
xix, 496-498.— Hudebrand (O.). Ueber neuropathische 
Gelenkerkrankungen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1921, 
cxv, 443-493. — Jagi£ (N.)- Gelenkskrankheiten und Zir- 
kulationsapparat. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1924, Ixxiv, 
673-680.— Keller (H.) & Moravek (A. J.). The signifi- 
cance of the presence of acid-fast bacilli in the feces of the 
patients suffering from joint disease. Med. Eec, N. Y., 
1915, Ixxxviil, 864r-868. Also reprint.— Landouzy (L.), 
Gougerot (H.) & Salin (H.). Dfimonstration et patho- 
g6nie des artliropathies bacillaires s§reuses et congestives. 
Presse m§d., Par., 1912, xx, 386-387.— Latham (P. W.). 
The dependence of arthropathy on nerve influence. Lancet, 
Lond., 1914, i, 930.— Levy (R.) & Ludloff (K.). Die neuro- 
pathischen Gelenkerkrankungen und ihre Diagnose durch 
das Eontgenbild. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1909, Ixiu, 
399-445, 6 pi.— Leyser (E.). Die zentralen Dysarthrien 
und ihre Pathogenese. Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1923, ii, 
2176-2179.— McArdle (J. S.). Joint troubles arising from 
nerve diseases. Practitioner., Lond., 1915, xcv, 174^180. — 
Sfenge (C.). Ueber Arthropathia ovaripriva. Zentralbl. 
f. Gynfik., Leipz., 1924, xlviii, 1617-1621.— Nathan 
(P. W.). Associated joint and nerve lesions in experi- 
mental streptococcus infections; their analogy to those 
occurring in chronic deforming polyarthritis and spondy- 
litis deformans (Beohterew). J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 



Joints (Diseases of, Causes and pathol- 
of) — continued. 

, 1916, xUii, 368.— Nathan (P. W.) & Strang (W. W.) . 
The joint cartilage in its relation to joint pathology. Am. 
J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1909-10, vii, 83-93;— Niosi (F.). 
Le artropatie emofiliache. Chn. chir., Milano, 1913, xxi, 
1707-1726, 1 pi.— Novak (J.). Ueber Arthropathia ovari- 
priva. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1924, xlviii, 2218- 
2221.— Pacini (A. J.). A concept of X-ray pathology; 
arthropathy. Med. Eec, N. yT, 1921, xcix, 259-264.— 
Peckham (F. E.). The abdomen an important factor in 
chronic joint affections. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 
1912-13, X, 80-93.— PSricard (H.). La biologie de I'arthri- 
tisme. Vie mSd., Par., 1925, vi, 45-47.— Phemister (D. B.). 
Changes in the articular surfaces in tuberculous and in 
pyogenic infections of joints. Am. J. Roentgenol., N. Y., 
1924, xii, 1-14.— Philips (H. B.) & Kosenheek (C). Neuro- 
arthropathies; a consideration of the etiology and general 
characteristics; with special reference to that form caused 
by peripheral disease or injury. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
1924, Ixxxii, 27-29.— Singer (K.). Ueber den Zusammen- 
hang zwischen Nerven- und Gelenk-Erkrankungen. Ztschr. 
f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1919, xxiii, 249-262.— 
Snroni (S.). A case of arthropatia i)soriatica. Acta radiol., 
Stockholm, 1921, i, 21-25, 1 pi.— Tecqmenne (C). Arthro- 
pathies d'origine hfemophilique. Scalpel, Lifige, 1909-10, 
Ixii, 427-431.— Twinch (S. A.). The causation of chronic 
joint disease. J. Med. Soo. N. Jersey, Orange, 1925, xxil, 
474r-480.— Weisz (E.). Ueber Temperaturverhaitnisse 
erkrankter Gelenke. Veroflentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. 
in Berl., 1913, xxxiv, pt. 2, 369-371. [Diskussion], pt. 1, 18. 

Joints (Diseases of, Diagnosis of). 

Mater (E.). *Funktionelle Gelenkfragen, 
an Banderpraparaten und an der Leiche 
untersucht. 8°. Berlin, 1919. 

Baetjer (F. H.). The Roentgenologic signs of joint 
lesions in children. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1919, ii, 
1703-1714. — Bircher (E.). Die Arthroendoskopie. Zen- 
tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1921, xlviii, 1460.— Blythe (V.). 
Diagnostic value of the X-ray in joint diseases, case reports. 
Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1922, xx, 480-484.— Boyd 
(S.). Diagnosis m diseases of joints. Praijtitioner, Lond., 
1912, Ixxxviu, 724-735.— Brown (P. K.). Clinical mani- 
festations of the various joint affections and their bearing 
on diagnosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1918, 28. s., i, 93-101, 
6 pi. — Brugsch (T.). Diagnose und Therapie chronischer 
Gelenkerkrankungen. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1916, Ivi, 
241-250. — CaldwdU (C. E.). Diagnosis in suspected joint 
disease. Lancet-Clinic, Clncin., 1909, cii, 448-451. — Case 
(J. T.). The roentgenology of chronic joint disease. IIU- 
nois M. J., Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 153-158.— Colviu (A. R.). 
Annual address in surgery, diagnosis of joint diseases. 
Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1914-15, xiii, 217-223.— 
Coutts (J. A.) & Corner (E. M.). On the diagnosis 
and treatment of non-tuberculous joint diseases in chil- 
dren. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1117-1124.— Dejerine 
(Mme.). Arthropathies et para-ostlo-arthropathies. M6- 
decine, Par., 1920-21, ii, 363-367.— Doub (H. P.). The 
Roentgen diagnosis of joint conditions. J. Mich. M. Soc, 
Grand Rapids, 1920, xix, 234-237.— Eisler (F.) & Holz- 
knecht (G.) Radiologic der Gelenkserkrankungen. Wien. 
med. Wchnschr., 1924, Ixxiv, 1649-1655.— Freund (E.). 
DiSerentialdiagnose bei Gelenkerkrankungen. Ibid., 1161- 
1166. — Garrod (A. E.) On auscultation of joints. Lancet, 
Lond., 1911, i, 213.— Guillaume-Louis (P.). Diagnostic 
des hydarthroses. Arch. m6d.-chir. de Province, Tours, 
1925, XV, 394-398.— HUdebrand. Die Diflerentialdiagnose 
der Gelenkkrankheiten. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 

1923, XX, 349-352.— His ( W.) . Wesen und Formen der chro- 
nischen Arthritiden. Berl. khn. Wchnschr. , 1921 , 1 viii, 1 526- 
1529.— Kleinberg (S.). The injection of oxygen into joints 
for diagnosis. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1921, xxxv, 266-261.— 
Le Grand (J.) . L'examen clinique des regions articulaires. 
J. de m6d. de Par., 1920, xxxix, 70-72.— Luff (A. P.). Some 
common errors in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases 
of the joints. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 442-446. — Mallwa 
(E.). Zur Diflerentialdiagnose der Gelenkserkrankungen; 
nebst therapeutischen Bemerkungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 

1925, xxi, 1678-1580. Ueber Gelenksauskultation. 

Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1925, xxxviii, 174.— Marino Zuco 
(C). Articolazioni e lesioni articolari studiate mediante 
il pneumoartro. Rassegnainternaz. diclin. eterap.,Napoli, 

1924, V, 437^57, 7 pi.— Marshall (H. W.). The value of ex- 
haustive critical studies and generalizations in chronic 
joint diseases, with illustrations of their usefulness in con- 
ceptions of gout, intestinal toxemic, atrophic, and hyper- 
trophic arthritis. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1913, xi, 
276-300.— Melchlor (E.). & Wolff (H.). Zur Diagnostik 
von Gelenkerkrankungen vermittels der lokalen Haut- 
temperatur. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1039.^ 
Muncke (A.). Fortschritte in der Diagnose und Therapie 
der chronischen Gelenkerkrankungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 
1923, xix, 1438; 1654. — ^Nov§-Josserand. Rhumatisme 
articulaire aigu et tuberculose. J. de mSd. de Lyon, 1925, 
vi, 251-264.— Bugh (J. T.). Aflections of joints simulat- 
ing rheumatism. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1915, 3. s., 
xxxi, 693-695.— Snyder (J. R.). The diagnosis of painful 



JOINTS 



75 



JOINTS 



Joints (Diseases of, Diagnosis of) — 
continued. 

and swollen joints in children. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, 
Montgomery, 1910, 286-302.— Thomas (W. S.). Methods 
In joint diagnosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiv, 843- 
846.— Townsend (W. B.). Causes oi error in the diag- 
nosis of diseases of the joints. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 

1913, Ixi, 1707-1710.— Tubby (A. H.). Common errors in 
the diagnosis of affections of the joints. Polyclin., Lond., 

1914, x-riii, 11-17.— UfTreduzzi (O.). L'asooltazione delle 
articolazioni. Oior. di med. prat., Livorno, 1924, vi, 26- 
30. — Umber. Zm- Nosologie der Qelenkerkrankungen. 
Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1924, Uxi, 4^6.— Weisz (E.). 
Die klinische Bedeutung gesteigerter Hauttemperaturen 
iiber erkrankten Gelenken. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1913, 
Ixiii, 1191-1193.— Westman (C). On the Importance of 
muscular relaxation In the examination of joints. Prac- 
titioner, Lond., 1921, cvi, 139-143.— WoUenberg (G. A.). 
Zur Differentialdiagnose der chronischen Qelenkerkran- 
kungen. Verhandl. d. deutseh. orthop. Qesellsch. Stuttg., 

1913, xii, 184-189. 

Joints (Diseases of, Treatment of). 

HoEFFTCKE (C. A.). The ambulatory 
treatment of fractures and diseased joints, 
with an introduction by Frank Romer, and 
articles by many eminent surgeons and phy- 
sicians. 8°. London, 1923. 

NoRSTROM (G.). Maladies des articula- 
tions et leur traitement par le massage. 8°. 
Paris, 1909. 

ScHRAtTBB (W.). *Unblutiges Redresse- 
ment versteifter und verkriimmter Gelenke. 
8°. Bonn, 1915. 

Weisz (E.). Die physikalische Therapie 
der Gelenkkrankheiten. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 
1912. 

Albee (F. H.) . Certain fundamentals in the treatment of 
shoulder and hip. Med. Eec., N. Y., 1920, xcviii, 917.— 
Axhausen (G.). Zur Frage der Phenolkampterwirkung auf 
den Gelenkknorpel. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1923, 1, 
434-436.— von Baeyer (H.) . Der langsame Stellungswechsel 
der Gelenke bei der Behandlung chroniseher infektioser 
Gelenkleiden. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1922, Ixix, 1143 — 
Beck (E. G.). Present status of joint diseases and best 
methods of treatment. Surg., Qynee. & Obst., Chicago, 

1914, xvili, 754-756.— Becker (W.). Heissluft-Pendelappa- 
rate; ein Beitrag zur modernen Behandlung kranker Ge- 
lenke. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1909, viii, 160-167.— 
Blackburn (C. B.). The setiological factor as a guide to 
treatment in arthritis, fibrositis, and allied conditions. 
Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1925, ii, 619-623.— Brackett 
(E.G.). The use of iodoform oil in joints. Boston M. & S. 
J., 1914, clxx, 873-878, 1 pi.— Broca (A.). L'immobilisation 
et la mobilisation dans le traitement des maladies articu- 
laires. Lyon chirurg., 1916, xiii, 837-863.— Bum (A.). Me- 
chanotberapie der Qelenkerkrankungen. Wien. med. 
Wchnschr., 1924, Ixxiv, 2281-2286.— Chlumsk J- (V.). Ueber 
ein neues und blUiges Verfahren zur Behandlung chroniseher 
Gelenkleiden. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1925, lii, 2825.— 
Churchman (J. W.). The treatment ofjoint infections by 
lavage and direct medication. Ann. Surg. , Phila. , 1916, Ixii, 

409-419, 8 pi. Treatment of acute infections of the 

joint by lavage and direct medication. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
cago,1918,lxx,1047-1051. ^Zsoreprint.- Cone{S.M.). The 
injection treatmentofinfectedjoints. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., 
Phila., 1914r-15, xii, 602-506.— Conti (L.). L'argento col- 
loidale per inlezioni endo-articolari nella cura dell' Idrato. 
Eiv. ospedal., Soma, 1921, xl, 103-106.— Cooley (E. L.). 
The plaster castinacutejoint infections. Med. Fortnightly. 
St. Louis, 1916, xlvii, 27-29,— Corner (E. M.). Clinical lec- 
ture on the treatment ofjoint disease. Med. Press & Circ, 
Lond., 1914, n. s., xovii, 484-487.— von Cotzhausen (L.). 
The treatment ofjoint diseases, and of conditions simulating 
them, by physical manipulation. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., 
Phila., 1912, v, 281-287.— Cumston (C. Q.). How to punc- 
ture joints. Internal. Clin., Phila., 1921, 31. s., i, 45-55.— 
Dengler (J.). Ueber die Behandlung von Qelenkerkran- 
kungen mit prafizipitierten und koUoidalem Schwefel. 
Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1924, iii, 316-318.— Dresch., La 
methode de Bier comparfie au traitement sulfureui dans la 
cure des arthropathies ohroniques. Pressfi therm, et olimat., 
Par., 1920, Ixi, 433.— Duroux (E.). Traitement chirurgical 
des arthropathies nerveuses. Lyon chirurg., 1910, iv, 360- 
372.— Finger (T.). Die Anwendung des Sanarthrit (Heil- 
ner) bei chronischen OelenkerlcraiSsungen. Mitt. a. d. 
Orenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1921, xxxiii, 669-581.— 
Fisher (A. Q. T.). Some researches into the physiological 
principles underlying the treatment of injuries and diseases 
of the articulations. Lancet, Lond., 1923, ii, 641-548.— 
Fuchs (J.). Funktionelle Behandlung der chronischen 
Qelenkerkrankungen. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1925, lii, 
2826-2830.— GSronne (A.) . Zur Protelnkorper-Therapie der 
Qelenkerkrankungen. AUg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1921, 



Joints (Dieases of, Treatment of) — 
continued. 

xo, 187; 193.— Hauffe (Q.). Abhandlungen zur physikali- 
schen Therapie; die chronischen Qelenkerkrankungen. 
Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1925, Ixvi, 47.3-476.— Hcdri (A.). 
Zur Eenntnis der Phenolkampterwirkung in Gelenljen. 

Ardh.f.klin. Chir., Berl., 1922, cxxii, 281-313. ■ • Un- 

tersuchungenilber die Phenolkampferwirkungin Gelenken. 
Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1922, xlix, 1021-1024.— Heidt- 
mann (W.). Zur Behandlung chroniseher Gelenkerkran- 
kung mit Sanarthrit Heilner. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
1921, Ixviii, 704^706.— Heissen (F.). Erfahrungen mit einer 
kombinierteu Milch-Sanarthritbehandluug chroniseher Ar- 
thritiden. Therap. Halbmonatsh., Berl., 1921, xxxv, 536- 
539.— Hirsch (S.) & Sternberg (A.). Kritisohe Anmerkun- 
gen zur Frage der Therapie chroniseher deformierender 
Qelenkerkrankungen auf Grund klinischer Beobachtungen. 
Med. Klin., Berl., 1923, xix, 527-529.— Hulander (H. N.). 
Massage and allied measures in the treatment ofjoint dis- 
eases. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1915, ix, 496-499.— 
Ishido. Ueber die Wirkung des Eadiothoriums auf die 
Gelenke. Strahlentherapie, Berl. & Wien, 1923, xv, 537- 
644. — Jansen (H.). Vergleichende Bemerkungen fiber 
Beiztherapie und physikalische Therapie bei chronischen 
Gelenkkrankheite. Veroflentl. a. d. Geb. d. Med.-Ver- 
walt., Berl., 1924-26, xviii, 674-676.- Jansen (H.) & Beg- 
trup (E.). [Protein therapy and other forms of stimulation 
therapy in chronic joint affections.] Ugesk. f. Laeger, 
K0benh., 1923, Ixxxv, 421-426.— Klcmperer (G.) & Dunner 
(L.). Die Behandlung der subakuten und chronischen 
Qelenkerkrankungen. Therap. d. Qegenw., Berl., 1920,1x1, 
400-403.— Kniepf. Leitsatze zur Behandlung chroniseher 
Gelenkserkrankungen mit AmeisensSure. Aerztl. Rund- 
schau, Munchen, 1923, xxxiii, 53— 65.— Kouindjy (P.) . La 
mobilisation mMhodique dans le traitement des affections 
articulaires. Presse mid.. Par., 1922, xxx, (annexe), 42-44, — 
Krcbs. Zur Frage der chronischen Arthritiden und ihre 
Eontgendeutung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1925, Ixxii, 
1375-1377. — Lampe (R.). Die Behandlung chroniseher Ar- 
thritiden mit Proteinkorpern, insbesondere mit Sanarthrit. 
Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1921, Ixii, 93-96.— liOzano (R.). 
Compendiosquirlirgicos;fisiologIayanatomfapatol6Kicasde 
los artrocaces. Clin, mod., Zaragoxa, 1913, xii, 617-525, — 
Luger (A,). Die medikamentose Therapie der Gelenkser- 
krankungen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1924, Ixxiv, 1514; 
1563,— Marshall (H. W,). Causes for failures in treatments 
of chronic joint diseases, and some suggestions how greater 
successes can be attained. Boston M. & S. 3., 1912, cxlvi, 

759; 804; 853. A collection of facts, ideas, and 

theories relating to the diverse elements that contribute to 
success in treatment ofjoint diseases; relationships between 
visceral ptosis and arthritis; comparisons between mild 
intestinal toxaemias and gout. Ibid., 1913, olxviii, 333; 386; 

426. Some peculiarities of medical progress with 

illustrations from studies of articular conditions. Ibid., 

clxix, 593-600. — Whyreliefofjointtroublesiseasy or 

difficult TSid., 1920, clxxxiii, 430-438.— Martens (M.). Die 
chirurgische Behandlung der Muskel- und Gelenkleiden. 
Ztsohr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1909, vi, 169-180, 1 pi.— 
Meyer (E.). Ueber die Behandlung chroniseher Qelenker- 
krankungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, xviii, 378-381.— 
Meyer- Bisch. Ueber die Behandlung ohronisch deformie- 
render Qelenkerkrankungen mit Schwefel. Miinchen. med. 
Wchnschr., 1921, Ixvili, 616-518.— Meyer-Bisch (R.) & 
Heubner (W.). Ueber den Einfluss von Schwefelinjek- 
tioneu auf den Gelenkknorpel. Biochem. Ztschn., Berl., 

1921, cxxii, 128-136. — Moreno (J.). Terap6utica quirflrgica 
en las hidartrosis cronicas. Semana m§d., Buenos Aires, 

1922, xxix, 679-681.— Oehlecker (F.). Zur Kasuistik und zur 
Behandlung neuropathischer Qelenkerkrankungen. Beitr. 
z. klin. Chir., Tilbing., 1909, Ixv, 63-105, 2 pi.— Pemberton 
(R.). The metabolism and successful treatment of chronic 
joint disease: a prehminary report. Am. J. M. So., Philaj & 
N. Y., 1912, exUv, 474-494.— Plate (E.). Einiges iiber chro- 
nische Qelenkerkrankungen und deren Behandlung. Miin- 
chen. med. Wchnschr., 1922, Ixbt, 1072-1077.— Pribram 
(H.). Diathermic bei Gelenkserkrankungen. Ztschr. f. 

Shys. u. di^tet. Therap., Leipz,, 1911, xv, 464-470.— Rein- 
art (A.). Die Behandlung der chronischen Qelenkerkran- 
kungen mit Sanarthrit Heilner. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. , 
Leipz. & Berl., 1919, xlv, 1351-1355.— Komich (S.). Mathe- 
matische und biologische Mittelstellung der Gelenke. Zt- 
schr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1921-22, xUi, 360-364.— Schafer 
(H.). Unsere Erfahrungen mit Sanarthrit Heilner bei 
chronischen Qelenkaflektionen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
1920,lvii, 1170.— Seba (J. D.). The open method of treating 
infected joints; with report of a case. J. Missouri M. Ass., 
St. Louis, 1909-10, vi, 683-686.— Sorter (A.). Zur Therapie 
der Gelenkserkrankungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1925, 
xxxviii, 936.— Spitzy (H.). Orthopadie der Gelenkserkran- 
kungen. Ibid., 1924, Ixxiv, 1893; 2229; 2350.— Stein (A. E.). 
Zur Teohnik der Diathermiebehandlung der Gelenkkrank- 
heiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, 

xxxix, 1308-1310. Die Gelenkbehandlung mit 

Kreuzfeuer-Diathermie. AUg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,'1921, 
xc, 13-15. — Straisser (A.). Die Balneo-Hydrotherapie der 
chronischen Gelenkkrankheiten. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 

1924, Ixxiv, 1801-1808. The action of baths and 

hydrotherapy in the treatment of chronic diseases of the 



JOINTS 



76 



JOINTS 



Joints (Diseases of, Treatment of)— 
continued. 

joints. Arch. Med. Hydrol., Lond., 1926, iii, 34-38.— 
Thomas (T. TJ. Dependent drainage in infected joints. 
Med. Times, N. Y., 1913, xli, 371; 377.— Vignal (W.). 
Th6rapeutique 61ectroradiologique de quelques affections 
clironiques des articulations. J. mid. (rang. Par., 1926, xiv, 
70.— WaQis (Sir F.). A lecture on the treatment of joint 
effusions and of some fractures. Clin. J., Lend., 19ia-13,xl, 
12»-133.— Werner (P.). Behandlung chronisoher Gelenlfser- 
kranliungen mit Eadiumemanationstrinklcuren in hoher 
Dosierung. Therap. Halbmonatsh., Berl., 1921, xxxv, 
172-179.— Weskott (H.). Die neazeitliche innere Behand- 
lung chronischer Qelenkerkranlmngen und Neuralgien. 
Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1923, Ixx, 950-962.— Zimmer 
(A.). Die Kaseinbehandlung chronischer Gelenkerkran- 

kungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, Ivii, 1054-1056. 

Schwellenreiztherapie der chronischen Gelenkerkrankun- 

gen. .liid., 1921, Iviii, 1261; 1308; 1332. — ^ DieBehand- 

lung chroinischer Qelenkerkrankungen. Ztschr. t. Srztl. 
Fortbild., Jena, 1923, xx, 669-676. 

Joints (Diseases of, Treatment of, Op- 
erative). 

See Joints (Surgery of) . 
Joints (Dislocation of). 

See Dislocations. 

Joints (Embryology and morphology 
of). 

LuBoscH (W.). Bau und Entstehung der 
Wirbeltiergelenke. roy. 8°. Jena, 1910. 

SuPPEL (R.) . *Bander des Schulter-, Ell- 
bogen- und Karpalgelenkes des Hundes. 
[Leipzig.] 8°. Dresden, 1921. 

Adair (F. L.) & Scammon (E. E.). A study of the 
ossification centers of the wrist, knee and ankle at birth, 
with particular reference to the physical development and 
maturity of the newborn. Am. J. Obst. & Gynec, St. 
Louis, 1921-22, ii, 35-60.— Braus (H.). Angeborene Ge- 
lenkveranderungen, bedingt dinrch kiinstliche Beeinflus- 
sung des Anlagematerials; ein experimenteUer Beitrag zur 
Entwlcklungsgeschiohte der Gelenke und ihrer Abnorml- 
taten (congenitale Luxation). Arch. (. Entwoklngsineohn. 
d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxx, pt. 2, 469-496, 2 pi.— Faldino 
(G.). Ricerohe suBo sviluppo delle artioolazioni. Chir. d. 

org. di movimento, Bologna, 1921, v, 609-661. Ul- 

teriore contribute alio studio dell' embriogenesi e morfoge- 

nesi delle artioolazioni. Ibid.^ 1922, vi, 1-11. ■ Ulte- 

riore contribute alio studio dello sviluppo delle artioolazioni; 
innesti di arti embrionali. Ibid., 1923, vii, 288-310.— Fick 
(R.). tfeber die Entstehung der Gelenkformen mit Tier- 
versuchen. Abhandl. d.^preuss.' Akad. d. Wissensch., 
Berl., 1921, No. 2, 6-31.— Kajara (Y.). [The presence of 
blood vessels in joint capsule during the developmental 
stage.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Eelsingfors, 1919, Ixi, 
1-34. — Mutel. ConsidSrations embryologiques sur la sig- 
nification des ligaments articulaires. Eev. m6d. de I'Est, 
Nancy, 1920, xlviii, 333.— Oikawa (S.). Voriaufige Unter- 
suchung iiber den Gelenkknorpel des Wals. Jap. J. Med. 
Sc. Tr., Tokyo, 1926, i, 91-96.— Petersen (H.). Studien 
zur vergleichenden und allgemelnen Mschanik des Tier- 
korpers; das Kiefergelenk des Kabeljau, Gadus morrhua. 
Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1914, xxxix, 
61-111, 2 pi. — Ketterer (E.). Ebauche squelettogeno des 
membres et dfiveloppement des articulations. J. de I'anat. 
et physiol. [etc.]. Par., 1902, xxxviii, 493; 680, 2 pi.— Boux 
(W.). Anpassungslehre, Histomechanik und Histochemie; 
mit Bemerkungen flber die Entwickelung und Formge- 
staltuhg der Gelenke. . Berichtigungen zu R. Thomas 
gleichnamigem Aufsatz. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. 
[etc.], Berl., 1912, ccix, 168-209.— Schuiz (W.). Untersu- 
chungen iiber die sogenannten Synovialgruben, Fossae 
nudatal, beim Pferde. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., 
Berl., 1914-16, xli, 245-271, 2 pi.— Stoss (A. 0.). Anatomie 
und Kinematik der Gelenke der Pferdeextremitftten. 
Ztschr. f. d. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., Miinchen & Berl., 1923, 
Ixix. 6-31. 

Joints (Excision of). 

See Joints (Surgery of). 

Joints (Fracture of). 
See Fractures. 

Joints (Haemorrhage into). 
See, also, Haemophilia. 
' Blanc. Sur les hSmarthroses. Presse m§d.. Par., 1916, 
xxiv, 623. — Cruet (P.). Hfimophllie articulaire. M6d. d. 
acoid. du travail. Par., 1910, viii, 76-83.— Delrez (L.). La 
coagulation du sang 6panch6 dans les articulations. Arch, 
gto. de chir., Par., 1913, ix, 1291-1304.— Hilgenberg (F. C). 



Joints (Haemorrhage into) — continued. 

Ueber die Hamangiome der Gelenkkapsel. Beitr. z. klin. 
Chir., Tubing., 1921, oxxiii, 645-654.— Hiibscher (0.). Zur 
Behandlung des kontrakten Blutergelenks. Oor.-Bl. f. 
schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 363-360:— Klrmisson. 
Arthropathie hfemophilique. Progres m6d.. Par., 1913, 
3. s., xxix, 487-489.— Manklewicz. Ueber Blutergelenke. 
Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1913), 1914, xliv, pt. 2, 
339-344. — Michel (L.). H6marthrose trait§e par la ponc- 
tion et la marche immSdiate. Eev. mM. de rest, Nancy, 
1912, xliv, 309.— Petersen (0. H.). Das Blutergelenk und 
seine Beziehungen zu den deformierenden Gelenkerkran- 
kungen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1923, cxxvi, 466-472. 
[Discussion], 130-141.— Euotte. Du traitement des h6- 
manthroses par la ponction. Arch, de m§d. et pharm. 
mil.. Par., 1910, Iv, 108-116.— SabrazJs (J.). Quelques 
particularitSs nouvelles & propos h§marthroses hSmophili- 
ques. Oaz. bebd. d. sc. m£d. de Bordeaux, 1921, xlii, 352, 

Joints (Inflammation of). 

See, also. Arthritis deformans; Rheu- 
matic fever. 

Daniel (P. L.). AHhritis, a study of the 
inflammatory diseases of joints. 8°. Lon- 
don, 1911. 

Apert (E.) & CambassSdes. Les arthrites purulentes 
aiguBs aseptiques. Presse m6d.. Par., 1919, xxvii, 713.— 
Berry (J. MoW.). The classification of arthritis. Surg., 
Gynec; & Obst., Chicago, 1913, xvi, 54-63.— Billings (F.). 
Arthritis. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1922, xxi, 296-298.— 
Boots (B. H.) & CuUen (O. E.). The hydrogen-ion 
concentrations of joint exudates in acute arthritis. Proc. 
Soo. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1921-22, xix, 287.— Tan 
Breeman (J. F. L.). Over de arthritische diathese. Ne- 
derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1919, ii,4r-9. Buchanan 
(G. B.). On acute arthritis of doubtful origin. Lancet, 
Lond., 1910, i, 1124-1130.— van Breeman (J. F. L.). Over 
de arthritische diathese. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 
Amst., 1919, ii, 4-9.— Collins (J. E.). Notes on arthritis. 
Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 603-605.— Duckworth (Sir D.). 
The arthritic diathesis; an introduction to the study of 
rheumatic diseases. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt. & N. Y., 
1915, n. s., X, 345-349.— Gerber (R. A.). Arthritic mus- 
cular atrophy with report of a case simulating anterior 
crural and obturator neuritis. Neurol. Bull., N. Y., 1921, 
iii, 338-343.— Guyonneau. Les grands syndromes arthri- 
tiques par ordre de frequence. Bull. Soo. de m6d. de la 
Vienne, Poitiers, 1921, 57-69.— Hoxie (G. H.). Arthritis; 
its terminology and significance. Med. Herald, St. Jo- 
seph, 1910, n. s., xxix, 613-621.— Hubbard (R. S.) & Wright 
(F. R.). Urine acidity of arthritic patients on a low car- 
bohydrate diet. Clifton Med. Bull., Clifton Springs, 
1924^-25, X, 6-11.— Jones (D. W. C). The classification of 
arthritis. Clin. J., Lond., 1914, xliii, 289-296.— Kerr- Prin- 
gle (G. L.). Some notes on the classification of arthritis. 
Edinb. M. J., 1911, n. s., vii, 48-67, 1 pi.— liChmann. 
Ueber Osteochondritis. Zentralbl. f. Chir., I«ipz., 1924, 
Ii, 2451-2465. — Litchiidd (L.). Arthritis; general consid- 
erations and classifications. Penn. M.- J., Athens, 1918, 
xxi, 217-220. [Discussion], 226-229. Also reprint.— Living- 
ston (A.). The experimental production of arthritis. 
Proc. Roy. Soo. Med., Lond., 1922, xv. Sect. Odontol., 
65-71.— Iileweilyn (L. J.). Some diagnostic pitfalls in 
arthritis. Practitioner, Lond., 1922, cix, 226-243.— Morton 
(R.). The X-ray diagnosis in some forms of arthritis. 
Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 481, 1 pi.— Munk (F.) & 
Muncke (A.). Zur Differentialdiagnose der Arthritis 
genuina sicca von der Arthritis infectiosa exsudativa chro- 
nica und ihre Behandlung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
Leipz. & Berl., 1925, Ii, 686-690.— Munro (J. M. H.). 
Subacute and chronic multi-articular arthritis. Lancet, 
Lond., 1922, 1, 938-941.— Nissen (H. A.). Some pbserva- 
tions on arthritis. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1924-25, 
viii, 1789-1803.— Ogilvy (C). Joint infections. N. York 
M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 1113-1116.— Passler (H.). Die 
praktisoh wichtigsten entziindlichen Gelenkerkrankungen 
(rheumatische: Arthritis, gonorrhoische Arthritis und 
Gicht). Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1913, xx, 263- 
285.— Paillard (H.). M6thodes d'examen chez les arthri- 
tiques. J. mSd. fran?.. Par., 1923, xii, 264-268.— Perdrizet. 
Diagnostic des affections articulaires par la mensuration 
de la temperature locale de la peau. Clinique, Par., 1912, 
vii, 486.— PulawsW (A.). Ein Fall von periodischer 
Gelenksschwellung; (Hydrops articulorum intermittens). 
Wien. Klin. Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 421-427.— BoUeston 
(H. D.) & Slater (C). Two cases of acute arthritis due 
to a conform organism. Rep. Clin. & Research Lab. St. 
George's Hosp., Lond., 1910, 197-203.— Bost (F.). Ueber 
das Fieber bei Gelenieiterungen. Deutsches Arch. f. 
klin. Med., Leipz., 1921, cxxxvi, 276-281.— Bowe (A. W.) 
& Hunt (R. S.). The metabolism in arthritis. J. Bone 
& Joint Surg., Bost., 1925, vii, 161.— Stuart (C. J.). Clas- 
sification of the arthritides, with report of a case of hyper- 
trophic arthritis. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1924, 
xxi, 660-663. — Swaim (L. T.). Observations on arthritis. 
J. Bone & Joint Surg., Bost., 1924, vi, 610-618.— White 
(W. H.). A clinical lecture on acute arthritis. Clin. J., 
Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 305-309. 



JOINTS 



Joints (Inflammation of, Causes and 
pathology of). 

, Cari:6s (J.-A.-A.-M.). *De Taction th^ra- 
peutique du courant continu dans les arthrites 
bacillaires. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. 

Merle (L.). *Les arthrites k m^ningo- 
coques. 8°. Paris, 1920. 

Sperling (A.). *Die Pneumokokkeninfek- 
tion der Gelenke. 8°. Breslau, 1919. 

Aimes (A.). Les arthrites sporotrichosiques. Oaz. d. 
hop.. Par., 1919, xcii, 378; 391.— Arquembourg. Arthrite 
bacillaire tihiotarsienne traitSep^r la hande do Bier; gu6- 
rison. Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 1909, xiii, 306. — Barker 
(A. E.). Septic infection of joints. Practitioner, Lond., 
1913, xc, 381-388.— Barker (L. F.). Chronic infectious 
arthritis. Intemat. Clin., Phila., 1925, 36. s., ii, 212-224.— 
Billings (F.). Chronic focal infection as a causative factor in 
chronic arthritis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 819- 
822.— Bluings (F.), Coleman (G. H.) & Hibbs (W. a.). 
Chronic infectious arthritis.- Ibid., 1922, Ixxviii, 1097-1106.— 
BolognesI (Q.). Sporotrioosi artioolare sperimentale. Pa- 
thologica, Geneva, 1914-15, vii, 65-57.— Boots (B. H.) & 
CuUen (Q. E.). The hydrogen ion concentration of joint 
exudates in rheumatic fever and other forms of arthritis. 3. 
Exper. M., Bait., 1922, rsxvi, 405-413.— Tan Breemen 
(J. F. L.). Over arthritische diathese. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. 
Qeneesk., Amst., 1919, ji, 286-288.— Broca (A.). L'arthrite 
des articulations mal ajust^es. Bev. g£n. de clin. et de 

tMrap., Par., 1921, xxxv, 417-420. . Diagnostic des 

arthrites traumatiques chroniques. Ibid., 561-564. — Bulkley 
(K.). Pneumococcic arthritis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lix, 
71-100. — Carlto (D . ) . Teoria nervosa della genesl dell' artri- 
tide e rapport! fra I'artritide e la neurastenia. Folia med., 
Napoli, 1916, 1,463; 488.— Cecil (E. L.). The management of 
early cases of chronic infectious arthritis. Med. Clin. N. 
Am., Phila., 1922, vi, 643-656.— Cofleld (B. B.). Septic foci 
inrelationtobonesandjoints. OhloM. J., Columbus, 1920, 
xiv, 155-167. — Cohn (A.). Focal infection in orthopedic 
practice. Med. Bev. of Bev., N. Y., 1917, xxiii, 247-261.— 
Cokenower (J. W.). Joint-disease due to infection from 
otherparts of the body. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 
1450-1453.— Cooley (E. L.). Infectious arthritis. Med. 
Press & Circ, Lond., 1913, n. s.,xcvi, 252-254.— Copelli (M.) 
& Braga (A.). Poliartrite; ricerche batteriologiche; tera- 
pia endovenosa. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1910, 2. s. , iii, 
216-238.— Cunningham (J. H.). Focal infections with 
metastatic manifestations; with special reference to gonor- 
rhoea! arthritis. Surg. , Gynec. & Obst. , Chicago, 1921, xxxii, 
601-504. — DaTls(t>. J.). Eelation of varieties of streptococci 
with especial reference to experimental arthritis. J. Am. M. 
Ass., Chicago, 1912,!vii!, 1283.— Dick (O. F.). Chronicmul- 
tiple arthritis due to bacillus mucesus.. Ibid. , 1917, Ixviii, 622. 
jflgoreprint. — Diez (S.). Leartritimicrobicbepost-trauma- 
tiche nella medicinalegale degli infortuni. Med. del lavoro, 
Milano, 1926, xvi, 361-381.— Duncan (J. H.). Neuropathic 
arthritis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixxix, 1087-1989.— 
Dyas (F. G.). Clinical and experimental results of strepto- 
coccic infections with special reference to arthritis and its 
treatment. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1914, xviii, 
734-738. [Discussion], 770-772.— Goldberg (S. A.). The 
pathology of arthritis. Clifton Med. Bull., Clifton Springs, 
1923-24, ix, 97-104.— von Goltzheim (O. S.). Ueber Arthri- 
tiden nach Darmerkrankung, speziell Dysenterie. Med. 
Klin., Berl.,1920,xvi, 331-335.— Gubb (A. S.). Pneumoooc 
cal polyarthritis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1924, ii, 455.— Has- 
tings (T. W.). Complement-fixation tests for streptococcus, 
gonococcus and other bacteria in infective deforming ar- 
thritis and arthritis deformans. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
1913, Ix, 1208.— Hench (P. S.). The systemic nature of 
chronic infectious arthritis. Atlantic Med. J., Harrisburg, 
1924-25, xxviii, 426-436.— Horder (Sir T.). On arthritis and 
fibrositis. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1919-20, xxvil, 96.— 
Howard (C. P.). Pneumococcic arthritis. Johns Hopkins 
Hosp. Bep., Bait., 1910, xv, 229-246.— Irons (E. E.). The 
bacteriology and pathology of arthritis. Illinois M. J., 
Springfield, 1911 , xix, 12-19.— Kahlmeter (G.). De I'anSmie 
dans les polyarthrites alguiis et chroniques. : Acta med. 

scandin., Helsingfors, Suppl., 1922, 265-274. Le 

tableau leucocytaire du sang dans les arthrites aigu6s et 
chroniques. Ibid., Kristiania, 1924, Suppl. No. 7, 191-204. 

[Leucocyte count in acute and chronic arthritis.] 

Hygiea, Stockholm, 1924, Ixxxvi, 449-461.— KInsella (E. A.) . 
Chronic infectious arthritis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, 
Ixxx, 671-674. — Knox (I. C). Some other etiological factors 
in arthritis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1924-25, Ixxvii, 310-314.— 
Labor (M.) & Ton Balogh (E.). Zytologische und serolo- 
gische Untersuchungen der Synovia im besonderen bei 
akuten Geleuksentzfindungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 
1919, xxrii, 536-537.— Landouzy (L.), Gougerot (H.) & 
Salin (H.). Arthrites s6reuses bajcillaires expMmentales; 
contribution & I'fitude pathogfenique des arthr6pathies bacU- 
laires. Bev. de m6a. Par., 1910, xxx, 867-870.— Layne 
(P. C). Focal infection in relation to bones and joints. 
Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1920, xviii, 122-125.— Le 
Breton (P.). Traumatic arthritis as a late complication of 
fractures of the upper extremity. Am. J. Ortnop. Surg., 



77 JOINTS 

Joints (Inflammation of, Causes and 
pathology of) — continued. 

Phila., 1911-12, ix, 179-188.— Lee (A. G.). Metastatic ar- 
thritis. J. Arkansas M. Soc, Little Bock, 1916-17, xiii, 
179-186.— LeTl (L.). Neuro-artritismo e glandole endocrine. 
Lavori d. Cong, dl med. int., 1912, Boma, 1913, xxii, 249- 
261.— Llewellyn (L. J.). Endocrines in relation to rheu- 
matic lever and rheumatoid arthritis. Med. J. & Bee, 
N. Y., 1925, cxxi, 618; 670; 747.— Longo (L.). Le disloca- 
zionl temporanee del cap! aiticolarl nella cura delle gravi 
infezioni settiche delle articolazioni. Arch, di ortop., Mi- 
lano, 1924, xl, 612-624.— McCurdy (S. L.). Focal putrefac- 
tions and their bearing on osteoarthritis and other diseases. 
J. Orthop. Surg., Lincoln, Nebr., 1920, ii, 92-103.— Melville 
(E. J.). Suppurative arthritis following focal infection. 
Internat. J. Surg., Burlington, Vt., 1922, xxxv, 269-271.— 
Miel (G. W.). Arthritis; sacroiliac and lumbosacral; usual 
types due to overstrain. Colorado Med., Denver, 1921, 
xviii, 146-148.— Montanari (U.). Delle artriti emoflliaohe. 
Chir. d. org. di movimento, Bologna, 1922, vi, 212-232.— 
Muller (F. W.). The Boentgenologioal study of Infectious 
arthritis. U. StatesNav. M. Bull., Wash., 1923, xix, 393-402, 
3- pi.— Murphy (J. B.) & Kreuscher (P. H.). A clinical 
and experimental study of the metastatic arthritides. N. 
York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 904.— Mutch (N.). Arthritis 
and injection ofthe digestive tract. Med. J. & fiec.,N. Y., 
1925, cxxi, 626-628.— Netter (A.) & Durand (H.). Les 
arthrites suppurSes a mSningocoques. Bull. Acad., denied.. 
Par., 1916, 3. s., Ixxiii, 441-446.— Neumann (B.) & Lande 
(Edith). Zur Aetiologie und Genese der sogenannten 
endokrinen Arthritis. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1924, c, 
85-96.— Pemberton (E.). The nature of the influence of 
focal infection and the means necessary to meet it. Tr. Am. 
Laryngol. Ass., Phila., 1923, xlv, 141-161.— Pemberton 
(E.), Cajori (F. A.) & Croutsr (0. Y.). Influence of focal 
infection and the pathology of arthritis; results of experi- 
ments. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1926, Ixxxv, 1793-1798.— 
Pemberton (B.), Hendrlx (B. M.) & Crouter (Caroline 
Y.). Studies in arthritis; the blood gases and blood flow. 
J. Metabol. Besearch, Morristown, N. J., 1922, ii, 301 -328.— 
Pet«TS (C. N.). Non-specific arthritis from genito-urinary 
infections. J. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1918-19, ix, 1-6.— 
Pleadwell (F. L.). Anearlyreferenoeinmedicalliteratura 
to the relation between focal infection and arthritis. J. Am. 
Ass., Chicago, 1919, Ixxii, 817.— Powers (C. A.). Acute 
pneumococcus infections ofthe extremities. Tr. Am. Surg. 
Ass., Phila., 1911, xxix, 144-149.— Pybus (F. C). Some 
forms of pyogenic arthritis. Clin. J., Lond., 1921, 1, 613- 
620. — Bosenow (E. C.). Belation of and the lesion pro- 
duced by various forms of streptococci with special reference 
to arthritis. Dlinois M. J., (Chicago, 1914, xxv, 11-14. — 
Sabraz£s & Colbert (C). Pyarthroses et synovites sup- 
purfies mfiningococciques. Gaz. hebd. d. so. mfid. de Bor- 
deaux, 1920, xli, 506; 519.— Schittenhelm (A.). Polyar- 
thritis enterica und verwandte Arthritisformen. Med. 
Klin., Berl., 1920, xvi, 1173-1175.— Schuize (W.). Arthritis 
neuropathica und Unfall. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1921, 
xxxviii, 226.— Sever (J. W.). Pneumococcic arthritis, with 
report of six cases. Boston M.&S. J., 1915, clxxiii, 387-391. 
Also reprint.— Shropshire (O. W.) & Watterston (C). 
The relation ofthe prostate gland and seminal vesicles to the 
arthritides. South. M. J., Nashville, 1916, ix, 911-914.— 
Simpson (V. E.). Focal Infection in relation to diseases of 
bones and joints and their therapeusis. Kentucky M. J., 
BowlingGreen,1921,xix,651-656.— Sorrel & Verdun. Con- 
trbution & I'fetude des arthrites sporotrichosiques. Bev. de 
chir.. Par., 1911, xliv, 433-448.— Stauffer (N. P.). Focalin- 
fection and arthritis. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1926, xxxv, 
166-168.— Steihnarter (E. C). Acute arthritis experimen- 
taUy produced by intravenous injection ofthe staphylococ- 
cus pyogenes. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxv, 69. — Strickler 
(A.). Pneumococcic arthritis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, 
xc, 106-109.— Tanberg (A.). Tonsillenaflektionen una 
chronische Qelenkkrankheiten. Acta oto-laryngol., Stock- 
holm, 1924-25, vii, 180-186.— Thompson (H. K.). The 
endocrine element in arthritis. Boston M. & S. J., 1925, 
cxcii, 668-664.— Torbett (J. W.). Infectious arthritis. 
Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 852-854.— 
Torres Casanovas (B.) . Las artritis cronicas de origen in- 
f eooioso focal. Bev. espafi. de med. y drug. , B arcelona, 1920, 
iii, 647-650.— Turnbull (J. A.). Food allergens in connec- 
tion with arthritis. Boston M. & S. J., 1924, cxci, 438-440.— 
Toung (J. K.). Acute infection of the joints. Med. & 
Surg. , St. Louis, 1918, 11, 190-192.— Zesas (G.) . Ueber Pneu- 
mokokkenartbritiden. Ztschr, f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 
1909, xxlv, 128-162. 

Joints (Inflammation of. Chronic). 

GtrYOT (T.) . L'arthritis avec ,ses diverses 
manifestations: rhumatisme, goutte, diabete, 
art^rio-sel^rose, neurasth^nie [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 
1904. 

WiSBRTTN (W.). *Die chronischen Arthri- 
tiden. 8°. Berlin, 1915. 

Assmann. Chronische Gelenkerkrankungen im Bont- 
genbild. Fortschr. a, d. (}eb. d. Bontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 



JOINTS 



78 



JOINTS 



Joints (Inflammation of, Chronic)— 
continued. 

1925, xmii, Kongressheft 45. [Discussion], 48-60.— Barker 
(ii. J!.). Diflerentiatiou of the diseases included under 
chronic arthritis. Am. J.M.Sc.Pliila. &N. Y.,1914 cxl™ 
1-29. ^bo reprint.— Be (A.). PoUartrite oronica vagante! 
5^°°.;, ?■ P^-.JP^'i- ^i Genova, 1913, xix, 105-109.— Boas 
^ .V ?;? *,?'!'*'" (P-)- The heart in chronic multiple 
^thntis. Med. Cliu. N. Am., Phila., 1924, viii, 187-198 — 
Brock (S.). Chronic arthritis; a chmcal and bacteriologic 
study of 80 eases. Tr. Ass. Eesid. & ex-Resid. Physicians 
Mayo Chn., Owatonna, Minn., 1922-23, ill, 97-103.— Buch- 
mann (M.). Zur Aetiologie der chronlschen Arthritiden in 
Paiastma. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1925, 
li, 1899-1901.— Carmalt Jones (D. W.). Chronic arthritis; 
classiflcationandprinciplesoftreatment. N. Zealand M. J., 
Wellington, 1924r-25, x.iiiii, 397-408.— Dick (G. F.). Chronic 
multiple arthritis due to bacillus mucosus. J. Am. M. Ass., 
Chicago, 1917,lxviii, 622.— Draper (Q.). Some observations 
on chronic arthritis. Am. J. M. So., Phila., 1920, clx, 370- 
375.— Elliott (G. R.). X-ray studies of chronic arthritis; 
together with a criticism of present-day classification. Am. 
J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1911-12, ix, 153-168.— Hy (L. "W".). 
Chronic arthritis. Med. Eec, N. Y.,-1922, ci, 223-227. 

The second great type of chronic arthritis. J. Am. 

M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, Ixxxi, 1762-1765.— Felty (A.R.). 
Chronic arthritis in the adult, associated with splenomegaly 
and leucopenia; a report of five cases of an unusual clinical 
syndrome. Johns Hopldns Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1924, xxxv, 
16-20.— Hench (P. S.). The protean manifestations of 
chronic infectious arthritis; (with a note on treatment). 
Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1924-25, viii, 1295-1306.— His 
(W.). Die chronischen Arthritiden; XJrsachen, Einteilung 
und Beurteilung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 
2373; 2408.— Jones (D.W.C). Chronic arthritis therapeu- 
tic evidence of the incidence of streptococoalinfection. Brit. 
M. J.,Lond.,1913,i,1047-1049.— Kauntze(W.H.). Infec- 
tion with coHform bacilli as a cause of rheumatoid arthritis 
and chronic rheumatism; its diagnosis and treatment by 
autogenous vaccines. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1924-25, xxiii, 
389-420.— MarshaU (H. W.) . Etiology of chronic arthritis. 
Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1910, xxi, 226-230.— 
Meisser (J. G.) & Brock (S.). A clinical and experimental 
study in chronic arthritis. J. Am. Dent. Ass., Huntington, 
Ind., 1923, X, 1100-1110.— MUne (L. S.). The pathology of 
chronic arthritis. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kans., 

1913, xiii, 345-355. Chronic arthritis. J. Am. M. 

Ass. , Chicago, 1914, Ixii, 593-698.— Morsaline (P.) . Reuma- 
tismos cronicos y artritis cronicas. Semana mfid., Buenos 
Aires, 1909, -xvi, 1427-1437: 1910, xvii, 1; 81; 197; 269; 358; 
381. — Mutch (N.). Staphylococcal infection of the alimen- 
tary tract as a cause of chronic arthritis. Am. Med., Bur- 
lington, Vt., & N. Y., 1915, n. s., X, 373-384.— Painter (C. P.). 
Prognosis in chronic arthritis. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 
. 1911-12, ix, 169-178.— Pemberton (R.). Observations on 
: arthritis and rheumatoid conditions. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa., 

1923, clxvi, 833-845. Chronic arthritis. Ann. Chn. 

Med., Bait., 1924, iii, 225-229.— Pringle (G. L. K.) & MOler 
(S .) . Glucose tolerance in chronic arthritis and allied condi- 
tions. Lancet, Dond., 1923, i, 171-175.— BUey (B. P.) & 
Smith (E. E.). The chronic arthritis; theur differential 
diagnosis and treatment, with special reference to the relief of 
man. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1925, xxv, 422-426.— 
Schneider (J. P.). Chronic and relapsing arthritis. Jour- 
nal-Lancet, Minneap., 1920, xl, 93-102.— Spiro (P.) & Pfan- 
ner (Felice). Ueber konstitutionelle Eosinophilie bei chro- 
mschen Arthritiden. Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1924, iii, 2279- 
2282.— Swett (P. P.). The association of arterial hyperten- 
sion and chronic arthritis. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Best., 
1917, XV, 635-643.— Tucker (J.) & Jackson (J. A.). Diag- 
nosis and treatment of chronic non-suppurative arthritis. 
Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1925, liii, 228-234.— Umber (FO- Zur 
Pathogenese ohronischer Gelenkerkrankungen und ihrer 
Behandlung durch Heilnersches Knorpelextrakt. Miin- 
•chen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 988. 

Joints (Inflammation of, Chronic, Treat- 
ment of). 

See, also, Joints (Inflammation of, Treat- 
ment of). 

Appeb-ath (H.). Zur Strahlentherapie der chronischen 
Arthritiden. Strahlentherapie, Berl. & Wien, 1925, xix, 669- 
678.— Becker (W.) & Papendieck (E.). Die Bebandlung 
der chronisch-rheumatischen Gelenkerkrankungen nach den 
Gesetzen der Funktion und der Statik. Ztschr. f. phys. u. 
diatet. Therap'., Leipz., 1914, xviii, 449-460.— BiUings (F.). 
The medical management of chrome arthritis, niinois M. 
J., Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 164-166.— Bottomley (J. T.). The 
value of ileosigmoidostomy and similar procedures in the 
treatment of chronic multiple arthritis. J. Am. M^ss., 
Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 783-786. Also reprint.— Busch (W.) & 
Ahlswede (E.). The treatment of chronic arthritis by the 
parenteral introduction of protein substances. Chn. M., 
Chicago, 1925, xxxii, 33.— Cecil (R. L.) & Hansson (K. G.). 
Physical therapy in chronic arthritis; its uses and limrta- 
tions. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1925,.ix, 277-310:-Ely 

■ CL. W.). The treatment of chrome arthritis. Calif. & West. 



Joints (Inflammation of, Chronic, Treat- 
ment of) — continued. 

Med., San Fran., 1925, xxiii, 1167-1169.— Fagge (C. H.).& 
Hughes (E. C.) . An analysis of a consecutive series of cases 
of various forms of arthritis, treated by ileocolostomy or 
colectomy. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1914-15, ii, 657-664.— 
Falrdough (H.). The intravenous injection of eusol in 
chronic arthritis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, i, 670.— Hayem. 
Synovectomie pour arthrite chronique avec finorme hydar- 
throse; bon rSsultat fonctionnel. Arch, franco-beiges de chir., 
Brux., 1924, xxvii, 422.— Horder (Su: T.) , King (B.) [et al.]. 
Treatment of chronic arthritis. [Discussion.] Lancet, 
Lond., 1925, ii, 601-603.— Klein (T.). The use of Coley's 
mixed toxins in the treatment of chronic arthritis. Atlantic 
Med. J., Harrisburg, 1923-24, xxvii, 157-160.— Klewltz. 
Ueber die Erfolge der Radiumbehandlung der chronischen 
Arthritis. Strahlentherapie, Berl. & Wien, 1914, Orig., v, 
271-274.— Kremcrs (E . D .) . The prognosis and treatment of 
chronic arthritis. Southwest. Med., Phoenix, Ariz., 1923, 
vii, 285-293.— Marshall (H. W.). Principles underlyingthe 
study and.treatment of chronic arthritis. BostonM. & S. J., 

1910, clxiii, 973-982. ■ Some comments upon the 

probable direction of future progress in treatment of chronic 
joint disease. Ibid., 1911, clxv, 369-366.— MIdelton (W. J.). 
The administration of thyroid extract in rheumatoid ar- 
thritis. Practitioner, Lend., 1912, Ixxxvili, 180-184.— 
MuUer (Q. P.). Surgical aspects of chronic hypertrophic 
arthritis. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1910, xii, 144-149.— NIcoU 
(H. K.). The use of antistreptococcus serum in chronic ar- 
thritis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 2225-2227.- 
Ochsner (E. H.). Surgical treatment of chronic arthritis. 
76id., 1910,liv, 771-775.— Pemberton (R.). Theuseofdiet 
in the treatment of chronic arthritis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 
1921, clxi, 617-626.— Perls (W.). Beitrag zur Behandlung 
chronischer Arthritiden mit Caseosan. Miinchen. med. 
Wchnschr., 1922, Ixlx, 1116.— Plate (E.). Die Stellung der 
Reiztherapie im Heilplan der chronischen Arthritiden. 
Ibid., 1926, Ixxii, 1284-1287.— Preiser (G.). Die orthopSdi- 
sche Behandlung der chronischen Arthritiden, mit besonde- 
rer Berilcksiohtigung der Statik. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., 
Stuttg., 1913, xxxvii, 392-426.— Keckzeh. Bemerkungenzur 
Diagnose und Therapie chronischer Arthritiden. Ztschr. f. 
arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1921, xviii, 209-214.— Belmann (G.). 
Zur Behandlung der chronischen Gelenkentziindungen mit 
Sanarthrit-Heilner. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1920, 1x1, 
93-98.— Beltter (C). Die AUgemeinbehandlung in der 
Therapie der chronischen Arthritiden. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
schr., 1923, xxxvi, 270-272.— Kodhe (E.). [Treatment of 
chronic articular rheumatism with sulphur injections.] 
Svensk. LBk.-Tidning., Stockholm, 1922, xix, 68.— Swalm 
(L. T.). The posturaltreatment of chronic arthritis. J. Ad- 
vano. Therap., N. Y., 1915, xxxiii, 248-253.— Sweet (P. P.). 
Synovectomy in chronic infectious arthritis. J. Bone & 
Joint Surg., Best., 1924, vi, 800-804.— Taylor (Marjorie). 
Occupational therapy for chronic arthritic patients. Occu- 
pat. Therap. & Rehabilit., Bait., 1926, iv, 241-244.— Wessel. 
Kombinierte medikamentose und balneotherapeutische Be- 
handlung chronischer Arthritiden und Neuralgien nebst 
MitteUungen fiber die Kurmittel Bad-Meinbergs. Med. 
Klin., Berl., 1924, xx, 714.— Wynn (W. H.). Treatment of 
chronic arthritis. Lancet, Lond., 1923, li, 617.— Zueblln 
(E.). Radiotherapy in chronic arthritis. N. York M. J. 
[etc.], 1916, civ, 355-360. 

Joints (Inflammation of, Gonorrhoeal). 
See Gonorrhoea (Complications and se- 
quelae of, Articular). 

Joints (Inflammation of. Infectious). 
See Joints (Inflammation of, Causes, etc., 
of). 

Joints (Inflammation of, Osteochon- 
dritic). 

See, also, Hip-joint (Inflammation of, 
Osteochondritic) . 

Reedeb (H.). *Osteochondritis dissecans. 
8°. Greifswald, 1913. 

Axhausen (G.). Ueber den Abgrenzungsvorgang am 
Bpiphysaren Knochen (Osteochondritis dissecans Konig). 
Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1924, oclii, 468- 
518.— Bernstein (M. A.). Osteochondritis dissecans. J. 
Bone & Joint Surg., Best., 1926, vii, 319-329.— Brackett 
(E. G.) &Han(C. L.). Osteochondritis dissecans. Am. J. 
Orthop. Surg., Best., 1917, xv, 79-94.— Freiberg (A. H.). 
Osteochondritis dissecans. J. Bone & Joint Surg., Best., 
1923, v, 3-17.— Freiberg (A. H.) & WooUey (P.O.). Osteo- 
chondritis dissecans; concerning its nature and relation to 
formation of joint mice. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 
1910-11 , viii, 477-494.— Friedrich ( W.) . Ein Fall von Osteo- 
chondritis dissecans traumatica. Zentralbl. f . chir. u. mech. 
Orthop., Bed., 1913, vii, 401-403.— Glaessner (P.). Ein 
Beitrag zur Osteochondritis dissecans. Charit6-Ann. , Berl., 
1912, xxxvi, 405-407.— Kappis (M.). Osteochondritis disse- 
cans und traumatisohe Gelehkmause. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 



JOINTS 



79 



JOINTS 



Joints (Inflammation of, Osteochon- 
dritic) — continued. 

Chir., Leipz., 1920, olvii, 187-213.— Neumann (W.). Bei- 
tiag zur Kenntnis der Osteocbondritis dissecans. Mitt. a. d. 
Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chii., Jena, 1918, xxx, 230-247.— 
Neumann (W.) & Suter (A.). Beitrag zur Frage der 
Osteocbondritis dissec£Lns. Deutscbe Ztscbr. f. Cbir., 
Leipz., 1918, oxlvi, 219-267.— Nlest (P. ¥.). Ueber Osteo- 
cbondritis dissecans, mit besonderer Beriicksicbtigung des 
Ludloflscben Krankbeitsbildes. Miineben. med. Wcbn- 
schr., 1919, Ixvi, 1223-1226.— Bidlon (J.). Osteochondritis 
dissecans. J. Am. M. Ass., Cbicago, 1913, Ixi, 1777-1780.— 
Salmon (M.-J.). Ostfioohondrite dissfequante du coude et 
del'epaule. Bull, et m§m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1923, xciii, 608- 
612. — Sommer (R.). Die Osteochondritis dissecans (Ko- 
nig); eine kliniscbe tind pathologisoh-anatomische Studie. 
Beitr. z. klin. Chir. , Tubing., 1923, oxxix, 1-60.— Walter (H.) . 
Ueber die Aetiologie der Osteochondritis dissecans und ver- 
wandter Knocbenerkrankungen. Centralbl. f. aJlg. Path. u. 
path. Anat., Jena, 1923, xxxiii [Sonderband], 262-260.— 
Weil (S.). Ueber doppelseitige, symmetrische Osteochon- 
dritis dissecans. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, Ixxviii, 
403-413. 

Joints (Inflammation of, Rheumatoid). 
See Arthritis deformans. 

Joints (Inflammation of, Treatment of). 
See, also, Joints (Inflammation of, Chronic, 
Treatment of) . 

Anderson (W. S.). The treatment of acute traumatic 
arthritis. Surg. J., Chicago, 1921-22, xxvlii, 147.— Bacca- 
ranl(U.). La cura tiroidea nelle forme iniziali di artritismo. 
Eassegna di clln., terap. [etc.], Eoma, ,1924, xxiii, 1-3. — 
Baros (L.) . Arthrites suppurSes traumatiques traitSes par 
la mSthode par mobilisation active immediate de Willems. 
Eev. m6d. de I'est, Nancy, 1919, xlvii, 419-423.— Barsby 
(J. M.). Electrotherapy in arthritis. Am. J. Electro- 
therap. & Eadiol., N. Y., 1920, xxxviii, 444-447.— Beebe 
(S. P.). Protein treatment of arthritis. Med. Eec, N. Y., 
1918, xciv, 139-141.— Bier & BaetznerCW.). Thetreatment 
of purulent aflections of the large j oints by active and passive 
hyperaemia. Practitioner, iJond., 1912, Ixxxvlii, 17-21. — 
Blake (J. A.). The treatment of acute pyogenic joint infec- 
tions. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1925, xxxix, 81-83.— Blumen- 
thal (W.). Die KoUargolbehandlung von traumatischen 
Gelenkergiissen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 
1924, 1, 1513.— Boorstein (S. W.). Exercise in acute infec- 
tious arthritis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1923, cxvii, 160-154.— 
Ce»ario (L.). Due ca«l dl artrosinovite purulenta trattati 
col metodo Willems. Riforma med., Napoli, 1925, xli, 328. — 
Chace (A. F.J, Myers (V. C.) & KiUian (J. A.). Treat- 
ment of arthritis; chemical and chnical studies with the 
salicylates, and cincbophen and neocinchophen. J. Am. 
M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, Ixxvii, 1230-1232.— Chaput (H.). 
Drainage des arthrites suppurfies du membre infSrieur. 
Paris mSd., 1916, vi, 559-662.— Churchman (J. W.). Gen- 
tian violet in the treatment of purulent arthritis, with a dis- 
cussion of allied problems. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, 
Ixxv, 683-688.— Clarke (Helen). How the dietetic depart- 
ment cooperates in the treatment of arthritis. Clifton Med. 
Bull., Clifton Springs, 1924-26, x, 22-24.— Coates (V.). The 
action of waters and baths in arthritis. Practitioner, Lond. , 
1926, cxv, 274-281.— Cohn (I.). Treatment of purulent ar- 
thritis. N.Orl.M.&S. J., 1923-24,lxxvi,501-503.— Cooper- 
man (M. B.). Treatment of acute metastatic arthritis. 
Med. J. &Ree.,N. Y., 1924, oxix, 306-308.— Cotton (F. J.). 
Disinfection of septiojoints. Boston M. & S. J., 191 6, olxxiii, 
90.'i-909.— Cowie (D. M.). Nonspecific protein therapy in 
arthritis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, Ixxvi, 310.— 
Cuneo (G.). II signifioato biochimico dell' artritismo e la 
terapia alimentare biochimica delle malattie artriticbe. 
Eiforma med., Napoli, 1923, xxxix, 939-942.— DeCourcy 
(C). Observationsin the treatment of subacuteand chronic 
arthritis with milk injections. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1923, 
xix, 416.— Depage (A.) & Delrez (L.) . Arthrites suppurfies, 
traitSe par arthrotomie et mobilisation act ive. Bull, et m6m. 
Soc. de chir. de Par., 1918, xliv, 252-259.— Dreyer (L.). Ex- 
perimentelle Untersucbungen zur Tberapie der akuten eitri- 
gen Gelenkentzundung. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1911, 
Ixxv, 73-112.— Du guef. Etat aotuel de la question du traite- 
ment des arthrites purulentes. Arch, de mgd. et pharm. 
mil.. Par., 1923, Ixxviii, 1-14.— Durey (LJ. La thermothe- 
rapie dans les aflections articulaires. J. de physiothfir., 
Par., 1910, viii, 54-64.— BSdelsberg (J.). Observations on 
the use of milk injections in the treatment of chronic ar- 
thritis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixxviii, 1788. 

Milk parenterally in arthritis. Med. J. & Eec, N. Y., 1925, 
cxxi, 674-676.— Fiolle (J.). Le traitement des arthrites sup- 
pur§es par la m6thoae de Willems (mobilisation active). 
Maraeille-m6d., 1919, Ivi, 774-778.— Fischer (A. W.). Indi- 
kationen und Eriolge der gescblossenen Behandlung von 
Gelenkeiterungen. Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1923, ii, 1223- 
1226.— Fitzwiluams (D. C. L.). Pneumococcal arthritis: 
treatment. Polyclin., Lond., 1913, xvii, 86.— Forbes (A. 
M.). A case of septic arthritis in an infant. Canad. M. Ass. 
J., Toronto, 1923, xiii, 118.— Gauduchaud. Action fa- 
vorable de la diatbermie sur certaines arthrites subaiguBs. 



Joints (Inflammation of. Treatment 
of) — continued. 

J. de radiol. et d'Slectrol., Par., 1924, viii, 464.— Gold- 
schelder. Ueber Omarthritis mit Brachialgie und ihre Be- 
handlung. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 623-627.— 
Gording (E.) & Bjiirn-Hansen (H.). Dieinfektiosenund 
die konstitutionellen Polyarthriti'den; Untersucbungen des 
leukozytSren Blutbildes als Hilfsmittel zur Indikationsstel- 
lung der operativen Behandlung. Acta oto-laryngol. , Stock' 
holm, 1925, viii, 147-164,— Howell (W.). Treatment and 
prognosis in arthritis. Practitioner, Lond., 1924, cxiii, 169- 
181.- Hoy (0. DaC). The Murphy treatment of acute 
arthritis. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1920, xvi, 167-169.— 
Kriegcr (L.). Behandlung akuter, eitriger Gelenkentziin- 
dungen mit Phenolkampher unter besonderer Beriicksicbti- 
gung eines Falles von Foblenliihme. Miinchen. tierarztl. 
Wchnschr., 1921, Ixxii, 681-684.— Kutschera-Aichbergen 
(A.). Der Wert rascher Behandlung frischer Oelenksver- 
letzungen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1925, Ixxv, 1022.— 
Litchfield (L.). The treatment of the arthritides. J.Am. 
M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, Ivii, 1336-1338.— Lucas-Cham- 
pionniire (J.). Traitement de Tarthrite purulente par la 
m§thode de Willems (de Gand). J. de med. et chir. prat., 
Par., 1919, xc, 266-269.— Lynch (T. J.). Joint drainage with 
restoration of function. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., Muskogee, 
1922, XV, 263-266.— Mauclaire (P.) & Berton. Arthrite 
suppur6e trait6e par I'arthrotomie et la mobilisation imme- 
diate suivant la m6thode de Willems. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de 
chir. de Par., 1921, xlvii, 969.^MiUer (J. L.) & Lusk (F. B.). 
The treatment of arthritis by the intravenous injection of 
foreign protein. J. Am. M.Ass., Cbicago, 1916, Ixvi, 1766. 
j4!so reprint. The use of foreign protein in the treat- 
ment of arthritis; a further report. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
cago, 1916, Ixvii, 2010-2012. AUo reprint.- Moerls (J.). 
Traitement 61ectrique des arthrites. Belgique m§d. , Gaud, 
1910, xvii, 619-622.— Nathan (P. W.). Some considerations 
on the pathology and treatment of toxic arthritis. Am. J. 
Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1912-13, x, 69-79.— Netter (A.). E(B- 
cacitfi des injections mtra-articiilaires' de s§rum non sp6oi- 
flque dans les arthrites suppur6es. Bull, et m§m. Soc. m6d. 
d. hop. de Par., 1921, 3. s., xlv, 673.— Osgood (E. B.). Notes 
on excisions of septic joints. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Best., 
1918, xvi, 324-332. ,A!soreprint.— Painter (C.F.). Theuses 
and limitations of vaccine therapy in the management of ar- 
thritis. /!)i(f., Phila., 1910-11, viii, 638-664. . ■ The surgi- 
cal treatment of arthritis of infectious origin and the methods 
appropriate to special cases. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 
1912-13, xlvi, 332-344.— Payr (E.). Verlauf und Behandlung 
von Gelenkeiterungen; Technik der ErBflnung und Drai- 
nage. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1916-17, cxxxix, 

1-64, 42 pi. FSUe von mit Phenolkampfer behandel- 

ten Gelenkeiterungen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, 
Ixiv, 783. — Petersen (W. F.). Non-specific protein therapy 
in arthritis. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Eapids, 1924, xxiii, 
53 -56.— Phemister (D . B .) . The effect of pressure on articu- 
lar surfaces in pyogenic and tuberculous arthritides and its 
bearing on treatment. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1924, Ixxx, 481- 
600.— Foley (C. L.). The treatment of joint infections by 
aspiration and injection of two per cent. formaUnin glycerin. 
Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 66-70.— Schawlow 
(A.). Ueber die Behandlung schwerer Artbritiden. Deut- 
scbe med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1909, xxxy, 621-624.— 
Schepelmann (E.). Ueber den Einfluss der Heissluttbe- 
handlung auf Gelenkergiisse; experimentelle Untersucbun- 
gen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1981.— Schielc (G. W.). 
Hochprozentige Karbol-Kampferspiritusinjektionen gegen 
Phlegmonen in Gelenken und Sebnenscbeiden. Zentralbl. f . 
Chir., Leipz., 1914, xli, 1610-1612.— Schmidt (L.) & Weisz 
(E.). Aproteinandvaccineactionofbathsinthetreatment 
ofinflammatory diseases of the joints. Arch. Med. Hydrol., 
Lond., 1925, iii, 38-40.— Schulman (M.), Parenteral pro- 
tein treatment of arthritis, with special reference to milk in- 
jections; its relation to anaphylaxis. Med. Eec.,N. Y., 1920, 
xcviii, 47-52. — Seaver (J. W.). Massage treatment for in- 
flamed joints. Nurse, Jamestown, N. Y., 1915, ii, 130-133.— 
Sedillot (J.). Le traitement des grands syndromes arthri- 
tiques par les injections intra-veineuses d'uroformine. Vie 
mSd., Par., 1923,iv, 1651.— Snow (W. B.). Physical treat- 
ment of various forms of arthritis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 

1914, 24. s., ii, 63-66, 2 pi. Physical treatment of 

forms of arthritis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1922, ci, 617-620.— 
Snyder (R. G.). A clinical report of nonspecific protein 
therapy in the treatment of arthritis. Arch. Int. Med., Chi- 
cago, 1918, xxii, 224-233.— Taddei (D.). SuUa cura deU' ar- 
trite suppurativa. Eiforma med., Napoli, 1926, xli, 481- 
484,— Twinch (S. A.). The treatment of severe metabolic 
arthritis. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Eadiol., N. Y., 1926, 
xliii, 216-226. AUo Med. J. & Eec, N. Y., 1925, cxxi, 466- 
468.— Van de Velde (J.). Treatment of acute septic ar- 
thritis, Willems' method. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1920, 
XX, 483-485.— Van de Vorst. Le traitement' m6dical des 
arthrites. Ahn. Soc de m6d. d'Anvers, 1910, Ixxii, 156-158.— 
Vaternahm (T.^. Weitere Erfahrungen bei der Behand- 
lung von Artbritiden mit hohen Dosen von Eadiumemana- 
tion. Med. Klin., Beri., 1922, xviii, 1493-1495.— Veitch (R. 
McL.) . The application of vaccine therapy in the treatment 
of arthritis. J. Vacoin. Therap., Lond., 1912, i, 269-291.— 
Waggoner (C. W.). Intravenous administration of protein 
in the treatment of arthritis. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1921, 



JOINTS 



80 



JOINTS 



Joints (Inflammation of, Treatment 
of) — continued. 

xTU, 628-631.— WaUace (C.) & ChUd (F. S.). Extract of 
the pituitary body of the ox in the treatment of rheumatic 
arthritis, a preliminary report. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1913, 
Ixxxiv, 608-611.— Willems (C). Traitement de I'arthrite 
purulente par I'arthrotomie simple, suivie de mobilisation 
active immediate; teohniqueetrfeultats. BuU. et m§m. Soo. 

de chir. de Par., 1918, xliv, 1098-1106. ■ ■ Treatment of 

purulent arthritis by wide arthrotomy followed by immedi- 
ate active mobilization. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 

1919, xxviii, 646-554. Traitement des artlirites pum- 

lentes par I'arthrotomie et la mobilisation; les causes des 
6checs. Bull, et m6m. Soo. de chir. de Par., 1923, xlix, 144- 
149. Le traitement de I'arthrite purulente par I'ar- 
throtomie bilatfirale large suivie de mobiUsation active, im- 
mediate et ininterrompue. Clinique, Par., 1924, xix, 3-8.— 
Wolf (H. F.). Ueber die Friibehandlung der etnziindlichen 
Erkranliungen der Gelenlte. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., 
Stuttg., 1913, xxxii, 521-528.— Zapffc (F. C). Pathology and 
treatment of acute infectious (metastatic) arthritis; with a 
description of J. B. Murphy's formalin and glycerin injec- 
tion method. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, xx, 
198-203.— Zueblin (B.). Radiotherapy In chronic arthritis. 
N. York M.J. [etc.], N. Y., 1916, civ, 355-360. Also reprint. 

Further contributions to the treatment of acute and 

chronic arthritis with radioactive wave energy. N. York M. 
J. [etc.), 1918, cvii, 147-151. Also reprint. 

Joints (Inflammation of) in children. 

Brun (V.). Artrite e borsiti acute suppurate nei bam- 
bini. Pediatria, Napoli, 1912, 2. s., xx, 210-217.— Coutts 
(J. A.). Tlie diagnosis and treatipent of non-tuberculous 
joint diseases in children. Lancet, Lond., 1910, li, 384. — 
De Capite (A.). Le poliartriti croniche primitive nell' in- 
fanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1925, xxxiii, 299-318.— Froellch. 
Les arthrites aiguSs des nourrissons, leurs consequences 
61oign6es aveo sept radiographics. Paris m§d., 1826, Ivii, 
64-67. — Harris (E. I.) . Acute suppurative arthritis in chil- 
dren. J. Bone & Joint Surg., Best., 1925, vii, 849-872.— 
Ibrabim (J.) Die chronische Arthritis im Kindesalter. 
Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1914, xxxiv, 213-224.— 
Japha. Arthritis chronica infantum. Deutsche med. 
Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1922, xlviii, 681.— Jones (S. F.). 
Chronic polyarthritis in children (Still's disease), report of 
two cases, witli photographs and radiographs. Colorado 
Med., Denver, 1914, xi, 411-424.— Kienbbck (R.). Ueber 
infantile chronische Polyarthritis. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. 
Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1916-16, xxiii, 343: xxiv, 65, 3 pi.— 
La Fetra (L. E.). Suppurative conditions in the joint 
regions in infants and young children. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
cago, 1909, liii, 608-611.— Lesage (A.). La dfibilite arthri- 
tique chezl'enfant. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1920, xciii, 981; 1077; 
1263; 1613: 1921,xciv,21;136.— Lombard (P.). Notesurles 
arthrites chroniques de I'enlance pr6c6d§es d'fetats infeo- 
tieux. Province m6d., Par., 1911, xxii, 175.— Netter (A.), 
Mozer & Salanier. Quatre observations d'arthrites sup- 
pur6es a bacilles paratyphiques B chez des enfants; forme 
rhumatismale de I'infection paratyphique B. Bull. Soc. de 
pidiat. de Par., 1919, xvii, 100-106.— Poynton (F. J.) . Ar- 
thritis in childhood. Lancet, Lond., 1925, i, 807-811.— 
TrinciCCT.). Leartriti purulente acute nei lattanti. Eiv. di 
Clin, pediat., Firenze, 1910, viii, 449-471.— Uffenheimer (A.). 
Arthritismus im Kindesalter und Hamsaure-Aussoheidung. 
Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1911, x, Orig., 
482-496. 

Joints (Loose) [and flail joints]. 

Anschiitz. Ueber die Behandlung von Schlottergelen- 
ken nach Schussverletzung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 

1918, Ixv, 280. Ueber die operative Behandlung der 

ScMottergelenke. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1918, ii, 
261-274.- Bartow (B.) . Reinforcing paralytic flail joints by 
intra-articular sUk strands to limit motion and increase sta- 
bility. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1915, xv, 358-360.— 
Bartow (B.) & Plummer (W. W.). Theuseofintra-artio- 
ular silk ligaments for fixation of loose joints in the residual 
paralysis of anterior poliomyelitis. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., 
Phila., 1911-12, ix, 66-71.— Bovier (L.). Traitement des 
articulations ballantes par I'arthroplastie. Lyon chunirg., 
1919 xvi, 325-344.— Gangolphe. Sur la laxite articulaire 
cong6nitaIe. Bid., 1910, iii, 454-457. vlfao Lyon m6d., 1910, 
cxiv, 1008-1011.— Gleiss. Vorstellung von mit guter Funk- 
tion geheilten schweren Schlottergelenken. Berl. klm. 
Wchnschr., 1918, Iv, 702. Also Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
Leipz. & Berl., 1918, xliv, 839.— Goetze. Erfahrungen mit 
derTunnelplastikbelhochgradigen Schlottergelenken. Ver- 
handl. d. deutsch. orthop. Gesellsch., Stuttg., xv. Kong. 
(1920) 1921, 231-263.— Jones (R.). Flail joints and then 
treatment. Orthop. Surg. (Jones), Lond., 1921,1,463-462.- 
Lozano (R.) . Articulacioneslaxas y articulaoiones saltoiMS. 
Rev. mfid. de Barcel., 1925, 2. s., iv, 651-563.- PeIt«sohn 
(S ) Zur orthopSdischen Versorgung der ScMottergelenke 
nach ausgedehnter Resektion. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr., 1919, 
Ivi 489-492.— Piatt (H.). Thetreatment of flail joints of the 
upper limb following gun-shot injuries. J. Orthop. Surg., 
Bost., 1919, i, 667-672.— Stromeyer. Ueber Sohlotterge- 



Joints (Loose) [and flail joints] — cont'd. 

lenke. Eor.-Bl. d. allg. Srztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1918, 
xlvii, 89.— Tarernier. Interventions pour articulations bal- 
lantes (6paule, coude et poignet). Lyon mSd., 1917, cxxvi, 
371-374.— Wilensky (A. O.). Transplantation of bone for 
flail joint produced by Inflammatory destruction of joint. 
Med. Bee, N. Y., 1913, Ixxxiv, 895. 

Joints (Loose cartilages in). 

See, also, Knee-joint (Internal derangement 

of) 

Ashburst. Internal derangements of joints. Ann. 
Surg., Phila., 1921, Ixxiii, 761-765.— Tan Assen (J.). Over 
gewriohtsmuizen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 
1914, ii, 1477.— Axhausen (G.). Die Entstehung der freien 
Gelenkicdrper und ihre Beziehungen zur Arthritis defor- 
mans. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1914, civ, 681-679, 

4 pi. Bemerkungen und Beitrage zur Frage der 

Entstehung der ireien Qelenkkorper. IbU., 1919-20, cxiv, 

1-36. 1st die embolische Genese der freien Gelenk- 

korper denkbar? Beitr. z. klin. Chir^ Tiibing., 1924, cxxxi, 
386-394.— Barth (A.). Ueber die Entstehung der freien 
Gelenkkbrper, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der arthri- 
tischen Qeleniikorper. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1919, cxii, 
369-412, 3 pi.— Buebner (L.) & Bieger (H.). Konnen freie 
Qelenkkonper durch Trauma entstehen? Ibid., 1921, cxvi, 
460-466.— Carothers (R.). A case of joint mice. Lancet- 
OUnic, Cincin., 1914, cxi, 320.— Colrin (A. R.). The cUnical 
course and pathology of an obscure ostitis causing loose 
bodies in joints. Minnesota Med., St. Paul, 1920, iii, 66-70.— 
IVAnna (E.). I corpi mobih articolari'come esito d'infor- 
tunio sullavoro. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. prat., 1487- 
1489.— Hy (L. W.). Joint mouse. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1915, 
Ixi, 80-82, 1 pi. Also reprint.— Fisber (A. G. T.). Loose 
bodies in joints; a study of loose bodies composed of cartilage, 
or of cartilage and bone, occurring in joints, with special 
reference to theirpathology and setiology. Lancet, Lond., 
1921, i, 839-844.— Hartwicb (A.). Beitrag zur Lehre von den 
Gelenkmausen. Arch. 1. klin. Chir., Berl., 1922, cxx, 732- 
743.— Heineck (A. P.). Acontributiontothestudyofjoint- 
bodies from within present in articulations otherwise ap- 
parently normal. Chicago M. Recorder, 1915, xxxvii, 216- 
227.— Henderson (M. S.). Osteocartilaginous joint bodies. 
Am. J. Roentgenol., N. Y., 1920, n. s., vii, 588-590.— Hen- 
derson (M. S.) & Jones (H.T.). Loose bodies in joints and. 
bursEe due to synovial osteochondromatosis. J. Bone & 
Joint Surg., Bost., 1923, v, 400-424.— Hirscb (M.). Ueber 
Fremdkorperarthritis. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxii, 
1164. — Jones (H. 'I'.). Loose body formation in synovial 
osteochondromatosis, with special reference to the etiology 
and pathology. J. Bone & Joint Surg., Bost., 1924, vi, 407- 
458.— Kappis (M.). Zur Lehre von den Gelenkmausen. 
Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 1161- 

1163. Ueber Bau, Wachstum und Ursprung der 

GelenkmSuse. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1920, elvii, 

214-242. Die anatomische Bedeutung des Wachs- 

tums der Gelenkmause. Ibid., 1922, clxx, 367-383. 

Weitere Beitrage zur traumatiscn-mechanischen Entstehung 
der spontanen Knorpelablosungen (sogen. Osteochondritis 

dissecans). iSM., clxxi, 13-29. Tatsachen und Hy- 

pothesen in der Erklilrung der spontanen Entstehung der 
GelenkmSuse. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1922, Ixix, 
1158. — Lehmann (J. C). Zur Frage der Entstehung der 
Ireien Gelenkkorper vom rontgenologischen Standpunkt. 
Fortschr. a. d. Gfeb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1911-12, 

xviii, 397. 1st eine Wiedereinheilimg osteochondri- 

tischer Gelenkmause mogUch? Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., 
Leipz., 1926, cxcli, 88-108, 1 pi.— NiJUe (H.). Zur Aetiologie 
der Gelenkmause. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & 
Berl., 1924, 1, 1120.— Phemister (D. B.). The pathology of 
loose bodies in joints. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1919-22, xi, 

264-266. The causes of and changes in loose bodies 

arising from the articular surface of the joint. J. Bone & 
Joint Surg., Bost., 1924, vi, 278-315.— Bieger (H.). Zur 
Pathogenese von Gelenkmausen. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 
schr., 1920, Ixvii, 718.— Boesncr (E.). Zur Frage der spon- 
tanen Entstehung der Gelenkmause. iWd., 1922, Ixix, 1767.— 
Bogers (L.). Loose bodies in joints. Practitioner, Lond., 
1925, cxv, 332-338.— Boman (R.). [Observations on loose 
bodies, chiefly of the knee-joint.] Svensk. Lak.-Tidning., 
Stockholm, 1920, xvii, 705-721.— Schmidt (A.). Zur Entste- 
hung der freien Gelenkkorper; ein Beitrag zur Mechanik des 
Kniegelenks. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1924, cxxxi, 
409-419.— Simard (A.). Corps mobiles artioulaires;arthrit6 
seche. Bull. mfid. de Qu§beo, 1913-14, xv, 463-467, 1 pi.— 
Terracol (J.) & ColanSri (L.-J.). Le syndrome meniscalet 
la pneumosfireuse articulaire. Presse m6d., Par., 1921, xxix, 
113-115.— Zlegner (H.). Entstehung der freien Gelenkkor- 
per. Med. Klin., Berl., 1917, xiii, 1090. Synovia 

und Gelenkmause. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1921, cxviii, 

662-666. Zur Biologie der Gelenkmausbilding. Zen- 

tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1922, xlix, 1060. 

Joints (Rheumatism of). 

See Arthritis deformans; Bheumatic fe- 
ver: Rheumatoid affections. 



JOINTS 



81 



JOINTS 



Joints (Snapping). 

See, also, Fingers (Snapping); Hip- joint 
(Snapping^; Knee-joint (Snapping). 

Aicbel (O.). Ueber die Sohnappgelenke. Anat. Anz., 
Jena, 1925-26, Ix, 76-78.— Bertein (P.), Les articulations 4 
ressort (subluxations volontaires intermittentes des articula- 
tions). Rev. de chir., Par., 1914, xlix, 788: 1, 51.— BrunI 
(A. C.). Ueber die Sohnappgelenke. Anat. Anz., Jena, 
1925-26,lx,73-75.— HaUopeau(P.). Ooude 4 ressort. Bull, 
et m6m. Soc. nat. de chir.. Par., 1924, 1, 688. 

Joints (Surgery of). 

iSee, also, Joints (Ankylosis of); Joints 
(Transplantation of) ; Joints (Tuberculosis of, 
Treatment of, Operative). 

MoRESTiN (H.). Chirurgie g^ndrale des 
articulations. 8°. Paris, 1907. 

Stein (R.) . *Ueber Gelenkresektionen mit 
Interposition von Weichteilen. 8°. Bonn, 
1907. 

Allison (N.) & Brooks (B.). Arthroplasty; experimental 
and clinical methods. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Bost., 1918, xvi, 
83-93. — AustonI (A.). Esiti remoti del prooesso Barden- 
heuer di divisione longitudinale dell' osso a soopo di plastica 
osteoarticolare. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1919, xxxv, 455- 
501.— Aihausen (G.) & Frosch (L.). Ueber die Wirkung 
antiseptischer Gelenkinjeistionen auf den Gelehkknorpel. 
Arch. f. Ichn. Chir., Berl., 1922, cxix, 774-786.— Baer (W. S.). 
Arthroplasty with the aid of animal membrane. Tr. South. 
Surg. Ass., 1916, Phila., 1917, xxx, 126-160. [Discussion], 170- 
173.— von Baeyer (H.). Die Wirljung der Gelenkextension. 

Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 577-579. Ein- 

fa^hes Knochelgelenk mit drei Freiheitsgraden fiir Pro- 
thesen. /tw!., 1923, Ixx, 667.— Baldwin (W. I.). Some prin- 
ciples of arthroplastio operations. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 
1921, Ixxvii, 1860-1863.— Bastlanelll (R.). John B. Murphy 
on surgery of the joints. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 
1923, xxxvi, 317-322.— Bittner (W.). Ueber die orthopfidi- 
sche Na<:hbehandlung von Gelenkskontrakturen mittels por- 
tativen Apparaten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 
1636.— Bogdanik (J.). TemporSre Resektion des Spmng- 
gelenkes nach einiger Methode behufs Entfernung von 
PremdkSrpern (Projektilen). Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 
Berl., 1916, xxiii, 457-460.— Cheyne (Sir W.). Cases of 
formation of anew joint. Tr. M. Soc, Lond., 1912-13, xxxvi, 
346-350.— Churchman (J. W.). Apparatus for aspiration 
and irrigation of joints. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, New 
Haven, 1914, cxxii, 140-143.— Coudray (P.) . Nouvelle con- 
tribution & retude anatomique et clinlque des corps Stran- 
gers articolaires. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1918, Iv, 341-366. — de 
Courcy Wheeler (Sir W. I.). Reconstruction of joints. 
Dublin J. M. Sc, incl. Tr. Roy. Acad. Med. Ireland, 1921, 
4. s., 433-452. — Delag^niSre (H.) . Des resections articulaires 
en chirurgie de guerre. J. de m6d. et chir. prat.. Par., 1916, 
Ixxxvii, 261-269.— ]>esguln(L.). La chirurgie des mtoisques 
articulaires. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 
1909, ix, 193-200.— Deutschlander (C). QelenkanSsthesie. 
Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, xl, 377-380.— Dupuy de 
Frenelle. Refection des ligaments articulaires par grefles et 
par transplantations tendineuses. J. de chir., Par., 1920, 
xvi, 399-405.— Fenner (P.). Vuzin in der Gelenktherapie. 
Deutsche med. Wchnschr., I«ipz. & Berl., 1918, xliv, 1162- 
1164. — von Frey (M.). Weitere Beobachtungen ilber die 
Wahrnehmimg von Bewegungen nach Gelenkresektion. 
Ztschr. t. Biol., Munchen & Berl., 1918-19, Ixlx, 322-330.— 
Gaugele (E.). Zur subkutanen Arthrodese nach Bade. 
Ztsolfi. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1911, xxviii, 5-14. — Gessner 
(H. B.). Arthroplasty. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1923-24, Ixxvi, 
224-227.— Gocht (H.). Zur Teohnik der Arthrodesen-Ope- 
ration am Schulter-, Eiift- und Eniegelenk. Beitr. z. kUn. 
Chir., Tfibing., 1914, xcil, 768-775.— Goetze. Ein neues 
Prinzip des Gelenkersatzes. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
1918, Ixv, 947.— Groves (E. W. H.). Arthroplasty. Brit. J. 
Surg., Bristol, 1923-24, xi, 234-250.— HaUilay (H.). Sub- 
periosteal excision of joints. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1925, 
Ix, 252-256.— Hass (J.). Neue Qesichtspunkte zur Arthro- 
plastik. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1925, lii, 2702-2706.— 
Helferich. Ueber operative Nearthrosis. Miinchen. med. 
Wchnschr., 1913, Ix, 2769-2774.— Henderson (M. S.). What 
are the real results of arthroplasty. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., 
Bosty 1918, xvi, 30-33.— Hitaer. Regeneriert sich der hya- 
line Oelenkknorpel nach Resektionen? Med. Elin., Berl., 
1921, xvii, 1380-1383.— Hohmeier (F.) & Magnus (O.). Zur 
Frage der Weichteilimplantation bei Gelenkresektionen. 
Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1914, xciv, 647-564.— Jean (G.). 
Resections articulaires tardives (65 observations de fractures 
articulaires traltSes par la resection). Lyon chirurg., 1917, 
xiv, 1065-1078.— Kallma (T.). Pathologisch-anatomische 
Untersuchungen iiber operative Nearthrosen. Beitr. z. klin. 
Chir., Tiibiug., 1921,' cxxiv, 662-682, 2 pi.— Katzenstein 
(M.). Bildung eines Gelenkbandes durch freien Periostlap- 

pen. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz.^ 1912, xxxix, 169-171. 

Aseptische Gelenkoperationen in der Ejiegscbirurgie. Berl. 
klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 941-843.— Keith (A.). Bone set- 
ting; ancient and modern. Med. Press, Lond., 1918, n. s., 

19850°— Vol. VII, 3cl series— 27 6 



Joints (Surgery of) — continued. 

cvi, 362; 382; 399.— Kerr (A. A.). Arthroplastio operations 
with report of cases of arthroplasty of the temporomaxillary 
joint, also of the elbow joint. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chi- 
cago, 1920, xxx, 618-621.— Key (J. A.). The reformation of 
synovial membrane in the knees of rabbits after synovecto- 
my. J. Bone & Joint Surg., Boston, 1925, vii, 793-814.— 
KIrmisson (B.). Du manuel opSratoire de I'arthrodese. 
Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1918, xliv, 1915-1919.— 
Klapp (R.) . Ueber Umpflanzung von Qelenkenden. Arch. 

f. klm. Chir., Berl., 1911, xcvi, 386-402. Ueberbliek 

iiber der gegenwSrtigen Stand der Gelenkchirurgie. Berl. 
kUn. Wchnschr., 1921, Iviii, 1317-1322.— Lerlche (R.). Etat 
actuel de la chirurgie articulaire aux armfies. Lyon m6d., 
1917, cxxvi, 666-660.— Lexer (E.). Arthrodesenoperation 
und Regenerationsfragen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 
1921, clxii, 1-12.— Loeffler (F.). Zur Behandlungschwimm- 
haut£hnlicher dermatogener Kontrakturen der grosseren 
Oelenke. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1924, li, 681-683.— 
I/orenz (A.). Indications for arthrodesis and arthrolysis. 

N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xov, 1301-1306. Gelenk- 

mobilisierung in der Kriegschirurgie. Wien. med. Wchn- 
schr., 1915, Ixv, 817; 846.— Machol. Die Gelenkbindung, 
insbesondere die Arthrodese in der Kriegschirurgie. Beitr. 
z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1919, cxiv, 170-188.— Mackenzie (W.). 
Some anatomical considerations of joint fixation. Austral. 
M. J., Melbourne, 1911-12, n. s., i, 381-383.— Magnus (G.). 
Das Schicksal des interponierten Fettes bei der Arthroplas- 
tik. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1924, cxxxi, 670-698.— 
Mann (A. TJ. Nails and screws through joint surfaces, in 
autografts andin fractures into joints. J.Am. M. Ass., Chi- 
cago, X916, Ixvli, 1148-1153.— Maudalrc Greffes articu- 
laires. Gaz. d. h5p.. Par., 1920, xciii, 1286-1289.— Moszko- 
wlcz (L.). Ueber Arthroplastik. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., 
Tiibing., 1917, cv (Kriegschir. Hette vii), 168-224.— Miiller 
(W.) . Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber extraartikuiare 
Knocheniiberbruckung von Gelenken. Ibid., 1921, cxxiv, 
315-380.— Mumford (E. B.). Active mobilization in joint 
conditions. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1919, xii, 287- 
291. ' Willems' method of active mojpilization in sur- 
gical joints. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1920, xcvii, 367-359. Also 
reprint.— Murphy (J. B.). Arthroplasty. Ann. Surg., 
Phila., 1913, Ivii, 693-647, 33 pl.-^ovS-Josserand & 
Tu ffler. Sur les r&ultats fonctionnels des rfeections articu- 
laires en chirurgie de guerre, 1914-1916. Arch, de m6d. et 
pharm. mil.. Par., 1916, Ixvi, 146-166, 13 pi.— Nutter (J. A.). 
The standardization of joint records. J. Orthop. Surg., 
Bost., 1919, i, 423-428.— Owen (H. R.). Arthroplasty. Tr. 
Phila. Acad. Surg., 1914, xvi, 299-305, 1 pi.— Page (K. B.). 
Excision of the joints. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxii, 
325-327.— Painter (C. P.) & Cornwall (A. P.). Thetechnio 
of arthrotomy; a report upon and discussion of 198 cases. 
Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 601-606.— Payr (E.). Ueber 
blutige Gelenkmobilisierung in der Kriegschirurgie. Wien. 

med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixv, 1101-1108. Ueber Wie- 

derbildung von Gelenken, ihre Erscheinungsformen und 
Ursachen; funktionelle Anpassung; Regeneration. Deut- 
sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1918, xliv, 817; 844; 

874. ZehnJahre Arthroplastik. Zentralbl. f. Chir., 

Leipz., 1920, xlvii, 313-323. Phenolkampter in der 

Gelenkchirurgie. Ibid., 1922, xUx, 1018-1021. Der 

halbe Langenbeck als muskelschonende Zugangsoperation 
fur gewisse Eingriffe an Schulter und Hiiftgelenk. Arch. f. 
klin. Chir.. Berl., 1924, cxxxii, 487-602.— Phemister (D. B.) 
& Miller (E. M.). The method of new joint formation in 
arthroplasty; an experimental study. Surg., Gynec. & 
Obst., Chicago, 1918, xxvi, 406-446.— Pribram (E. E.). Er- 
f abrungen mit dem medialen S-Schnitt nach Payr. Beitr. z. 
klin. Chir., Tubing., 1921, oxxili, 668-684.— PuttI (V.). Ar- 
throplasty. J. Orthop. Surg., Lincoln, Nebr., 1921, iii, 421- 
430.— Bazzabonl (G.) . Ricerohe sperimentalisul oomporta- 
mento delle cartilagini epifisarie negli interventi operativi 
articolari. Policlin., Roma, 1913, xix, sez. chir., 348-362.— 
Belchardt (A.). Verhtttung der Gelenkskontrakturen. 
Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixviii, 1108.— Kiosalldo. De 
las artroplastias. Med. ibera, Madrid, 1921, xv, 177-179.— 
Roberts (P. W.). Reconstruction of ball-and-socket joints. 
J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1439.— Bocher. Rfcul- 
tats op§ratoires et fonctionnels dans 17 rfeections de grandes 
articulations. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1916-17, 
Ixvi, 488.— Bopke. Ueber die Verwendung freitransplantir- 
ten Fettes in der Gelenkchirurgie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1913, xlii, pt. 1, 116-119.— Schepel- 
mann(E.). Die funktionelle Arthroplastik. Beitr. z. kiln. 
Chir., Tabing.,\1917, cviii (Kriegschir. Hefte xlix), 685-735. 

Ziele und Wege der Arthroplastik. Miinchen. med. 

Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 363-366.— von Schiitz (W.). Zur 
Theorie des Mechanismus des kiinstlichen Gelenks. Arch. f. 
Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1920, xvii, 547-552.- Sexsmlth (G. 
H.). Arthroplasty; a safe, sane, and practical surgical pro- 
cedure. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1920, xvii, 333- 
340.— Spltzy. Vereinfachung von Gelenksmeohanismen. 
Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1923, xliv (Verhandl. d. 
deutsch. orthop. Gesellsch., xvu. Kong., 1922), 72-79.— 
Stelndler (A.). Arthroplasty from clinical and experimen- 
tal standpoint. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1916, vi, 
284-286.— Stelnmann (F.). Ueber Ersatz von Gelenk- 
bandern. Zentralbl. f. Chir., X^ipz., 1916, xliii, 979.— 



JOINTS 



82 



JOINTS 



Joints (Surgery of) — continued. 

Stoffd (A.). Ziele und Bewertnng der Arthrodese. Elin. 
Wchnsohr., Bed., 1925, iv, 170-174.— TiTernier. Arthro- 
plastie du genou et de la hanohe, grefle articulaire du genou. 
Lyon ohirurg., 1920, xvi, 527-630— Tedeschi (C). La pra- 
tica del metodo Solieri per il trattamsnto cMuso del process! 
osteoarticolari speoifloi apertl. Policlin., Roma, 1924, xxxi, 
sez. prat., 178-182.— Teissier & Barjjarin (P.). Les rSseo- 
tions de drainage des grandes articulations en cMrurgie de 
guerre. Paris chir^ 1916,' vui, 377-399.— Tlioie. Zur Ver- 
bandteclinik nach Gelenkresektionen. Beitr. z. Win. Cliir., 
Tubing., 1919, cxvi, 271-280.— Todd (A. H.). Arthroplasty. 
Bnt. X. Surg., Bristol, 1923-24, xi, 319-326.— Tuffler. Des 
grefles de cartUage et d'os humain dans les resections articu- 
laires. Bull, et mim. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 
278-286.— ViUard (E.) & Tavernier (L.). Efceotions articu- 
laires sans drainage. Lyon cliirurg., 1913, ix, 110-132. Also 
Lyon mM., 1913, cxx, 682-689.— Vulpius. Die Bewertung 
der Arthrodesenoperation. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 
1923, xliv (Verhandl. d. deutsch. orthop. Gesellsch., xvii. 
Kong. , 1922) , 85-88.— Weiss (R.) . Spatresultate von Gelenk- 
bolzungen. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1913, xii, 339- 
342.— Wildermutli (P.). Zur Theorie des Mechanismus 
des kiinstlichen Qelenkes. Ibid., 1919, xvii, 77-91.— Witteli: 
(A.). Zur Technik def Arthrodese des oberen Sprungge- 
lenkes. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xxxvi, 593-595.— 
WoUenbergCG.A.). L eber GelenkmobiUsation. Behandl. 
yon Kriegsverletz. u. Kriegskrankh. in d. Heimatlaz., Jena, 
1915, pt. 1, 102-111. 

Joints (Syphilis of). 

See, also, Bones and joints (Syphilis of). 

DiRATZouYAN (J.). *La poliarthrite chro- 
nique d^formante (rhumastisme noueux) de 
cause syphilitique. 8°. Paris, 1924. 

FoTjQUET (C.) . Traits de la syphilis articu- 
laire. 8°. Paris, 1905. 

Gib ABU (P.). *Contrlbution k I'^tude de la 
syphilis articulaire. 8°. Paris, 1925. 

Alilswede (E.) & Buscii (W.). The treatment of joint 
affections due to hereditary syphilis. Urol. & Outan. Rev., 
St. Louis, 1923, xxvli, 152.— Aronstam (N. E.). A contri- 
bution to the study otsyphUitic arthropathies. Intemat. J. 
Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiii, 69.— Axhausen. Dieluetische Er- 
krankung der Gelenke. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1922, xl, 
141-147.— Balaro (P. M.). El reumatismo articular lufttico; 
las formas puras y las Jormas asociadas. Prensa mid. argen- 
tina, Buenos Aires, 1917-18, iy, 93-97.— Bergrath (R.). 
Syphilitische Gelenkerkrankungen im Rontgenbilde. Arch, 
f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1910, civ, 239-244, 2pl.— 
Blum (P.) & Faton (E.-M.). Les dSterminations articu- 
laires del'Mrftdo-syphUis tardive. Gaz. d. hop.. Par., 1926, 
xcviii, 1693-1695. — Bowman (Q. W.). Syphilitic osteo- 
chondritis. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1923, xxvii, 273- 
277. — Broca (A.). Aspects clinicLues dela syphilis articu- 
laire: origine traumatique possible. Presse m^d.. Par., 1921, 
xxix, 873-876.— Briinauer (S. R.) & Hass (J.). Ueber 
syphilitische Gelenksaflektionen und deren Erkermung. 
Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, xx, 1463; 1490.— C. Le artralgie nel 
corso della sifilide. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1923, xliv, 908- 
910. — Chartier. Rbumatisme syphilitique tertialre; polyar- 
thropathique hydarthrosante, atteignant les articulations 
des mains. N. iconog. dela Salp^triere, Par., 1916-18, xxviii, 
384r-389, 1 pi.— Cliesny (A. M.), Kemp (J. E.) & Besnik 
(W. H.). Syphilitic arthritis with eosinophilia: recovery of 
T. pallidum from the synovial fluid. Johns Hopldns Hosp. 
Bull., Bait., 1924, xxxv, 236-239.— Cofield (R. B.). Syphilis 
of the joints. Lancet-Clinic, Oincin., 1915, cxiii, 346-363. — 
Cotton (P. J.). Surgical aspect of the Charcot joint and 
other sypliilitic bone and joint lesions. Ann-. Surg., Phila., 
1920, Ixxli, 488-493.— Cumston (C. G.). Syphilitic hydrar- 
throsis. Am. J. Urol., N. Y., 1916, xii, 62-65.— Ducamp, 
Carrieu & Gueit. Arthropathie du type tabStique. Bull. 
Soc. d. so. m6d. et biol. de Montpellier, 1921-22, iii, 105-108.— 
Dufour (H.). Le rhumatisme polyarticulaire chronique 
dSformant syphilitique. Monde m6d.. Par., 1924, xxxlv, 753- 
761. — Dupont (J.) . Sur quelques formes de la syphilis arti- 
culaire. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1921, lix, 264-277.— ISkenbary 
(0. F.). A hitherto undescribed dystrophy, probably of 
luetic origin, affecting, particularly, the joints of the lower 
extremities. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1914-15, xii, 
689-717.— Eisler (F.). Rontgenologische BeitrSge zur Diag- 
nose der Gelenkslues. Med. KUn., Berl., 1924, xx, 666-567.— 
Fatou (E.). hes manifestations articiilaires de I'MrSdo- 
syphilis tardive. Bull. mSd., Par., 1924, xxxviii, 736-742.— 
Fraenliel (E.). Rontgenologisches iiber Epiphysenlosun- 
gen und fiber Heilung der Osteochondritis syphilitica con- 
genita. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 
1916-16, xxiii, 300-312, 4 pi.— Frennd (L.). SyphiUtische 
GelenksverSnderungen. Wien. kUn. Wchnsohr., 1917, xxx, 
1026.— Gilbert (A.), Benard (H.) & Fatou (E.). Unoas de 
polyarthrite Mrfido-syphiUtique tardive. Bull, et m6m. 
Soc. mM. d. hop. de Par., 1923, 3. s., xlvii, 1768-1778.-60- 
bert-Dreyfus & Bourgeois (P.). Formes cliniques de la 
syphilis articulaire de I'adulte. Gaz. d. hop.. Par., 1926, 
xcviii, 501; 533.— Goodman (H.) & Young (Wm. J.). 
Clinical pathologioal study of an unusual syphilitic manifes- 



Joints (Syphilis of) — continued. 

tation resembling juxta-articulax nodules. Am. J. M. Sc, 
Phila., 1920, clix, 231-236. Also reprint.— Guszman (J.). 
Polyarthritis syphilitica acuta. Wien. med. Wchnsohr., 
1915, Ixv, 185-193.— Hateh (E. S.). Latent manifestations of 
syphilis in and about joints. South. M. J., Birmingham, 
1918, xi, 431-438.— Hazen (H. H.). Syphilis of the joints. 
Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1918, xliv, 637.— Jordan 
(A.). Gelenkerkrankung und juxta-artikulSre Knoten in- 
folge von unerkaimter Syphilis. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 
1926, xlv, 263-270.— Kirmission. Les arthropathies syphili- 
tiques. Rev. gSn. de din. et de th6rap.. Par., 1918, xxxii, 
449-462. — Lecaplain. Polyarthrite dfiformante syphilitique 
am61ior6eparletraitementbismuthique. Normandie m6d., 
Rouen 1924,xxxv, 157-159.— Loeper, Bergeron & Vahram. 
Syphilis et rhumatismes; la mfidication sulfo-hydrargyrique. 
Progres m6d.. Par., 1916, 3. s., xxxi, 117.— Lousre. Les 
arthropathies syphUitiques. J. de m§d. et chir. prat., Par., 
1924, xcv, 476-483.— Louste & Rongier. Manifestation 
articulaire de syphilis Mrfiditaire tardive; 6tude du liquide 
articulaire. Brill. Soc. franp. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1924, 
xxxi, 137-140. — Mancini (P.). Le determlnazioni articolari 
della lues. Med. nuova, Roma, 1914, v, 361; 374; 386.— 
O'Beilly (A.). Joint syphilis. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., 

Phila., 1914, xi, 431: 1914r-16, xii, 683. Syphilitic 

arthritis; a question of diagnosis. InterstateM. J., St. Louis, 
1917, xxiv, 685-588, 4 pi.— Peserico (L.) . Artropatie e sifllide. 
Pensiero med., Milano, 1925, xiv, 67-70.— Pliilips (H. B.). 
Syphilitic arthritis, with particular reference to some new 
phases of Roentgen diagnosis. Am. J. Surg„ N. Y., 1925, 
xxxix, 31-36.— Poehlmann (A.). Ueber Gelenksyphilis 
und serologische Untersuchungen an Gelenkpunktaten. 
Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1923, clxxxu, 161-179.— 
PoUak (R.). Ein Fall von luetischer Arthritis. Mitt. d. 
Gesellsch. t. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1911, x, 196- 
198. — de Quervain. Multiple juxta-artikulSre flbrSs-gum- 
mose Enoten. Schweiz. med. Wchnsohr., Basel, 1920, 1, 
629.— Beschke (K.). Zur Diagnose der Gelenksyphilis 
(Wassermanu'sche Reaktion aus dem Punktat syphtliti- 
scher Gelenke). Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1918-19, cxi, .597- 
606.— Koberts (P. W.). Syphilitic joint disease simulating 
tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 372-376. 

Also reprint. Syphilitic joints. N. York M. J. 

[etc.], 1918, cviii, 106-108. Also reprint. Syphilitic 

and tuberculous joints. Am. J. Syph., St. Louis, 1920, iv, 
309-316.— Rosenow (G.). Ueber syphilitische Gelenker- 
krankungen. Ztschr. t. Srztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1921, xviii, 
396-398.— Scheuer (O.) Zur Keimtnis der Arthritis luetica 
simplex. Wien. med. Wchnsohr., 1910, Ix, 2428-2433.— 
Sehlesinger (H.). Wenig beachtete, praktisch wichtig 
Formen der Gelenksyphilis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1923, xix, 

417-420. SpatsyphUltische Gelenkserkrankiingen 

in ihrer Bedeutung filr die interne Klinik. Ibid., 1924, xx, 

624-628. Intraartikuiare Jodnatrium-Injektionen, 

elne neue Behandlungsmethode spStsyphilitisoher Gelenks- 
affektionen. Wien. Min. Wchnschr., 1924, xxxvii, 643. 

Die Erkennung chronischer spatsyphilitischer Ge- 

lenkserkrankungen (Arthro-Lues tardiva) in ihrer prakti- 
schen Bedeutung. Ibid., 1926, xxxviii, 166-169. — Stiihmer 
(A.)- Ueber die sogenannte "Spirochaetosis arthritica" 
(Reiter). Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1921, Ixviii, 769. — 
Stiimpke (G.) . Ueber syphilitische Gelenkentziindungen. 
Ibid., 1918, Ixv, 968-970.— Tourneux (J.-P.). Le rhuma- 
tisme syrtiiMtique. Toulouse mfid., 1910, 2. s., xii, 355-360. — 
VaU£ry-Badot (P.). Role de la syphilis dans le rhumar 
tisme chronique dfiformant de I'enfant. Prat. mfed. franc., 
Par., 1924, iii, 842-860.— Viton (J. J.). Reumatismo poli- 
articular agudo sifUItico. Semana m§d. , Buenos Aires, 1914, 
xxi, pt. 2, 961^67.— Wen (M.-P.) & Bourgeois (P.). Quel- 
ques aspects cliniques des manifestations articiUaires de la 
syphilis tardive. Presse m§d., Par., 1925, xxxiii, 538-540. — 
Weissenbach (R.-J.) & Gilbert-Dreyfus. Comment en- 
visager actuellement, au point de vue pratique, le probleme 
delasyphilis articulaire. HSpital, Par., 1926, xiii, 532-536. — 
Tampolsky (J.). Charcot's joint associated with congeni- 
tal syphilis; a report of a case. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, At- 
lanta, 1923, xii, 467-461.— Toung (J. K.). Syphilis of the 
joints. Med. & Surg., N.Y., 1917, 1,836-842. 

Joints (Transplantation of). 

Herzbeeg (E.). *Ueber die Mobilisation 
des Schulter- und EUbogengelenkes durch 
Transplantation von Gelenkenden. 8°. Ber- 
lin, 1913. 

Axhausen (G.). Ueber den histologischen Vorgang bei 
der Transplantation von Gelenkenden, insbesondere uber 
die TransplantationsfShigkeit von Gelenkknorpel und Epi- 
physenknorpel. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1912, xcix, 1-50.— 
Baisi(G.). Sul trapianto deUa cartilagine articolare. Gior. 
internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1915, n. s., xxxvii, 511. — Bie- 
saIski(K.). HeterologeGelenktransplantation. Verhandl. 
de deutsch. Gesellsch. f. orthop. Chir., 9. Kong., Stuttg., 
1910, 426-430.— Borst (M.). Versuche zur Transplantation 
von Gelenken. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., 
Jena, 1912, xv, 307-316, 1 pi.— Delbet (P.). Transplantation 
et greffes articulaires dans les rSseotions. Ann. de fii Policlin. 
de Par., 1912, xxiii, 284-287.— Ducuing (J.). Les grefles 
articulaires totales chez Thomme. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1912, 



JOINTS 



83 



JOINTS 



Joints (Transplantation of) — continued. 

xlvi, 238;462,— Eloesser(L.). Implantation of joints. Calif. 
State J. M., San Fran., 1913, xi, 486-491. Also reprint.— 
I^coue (R.). Sui trapiantl articolari. Riforma med., 
Napoli, 1915, xxxi, 815-822. — Hammesfabr. Oelenkiiber- 
pflanzung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1912, 
xxxviii, 390. — Heller. Experimentelle tlntersuchungen tiber 
die Transplantation des Intermediarknorpels in Form der 
halbseitigen Qelenktransplantation. Arcn. f. klin. Cliir., 
Bed., 1914, civ, 843-932, 4 pi.— Impallomeni (G.). Sul tra- 
pianto delle articolazioni. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1911, 
xiviii, 342-368. — Judet (H.). La grefle des articulations. 
Eev. de chir.. Par., 1909, xl, 1-22.— Klapp.' Ueber Umpflan- 
zung von Qelenkenden. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. 
Chir., Berl., 1914, xliii, pt. 1, 69.— Lasker (W.). Spatresul- 
tate der Arthrodesenoperatiou nach Cramer, zuglelch ein 
Beitrag zur Frage der Knochentransplantation. Beitr. z. 
Idin. Chir., Tubing., 1923, cxxviii, 499-514.— Lexer (E.). 
Ueber Qelenktransplantationen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 
1909, xo, 263-278. Joint transplantation and arthro- 

Slasty. Surg., Qyneo. & Obst., Chicago, 1925, xl, 782-809.— 
linoura (M.). Studien fiber Qelenktransplantation 
(inkl. IntermediSrknorpel) in 'Weiohtelle. Frankfurt. Zt- 
schr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1914, xv, 397-458, 3 pi.— Qbata (K.). 
tJeber Transplantation von Gelenken bei jungen Tieren, mit 
b^onderer Beriicksichtigung des Verhaltens des Intenne- 
diSrknorpels. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 

1914, lix, 1-131, 3 pi.— Belin (E.). Zur Regeneration des 
Knochemnarks bei der homoplastisohen Qelenktransplanta- 
tion im Thierexperiment. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1912, 
xcvii, 35-43, 1 pi. — Betterer (E.). Delastructureet del'^vo- 

'lution des extr§mit6s articolaires. Compt. rend. Soc. de 
biol., Par., 1915, Ixxviii, 701-706.— Betterer (E.) & Varonoff 
(S.). Evolution des grefles articulaires. JWd., 706-708: 1916, 
Ixxix, 918-921: 1918, Ixxxi, 159-162.— Segale (G. C). Ueber 
das Schioksal des Intermediarknorpels bei Reimplantation 
von Gelenken oder resecierten Knochenenden. Beitr. z. 
klin. Chir., Tubing., 1916-17, civ, 440-468.— Tavernier (L.). 
Homogreffes ost§o-articulaires. Bull, et m^m. Soc. de chir. 
de Par., 1919, xlv, 889-902: 1921, xlvii, 317-322. 

Joints (Tuberculosis of). 

See, also, Bones and joints (Tuberculosis 
of). 

Ely (L. W.). Joint tuberculosis, roy. 8°. 
New York, 1911. 

Th^vbnot (L.) . La tuberculose des articu- 
lations, des galnes et des bourses s^reuses. 8°. 
Paris, 1910. 

Alvares Correa. Eheumatismus tuberculosus articularis 
et abartioularis. Nederl. maandsohr.v.verlosk. [etc.] Lei- 
den, 1916, V, 154-160.— Broca (A.) . Note sur la tuberculose 
ost§o-articuIaire des accidents du travaU. Bull. Acad, de, 
mM., Par., 1921, 3. s., Ixxxv, 629-632.— Burcbhardt (H.). 
Ueber symmetrisoh auftretende Gelenktuberkulose. Cha- 
Tit§-Ann., Berl., 1913, xxxvu, 309-312.— Canessa (A.). 
Tubercolosi articolare inflammatoria. Clin, chir., Milano, 
1911, xix, 2226-2263.— Delorme (E.). Ueber Veranderungen 
in den Epiphysen bei Gelenktuberkulose. Ztsohr. f. orthop. 
Chir., Stuttg., 1914, xxxiv, 190-192.— Duvernay (L.). Le 
rhumatisme tuberculeux; quelques considerations patho- 
g§niques et th6rapeutiques. Lyon m6d., 1920, cxxix, 298- 
303.— Hy (L. W.). The pathology of joint tuberculosis; 
tuberculous sinuses. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, Iv, 

1283: 1911, Ivii, 720-722. Also reprint. Further 

observations on the pathology of joint tuberciilosis and 
practical deductions therefrom. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, 

Ixxviii, 147-149. Gelenktuberkulose. Berl. khn. 

Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 266-260. Joint tuberculosis. 

^. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, oi, 783-787. Tuber- 
culosis of joints; a study of a complete specimen. Arch. 
Surg., Chicago, 1925, x, 751-755.— Fagge (C. H.j. Tu- 
berculoiis disease of joints. Clin. J., Lend., 1925, liv, 385- 
393.— Francisco (C. B.). Tuberculous synovitis and ar- 
thritis. J. Kansas M. Soo., Topeka, 1923, xxiii, 214-216.— 
FrasceUa (P.). Traumi e tubercolosi articolare; studio oli- 
nico e sperimentale. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1911, xvii, 
397-499._Girou (E.). L'fivolution de la tuberculose ostfio- 
articulaire. Progres m6d., Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 306.— 
Glaessner (P.). Doppelseitige tuberkulose Huft- und 
Knlegelenksentziindung. Charit6-AnB., Berl., 1911, xxxv, 
439-442.— Harvier (P.) & Lebee. Rhumatisme chronique 
tuberculeux & forme plastique ankylosante et quasi genera- 
lise. Bull. Soc. pfediat. de Par., 1922, xx, 343-348.— Horwitz 
(A. E.) . On the changed character of later lesions occurrmg 
in so-called healed tuberculous joints. J. Missouri M. Ass., 
St. Louis, 1916, xiii, 114-116.— Keller (H.). The signifi- 
cance of the presence of aoid-fast bacilli in the feces of 
patients suffering from joint disease. Med. Rec, N. Y., 

1915, Ixxxviii, 377.— Lance & Eocher. Les adenopa- 
thies dans les ost6o-arthrites tuberculeuses des membres. 
Eev. de chir., Par., 1919, Ivii, 719-721.— Lozano (R.). 
Artritis tuberoulosas pooo frecuentes en la pr&otica pro- 
lesional. CHn. mod., Zaragoza, 1913, xii, 2; 33.— Melcblor 
(E.). Der tuberkulose Qelenkrheumatismus. Centralbl. f. 
d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1909, xii, 801; 861; 907. 
JUo Beri. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 469-472.— PoUitzer 



Joints (Tuberculosis of) — continued. 

(H.). Ueber primare tuberlculose Polyarthritis und ihre 
Beziehungen zur Tuberkelbazillen-Sepsis. Beitr. z. klin. "d. 

Tuberk., Beri., 1924, Iviii, 219-236. Ueber tuberku- 

IBsen Gelenksrheumatismus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1924, 
Ixxiv, 1656; 1711. — Popper (E.). Chronischer tuberkulfiser 
Gelenksrheumatismus. Ibid., 1912, Ixii, 2418-2420.— Pybus 
(F. C). Tuberculosis of Joints. Clin. J., Lond,, 1921, 1,651; 
569; 584.— BIdlon (J.). Joint tuberculosis. Illinois M. J., 
Springfleld, 1912, xxi, 296-306.— Sogers (M. H.). Pathology 
of tuberculosis of j oints; a study from the clinical standpoint. 
J. Bone & Joint Surg., Bost., 1922, iv, 679-686.— Schmidt 
(J. E.). Bemerkungen zur Knochenspanversteifung bei 
Tuberkulose der Hilfte und Wirbelsaule. Zentralbl. f . Chir., 
Leipz., 1921, xlviii, 1271.— Teschendorf (W.). Ueber tuber- 
kulbsen Qelenkrheumatismus (Ponoet) und Stillsohe 
Zrankheit. Beitr. z. Elin. d. Tuberk., Leipz. & Wiirzb., 
1919, xUii, 57-86.— Vedel, Gh'aud (Q.) & Puech. Rhuma- 
tisme chronique polyarticulaire tuberculeux ankylosant. 
Bull. Soc. d. se. m6d. et biol. de MontpeUier, 1922-23, iv, 251- 
253.— Warner (F.). Tuberculosis in its relation to injuries. 
Internat. J. Surg., Burlin^on, Vt., 1923, xxxvi, 471-476.— 
WiUiman (A.). Reumatismo tuberculose. Arch, latino- 
am. de pedlat., Buenos Aires, 1915, 2. s., ix, 464-469. 

Joints (Tuberculosis of, Diagnosis of). 
Ferry (A.). *S6ro-diagnostic et s6ro-pro- 
nostic des ^panchements articulaires tubercu- 
leux. 8°. . Lyon, 1909. 

Aimes (A.). Quelques points importants du diagnostic 
de I'osteo-arthrite tuberculeuse (pseudo-tumeurs blanches; 
mycoses articulaires, etc.). Progres med.. Par., 1914, 3. s., 
XXX, 146-149.— Bracbett (E. Q.). The diagnosis of the tuber- 
cular character of joint disease. Boston M. & S. J., 1913, 
cbcviii, 673-676. [Discussion], 691.— Dufonr (H.) & Ecalle. 
Rhumatisme tuberculeux ou arthrites tuberculeuses. Bull, 
et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxii, 666-670.— 
Forbes (A. M.). The condition of the lymphatic glands as a 
factor in the di^nosis of tuberculosis of the hip and lower 
spine. MontrealM. J., 1910, xxxijc, 618-526. — Hagemann 
(R.) . Nachweis der tuberkulosen Natur arthritischer Exsu- 
date durch eine speciflsche Hautreaktion des tuberkulBsen 
Meeischweinohens. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 947. — 
KSnlg (F.). Rontgenbeobachtung an tuberkulbsen Gelen- 
ken. Zentralbl. f. Chir^ Leipz., 1924,11,16-17.- Krecke (A.). 
Die Friihdiagnose der Gelenktuberkulose. Munchen. med. 
Wchnschr., 1922, Ixix, 1415.— Lewin (P.). Early diagnosis 
and treatment of tuberculosis of joints. Illinois M. J., Oak 
Park, 1925, xlvii, 41-46.— Mau (C). Ueber die Hauttem- 
peratur tuberkulos erkrankter Qelenke. Miinchen, med. 
Wchnschr., 1923, Ixx, 662.— Mdcbior (E.). Ueber besondere 
Formen eitriger Gelenktuberkulose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
1921, Iviii, 634-636.— MSnard (V.). Radiographie et diag- 
nostic de la tuberculose ostfio-articulaire. Pediatric prat., 
Lille, 1911, ix, 603; 619.— CFerrall (J. T.). Early diagnosis 
and treatment of joint tuberculosis. South. M. J., Birming- 
ham, 1922, XV, 130-143.— Pewny (W.). Zytologische Unter- 
sucbungen tuberkuloser Gelenksergiisse. Wien. klin. Wchn- 
schr., 1921, xxxiv, 22.— Privat (J.). Tuberculose externe, 
syphilis et scrofulate de verole; diagnostic et traltement. 
Rev. gen. de din. et de therap.. Par., 1910, xxiv, 249-253.— 
Byerson (E. W.) . Diagnosis of tuberculous joint disease in 
chUdren. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1916, 25. s., ii, 103-106.— 
Salaghi (M.). Sull' esistenza delle forme monoartioolari di 
pseudoreumatismo tubercolare. Arch, di ortop^ Milano, 
1910, xxvii, 262-268.— Salmond (R. W. W.). The X-ray 
appearances of tuberculous joints. Tubercle, Lond., 1924-25, 
vi, 123-127.— Smith (A. DeF.). The early diagnosis of joint 
tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxiii, 1569- 
1573. — Stern (W. G.) . Tuberculin in orthopedic diagnosis. 
Am. J. Orthop. Surg., PhUa., 1911-12, ix, 25-30.— Wcrn- 
doriI{E.). Dasregionare Oedem, ein konstantes Symptom 
der chronischen Gelenktuberkulose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
GeseUsch. f. orthop. Chir., 10. Kong., Beri., 1911, 132-134. 

Joints (Tuberculosis of, Treatment of). 
DEvfezE (L.). *La m^thode de Bier dans 
le traitement des tuberculoses ostfio-articu- 
laires. 8°. MontpeUier, 1906. 

Abrasbanow (A.). Eine geschlossene Methode der 
Ignipunktur bei der Therapie der tuberkulosen Qelenke. 
Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1923, 1, 969.— Abry (R.) & Jour- 
dan (C). Etude sur I'elimination de I'iode par les urines 
dans le traitement des osteo-artbrites tuberculeuses dans 
I'enfance par les injections iodoformees et sur sa valeur pour 
le pronostic. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 1; 
44.— Axhausen (G.). Die Behandlung der Gelenktuberku- 
lose. Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1926, iv, 881-886.— BUbaut. 
Injections antiseptiques dans les cst6o-arthrites tubercu- 
leuses. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop.. Par., 1911, xxiv, 65-70.— 
Bohm (M.). Meine Erfahrungen mit dem Friedmann- 
schen Tuberkulosemittel bei der Gelenktuberkulose. Ver- 
handl. d. deutsch. orthop. Gesellsch., Stuttg., 1915 (xiii. 
Kong.) , 92-10) .—Briton (A.) . , Traitement des arthrites tu- 
berculeuses par la radiotberapie. Presse med.. Par., 1919, 
xxvii, 320.— Camera (V.). La tintura di jodio nel tratta- 
mento degli ascessi freddi tubercolari, Qior. d. r, Accad. di 



JOINTS 



84 



JOINTS 



Joints (Tuberculosis of, Treatment of )— 
continued. 

med. di Torino, 1912, 4. s., xviii, 316-322.— CoUin (E.). A 
study ofthe Roentgen aspect ot tuberculosis of the joints and 
Its relation to the clinical aspect, especially when under treat- 

SI?*o?^- '^?7!S'^„^'^?' ^*^s- ■^■'ta radiol., Stockholm, 
1921-22, 1 395-405, 9 pl.-De Knop (V.). Traitement des 
tumeursblanches;proo§d6 personnel. Olinique, Bnix., 1910 
XXIV, 811-844.— Doche (J.J. ImmoMUsation des arthrites 
JSS.^'^'"??.^'^^ ^' heiiothfirapie. J. de ni6d. de Bordeaux, 

1913, xliii, 402. Rfeultats ds la cure haiomarine 

dans la tuberoulose articulaire de I'adulte; traitement con- 
seryateur et indications opSratoires. Presse m6d. , Par , 1922, 
jxx, 679-581 —DuchoTskaya (S. M.). (Heliotherapy in 
treatment oituberoulosis ofthejoints.l KUn. Med , Mosk , 
1924,ii, 205-207.-Duttoii (T.). The treatment oftubercu- 
lous jomts by the internal and external use of iodine. Med. 
Press&Circ, Lond., 1913, n.s.,xcvi, 348.— Elmslie(R.C.). 
Die physikalische Behandlung der Gelenkkrankheiten, Im 
besonderen der tuberkulosen Gelenkkrankheiten. Ztschr f. 
orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1913, xxxii, 405-411.— Hsner (J.). 
Das F. F. Friedmannsohe Tuberkulose-Heilmittel in der 
Orthopadie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 
1919, xlv, 1384; 1415; 1438.— Hy (L. W.). Practical hints on 
]omt tuberculosis. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1910, iv, 

189-194. The Bier' treatment in tuberculous joint 

disease. Smrg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, xi, 63-89. 
The three rules ot treatment in adult joint tubercu- 
losis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Iviii, 634-637. Also 

reprint. The injection treatment of tuberculous 

joints. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1463-1466.— 
Fenwick (W. S.). The conservative treatirient of tubercu- 
losis of joints. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 109-111.- Frei- 
berg (A. H.)." Three results from hehotherapy in joint tu- 
berculosis. Cincinnati J. Med., 1924-26, v, 423-426.— Hass 
(J.). Rontgeubehandlung der Oelenktuberkulose. Ztsohr. 
f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1913, xxxiii, 269-263.— Heckmann 
(J.). The treatment of tubercular joints with thiooolgly- 
cerin, a new method. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1913, xxviii, 
1111-1116. — Hill (R.). Joint tuberculosis, with special refer- 
ence to the use of formaUn-glycerin injection. J. Missouri 
M. Ass., St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 316-317.- Humphries 
(R. E.) & Durham (H. A.). End-results of tlje treatment 
of tuberculosis of the spine, hip, knee, and ankle joints. J. 
Am. M. Ass. , Chicago, 1917, Ixviil, 282-284. Abo reprint.— 
Jacobs (C. M.). Conservative versus radical treatment of 
tuberculous) oint disease. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1914, 24. s., 
ii, 210-217.— Jaubert (L.). La pratique de I'hgllothfirapie 
dans Ifis arthrites tuberouleuses. Paris m6d., 1912-13, ix, 
469-471.— JUngling (0.). Zur Frage der Dosierung in der 
Rontgeubehandlung tuberkuloser Gelenke. Beitr. z. Klin. 

d. Tuberk., Berl., 1922, 1, 452-463. Die homogene 

Rbntgendurchstrahlung tuberkuloser Gelenke mit Umbau 
und Bolusfiillung. Miinchen. med. Wclmschr., 1920, Ixvii, 
1168. — Macewen (Sir W.). Discussion on modern methods 
inthetreatmentoftuberculousdiseaseofjoints. Brit. M. J., 
Lond., 1909, ii, 949-966. — Mayet. Les injections intra-arti- 
culaires d'6ther iodS les tumeurs blanches. Paris ohirurg., 
1910, ii, 103-109. • ■ A propos du traitement des tu- 
meurs blanches par les injections modifloatrices. Jhid., 
912-914. — Morales Salomion (J.). Las artritistuberculosas 
y las aguas minero-medicinales naturales. Siglo mSd., 
Madrid, 1915, Ixii, 148; 211.— Nutt (J. J.). Observations on 
the treatment of tuberctdous arthritis. Am. J. Orthop. 
Surg., Phila., 1916, xiv, 1-9.— Nuzzi (O.). II trattamento 
ehiuso della tubercolosi osteo-articolare aperta (metodo 
Solieri). Rassegna internaz. di olin. e terap., NapoU, 1925, 
vi, 23-27.— Ochsner (E. E.). Vaccine therapy in joint 
tuberculosis. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, u, 446-460.— 
O'Keilly (A.). Heliotherapy and joint tuberculosis. J. 
Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1924, xxi, 39-41.— Orr (H. W.). 
Results obtained in the non-surgical treatment of tubercu- 
losis of the joints. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, Ixi, 1370- 
1374. Also reprint.— Pingree (H. A.). The conservative 
treatment ot tuberculosis joints. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, 
xxiii, 194-198.— Poncet (A.). Aetiologische Formen der 
ohronischen Gelenkentziindungen; tuberkuloser Eheuma- 
tismus und seine Behandlung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. or- 
thop. Gesellsch., Stuttg., 1913, xii, 120-129.— Porter (J. L.). 
The modern treatment of tuberculous joints. Lancet-Clinic, 
Cincin., 1910, ciii, 485-489.— Porter (J. L.) & Quinn (L. C). 
The treatment of tuberculous joint disease with Carl Spreng- 
ler's I. K. serum; with a report of seven cases. Am. J. Or- 
thop. Surg., Phila., 1911-12, ix, 346-353.— Redard (P.). Des 
injections modiflcatriees dans le traitement des osteo- 
arthrites tuberculeuses. Ass. franp. de chir. Proc.-verb., 
Par., 1909, xxii, 327-331.— Benton (J. C). The conservative 
treatment oituberoulosis of joints. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, 
ii, 207.— Kidlon (J.). Investigations as to the value of 
tuberculin in the treatment of tuberculous joint diseases. 
Tr. Am. Ass. Genito-Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1910, v, 328-339.— 
Bollier (A.). L'heliotherapie des ost§o-arthrites tubercu- 
leuses. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1914, xliv, 1586- 
1697.— Schwyzer (G.). Tuberculosis ot the joints and 
Rollier's heliotherapy. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., Minneap., 
1919, xxix, 169-186. [Discussion], 189-196. Also Surg., 
Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1920, xxx, 581-688.— Solieri (S.). 
n trattamento ehiuso della tubercolosi articolare aperta 
Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, (1921) 1922, xxviii^ 



Joints (Tuberculosis of, Treatment of) — 
continued. 






203-208.— Stiles (H. J.) . Pathology and treatment ot tuber- 
culosis of the bones and joints. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 

1912, Iviii, 627-637.— Swett (P.P.). The diagnosis and treat- 
ment of tuberculous joints. N. York M. J. [etc.],1910,xcii, 
912-916.— Ward (E.). Forms ot tuberculous arthritis and 
their treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1923, i, 11-16.— Wilms 
'M.). Physiotherapie der Gelenkkrankheiten, insbesondere 
ler Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1913, 

xxxii, 321-336. 

Joints (Tuberculosis of. Treatment of. 
Operative). 

AUenbach (E.). Intervention conservatrice dans la tu- 
beroulose articulaire. Rev. d'orthop.. Par., 1924, 3. s., xi, 
331-333.— Bene! (M.). Sul trattamento della tubercolosi 
articolare aperta col metodo Solieri. Poliolin., Roma, 1925, 
xxxii, sez. prat., 1006-1009.— Bgrard (L.). Le plombage-de 
Mosetig dans les tuberculoses ost^oarticulaires de I'adoles- 
cent et de I'adulte. Ass. trang. de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 

1909, xxii, 309-327. Sur quelques modifications de 

technique dans les rSsections articulaires pour tuberculose. 

Lyon ohirurg., 1910, iv, 83-91. A propos de la m6- 

thode de Mosetig-Moorhotdans les tuberculoses ostSoarticu- 

lanes. iWd., 1911, vi, 364^-367. ■ Du drainage dans les 

rfeections pour tuberculose ostfioarticulaire. Lyon mfid., 

1913, cxx, 667-572.— Bertone (C). Ha la simpatectomia 
periarteriosa una reale influenza sulla tubercolosi osteoarti- 
colare? Poliolin., -Roma, 1925, xxxii, sez. prat., 1349-1352.-^ 
Bingham (A. H.). The Calot treatment ot tubercular 
abscesses. Hosp. Bull. Dep. Pub. Char., N. Y., 1917, i, 
70-72.— Bdcker (W.). Die Eesultate der blutigen Behand- 
lung der tuberkulosen Hutt- und Kniegelenksdetonnitaten. 
Ztsohr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1913, xxxiii, 188-205.— 
Brackett (E.G.). Ankylosis as the true cure of destructive 
joint tuberculosis. South. M. J., Birmingham, 1923, xvi, 
697-706.— Calot (F.). Sur le traitement des ankyloses.suites 
de tuberculose. Cong, frang. dechir., Proc. verb, [etc.]. Par., 
1913, xxvi, 182-186.— Capecchi (E.). Ueber Behandlung 
oflener Knochengelenkstuberkulose unter Absohluss. Zt- 
schr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1924-25, xlvi, 625-632,— 
Chappie (H.). A consideration of some cases ot advanced 
tubercular joints treated by ileocolostomy. Lancet, Lond., 
1911, i, 1130-1132.— Charrier.' Trois observations de rSsul- 
tats §loign6s de traitement des tumeurs blanches par la 
mSthode sclSrogene. Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chir. de Par., 
1920, xlvi, 1016. — Conti (L.). Contributo alia cura della 
tubercolosi articolare flstolizzata col metodo Solieri. Bull. d. 
so. med. di Bologna, 1926, 10.,s.,iii, 60-75.— Ely (L. W.). A 
study ot joint tuberculosis, with an original theory as to its 
localization, and with a new plan of operation based oh the 
pathology. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, x, 561-672, 

1 pi. The treatment of joint tuberculosis. Am J. 

Surg., N. Y., 1921, XXXV, 261-264.— Gayet. Tuberculoses ar- 
ticulaires successives et multiples; cinq resections vari§es 
Chez le meme individu; plombage au Mosetig; gu6rison. 
Lyon mSd., 1913, cxxi, 311-313.— Gibney (V. P.). The part 
arthrotomy plays in the treatment of tuberculous joints, 
more partipularly the knee-joint. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., 
Phila., 1909-10, vii, 22-30. [Discussion], 106.— Gillette 
(A. J.). Theimportanceoforthopedictreatmentintubercu- 
lous joints, based upon 25 years' experience in 4,010 cases. 
Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1913, xxxiv, 4-12. — Gurgel (N.). 
Tratamento das osteo-arthrites tuberculoses pelos enxertos 
osseos. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1919, xxxiii, 336. — Hender- 
son (M. S.). Surgery in cases of tuberculous arthritis. 
Journal-Lancet, Miimeap., 1924^1iv, 411-416. -Humphries 
(R. E.) & Durham (H. A.). End-results of the treatment 
of tuberculosis of the spine, hip, knee, and ankle joints. J. 
Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917,lxviii, 282-286.— Jones (J. J.). 
The surgical treatment ot tuberculous and other infectious 
joints; presentation of cases. Delaware State M. J., 1913-14, 
V, 1-9.— Kappis (M.). Die Arthrodese duroh paraartiku- 
lare Enochenspan-Einpflanzung bei Oelenktuberkulose. 
Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1922, clxix, 316-328.— 
Xussbaum (A.). Zum extraartilnilaren Arthrodese bei 
Gelenktuberkulose einschliesslich der Henle-Albee'schen 
Operation. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1922, xlix, 780-782.— 
Packard (G. B.). Results obtained from the use of tubercu- 
lin in joint tuberculosis. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 
1911-12, ix, 17-24.— Porter (J. L.). The treatment of tuber- 
culous joints. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1913, xvi, 
334-339.— Bibera y Sanz (J.). Traitement opteatoire des 
tuberculoses articulaires. Cong, internat. de mfid. (xvi). 
O.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect, vii, Chirurg., 664-660. — Bidlon 
(J.). As to the necessity for operation in joint tuberculosis. 
Chicago M. Recorder, 1916, xxxviii, 256-260. — Robertson 
Lavalle (C). Injertos oseos en el tratamiento de las osteo- 
artritis tuberoulosas. An. Fac. de med., Montevideo, 1919, 
iv, 699-608.— Bopke. FettlappeBeinlagerung bei Opera- 
tionen an tuberkulosen Gelenken. Verhandl. d. deutsch. 
Gesellsch. t. Chir., Berl., 1914, xliii, pt. 1, 190.— Both (M.). 
Arthroplastik bei Gelenktuberkulose. Zentralbl. f. Chir., 
Leipz., 1926, 111, 628-531.— Scheel. Die Behandlung der 
Schlottergelenke und Ankylosen nach Tuberkulose. Ver- 
handl. d. deutsch. orthqp-Gesellsch., Stuttg., xvi. Eong. 
(1921) 1922, 183-197.— Stiles (H. J.). The after results ot 



JOINTS 



85 



JOINTS 



Joints (Tuberculosis of, Treatment of, 
Operative) — continued. 

major operations tor tuberculous dl<!ease of the joints. [Dis- 
cussion.] Brit. M. J., Lend., 1912, 11, 1356-1364.— Taveraler. 
Operation oonservatrlce pour tuberculose artioulalre. Lyon 
chlrurg., 1923, xx, 493-495.— Tuffler. Essai d'lmmoblllsa- 
tlon de tuberculose artioulalre par enchevUlement ostSo- 
artlculalre. Bull, et mim. Soc. de ohlr. de Par., 1922, xlvlil, 
927-935.— Vienard (P.) & Armand (R.V. Des progrfe 
r6alls£s dansletraltement chirurgical des tuberculoses ostte- 
artioulalres. Rev. deohlr., Par., 1910, xlU, 768; 965.— Whit- 
acre (H. J.). Operative treatment of tuberculous joints: 
report jat 30 cases. Lancet-Olinic, Cinoln., 1910, cUi, 464- 
466.— Wieting (J.). PrimSre Gelenkplastlk bel Tuberku- 
lose. Zentralbl. f. Chlr., Leipz., 1922, xlix, 689.— Toung 
(J. E.). Surgical tuberculosis of joints and the effects of 
surgical treatment. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1910, 20. s., Iv, 
87-89, 1 pi. 

Joints (Tuberculosis of) in children. 

Daude (G.) . *Un cas de tuberculose ascen- 
dante des trois articulations du membre sup6- 
rieur chez I'enfant. 8°. Paris, 1924. 

Depiebre (L.-M.-J.) . *Consid6rations, sur 
les arthrites tuberculeuses S, forme de carie 
sSche chez les enfants. 8°. Nancy, 1912. 

Lepranc (V.). *Notes cliniques sur les 
ost^o-arthrites tuberculeuses de I'enfant. 8°. 
Paris, 1919. 

NicoLLON DES Abbates (G.). *Ioono- 
graphie de I'exploration de la colonne vert6- 
brale tuberouleuse chez I'enfant. 8°. Paris, 
1911. 

Colonna (P. C). Treatment of tuberculous joints In 
children. Med. J. & Rec, N. Y., 1925, oxxii, 166-167.— 
Harris (A. B.). The treatment of tuberculous joint disease 
in children; the role of vaccine therapy. Proo. Roy. Soc. 
Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Sect. Stud. Dls. Child., 84-120.— 
King (E.). What the pediatrician should know about joint 
tuberculosis. Arch. Pedlat., N. Y., 1923, xl, 392-396.— 
Nobecourt. Polyarthrites s6reuses chroniques tubercu- 
leuses des enfants. J. de m6d. de Par., 1924, xUii, 1 003-1006.— 
O'Reilly ( A .) . A plea for an early and more careful diagnosis 
in joint tuberculosis in children^ J. Missouri M. Ass., St. 
Louis, 1909-10, vi, 616-623.- Bldlon (J.). The treatment of 
tuberculous joints in children; the mechanical treatment of 
hip disease. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med., Lond., 1913, Sub- 
sect, vli (a), Orthoped., 169-174.— Stern (W. G.). The treat- 
ment of tubercular joint disease in childhood. Ohio M. J., 
Columbus, 1909, v, 250-264.— Tubby (A. H.). An address 
on indications for surgical interference in the treatment of 
tuberculous joint disease in children, with remarks as to the 
after-results. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 4-7. 

Joints (Tumors of). 

CoENEN (J.). *Ueber kartilaginare Exosto- 
sen des Gelenks. 8°. Bonn, 1916. 

Vaton (L.). *Contribution k l'6tude de 
I'ostfiochondromatose articulaire. 8°. Paris, 
1923. 

Abramowa (Alexandra). Zur Frage der Exostosis bur- 
sata. Zentralbl. f. Chlr., Leipz., 1925, 111, 2849-2666.— 
Bolognes! (G.). Sul mixoma artlcolare. Cfatr. d. org. dl 
movimento, Bologna, 1922, vl, 17-32.— Cicala (G.). Lipo- 
matosi arborescente artlcolare slstemica. Tumorl, Roma, 
1923-24, X, 396-412, 6 pi.— Eden (R.). Gelenkchondrome. 
Arch. f. klm. Chlr., Berl, 1914, civ, 277-286.— Hannemiiller. 
Ueber primSre Sarkome der Gelenkkapsel. Beitr. z. kiln. 
Chlr., Tiiblng., 1909, 1x111, 307-314.— Hartman (F. W.). 
Synovial membrane tumors of joints. Surg., Oyneo. & 
Obst., Chicago, 1922, xxxiv, 161-167, 1 pi.— KlenboclJ (R.). 
Ueber Oelehkkapselschondrome und -Sarkome. Fortschr. 
a. d. Oeb. d. R8ntgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1916-17, xxiv, 469-602, 
1 pi. — Kopp (J. W.). OSteochondromatose van de ge- 
wrichtskapsel. Nederl. Tljdschr. v. Qeneesk., Amst., 1916, ii, 
1175-1186, 1 pi. — Lance (M.) . L'ost6oohondromatose articu- 
laire. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1924, xcvii, 388-390.— Lotscli (F.). 
Ueber Chondromatose der Gelenkkapsel. Deutsche med. 
Wchnschr., I^eipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 644.— Montpellier 
(J.). Nodosites juxta-artlculaires. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. 
pays chauds. Par., 1925-26, v, 306-317.— Oeser (R.l. Zur 
Kenntnis der gutartigen Qelenkkapselgeschwulste. (Kaver- 
nBses Angiom des Kniegelenks mit eigenartiger Zotten- und 
Pigmentbildung. , Beitr. z. kiln. Chir^ Tabing., 1917, evil, 
(Kriegs-chir. Hefte 40), 66-75, 1 pi.— Behn (E^. Gelenk- 
chondrome. Ibid., 1910-11, Ixxl, 817-831, 1 pi.— TrocU (A.). 
Ueber Gelenkkapselchondrome. Arch. f. kiln. Chlr., Berl., 
1914, civ, 680-693.— Well (S.). Ueber die sog. Xanthosar- 
kome der Sehnensohelden und der Gelenke. Beitr. z. kiln. 

Chlr-., Tiibing., 1914, xciii, 617-623. . Ueber die Be- 

deutung des Cholestearins fiir die Entstehung der Rlesen- 
zellengeschwiUste der Sebnen und Gelenke. Berl. kiln. 
Wchnschr., 1916, ill, 129. 



Joints (Wounds and injuries of). 

See, also, Dislocations; Fractures, and 
under names of 'the various joints. 

Cahieb (L.) . Ldsions traumatiques des ar- 
ticulations. 8°. Paris, 1908. 

Jones (R.). Injuries of joints. 8°. Lon- 
don, 1915. 

RoMEE (F.) & Creasy (L. E.). Bone- 
setting and the treatment of painful joints. 
8°. London, 1911. 

Alglave (P.). L'arthrotomie par vole transoltoanienne 
ou transrotulienne appliqufie aux traumatlsmes du coude et 
du genou. Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chlr. de Par., 1921, xlvli, 
323-332.— Axliausen (G.). Der Heilverlauf bel den Ein- 
und Ausbrilchen der Gelenkflachen. Arch. f. kiln. Chlr., 
Berl., 1923, cxxvi, 96-112.— Baiter (J. N.). The after treat- 
ment of joint injuries. South. M. J., Birmingham, 1924, 
xvii, 363-367.— Barreau (E.). Ueber C-Knorpelverletzun- 
gen. Ann.'d.stadt. allg.-Krankenh. zu Miinchen (1909-10), 
1913, XV, 586-688.— Bazin (A. T.). Injuries and infections of 
joints. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1920, x^ 776-778.— 
Biililer (L.). Anatomlsche und klinische Studien fiber die 
Notwendigkeit und den Wert Iruhzeitiger aktiver Bewegun- 
gen bel Verletzungen der Gliedmassen. Zentralbl. t. Ohir., 
Leipz., 1918, xlv, 81-86.— Breitner (B.). Die Behandlung 
traumatisoher Gelenkserkrankungen. Wien. med. 'Wchn- 
schr., 1924. Ixxiv, 1939; 2236.— Bressot(E.). Traitement des 
l&lons meniscales. Presse m6d.. Par., 1926, xxxlii, 1168.— 
Broca (A.). Les sSquelles des contusions artlculaires et 
entorses. Rev. gto. de clln. et de thSrap., Par., 1921, xxxv, 
337-340. — Caccia (F.). Sulle ferite articolari in genere con 
speclale riguardo al loro trattamento. Chlr. d. org. dl movi- 
mento, Bologna, 1919, ill, 662-577^ 2 ch.— Cioeiola (F.). 
Contribute alio studio della riparazione delle ferite dellecar- 
tUagini articolari. Polldin., Roma, 1921, xxviii, sez. chlr., 
229-240.— Colien (H.). The Willems treatment of Joint 
lesions. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1921, cxiii, 730-734.— Coiiie 
(Su:J.). Immobility afteriointinjury. Lancet, Lond., 1916, 
ii, 228-230.— Deraclie & Tonclcen. Evolution et traite- 
ment des arthrites traumatiques consScutives aux trauma- 
tlsmes fermSs. Cong, internat. de m6d. et de pharm. mil.. 
Par., 1925, ill, 322-368.— Dowden (J. W.). The curse of 
immobUization. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, 11, 570.— Briaclier 
(P.). Ueber die Endergebnisse der direkten Verletzungen 
der grossen Gelenke. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wlesb., 1920, 

xvlil, 351-379. Endbelunde nach direkten Gelenk- 

verletzungeu. Zentralbl. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1920, xlvil, 327- 
330.- Everliardt (F. W.). Diathermy In joint injuries. J. 
Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1926, taxv, 1111-1113.— Foster 
(W. J.). Restoration of function after penetrating wounds 
of joints. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, 11, 315.— FrancinI (M.). 
Le ferite delle grandi articolazioni. Chir. d. org. dl movi- 
mento, Bologna, 1919, iii, 341-362.— GauIt(D.). Immobility 
after joint mjury. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 637.— Gray 
(A. L.). X-rays as a factor in prognosis in ]oint injuries. 
Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1910, Ixii, 248-260.— Harada (Y.). 
Etiologie et traitement des arthrites traumatiques et de leurs 
sfiquelles; rSponse du gouvernement du Japon. Cong. In- 
ternat. de mSd. et de pharm. mil., Par., 1925, ill, 439-442.— 
Heibig(E:.). Heridas artloulares. Siglomed., Madrid, 1916, 
1x111, 116-118.— Kidner (F. CO. Treatment of septic and in- 
jured joints. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1920, xix, 
16-20.— Kiris (E. W.) & Mercer (W.). The curse of im- 
mobilization. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, 11, 642.— Lcgras 
(B.). L'hyperhfimle active dans les traumatlsmes artlcu- 
laires et p^ri-articulaires. Presse m§d.. Par., 1912, xx, 796.— 
Lericlie (R.). R6sultats filoignte des blessures des articula- 
tions. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1919, Ixxli, 71- 
85. — Lober (S.). Behandlung von Gelenkverletzungen mit 
Rivanol. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1924,1, 
9] 6.— LoTctt (^R. W.) . Ueber die Atrophic von Muskelnund 
Gelenken in ihrer Beziehung zu den Gelenkverletzungen, 
und -erkrankungen und deren Fixation. Ztschr. f. orthop. 
Chir., Stuttg., 1913, xxxii, 472-491 .—Maione (B.). The treat- 
ment of joint injuries by active mobilization. Railway 
Surg. J., Chicago, 1919-20, xxvi, 207-209.— Martin (W.). 
The rational treatment of sprains and ankyloses. Am. J. 
Electrotherap. & Radiol., N. Y., 1924, xlli, 340-342.— 
Mitcliell (AJ. Laceration and Infection of jomts in chil- 
dren. Brit. J. Child. Dls., Lond., 1918, xv, 414-218.— Neu- 
meister. Gelenkmoblllsatlonsscliienen nach Dr. Schede. 
Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1915, xlii, 20.3-205.— Oidenborg 
(H. A.) . Some practical points in the treatment of traumatic 
joint affections by massage and mobilization. Illinois M. J., 
Chicago, 1915, xxvil, 289-292.— Oswood (R. B.). Splintage 
of wounds of the joints. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, cix, 668.— 
Paes de Carvailio (P. P.). Clrurgia de urgencia: lesoes 
traumaticas das artlcula(ioes. Brazll-med., Rio de Jan., 1924, 
xxxviil, 265.— Payr. Gelenkverletzungen, Qelenkelterun- 
gen und ihre Behandlung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 
1916, 1x11, 1241; 1281; 1321.— Powers (C. A.). The manage- 
ment of septic joints after the method of Willems and Ghent. 
Colorado Med., Denver, 1920, xvii, 204-210.— Bomer (F.). 
Minor injuries to joints. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, 1, 183- 
185.— Bouvillols & Maisonnet. Evolution et traitement 
des arthrites traumatiques «ons6cutlves aux plaies artlcu- 
laires. Cong. Internat. de m6d. et de pharm. mil., Far., 1926, 



JOINTS 



86 



JOIKE 



Joints (Wounds and injuries of) — contd. 

iii, 359-434.— Steckman (P. M.). Some traumatic afleo- 
tionsolthejolnts. RailwaySurg. J.-, Chicago, 1920-21, xxvii, 
109-111.— Stone (J. S.). The treatment of joint injuries. 
South. M. J., Birmingham, 1924, xvii, 87-91.— Tennant 
(C. E.). Joint injuries, with special reference to fractures 
extending into the joint. Colorado Med., Denver, 1922, xix, 
32-36. — Willems (C.). La mobilisation active immediate: 
m6thode gSnftrale de traitement des l§sions articulaires. 
Arch. m6d. beiges, Brux., 1918, Ixxi, 225-246. Also transl., 
Ann. Surg., Phila., 1920, Ixxii, 425-427. 

Joints (Wounds and injuries of, Gun- 
shot). 

Jones (Sir Ri). Injuries to joints, by Col. 
Sir Robert Jones ... 2. ed. 8°. London, 
1918. 

Antonio (B .) . La lussazione temporanea dei capi artico- 
lari nella cura delle ferite Infette delle articolazioni. Poli- 
clin., Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 489. — Berti {G.). L'infe- 
zione gassosa nelle ferite di guerra degli arti. Clin, chir., 
Milauo, 1920, n. s., ii, 103-109.— Biancheri (A.). La lussa- 
zione temporanea dei capi articolari nella cura delle ferite 
infette delle articolazioni. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 
1917, Roma, 1920, xxv, 73.— Blanc (H.). Traitement des 
plaies articulaires par blessures de guerre. Paris chirurg., 

1916, vii, 258-268.— Bowlby (A.), Deracbe [et al.]. Bles- 
sures des articulations. Arch, de m^d. et pharm. mil.. Par., 

1917, Ixviii, 302-323.— Caccia (F.) . Ferite da arma da fuoeo 
articolari e loro trattamento. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di 
chir. 1917, Roma, 1920, xxv, 63-62.— Campbell (J.). Gun- 
shot wounds ofthejoints. Lancet, Lond., 1918, ii,477; 509. — 
Cazin (M.) . Traitement des plaies articulaires par blessures 
de guerre. Paris chir., 1915, vii, 167-173. — Cleveland (D. 
■E. H.). Diagrams for showing limitation of movements 
through joints, as used by the Board of Pensions Commis- 
sioners from Canada. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1918, viii, 
1070-1076, 3 pi.— Cook (F.). Gunshot wounds of joints: 
their pathology and treatment. Guy's Hosp., Gaz., Lond., 

1917, xxxi, 346; 371.— Daw (S. W.). Affections of the large 
joints due to gunshot wounds; their late results and treat- 
ment. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1918-19, vi, 190-201.— Delrez 
(L.) . Plaies de guerre des articulations. Arch. mfid. beiges, 

Brux., 1919, Ixxii, 513-536. War wounds of the 

joints. U. States Nav. M. Bull. Wash., 1920, xiv, 637-644, 
3 pi. — Denks. Zum primftren Verschluss schussverletzter 
Gelenke. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tilbing., 1918, cxii, 683-686.— 
Desplas (B.) & Chevalier (D.). RSsultats des interven- 
tions pr6coces dans les plaies articulaires par projectiles de 
guerre. Lyonchir., 1916, xiii, 163-165.— Diggle(F.H.). The 
value of bipp in primary operations for gunshot wounds of 
joints. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1919, i, 572.— Dominici{L.). La 
cura immediata delle ferite articolari da arma da fuoco in 
merra. Clin, chir., Milano, 1916, xxiv, 100O-1020.— Duval 
(P.). The treatment of war wounds of the joints. Surg., 
Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1919, xxix, 222-235.— Heosser (I,.). 
Wounds of the joints. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, elxxviii, 665- 
567. — Francesco (D .) . Ferite suppurate delle grandi artico- 
lazioni e loro trattamento. Policlin., Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. 
prat., 461. — Franz. Ueber Steckschiisse in oder in der Nahe 
von Gelenken. Arch. f. khn. Chir., Berl., 1918, ex, 489-500, 
9 pi.— Gebele. Ueber die Behandlung der Gelenkschiisse. 
Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 788-790.— Geiges 
(F.). Die Behandlung der mflzierten Schussverletzungen 
grosser Gelenke. 7ii(i.,296-298.— Gendron (A.). Effets de 
la kin6sith6rapie sur les plaies articulaires. Bull. et. mSm. 
Soc. de mSd. et chir. de Bordeaux, 1919, 51-56.— Gerlacb 
(W.). Zur Frage des Gelenksohusses. Deutsche Ztschr. f. 
Chu., Leipz., 1917, cxU, 216-231.— Giuseppe (F.). SuUe 
fratture complicate degli arti prodotte da armi di guerra. 
PolicUn., Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 488.— Gray (H. 
M. W.). Treatment of war wounds of joints at advanced 
medical units. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvii, 561-655.— 
Giimbel (T.). Beitrag zur Beurteilung der Payrschen 
Phenolkampferbehandlung, frischer Gelenkverletzungen 
durch Artilferiegeschoss. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 

1918, cxliii, 335-349.— Hagcdorn. Behandlungsziele und 
-ergebnisse bei Schussverletzungen der Gelenke und ihrer 
Umgebung. /Sid., 1916, cxxxviii, 239-263.— Habn. Gelenk- 
schiisse und ihre Behandlung. Beitr. z. kUn. Chir., Tilbing., 
1917, cv (Kiiegschir. Hefte vii), 141-167.— Jean (G.). Re- 
sections articulaires tardives, 65 observations de fractures 
articulaires traitSes par la resection. Arch, de mSd. et 
pharm. nav.. Par., 1918, cv, 345; 439.— Jones (R.). Re- 
marks on positions of election for ankylosis following gun- 
shot injuries of joints. Brit. M. L, Lond., 1916, i, 609-611.— 
Kaiser (F.). Die spontane Regeneration schussverletzer 
Gelenke im Rontgenbilde. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Ront- 
genstrahlen, Hamb., 1919-20, xxvii, 119-137.— Katzenslein 
(M.) . Aseptische Qelenkoperationenin der Kriegschirurgie; 
die Entfernung von Fremdkorpern, insbesondere von Steck- 
schussenausGelenken. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. GeseUsch. 
(1917), Berl., 1918, xlviii, 253-260.— Kirmisson (E.). Sur 
la valeur des resections dans la chirurgie de guerre. Bull, et 

■ m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, xlii, 928-956.— Koennecke 
(W.). Erfahrungen fiber Gelenkschiisse. Beitr. z. klm. 



Joints (Wounds and injuries of. Gun- 
shot) — continued. 

Chir., Tilbing., 1917, cvi, (Kriegschir. Hefte xxxix), 646- • 
672.— Kroh (F.). Der einfachste Weg zur iibersichtlichen 
EinsteUung des schussverletzten Ellbogen- und Fussgelenks. 
Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1919, xlvi, 114-118.— KrUger. 
Verhiitung der Gelenkeiterungen bei Kriegsverletzungen 
durch Friihoperation und Zarbolsaurebehandlung. MQn- 
ohen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 1124.— Kruger- Weimar. 
Die Methoden des operativen Gelenkverschlusses bei pene- 
trierenden Verletzungen. Ibid., 1919, Ixvi, 209.— Landois 
(F.). Die Kriegsverletzungen der grossen Gelenke. Ergebn. 
d. Chir. u. Orthop., Berl., 1921, xiii, 602-646.— Launay (P.). 
Discussion sur les plaies articulaires de guerre. Bull, et 
m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, xlii, 1291-1293.— Law (A. 
A.). War wounds ofthe major joints. Minnesota Med., St. 
Paul, 1920, iii, 337-342.— Lehmann. Zum primaren Ver- 
schluss schussverletzter Gelenke. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., 
Tubing., 1918, cxii, 678-682.— Leriche (R.). De la suture 
primitive retardee en plusieurs temps dans les grands trau- 
matismes ostSo-articulaires; de quelques renseignements ob- 
tenus par son emploi sur la physiologic pathologique de la 
reparation des tissus. Lyon chirurg., 1918, xv, 723-731.— 
Linbcrger. Ueber Stauungsbehandlung bei Gelenkverlet- 
zungen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 331-333.— 
Linsmann. Ergebnisse und Richtlinien bei Gelenkverlet- 
zungen im jetzigen Krieee. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 

1917, cvii (Kriegschir. Hefte 41), 149-201.— Maisonnet & 
Cbauvin (E.). Le traitement primitif des plaies articu- 
laires dans une ambulance de l™ligne. Rev. de chir.. Par., 
1917,111,325-372.— Marquis APozerski. Ladefencedessyno- 
viales, dans les plaies articulaires de gnerre. Bull, et mem. 
See. de chir. de Par., 1918, xliv, 77-81.— Matti (H.). Schuss- 
verletzungen der Gelenke. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 
Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xlii, 380-383.— Mollenbauer (P.) & 
Mayer (L.). Die Behandlung leichtinflzierter Gelenksteck- 
schiisse. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1918, xxxviii, 565- 
577.— Most! (R.). La cura immediata delle ferite articolari 
in chirurgia di guerra. Policlin., Roma, 1916, xxiii, sez. 
prat., 1489-1492.— Miinnich. Zur Diagnose der frischen 
Gelehksohussverletzung. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tilbing., 1918, 
cxii, 675-678.— Nove-Josserand & Tuffler. Valeur fonc- 
tionnelle des membres ayant subi des resections des grandes 
articulations pour blessures de guerre 1914^-1915. Gaz. mSd. 
de Par., 1916, Ixxxvii, 71.— Oehlecker (F.). Ueber Gelenk- 
transplantationen an den Fingern, insbesondere nach 
Schussverletzungen. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1916, xliii, 
441-446.— Osgood (K. B.). Gunshot injuries to the joints. 
J. Orthop. Surg^ Host., 1919, i, 304-314. Also reprint.- 
Parry (L. A.) . Gunshot wounds of the major articulations. 
CUn. J., Lond., 1917, Ixvi, 87-104.— Payr (E.). Veriauf und 
Behandlung von Gelenkeiterungen; Technik der Eroflnung 
und Drainage. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Ohir., Leipz., 1916, 
cxxxix, 1-64, 42 pi.— Peiser (A.). Die Fruhoperation der 
Gelenksohussverletzungen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiihing., 

1918, cix, 523-540.— Pbttipowicz (J.). Ein Wort fiir die 
Resektion bei Gelenksschiissen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 

1916, xxix, 1104-1106.— Pribram (E.). Zur Therapie der 
inflzierten Knie- und Hiiftgelenksverletzungen. Arch. f. 
klin. Chir., Berl., 1918, ex, 909-938.— de Quervain. Zur 
Oelenkchirurgie nach Schussverletzungen. Cor.-Bl. f. 
schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1918,xlvlu, 150.— Bomer (F.). After- 
effects of gunshot wounds on joints. Lancet, Lond., 1918, i, 
434.— Rosenthal (M.). Ueber die Behandlung der Inficier- 
ten Schussverletzungen der Gelenke im Heimatlazarett. 
Beitr. z. kiln. Chir.; Tilbing., 1917, cv, (Kriegschir. Hefte 
vii) , 667-586.— Schwartz (A.) & Mocquot (P.). Le traite- 
ment des plaies articulaires dans les ambulances. Rev. de 
chir.. Par., 1915-16, 1, 481-586, 1 pi.— Sehrt (E.). Die kcn- 
servative Behandlung schwerer Gelenksohussverletzungen 
mit Dauerstauung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixiii, 
361; 406. — Specht (0.). Erfahrungen iiber rhythmische 
Stauung bei Gelenkinfektionen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., 
Tubing., 1919, cxvii, 391-430.— Swan (R. H. J.). The treat- 
ment of severe infected gunshot injuries of the shoulder- and 
elbow-joints; early excision to secure mobility. Troc. Eoy. 
Soc. Med., Lond., 1916-17, x. Sect. Surg., 111-132.— Verga 
(G.). Estrazione tardiva di proiettili dalle grandi articola- 
zioni. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1919, xxxv, 141; 274.— Wil- 
lems (C). Mobilisation active immediate pour les plaies d© 
guerre, du genou et du coude. Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 

1917, 3. s., Ixxvii, 394-401. Plaies des articulations. 

Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1918, Ixx, 210-214, 7 pi. 

Technique de la mobilisation active immediate dans 

le traitement des plaies articulaires. Bull, et mem. Soc. de 
chir. de Par., 1918, xliv, 30-35. Also transl., Med. Eec, 
N. Y., 1919, xcv, 953; 999.— Zabradnick^. Ueber Schuss- 
verletzungen der grossen Gelenke. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., 
Tilbing., 1915, xovii (Kriegschir. Hefte ii), 452-472.— Zeigner 
(H.). Beitrage zu den inflzierten Gelenksteckschiissen. 
Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1918, cxliv, 362-419. 

Joire (Paul-Martial- Joseph) . Les mystferes de 
la vie. La connaissance de I'liomme par son 
^criture. Trait 6 de graphologie scientifique. 
229 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot frSres, 1906: 



JOIRE 



87 



JOLTROIS 



Joire (Paul-Martial-Joseph) — continued. 

Trait6 de I'hypnotisme experimental et 

th^rapeutique; ses applications L la m^decine, 
k rSducation et k la psychologie. 2 p. 1., 456 
pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot frferes, 1908. 

— — Les ph^nom^nes psychiques et supernor- 
maux (leur observation, leur experimenta- 
tion). 2p.l., 569 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot frires, 
1909, 

■ The same. Psychical and supernormal 

phenomena, their observation and experimen- 
tation. X, 633 pp. 8°. London, W. Rider & 
Son, 1916. 

Jokinen (T. E.). Zur Sanitatsstatistik der 
vehrpflichtigen Armee in Finnland wahrend 
der Jahre 1881-1906. x 2. 1., 248 pp. roy. 
8". Helsingfors, G. Kreysing, 1907. 

Jokisch (Anton) [1891- ]. *Ueber Osteo- 
plastik des Unterkiefers. 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Breslau, 1925. 

Joland (Gabriel) [1866-1924]. Hygilne ocu- 
laire. 2. 6d. xii, 192 pp. 8°. Paris, O. 
Doin, 1907. 

For biography see Paris mSd., 1924, liv (annexe), 352. 
(P. Lereboullet). 

Joliat (Henri). *Contribution k la pathologe 
de roesophage. 21 pp. 8° Lausanne, E. 
Frankfurter, 1907. 

Jolicceur (Rene Louis). *L'ideede persecution. 
Stigmate de degenerescence. (Signification 
etiologique et pronostique de I'idee de perse- 
cution.) 105pp., 11. 8°. Nancy, 1905. No. 6. 

Joliet (Lucien) [1854-87]. 

PruTot (G.). [Obituary.] Arch, de zool. expSr. et g6n. 
Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1887, 2. s., v, i-vi. 

Jolieu (Dominique). *Le decubitus acutus 
post-op eratoire en gynecologic. 98 pp., 1 tab., 
1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. No. 66. 

Jolin (Severin) [1862-1919]. Ueber den Jodge- 
halt der menschlichen Schilddrusen in Schwe- 
den. 66 pp. 8°. Upsala, C. J. Lundstrom, 
1906. 

Forms pt. 8 of Upsala Mkaref. Forh. Festskr. . . . 
Hammarsten, 1906. 

For biography see Allm. Sven. LSkartidn., Stockholm, 
1919, xvi, 1101-1104 (Sjoqvist). Also Hygiea, Stockholm, 
1919, Ixxxi, 929-936 (C. Q. Santesson). 

Joliret (Leon-Charles) [1880- ]. *Des reac- 
tions meningees observees au cours de la 
syphilis; leur enchalnement et leur pronostic. 
139 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. No. 161. 

JoIiTot (J.) [1889- ]. *La constitution phy- 
sique du soldat; I'expertise du conscript; esti- 
mation des valeurs. 76 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Paris, 
1914. No. 276. 

JoIIes (Adolf). Die Fette vom physiologisch- 
chemischen Standpunkte. 71 pp. 8°- Strass- 
burg., K. J. Triibner, 1907. 

The same. Chemie der Fette vom physio- 

logisch-chemischen Standpunkte. 2. ed. vii, 
148 pp. 8°. Strassburg, K. J. Triibner, 1912. 

Die Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, ihre 



Herstellung und Verfalschung. viii, 209 pp. 

8°. Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 1909. 
JoUes-Zabloudorski (Mme. S.) [1887- ]. 

*Sur la radiotherapie des adenites bacillaires 

peripheriquee. 62 pp. 8°- Paris, 1921. 

No. 512. 
JoUos (Victor) [1887- ]. *Dinoilagellaten- 

studien. 29 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 1910. 
Jolly (Achille). *Crises hepatiques et tabes. 

62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906. No. 180. 
Jolly (Bartheiemy-Charies-Albert) [1878- 1. 

♦Contribution k 1' etude de I'intervention chi- 

rurgicale dans la tuberculose renale. 82 pp. 

8°. Bordeaux, 1903. No. 5. 



Jolly (Friedrich) [1844-1904]. 

SiBMERLiNQ (E.). Zur Erinnerung an F. 
Jolly. 8°. Berlin, 1904. 

Furstner. [Biography.] Strassb. med. Ztg., 1904, i, 
61-54.— Koppcn CM.). [Biography.] Psychiat.-neurol. 
Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1903-4, v, 513-615.— von Leyden 
(E.). Gedachtnisrede aul Friedrioh Jolly. Deutsche med. 
Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xxx, 142.— Balmann (E.). 
Nekrolog. Wien. khn. WchnsoHr>, 1904, xvii, 137.— Seiffer 
(W.). [Biography.] Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 
164, port.— Westphal (A.). [Biographle.] Berl. klin, 
Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 101-103. 

Jolly (J.). Traite technique d'hematologie; 
morphologic, histogenSse, histophysiologie, 
histopathologic. 2 v. x, 1131 pp., I pi., paged 
consec. roy. 8°- Paris, A. Maloine & fils, 
1923. 

Jolly (Julius). Medicin. 140 pp. 8°. Strass- 
burg, K. J. Trubner, 1901. 

Forms Heft 10, Bd. 3, of Grund. d. Indo-Arischen Philol. 
u. Altertumsk. 

Zur Quellenkunde der indischen Medizin. 

pp. 413-468. 8° Leipzig, F. A. Brockhaus, 
1906. 

Cutting from Ztschr. d. deutsch. morgenl. Gesellseh. 1906. 

Jolly (P.). *Menstruation und Psychose. 

[Halle.] 50 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 

1915. 
Jolly (Philipp Cari) [1878- ]. *Die Einwir- 

kung des Mutterkorns auf die Circulation. 

102 pp., xxix, 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. 

Kaestner, 1905. 
Jolly (Rudolf Philipp) [1875- ]. *Ueber die 

Prognose der Steisslage. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°- 

Berlin, G. Schade, 1902. 

Atlas der mikroskopischen Diagnostik der 

Gynaekologie. viii, 86 pp., 26 pi. 8°. Berlin 
& Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1910. 

The same. Atlas of microscopic diagnosis 

in gynecology, with preface and explanatory 
text by Dr. Rudolf Jolly. Only authorized 
English translation by P. W. Shedd. ix, 192 
pp., 26 pi. 8°. New York, 1911. 

Jolly (Samuel Aird) [1851-1906]. 

Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1557. 

Jolly's bodies. 

Castronuovo (G.). Sul signiflcato morfologico dei corpi 
di JoUy. FoUa med., Napoli, 1916, ii, 346, 1 pi. 

Jolowicz (Ernst) [1882- ]. *Ueber Chole- 
cystitis typhosa. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, G. 
Fock, 1907. 

Joltrain (Edouard) [1879- ]. *Origine san- 
guine des pneumonies et bronchopneumonies. 
215 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. No. 27. 

The same, xv, 232 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, 

Asselin & Houzlau, 1911. 

Nouvelles methodes de sero-diagnostic. 

2. ed. viii, 105 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 
1910. 

The same. 3. ed. 2 p. 1., v, 254 pp. 8°. 

Paris, A. Maloine, 1911. 

The same. 4. ed. 2 p. 1., viii, 413 pp. 

8°. Paris, A. Maloine & fils, 1916. 

La grippe; formes cliniques, prophylaxie, 

traitement. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine & 
fils, 1919. 

La peste; etiologie, formes cliniques, pro- 



phylaxie, traitement. 184 pp. 12°. Paris, 
A Maloine & fils, 1921. 

& Baufle (P.) . L'examen clinique des in- 



testinaux, (enteritiques et faux enteritiques). 
Notes de semeiologie pratique. 88 pp. 12°. 
Paris, A. Maloine & fils, 1919. 
Joltrols (M.) [1899- ]. *L'ionisation en 
therapeutique oculaire. 66 pp. 8°- Paris, 
1923. No. 52. 



JOLY 



88 



JONES 



Joly (Albert) [1876- ]. *De I'hyperplasie de 

r^pithflium pavimenteux stratifi^ au voisi- 

nage de la tuberculose; 6tude histologique. 

101 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1903. No. 10. 
Joly (F.-Pierre). *Contribution k I'^tude du 

soufre urinaire. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920. 

No. 95. 
Joly (Frangois). *Contribution k I'^tude de 

I'ur^trotoniie interne. (Ur^trotome mensura- 

teur de Bazy.) 43 pp. 8° Paris, 1905. 

No. 243. 
Joly (Georges). Les maladies du cheval de 

troupe, xii, 456 pp. 16°. Paris, J.-B. Bail- 

liSre & fils, 1904. 
Joly (Henri) [1839- ]. Problemes de science 

criminelle. 291 pp. 12°. Paris, Hachette & 

Cie., 1910. 
Joly (J.) . On the local application of radium in 

therapeutics. 7 pp. 8°. Dublin, Royal 

Dublin Society, 1914. 
Forms No. 20, v. 14, n. s., of Proo. Scient. Roy. Dubl. Soc. 

Joly (M. E.). *Contribution k l'6tude du pro- 
lapsus du rectum. 1 p. 1., 39 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1902. No. 14. 

Joly (Marcel). *La gastrite hyperg6n6tique 
du soldat. 107 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919. No. 
180. 

Joly (P. -R.). Bagnoles del'Orme. G^ologiede 
la region. Analyses des eaux de la Grande- 
Source. Leur action physiologique. vii, 128 
pp. 12°. Paris, O. Doin & fils, 1909. 

Joly (Paul) [1883- ]. *De I'embryotomie 
rachidienne en 6charpe. [Lyon.] 74 pp. 1 pi. 
8°. Tr^voux, 1910. No. 67. 

Joly (Paul) [1886- ]. *De la curability des 
retroversions par les pessaires. [Lyoij.] 63 
pp. 8°. Paris, 1911. No. 5. 

Joly (Paul-Edmond) [1872- ]. *Contribu- 
tion k r^tude s6m6iologique et th^rapeutique 
des dacryocystites d'origine nasale. 92 pp. 
8°. Bordeaux, 1904. No. 100. 

Joly (Robert) [1876- ]. *Des eaux sulfat^es 
sodiques de Miers-Alvignac ; de leur indication 
dans la cure thermale de I'obfeit^. 44 pp., 2 1., 
1 diag. 8°. Lyon, 1903. No. 101. 

Jomier (Julien). *Contribution k I'^tude du 
foie digestif. 115 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
No. 147. 

Jomini (Pierre). *Contribution k I'^tude de 
r^tiologie du goitre endfimique, le goitre, le 
cretinisme et la surdimutit6 aux visites sani- 
taires de reorutement en 1922, dans les cantons 
de Valais (partie romande), Vaud et Geneve. 
71 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1922. 

Jonas (Albert Wilhelm Richard Ottomar) 
[1885- ]. *Ueber Zahnretention, ihre Fol- 
geerscheinungen und ihre Behandlung. 30 pp. 
8°. [Leipzig], 1920. 

Jonas (Kugen). Die zweiseitige (getrennte) 
Nasen-Lungenathmung, deren Einfiuss auf 
Thoraxbildung und die Erkrankungen der 
Lunge und die oro-nasale Athmung. 40 pp. 
8°. Liegnitz, C. Seyffarth, 1902. 

Aerztestreik ein Zeichen der Zeit. 72 pp. 

8°. Liegnitz, Th. Kaulfuss, 1907. 

Jonas (Leopold Viktor) [1878- ]. *Der 
Typhus in der Grossherzoghch-Sachsischen 
Heil- und Pflegeanstalt Blankenhain. [Jena.] 
36 pp. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, R. Noske, 1913. 

Jonas (Max) [1884- ]. *Untersuchungen 
iiber die AUgemeinnarkose beim Hunde. 
[Giessen.] 60 pp. 8°- Gelsenkirchen, Stuck 
& Lohde [n. d.]. — 

Jonas (Paul) [1847-1906]. . 

[Nekrolog.l Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, sa, 318; 



Jonas (Robert) [1888- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur 
Repositionsbehandlung der Coxa vara ado- 
lescentium. 22 pp. 8°. Berlin, C. Siebert, 
1917. 

Jonas (Willi) [1884^ ]. *Beitrage zur 
weiblichen Genital-Tuberkulose speziell zur 
Frage ihrer Genese. [Heidelberg.] 40 pp. 8°- 
Berlin, R. Labisch & Co., 1909. 

Jones (Abraham Embrys) [1852-1925]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1925, 1, 719. Also Lancet, 
Lend., 1925, i, 796. 
Jones (Alfred Ernest). Papers on psycho- 
analysis. xv,-432pp. 8°. London, BailhSre, 
Tindall & Cox, 1913. 

The same. 2. ed. revised and enlarged, x, 

715 pp. 8°. London, Baillifere, Tindall & 
Cox, 1918. 

The same. 3. ed. x, 731 pp. 8°. Lon- 
don, Bailh^re, Tindall & Cox; 1923. 

Treatment of the neuroses, viii, 233 pp. 



8°. London, BailliSre, Tindall & Cox, 1920. 
Essays in appUed psycho-analysis. 4 p. 1., 



454 pp., front. 8°- London, Vienna, Internat. 
psycho-anal. Press, 1923. 

AUo editor "of International (Tlie) Journal of Psycho- 
Analysis. London. 1924-25. 

See, also. Social aspects of psycho-analysis [etc.]. 3 p. 1., 
240 pp. 8°. London, WUliams & Norgate, 1924. 

Jones (Alfred S.) & Boechling (H. Alfred). 
Natural and artificial sewage treatment, vii, 
96 pp. 8°. London, E. & F. N. Spon, 1902. 

Jones (Amable S.) [1870-1921]. 

Obituary. Rev. de criminol. psiquiat., Buenos Aires, 
192], viii, 744-747. Also Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1921, 
xxviii, pt. 2, 737. 
Joiies (Arthur Bassett). Malingering or the 
simulation of disease. 3 p. 1., v-xxiii, 708 pp., 
5 pi. 8° London, W. Heinemann [1917]. 

See, also, UeweUyn (L. J.) & Jones (A. B.). Fibrositis 
(gouty, infective, traumatic) ; so called chronic rheumatism, 
[etc.] 8°. New Yorlj [1916]. 

Jones (Arthur Webb) [ -1917]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 66. Also Lancet, 
Lond., 1917, i, 1019. 

Jones (B. E.) & Burley (R. J.). Water supply 
of St. Mary and Milk Rivers, 1898-1917. 
H. of R., 66th Cong., 3d sess.. Doc. No. 848. 
590 pp., 10 ch. 8° Washington, Gov. Print. 
Off., 1920. 

Dept. Int. U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply Paper 
No. 848. 

Jones (Bence). See Jones (Henry Bence). 

Jones (Berton Hamilton) [1859- ]. Com- 
mon sense diet for common sense people; 
eleventh hour aid for all who are earnestly 
seeking health. 3 p. 1., 117 pp. 8° [Pitts- 
burgh], B. H. Jones [1911]. 

Diagnosis from the spine; a practical 

method of diagnosis and non-medical treat- 
ment, combining manual-therapy, hydro- 
therapy, and psycho-therapy. 255 pp., 2 1. 
8°. Pittsburgh, Pa., B. H. Jones [1912]. 

Jones (David Illtyd) [1864-1903]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. }., Lond., 1903, ii, 866. Also, Lan- 
cet, Lond., 1903, ii, 986. 

Jones (Donald Forsha) [1890- ]. Genetics 
in plant and animal improvement, viii, 568pp. 
8°. New York, J. Wiley & Sons [etc.], 1925. 

Jones (Dudley William Carmalt) [1874- ]. 
Organic substances, sera and vaccines in phy- 
siological therapeutics, viii, 393 pp. 8°. 
London, W. Heinemann, 1924. 

Jbnes (Edward D.). Industrial accidents and 
their prevention. 66 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Wash- 
ington, Gov. Print. Off., 1920. 

Fed. Board for Vocational Educ. Bull. No. 47, Employ- 
ment Management Ser., No. 7. 



JONES 



89 



JONES 



Jones (Edward Groves) [1874^1921]. Outlines 
of physiology, xvii, 442 pp. 8°. Philadel- 
phia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1901. 

For biography see J. Am. M. Ass., Ohioago, 1921, Ixxvil, 
1354. 

& Bunce (Allen H.). Outlines of physiol- 
ogy. 4. ed. xvi, 373 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 
P. Blakiston's Son & Co. [1916]. 

& Stephens (Robert Grier). The same. 

2. ed. xiii, 383 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Philadelphia, 
P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1908. 

Jones (Edwin E.) [1860-1918]. 

Obituary. Tr. N. HamiKhire M. Soc, Concord, 1919, 
cxxviii, 254, port. 

Jones (Elmer Ellsworth). The influence of 
bodily posture on mental activities. 60 pp., 
1 1. 8°. New York, Science Press, 1907. 
Forms No. 6 of Arch. Psychol., N. Y. 

Jones (Emeline Roberts) [1836-1916]. 

street (Emeline A.). Emeline Roberts Jones: Pioneer 
woman dentist. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1923, Ixv, 991. 

Jones (Enoch Hunt) [1852-1919]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, luiriii, 1714. 
Jones (Ernest Gabriel). Chemistry for public 
health students, ix, 244 pp. 8°. London, 
Methuen & Co. [1920]. 

Jones (Everett) [1868-1919]. 

Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1919, dxxz, 670.— Wilcox 
CDeW. G.). Obituary. Ihid., 705. 

Jones (Frank Ailcman) [1867-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixzix, 2101. 
Also South. M. J., Birmingham, 1923, xvi, 48. 

Jones (Frederic W.) [1848-1921]. 

Obituary. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Manchester, 1922, 



Jones (Frederic Wood) [1879- ]. Arboreal 

man. x, 230 pp. 8°. London, E. Arnold, 

1916. 
■ The principles of anatomy as seen in the 

hand, viii, 325 pp. 8°. London, J. & A. 

Churchhill, 1920. 

Jones (Fredericli Pryce) [ -1914]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1914, i, 947. Also Med. 
Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcvii, 446. 

Jones (Georg Edwin) [1835-1912]. 

Drury (A. Q.). Obituary. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, 
cviii, 633. 

Jones (George Ellis). Hygiene and war; sug- 
gestions for makers of text-books and for use 
in schools. 2 p. 1., 207 pp'. 8°. Washington, 
D. C, The Endowment, 1917. 

Jones (George Wymberley). See De Benne 
(George Wymberley- Jones) . 

Jones (Harry Clary) [1865- ]. The ele- 
ments of physical chemistry, xi, 565 pp. 8°. 
New York, Macmillan Co., 1903. 

The same. 3. ed. 650 pp. 8°. New 

York, Macmillan Co., 1907. 

. The theory of electrolytic dissociation and 

some of its application, xii, 289 pp. 8°. New 
York, Macmillan Co., 1904. 

The electrical nature of matter and radio- 
activity, ix, 212 pp. 8°. New York, D. van 
Nostrand Co., 1906. 

— — A new era in chemistry; some of the more 
important developments in general chemistry 
during the last quarter of a century, xii, 326 
pp. 8°. New York, D. van Nostrand Co. 
1913. 

The freezing-point lowering, conductivity, 

and viscosity of solutions of certain electro- 
lytes in water, methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, 
acetone, and glycerol, and in mixtures of these 
solvents with one another, vii, 214 pp. 8°- 
Washington, D. C, Carnegie Inst., 1913. 



Jones (Harry Clary) — continued. 

Conductivities and viscosities in pure and 

in mixed solvents; radiometric measurements 
of the ionization constants of indicators, etc. 
vii, 175 pp., 3 pi. 4°. Washington, D. C, 
Carnegie Inst., 1915. 

The nature of solution, xxiii, 380 pp. 8°. 

New York, D. van Nostrand Co., 1917. 

■ & Guy (James Samuel) [1884r- ]. The 



absorption spectra; of solutions as affected by 
temperature and by dilution: a quantitative 
study of absorption spectra by means of the 
radiomicrometer. vii, 93 pp. 8°. Washing- 
ton, D. C, Carnegie Inst., 1913. 

Jones (Henry Bence) [1814^1873]. Croonian 
lecture on matter and force, viii, 223 pp. 
16°. London, J. Churchhill & Sons, 1868. 

. The life and letters of Faraday. 2 v., 

vi, 2 1., 427 pp.; 4 p. 1., 499 pp., 2 pi. 8° 
London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1870. 

For biography see Ann. Med. Hist., N. Y., 1919, ii, 262-264 
(J. Rosenbloom). 

Jones (Henry Lewis) [1857-1917]. Medical 
electricity. A practical handbook for students 
and practitioners. 4. ed. xvi, 536 pp. 8°- 
London, H. Lewis, 1904. 

The same. 5. ed. xv, 519 pp., 11 pi., 6 1. 

8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1906. 

The same. 6. ed., xv, 551 pp. 8°. Lon- 



don, H. K. Lewis, 1913. 

The same. 7. ed., xv, 688 pp., 14 pi. 8° 

London, H. K. Lewis & Co., 1918. 

The same. 4. ed. xvi, 536 pp., 11 pi. 8° 



Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1904. 
Ionic medication; the principles of the 



method and an account of the clinical results 
obtained, viii, 151 pp., 1 col. pi. 8°. Lon- 
don, H. K. Lewis, 1913. 

See, aUo, Walsh (D.). The Bontgen rays [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 
8°. New York, 1907. 

For biography see Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1914-16, xix, 
411-413. Also Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 700. Also J. 
B6ntg. Soc, Lond., 1915, xi, 86. .dZso St. Earth. Hosp. Rep. 
1914, Lond., 1915, 1, 115-119, port. (H. W.). 

Jones (Henry Macnaughton) [1844^ ]. 
Practical manual of diseases of women and 
uterine therapeutics. For students and prac- 
titioners. 9. ed.', xxxviii, 1044 pp., 120 pi. 8°. 
New York, W. Wood, 1905. 

Jones (Herbert) [1871-1917]. 

Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 551; 831. 

Jones (Herbert Wlieat) [1849-1916]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 218. 

Jones (Hiram K.) [1818-1903]. 

Obituary. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, v, 173. 

Jones (Hugh R.) [1864-1917]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 566. 
Jones (Isaac Hampshur) [1881- ]. Equilib- 
rium and vertigo, xv, 444 pp. 8°. Philadel- 
phia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co. [1918]. 
See, also, Mills (C. K.) & Jones (I. H.). Tests by BSr&ny 
methods [etc.]. 8°. Chicago, 1916. 

Jones (J. Ernest). A history of the hospitals 
and other charities of Birmingham. 100 pp. 
8°. London, Simpkin, Marshall & Co. [n. d.]. 

Jones (John) [1729-1791]. 

Weaver (Q. H.). [Biography.] Bull. Soc. M. Hist., 
Chicago, 1917-1920, ii, 191-196. 

Jones (John Arnold). A short practice of aural 
surgery, for the use of students and practition- 
ers, xii, 264 pp. 16°. London & New York, 
J. Lane, 1908. 

Jones (JohnC.) [1837-1904]. 

Death (The) of Dr. John C. Jones. Texas M. News, 
Austin, 1903-4, xiii, 262-254. 



JONES 90 



DB JONG 



Jones (John Edward) [1867-1918]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 1878. 

Jones (John Hendrick) [1859-1920]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1920, ii, 612. 

Jones (John Paul) [1747-92]. 

Capitan (L.) & PapiUauIt (G.). L'identifloation du 
cadavre de Paul Jones et son autopsie 113 ans apres sa mort. 
Arch, d'anthrop. orim., Lyon & Par., 1905, xx, 842-848. Also 
Bull, et mSin. Soo. d'anthrop. de Par., 1906, 6. s., yi, 363-369. 

Jones (John Randolph) [1835-1904]. 

Obituary. Alumni Eeg. Univ. Penn., Phila., 1903-4, 
viii, 652. 

Jones (John Wesley) [1831-1904]. 

Obituary. Alumni Beg. Univ. Penn., Phila., 1903-4, 
yiii, 662. 

Jones (Joseph Smith) [1873-1924]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxiii, 781. 

Jones (Joseph Stevens) [1809-1877]. 

Dr. Joseph Stevens Jones [playwright and physician]. 
Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 492. 

Jones (Lodrick M.) [1850-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixxix, 2246. 
Jones (Mary Ethel). A laboratory study of 
household chemistry. 173 pp. 8°. Boston, 
New York, Allyn & Bacon [1921]. 

Jones (Myrddin Emrys) [1895-1918]. 

Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1919, i, 315. 

Jones (Oscar Eve) [1879-1923]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, Ixm, 492. 

Jones (PhUip Mills) [1870-1916]. 

[Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, Ixvii, 1684. 
Also Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1917 xl, 199. Also N. 
York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 1157. 

Jones (Sir Philip Sydney) [1836-1918]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, ii, 619. Also Med. 
Press, Lond., 1918, n. s., ovi, 267. 

Jones (R. Llewellyn). Arthritis deformans; 
comprising rheumatoid arthritis, osteo-ar, 
thritis, and spondylitis deformans, xiv 1 1., 
365 pp., 38 pi. 8°. New York, W. Wood & 
Co., 1909. 

Jones (Sir Robert) [1858- ]. Mental hy- 
giene in childhood, pp. 423-435. 8°. Lon- 
don, 1907. 

Cutting from Westminster Eev. Lond., 1907, clxvii. 

■ A text-book of mental and sick nursing, 

adapted for medical officers and nurses in 
private and public asylums, with an intro- 
duction by Sir WiUiam Job Collins, xix, 222 
pp. 12°. London, 1907. 

Injuries of joints. 189 pp. 12°. London, 

H. Frowde [etc.], 1915. 

The same. 2. ed. 195 pp. 12°. London, 

H. Frowde [etc.], 1918. 

Notes on military orthopsedics. xiv, 132 

pp. 8°. London [etc.], CasseU & Co., 1917. 

See, also, Mennell (James Beaver) & Jones (Sir E.). 
^ Massage [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1917. 
. & Lovett (Robert W.). Orthopedic sur- 
gery. XV, 699 pp. 8°- New York, W. Wood 
& Co., 1923. 
Jones (Robert Clarence) [1857-1924]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxiii, 1784. 

Jones (Robert E.) [1843-1921]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M.Ass., Chicago, 1921, Ixxvii, 1590. 

Jones (Samuel J.) [1836-1901]. 

Obituary. Alumni Eeg. Univ. Penn., Phila., 1901-2, 
vi, 105. AUo Dlinois M. J., Springfield, 1902-3, lii, 479. 

Jones (Sydney) [1831-1913]. 

[Obituary.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 1613. AUo 
Canad. Pract. & Eev., Toronto, 1914, xxxlx, 127. Also 
Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 1801. 

Jones (Thomas Evans) [1834-1909]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1686. 



Jones (Thomas Ridge) [1840-1924]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1924, i, 769. AUo Lancet, 
Lond., 1924, i, 778. 

Jones (Thomas Wharton) [1808-1891]. 

Godlee (Sir E. J.). British masters of ophthalmology 
series; 12. Thomas Wharton Jones. Brit. J. Ophth., Lond., 
1921, V, 97; 146.— Shastid (T. H.). [Biography.] In Am. 
Encyol. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1916, ix, 6727- 
6729. 

Jones (Thomas Z.) [1860-1923]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1923, Ixxxi, 1300. 
Jones (W. H. S.). Malaria and Greek his- 
tory; to which is added the history of Greek 
therapeutics and the malaria theory by E. T. 
Withington. 173 pp. 8°. Manchester, 
Univ. Press, 1909. 
The doctor's oath; an essay on the his- 
tory of medicine. 4 p. 1., 62 pp., 1 pi. sm. 4°. 
Cambridge [Eng.], Univ. Press, 1924. 

-, Boss (Ronald) & Ellett (G. G.). Ma- 



laria: a neglected factor in the history of 
Greece and Rome, vi 1 1., 108 pp. 12°. 
Cambridge, Macmillan & Bowes, 1907. 
Jones (Walter) [1865- ]. Nucleic acids; 
their chemical properties and physiological 
conduct, viii, 118 pp. 8°. London [etc.], 
Longmans, Green & Co., 1914. 

The same. 2. ed. viii, 150 pp. 8°. 

London, New York [etc], Longmans, Green 
& Co., 1920. 

Jones (Wilham) [1828-1903]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii. 111. 

Jones (WiUiam). The expectation of life in 
the city of Glasgow, vii, 46 pp. 8°- Glas- 
gow, R. Anderson, 1925. 

Jones (WUham Russell) . A text-book of chem- 
istry for the use of students and practitioners 
of medicine, dentistry and pharmacy. xiii 
462 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son 
& Co., 1905. 

Jones (William Tudor) [1865- ]. The 
training of mind and will, with foreword 
by Alex Hill, vii, 9-70 pp. 12°. London, 
WiUiams & Norgate, 1920. 

Jonet (Joseph-Marie-Marcel-Dodier) [1884- 
]. *Contribution k I'^tude de la gu Prison 
spontan6e de la tuberculose r^nale. 61 pp. 
8°. Bordeaux, 1909. No. 78. 

de Jong (Cornelius Laurens). *De tijdsver- 
houdingen tusschen electro en mechanocar- 
diogram. [Time relations between the electro 
and mechano-cardiogram.] 77 pp. 1 pi. 
8°. Leiden, Eduard Ijdo, 1923. 81-82 

de Jong (D. A.) [1863-1925]. De eenheid der 
zoogdiertuberculose. 129 pp., 10 pi. 4°. 
Leiden, S. C. van Doesburgh, 1902. 

V6t6rinaire pathologie en hygiene. Me- 

dedeelingen en Onderzoekingen nit praktijk 
en laboratorium. 134 pp. 8°. Leiden, 
G. L. van Den Berg, 1905. 

De tuberculose van het dier als gevaar 

voor den mensoh. 29 pp. 8°. Haarlem, 
de erven F. Bohn, 1906. 

Forms No. 7 of Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., 
Haarlem, 1905-6, xii. 

Landbouw-voordrachten over tubercu- 



lose. 2 p. 1., 52 pp. 8°. Groningen, A. W. 
Heidema, 1908. 

For biography see Deutsche tlerarztl. Wchnschr., Han- 
nov., 1926, xxxlil, 511 (T. van Heelsbergen) . 

de Jong (K. H. E.). Das antike Mysterien- 
wesen in religionsgeschichtlicher, ethnolo- 
gischer und psychologischer Beleuchtung. 2. 
ed: 4 p. 1., 448 pp. 8°. Leiden, E. J. BriU, 
1919. 



DE JONG 



91 



JORDAN 



de Jong (Mile. Louise). *Etude anatomo- 

clinique de I'ovaire ohez la femme. 132 pp., 

4 pi. 8°. Paris, 1914. No. 200. 
Jonges (Cornells). *Krukscoliose en kruk- 

bekken. 62 pp. 8°. Haariem, Bohn, 1918. 
Jonnesco (Thomas) [1860-1926]. La rachia- 

nesth^sie g6n6rale. 127 pp. 8°- Paris, 

Masson & Cie., 1919. 
For biography see Presse mM., Par., 1926, xxxiv, 475 

CJ.-L. Faure). 

Jonquiere (Georg). Testament eines alten 
Arztes; praktische Anleitung zu sicherer und 
angenehmer Veriangsamung des Al terns; 
Makrobiotik. 2. ed. 1 p. .1., v-vii, 161 pp. 
8°. Bern & Leipzig, E. Bircher, 1925. 

Jonqui^res (Edouard). *Traitement des noevi 
vacculaires, des noevi pigmentaires et des 
ch61oides par le radium. 85 pp., 7 pi. 8°. 
Paris, 1909. No. 184. 

Jonsctae (Kari) [1889- ]. *Ueber die Aus- 
reissung der Fingersehnen. 47 pp., 1 pi. 8°. 
Breslau, 1912. 

Jonske (Waldemar). *Untersuchungen zur 
Frage des Vorkommens latenter Tuberkel- 
Bazillen in den intermuskularen Lymphdru- 
sen generalisiert, tuberkuloser Kinder. [Bern.] 
12 pp., 1 p. 8°. BerUn, G. Reimer, 1909. 

J6nsson (Finnur). Ljegekunsten i den nor- 
diske oldtid. [The medical profession in 
Scandinavia in ancient times.] 4 p. 1., 61 pp., 
1 1. 8°. K0henhavn. V. Try de, 1912. 
Medicinsk- bistoriske Smaaskrifter, ved Villi. Maar, 1. 

Joop (Richard) [1883- ]. *Kann man bei 
der bakteriologischen Diagnose des Rotlaufs 
die Einsendung der Organe entbehren? [Gies- 
sen.] 42 pp., 1 1. 8". Leipzig. A. Hoff- 
mann, 1909. 

Jooss (Carl Eugen) [1887- ]. *Die Augen- 
verletzungen in der Ttibinger Klinik im Jahre 
1910. 29 pp. 8°. Tubingen, H. Laupp, jr., 
1912. 

Joost (Frieda) [1893- ]. *Mund- und Ge- 
sichtspflege in mittelalterlichen Gesundheits- 
regimenten im Abendland. 29 pp. 8°. 
Leipzig, E. Glausch, 1924. 

Joppich (Arthur Oswald). *Ueber einen Fall 
von primarem Angiosarkom des Rticken- 
marks. 55 pp. 8°. Greifswald, F. W. Ku- 
nike, 1903. 

Jorand (Albert). *Traitement des complica- 
tions locales et gfe^rales de la blennorrhagie 
par las injections intra-veineuses de sels ar- 
senicaux. 59 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920. No. 153. 

Joranson (Einar). The Danegeld in France. 
247 pp. 4°. Rock Island, 111., Augustana 
Book Concern, 1923. 

Jorcin (Antoine) [1890- ]. *Hematomes 
perin^phr^tiques non traumatiques. 122 
pp. 31 1. 8°. Lyon, 1919. No. 58. 

Jordan (Alfred Charles) [1872- ]. . Chronic 
intestinal stasis (Arbuthnot Lane's disease); 
a radiologioal study, xi, 230 pp. roy. 8°. 
London, H. Frowde; Hodder & Stoughton 
[1923]. 

Jordan (Arthur CHfford) [1860-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., CUoago, 1922, Ixxix, 1066. 
Jordan (David Starr) [1851- ]. Leading 
American men of science. 471 pp., 17 port. 
8°. New York, H. Holt & Co., 1910. 

The fish fauna of the California Tertiary. 

V. 1, pp. 237-300, 37 pi. 8°. Palo Alto, Stan- 
ford tJniv. Press, 1921. 

Stanlord Univ. Pub. Biol, ser., No. 4. 

The days of a man, being memories of a 



naturalist, teacher and minor prophet of 



Jordan (David Starr) — continued. 

democracy. 2 v. xxviii, 710 pp.; xxviii, 906 
pp., 66 pi. 8°. Yonkers-on-Hudson, N. Y., 
Worid Book Co., 1922. 

A classification of fishes, including fami- 
lies and genera as far as known, pp. 79-243. 
8°. Stanford Univ., CaUf., Stanford Univ., 
1923. 

Stanford Univ. Publ. Univ. Ser. Biol. Sciences. Hi, 
No. 2. 

& Evermann (Barton Warren) [1853- 

]. American food and game fishes; 
a popular account of all the species found 
in America, north of the equator. 1, 572 
pp. 4°. New York, Doubleday, Page & Co., 
1908. 

& Kellogg (Vernon Lyman). Evolution 

and aninial life: an elementary discussion of 
facts, processes, laws and theories relating to 
the life and evolution of animals. xi^489 pp., 
3 pi. 8°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 
1907. 

Jordan (Edward Henry) [1876-1924]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxii, 1062. 

Jordan (Edwin Cakes) [1866- ]. A text- 
book of general bacteriology. 557 pp., 2 ch. 
8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders 
Co., 1908. 

The same. 2. ed. 594 pp., 2 ch. 8°. 

Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 
1910. 

The same. 3. ed., 2 p. 1., p. 9-623, fold. 

chart, fold. tab. 8°. Philadelphia & Lon- 
don, W. B. Saunders Co., 1912. 

The same. 4. ed. 2 p. 1., 9-647 pp., 2 

fold, charts. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 
W. B. Saunders Co., 1914. 

The same. 5. ed. 2 p. 1., 9-669 pp. 

8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders 
Co., 1916. 

The same. 6. ed. 2 p. 1., 9-691 pp. 

8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders 

Co., 1918. 

The same. 7. ed. 3 p. 1., 11-744 pp. 



8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders, 
Co., 1921. 

The same. 8. ed. 2 p. 1., 9-752 pp., 

1 ch. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. 
Saunders Co. [1924]. 

A text-book of general pathology. 557 



pp., 1 ch., 1 map. 8°. Philadelphia & Lon- 
don, W. B. Saunders Co., 1909. 

Food poisoning, viii, 11,5 pp. 8°. Chi- 
cago, University of Chicago Press [1917]. 

, Whipple (G. C.) & Winslow (C. E. A.). 

A pioneer of public health, William Thomp- 
son Sedgwick, xvi, 193 pp., front., port., 
4 pi. 8°. New Haven, Yale Univ. Press 
[1924]. 

Jordan (Erich Otto Botho) [1889- ]. *Zur 
Chii'urgie der Hirntumoren im Bereiche des 
ParietaUappens. 43 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. 
Fiencke, 1914. 

Jordan (Frederick William) [ -1910]. Life 
of Joseph Jordan, surgeon, and an account 
of the rise and progress of medical schools 
in Manchester, with some particulars of the 
life of Dr. Edward Stephens. 135 pp., 10 
pi. [1 front.], 3 1., X. 8°. London, Sherratt 
& Hughes, 1904. 

For biography see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1330. Also 
Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1174.' 

Jordan (Fumeaux) [1830-1911]. 

Lloyd (J.). Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 194.— 
Obituary. Ibid.. 141. 



JORDAN 



92 



JORISSEN 



Jordan (Gregory Paul) [1857-19211. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1921, ii, 1097. Also 
Lancet, Lond., 1921, ii, 1346. 

Jordan (Hans) [1886- ]. *Ueber das Vor- 
kommen von Nystagmus bei Lues cerebri. 1 p. 
1., 19 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, H. Blanke, 1912. 

Jordan (Harvey Ernest) [1878- ]. A text- 
book of histology, xxviii, 801 pp. 8°. New 
York & London, D. Appleton & Co., 1917. 

The same. 5 p. 1., ix-xxviii, 867 pp. 

8°. New York & London, D. Appleton & 
Co., 1920. 

The same. 5 p. 1., ix-xxviii, 857 pp. 

8°. New York & London, D. Appleton & 
Co. [1924]. 

& Ferguson (Jeremiah Sweetser). The 

same. 4 p. 1^ ix-xxviii, 1 1., 799 pp. 8°. 

New York & London, D. Appleton & Co., 
1916. 

& Kindred (James Ernest). A textbook 

of embryology, xii, 613 pp., 2 pi. roy. 8°- 

New York, London, D. Appleton & Co. 
[1926]. 

Jordan (Henryk) [1842-1907]. 

Bu]ak(W.). [Biography.] Kryt. lek., Warszawa, 1907, 
xi, 103-116,— Gaw (W."). [In memoriam.l Przegl. hyg., 
Lwow, 1907, vi, 137-139.— Jaworski (J.). [In memoriam.J 
Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1907, 2. s., xxvii, 493-600 [port, in 
text]. 

Jordan (Joseph) [1787-1873]. 

Jordan (F. W.). Life of Joseph Jordan. 
8°. London, 1904. 

Jordan (Max) [1864-1909]. 

Arnsperger (H.). [Biography.] Verhandl. d. naturh.- 
med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1910, n. F., x, pp. v-viii. — Marwe- 
del(G.). [Biography.] Miincheu. med. Wchnschr., 1910, 
Ivu, 142. 

Jordan (Richard) . *Ueber Sacraltumoren mit 

fcetalem Inhalt. [Leipzig.] 32 pp., 1 pi. 8°- 

Eisleben, E. Schneider, 1896. 
Jordan (Whitman H.). Dietary studies at the 

Maine State College in 1895. 57 pp. 8°. 

Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1897. 
Forms Bull. No. 37, U. S. Dept. Agric, Off. Exper. Stat. 

, Hart (E. B.) & Patten (A. J.) A study 

of metabolism and physiological effects of 
certain phosphorus compounds with mUch 
cows. 59 pp. 8°. Geneva [n. d.]. 

Forms Technical Bull. No. 1 ol New York Agric. Exper. 
Sta. 

Jordan (William Ross) [1831-1908]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 296. AUo Lan- 
cet, Lond., 1908, i, 202. 

Jordanski (Isaak B.) [1887- ]. *Ein Fall 
von spontaner Luxation des Hiiftgelenkes 
naoh einer Polyarthritis rheumatica acuta. 
33 pp. 8°. Miinchen, R. Miiller & Steinicke, 
1912. 

Jordansky-Kousmine (Claudie). *S6ruman- 
tivenimeux et accidents cardiaques de I'en- 
venimation. 22 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1910. 

Jordemodern. Minadsskrift for barnmorskor. 
[The midwife. A monthly for midwives.] 
V. 16-26, 1903-13. 8°. Stockholm. 

Jordon (Minnie Evangeline) Operative dentis- 
try for children; a text book dealing with the 
prophylactic and curative treatment of the 
teeth of the child [etc.]. xii, 182 pp. 8°. 
Brooklyn, Dental Items of Int. Pub. Co., 
1925. 

Jore D'Arces (Pierre) [1877- ]. ♦Explora- 
tion de I'oesophage i I'aide des rayons X. 61 
pp. 8°. Paris, 1903. ' No. 136. 

Jores (Leonhard) [1866- ]. Wesen und 
Entwicklung der Arteriosklerose auf Grund 
anatomischer und experimenteller Untersu- 



Jores (Leonhard) — continued. 

chungen. 172 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden, 
1903. 

Anatomische Grundlagen wichtiger 

Krankheiten. Fortbildungsvortrage aus dern 
Gebiet der pathologischen Anatomie und all- 
gemeinen Pathologief iir Aerzte und Medizinal- 
praktikanten. xii, 382 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. 
Springer, 1913. 

The same. The commoner diseases; 

their causes and effects. Authorized English 
translation by Wilham H. Woglom. xvi, 424 
pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lip- 
pincott Co. [1916]. 

Jores (Robert) [1885- ]. *Vorubergehender 
Pulsus irregularis perpetuus (absolutus) auf 
Grund einer thyreotoxischen Storung. [Hei- 
delberg.] 10 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Dresden & Leip- 
zig, T. SteinkopfF, 1915. 

Joret (Charles) [1829- ]. Les plantes dans 
I'antiquit^ et au moyen &ge. 1. partie: Les 
plantes dans 1' Orient classique; 2 partie; 1' 
Iran et I'Inde. xv, 657 pp. 8°- Paris, E. 
Bouillon, 1904. 

Joret (Joseph) [1875- ]. *De la pathog^nie 
du c^phal6matome d'aprfis quelques ano- 
malies dans son si6ge et I'^poque de son 
apparition. 89 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902. No. 
191. 

Jorge (Jos6 JVEaria) [1854-1919]. 

Jorge (J. M.). Anteoedentes, titulos y trabajos oientl- 
ficos. Semana mfid., Buenos Aires, 1920, xxvii, 509-511. — 
P.(A.). Obituary. SemanamSd., Buenos Aires, 1919, xxvi, 
pt. 2, 134. 

Jorge (Ricardo). La guerre et la pens^e 
m^dicale. Discours. 2 p. L, 63 pp. 4°- Lis- 
bonne [1914]. 
Text in French and Portuguese. 

Jorgenson (George ElUngton) [1889- ]. 
Veterinary diagnosis and treatment; a series 
of case reports preceded by a brief analysis 
of the symptomatology and diagnostic pro- 
cedures. 5 p. 1., 341 pp. 8°. New York, 
London, D. Appleton & Co., 1925. 

Jorio (Filippo). L'urina nella diagnosi delle 
malattie. Trattato di chimica e microscopia 
cUnica dell' urina. xvi, 216 pp. 16°. Mi- 
lano, U. Hoeph, 1906. 

Joris (Camille) [1873- ]. *Sur quelques 
d6riv4s de la theobromine. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Lyon, A. Storck & Cie., 1902. 
Ecole de pharmacie. 

Joris (Hermann) [1875-1910]. *Circulation 
gi5n6rale, circulation derivative et circula- 
tion fonctionnelle; technique des injections. 
[Bruxelles.] viii, 44 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Anvers, 
Ratinckx frferes, 1903. 

Contribution h, 1' etude de I'hypophyse. 

53 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Bruxelles, Hayez, 1907. 

Forms fasc. vi of M§m. couron. Acad. roy. de m6d. da 
Belg., Briix., 1906-7, xix. 

For biography see Bull. Acad. roy. de mM. de Belg., 
Brux., 1910, 4. s., xxiy, 372-376, port. (Rommelsere). AUo 
Clinique, Brux., 1910, xxiv, 441-443 (V. Cocq). Also J. 
Med. de Brux., 1910, xv, 345 (H. Coppez). 

Joris (Louis). *De la galactophorite trauma- 
tique et de la mastite par metastase py^- 
mique chez les animaux domestiques. [Berne.] 
24 pp. 8°. Lyon, L. Bourgeon, 1903. 

Jorissen (Felix) [1862- ]. *Ueber einen 
primaren, in einer syphilitischen Narbe ent- 
standenen Leberkrebs. 54 pp. 8°. Bonn, 
C. Georgi, 1906. 

Jorissen (W. P.). Het chemisch (thans anor- 
ganisch chemisch) laboratorium der IJniver- 
siteit te Leiden van 1859-1909 en de che- 
mische laboratoria dier Universiteit voor dat 



JORISSEN 



93 



JOSLIN 



Jorissen (W. P.) — continued. 

tijdvak en hen, die er in doceerden. 4. p. 1., 

101 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leiden, A. W. Sijthopp, 

1909. 
Jornal de medicina de Pernambuco. v. 1-6, 

1905-1910. 4°. Pernambuco. 
Jornal da Sociedade das sciencias medicas de 

Lisbon. 2. s., v. 1-76, 1847-1912. 8°. 

[Lisbon.] 
Jorns (Friedrich Karl August) [1879- ]. 

*Beitrage zur Lehre von der Entsteliung und 

Ausscheidung des Acetons. [GottingenJ 62 

pp. 8°. Wurzburg, P. Scheiner, 1903. 
Jorns (Gerald) [1876- ]. *Ueber den Ge- 

burtsverlauf bei Hydrocephalus. 33 pp., 1 1. 

8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1903. 
Joron (L6on). *Contribution k I'^tude des 

suppurations pancreAtiques. 63 pp. 8°. 

Paris, 1903. No. 151. 
Jorrand (Paul). *Contribution k I'^tude de 

la myopathie primitive, progressive, atro- 

phique. 53 pp., 8°. Paris, 1909. No. 121. 

Jorro Azcune (Angel) [1901-1925]. 

Necrologia. Bev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1925, 3. s., xv, 
169. 

Joscht (Ludwig). Vor und nach den FUtter- 
wochen. Ehestandspredigden fiir junge Ehe- 
leute, und die es werden woUen. 32 pp. 12°. 
Pilsen [1905]. 

Josef son (Arnold). Om lungsoten och dess 
bekampanile. Foredrag. 32 pp. 12°. 
Stockholm, A. B. Ljus, 1905. 

Joseph (Alfred) [1882- ]. *Ueber Gastrop- 
tose und ihre Behandlung durch Gastroent- 
erostomie [auif Grund von 15 Fallen]. 35 pp. 
8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1908. 

Joseph (Cari) [1871- ]. *Ein Fall von 
Vergiftung durch Petroleum mit Beriick- 
sichtigung der Wirkung desselben auf den Or- 
ganismus. 30 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, Sell- 
mann & Henne, 1896. 

Joseph (Eugen) [1879- ]. Lehrbuch der 
Hyperamiebehandlung akuter chirurgischer 
Iirfektionen. Theorie und Praxis fur Aerzte 
und Chirurgen. Mit einem Vorwort von 
August Bier. 2 p. 1., 283 pp., 16 pi. 8°. 
Leipzig, W. KUnckhardt, 1911. 

Joseph (Gustav) [1828- ]. Morphologische 
Studien am Kopfskelet des Menschen und 
der Wirbelthiere. 75 pp. 8°. Breslau, W. G, 
Korn, 1873. 

Joseph (Gustav) [1879- ]. *Pathologie der 
Nasenpolypen. Unter Zugrundlegung von 38 
histologisch untersuchten Fallen aus der Sei- 
fert'schen Privatkhnik. 48 pp. 8°. Wiirz- 
burg, A. Borst, 1903. 

Joseph (Hans Ludwig) [1888- ]. *Zur 
Geschichte der allgemeinen Pathologie. 1 p. 
1., 39 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1912. 

Joseph (Heihrich) [1880- ]. *Ueber das 
sogenannte primare Appendixcarcinom. 91 
pp. 8°. Rostock, Adler's Erben, 1911. 

See, also, Biologle des Hensclieii [etc.]. 1°. Berlin, 1910. 

Joseph (Helmuth) [1881- ]. *Neuere An- 
schauungen uber , Aetiologie und Therapie der 
progressiven perniciosen Anamie. 60 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. 

Joseph (Henry). *Recherches cliniques sur le 
glaucome primitif dans ses rapports avec 
Tart^rioscllrose et rimperm^abihtfi r^nale. 
134 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Paris, 1904. No. 320. 

Joseph (Karl Eduard Friedrich) [1882- ]. 
*Zuf Kenntnis der congenitalen Lageanoma- 
lien der Niere. 37 pp. 8°- Giessen, O. 
JCindt, 1910. 



Joseph (Lambert). M^decine pratique k I'u- 
sage des gens du monde. 283 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Liige, D. Cormaux [n. d.]. 

Joseph (Ludwig). Die Retentions-Blutungen. 
Gratulationsschrift. 16 pp. 12°. Berlin, J. 
Sittenfeld, 1870. 

Joseph [dit Orme] (Maurice) [1880- ]. 
♦Contribution k I'^tude de I'incontinence 
d'urine et en particulier dans les lesions 
diffuses de la moelle. 39 pp., 2 1. 8°. Lyon, 
1904. No. 99. 

Joseph (Max) [1860- ]. Ueber Nagel- 
krankheiten. 34 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1902. 
Forms Heft 173 of Berl. Klinik. 

Lehrburh der Haut- und Geschlechts- 

krankheiten fiir Aerzte und Studierende. 2 
v. 5. & 6. ed. xi, 440; xii, 473 pp. 8°. 
Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1907-8. 

Lehrbuch der Haarkrankheiten. 



Fiir 

Aerzte und Studierende. vi, 338 pp. 8°. 
Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1910. 
The same. 2. ed., vi, 162 pp. 8°. Leip- 
zig, J. A. Barth, 1921. 

A short handbook of cosmetics. 



3. ed. 

ix, 87 pp. 16°. London, Rebman, 1910. 
— & van Deventer (J. B.). Dermato- 
histologischer Atlas, viii, 24 1., 24 pi. 4°. 
Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1906. 

The same. Atlas of cutaneous morbid 



histology. X, 48 pp., 24 pi. roy. 8°. Lon- 
don, A. Constable Co., 1906. 
Joseph (Mendel). *L'ion cocaine & I'ion zinc 

en thirapeutique dentaire. 97 pp. 8°. 

Paris, 1908. No. 279. 
Joseph-Lafosse (Pierre) [1892- ]. *Con- 

tribution k I'^tude clinique de I'emphysfime 

pulmonaire. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921. No. 

221. 
Josephson (Aksel G. S.). AvhandUngar ock 

program utgivna vid svenska ock finska 

akademier ock skolor, under &ren 1855-1890. 

Bibhografl. 2 pts. viii, 343 pp. 8°. Up- 

sala, Lundequist [1891-1897]. 
Josephson (C. D.). Larobok i gynekologi. 

Forra afdelningen. 1st part, ix, 426 pp. 

8°. Stockholm, A. Bounier, 1901-2. 
& For s sell (Gosta). Bidrag till rontgen- 

diagnostiken vid njurtuberkulos. 20 pp. 8°. 

Stockholm, 1908. 
In Hygiea Festband, Stockholm, 1908, ii. 

Josephson (E.). Physiologie. 72 pp. 12°- 

Paris, A. Maloine, 1905. 
Josephson (Edouard). *De I'am^lioration du 

logement ouvrier. 94 pp., 1 1. 8°- Paris, 

1907. No. 274 
The same.i 3 p. 1., 96 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, 

G. Jacques, 1907. 
Josephy (Hermann) [1887- ]. *Ueber Rus- 

selbildung bei Zyklopie. [Rostock.] 16 pp., 

1 pi. 8°. Berhn, G. Reimer, 1911. 

Josey (Charies Conant) [1893- ]. *The 
role of instinct in social philosophy. [Colum- 
bia University.] 3 p. 1., 76 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
New York, C. Holt Co., 1921. 

Josias (Albert-Henri) [1852-1906]. 

8iredey(A.). [Biography.] Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. 
h5p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 1381-1387. 

Josipowlci (Simon) [1875- ]. *Die Gren- 
zen der normalen Korpertemperatur des 
Menschen nach oben und unten. 25 pp., 

2 1. 8°. Berhn, F. Weber, 1901. 

Joslin (Elhott Proctor) [1869- ]. The 
treatment of diabetes mellitus. xvi [17]-440 
pp. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea & 
Febiger, 1916. 



JOSLIN 



94 



JOUCK 



Joslin (EUiott Proctor)— continued. 

The same. 2. ed. xvi, 17-559 pp. , 8°- 

Philadelphia & New York, Lea & Febiger, 

1917. 



■ The same. 3. ed. xiii, 17-784 pp. 8°. 

Philadelphia & New York, Lea & Febiger, 
1923. 

The same. A diabetic manual for the 



mutual use of doctor and patient, ix [17]- 
187 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea 
& Febiger, 1918. 

The same. 2. ed. x, 17-191 pp. 8° 

Philadelphia & New York, Lea & Febieer, 
1919. 

The same. 3. ed. viii, 211 pp., front. 

8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea & Fe- 
biger, 1924. 

Diabetic metabolism with high and low 

diets. 334 pp. roy. 8°. Washington, Car- 
negie Inst., 1923. 

Joss (Ernst). *Ueber Eierstockblutungen beiin 
Rinde. [Bern.] 71 pp. 2 pi. 8°- Berhn, 
L. Schumacher, 1917. 

Joss (Fritz). *Messungen uber die Tempera- 
tur inspirierter Aetherdampfe in der Narkose. 
Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Aetherpneu- 
monie. 39pp. 8°. Bern, Stampfli&Cie., 1908. 

Jos sand (Maurice). *Contribution k I'^tude 
du gros rein polykystique de I'adulte. 143 
pp. 8°. Paris, 1902. No. 459. 

Jossand (Reng) [1894^ ]. *Le ph6nom6ne 
du jambier ant^rieur dans la maladie de 
Parkinson et dans le parkinsonisme post- 
enc^phalitique; sa yaleur s6m6iologique; dis- 
cussion pathog^nique. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, 

1924. No. 178. 

Joss§ (Yves-Ernest-Louis-Marie) [1884^ ]. 
Contribution k I'Stude de I'Embeha ribes 
Burmeister. 64 pp. 8°. LiUe, 1912. No. 35. 
Ecole de pharmacie. 

Jossel (Moses Ber). *Der Krebs in der Schweiz 
in den Jahren 1901-1910. 22 pp. 8°. Bern, 
M. Drechsel, 1916. 

Josseran (Paul). *De la contagion dans le 
rhumatisme articulaire aigu. 64 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1905. No. 507. 

Josserand (C.) [1882- ]. *Des applica- 
tions des forceps au d^troit sup&ieur sur les 
presentations du sommet dans les bassins 
r^tr^cis. 114 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908. No. 99. 

Josserand (Philippe). *Contribution S. I'^tude 
physiologique de Tadr^naline (travail du la- 
boratoire de thgrapeutique). 125 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1904. No. 173. 

JossUewsky (Wolf) [1867- ]. *Ueber 
Schwankungen der Pulsfrequenz bei verschie- 
denen Korperlagen und nach korperlichen 
Anstrengungen. 23 pp., 1 1. 8° Berlin, 
Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1905. 

Jossinet (FranQois-Pierre) [1899- ]. *Des 
lympho-m^ningites aigues, b^nignes et cryp- 
tog6n6tiques. 117 pp. 8°. Paris, M. Vigne, 

1925. No. 199. 

Josso (Jean) [1873- ]-. *Etude sur les 
chancres syphihtiques k localisations rares de 
la cavit6 buccale. 90 pp. 8°- Paris, 1902. 
No. 127. 

Jossu (Andre) [1881- ]. *Sur la mortifica- 
tion de la pulpe dentaire d'apparence sponta- 
n^e et ses complications; infection par voie 
intra-dentaire sans carie. 134 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1908. No. 264. 

Jost (Bernhard) [1876- ]. *Zur Therapie 
der puerperalen Infektionen. 35 pp., 2 1. 8°. 
Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903. 



Jost (Johannes). *Beitrag zur Lehre von der 
Blutentwicklung des embryonalen Rindes und 
Schafes. [Basel.] 30 pp., 1 pi. 8°- Bonn, 
1903. 

Also in Arch. I. mikr.Anat., Bonn, 1903, Ixi. 

Jost (Johannes) [1872- ]. *Ueber nervose 
Folgeerscheinungen und Schleimhautveran- 
derungen der LuftwSge bei Inhalationsver- 
giftungen. 47 pp. 8°. Berhn, E. Ebering, 
1918. 

Jost (Ludwig) [1889- ]. *Ueber die Aetio- 
logie des engen Beckens. Ein Versuch. [Frei- 
burg.] 32 pp., 1 map. 8°. BerUn, 1915. 

Jost (Werner) . *Die sympathische Innervation 
der Niere. [Bern.] 65 pp. 8°. Mtinchen, 
R. Oldenbourg, 1914. 

Josten (Wilhelm Hubert Balthasar Maria) 
[1889- ]. *Ueber den Rtickgang der Al- 
kohoUstenaufnahmen bei der Civilbevolke- 
rung seit Ausbruch des Krieges and der Pro- 
vinzial-Heil- und Pflege-Anstalt zu Ander- 
nach. [Bonn.] 23 pp. 8° Neuss a. Rh. 
[1918]. 

Josug (Otto) [1869-1923]. Traits de l'art6rio- 
scl^rose; preface de M. le Professeur Roger. 
404 pp. 8°. Paris, J. B. BaiUifere & fils,, 
1909. 

For biography see Bull, et mfim. Soc. mfid. d. Ii6p. de 
Par., 1923, 3. s., xlvii, 1878-1881 (E. de Massary). 

Joteyko (Mile. J.). Entrainement et fatigue 
au point de vue miUtaire. Avec une preface 
de Charles Richet. xxvii, 100 pp. 12°. 
Bruxelles, Misch. & Thron, 1905. 

La fonction musculaire. 1 p. 1., 420 pp. 



12°. Paris, O. Doin & fils, 1909. 

Jouanin (Louis- Andr6). *pes incisions lapa- 
rotomiques m^dianes. Incision sub-mediane 
de L. Longuet. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
No. 494. 

Jouanne (Georges) [1878- ]. *Contribu- 
tion k V etude de I'origine h^patique des hSmor- 
rhoides. 99 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905. No. 445. 

Jouannot (J.) [1899- ]. *Contribution k 
V etude des angiomes et lymphangiomes de la 
glande sous-maxillaire. 25 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1925. No. 438. 

Jouard (Gabriel) [1770- ]. 

P6rot (F.). [Biography.] Centre m§d. et pharm., 
Gannat, 1902-3, viii, 214r-216. 

Jouaust (Maurice). *Contribution k I'etude 
de Tentero-colite muco-membraneuse; theorie 
reflexe de la production des muco-membranes 
intestinales. 99 pp. 8° Paris, 1904. No. 
146. 

Les traitements des ententes. 96 pp. 12°. 

Paris, J. B. BaiUiere & fils, 1906. 

Joubert (Gustave) [1882- ]. *Des indica- 
tions operatoires au cours de la grossesse 
compliquee de fibrome. 155 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1907. No. 317. 

Joubert (Maurice-Gaston-Paul) [1883- ]. 
*La notion de I'heredite dans les Rougon- 
Maoquart. Contribution k 1' etude de I'ceuvre 
scientifique de Zola. 37 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
1906. No. 14. 

Joubert (Wilfrid-Emest-Auguste) [1878- ]. 
*Plaies cutanees retardees pour cause de 
syphiUs. 68 p. 8°. Lille, 1919. No. 33. 

Joubrel (Femand) [1886- ]. ♦Contribu- 
tion k r etude de la medication specifique des 
plaies par le serum de cheval hyperimmu- 
nise. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913. No. 46. 

Jouck (Theodor) [1879- ]. *Ueber miliare 
Gummigeschwulste der Milz und der Leber. 
40 pp. 8°. Bonn, J. Trapp, 1905. 



JOUEN 



95 



JOURNAL 



Jouen (Charles). *Contribution k l'6tude de 
la syphilis des trompes et des ■ ovaires. 56 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1905. No. 401. 

Jouen (Robert). *De I'appendicocfele d'aprls 
les chirurgiens de I'Sre list6rienne. 163 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1906. 

Jouenne (A.). *Les difF6rentes traitements de 
la sciatique. 85 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. No. 
331. 

Jouenne (Pierre-Th6ophiIe-Eugtee) [1884r- 

]. *Enquete sur I'fitiologie, la pathog6- 

nie et le traitement de la fidvre bilieuse 

h^moglobinurique. 139 pp.' 8°. Paris, 1909. 

- No. 273. 

Jouet (Charles-Emile-Henri) [1884- ]. 
*Traitement des cavit^s osseuses par la m6- 
thode de von Mosetig-Moorhof. 64 pp. 8°. 
Bordeaux, 1908. No. 74. 

Jouet (J.-R.-E.) [1877- ]. *Etude sur les 
sourds-muets. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1917. No. 85. 

Jouffrault (Andr4). *Recherches sur la cir- 
culation art^rielle du nourrisson. 47 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1919. No. 10. 

Jouflray (Antoine-Th^odore-Louis) [1878- 

]. *Nouvelles recherches sur la valeur 

compar^e de quelques m6thodes d' exploration 

de la permeability r^nale dans les nephrites. 

129 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903. No. 175. 

Jouffray (Camille). *Contribution k I'^tude 
de I'association du soufre et du mercure. 65 
pp. 8°- Paris, 1919. No. 21. 

JoufiTray (Paul) [1880- ]. *Pormes cU- 
niques du cancer du gros intestin. (Rectum 
excepts.) 148 pp. 8° Lyon, 1907. No. 
148. 

Jouflret (Eugtoe) [1875- ]. . *Contribution 
k r etude des calculs diverticulaires de la 
vessie. viii, 9-51 pp. 8°. MontpelUer, 
1908. No. 79. 

Jougla (Gaston) [1875- ]. *Contribution k 
r etude chimique, toxicologique et th^rapeu- 
tique des essences. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. 
No. 428. 

Jouglard (Jules) [1877- ]. *De la phiebite 
des membres inferieurs dans I'appendice, du 
membre inferieur gauche en particulier. 61 
pp. 8°. Paris, 1902. No. 496. 

Jouhaud (Leon). *Caract6res biologiques de 
I'enterocoque. 151 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903. 
No. 369. 

Les etapes de la medecine k travers les 

figes. L' esprit de nos contemporaires. L'en- 
seignement actual. Discours. 19 pp. 8°. 
Limoges, Ducourtieux & Gout [1904]. 

Jouin (Albert-Georges-Rene) [1883- ]. 
*Etude de I'etranglement des hernies de la 
trompe de FaUope. 44 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
1910. No. 3. 

Jouisse (Andre) [1891- ]. *Contribution k 
retude cUnique et therapeutique de I'aUyl- 
theobromine. 62 pp., 1 1., 4 pi. 8°. Paris, 
1920. No. 87. 

JouJie (H.). L'^cidite urinaire. Conference 
faite le 19 mars 1901. RecueiUie par Jean 
Nicolaidi. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, O. Doin, 1902. 

Jouon (Frangois) [ -1904] 

B. (M.)- N6orologl6. Arch. prov. de ohir., Par., 1904, 
xiii, 308.— N£raologie. Qaz. m6d. de Par., 1904, 12. s.,iv, 196. 

Jouquan (Adolphe) [1880- ]. *Des fistules 
vesico-uterines. 110 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
No. 212. 

Jourdain (Joseph- Alexandre) [1877- ]. 
♦Contribution k I'^etude et au traitement des 
congestions frustes intermenstrueUes. 51 pp. 
8°, Lyon, 1903. No. 155. 



Jourdain (Michel) [1896- ]. ♦Contribu- 
tion k retude des mesures prises contre le 
trachome. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1924. No. 
139. 

Jourdain (Philip Edward Bertrand) 
[1879-1919]. 

Obituary. Science Progr., Lond., 1919-20, xiv, 448-451, 
port. 

Jourdan (Albert) [1881- ]. *Des hernies 
etrangiees crurales et inguinales k signes 
locaux frustes risquant d'etre meconnues et 
prises pour des occlusions intestinales. 48 
pp. 8*. Lyon, 1911. No. 105. 

Jourdan (Alfred). *Du signe de Kernig en 
dehors des meningites. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1907. No. 445. 

Jourdan (Charles) [1883- ]. *Du traite- 
ment chirurgical des anus contre nature et 
des fistules stercorales. 180 pp. 8°. Mont- 
pellier, 1910. No. 114. 

Jourdan (Charles) [1885- ]. *Du chlorure 
de calcium, son action diuretique et dechloru- 
rante. (Recherches cUniques et experimen- 
tales.) 82 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Lyon, 1910. 

Jourdan (Etienne) [1874- ]. *De I'influ- 
ence du rive sur le deiire (essai de psycho- 
physiologic), vii, 9-124 pp. 8° Montpel- 
her, 1901. No. 20. 

Jourdan (Gustave). Legislation des loge- 
ments insalubres. Nouvelle ed. viii, 492 pp. 
8°. Paris, Berger-Levrault & Cie, 1904. 

Jourdan (Maurice). *Le diagnostic des lesions 
renales par la separation intravesicale des 
urines avec I'appareil des Luys (18 observa- 
tions inedites). 63 pp. 8°. Montpelher, 
1907. No. 55. 

Jourdan (Pierre) [1899- ]. *La voie orbi- 
taire dans le traitement des polysinusites et 
de leurs complications. 63 pp. 8°- Paris, 
1926. No. 70. 

Jourdan (Sophie) [1875- ]. *Erfahrungen 
tiber den transperitonealen Weg bei Opera- 
tionen an der Wirbelsaule. [Rostock.] 23 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Ttibingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1912. 

Jourdaune (Henri) [1875- ]. *Des nev- 
ralgies d'origine paludeenne. 83 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1902. No. 552. 

Jourde (Antoine). *Etude de quelques moisis- 
sures thermophiles. (Aspergillus Micheli, 
Sterigmatocystis Cramer, PoBcilomyces Bai- 
nier.) [Paris.] Ill pp., 2 pi. 8°. Lons-Le- 
Saunier, 1908. No. 1. 
Ecole de pharmacie. 

Jourdin (Gustave). *Necessite de soigner les 
convalescents indigents qui sortent des h6pi- 
taux. Que fait-on-pour eux? Que doit-on 
faire? [Paris.] 87 pp. 8°. Angers, 1908. 
No. 111. 

Jourdrain (Yves) [1881- ]. ♦Complica- 
tions pulmonaires directes du cancer de 
I'cesophage. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. No. 67. 

Jourdran (Maurice-Louis-Marie) [1890- ]. 
♦Crises nerveuses chez les blesses de guerre, 
crfinio-cerebraux (epilepsie generalisee, hyste- 
ric, hystero-epilepsie. 93 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 
1917. No. 12. 

Journal (The). PubUshed quarterly by the 
Alumni Association of the Cincinnati College 
of Pharmacy of Cincinnati, Ohio. v. 1-5, 
1894-95 to 1898-99. 8°. Cincinnati. 

Journal (The) of Abnormal Psychology, v. 
1-16, 1906-1921. 8°. Boston. 

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia. 2. s., v. 10-16, 1894^1918. 
fol. Philadelphia. 



JOURNAL 



96 



JOUENAL 



Journal d'accouchements et revue de m^decine 

et de chirurgie pratiques, v. 1-35, 1880-1914. 

4°. Li^ge. 
Journal (The) of Advanced Therapeutics, v. 

20-33^ 1902-15. 8°. New York. 
Continued as American Journal of Electrotherapeutics 

and Radiology. 

Journal of Agricultural Research. Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. v. 
1-33, 1913-1926. 8°. Washington. 

Journal (The) of the Allied Dental Societies. 
V. 10-13, 1915-1918. 8°. New York. 

Journal (The) of the Alumni Association of the 
College of Physicians and Surgeons, Balti- 
more. V. 1-18, 1898-1915. 8°. Baltimore. 

Journal of the American Association for 
Medico-Physical Research; a journal of Ad- 
vanced medicine and physiotherapy. [Semi- 
monthly.] V. 1-2, 1923-1926, 8°. Lewis- 
town, Pa. 
Continued as Scientific Therapy and Practical Research. 

Journal of the American Association for Pro- 
moting Hygiene and Pubhc Batlis. v. 1-7, 
1918-1925. 8°. New York. 

Journal of the American Chemical Society. 
V. 1-48, 1879-1926. 8°. New York; Easton, 
Pa. 

Journal (The) American Dental Association. 
V. 9-13, 1922-1926. 8°. Huntington, Ind. 

Continuation ol Journal of the Nationar Dental Associ- 
ation. 

Journal of American Folk-Lore. [Monthly.] 
Editor: Franz Boas. Pub. by: American 
Folk-Lore Society, v. 30-38, 1917-1925. 8°. 
Lancaster & New York. 

Journal of the American Institute of Criminal 
Law and Criminology, v. 1-17, 1910-1926. 
8°. Chicago. 

Journal of the American Institute of Homoeop- 
athy. V. 1-19, 1909-1926. 8°. New York. 

Journal (The) of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation. V. 1-88, 1883-1927. 4°. Chicago. 

Journal (The) of the American Medical Edi- 
tors' Association. [Irregular.] v. 1-3, 1913- 
1916: V. 5, 1925. 4°. New York. 

Journal of the American Osteopathic Associa- 
tion. V. 1-26, 1900-1902 to 1926-7. 8°- 
Auburn, N. Y.; New York. 

Journal (The) of the American Pharmaceutical 
Association, v. 1-15, 1912-1926. 8°. Co- 
lumbus, Ohio. 

Journal of the American Public Health Asso- 
ciation. V. 1, 1911. 8°. Urbana, 111. 

Continuation of American Journal of Public Hygiene. 
Continued as American Journal of Public Health. 

Journal (The) of the American Society of 
Heating and Ventilating Engineers. [Quar- 
terly.] V. 23-32, 1917-1926. 8°. New York. 

Journal of the American Society of Psychical 
Research. Section "B" of the American In- 
stitute of Scientific Research, v. 1-6, 1907- 
1912. 8° New York. 

Journal of the American Veterinary Medical 
Association, v. 49-70, 1916-1927. 8°- New 
York. 
Continuation of American Veterinary Review. 

Journal of the AmeHcan Water Works Asso- 
ciation. V. 6, 1919. 8°. Baltimore. 

Journal de I'anatomie et de la physiologie nor- 
males et pathologiques de I'homme et desani- 
maux. V. 1-50, 1864-1914. 8° Paris. 

Journal of Anatomy (originally The Journal 
of Anatomy and Physiology). Conducted on 
behalf of the Anatomical Society of Great 
Britain and Ireland, by Thomas H. Bryce, 
Edward Fawcett, J. P. HiU, G. Elliot Smith, 



Journal of Anatomy — continued. 

Arthur Keith, v. 51-61, 1917-1927. 4°. 
London. 

Journal (The) of Anatomy and Physiology. 
V. 1-50, 1866-1916. 8°. London; Cam- 
bridge. 

Journal (The) of Animal Behavior. [Bi- 
monthly.] V. 1-7, 1911-1917. 8°. Albany, 
N. Y. 

Journal of the Anthropological Institute of 
Great Britain and Ireland, v. 1-36, 1871- 
1906. roy. 8°. London. 

Continued as Journal of the Royal Anthropological 
Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. 

Journal (The) of the Anthropological Society 
of Bombay. v. 1-12, 1886-1922. 8°. 
Bombay. 

Journal of Applied Microscopy, v. 1-6, 1898- 
1903. 8°. Rochester, N. Y. 

Journal (The) of Applied Psychology. Editors: 
G. Stanley Hall, John Wallace Baird, & L. R. 
Geissler. v. 1-10, 1917-1926. 8°. Worces- 
ter, Mass. 

Journal of the Arkansas Medical Society, v. 
3-7, 1892-1897; v. 8-23, 1911-12 to 1926-27. 
8°. Little Rock. 

Journal (The) of the Association of Military 
Dental Surgeons of the United States. Pub- 
lished quarterly. John D. Millikin, editor, 
v. 1-3, 1917-1919. 8°. San Francisco. 

Journal of the Association of Military Sur- 
geons of the United States, v. 10-19, 1901- 
1906. 8°. Cariisle, Pa. 

Continuation of Proceedings of the Association of Mili- 
tary Surgeons of the United States. Continued as Military 
Surgeon. 

Journal (The) of Ayurveda, v. 1-3, 1924^ 
1927. 8°. Calcutta. 

Journal of Bacteriology. Official organ of the 
Society of American Bacteriologists, v. 1-12, 
1916-1926. 8°. Baltimore. 

Journal of Balneology and Climatology. Be- 
ing the journal of the British Balneological 
and Climatological Society, v. 1-13, 1897- 
1909. 8°. London. 

Journal beige d'homoeopathie. Organe des 
dispensaires homoeopathiques du pays et du 
Cercle homoeopathique des Flandres. v. 1-9, 
1894-1902. 8°. BruxeUes. 

Journal of Biochemistry, v. 1-6, 1922-1926. 
8°. Tokyo. 

Journal of Biological Chemistry, v. 1-70, 
1905-1926. 8°. New York. 

Journal of Bone and Joint Surgerj^; the official 
publication of the American Orthopaedic As- 
sociation and of the British Orthopaedic 
Association. [Quarterly.] v. 4-8, 1922-1926. 
8°. Boston. 

Journal (The) of the California State Dental 
Association. San Francisco. Published 
monthly under the auspices of the California 
State Dental Association. v. 2-5, 1917- 
1920. 8°. San Francisco. 

Journal of the Camden County Medical Soci- 
ety. V. 1-11,1907-1918. 8°. Camden, N.J. 

Journal des campagnes du Baron Percy, chi- 
rurgien en chef de la grande arm^e, public 
d'aprfes les manuscrits in6dits avec une intro- 
duction par Emile Longing. Ixxv, 537 pp., 
port., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, Plon-Nourrit & Cie., 
1904. 

Journal of Cancer; under the auspices of the 
Cancer Research Fund (Ireland). [Quar- 
terly.] V. 1-3, 1924^1926. 8°. Dublin. 

Journal of Cancer Research, v. 1-10, 1916- 
1926. 8°. Baltimore & Cambridge. 



JOURNAL 



97 



JOURNAL 



Journal of the Ceylon Branch of the British 

Medical Association, v. 1-23, 1904-1926. 

8°. Colombo. 
Journal of the Chemical Society of London. 

V. 16-84, 1862-1903. 8°. London. 
Journal de chimie physique, public par Phi- 

lippe-A. Guye. v. 8-23, 1910-1926. 8'?. 

Geneve & Paris. 
Journal de chirurgie, seconde ann^e. Tome 

quatrifeme. 336 pp. 8°. Paris, 1792. 
Bound with Sue (P.). Apercu gto^ral, appuy6 de quel- 

ques faits sur I'origine et le ?uiet de la mfidecine legale. 8°. 

Paris, an VIII [1800]. 

Journal de chirurgie. Revue critique pubU^e 
tous les mois. v. 1-28, 1908-1926. 8°. 
Paris. 

Journal de chirurgie et annales de la Societ»6 
beige de chirurgie. v. 1-13, 1901-1913. 8°. 
Bruxelles. 
Continuation of Annales de la Soci6t6 beige de chiruigle. 

Journal of Clinical Investigation; edited for 
the American Society for Clinical Investiga- 
tion. V. 1-3, 1924-5 to 1926-7. 8°. Balti- 
more. 

Journal de Clinique m^dicale et chirurgicale. 
V. 1, 1906. fol. Paris. 

Journal of Comparative Medicine and Veteri- 
nary Archives. V. 11-24, 1890-1903. Phila- 
delphia; New York. 

Journal of Comparative Neurology, v. 1-42, 
1891-1926. 8°. Cincinnati [etcj. 

Journal of Comparative Pathology and Thera- 
peutics. V. 1-39, 1888-1926. 8°. Edin- 
burgh & London. 

Journal of Comparative Psychology, v. 1-6, 
1921-1926. 8°. Baltimore. 

Journal of the Congress and Exhibition of the 
Sanitarv Institute of Great Britain held at 
Leamington, 1877. v. 1, 1877. 8°. London. 

Journal of Cutaneous Diseases, including 
Syphihs. v. 21-37, 1903-1919. 8°. New 
York. 

Continuation of Journal of Cutaneous and Oenito- 
Urinary Diseases. Continued as Archives of Dermatology 
and Syphilology, Chicago. 

Journal of the Delaware State Medical So- 
ciety, v. 1, 1909-10. 8°. Wilmington. 
Continued as Delaware State Medical Journal. 

Journal of Dehnquency; devoted to the scien- 
tific study of problems related to social con- 
duct, v. 5-10, 1920-1925. 8°. Whittier, 
Calif. 

Journal of Dental Research. [Quarterly.] 
V. 1-6, 1919-1926. 8°. Baltimore. 

Journal of the Department of Agriculture. 
[Monthly.] v. 6-12, 1923-1926. 8°- Preto- 
ria, S. Africa. 

Journal of Economic Entomology, v. 1-19, 
1908-1926. 8° Concord, N. H. 

Journal of Educational Psychology, including 
experimental pedagogy, child psychology and 
hygiene, and educational statistics, v. 1-17, 
1910-1926. 8°. Baltimore. 

Journal of the EUsha Mitchell Scientific So- 
cietv. V. 1-42, 1883-1926. 8° Raleigh & 
Chapel Hill, N. C. 

Journal of Experimental Medicine, v. 1-45, 
1896-1927. 8°- New York. 

Journal of Experimental Psychology, v. 1-9, 
1916-1926. 8°. Lancaster, Pa., & Prince- 
ton, N. J. 

Journal (The) of Experimental Therapeutics. 
S. Nukada, editor, v. 1, 1923. 8°. Tokio. 

Journal of Experimental Zoology, v. 1-46, 
1904^1926. 8°. Baltimore; Philadelphia. 

19850°— Vol. VII, 3d series— 27 



Journal of Eye, Ear and Throat Diseases, 
published quarterly by the surgical staff of 
the Presbyterian Eye, Ear and Throat Charjty 
Hospital. V. 1-10, 1896-1906. 8°. Balti- 
more, Md. 

Journal of the Faculty of Science, Imperial 
University of Tokyo. [Sees.: Mathematics, 
Astronomy, Physics, Chemistry, Geology, 
Mineralogy, Geography, Seismology, Botany, 
Zoology, Anthropology.] v. 1, 1925^26. 8°. 
Tokyo. 

Continuation of Journal of the College of Sciences, 
Tokyo. 

Journal of the Florida Medical Association. 
Published by the Florida Medical Associa- 
tion. V. 1-13, 1914-1927. 8°. Jacksonville, 
Fla. 

Journal of the Franklin Institute of the State 
of Pennsylvania, v. 131-202, 1916-1926. 
8°. Philadelphia. 

Journal of General Physiology, v. 1-10, 1918- 
1926. 8°. Baltimore. 

Journal of Genetics. [Eng.] v. 1-14, 1910- 
1924. 8°. Cambridge. 

Journal (The) of Health. 268 pp. v. 3, Nos. 
1-16, 1831-32. 8°. Philadelphia. [P., v. 
2106.] 

Journal (The) of Heredity. A monthly publi- 
cation devoted to plant breeding, animal 
breeding and eugenics. Organ of the Ameri- 
can Genetic Association, v. 6-17, 1914^ 
1926. 8°. Washington, D. C. 

Journal of Homeopathics. v. 1-7, 1897-8 to 
1903-4. 8°. Philadelphia. 

Journal of Hygiene, v. 1-25, 1901-1926. 8°. 
Cambridge. 

Journal d'hygitoe. v. 1-40, 1875-1914. 4°. 
Paris. 

Journal of Immunology. Official organ of the 
Society for Serology and Haematology, and 
the American Association of Immunologists. 
V. 1-12, 1916-1926. 8°. Baltimore & Cam- 
bridge [Eng.]. 

Journal of the Indiana State Medical Associa- 
tion. V. 1-19, 1908-1926. roy." 8° Fort 
Wayne, Ind. 

Continuation of Fort Wayne Medical Journal-Maga- 
zine. 

Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chem- 
istry. V. 3-14, 1911-1922. 4°. Easton, Pa. 

Journal of Industrial Hygiene. [Monthly.] 
V. 1-9, 1919-1927. 8°. New York & Boston. 

Journal of Inebriety, v. 29-35, 1907-1913. 
8°. Boston. 
Continued as Quarterly Journal of Inebriety. 

Journal of Infectious Diseases, v. 1-39, 1904r-, 
1926. 8°. Chicago. 

Journal of the Institute of Actuaries, v. 14- 
67, 1867-1926. 8°- London. 

Journal of Intravenous Therapy; devoted to 
pharmacology and therapeutics of intrave- 
nous medication, v. 1-6, 1922-1926. 8°. 
New York. 

Journal of the Iowa State Medical Society. 
V. 1-16, 1911-1926. 8°. .Clinton. 

Journal of the Irish Medical Association, v. 
1-14, 1901-1914. 8°. Dubhn. 
Merged in Medical Press and Circular. 

Journal of the Kansas Medical Society, v. 4r- 
26, 1904-1926. 8°. Lawrence. 

Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine. 
V. 1-12, 1915-16 -to 1926-27. 8°. St. Louis. 

Journal of Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otol- 
ogy. V. 1-41, 1887-1926. 8°. London. 



JOURNAL 



98 



JOURNAL 



Journal of the Maine Medical Association. 

V. 6-17, 1915-16 to 1926. 8°. Portland. 
Journal de la maladie et de la mort d'Honor^- 

Gabriel-Victor-Riquetti Mirabeau. See Ca- 

banis [Pierre-Jean-Georges]. 
Journal des maladies cutan^es et syphilitiques. 

V. 1-20, 1889-1909. 8°. Paris. 
Journal of the Malay Branch of the British 

Medical Association, n. s., Nos. 1-2, 1904-5. 

8°. Singapore. 
Journal of Mammalogy. [Quarterly.] v. 1-7, 

1919-1926. 8°. Baltimore. 
Journal of the Manchester Geographical So- 
ciety. V. 22, 1906. 8°. Manchester. 
Journal of the Marine Biological Association 

of the United Kingdom, n. s., v. 1-14, 1889- 

1926. 8°. Plymouth. 
Journal of the Massachusetts Association of 

Boards of Health, v. 1-14, 189H904. ,8°- 

Boston. 
Continued as American Journal of Public Hygiene. 

Journal de m^decine de Bordeaux.- v, 8-98, 

1878-1926. 4°. Bordeaux. 
Journal de m^decine et de chirurgie pratiques 

V. 1-97, 1830-1926. 8°. Paris. 
Journal de mSdecine interne, v. 1-18, 1897- 

1914. fol. Paris. 
Journal de m^decine legale psychiatrique et 

d'anthropologie criminelle. v. 1, 1906. 8°. 

Paris. 
Journal (Le) de m^decine de Lyon. [Bi- 
monthly.] P. Malot, administrateur. v. 6- 

7, 1924-1926. 4°. Lyon. 
Journal de m^decine de Paris. 31 v, 1889- 

1926. 8° & fol. Paris. 
Journal de mSdecine v6t6rinaire et de zootech- 

nie. V. 27-65, 1876-1914. 8°. Lyon. 
Journal of the Medical Association of Georgia 

V. 1-15, 1911-1926. 8°. Augusta. 
Journal medical de Bruxelles. v. 8-19, 1903- 

1914. 4°. Bruxelles. 
Journal midical francais. v. 1-15, 1907- 

1926. 4°. Paris. 
Journal of Medical Research, v. 6-44, 1901- 

1924. 8°. Boston. 
Continuation of Journal of the Boston Society of Medical 

Sciences. Continued as American Journal of Patliology. 
Journal of the Medical Sciences, v. 13-16, 

1893-1896. 8°. Fort Wayne, Ind. 
Continued as Fort Wayne Medical Journal-Magazine. 
Journal of the Medical Society of New Jersey. 

[Monthly.] v. 1-23, 1904-1926. 8°. Newark. 

Journal of Medicine, v. 7, 1926-27. 8°. 

Cincinnati. 
Continuation of Cincinnati Journal of Medicine. 

Journal of Medicine and Science, v. 1-12, 
1894-5 to 1905-6. 8°. Portland, Me. 

Journal of the Medico-Chirurgical College, v 
1-5, 1900-1905. 8°. Philadelphia. 
Continued as Medlco-Chirurgical Journal. 

Journal of Mental Pathology, v. 1-8, 1901- 
1907. 8°. New York. 

Journal of Mental Science, v. 4-72, 1857- 
1926. 8°. London. 

Journal of Metabolic Research, v. 1-6, 192^- 
1924. 8°. Morristown, N. J. 

Journal of the Michigan State Medical So- 
ciety. V. 1-26, 1902-1927. 8°. Detroit. 

Journal of the" Military Service Institution ot 
the United States, v. 1-61, 187^1917. 8°. 
Governor's Island, N. Y. H. ,^ ,. , , 

Journal of the Minnesota State Medical Asso- 
ciation, and The Northwestern Lancet, v. 
25-31,1905-1911. 8°. Minneapolis. 

Continuation of Northwestern Lancet. Continued as 
Journal Lancet. 



Journal of the Mississippi State Medical Asso- 
ciation. V. 9-10, 1904-5. 8°. Biloxi, 

Continuation of Medical Record of Mississippi, v. 
4-8, under title Mississippi Medical Record. 

Journal Missouri State Medical. Association. 
V. 2-24, 1905-6 to 1927. 8°. St. Louis. 

Journal of Morphology, v. 1-43, 1887-1926. 
8°. Boston; Lancaster; Philadelphia. 

Journal of Mycology; devoted especially to the 
study of fungi in their relation to plant dis- 
eases. V. 1-14, 1885-1908. 8° Washington. 

Journal (The) of the National Association of 
Retail Druggists. (Formerly N. A. R- p. 
Notes.) Devoted to the interests of the 
Retail Druggist. Hugh Craig, editor, and 
Otto E. Bruder, assistant editor. [Weekly.] 
V. 18-20, 1914-15. 8°. Chicago. 

Journal of the National Dental Association 
V. 2-9, 1915-1922. 8°. Huntington, Ind. 

Continued as Journal of the American Dental Associa- 
tion. 

Journal of the National Medical Association 
V. 1-18, 1909-1926. 8°. Tuskegee, Ala. 

Journal (The) of Negro History. [Quarterly.] 
V. 1-10, 1916-1925. .8°. Lancaster, Pa., and 
Washington, D. C. 

Journal' of Nervous and Mental Diseases 
V. 1-64,' 1876-1926. 8°. New York. 

Journal de neurologie. v. 4-16, 1899-1911. 
8°. Bruxelles. 
Continuation of Journal de neurologie et d'hypnologie. 

Journal of Neurology and Psychopathology. 
[Quarterly.] v. 1-7, 1920-1926. 8°. Bristol. 

Journal of the New England Water Works' 
Association, v. 1-40, 1886-1926. 8°. Bos- 
ton. 

Journal of the New Mexico Medical Society. 
V. 3-4, 1907-8 to 1908-9. 8°. Albuquerque, 
N. Mex. 
Continued as New Mexico Medical Journal. 

Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology of the 
British Empire, v. 1-32, 1902-1925. 8°. 
London. 

Journal of the Oklahoma State Medical Asso- 
ciation. V. 1-19, 1908-1926. 8°. Guthrie. 

Journal of Ophthalmology and Oto-Laryngol- 
ogy. V. 1-11, 1907-1917, 8°. Chicago. 

Jourdal of Ophthalmology, Otology and Laryn- 
gology. V. 1-30, 1889-1926. 8°. New York; 
Lancaster, Pa. [Suspended 1904-1910.] 

Journal' of the Optical Society of America; de- 
voted to theoretical, experimental and ap- 
pUed optics, v. 1-13, 1917-1926. 8°. Roch- 
ester, N. Y.; MenasKa, Wis. 

Journal of Oralogy; disease prevention through 
medical and dental cooperation, v. 1, Nos. 
1-2, 1922. 8°. New York. 

Journal of Organotherapy; a record of progress 
in the study of the internal secretions and 
metabolism, v. 5-10, 1921-1926. 8°. New 
York. 

Journal of Qriental Medicine, v. 2-4, 1924- 
1926. 8°. Shimmeicho, S. Manchuria. 

Journal of Orthopaedic Surgery. The oflBcial 
publication of, the American Orthopaedic As- 
sociation and of the British Orthopaedic As- 
sociation. [Monthly.] v. 1-3, 1919-1921. 
8°. Boston.* ' 
Continued as Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery. 

Journal of Outdoor Life. v. 2-23, 1905-1926. 

8°. Trudeau; New York. 
Journal of Parasitology; a quarterly devoted 

to medical zoology, v. 1-13, 1914^1926. 8°. 

Urbana, 111. 
Journal of Pathology and Bacteriology, v. 

1-29, 1892-1926. 8°. Edinburgh; London. 



JOURNAL 



99 



JOURNAL 



Journal of the Peking Oriental Society, v. 3, 
1895. 8°. Tsientsin. 

Journal of Personnel Research; official publi- 
cation of Personnel Research Federation, v. 
1-5, 1922-1926. 8°. Baltimore. 

Journal de pharmacie et de chimie. 6. s., v. 
1-30, 1895-1909; 7. s., v. 1-29, 1910-1924; 
8. s., V. 1-4, 1925-26. 8°. Paris. 

Journal der Pharmacie von Elsass-Lothringen. 
V. 14^42, 1887-1914. 8°. Strassburg. 

Journal of Pharmacologv and Experimental 
Therapeutics, v. 1-30, 1909-1926. 8°. Bal- 
timore. 

Journal of the PhiUppine Islands Medical As- 
sociation. [Bimonthly.] v. 1-6, 1921-1926. 
8°. Manila. 

Journal of Philosophy, v. 18-23, 1921-1926. 
8°. Lancaster, Pa., and New York. 

Continuation of Journal ol Philosophy, Psychology and 
Scientific Methods. 

Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Sci- 
entific Methods, v. 1-17, 1904-1920. 8°. 
[Lancaster, Pa.] 
Continued as Journal of Philosophy. 

Journal of Physical Chemistry. Published at 
CorneU University, v. 1-31, 1896-7 to 1927. 
roy. 8°. Ithaca, N.Y. 

Journal of Physical Therapy, v. 1-2, 1905-6 
to 1906-7. 8°. Chicago. 

Journal de physiologic et de pathologie g6n6- 
rale. v. 1-24, 1899-1926. 8°. Paris. 

Continuation of Archives de physiologie normale et 
pathologique. 

Journal of Physiology, v. 1-61, 1878-1926. 

8°. London; Cambridge. 
Journal de physiotherapie. Revue mensuelle 

des applications des agents physiques k la 

th^rapeutique. v. 1-12, 1903-1914. 8°. 

Paris. 
Journal (Le) de physique et le radium. 6. s., 

V. 1-7, 1920-1926. rey. 8°. Paris. 
Journal of Practical- Dietetics and Bacterio- 

TherapeuticB. v. 1-3, 1909-1911. 8°. Lon- 
don. 
Journal of Preventive Medicine. , The official 

organ of the Royal Institute of Public Health. 

V. 13-14, 1905-6, 8°. London. 
Continued as Journal of the Royal Institute of Public 

Health. 

Journal of Preventive Medicine; published by 
the John MoCormick Institute for Infectious 
Diseases. [Bi-monthly.] v. 1, 1926. 8°. 
Baltimore. 

Journal of Preventive Medicine and Sociology. 
[Monthly.] v. 14-17, 1913-14. 8°. To- 
ronto, Canada. 
Merged in Hospital World. 

Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society 
of New South Wales, v. . 10-58, 1876-1924. 
8°. Sydney. 

Journal of Psycho-Asthenics. Devoted to the 
care', training, and treatment of the feeble- 
minded and of the epileptic, v. 1-22, 1896- 
1917. 12°. Faribault, Minn. 

Journal fur Psychologie und Neurologic (zu- 
gleich Zeitschrift fiir Hypnotismus, Band XI) 
V. 1-34, 1902-1926. 8°. Leipzig. 

Journal de psychologie, de neurologie et de 
medecine mentale. v. 1-4, 1922-1924. 8°. 
Moskow. 

Journal de psychologie normale et patholo- 
gique. V. 1-23, 1904-1926. 8°. Paris. 

Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club; 
2. s., V. 1-14, 1882-1921. 8°. London. 

Journal de radiologie et d'61ectrologie, revue 
m^dicale mensuelle. v. 1-10, 1914^15 to 
1926. 4°. Paris. 



Journal of Radiology; published by the Radio- 
logical Society of North America, v. 1-6, 
1920-1925. 8°. Iowa City. 

Continued as Archives of Physical Therapy, X-ray, 
Radium. 

Journal of the Roentgen Society, v. 1-19, 
1909-1923. roy. 8°. London. 

Continued as British Journal of Radiology (Roentgen 
Society Section). 

Journal of Roentgenology; published quarterly 
by the Western Roentgen Society, v. 2, 1919. 
8°. Iowa City. 
Merged in Journal of Radiology. 
Journal of the Royal Anthropological Insti- 
tute of Great Britain and Ireland, v. 37-49, 
1907-1919. roy. 8°. London. 

Continuation of Journal of the Anthropological Insti- 
tute of Oreat Britain and Ireland. 

Journal of the Royal Army Medical Corps. 

V. 1-47, 1903-1926. roy, 8°. London. 
Journal (The) of the Royal Asiatic Society of 

Great Britain and Ireland, with which are 

incorporated the Proceedings of the Society 

of Biblical Archaeology. No. 4, 1919. 8°. 

London. 
Journal of the Royal Institute of PubUc 

Health. A journal of preventive medicine. 

V. 16-19, 1907-1911. 8°. London. 
Continuation of Journal of Preventive Medicine 

Continued as Journal of State Medicine. 

Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society; 

containing its transactions and proceedings, 

with other microscopical information, v. 

1-46, 1881-1926. 8°. London. 
Journal of the Royal Naval Medical Service. 

V. 1-12, 1915-1926. 8°. London. 
Journal of the Royal Sanitary Institute, v. 

25-47j 1904^1926. 8°. London. 
Continuation of Journal of the Sanitary Institute, 

London. 

Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, v. 
50-89, 1887-1926. 8°. London. 

Journal of the Royal United Service Institu- 
tion, Whitehall, v. 1-50, 1857-1915. 8°. 
London. 

Journal des sages-femmes. v. 1-42, 1873-1914. 
8°. Paris. 

Journal of the Sanitary Institute, v. 15-24, 
1894^1903. 8°. London. 

Continued as Journal of Royal Sanitary Institute, 
London. 

Journal de la sant6. "Sant6 publique" et 
"Mddecine illustr^e" r§unis. v. 6-24, 1889- 
1907. 8°. Paris. 

Journal de la sant6 intime. iv, 1906. 8°. 
Paris. 
Supplement to Journal de la SantS. 

Journal des sciences m^dicales de Lille, v. 
1-36, 1878-1913. 8°. , Lille. 

Journal of Sexology and Psyc hanalysis. [Bi- 
monthly.] V. 1-2, 1923-24. 8°. New York. 
Continuation of American Journal of Urology and 
Sexology and Psyche Eros. 

Journal of Social llygiene. [Quarterly.] v. 
8-12, 1922-1926. 8°. New York. 
Continuation of Social Hygiene, Baltimore. 

Journal de la Soci6t6 centre I'abus du tabac. 
V. 1-22, 1877-1898. 8°. Paris. 
Title of V. 1 is Bulletin [etc.]. 

Journal de la soci6t6 nationale d'horticulture 

de Prance. [Monthly.] 4. s., v. 26. 1925. 

8°. Paris. 
Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry. 

V. 24-37, 1905-1918. roy. 8°. London. 
Journal of the Society of Sanitary and Moral 

Prophylaxis, v. 6-6, 1914^16. 8°. Lyons, 

N. Y. 
Continuation of Social Diseases. 



JOURNAL 



100 



JOUSSEAUME 



Journal of Sociologic Medicine. [Bi-monthly.l 
V. 17-20, 1916-1919. 8°. Easton, Pa. 

Continuation of Bulletin of the American Academy ot 
Medicine. 

Journal of the South Carolina Medical Asso- 
ciation. V. 1-22, 1905-1926. 8°. Green- 
ville, S. C. 

Journal of the Southern Medical Association. 
V. 1, 1909. 8°. Shreveport, La. 
Continuation of Medical Eecorder. 

Journal of the Southern States, devoted to 
preventive medicine and therapeutics, v. 1 
1911. 8°. Mobile, Ala. 

Journal and Souvenir Program of the American 
Association of Progressive Medicine (non- 
sectarian). Fourth Annual Convention. 
8°. Chicago, 1915. 

Journal of State Medicine. The official jour- 
nal of the Royal Institute of PubUc Health, 
v. 1-13, 1892-1905; v. 20-34, 1912-1926. 8°. 
London. 
Title varies. 

Journal of Surgery, Gynecology and Obstet- 
rics. V. 27-32, 1905-1910. 8°. New York. 
Continuation of Homoeopathic Journal of Obstetrics, 
New York. 

Journal of the Tennessee State Medical Asso- 
ciation. V. 1-19, 1908-1926. 8°. NaslviUe, 
Tenn. 

Journal of Therapeutics and Dietetics, v. 1-8 
1906-1914. 8°. Boston. 

Journal of Tropical Medicine, v. 1-29, 1898- 
1926. 4°. London. 
In 1907, "and Hygiene" added to title. 

Journal of Tropical Veterinary Science, v. 

1-7, 1906-1912. 8°. Calcutta. 
Journal of the United Service Institution of 

India. Published under the authority of the 

Council. [Quarterly.] [Irregular.] v. 45, 
. 1916; V. 48-53, 1919-1923. 8°. Simla. 
Journal of the University of Sydney Medical 

Society, n. s.. No. 1, 1908. 8°. Sydney. 
Journal d'urologie m^dicale et chirurgicale. 

V. 1-22, 1912-1926. 8°. Paris. 
Continuation of Annates des maladies des organes 

g§nito-urinaires. 

Journal (The) of Urology, Experimental, Med- 
ical, Surgical. Editor: Hugh Hampton 
Young. [Bi-monthly.] v. 1-16, 1917-1926. 
8°. Baltimore. 

Journal of Vaccine Therapy, v. 1-2, 1912-13. 
8°. London. 

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sci- 
ence. V. 1-17, 1911-1927. 8°. Baltiinore. 

Journal -Lancet (The), v. 32-47, 1912-1927. 
roy. 8°. Minneapolis. 

Continuation of Journal of the Minnesota State Med- 
ical Association. 

Journalism. 

Thomas (W. I.) . The psychology of the 
yellow iournal. 8°. New York, 1908. 

Cutting from Am. Mag., N. Y., 1908, Ixv, 491-496. 

Hopwood (E. 0.). The opportunity of the press as a 
moral educator. Soc. Hyg., Bait.,. 1916, ii, 21-36.— Lloyd 
(A H.). Newspaper conscience; a study in half-truths. 
Am. J. Sociol., Chicago, 1921-22, xxvii, 197-210.— Mas^a- 
longo (R.). Igiene del giornalismo. Atti d. xii. Cong, 
interprov. san. d. alta Italia, Venezia, 1904, 29-37.— Sewill 
(H.). The ethics of journalism. Med. Press, Lond., 1918, 
n. s., cvi, 156. 

.Journalism (IVIedical). 

Lion (Madeleine). *Origines du journa- 
lisme medical. 8°. Paris, 1925. 

Mbllish (Mrs. Maud H.). The writing 
of medical papers. 12°. Philadelphia & 
Xondon, 1922. 



Journalism (Medical) — continued. 

Allen. (W. C). Medical journalism. N. York M. J. 
[etc.], 1920, cxi, 660.— Aycrs (E. A.). Shifting medical con- 
ditions confronting medical journalism. J. Am. Med. 
Editors' Ass., N. Y., 1913, i, 38-41.— BaU (0. F.V Early 
medical journalism. JSid., 1925, v, 66-58.— Barr (J.). The 
preparation of scientific papers. Brit. M. J., Lend., 1921, 
1, 720.— Baruch (S.). Medical editors a real necessity. 
Med. Times, N. Y., 1912, xl, 318-320. Also reprint.— Brick- 
ner (W. M.). How to prepare a medical article. Am. J. 
Surg., N. Y., 1921, XXXV, 67-72.— Burdick (A. S.). Con- 
structive medical journahsm. J. Am. Med. Editors' Ass., 
N. Y., 1913, i, 29-34.— Cabanes. Le premier journaliste 
medical et ses multiples avatars. Gaz. d. h8p.. Par., 1924, 
xcvii, 141-145.— Cumpston (J. H. L.). The history of 
medical journahsm in Australia. Med. J. Australia, Syd- 
ney, 1914, i, 14-16.— DeBrunner (H.). Vom Stil der. 
wissenschaftUchen Abhandlungen. Fortschr. d. Med., 
Berl., 1922, xl, 40-42.— Fairchild (D. S.). Iowa medical 
journalism. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1921, xi, 
400^05.— Freeman CD. S.). Pubhcity and the public 
mind. Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1916-16, Ixxii, 17-33.— Garland 
(J.). Medical journalism in New England, 1788-1924. 
Boston M. & S. J., 1924, cxc, 866-879.- Garrison (F. H.). 
The medical periodical and the scientific society. N. Orl. 
M. & S. J., 1914-15, Ixvii, 604-509.— Greco (V.). The origin 
of medical journalism. N. York M. J. [etc.), 1913, xcvu, 
131-136. 42so reprint.- Green (H. M.). Early history of 
medical journalism in New England. Boston M. & S. J., 
1923, clxxxviii, 769-771.— Kisskalt (K.). Ein JubilSum der 
medizinischen Presse. Deutsche med. 'Wchnschr., Leip?. & 
Berl., 1917, xliu, 48.— Le-Eoy y Cassa (J.). La histcria y 
la prensa mfidica de Cuba. Bev. de med. y drug, de la 
Habana, 1917, xxii, 617-638.— Lewis (H. E.). The opportu- 
nities of the hour for American medical journahsm. J. Am. 
Med. Editors' Ass., N. Y., 1916, iii, 1-4.— Mauriac (P.). 
Le joumahsme mfidical ^ Bordeaux avant 1850. J. de m§a. 
de Bordeaux, 1926, Iv, 899-901.— Pottenger (F. M.). Some 
observations on the present status of American medical 
journalism. Calif. State M. J., San Fran., 1916, xiii, 339- 
341.— Beckzeli (P.). Stilistische Unebenheiten im medizi- 
nischen Sprachgebrauch. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, 
Iviii, 1192-1194.— Bobbins (F.). Medical literature as a 
specialty. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1916, Ixxxix, 966-968. Also 
reprint. — Eobinson (V.). The early medical journals of 
America; founded during the quarter century, 1797-1822. 
J. Am. Med. Editors'Ass., N. Y'., 1926, v, 39-48.— Kubner, 
Medizinische Wissenschaft und medizinische Presse. Wien, 
med. Wchnschr., 1926, Ixxv, 36. — Santos Fernandez (J.), 
Futuras orientaciones de la prensa mfidica. Cron. mSd.' 
qulr. de la Habana, 1919, xlv, 179-184.— Schilling (V.), 
Autor, akademischer Schutzverein, Verleger und ihre An- 
sichten iiber angemessene Honorare. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1923, xlix, 167.— Simmons (G. H.), 
Medical periodical literature. Proc. Inst. Med. Chicago, 
1920-21, ui, 283-300.— Stevens (C. L.). Origin of thePenn- 
sylvania Medical Journal. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1920-21, 
xxiv, 660-563.— Woodruff (C. E.). Medical pubUcations 
in the lay press. J. Am. Med. Editors' Ass., N. Y., 1916, 
ii, 10-12.— Young (W. A.). Medical journahsm in years 
gone by. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1912, xxxii, 96-107. 

Journe. , *De I'isolement des tuberculeux dans 
les h6pitaux. L'usage des box. 32 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1920. No. 381. 

Journeault (Gaston) [1890- ]. *Contribu- 
tion a rstude des complications oculaires de 
la grippe. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919. No. 163. 

Journee (AndnS). *Contribution k I'^tude des 
gastro-ent^rites des nourrissons, leur traite- 
ment par le bouillon lactique. 103 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1907. No. 127. 

Joussaume (Pierre) [1876- ]. *Etude sur 
les calculs salivaires du canal de Warthon et 
de la glande sous-maxiUaire. 76 pp. 8°. 
Bordeaux, 1902. No. 74. 

Jousse (Robert) [1889- ]. *La mise en 
6tat de defense du p6ritoine dans la laparo- 
tomie. 56 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912. No. 56. 

Jousseaume (F.). De I'attraction et autres 
joyeuset6s de la science, xxii, 160 pp. 8°. 
Paris, A. Maloine, 1907. 

Reflexions sur les volcans et les tremble- 

ments de terre. 8?. Paris, A. Maloin6. 
1909. 

Jousseaume (Raymond) [1890- ]. *Con- 
tribution k I'^tude histoiogique et pathogg- 
nique des polypes du nez. Comparaison avec 
les polypes de I'oreille et du larynx. 195 pp., 
3 pl. 8°. Paris, 1926. No. 215. 



JOUSSELTN 



101 



JUBILEINII 



8°- Paris, J.-B. 

Constitution de 
8°. Paris, J.-B. 

Paris J.-B. Bail- 



s'. Paris, 



Jousselin (Victor). *Que savons-nous sur 
ranfimie pernicieuse progressive? (k propos 
de 3 cas d'an^mie pernicieuse de la grossesse) . 
139 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914. No. 246. 

Joussement (Gaston) [1877- ]. *Traite- 
ment du goitre exophtalmique par le salicy- 
late de soude. 148 pp. 8°- Paris, 1904. 
No. 407. 

Jousset (Henri). *Etude expgrimentale et 
clinique de Faction du calomel sur le foie et 
les reins. 34 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906. No. 
67. 

— — The same. 34 pp., 1 1. 
BailliSre & fils, 1907. 

Jousset (Pierre) [1818-1910], 
la th^rapeutique. 73 pp. 
BailliSre & fils, 1902. 

The same. 42 pp. 8°. 

lifere & fils, 1903. 

The same. 2 p. 1., 73 pp. 

J.-B. BailHere & fils, 1909. 

Conference faite au cercle catholique du 

Luxembourg le 20 mars 1903. 32 pp. 8°- 
Paris, J.-B. BailUfere & fils, 1903. 

Metchnikoflf. La nature humaine et la 

philosophie optimiste. Esai critique. 15 pp. 
8°. Paris, A. Davy, 1904. 

Nouvelles legons de clinique m^dicale de 

I'hopital Saint-Jacques. 1 p. 1., 606 pp. 8° 
Paris, J.-B. BaiUi^re & fils, 1906. 

For biography see Art mfid., Par., 1910, oxl, 337-343 
(J.-P. Tessier). Also ibid., 1911, cxii, 49-63 (A. Robin). 
Also ibid., 209-211 (J. G. Blackley) 

& Jousset (Marc). Memorial de th^ra- 

peutique homcBopathique. viii, 356 pp. 16°. 
Paris. J.-B. BailliSre & fils, 1904. 

Jousset (Xavier). *TranBmission de la tuber- 

culose dans les rapports sociaux. 94 pp. 8°. 

Paris, 1908. No. 351. 
Joussewitch (L.). *Etude clinique et h6ma- 

tologique de 4 cas d'an^mie grave pendant la 

grossesse observes S, la maternit6 de Geneve. 

32 pp. 8°. Geneve, A. Kiindig, 1911. 
Joutard (Jean) [1901- ]. *La tuberculose 

de la vodte crSnienne. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 

1926. No. 187. 
Jouteau (Robert) [1882- ]. *Ent6rorra- 

gies cons^cutives k I'appendicite. 54 pp. 8°. 

Paris, 1909. No. 157. 
Jouty (Antoine) [1879- ]. *Les glandes 

parathyroides, ^tude anatomique et exp6ri- 

mentale. 68 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903. No. 

73. 
Jouve (Alphonse). *Quelques considerations 

sur les rapports de 1' Epilepsia avec la grossesse 

et raccouchement. 61 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 
. 1911. No. 974. 
Jouve (Firmin) [1876- ]. *Les h^morrha- 

gies dans la dipht^rie. 127 pp. 8°- Paris, 

1903. No. 34. 
Jouve (Paul-Alexandre) [1888- ]. *Sur un 

cas de fissure cong6nitale m^diane du nez et 

delalSvresuperieure. 40 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 

1912. No. 128. 
Jouve (Xavier) [1880- ]. *Essai de traite- 

ment pathog^nique de repididymite blennor- 

rhagique (traitement chirurgical) . 87 pp. 

8°. Montpellier, 1906. No. 69. 
Jouveau - DubreuU (Hippolyte - Auguste) 

[1883- ]. *Les complications auriculaires 

des sinusites. 99 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. 

No. 31. 
Jouvelet (Pierre) [1890- ]. *La mort 

subite au cours des manoeuvres abortives. 

86 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913. No. 28. 



Jouvenet (Nicolas-Henri) [1890- ]. ♦Con- 
tribution k r etude des fistules osseuses post- 
traumatiques. 58 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Paris, 1918. 
No. 69. 

Jouvin (Andre). *De la syphilis de I'appareil 
auditif. Travail du service oto-rhino-laryn- 
gologique de l'h6pital Saint-Joseph. 145 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1907. No. 137. 

Joux (Henri). *Recherches anatomiques sur 
la propagation et la generalisation dans le 
cancer de I'uterus. 104 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905. 
No. 377. 

Jovy (Fritz) [1886- ]. *Zwerchfellhernie 
bei gleichzeitig vorhandener Anencephalie. 
30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bonn, 1914. 

Jowett (Walter). Notes on blood-serum ther- 
S'Pyi preventive inoculation, and toxin and 
serum diagnosis. For veterinary practitioners 
and students, viii, 204 pp. 12°. London, 
BailliSre, Tindall & Cox, 1907. 

Joxe (Roger). *Sur un >cas de manifestation 
anthracosique au cours d'une pleuresie puru- 
lente. 47 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903. No. 525. 

Joy (Henry De Witt) [1842-1907]. 

Obituary. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, Ixxxv, 752. 

Joy (Jolin Holmes) [1842-19 10]. 

Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 178. Also Lancet, 
Lond., 1910, i, 214. 

Joy (Percy Claris:) [1891-1924]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M, Ass., Chicago, 1924, Ixxxii, 906. 

Joy (Sylvanus) [1838-1919]. 

Obituary. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1919-20, liii, 233. 

Joyce (Robert Stephen) [1868-1922]. 

Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., CMoago, 1922, Ixxviii, 1144. 

Joyes-Nouguier (Albert) [1887- ]. *Le 
syndrome du trou dechirl posterieur (syn- 
drome de Vernet). 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919. 
No. 17. 

Joyeux ( Adrien-Louis-Marcel) . * Absence con- 
genitale du rectum. 83 pp. ' 8°. Nancy, 
1912. No. 973. 

Joyeux (Charles-Edouard) [1881- ]. *Hel- 
minthes et bacteries; recherches sur I'asso- 
ciation biologique et Taction pathogene de 
quelques parasites intestinaux. 109 pp. 8°. 
Nancy, 1907. No. 7. 

Joynt (Christopher) [1828-1915]. 

Obituary. Med. Press & Giro., Lend., 1915, n. s. xcix, 
600. 

Joyon (Leon) . *Des complications portant sur 

les voies bihaires dans la fiSvre typhoide. 88 

pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. No. 114. 
Joz (Bernard) [1896- ]. *Etude de Taction 

cardiotonique et diuretique du scillarene. 

78 pp., 5 ch. 8°- Paris, 1924. No. 305. 
Jubert (Charles). *Le faux-croup au cours de 

la scarlatine. 45 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920. No. 

97. 
Jubien (Henri) [1881- ]. *Retention d'u- 

rine par coprostase. 27 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908. 

No. 305. 
Jubilaumsband Friedrich Siebenmann gewid- 

met. 394 pp., 30 pL, port. 8°- Wiesbaden, 

1917. 
Forms v. 75 ot Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.]. 
Jubilaumschrift zum 50jahrigen Gedenlfen 

der Begriindung der lolsalistischen Lehre Max 

von Pettenltofer's. 5 v. 4°. Munchen, J. 

F. Lehmann, 1906-1914. 
JubilS du Professeur Henri Dor. 45 pp., 2 pi. 

8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1912. 
Jubileinii sbornilc v chest xxv-letia vrachebno- 

nauchnoi deatelnosti (1894-1919) professora 

I. I. Grekova. [Anniversary tribute to I. I. 



JUBILEINII 



102 



JUNGSTER 



Jubileinii sbornik [etc.] — continued. 

Grekoflf in celebration of his 25th year of 
medico-scientific activities.] 4°. Peterbure 
1921. ^' 

Jubin (L6on) . *La fourbure du pied de cheval. 
8°. Lyon, 1908. 
FacultS de ni6decme T6t6rinaire de I'TJniversite de Berne. 

Jubln (Maurice-Frangois) [1880- ]. *Etude 
cUnique des fibromyomes ced^mateux et 
pseudo-kystiques. 55 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bor- 
deaux, 1905. No. 16. 

Juch (Bernhard August Otto) [1876- ]. 
*Ueber Blutversorgung der Handwurzelkno- 
chen. 25 pp., 1 1. 8'. Gottingen, L. Hofer, 
1901. 

Juchler (Theodor). *Die mineralischen Be- 
standteile der Bauchspeicheldruse. [Ziirich.] 
24 pp. 8°. Herisau, Schlapfer & Co., 112. 

Jucker (Armin). *Beitrage zur Kenntnis des 
akuten und chronischen Pemphigus. 90 pp. 
8°. Ziirich-Selnau', Gebr. Leemann & Co., 
1907. 

Juda (Maximiliaan). *Over het verkrijgen van 
ziektekiemvrij drinkwater door middel van 
chloorkalk en kopersulfaat. 79, iii pp. 8° 
Amsterdam, Meulenhoff & Co., 1906. 

Hoe moeten wij zenuwziekten en zenu- 

wachtigheid voorkomen? Wat is er tegan te 
doen? 87 pp. 8°- Amsterdam, H. Meu- 
lenhofif [n. d.]. 

Judd (Aspinwall). Practical points in the use 
of X-ray and high-frequency currents, xiii, 
189 pp. 8°. London, Rebman [1909]. 

Judd (Charles Hubbard) [1873- ]. *Ueber 
Raumwahrnehmung im Gebiet des Tastsinnes. 
58 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1896. 

Psychology. 2. ed. xix, 368 pp. 8°. 

Boston, New York, etc. Ginn & Co. [1917]. 

The psychology of social institutions. 



ix, 346 pp. 8°. New York, Macmillan Co. 
1926. 

Judd (James Robert) [1876- ]. With the 
American ambulance in France. 3 p. 1., 
9-141 pp. 8°. Honolulu, Star-Bulletin 
Press 1919. 

Judd ('john Wesley) [1840- ]. The coming 
of evolution; the story of a great revolution 
in science. 3 p. 1., 171 pp., 3 pi. 12°. Cam- 
bridge, University Press, 1910. 

Jude (Antoine-Paul-Emile) [1881- ]. 

• *Etude historique et critique du traitement 

des dacryocystites par les m^thodes d'abou- 

cheinent du sac au m6at moven. 67 pp. 8°- 

Bordeaux, 1907. No. 123. 

Judel (Georges) [1884^ ]. *Etude sur une 
phase de I'histoire du virus v^n^rien (1740- 
1850). 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. No. 273. 

Judenfeind-Hulsse (Hermann) [1883- ]. 
*Ein Fall von Lues hereditaria mit beson- 
derer Beriicksichtigung der Gelenkaffektionen. 
34 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1909. 

Judet (Adrien). *Traitement des fractures du 
corps du f^mur par les appareils platr^s en 
particulier chez I'enfant. 58 pp. 8° Paris, 
1908. No. 67. 

The same. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, J. B. 

BaiUi^re & fils, 1908. 

Judet (Henri) [1874- ]. *De la p^ritonisa- 
tion dans les laparotomies. 144 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1902. No. 206. 

Traits des fractures des membres; exa- 

men chnique, radiographie, traitements pra- 
tiques, viii, 668 pp., 73 pi. 4°. Paris, A. 
Maloine, 1913. 



Judiclis (De) urinarum tractatus ex probatis 
collectus authoribus, et in tabulae formam 
confectus. 30 1. 24°. [Venetiis, V. Roffinel- 
lus, 1542.] 

Judln (Nikolaus) [1883- ]. *Zur Entste- 
hung des Uterus- und Scheidenvorfalles. 35 
pp. 8°. Wurzburg, C. J. Becker, 1911. 

Judson (Adoniram Brown) [1837-1916]. The 
influence of growth on congenital and ac- 
quired deformities, x, 276 pp. 8°. New 
York, W. Wood & Co., 1905. 

For biograpliy see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916. Ixvii, 
1106. Also Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, xc, 554. Also N. York 
M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 608, 766. 

Judson (Ethel). Mental healing; its logic. 92 
pp. 16°. Hammond, Ind., W. B. Conkey 
Co. [1926]. 

Judt (Josef). *Ueber die Sauglingssterblich- 
keit und Sauglingsernahrung in Mtinchen. 
38 pp., 1 1., 4 ch. 8°. Munchen, G. Birk & 
Co., 1907. 

Judycyall (The) of uryns: flConsyderyngethat 
it is expedyent for every man to know the 
operation and qualities of his body . . . 
[Title woodcut.] . 1 p. 1., 63 numb. 1. [wanting 
1. 48 and table], roy. 4°. [London?, Wynkyn 
de Worde? 1512?] 

Juhike (Herbert) [1876- ]. *Ein Fall von 
Ileus bedingt durch Verwachsungen der 
Darme untereinander. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Greifswald, J. Abel, 1902. 

Jiillich (Lucien). *Contribution k I'^tude des 
formes cliniques de I'ulcSre de I'estomac, 
chronique «t r^cidivant. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 
1905. No. 48. 

JUnger (Fritz) [1901- ]. *Ueber die chi- 
rurgische Behandlung der Blasenmastdarm- 
und Blasenscheidenflstel. 43 pp. 8°. Frank- 
furt a. M., 1925. 

Jiinger (Heinrich Joseph) [1889- ]. *Be- 
richt liber das 16. Tausend der Geburten in 
der Kgl. Universitats-FrauenkUnik zu Wiirz- 
burg. 37 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, 1915. 

Junger (Wilhelm) [1878- ]. *Ueber die 
Komphkation der Graviditat mit Ovarial- 
tumoren. 34 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, C. J. 
Becker, 1903. 

JUngerich (Karl Ludwig Wilhelm Wolfram) 
[1879- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur operativen 
Behandlung der' Larynxtuberkulose. 27 pp., 
1 1. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1907. 

Jiingermann (Erich) [1882- ]. *Kasuis- 
tischer Beitrag zur Lehre von den Klein- 
hirntumoren. [Kiel.] 27 pp. 8°. Elber- 
feld, 1908. 

Junger s medizinische Universal-Repetitorien. 
6 V. 8°. Breslau, Preuss & Jiinger, 1905-6. 

Jungling (Adolf Otto) [1884- ' ]. *Ueber 
die Behandlung der Prostatahypertrophie 
mittels Injektion von artfremdem Blut. 32 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1908. 

JUngling (Otto) [1884- ]. Rontgenbe- 
handlung chirurgischer Krankeiten; zu- 
gleich Einfiihrung in die physikalischen und 
biologischen Grundlagen der Rontgenthera- 
pie. xii, 468 pp., 1 pi. roy. 8°. Leipzig, S. 
Hirzel, 1924. 

JUngling (Traugott Paul Theodor) [1857- ]. 
*Ueber Arterien-Zerreissungen nebst zwei Fal- 
len spontaner Aortenruptur. 26 pp. 8°- 
Leipzig, F. Bar, 1894. 

JUngster (Max) [1888- ]. *Ueber die Be- 
deutung des Missverhaltnisses von Schadel- 
kapazitat u. Hirnvolumeh. [Wiirzburg.] 20 
pp. ' 8°. Frankfurt a. M., J. Sohloss, 1912. 



JURGENS 



103 



JUILLET 



JUrgens (Edgar) [1886- ]. *Zur operativen 
BehandluQg der inneren Hernien, speziell 
uber einen Fall von Hernia Treitzii. [Ros- 
tock.] 86 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering [1917]. 

JUrgens (Erwin) [1873-1913]. 

Mexander (Q.). Nekiolog. Monatsohr. f. Ohrenli. [etc.], 
Berl. & Wien, 1914, xlviii, 276. 

Jilrgens (G.). Die Verhtitung der Infektions- 
krankheiten. 32 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Korn- 
feld, 1926. 

Forms Heft 355, of Berl. Klinik. 

Jilrgens (Georg) Das Fleckfleber. 74 pp., 6. 
pi. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1916. 

JUrgens (Johann Heinrich Friedrich) [1883- 
]. *Die Wirkung des Nervus vagus auf 
das Herz der Vogel. [Marburg.] 21 pp. 8°. 
Bonn, M. Hager, 1909. 

JUrgens (Ludwig) [1887- ]. *Ueber die 
Hereditat der multiplen Exostosen. [Kiel.] 
16 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumaclier, 1919. 

JUrgens (Paul Hermann Karl) [1882- ]. 
*Ueber den Unterschied zwischen Mord und 
Selbstmord durch Erdrosselung unter Verof- 
fentlichung dreier Falle von Selbsterdrosse- 
lung. 68 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade 
[1908]. 

JUrgensen (Christian) [1846- ' ]. Procen- 
tische chemische ZusammensteUung der 
Nahrungsmittel des Menschen; graphisch 
dargestellt. 23 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Berlin, A. 
Hirschwald, 1903. 

— ^ Diatmodifikation; Diatform; Diatverord- 
nung; Diatdurchfiihrung. pp. 157-180. 8° 
Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 
1912. 
Forms Heft 7, v. 8, of Beihefte z. Med. Klin. 

Ton JUrgensen (Theodor) [1840-1907]. Er- 
krankungen der Kreislaufsorgane. Klappen- 
fehler. vi, 151 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Wien, A. Hol- 
der, 1903. 

Forms Abth. i, pt. 1, v. 15, of Spec. Pathol, u. Therap. 
(Nothnagel). 

For biography see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 123. Also 
Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 
1014 (E. .Romberg). . Also Med Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 711 
(O. Mflller). Also Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 
1335, port. (Dennig). 

, von Schriitter (L.) & KrehI(L.) .• Diseases 

of the heart. Edited with additions by 
George Dock. Authorized translation from 
the German, under the editorial supervision 
of Alfred Stengel. 848 pp. 8°. Philadelphia 
& London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1908. 

JUrss (Fritz). Beitrage zur Kenntnis der 
Wirkungen einiger als Volksabortiva benutz- 
ten Pfianzen, Tanacetum, Thuja, Myristica, 
mit Vorwort von R. Kobert. iv, 112 pp., 
3 pi., 1 1. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1904. 

JUrst (Gustav) [1878- ]. *Ein Fall von 
Tabes dorsalis mit schwerer Arteriosclerose 
und Apoplexie. 1 p. 1., 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, 
H. Fiencke, 1912. 

JU&gen (Hans). *Ueber. den Einfluss des 
Frtihaufstehens der Wochnerinnen auf die 
Milchsekretion. [Freiburg i. B.] 17 pp. 8°. 
Emmendingen, Dolter, 1908. 

JUterbock (Karl) [1873- ]. *Zur Diagnose 
und Therapie der Vaginitis infectiosa bovis. 
[Bern.] 37 pp., 1 1. 8° Jena, G. Fischer, 
1909. 

JUttermann (J. L.) [1889- ]. *Ueber einen 
Fall von Turmschadel. 30 pp. 8°. Gottin- 
gen, W. F. Kaestner, 1920. 

Jutting (Focke Hermann) [1886- ]. *Zur 
Lehre von der Hirnarteriosklerose mit Herd- 
symptomen und multiplen Erweichungsher- 
den. 22pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1912. 



Juettner (Otto) [1865- ]. Daniel Drake 
and his followers; historical and biographical 
sketches, 1785-1909. 496 pp., port. 8°. 
Cincinnati, Harvey Pub. Co., 1909. 

. A treatise on medical practice, based on 

the principles and therapeutic applications 
of the physical modes and methods of treat- 
ment (non-medicinal therapy), with explana- 
tory notes concerning the nature and tech- 
nique of the different physical agents and 
.methods employed. 3 p. 1., viii, 13-519 pp. 
8°. New York, A. L. Chatterton Co., 
1916. 

JUttner (Victor) [1880- ]. *Beobachtungs- 
ergebnisse an Grenzzustanden aus Armee und 
Marine. [Gottingen.] 38 pp. 8°. Berlin, 
E. S. Mittler & Sohn, 1911. 
Also in Deutsch. militarazt. Zeitsohr., Berl., 1911, xl. 

Jufflnger (Georg) [1853-1913]. 

Schumacher (H.). Nekrolog. Monatschr. f. Obrenb. 
[etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1914, xlviii, 81-84. 

Juge (Charles) [1893- ]. *Des indications 
des interventions chirurgicales pendant la 
grossesse. 101 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, Jouve & 
Cie., 1925. No. 202. 

Jugengel (Max) [1863-1918]. 

Herd. Nekrolog. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixv, 
379. 

Jughon (Andr6) [1889- ]. *S,ur une affec- 
tion particuliSre de la plSvre et du p6ritoine 
simulant la tuberculose de ces s6reuses 
(6tude clinique et anatomo-pathologique) . 
88 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1913. No. 91. 

Juhel (Louis- Joseph) [1887- ]. *Essai sur 
Tarsenie colloidal ^lectrique. 44 pp. 8°. 
Bordeaux, 1911. No. 35. 

Juif (Andr6). *Contribution k 1' etude des 
gommes syphilitiques et plus particulidrement 
des gommes vaginales. 44 pp. 8°- Paris, 
1907. No. 50. 

Juif (Maurice) [1884r- ]. *Contribution k 
r^tude du pouls lent permanent d'origines 
cong^nitale et h^r^ditaire. 126 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1912. No. 260. 

JuUbe (Albert) [1882- ]. *De I'utilisation 
des graisses ahmentaires par I'appareil diges- 
tif humain S, I'^tat normal et k I'^tat patholo- 
gique. 56 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908. No. 103. 

Juillan (Marius) [1876- ]. *Du traitement 
du chancre simple et de ses principales com- 
phcations. 70 pp. 8°- Lyon, 1903. No. 
2. 

Juillard (Edouard). *Th^rapeutique de quel- 
ques infections cutan^es (6rysip&le, follicu- 
lites furonculpse) par le melange alcool 50° 
ichtyol &&. 53 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1911. 

Juillard (H.).[1880- ]. *Contribution & 
r^tude des applications pancr6atiques de 
I'ulcus duodenal. 126 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. 
No. 347. 

Juillerat (Paul). Une institution n^cessaire. 
Le easier sanitaire des maisons. Preface de 
Roux. 136 pp. 12°. Paris, J. Rousset, 1906. 

L'hygiSne du logement, preface par Dr. 

Roux. 3 p. 1., 223 pp. 12°. Paris, Ch, 
Delagrave [n. d.]. 

Juillet (A.). Eaux distiU^es; leur composition; 
origins des principes qu'elles renferment. 
(Concours d'agr^gation.) [Paris.] 165 pp. 
8°. , Montpellier, 1914. 
Ecole de pharmacie. 

Juillet (Jules). *Des avantages que pent 
presenter au m^decin I'^tude des sciences 
dites accessoires. 27 pp. 4°. Paris, 1828. 
[P. v., 1847.] 



JUILLET 



104 



JUMENTIE 



*""'«* (Reng). *Contribution k I'itiide des 
®„ ^^^J'^^'^'^h^s chez les nourrissons. 95 nn 
8°. Paris, 1905. No. 268. 

'•^v. i^^^''.^^'^ t^^^l" ]• *Contribution k 
I etude du traitement des sinusites maxil- 
laires chroniques (la m^thode endo-buccale de 
Sebieau). 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908. No. 330. 

Juin (Ueorges Jean-Marie) [1886- ]. *De 
la viscosity du sang dans les nephrites. 48 
pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. No. 67. 

Jukel (Gerschon) [1882- ]. *Ueber die 
Einklemmung des Leistenhodens im Leisten- 
kanal. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konigsbere i. Pr., 
A. Kiimmel, 1906. 

Juker (Alfred). *Deux cas de grossesse ab- 
dominale dont un compliqu6 d'une forme 
particuliftre d'ad^nome kystique de la mu- 
queuse cervicale; etude clinique ef histolo- 
gique. 30 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Geneve, 1924. 

Juler (Henry Edward) [1866-1921]. A hand- 
book of ophthalmic science and practice. 
3. ed. xix, 733 pp. 8°. London, Smith, 
Elder & Co., 1904. 

For biography see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1921, i, 688. Also 
Lancet, Lond., 1921, i, 993. 

Julhe (Louis) [1893- ]. *L'association de 

la rougeole et de la scarlatine chez I'enfant; 

son pronostic. 60 pp. 8° Paris, 1920. 

No. 654. 
Julian (J.) [1885- ]. *Contribution k 

rstude des metastases rachidiennes du cancer 

du sein. 62 pp. 8° MontpeUier, 1910, 

No. 62. 
Julien (Fflix) [1886- ]. *Contribution k 

r etude de la pleur^sie purulente grippale, 

formes cliniques et traitement chirurgical. 

88 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1919. No. 18. 
Julien (Fernand-Marcel-Jules) [1881- ]. 

*La prostatectomie transv^sicale dans le 

traitement de I'hvpertrophie prostatique. 

120 pp. 8°. Lille, 1907. No. 15. 
Julien (Louis). *Sur la cytologic et la bact^- 

riologie des blenorrhagies aigues et chroniques. 

[Paris.] 97 pp. 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1919. 

No. 11. 
Ecole de pharmacie. 

Julien ( Marie- Joseph-Gustave) [1882- ]. 
♦Contribution a I'ltude de la sparteine. 68 
pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 110. 

Julien (Robert) [1878- ]. *Etude des trou- 
bles de la sensibilite aprSs les sections du 
nerf median et de la restauration sensitive 
apres la suture nerveuse. 186 pp. 8° Bor- 
deaux. 1908. No. 118. 

Julien (Robert) [1891- ]. *Etude des tu- 
meurs du testicule chez I'enfant. 76 pp. 8° 

- Paris, 1925. No. 356. 

Julin (Gaston) [1882- ]. *Les paralysies 
des oculogyres, leurs associations et leurs 
dissociations. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909. 
No. 195. 

Juliusberg (Fritz). Leitfaden der Kosmetik 
ftir Aerzte. iv [1], 144 pp. 8°. Berlin, Wien, 
Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1922. 

Juliusberg (Max) [1874- ]. *Infecti6se 
Chorea und ihre Beziehung zur rheuma- 
tischen Infection. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, 
A. Edelmann, 1900. 

Juliusburger (Ernst) [1885- ]. *Ueber die 
Beziehungen der multiplen Infarcierung der 
Niere zum klinischen Bild des Morbus 
Brightii. 45 pp. 8°. Breslau, 1912. 

Juliusburger (Otto). Gegen den Alkohol. 
Gemeinverstandliche Aufsatze. Mit einem 
Vorworte von A. Forel. viii, 83 pp. 8°. 
Berlin, F. Wunder, 1904. 



Jullemier (L^on). *Contribution k 1' etude du 
rhumatisme scarlatineux chez I'enfant. 95 
pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1902. No. 433. 

JuUian (Andre) [1885- ]. *Contribution k 
r etude des lesions S, distance dans les ste- 
noses neoplastiques du pylore. Ruptures et 
•perforations del'estomac. 71pp. 8°. Lyon, 

1908. No. 63. 

Jullian (Urbain). *Contribution k 1' etude du 
traitement de I'exstrophie de la vessie. 54 pp. 
8°. MontpeUier, 1902. No. 94. 

Julliand (Eugtoe) [1880- ]. *Lutte contre 
la tuberculose k Lyon. 83 pp. 8°. Lyon, 

1909. No. 83. 

Julliard (C.) . Manuel pratique des bandages. 
Pansements et appareils chirurgicaux. Pre- 
face de M. le Prof. F. Terrier, xvi, 164 pp., 
5 1. roy. 8°. GenSve, Georg. & Cie.; Paris, 
F. Alcan, 1907. 

Julliard (Gustave) [1836-1911]. 

Necrologie. Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par., 1911, 3. b., Ixvi, 
110. 

Jullien (Arthur) [1877- ]. *ContributiOa 
k r etude de la neurofibromatose generalisee; 
(Maladie de Recklinghausen). 192 pp. 8°- 
Paris, 1910. No. 266. 

Jullien (Bernard) [1900- ]. *Contribution 
a retude de I'anesthesie paravertebral cervi- 
cale dans la chir'urgie du corps thyroide. 46 
pp. 8°. Paris, 1925. No. 493. 

Jullien (Georges) [1874- ]. *La degenere- 
scence renale amyloide et la permeabilite au 
bleu de methylene. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901. 
No. 78. 

Jullien (Louis) [1880- ]. *Hematone- 
phrose traumatique; hematome intrarenal. 
40 pp. 8° Paris, 1904. No. 534. 

Jullien (Louis-Adolphe) [1850-1914]. La blen- 
norragie. (Formes rares et peu connues.) 
84 pp. 8°- Paris, J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1906. 

The same. Seltene und weniger bekannte 

Tripperformen. Vorlesungen in Saint-Lazare 
vom Jahre 1905. Autorisirte Uebersetzung 
von Georg Merzbach. 2 p. 1., 84 pp. 8°. 
Wien & Leipzig, A. Holder, 1907. 

Lelnauvais mal. 355 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 

1907. 

L"'autre mal" (blennorrhagie, ecoule- 

ments). 352 pp. 12°. Paris, 1909. 

For biography see Bull. Soc. fran? de dermat. et syph.. 
Par., 1914, XXV, 86 (Hudelo). Also Dermat. Wchnsohr., 
Leipz. & Hamb., 1914, Iviii, 203 (M. Druelle). Also Presse 
mSd., Par., 1913, xxi (suppl.), 1620 (V.). 

Jullien (Witold). *Inegalite pupillaire et tu- 
berculose pulmonaire. 122 pp., 2 pi. 8°. 
Paris, 1923. No. 190. 

July (Etienne) [1899- ]. *L'anesthesie re- 
gionale; son application au traitement chi- 
rurgical du cancer du sein. 51 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1925. No. 84. 

July (Madeleine) nee Chabert [1896- ]. 
♦Contribution k 1' etude de la syphilis trau- 
matique des OS et des teguments. 86 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1925, No. 183. 

Jumelais (C). *Contribution a I'etude de 
la tension arterielle dans la tuberculose pul- 
monaire. 82 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1906. No. 
695. 

Jumelle (Rene-Lucien) [1899- ]. *Les 
huiles de chaulmoogra; leurs origines, leurs 
caracteres et leur mode d'action. 87 pp. 8°. 
Paris, 1926. No. 80. 

Jumentie (Joseph) [1879- ]. *Les tu- 
meurs de Tangle ponto-cerebelleux; etude 
anatomo-pathologique et clinique. 164 pp., 
16 pi. 8°. Paris, 1911. No. 253. 



JUMON 



105 



JUNG 



Jumon (Henri) [1883- ]. *L'entorse juxta- 
6piphysaire. 98 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914. No. 
343. 

Junack (Max Wilhelm) [1872- ]. *Unter- 
suchungen tiber die Aussen-Desinfection iiiit- 
tels massig gespannten stromenden Wasser- 
dampfes. [Giessen.] 1 p. 1., 27 pp. 8°. 
Stuttgart, 1904. 

Junca (Emile-Auguste) [1887- ]. *Tech- 
nique et valeur clinique de I'^lectrodiagnostic 
dans les maladies du labyrinths. 152 pp. 
8°. Bordeaux, 1912. No. 100. 

Juncker (Johannes) [1679-1759]. Conspectus 
therapicc specialis, tabulis cx?xviii, omnes 
primarios morbos methodo stahliana trac- 
tandos, exhibens [etc.]. 1032 pp., 66 1. 4°. 
Halse, impensis orphanotrophesi, 1750. 

Jund (L6on-Paul-Louis) [1883- ]. ♦Con- 
tribution k l'6tude des c^nestopathies. Etats 
mflancohques c6nestopathiques de I'fige cri- 
tique. 59 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1909. No. 1. 

Jundell (I.). En t3rfusepidemi genom en 
bacillbarare. 21 pp. 8°. Stockholm, 1908. 
In Hygiea Festband, Stockholm, 1908, ii. 

Lans- och kommunal-anstalter for mo- 

drar med spada barn. 27 pp. 8°. Stock- 
holm, O. Eklunds, 1909. 

Also editor of Acta psediatrica, Upsala, 1921-1926. 

Jungs (Emile). *Contribution k I'^tude des 
pseudo-rhumatismes. Essai sur la polyar- 
thrite aigue tuberculeuse b^nigne. (Rhuma- 
tisme articulaire aigu tuberculeux.) Ses ap- 
plications k la m^decine infantile. 136 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1905. No. 95. 

Jung (Bernhard) [1886- ]. *Ueber Eruk- 
tation, Regurgitation und Rumination. 48 
pp. 8°. Heidelberg, Th. Berkenbusch, 1911. 

Jung (Carl). Lehrbuch der zahnarztlichen 
Technik. 2. ed. xi, 342 pp. 8°. Leipzig & 
Wien, F. Deuticke, 1904. 

■ The same. 3. ed. xii, 609 pp. 8°. Leip- 
zig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 1907. 

Das Fullen der Zahne und die verwandten 

Arbeiten. vii, 296 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 
F. Deuticke, 1906. 

Laboratoriumskunde des Zahnarztes. 

96 pp., 16 1. 12°. Berlin, 19.05. 

Leitfaden der Zahn- und Kieferkorrektur. 

iv, 113 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 
1906. 

Jung (Carl Gustav) [1794-1864]. 

His (W.). Zur Erinnerung an C. G. Jung. 
8°. Leipzig, 1886. 

Bound with his Gescbichte (Zur) des anatomischen [etc.]. 
8°. Leipz., 1885. 

Jung (Carl Gustav) [1875- ]. Zur Psycho- 
logie und Pathologie sogenannter occulter 
Phanomene; eine psychiatrische Studie. 122 
pp. 8°. Leipzig, O. Mutze, 1902. 

Ueber das Verhalten der Reaktionszeit 

beim Assoziationsexperimente. Habilitations- 
schrift, vorgelegt der medizinischen Fakultat 
zu Zurich, zur Eriangung der Venia legendi. 

• 38 pp. 8° Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1905. 

Die psychologische Diagnose des Tat- 

bestandes. 47 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Mar- 
hold, 1906. 

Forms 2. Heft, v. 4, of Jurist.-psyohiat, Qrenzfr. 

Ueber die Psychologie der Dementia 

praecox. Ein Versuch. iv, 179 pp. 8°. 
HaUe a S., C. Marhold, 1907. 

Psychologische Abhandlungen. 1. Band. 

211 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 
1914. 



Jwng (Carl Gustav) — continued. 

'- Collected papers on analytical psychol- 
ogy, xviii, 392 pp. 8° London, Bailli^re, 
Tindall & Cox, 1916. 

The same. 2. ed. xviii, 492 pp. 8°. 

New York, Moflfat, Yard & Co., 1917. 

Psychology of the unconscious; a study 

of the transformations and symbohsms of the 
libido, a contribution to the history of the 
evolution of thought; authorized translation, 
with introduction, by Beatrice M. Hinkle. 
Iv, 1 1., 666 pp. 8°. New York, Moflfat, 
Yard & Co., 1916. 

Psychologische Typen. 704 pp. 8°. 

Ziirich, Rasoher & Cie., 1921. 

The same. Psychological types; or. The 

psychology of individuation. 4 p. 1. xxii, 
7-664 pp. 8°- London, K. Paul, Trench, 
Trubner & Co.; New York, Harcourt, Brace 
& Co., 1923. 

Jung (Edwin Karl Robert) [1870- ]. 
*Ueber den Zeitpunkt des Eintrittes der 
WidaUschen Reaktion bei Typhus abdomi- 
nalis. [Halle.] 35 pp. 8°. Halberstadt, J. 
Briest, 1903. 
Jung (Erich) [1892- ]. *Beitrage zur 
Kenntnis der Acineten. [Miinchen.] 44 pp., 
1 pi. 8°. Stuttgart, Jung & Sohn, 1920. 
Jung (Ewald) . *IJeber das Verhalten der Fol- 
likel bei der chronischen Appendicitis. 34 
pp., 1 pL, 1 1. 8°. Ziirich, Gebr. Leemann 
& Co., 1907. 
Jung (Franz) [1869- ]. *Zur Kenntnis 
der pathologischen Anatomie der Puerperal- 
Eklampsie. 38 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Leipzig, A. 
Edelmann, 1894. 
Jung (G.). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Lei- 
chenveranderungen der Haustiere. Versuche 
iiber Quellung und Entquellung von Fleisch 
einiger Haustiere. 72 pp. 8°. Ziirich, Lee- 
mann & Co., 1918. 
Jung (Gabriel) [1883- ]. *Zur Diagnose 
und Histogenese des Ovarialkarzinoms. 
[Strassburg.] 23 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Leipzig, G. 
Thieme, 1908. 
Jung (Heinz) [1886- ]. *Beitrag zur Patho- 
genese und Klinik der Leberabszesse. 41 pp. 
8°. Breslau, 1913. 
Jung (Karl) [1889- ]. *Ueber die Ober- 
flachenreaktion von Losungen. 14 pp. 8°. 
Giessen, R. Lange, 1920. 
Jung (Kurt) [1889- ]. *Ueber einen Fall 
von Polycythaemie mit Ausgang in Myelo- , 
blastenleukaemie. [Heidelberg.] 33 pp. 8°- 
Dresden & Leipz., T. Steinkopff, 1915. 
Jung (Otto) [1893- ]. *Spatfolgen einer 
Schrptschussverletzung mit pathologisch-ana- 
tomischem Refund. [Heidelberg.] 21 pp. 
8°. Landau-Queichheim, PaulUs-Stift, 1919. 
Jung (Otto). *Ueber Lippencarcinome bei 
Jugendlichen und deren Behandlung. 8 pp., 
1 1. 8°. Marburg, J. Hamel, 1920. 
Jung (Paul) . *Zur Kritik der Reifezeichen der 
Frucht. [Bern.] 46 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Strass- 
burg i. E., C. & J. Goeller, 1902. 
Jung (Philipp Jacob) [1870-1918]. Beitrage 
zur frtihesten Ei-Einbettung beim menschU- 
chen Weibe. 112 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Beriin, S. 
Karger, 1908. 

See, also, Martin (A.) & Jung (P.). Pathologie und 
Therapie [etc.]. 8°. Beriin & Wien, 1907. 

For biography see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & 
Leipz., 1918, xhv, 1031 (E. Engelhorn). Also Monatschr. 
f. Oeburtsh. u. Gynaek., Beri., 1918, xlviii, 15'7-162 (Zoep- 
pritz & A. Martin). Also Zentralbl. f. Qynak., Leipz., 
1918, xlii, 621-626 (W. Stoeckel). 



JUNG 



106 



JUNGMANN 



Jung (Ren6). *Ueber akute Pankreatifts. 
[Basel.] 43 pp. 4°. Tubingen, H. Laupp, 
jr., 1916. 

Jung (Wilhelm Franz) [1877- ]. *r)ie Me- 
tastasenbildung bei Magencarcinom. [Tu- 
bingen.] 15 pp. 8°. Rudolstadt, F. Mitz- 
laff, 1906. 

Jungano (Michele). Introduzione alio studio 
delle infezioni dell' apparato urinario con 
speciale riguardo alia presenza degli anae- 
robi. 200 pp. 8°. Napoli, F. Sangiovanni 
& figlio, 1907. 

■ La flore de I'appareil urinaire normal et 

pathologique; preface de M. le Prof. .Albar-- 
ran. 172 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Jacques, 1908. 

& Distaso (A.). Les ana^robies. xii, 

228 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 1910.' 

Jungblut (Friedrich Wilhelnl) [1878- ]. 
*Ueber hochgradige Veratzungsstrikturen des 
Oesophagus, behandelt durch Gastrostomie 
und retrograde Dilatation. 30 pp., 1 1. , 8°. 
Berlin, G. Schade, 1903. 

Jungbluth (Hubert Georg Wilhelm) [1874^ 

]. *Experimentelle Untersuchungen liber 

den Einfluss des Alkohols auf das putride 

Fieber. 36pp., Ich. 8°. Bonn, J. Trapp, 1902. 

Jungbluth (Julius) [1887- ]. *Ein Fall 
von Neurorezidiv unter dem Bilde. echter 
Epilepsie nach kombinierter Hg.-Salvarsan- 
Behandlung. 44 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bonn, E. 
Eisele, 1914. 

Junge (Eric Wilhehn) [1875- ]. *Ein Fall 
von Angiosarkom (Peritheliom) am Halse bei 
einem 7 Monate alten Kinde. 17 pp. 8° 
Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1906. 

Thymus und Basedow. Ein Beitrag zur 

Frage .der Beziehungen beider Organe. 18 
pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1921. 

ronas Hett 2 (Abt. Irmere Med.) , of Beitr. z.. Heilk. 

Junge (Martin Otto Rudolf) [1879- ]. *Ein 
seltener Fall von Uretercyste. 36 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Berlin, G. Schade [1904]. 

Junge (Wilhelm Ernst) [1886- ]. ♦Unter- 
suchungen zum Nachweise der Lebensdauer 
von Typhusbazillen im Brunnenwasser. 31 
pp. 8°. Rostock, Adler's Erben, 1913. 

von Jungenfeld (Jakob) [1885- ]. *Die 
Streuung der Beta-Strahlen des Uran-X in 
Materie. [Giessen.] 40 pp. 8° Mainz, 
J. Falk Sohne, 1914. 

Jungermann (Elisabeth). *Drei FaUe von 
Hernia obturatoria incarzerata. 23 pp. 8°. 
Gottingen, E. A. Huth, 1919. 

Jungermann (Heinrich). *Ueber einen be-, 
merkenswerten FaU einer spontanen Geburt 
in Schadellage mit Vorfall eines Arrhes. 
[Leipzig.] 29 pp. 8°. Dresden, G. Loseke, 1895. 

Jungfleisch (Emile) [1839-1916]. 

DelSpine (M.). [Obituary.] Bull. d. so. Pharmacol., 
Par., 1916, xxiii, 338-368.— Leroux (H.). [In memdriam.] 
J. de pharm. et de chim.. Par., 1916, 7. s., xiii, 305-313 [port.]. 

Jungfraulichkeit? Una poenitentium. . 63 
pp. 8°. Frankfurt a M., H. Demuth, 1906. 

Junggeburth (Karl) [1888- ]. *Ueber die 
Kombination verschiedenster Untersu- 
chungsmethoden zur hygienischen Beurtei- 
lung einer Milch, im besonderen der Dussel- 
dorfer Marktmilch. 73 pp. 8°. Borna- 
Leipzig R. Noske, 1915. 

Junghanel (Kurt Richard) [1889- ]. *Ex- 
perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den res- 
piratorischen Gaswechsel bei Anamie, Ka- 
chexie, Basedow und Diabetes insipidus des 
Menschen. 21 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Edel- 
mann, 1916. 



Junghanns' (Bruno Oskar) [1883- ]. *Ue- 
b?r Mesenterialzysten und einen Fall von 
Blutzystc des' Mesenteriums. 39 pp. 8°. 
Bbrna^Leipzig, R. Noske, 1910. 

Junghanns (Erich) [1892- ]. *Ueber ein- 
ige Gruppenerkrankungen an Fleischvergif- 
tung, hervorgerufen durch das Bact. enteriti- 
dis Gaertner. 18 pp. §°. Kiel, Schmidt & 
Klaunig, 1918. 

Junghanns (Franz) [1887- ]. *Die V. Pir- 
quet'sche Kutanreaktion und ihr Verhalten 
bei Rontgenbestrahlung. 15 pp., 2 eh. 8°. 
Freiburg i. Br., R. Rebholz, 1915. 

Junghans' (Ernst Otto) [1881- ]. .*Tallia- 
nine und seine Wirkung. [Giessen.] 71 pp., 
i 1.. 8°. Geithain, J. Schmidt, 1907. 

Junghans (Paul) [1885- ]. *Ueber das 
Verhalten von Pepsin und Trypsin im Magen- 
inhalt; (ein Beitrag zur Funktionspriifung 
des Pancreas. 36 pp^ 1 1. 8°. Halle a. S., 
C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1910. 

Junghans (Wilhelm) [1877— ]. *Ueber die 
Genese der Lues hereditaria. 40 pp., 1 1. 
8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., O. Ktimmel, 1904. 

Jungherr (Ernst) [1877- ]. *Beziehungen 
von Darmerkrankungen zu Erkrankungen der 
weibhchen Generationsorgane. 42 pp., 2 1. 
8°- Leipzig, B. Georgi,.1903. 

Junghuhn (Franz Wilhelm) [1812- 
1864]. 

May. (W.). Franz Wilhelm Junghuhn, ein Vorlaufer 
Darwins. Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz., 
1917-18, viii, 182-186. 

Junginger (Emil) [1889- ]. *Untersu- 
suchungen iiber den Einfluss der Warmezu- 
fuhr auf die Hauttemperatur bei Pferd und 
Rind. [Giessen.] 1 p. 1., 69 pp. 8°. Kauf- 
beuren, J. B. Dorn, 1912. 

Junginger (W.) [1892- ]. *Ueber einen 
eigenartigen Fall von Kalmetastase. 32 pp. 
8°. Tubingen, H. Laup, jr., 1916. 

Junglus (Marie). Waarom' halverwege? En 
bijdrage tot de kwestie der loodvergiftiging 
in de aardewerkfabricage. 25 pp. 8°. 
Amsterdam, W. Versluys [1904]. 

— — ■ Wat doet Nederland vobr zijne arbeids- 
terskraamvrouwen? Een bijdrage tot de 
kennis van het leven der arbeidster-moeder. 
35 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, W. Versluys, 1906. 

Jungklaus (Friedrich) [1875- ]. *Die For- 
men der Gallensteine, und die Haufigkeit der 
Cholelithiasis bei Psychopathen (nebst einem 
Anhang iiber Milzkonkremente) . [Jena.] 89 
pp. roy. 8°. Weimar, R. Wagner Sohn, 
1909. 

Jungmann (Alfred) [1872-1914]. Aerztlicher 
Bericht aus der Heilstatte fiir Lupuskranke. 
304 pp. 8°- Wien & Leipzig, W. BraumiiUer, 
1911. 

Forms Ergnzngsbd. of Arch. -f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien 
& Leipz. 

Die Wiener Heilstatte fiir Lupuskranke; 

fiir Fr'eunde und Gegner, 35 pp. 8°. Wien & 
Leipzig, J. Sdfaf, 1911' 

For biography see Strahlentherapie, Berl. & Wien, 
IQIMS, Orig., V, 497-501, port (E. Lang). 

Jungmann (Bemhaird) [1880- ]. *Die in 
der Giessner • Fraueiiklinik in den Jahren 
1892-1900 ausgefiihrten Ovariotomien bei 
Tumoren des X)varium mit besonderer Be- 
riicksichtigung des Dauererfolges. 26 pp., 1 1. 
8° Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1905. 

Jungmann (Max) [1878- ]. *Die thera- 
peutische Wirkung des Pferdeblutes. [Leip- 
zig.] 12pp. .S°.-.Breslau, 1921. 



JUNGMANN 



107 



JURISPRUDENCE 



Jungmann (Paul). *Beitrage zur Freund'- 
schen Lehre vom Zusammenhange primarer 
Rippenknorpelanomalien mit Lungentuber- 
kulose und Emphysem. [Munchen.] 62 pp. 
8° Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1909. 

Das wolhynische Fieber. 2 p. 1., 126 pp. 

8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1919. 

Juniperus. 

GiLLiBERT (E.). *Le cade et ses produits. 
8°. Montpellier, 1914. 
Ecole de pharmacie. 

P)5pin (C.).. *Recherches sur I'huile de 
cade vraie. 8°. Paris, 1908. 

Agnew (J. W.) & Croad (E. B.). The constituents of 
oil of savin. Analyst, Lond., 1912, xxxvii, 296-298.— De- 
Neen (D. D.). A case ot cedar oil poisoning in a pregnant 
woman. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1919, xxxiii, 277.— Freeman 
(W. G.). A comparison of the savin leaves of commerce. 
Pharm. J., Lond., 1906, 4. s., xxi, 829.— Gmeiner. Wert 
und Wirkung von Fruetus und Oleum juniperi. Deutsche 
tierSrztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1906, xiv, .169; 181; 193.— 
Hamilton (J. E.). A case ot savin poisoning. Edinb. 
M. J., 1906, n. s., xtf, 530.— Huerre (R.). L'essence de 
bois de cadier et son utilisation th6rapeutique. Bull. gfo. 

de thfirap. [etc.]. Par., 1914, elxvii, 627-631. — ' Sur 

l'essence de Juniperus oxyoedrus; sa prfiparation, ses pro- 
priStfis physiques. J. de pharm. et de chim.. Par., 1916, 

7. s., xii, 273-283. Sur la distillation sSche du bois 

de Juniperus oxyoedrus et de quelques coniteres. Ibid., 

1919, 7. s., xix, 33; 66. Indices cliimiques de l'essence 

de Juniperus oxyoedrus. Ibid., 1920, 7. s., xxi, 347-362. 

Du rapport entre la teneur en essence et le rende- 

ment en huile de cade du bois de Juniperus oxyoedrus. 

Ibid., 1921, 7. s., xxiil, 441-449. Du r51e jou§ par les 

divers SMments du bois de cadier dans la formation de 
I'huile de cade. Ibid., 1922, 7. s., xxv, 165; 214.— Kofler 
(Ii.) & Perutz (A.). Ueber Liquor Cadini detergens. 
Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, xx, 1365.— Livon (C). Action du 
gul du genfivrier sur la pression sanguine et sur le coeur. 
Compt. rend. Soo. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiil, 363.— Massy. 
L'essence de cedie de 1' Atlas. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., 
Par., 1922, xxix, 361-365.— Pack (D. A.). The physiology 
of germinating Juniperus seeds. Science, N. Y., 1920, 
n. s., li, 374. — PSrin (C). Sur I'huile de cade: sa prepara- 
tion et ses caracteres distinctife. J. de pharm. et chim.. 
Par., 1906, 6. s., xxiv, 49-58.— Planchon (L.). L'huile de 
cade. BiUL mens, de I'Acad. d. sc. . ^ . de Montpellier, 
1911, 239-252.— KideUa (A.). Sulle propriety tossiche della 
sabina. Oior. internaz. dl sc. med., Napali, 1913, n. s., 
XXXV, 796-803.— Thompson (R. L.). & Archibald (J. SO- 
A fatal case of oil of cedar poisomng. Interstate M. J., 
St. Louis, 1913, XX, 667-659.— Umney (J. C.) & Bennett 
(O. T.). Oil of false savin (Juniperus Phoenicia). Pharm. 
J., Lond., 1905, 4. s., xxi, 827-829.— Wacker (A.). Doode- 
lijke vergiftiging (abortus criminalis) door oleum sabinae. 
Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Qeneesli., Amst., 1918, ii, 1307-1315. 

Junk (Wilhelm} [1866- ]. Vertebrata: i. 
mammalia, reptilia, amphibia, pisoes. 76 pp. 
8°. Berlin, 1902. 

Bibliograiphia botanioa. 1 p. 1., xviii, 

268 pp. 8°. Berlin, -W. Junk, 1909. 

See, also, Tabulae biologicae [etc.]. 4°. Berlin, 1925. 

Junkel (Karl Heinrich Otto), [1882- ]. 
*Ein Fall von totaler Embolic der Aorta 
abdominalis. [Munchen.] 37 pp. 8°. Dort- 
mund, Boden & Firchow, 1908. 

Junker (Fritz Johannes) [1879- ]. *Bei- 
trag zur pathologischen Anatomie der Sy- 
ringomyelie. [Heidelberg.] 61 pp. 8°. 
Weinheim, W. Diesbach & Sohn, 1904. 

Junker (Theodor Hans) [1888- ]. *XJeber 
die Ursachen der Fehl- und Totgeburten. 
26 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1917. 

Junkermann (Julius) [1885- ]. *Funf 
FaUe von subkutaner Milzruptur. 1 p. 1., 
45 pp. 8°. Bonn, E. Eisele, 1913. 

Junker sdorf (Peter). *Ein Fall von Tetanus 
nach Bronchopneumonie nebst Mitteilungen 
tiber die Bedeutung der Mischinfektion mit 
Pneumokokken, tiber Spatteta;nus, Tetanus- 
rezidiv u. chron. Tetanus. 48 pp. 8°- Bonn, 
C. Georgi, 1919. 

Jnnod (J.-A.). Essai sur raargissement m^- 
canique du thorax. 48 pp. 8°. Geneve & 
Bale, Georg & Co., 1902. 



Junquet (Xavier) [1884r- ]. *Oancer du 
pancreas et cancer des voies biliaires. Essai 
de diagnostic diff^rentiel. 2 p. 1., 67 pp. 8°. 
Lyon, 1907. No. 60. 

Juiitendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi. [Maga- 
zine of the Juntendo Society ' for Medical 
Research.] Nos. 141-404, 1892-1906. 8°. 
Tokyo. 

JUpin (Henri) [1897- ]. *Contribution k 
r^tude de la forme oesophagienne du cancer 
de I'estomac. 54 pp., 3 1. 8°- Paris, 1925. 
No. 272. 

Juppen (Karl). *Synthfee des 3, 4'-diQxy- 
laavonols. 32 pp. 8°. Bern, W. Walchli, 
1906. 

Juquelier (Paul) [, -1921]. *Contribution 
&, r^tude des d61ires par auto-intoxication (in- 
suflBsance h^patique latente et petit brigh- 
tisme). 128 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1903. No. 
105. 

La contagion mentale. 12°. Paris, 1905. 

For biography see Ann. m§d.-psyohol.. Par., 1921, 11 s., 
i, 418-420 (Toulouse). 

Juraske (Johannes Karl) [1894^ ]. 
*Kommt Lymphogranulomatose (Paltauf, 
Sternberg), Hodgkinsches Granulom, ma- 
lignes Granulom (Beiida) bei Tieren vor? 
[Leipzig.] 31 pp. 8°. Dresden, F. A. 
Wolf, 1921. 

Jurasz (Anton) [1877-1923]. Geschichte der 
Laryngologie an der Universitat Heidelberg 
seit der Erfindung des Kehlkopfspiegels bis 
zum 1. Oktober, 1908. yii, 54 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Wurzburg, C. Kabitsch, 1908. 

For biography see Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. 
& ■Wien, 1923, Ivii, 796-798 (P. Heymann). 

Jurasz (Anton Thomas Alexander) [18^2- 
]. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Dermoide 
und Teratome im kleinen Becken, besonders 
der retrorectal gelegenen. 31pp. 8°. Heidel- 
berg, K, Rossler, 1907. 

Jurgelionis (Antoine) [1896- ]. *Quelques 
considerations sur 1' Education physique, ses 
origins, son 6tat actuel, son avenir. 88 pp. 
8°. Paris, 1925. . No. 277. 

Jurisprudence (Medical) . 

See, also, Abortion (Criminal); Cadaver; 
Coroners; Crime; Evidence (Medical); 
Hanging; Horoiciae; Infanticide; Insan- 
ity (Jurisprudence of); Malpractice; Medi- 
cine (State); Physicians; Poisoning; Rape; 
Secrecy (Professional); Sexual instinct; 
Wounds (Jurisprudence of),' and under 
names of pertinent subjects. 

Adleh (H. M.). Medical science and 
criminal justice. 8°. K^leveland, 1921.] 

Behr (V.).' Beitrage zu gerichtsarzt- 
lichen Diagnostik an Kopf, SchadeL und 
Gehirn. 8°. Jena, 1908. 

BbiteXge zur oflfentlichen und gericht- 
lichen Arzneikunde, hrsgb. von T. G. A. 
Roose. I Stiick. 8°. Braunschweig, 1798. 

Cook (W. G. H.). Insanity and mental 
deficiency in relation to legal responsibility; 
a study in psychological jurisprudence. 8°. 
London, 1921. 

CoppENS (C). Moral principles and med- 
ical practice, the basis of medical jurispru- 
dence. 4. ed. 12°. New York, 1905. 

CuLBEKTSON (H.E.). Medical men and 
the law; a modern treatise on the legal rights; 
duties and liabilities of physicians and sur- 
geons. 8°. Philadelphia, & New York, 1913. 

VAN Dam van Isselt (E. W.). *De 
strafrechtelijke aansprakelijkheid van den 



JURISPRUDENCE 



108 



JURISPRUDENCE 



Jurisprudence (Medical)— continued. 

medicus. [Legal responsibility of the physi- 
sician.] 8°. Utrecht, 1902. 

Dorado (P.). Los peritos mSdicos y la 
justicia criminal. 8°. Madrid, 1906. 

VAN EijK (H. H.). Arts en wet. [The 
physician and the law.] 4°. Haarlem, 1910. 

Law (The) and the doctor. A compila- 
tion of the fundamental legal principles gov- 
erning the relation of the -physician to his 
patients and the community at large, v. 1. 
The physician's civil liability for malprac- 
tice. 8°. Yonkers, N. Y., 1903. 

Lucas (A.). Forensic chemistry. 8°. 
London 1921. 

Madia (E.). Dizionario di medicina legale, 
con r etimologia di tutte le parole derivanti 
dal greco e dal latino, ad uso del magistrati, 
avvocati e medici. 3 v. 8°. Napoli, 1904. 

Ottolenghi (S.). II momento attuale 
della medicina legale e la sua funzione so- 
ciale. 8°. Roma, 1904. ct 

PoNTOPPiDAN (K.). Retsmedicinske Fore- 
laesninger og Studier. [Lectures and studies 
on legal medicine.] v. 2. 8° K0benhavn, 
1908. 

Reichbl (H.). Ueber forensische Psv- 
chologie._ 8°. Mtinchen, 1910. 

RiCHTER (M.). Gerichtsarztliche Diagnos- 
tik und Technik. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. 

Salzbr (J. M.). *Disputationem anato- 
mico-medicam de inspectione et sectione 
legali harumque exemplo speciaU proponit. 
sm. 4°. Tubingae, 1736. 

Smith (F. J.) . Lectures on medical juris- 
prudence and toxicology; as delivered at the 
London Hospital. 2. ed. 12°. London, 
1908. 

Studi di medicina legale e varia. Pubbli- 
cati in onore di Giuseppe Ziino nel xl anni- 
versario del suo insegnamento. 8° Mes- 
sina, 1907. 

ToRELLi (U.) . Appunti di medicina legale. 
8°. CagUari, 1908. 

Vortragb gehalten auf der Versammlung 
von Juristen und Aerzten in Stuttgart 1906. 
8°. Halle a. S., 1907. 

Allison (A.) . The importance of teaching medical juris- 
prudence to students of medigine and law. Brit. M. J., 
liOnd., 1922, ii, 368-371.— Balthazard (V.). L'Institut 
mftdico-lfigal de rUniversitS de Paris. Ann. de m6d. 16g., 
Par., 1923, iii, 321-345.— Bogelot (P.). & Brocchi (J.). 
Jurisprudence phannaceutlque: contrat entre pharmacien 
et deve. Biill. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1924, xxxi (annexe), 
61-54.— Bourke (M. P.). Talks to nurses on ethics and 
jurisprudence. Hosp. Progr., Milwaukee, 1920, i, 47-50. — 
Brown (H. J.). Some points of law of interest to the 
dental profession. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1925, xlvi, 601- 
610. — Carson (H. L.). ?'he trial of animals and insects; 
a little-known chapter of mediaeval jurisprudence. Proc. 
Am. Phil. Soc, Phila., 1917, Ivi, 410-415.— de Castro (R.). 
La criminologia ante la medicina legal. Bev. de med. y 
cirug. de la Habana, 1918, xxiii, 1S8-199.— Cevidalll (A.). 
L& medicina legale negll esami per la carriera giudiziaria. 
Eiv. di med leg., Pisa, 1915, v, 107-112.— CoUie (Sir J.). 
Medico-legal notes. Practitioner, Lond., 1920, civ, 8; 98; 

181; 241; 333; 415. Medico-legal pitfalls. ■ Ibid., 

1924, cxii, 69-84.— Courtois-Sufflt & Bourgeois (F.). 
M6a6eine legale; hygiene; thSrapeutique. Gaz. d. hop.. 
Par., 1924, xcvii, 1206-1213.— Coutts-Trotter (V. M.). The 
relations of medicine and law. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1923, 
xl, 5-14.— de Dominicis (A.). Legal medicine as a bio- 
logical science. Ibid., 1912-13, xxx, 60.— Dupuy de Fre- 
neUes. La,responsabilit§ des chirurgies. Arch. m6d.-chir. 
de Provence, Tours, 1922, xii, 229-233,— Ebermayer. 
Rechtsfragen aus der Srztlichen Praxis. Deutsche med. 
Wohnsohr., Leipz.' & Berl., 1918, xhv, 357; 381; 413; 773; 
807; 1364; 1397; 1460: 1924, I, 1338; 1418; 1659: 1925, li, 35; 
116; 197.— Eras (J.). Rechtsschutz der Kranken. Aerztl. 
Rundschau, Miinchen, 1925, xxxv, 145; 161.— Evans (Sir S.). 
Inaugiural address. Tr. Med.-Leg. , Soc. 1916-1918, Lond., 
1918, xiii, 41-47.— Ferrannini (L.). D diritto di uccidere. 
Eassegna intemaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1921, ii, 129, 
158; 198.— Finch (E. E.). Physiology in medical jurispru- 



Jurisprudence (IVIedical) — continued. 

dence. Med. Times, N. Y., 1920, xlviii, 82-88.— Forcht 
(F.). The legal status of the physician and surgeon. Ken- 
tucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1915, xiii, 609-516.— Green 
(F. E.) . Legal status of physicians and sectarians. J. Am. 
M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Ixxix, 1011-1046.— Horn (P.). 
Ueber ar/.thche Gutachtertatigkeit. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
schr., Leipz., 1925, li, 2042: 1926, Iii, 202; 1437.— Jansch 
(H.). Zur Kenntnis gerichtUch-chemlsoher Untersuchun- 
gen. Beitr. z. gerichtl. Med., Leipz. & Wien., 1922, iv, 
65-88.— Kaestner (P.). Der Arzt in der Eeohtsprechung. 
Miinchen. med Wchnschr., 1915-1918, Ixii-lxv, passim.— 
Lande (P.). L'orientation actuelle dela m§deoine legale. 
J. de mSd. de Bordeaux, 1924, liv, 935-943.— Lanzillo (A.). 
Un libro di medicina legale di Augusto Murri; Riv. crit. 
in materia di infortuni [etc.], Eoma, 1919, viii, 177-180.— 
Leonhard (F.). Die wissenschaftliche Kritik auf der 
Anklagebank. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 

1922, xlviii, 1453; 1487.— Lewis (J. F.). The physician 
from the standpoint of the lawyer. Hahneman. Month., 
Plula., 1916, li, 434-449.— Lieske (H.). Aerztliche Rechts- 
fragen zur Kriegszeit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, !i, 

1786-1769. .^erztUche Eechtsfragen. Ibid., 1916, 

Iii, 920-922. Vom Eechte des Arztes zur Verweige- 

rung des Zeugnisses und des Gutachtens. Fortschr. d. 
Med., Berl., 1915-16, xxxiii, 159-161.— Lochtc. Ueber die 
gerichtliche und soziale Medizin als Unterrichts- und 
Priifungsfach an den preussischen Universitaten, Aerztl. 
Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1923, xxix, 49-62.— Magrath (G. B.). 
Some medico-legal problems. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, 
Concord, 1923, oxxxii, 221-236.— Marston (W. M.). Psy- 
chological possibilities in the deception tests. J. Am. 
Inst. . . . Cruninol., Chicago, 1920-21, xi, 661-570.— Miiller- 
Hess. Qerichtsmedizin. Jahresk. f. Srztl. Fortbild., 
Miinchen, 1923, xiv, 22-35.— Murphy (M. W.). The 
doctor and the law. Jomrnal-Lancet, Minneap., 1921, xli, 
561-665.— Neureiter (F.) . Aufgaben und Ziele geriohthcher 
Medizin. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1923, Ixxiii, 967-964.— 
Osteopath not a physician (ex parte Eust (Calif.), 183 
Pac. R. 548). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, Ixxiv, 908.— 
Ottolenghi (S.). II nuovo Istituto di medicina legale 
a Eoma. Ulust. med. ital., Genova, 1924, vi, 185-192.— 
Reichardt (M.). Ueber den Unterricht und die Prttfung 
der Medizinstudierenden in der gerichtlichen und sozialen 
Medezin. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1920, xxvi, 97- 
102.— Bobbins (F.). The physician before the law in some 
European countries. Med. Eec, N. Y., 1918, xciii, 592- 
694. — Roth. Der preussische Qerichtsarzt. Ztschr. (. Med.- 
Beamte, Berl., 1921, xxxiv, 198-203.— Scheffel (C). A plea 
tor better medico-legal cooperation in cases presenting a 
psychopathological aspect. Medico-Legal J., N. Y., 1921, 
xxxvili, 67-73.— Shepardson (P. W.). The civil adminis- 
trative code of Illjnois, and medical licensure. J. Am. M. 
Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixx, 763-766. Also reprint.— Silva (N.). 
Estudo da medicina legal. Bol. da Acad. Nac. de Med., 
Eio de Jan., 191B, Ixxxix, 104-110.— Spilsbury (B. H.). 
Wounds and other injuries in their medico-legal aspects. 
Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1924-25, xlviii, 185-241.— StoU. Ueber 
die Voraussetzungen fiir eine einwandfreie arztliche Gu- 
tachtertatigkeit. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte [etc.], Berl., 
1926, xxxvili, 527-629.— Strassmann (F.). Ueber den 
Unterricht in der gerichtlichen Medizin. Berl. klin. Wchn- 
schr., 1914, li, 967-989.— Thomas (F.). Die strafgesetzliche 
Natur arzthoher Eingriffe in dem Entwurf zu einem deut- 
schen Strafgesetzbuch. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, xx, 695; 
730.— Vorkastner (W.). Die Stellung und Aufgaben der 
geriohthohen Medizin. Deutsche Ztschr. f. d. -ges. gerichtl. 
Med., Berl., 1926, v, 89-102.— Wilcox (E. W.). Legislative 
lies in medical jurisprudence. Med. Times, N. Y., 1916, 
xliU, 287-289.— WiUiams (E. H.) & Hoag (E. B.). Jury 
trial ami the medical expert. Med. Eev. of Eev., N. Y., 

1923, xxix, 311-316.— Woodward (W. C). Medico-legal 
relations. of physician and patient. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 

1913, ii, 69-82. The Bureau of Legal Medicine and 

legislation of the American Medical Association. Wisconsin 
M. J., Milwaukee, 1924-25, xxiii, 330-332.— Zimmermann 
(F.). Ueber gerichtliche und soziale Medizin. Aerztl. 
Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1924, xxx, 61-57.— Zingerlc (H.). 
Zur gerichtsSrztlicben Beurteilung kindlicher Beschuldil 
gungen. Arch. f. Kriminol., Leipz., 1921-22, Ixxiv, 161-171_ 

Jurisprudence (IVTedical, History of). 

Cousin (A.). *Essai sur les origines de la 
mSdecine legale. 8°. Paris, 1905. 

Germany. Charles V, Emperor [1519- 
1556]. Kaiser Karls des Fiinften Peinliche 
Gerichtsordnung nebst der bamberger Hals- 
gerichtsordnung. Hrsgb. von R. Schmid. 
2. Ausgabe. 8°. Jena, 1835. 

The same. 8°. Heidelberg, 1842. 

GuTBRBocK (C). Die Entstehungsge- 
schichte der Carolina. 8°. Wtirzburg, 1876. 

JocHUM (W.). *Die Geschichte der ge- 
richtlichen Medizin an der Universitat Got- 
tingen von 1800-1860. 8°. Gottingen, 1920. 



JURISPRUDENCE 



109 



JURISPRUDENCE 



Jurisprudence (Medical, History of) — 
continued. 

Lang (A.). *Medizinische Geriohtsbar- 
keit im Alten Zurich, 1714-1738. 8°. Zu- 
rich, 1925. 

Lyon (T. B.). Lyon's medical jurispru- 
dence for India, with illustrative cases; by 
L. A. WaddeU. 6. ed. 8°. Calcutta & 



Simla, 1918. 

PiRBs DB Lima 
forense em Portugal. 



(J. A.). A medicina 
8°. Porto, 1906. 
A history of medical 



America. 8°. Philadel- 



Shastid (T. H 
jurisprudence in 
phia [1912]. 

Temming (J.). *Die Geschichte der ge- 
rlchtlichen Medizin an der Universitat Got- 
tingen im 18. Jahrhundert. [Gottingen.] 8°. 
Munster i. W. [n. d.]. 

Wang-in-Hoai. Gerichtliche Medizin der 
Chinesen. Nach der hollandischen Ueber- 
setzung des Herrn C. F. M. de Grys. Hrsg. 
von H. Breitenstein. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. 

Albarel (P.). Trois rapports mSdioo-lSgaux du XVI" 
siecle. Chron. m6d., Par., 1912, xix, 640; 677.— Bohne (G.). 
Die gerichtliche Medizin ira italienischen Statutarrecht des 
13.-16. Jahrhunderts. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 
1921, 3. f., bd, 66; 238.— CevidalU (A.). Tenderize e oon- 
quiste dell' odierna medicina legale italiana. Oazz. inter- 
nal, di med., Napoli, 1912, xv, 1201-1205.— Cumston 
(C. G.). A note of the history of forensic medicine of the 
middle ages. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol., Chicago, 1912-13, 
iii, 865-866.— Delaunay (P.). Une' expertise m6dico-16gale 
en 1736; histoire de deux chirurgiens et d'une jperruche 
assassin^. France mid.. Par., 1914, 1x1, 127.— Di Mattel 
(E.). L' ora presente della medicina legale. Gazz. internaz. 
dl med., Napoli, 1913, xvi, 337-343.— Galamiel (H.). Les 
conceptions mfedicales des jurisconsultes remains. J. de 
mftd. de Bordeaux, 1921, li, 278.— Goulard (R.). Un essai 
de diagnostic rgtrospectit (1678-1913). Prance mfid., Par., 
1913, Ix, 165. — Lacassagne (A.). Des transformations du 
droit pinal et les progres de la m^decine legale de 1810 & 
1912. Arch, d'anthrop. Crira., Lyon & Par., 1913, xxviii, 
321-364.— MacMabon (J. G.). Medical jurisprudence his- 
torically considered. Med. Times, N. Y., 1921, xlix, 180- 
185. — Millant (R.). L'exercice et Tenseignement de la 
m6decine Mgale en Boumanie. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1912, 
4. B., xvii, 330-339.— Petit. Un cas de mMecme legale au 
XVII" siecle. Chron. mfid.. Par., 1912, xix, 197-200.— 
Schlictater (M.). Medico-legal methods in Hungary. 
Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 407.— Seyfarth. Ueber Hin- 
richtungen und andere gerichtsBrztliche Erfahrungen in 
Sildostbulgarien. Miinchen. med. Wchnsohr., 1919, Ixvi, 
1098.— Wellington (R. H.). [The history of medical juris- 
prudence.] Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond. (1919-20), 1921, xiv, 
6-11. 

Jurisprudence (Medical, Manuals of) . 

Atkinson. (S. B.). The law in general 
practice. Some chapters in every-day foren- 
sic medicine. 8°. London, 1908. 

Balthazard (V.). Precis de m^decine 
legale. 8°. Paris, 1906. 

Batjmert (G.)., Dennstedt (M.) [et al.]. 
Lehrbuch der gerichtlichen Chemie. Bd. II. 
2. ed. ■ 8°. Braunschweig, 1906. 

Becker (L.). Lehrbuch der aerztlichen 
Saehverstandigen-Tatigkeit. 6. ed. roy. 8°. 
Berlin, 1909. . 

Bokarius (N. S.). Kratkiy kurs sudebnol 
meditsinl, v konspektivnom izlozhenii dlya 
studentov. [Brief manual of legal medicine, 
in the form of a conspect, for students.] 8°. 
[Kharkov, 1911.] 

BoRKi (L.). Istituzioni di medicina giuri- 
dica. 8°. Milano, 1912. 

Brend (W., a.) . A handbook of medical 
jurisprudence'and toxicology for the use of 
students and practitioners. 16°. London, 
1906. 

The same. 2. ed. 12°. London, 



1915. 



1922. 



The same. 4. ed. 16°. London, 



Jurisprudence (Medical, Manuals of) — 
continued. 

Brothers (E. D.). Medical jurispru- 
dence; a statement of the law of forensic 
medicine. 8° St. Louis, 1914. 

- The same. 2. ed. 8°. St. Louis, 
1925. 

Buchanan (R. J. M.). Text-book of fo- 
rensic medicine and toxicology. 8. ed. 8° 
Edinburgh, 1915. 

Burridge (H. a.). An introduction to 
forensic medicine. 12°. London, 1924. 

Caldera (C.) & Balla (A.). Compendio 
di medicina legale oto-rino-laringologica. 8° 
Biella, 1916. 

Chapman (H. C.). A manual of medical 
jurisprudence, insanity and toxicology. 3. 
ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1903. 

Childs (L.). Law for the dentist. 16°- 
Philadelphia [1923]. 

CoppENS((C.). Moral principles and med- 
ical practice, the basis of medical jurispru- 
dence. 8°- New York, 1921. 

CosiMO (B.). Medicina legale. 8°. Mi- 
lano, 1905. 

Depolovich (P. P.). Kratkiy uchebnik 
sudebnol meditsini. [Brief manual of foren- 
sic medicine.] 8°. Kiger, 1907. 

Draper (F. W.). A text-book of legal 
medicine. 8°. Philadelphia, 1905. 

DwiGHT (E. W.). Medical jurisprudence. 
A manual for students and practitioners. 
Ed. by V. C. Pedersen. 12°. Philadelphia, 
1903. 

Emerson (R. L.). Legal medicine and 
toxicology. 8°. New York & London, 1909. 

FiLOMUSi-GuELPi (G.). Tratato di medi- 
cina legale. 2 v. 8°. Napoli, 1908-1910. 

GiPFEN (Grace H.). Students' manual of 
medical jurisprudence and public health. 
2. ed. 12°. Edinburgh, 1906. 

The same. 3. ed. 8°. Edinburgh, 

1913. 

Glaister (J.). A text-book of medical 
jurisprudence, toxicology and public health. 
8°. Edinburgh, 1902. 

The same. 3. ed. 8°- Edinburgh, 

1915. 

The same. 4. ed. 8°. Edinburgh, 

1921. 

Gottschalk (R.). Grundriss der gericht- 
lichen Medizin (einschl. Unfallfiirsorge) filr 
Aerzte und Juristen; mit besonderer Beriick- 
sichtigung der einschlagigen Entscheidungen 
des Reichsgerichts und des Reichsversiche- 
rungsamtes. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. 

Grant (C. G.). Practical forensic medi- 
cine; a police-surgeon's emergency guide. 
2. ed. 12°. London, 1911. 

Handbuch der arztlichen Sachverstandi- 
gen Tatigkeit, unter Mitwirkung von G. 
Anton, hrsg. von P. Dittrich. v. 1-3; 7-9; 
10, pt. 1, 1906-1913. 8°. Wien & Leipzig. 

Handbuch der gerichtlichen Medizin. 
Hrsg. von A. Schmidmann unter Mitwirkung 
von A. Haberda [et al.]. 9. Aufl. des Casper- 
Leman'schen Handbuches. 3 v. 8°. Berlin, 
1905-6. 

Harnack (E. F. M.). Die gerichtliche 
Medizin, mit Einschluss der gerichtlichen 
Psychiatric und der gerichtlichen Beurteilung 
von Versioherungs und Unfallsachen, fiir 
Mediziner und Juristen, in Gemeinschaft mit 
Fr. Haasler & E. Siefert. 8°. Leipzig, 1914. 



JURISPRUDENCE 



110 



JURISPRUDENCE 



Jurisprudence (Medical, Manuals of)— 
continued. 

Hawthorne (C. O.). Forensic medicine 
and toxicology. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1912 

Hbmenwat (H. B.). Essentials of veteri- 
nary law. 8°. Chicago, 1916. 

VON HoFMANN (E.) Ritter. Lehrbuch der 
gerichtlichen Medicin. 9. ed. 8°. Beriin 
1909. ' 

Husband (H. A.). Forensic medicine, 
toxicology and public health. 8°. Edin- 
burgh, 1904. 

• Ignatovski (A. S.). Sudebnaya meditsi- 
na. [Medical jurisprudence.] 2 Nos. 8°. 
Yuryev, 1910-1912. 

KciPPBN (M.). Sammlung von gericht- 
lichen Gutachten aus der psychiatrischen 
Klinik der Kgl. Charit6 zu Berlin; mit 
einem Vorwort von Dr. Jolly. 8i°. Berlin, 
1904. 

KosoROTOPF (D. P.). Uchebnik sudeenol 
meditsinl dlya studentov. [Manual of legal 
medicine for students.] pt. 1. 8°. S.- 
Peterburg, 1911. 

Khatteb (J.). Lehrbuch der gerichtlichen 
Medizin. 8°. Stuttgart, 1912. 

Lacassagnb (A.). Precis de la m^decine 
Idgale. 12°. Paris, 1906. 

The same. 2. ed. 12° Paris, 1909. 

& Thoinot (L.). Le vade mecum du 

m^decin-expert. 3. ed. 12°. Paris, 1911. , 
Lefbrt (P.). Aide-memoire de m^decine 

legale pour la preparation du quatrifeme exa- 

men. 12°. Paris, 1903. 

Lehrbuch der gerichtlichen Chemie mit 

Beriicksichtigung sanitats-polizeiUcher und 

rnedizinisch-chemischer Untersuchungen. Be- 

arbeited von Georg Baumert [et al.]. v. 1. 

2. ed. 8° Braunschweig, 1907. 

LESSER (A.). Stereoskopischer , gerichts- 

arztUcher Atlas. Abth. 1-4. obi. 12°. 

Breslau, 1903-1905. 

The same. Atlas stSreoscopique de 

m^decine legale. Traduit par L. Hahn. 
Avec une preface par P. Brouardel. 2 pts. 
obi. 12°. Breslau, 1904-5. 

Lyon (I. B.) & Waddell (L. A.). Medical 
jurisprudence for India, with illustrative 
<;ases. 3. ed. 8°. Calcutta, 1904. 

4. ed. 8°. Calcutta, Simla & 

Bombay, 1909. 

The same. 5. ed. 8°. Calcutta, 

1914. 

The same. 6. ed. 8°. Calcutta & 

Simla, 1918. 

Madia (E.). Compendio di medicina 
legale ad uso degli studenti, dei medici 
pratici e dei legali. 5. ed. 8°. Napoli, 1904. 

The same. 8. ed. 4°. Napoh, 1914. 

Trattato di medicina legale, con 

note di antropologia criminale e psichiatria 
forense ad uso degli studenti, dei medici 
pratici e dei legali. 12°. Napoli, 1920. 

Malkmus (B.). Handbuch der gericht- 
lichen Tierheilkunde. Mit pathologisch- 
anatomischen Beitragen von A. Olt. 2. ed. 
roy. 8°. Hannover, 1910. 

Mann (J. D.) . Forensic medicine and tox- 
icology. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1908. 

The same. 5. ed. 8°. London, 1914. 

The same. 6. ed. 8°. London, 1922. 

Marx (H.). Einfiihrung in die gericht- 

liche Medizin ffir praktisohe Krimlnalisten. 
8°. Berlin, 1907. 



Jurisprudence (Medical, Manuals of) — 
continued. 

Praktikum der gerichtlichen Medi- 
zin. 12°- Berlin. 1907. 

Mata (P.). Tratado te6rico-prd.ctico de 
medicina legal y toxicologfa. 6. ed. corre- 
gida, reformada, puesta al nivel de los conoci- 
■mientos modernos, y arreglada a la legisla- 
ci6n vigente.por E. L. Caparr6s y A. A. 
Martinez. 5 v. 8°. Madrid, 1903-4. 

Medbcine legale et jurisprudence m6di- 
cale. Travaux, rapports, jugements, etc. 
PubH^s en 1905 par E. Dabout avec la 
collaboration de A. Le Blond [et al.]. 8°. 
Paris, 1906. 

Meier (L.). Handbuch der zahnarzt- 
lichen Rechtskunde, mit Beriicksichtigung 
der gerichtlichen und sozialen Zahnheil- 
■ kunde. 8°. Halle a. S., 1921. 

Mitchell (E. V.). The doctor in court. 
8°. New York [1913]. 

MuBRELL (W.). Aids to forensic medicine 
and toxicology. 6. ed. 12°. London, 1903. 

The same. 7.ed. 12° London, 1909. 

NoYEs (E.). Ethics and jurisprudence for 
dentists. 8°. Chicago, 1915. 

Paul (G.). Der osterreichische Gerichts- 
arzt. Vademekum fiir die forensische Praxis 
fiir Aerzte und Juristen. 8°. Wien & 
Leipzig, 1904. 

Perreau (E.-H.). Elements de jurispru- 
dence m^dicale k I'usage des mfidecins; con- 
ferences faites k la Faculty de m^decine de 
Montpellier, ann^es 1905-1907; avec une 
preface du docteur Lande. 8°. Paris, 1908. 

Plenk (J. J.). Elementa medicinse et 
chirurgise forensis. 8°i Viennae, 1781. 

Propper (E.). Kompendium der gericht- 
lichen Medizin mit besonderer Beriicksichti- 
gung der schweizerischen Rechtsverhaltnisse 
und einem Anhang der einschlagigen Gesetze 
ftir Aerzte, Juristen und Studierende. 8°. 
Bern, 1923. 

Reese (J. J.). Text-book of medical ju- 
risprudence and toxicology. Revised by H. 
Leflfmann. 7. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. 

The same. 8. ed. 8°. Philadel- 
phia, 1911. 

Robertson (W. G. A.). Manual of med- 
ical jurisprudence, toxicology and public 
health. 8° London, 1908. 

— - The same. 2. ed. 8°. Edinburgh, 
1910. 



1913. 



1916. 



The same. 2. ed. 8°- London, 

The same. 3. ed. 8°. London, 

The same. 4. ed. 12°. London, 
1921. 

Roll (H. F.). Leerboek der gerechtelijke 
geneeskunde. 8°. Batavia, 1908. 

Simon- AuTEROCHE (E.). Manuel pratique 
de droit medical; droits et obligations pro- 
fessionnels des mddecins, dentistes et sages- 
femmes. Preface du Dr. L. LerebouUet. 12°. 
Paris, 1908. 

Smith (S. A.). Forensic medicine; a text- 
book for students and practitioners. 8°. 
London, 1925. 

Smith (W. R.). Medical jurisprudence 
from the judicial standpoint. 8°. London, 
1913. 

Stbassmann (F.). Medizin und Strafrecht, 
unter Mitwirkung von H. Hoffmann und H. 



JURISPRUDENCE 



111 JURISTISCH-PSYCHIATRISCHE 



Jurisprudence (Medical, Manuals of) — 
continued. 

Marx; mit einem ' Anhang: die kriminellen 
Vergiftungen von P. Fraenckel. roy. 4°. 
Berlin, 1911. . 

Taylor (A. -N.). The law in its relation 
to physicians. ' 8°. New. York, 1904. 

Taylor (A. S.). A manual of medical 
iurisprudence. 2..ed. 16°. London, 1846. 

The principles 'and practice of med- 
ical jurisprudence, ed. by F. J. Smith. 2 v. 
5. ed. 8^. Londx>n, 1905. 

The s4me. 7. ed. 8°. London, 

1920. 

Text-book (A) of legal medicine and toxi- 
cology. Ed. by F. Peterson and W. S. 
Haines. 1. v. ■ 8°. Philadelphia, 1903. 

Thoinot (L.-H.). . Precis de niddecine 
legale. 2 V. 8°. Paris, 1913. 

ViBERT (C). Prdcis de m^decine legale. 
Pr6c6d6 d'une introduction par P. Brouardel." 
8°. Paris, 1896. 

The same. 6. .ed. 8°. Paris, 1903. 

The same. 7. ed. 8°:. Paris, 1908. 

ViEiRA (A. X. L.). Manual de medicina 

legal. . 2. ed. 8°. Coimbra, 1903. 

ZtjNO (G.). Compendio di medicina legale 
e giurisprudenza medica secondo le leggi 
dello stato e 1 piil, recenti progress! della 
scienza ad uso de' medici ed'giurlsti. 2 v. 
4. ed. 8°. MUanO, 1906. 

Jurisprudence (Medical, Periodicals 
and transactions of societies relating 
to). 

Annales de m6d6cine legale, de oriminplo- 
gie et de poUce sanitaire. 1-6, 1921-1926. 
8°. Paris. 

Archives Internationales de m^decine 
Wgale. V. 1-5, 1910-1914. 8°. BruxeUes, 
Pa.ris & Berlin. 

Atti deUa SocietS, di medicina legale sede 
in Roma. v. 1-6, 1908-1914. 8°. Roma. 

BEiTRiGB zur forensischen Medizin. Hrsg. 
von Hans Lungwitz. v. 1-2, 1912-1914. 8**. 
BerUn. 

Beitrage zur gerichtlichen Medizin. Band 
1-6, 1911-1924. 8°. Leipzig & Wien. 

.CoNGRfes de mddecine llgale. de langue 
frangaise (Paris, 29-30 mai 19ll). v. 1, 
1911. 8°. Paris. * 

Deutsche Zeitschrift ftir die gesamte' ge- 
richthche Medizin. v. 1-9, 1922-1-926. 8°. 
Beriin. ' . ' 

Difesa (La) medico-legale dellavoro. v. 
1-7, 1919-1925. 8°. Torino. 

Medico-Legal Bulletin. PubUshed month- 
ly by the Physicians' Defense Company. 
V.-1-4, 1903-1906. 12°. Fort Wayne, Ipd. 
Medico-Legal Society. Transactions of 
the ... V. 1-14 1902-1920. 8°. London. 

Pratique (La) m6dico-16gale. v. 1, 1914. 
8°. Paris. 

Protocolo m^dico-forense. Ilevista men- 
sual pubUcada bajo la direcci6n de Anselmo 
Pomar. v. 7-16, 1905-1913. 8°. Teruel. 

QuADERNi di medicina legale. Revista 
mensile. v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. Milano. 

Revista de criminologia, psiquiatria y 
medioina-legal. v. 7-13, 1920-1926. 8°. 
Buenos Aires. 

Revue de droit medical; droit, legislation, 
int§r6ts professionnels, m^decine legale, v. 1, 
1912. 8°. Paris. 



Jurisprudence (Medical, Periodicals 
and transactions of societies relating 
to) — continued. 

Revue de mddecine legale psychiatrique 
et d'anthropologie criminelle. R^dacteur en 
chef: A. Autheaume. [Bimonthly.] v. 1, 
1906. 8°. Paris. 

Rivista di medicina legale e di giurispru- 
denza medica con riguardo alle questioni 
degU infortuni sul lavoro. v. 6-10, 1915- 

1920. 8°. Pisa. 

SocifiTifi de m^decine legale de Belgique. 
Annaler de la . . . . v. 1-20, 1889-1909. 
8°. Charleroi; Bruxelles. 

TiDssKRiPT for nordisk retsmedicin og 
psykiatri. Udivet af H. A. Th. Dedichen. 
[Quarterly.] v. 1-4, 1901-1904. Kristiania. 

Zacchia, rassegna di studi medico legali. 
V. ,1-4, 1921-1924. 8°. Roma. 

Ehrhorn (O. W.). Societies of medical jurisprudence, 
their defects; the remedy. Med. Times, N. Y., 1914, xlii, 
373.— Martin (E.). Oompte reodu du 3''"« congrSs de 
mSdeoine 16gale de langue francaise. Paris, 26-28 mai 1913. 
Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1913, jjxviii, 481- 
484.— Simonin. Compt rendu du 2° Congrte de mfidecine 
legale de langue frangaise (Paris, 20-22 mai 1912). Arch. 
de m6d. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1912, Ix, 356-363.— West 
(J. C). The origin and development of the Society of 
Medical Jurisprudence. Med. Times, N. Y., 1916, zliv, 
253. 

Jurisprudence (Medico-military). 

Digest of opinions of the Judge Advocate 
General of the Army, together with notes on 
military justice; decisions of the Comptroller 
of the 'Trieasury; decisions of courts. 8°. 
Washington, 1918. 

Biondl (0.). Norme pratiche' per alcuni piii comuni 
accertamenti obiettivi nelle valutazioni medico-legali. 
Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1919, Ixvii, 637-653.— Boaft (K.). 
TTeber das unberechtigte Angelen von Eriegsasszeicli- 
nungen^ besonders im Verein mit anderen forensischen 
Komplikationen. Arch. f. Kriminol., Leipz., 1916, Ixvii, 
103-107.— BUrger (L.). Oerichtliche Medizin und Krieg. 
Vrtlisohr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1918, 3. P., Ivi, Suppl. 
Heft, 19-36.— Carbaugh (H. C). The separateness of 
military and civil jurisdiction; a brief. J. Am. Inst. . . . 
Criminol., Chicago, 1918-19, ix, 671-688.— ClvU rights of 
I)ersoii9 in military service; permission to withdraw from 
service. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxl, 996. — DiiUner. 
GerichtSrztliche Erfabrungen aus dem MilitSrversorgungs- 
wesen. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1924, xxx, 92; 104; 
111.— von DSmSny (P.). Gerichtsftrztliche Erirmerungen 
aus dem Felde. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1918, Ixviii, 1197- 
1201.— FunaioU (Q.). La medicina legale militaro in 
passato e net presente. Bassegna di studi psichiat., Siena, 

1921, X, 3-12.— Gaupp (E.). Die gerichtsarztliche Beur- 
teilung der militSrischen Dienstverweigerung aus religiosen 
Griinden. Milnchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, Ixiv, 960.— 
KllUan. Die Frage der Dienstbrauchbarkeit, Dienstbe- 
schadigung und Erwerbsunfahiekeit bei Verletzungen und 
Erkrankungen des Halses und der Nase. Mil.-Srztl. Sach- 
verst.-Tatigk., Jena, 1917, ii, 16-36.— Krull (M.). Die 
strafrechtliche Begutachtung der Soldaten im Felde." Berl. 
klin. Wchnschr., 1918, Iv, 671-675.— Mulzer. Erkrankungen 
und Verletzungen der Haut-, Ham- und Qeschleohtsorgane. 
Mil.-Srztl. Sachverst.-TStigk., Jena, 1917, ii, 216-240.— 
Neumann (O. P.). Zur Beurteilung der Dienstfahigkeit 
auf Grand der Kriegserfahrung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 
1917, llv, 1172-1174.— Pusateri (S.). Due anni e mezzo 
di servizio medico-legale oto-rino-laringojatrioo nel xii 
Corpo d'armata territoriale. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], 
Torino, 1919, xxx, 219-224.— Strong (Q. V.). The. admin- 
istration of military justice at the United States Discipli- 
nary Barracks, Fort Leavenworth, Kansas. J. Am. Inst 

Criminol., Chicago, 1917-18, viii, ■ 420-427.— Telese (V.). 
L'evoluzione del concetto di causality sotto il rispetto medico- 
legale militare. Cong, internaz. di med. e farm, mil., Atti, 
Eoma, 1923, ii, 274-277.— Tobia (A.). Brevi consideraziom 
sulle paralisi e contrature ed ipertome muscolari nei riguardl 
della pratica medico-legale militare. Gior. di med. mil., 
Eoma, 1918, Ixvi, 413-416. 

Jurist (Alfred Edward). *A rearrangement of 

the benzillc acid type in the aliphatic series. 

8 pp. 8°. Chicago, Univ. Chicago, 1922. 
Juristisch - psychiatrische Grenzfragen. 

Zwanglose Abhandlungen. v. 1-10, 1903- 

1919. 8°. Halle a. S. 



JURNAL 



112 



JYDSK 



Jurnal Akusherstva i Zhenskikh Bolieznei; 
organ Akushersko-Ginekologicheskavo Obsht- 
shestva v S.-Peterburgle. [Journal of Ob- 
stetrics and Diseases of Women; Organ of the 
Obstetrico-Gynsecological Society in St. Pe- 
tersburg.] V. 1-37, 1887-1926. 4°. S.- 
Peterburg. 

Jurnal Meditsinskoi Khimii i Formatsii. v 
1-2, 1892-1894; v. 5-6, 1898-1900. 
Continued as the following: 

Jurnal Meditsinskoi Khimii i Organoterapii. 
[Journal of Medical Chemistry and Organo- 
therapy.] V. 7-12, 1901-1908. 8°. S.- 
Peterburg. 
Continuation of the preceding. 

Jurnal Nevropathologii 1 Psikhiatrii imeni S. S. 
Korsakova, izdavayemiy Obshtshestvom Nev- 
ropatologov i Psikhiatrov, sostoyashtshim pri 
Imperatorskom Moskovskom Universitetie. 
[Journal of Neuropathology and Psychiatrics 
in memory of S. S. Korsakoff, issued by the 
Society .of Neuropathologists and Psyoluatri- 
cians at the University of Moscow.] v. 1-13, 
1901-1913, V. 18, 1925. 8°. Moskva. 

Jurnal Obshtshestva Russkikh Vrachei v pam- 
yat N. I. Pirogova. [Journal of the Society 
of Russian Physicians in Pirogoff's memory.] 
v. 1-14, 1895-1908. 8°. Moskva. 
Continued as Obshtshcstvenniy Vrach. 

Jurnal psikhologii, nevrologii i psikhatrii. 
[Journal of psychology, neurology and psy- 
chiatry.] V. 1, 1922. 8°. Moskva. 

Jurnal Russkavo Obshtshestva Okhraneniya 
Narodnavo zdravi^-a. [Journal of the Rus- 
sian Society for the Preservation of the Public 
Health.] v. 1-2, 1891-92; v. 8-23, 1898- 
1913. 8°. S.-Peterburg. 

Jurnitschek (Felix). *Der Innenpol- Magnet. 
Eine neue Verwertung des Elektromagnetis- 
,mus zur Entfernung von Eisensplittern aus 
dem Auge. 27 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 
1906. 

Jurovsky (Schloima) [1877- ]. *Ueber 
peripherische Deltoideuslahmung und uber 
die galvanische Erregbarkeit des Deltoideus. 
30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, O. Francke, 1904. 

JuScenko (Alex Ivan). Das Wesen der Geistes- 
krankheiten und deren biologisch-chemische 
Untersuchungen. viii, 132 pp. 8°- Dresden 
& Leipzig, T. Steinkopff, 1914. 

The same. The physical basis of mental 

diseases and their biologic-chemical examina- 
tions. 4 p. 1., 195 pp' 4°. Chicago, Bayard 
Holmes, 1916. 

Juselius (Emil). *Studien uber Iriscvsten. 1 
p. 1., 79 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Helsingfors, F. Tilg- 
mann, 1906. 

Jusephovitch (Anna) [1883- ]. *Contribu- 
tion a I'^tude de I'association de I'hyst^rie 
avec sclerose en plaques. 44 pp. 8° Mont- 
pellier, 1911. No. 3. 

Just (August Karl Wilhelm Leonard) [1889- 
]. *Ueber das Friedmann'sche Heil- und 
Schutzmittel gegen Tuberkulose. 75 pp. 8°. 
Heidelberg, Rossler & Herbert, 1915. 



Just (Johannes Wilhelm) [1875- ]. *Ueber 
die operative Behandlung der tuberkulosen 
Spondylitis. 48 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. 
Georgi, 1900. 

da Justa (Antonio Alfredo). *Considerafoes 
sobre a responsabilidade medica. 69 pp. roy. 
8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1905. 

Juste (Rafael Blanco). Elementos de historia 
natural con nociones de anatomfa y fisiologfa 
humanas. 262 pp. 8°. Madrid, 1911. 

Justi (Karl). *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Spru 
(Aphthae tropicae). [Halle.] 51 pp., 1 pi. 
8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1913. 

Justmann (Ludvifig) [1884r- ]. *Ueber den 
Einfluss verschiedener Eiweisskorper auf die 
Zuckerauscheidung beim Diabetes mellitus. 
29 pp. 8°. Strassburg, 1910. 

Justmann (Ludwika) . *Einfluss der kochsalz- 
armen und kochsalzreichen Diat auf die 
Magensaftsekretion bei Hyperaciditat. 45 
pp. 8°. Strassburg, i. E., Miih & Cie., 
1912. 

Justus (Bruno) [1885- ]. *Beitrage zu dem 
Vorkommen und der geographischen Verbrei- 
tung des Kropfes in der Provinz Ostpreussen. 
[Konigsberg i. Pr.] 1 p. 1., 21 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
Wehlau, Ostpr., C. A. Scheffler, 1913. 

Justus (F. J.). Das Weib und seine Leiden. 
182 pp. 8°. Leipzig, M. Spohr, 1912. 

Jutkowski (Lazarus) [1878- ]. *Ueber 
plastische Operationen an Penis und Skrotum 
im Anschluss an einen Fall von Schindung 
der mannlichen Genitalien. 34 pp. 8°. 
Breslau, 1904. 

von Juvalta (Fortunat). *Ueber die Vergif- 
tungen, welche in den Jahren 1884-1904 auf 
der Zijricher medizinischen Klinik beobachtet 
wurden. 63 pp. 8°. Zurich, W. Coradi- 
Maag, 1905. 

Juvenile courts. 

See Courts (Juvenile). 

Juveisin. 

Datyner (S.). TJeber Juvenin. Deutsche med. Wchn- 
schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1923, jdix, 1495.— Katz (G.). Juvenin. 
Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1924, Ixv, 239.— Kobes. Erfah- 
rungen mit Juvenin. Ibid., 1923, Ixiv, 431-433— Roth- 
schild (A.). TJeber Juvenin. TJid., 1924, Ixv, 362-365. 

Juventud (La) medica. Organo de los inte- 
reses de la sociedad del mismo nombre. v. 1- 
11, 1899-1911. roy. 8°- Guatemala, C. A. 

Juvin (Lucien) [1^88- ]. *La greflfe osseuse 
autoplastique dans le traitement des ost6o- 
sarcomes du membre inf^rieur. 01 pp. 4 pi. 
8°. Paris, 1913. No. 88. 

Juving (Paul) [1885- ]. *Consid Orations 
m^dioo-sociales sur les blessures involontaires 
par armes k feu courtes, revolvers ou pisto- 
lets. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. No. 29. 

Jujj, (Henri) [1874- ]. *Contribution k 
r etude du traitement des py61on6phrites in- 
fectieuses. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905. No. 316. 

The same. 68 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. 

Jacques, 1905. 

Jydsk medicinsk Selskabs Forhandlinger. 
Jn Hospitalstidende. K0benhavn. 



K 



VAN DEE KAADEN 



KADlGROBOFF 



van der Kaaden (Johanna Cornelia). *Is er 
hyperpigmentatie bij het leucoderma syphi- 
liticum? 70 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, 1918. 

Kaak (Alfred Oskar) [1874- ]. *Ein Fall 
von primarem Myxocysto-Sarkoma pericardii. 
34 pp., 11. 8° Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 
1904. 

Kaarsberg (Johannes) [1856-1917]. 

Hartmann (I. P.). Nekrolog. Ugeskr. f. Lseger, K(j- 
benh., 1917, badx, 502-504, port.— Hertz (E.). Nekrolog. 
Hosp.-Tid., K0benli., 1917, 8. E., x, 341-344, port. 

Kaatz (Friedrich) [1877- ] *Ueber Spon- 
tanfrakturen i. allgemeinen und zwei Falle 
von osteomyelitischen Spontanfrakturen im 
besonderen. 76 pp. 8°. Marburg, Koster 
& Schell, 1912. 

Kaatz (Friedrich Wilhelm) [1878- ]. *Zur 
Casuistik der medianen Halsfisteln. 14 pp., 
1 1. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1904. 

Kabalkin (Hinda Helene) [1886- ]. *Ueber 
Resektion der Harnblase und des Ureters 
wegen Carcinom. 17 pp. 8° Strassburg i. 
E., Miih & Cie., 1914. 

Kabatschnik (G.). *Ueber die medikamen- 
tose Beeinflussung der durch Chloroform- 
bedingten Blutdrucksenkung. [Ziirich.] 4 1. 
roy"8°. Beriin, J. Springer, 1907. 
Also in Therap. Monatsh,, Berl., 1907. 

Eabierske (Fritz) [1887- ]. *Ueber Blut- 
veranderungen bei Tumormausen und ihre 
Beziehung zu den kachektischen Blutveran- 
derungen beim Karzinom des Menschen. 
[Breslau.] 32 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. Klink- 
hardt 1915 

Kablitz (VoU'rath) [1881- ] *Zur Casuistik' 
der Unfall-Neurosen. 65 pp. 8°. Rostock, 
Adler's Erben, 1910. 

Kaboth (Georg) [1892- ]. *Ueber die Ent- 
stehung von Verwachsungen and Verschmel- 
zungen der Aortenklappe und ihre Bezie- 
hungen zur ulcerosen Endocarditis bei Feld- 
zugsteilnehmern. 38 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., 
Hohmann, 1920. 

Kabrhel (Gustav). Der Abstinentismus und 
seine Bedeutung ftir das Individuum und ftir 
die GeseUschaft. 1 pi., 69 pp. 8°. Munchen 
& Berlin, R. Oldenbourg, 1907. 

Eaburai. Contributions to the biology of the 
Philippine Archipelago and adjacent islands; 
the polyclad turbellarians from the Philip- 
pine Islands, pp. 635-649, 2 pi. 8°. Wash- 
ington, Gov. Print. Off., 1923. 

Smithson. Inst, U. S. National Mus. Bull. 100, v. 1, 
pt. 10. 

Kabus (Bruno Oskar) [1888- ]. *Neue 
Untersuchungen tiber Regenerationsvor- 
gange bei Pflanzen. [Konigsberg.] 52 pp. 
8°. Breslau, R. Nischkowsky, 1912. 

Kabzan (Elieser) [1888- ]. *Pelveoperito- 
nitische Abscesse durch Colpotomia posterior 
geheilt. 26 pp. 8°. Munchen, M. Leutner, 
1914. 

19850°— Vol. VII, 3d series— 27 8 



Kac (Stanislas) [1887- ]. *Traitement des 
fractures du membre inf(5rieur par armes k 
feu. 44 pp. 8°- Montpellier, 1916. No. 10. 

Kach (Friedrich) [1888- ]. *Der Einfluss 
der natUrlichen Ernahrung auf die Verhtitung 
der Rachitis. 21 pp. 8°. Munchen, R. 
Miiller & Steinicke, 1914. 

Kach (Ignaz) [1881- ]. *Ueber einen FaU 
von Thymustod. 22 pp. 8°. Munchen, 
Htibschmann, 1911. 

Kache (Georg Julius WiUi) [1879- ]. *Ue- 
ber charakteristische Merkmale und Resistenz 
des Mikrococcus meningitidis cerebrospinalis 
(Weichselbaum). 33 pp. 8°. Breslau, H. 
Fleischmann, 1906. 

Kache (Walter) [1887-' ], *Ueber Aetiolo- 
gie. Pathologic und Therapie der Querlage. 
30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, 1916. 

Kachel (Mally). * Untersuchungen uber Poly- 
arthritis chronica adhaesiva. [Freiburg i. B.l 
38 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1903. 

Kachel (Otto) [1885- ]. *Ueber Tuberkel- 
baziUen im stromenden Blut. [Tubingen.] 8 
pp. 8°. Wtirzburg, C. Kabitsch, 1913. 

KachenoTski. Bollezn Gogolya; kriticheskoye 
izslledovaniye. "Boliezn i smert Gagolya," 
N. N. Bazhenova. [Gogol's disease; critical 
investigation. "Disease and death of Gogol," 
by Bazhenoff.] 27 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 
1906. 

Kachoubsky-Koutschkovsky (Wanda). ♦Con- 
tribution k r^tude de la toxicity urinaire au 
poisson-chat. 17 pp. 8°. Geneve, 1909. 

Kadaner (M.). *Observations sur quelques 
vari6t6s cellulaires sp6cifiques du m&entere 
des amphibiens. 24 pp. 8° Lausanne, T. 
Geneux, 1923. 

Kade (Carl). Die Ehrengerichtsbarkeit der 
Aerzte in Preussen. vi, 133 pp. 8°. BerUn, 
A. Hirschwald, 1906. 

Kade (Emil). *Ueber den Einfluss der Nah- 
rung auf die Stickstoffbilanz bei gesunden und 
kranken Menschen. [Ziirich.] 35 pp. 8°. 
Langenthal, Kuert, 1917. 

Kadelbach (Christ. Frid.) & Reich (Henr. 
Carolus). De ex halationibus naturalibus. 
Disputatio prima. 2 p. 1., 54 pp. 4°. Lip- 
sise ex off. Loeperia, 1767. 

Kaden (Heinrich Walter) [1894r- ]. *Cysti- 
cercenmeningitis. [Leipzig.] 29 pp. 8°. 
Hosterwitz, C. Hahn, 1921. 

Kaden (Hugo Walter) [1891- ]. *Unter- 
suchungen iiber die chemische Reaktion des 
Vaginalsekretes beim Rind. [Leipzig.] 26 
pp. 8°. Lichtenstein-Callenberg, O. Vogel, 
1922. 

Kadtgroboff (losif Semyonovich) [1866- ]. 
*VIiyaniye muskulnoi rabotl na dieyatelnost 
pepsinovikh zhelyoz. [Influence of muscular 
work upon the activity of the peptic glands.] 
61 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. F. Revitser, 
1905. 

113 



KADISCH 



114 



KAESBOHRER 



Kadisch (Esther) [1890- ]. *Kolpotoiiua 
posterior zu diagnostischen und therapeuti- 
schen Zwecken. 60 pp. 8°. Mtinchen, R. 
Miiller & Steinicke, 1912. 

Eadlsson (Kaila-Broucha) [1888- ]. *Coii- . 
tribution k I'gtude de I'image neutrophile et 
de la valeur nuollaire du sang des nouveau- 
n6s et des nourrissons. 74 pp. 8°. Bor- 
deaux, 1914. No. 52. 

Eadowaki (Sh6ho) [1865- ]. *Casuistischer 
Beitrag zur Lehre von der traumatischen Ent- 
stehung der Schadel-Endotheliome. 18 pp 
1 pi., 1 1. 8°. Mtinchen. C. Wolf & Sohn, 
1907. 

Kadyan (A. A.). Pourezdeniya i khirurgiches- 
kiya zabollevaniya kishek i brtzhelki. [Inju- 
ries and surgical diseases of the intestines and 
mesentery.] 1 p. 1., 210 pp. 8°. S.-Peter- 
burg, V. S. Ettinger, 1903. 
Forms pt. 30 of Eussk. khir. 

Kadyi (Henryk) [1851-1912]. 

Markowski (J.). [In memoriam.] Lwow. tygodn. let., 
1912, vii, 713-716 [port, in text].— Pruszyilskl (J.). [In 
memoriam.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1912, 2. s., xxxii, 1263- 
1270 [port, in text].— Szpilmann (J.). [In memoriam.] 
Przegl. wet., Lwow, 1912, xxvii, 457-467. 

Kadyschewitsch (Chaim Wolf) [1887- ]. 
*Ueber Aetiologie, Haufigkeit und Heilung der 
Darmrisse in der Breslauer Poliklinik vom 
1.4.1900 bis 1.4.1906. 29 pp. 8°. Breslau, 
Schenkalowsky Nachf., 1913. 

Kadysiewicz (Leibus) [1891- ]. *Ueber 
das Syringom. 29 pp. 8° Jena, G. Neuen- 
hahn, 1918. 

Kaegi (Adolf) [1849-1923]. 

Schwyzer{E.). Nekrolog. Univ. Ziirich, Kektoratsrede 
u. Jaliresb., 1922-23, 63-66, port. 

KSgi (Adrienne). *Studien und Kritik der 
Blutveranderung nach Adrenalin. [Ziirich.] 
pp. 107-152.' 8°. Leipzig, J. Klinkhardt, 1919. 
Also in Folia hsematol., Leipz., 1919, xxv. 

Kahling (Paul Johannes) [1894- ]. *Ueber 

einen Fall von Myasthenia gravis pseudo- 

paralytica. [Leipzig.] 23 pp. 8°. Meissen, 

Hamann & Hubscher, 1922. 
Kalem (Kaspar). Die schwarze Krankheit; 

Marchen in drei Aufzugen. 71 pp. 8°. 

BerUn & Leipzig, C. Wigand, 1910. 
Kalln (Hans). *Bleibende Stellungsanoma- 

lien nach supracondylaren Humerusfrakturen. 

[Ziirich.] 38pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W.Vogel, 

1922. 
Kaelin (Werner) . *Ueber Storungen von Seiten 

des Halssympaticus bei einfacher Struma und 

im Anschluss an deren operative Behandlung. 

[Ziirich.] 31pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 

1915. 
Kammerer (Hugo) [1878- ]. *Ueber einen 

Fall von Anaemia gravis. 48 pp. 8°. Mtin- 
chen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1903. 
Die Abwehrkrafte des Korpers; eine 

Einftihrung in die Immunitatslehre. 3 p. 1., 

93 pp. 12°. Leipzig & Berlin, B. G. Teub- 

ner, 1915. 
Kammerer (Johann Baptise Karl) . *Das Ver- 

halten von Salzen in und zu Benzonitril. 

[Giessen.j 34 pp. 8°- Mainz, K.Theyer, 1910. 
Kaimpf (A.). *Ueber Nitroderivate des Phe- 

nanthreuchinons und tiber deren Abkomm- 

linge. [Stuttgart.] 3 p. 1., 76 pp. 8°. 

Wtlrzburg, C. J. Becker, 1903. 
Kampf (Hans) [1882- ]. *Ueber extrageni- 

tale Syphilisinfektion am Mund und im 

Mund. 34 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, F. Stauden- 

raus, 1909. 



Kaempf (Paul Georg Arno) [1883- ]. *Un- 
tersuchungen tiber den Gehalt an Zucker im 
Blute normaler-schwangerer und gebarender 
Frauen. 33 pp., 1 1. 8°. Halle a. S., Hoh- 
mann, 1908. 

KSmpfe (Arno). *Vergleichende anatomische 
und histologische Untersuchungen tiber Tuba 
auditiva der Haustiere und Luftsack des 
Pferdes. [Zurich.] 70 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Dres- 
den, O. Franke, 1909. 

Kaempf er (Paul). *Ueber multiple Cysten in 
der Leber des Pferdes. [Bern.] 33 pp. 8°. 
Hannover, M. & H. Schaper, 1910. 

Kaendler (Oskar) [1888- ]. *Beitrage zur 
Lehre von der Polyzythamie. 43 pp. 8°. 
Mtinchen, Kastner & CaUwey, 1913. 

Kappele (Ludwig) [1881- ]. *Ueber Misch- 
formen der Lebercirrhose (Cirrhoses mixtes). 
44 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. Muh & Co., 
1907. 

Kappeli (August). *Die Tuberkulose, deren, 
Verbreitung und bisherige Bekampfung in der 
Schweiz mit besonderer Berticksichtigung des 
Kantons Luzern. [Ziirich.] 67 pp. 4°. 
Bern, Stampfii & Cie., 1903. 

Kaeppell (Fritz). *Ueber Zitzen- und Zister